AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS
S-4, 2000-05-05
Previous: CURIS INC, S-4/A, 2000-05-05
Next: EXULT INC, S-1/A, 2000-05-05




      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2000.
                                                      Registration No. 333-_____
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                              --------------------
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------
                                    FORM S-4

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              --------------------
                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           California                        6022                   68-0352144
<S>                               <C>                           <C>
(State or other jurisdiction      (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)
</TABLE>
                              --------------------
 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California 95815, (916) 565-6100
          (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
             area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              --------------------
                                 DAVID T. TABER
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                             American River Holdings
                        1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
                          Sacramento, California 95815
                                 (916) 565-6100
                (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone
               number, including area code, of agent for service)
                              --------------------
                                   Copies to:

           GLENN T. DODD, ESQ.                      R. BRENT FAYE, ESQ.
          JOSEPH G. MASON, ESQ.                   Lillick & Charles, LLP
            Coudert Brothers                Two Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700
    303 Almaden Boulevard, 5th Floor       San Francisco, California 94111-3996
     San Jose, California 95110-2721                  (415) 984-8200
             (408) 297-9982

      Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the
public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes
effective.

      If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]

      If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               --------------------
                                          CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
==================================================================================================================
                                                             Proposed           Proposed
  Title of Each Class of                   Amount to      Maximum Offering  Maximum Aggregate      Amount of
Securities to Be Registered             Be Registered(1)  Price Per Share    Offering Price    Registration Fee(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, no par value per share,    641,104 shares       $ 10.1875       $ 6,531,247         $ 1,724.25
==================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  This Registration Statement relates to securities of the Registrant
     issuable to holders of common stock of North Coast Bank, National
     Association, a national banking association ("NCB"), in the proposed merger
     of NCB with the Registrant. Represents the approximate number of shares of
     common stock of the Registrant to be issued upon the consummation of the
     merger, based upon the number of shares of NCB common stock outstanding on
     May 2, 2000 (including shares issuable upon the exercise of options
     pursuant to NCB's stock option plan), all as provided in the Agreement and
     Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated March 1, 2000, attached as Annex A
     to the attached joint proxy statement/prospectus.

(2)  Pursuant to Rule 457(f), the registration fee was computed on the basis of
     $10.1875, the market value of the common stock of NCB to be exchanged in
     the merger, computed in accordance with Rule 457(c) on the basis of the
     average of the high and low price per share of such stock as quoted on the
     OTC Bulletin Board on May 2, 2000, and 664,769, the maximum number of
     shares of NCB which may be received by the Registrant and cancelled upon
     consummation of the plan of reorganization and merger described herein.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


               PRELIMINARY PROXY STATEMENT - SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

          [AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS LOGO] [NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. LOGO]


                                                            ______________, 2000

American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. Shareholders:

         The boards of directors of American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. have agreed on a merger which would result in North Coast Bank, N.A.
becoming a separate banking subsidiary of American River Holdings. Each of us
will hold shareholders meetings to consider and vote on the merger proposal.
American River Holdings shareholders will also be asked to approve proposals for
the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan, the classification of the
American River Holdings board of directors, the elimination of cumulative voting
in the election of directors, the election of directors of American River
Holdings, and the ratification of the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as
independent accountants for the year 2000. These proposals are described in the
accompanying joint proxy statement/prospectus. The merger agreement is attached
to this document as Annex A.

         In the merger, each share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
outstanding at the effective time of the merger will be converted into a number
of shares of American River Holdings common stock based upon a fixed conversion
ratio of .9644 of a share of American River Holdings common stock for each share
of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. The conversion ratio is described in the
accompanying joint proxy statement/prospectus.

         The places, dates and times of the meetings are described in the
accompanying notices of the respective meetings of shareholders of American
River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. Whether or not you plan to attend your
respective meeting, please sign, date and promptly return the enclosed proxy
card.

- -------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------
David T. Taber                          Kathy A. Pinkard
President and Chief Executive Officer   President and Chief Executive Officer


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
regulators have approved this transaction or the shares of American River
Holdings common stock to be issued under this joint proxy statement/prospectus
or determined if this joint proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or adequate.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

         The shares of American River Holdings common stock offered by this
joint proxy statement/prospectus are not savings accounts, deposits or other
obligations of American River Bank or North Coast Bank, N.A. or any subsidiary
of any of the parties and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other governmental agency.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


THE DATE OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS____________, 2000, AND IS
FIRST BEING MAILED TO AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
SHAREHOLDERS ON OR ABOUT _______________, 2000.

<PAGE>

                         [AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS LOGO]

                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                       TO BE HELD ON ______________, 2000

         To the shareholders of American River Holdings:

         Notice is hereby given that an annual meeting of shareholders of
American River Holdings will be held on ___________, 2000, at __:__ _.m., local
time, at 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California for the
following purposes:

         1.   To consider and vote on a proposal to approve the Agreement and
              Plan of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of March 1, 2000,
              among American River Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A. and ARH
              Interim National Bank, the Agreement of Merger attached as exhibit
              A to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger, and the
              transactions contemplated thereby, including the resulting
              issuance of shares of American River Holdings common stock in
              connection with the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A. into ARH
              Interim National Bank. The terms and conditions of the transaction
              are more fully described in the accompanying joint proxy
              statement/prospectus.

         2.   To approve the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan.

         3.   To approve amendments to the American River Holdings articles of
              incorporation and bylaws to provide for the classification of the
              board of directors.

         4.   To approve amendments to the American River Holdings articles of
              incorporation and bylaws to eliminate cumulative voting in the
              election of directors.

         5.   To elect the nine incumbent directors of American River Holdings.

         6.   To ratify the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent
              accountants for the year 2000.

         7.   To transact such other business as may properly be brought before
              the annual meeting or any adjournments or postponements of the
              annual meeting.

         The board of directors of American River Holdings has unanimously
approved the transactions described above and unanimously recommends that you
vote in favor of the proposals at the annual meeting.

         Section 3.3 of the Bylaws of American River Holdings provides for the
nomination of directors as follows:

         SECTION 3.3. NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS. Nominations for election of
         members of the board may be made by the board or by any holder of
         any outstanding class of capital stock of the corporation entitled
         to vote for the election of directors. Notice of intention to make
         any nominations (other than for persons named in the notice of the
         meeting called for the election of directors) shall be made in
         writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the
         corporation by the later of: (i) the close of business twenty-one
         (21) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the
         election of directors; or (ii) ten (10) days after the date of
         mailing of notice of the meeting to shareholders. Such
         notification shall contain the following information to the extent
         known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name and address of
         each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each
         proposed nominee; (c) the number of shares of capital stock of the
         corporation owned by each proposed nominee; (d) the name and

<PAGE>

         residence address of the notifying shareholder; (e) the number of
         shares of capital stock of the corporation owned by the notifying
         shareholder; (f) the number of shares of capital stock of any
         bank, bank holding company, savings and loan association or other
         depository institution owned beneficially by the nominee or by the
         notifying shareholder and the identities and locations of any such
         institutions; and (g) whether the proposed nominee has ever been
         convicted of or pleaded nolo contendere to any criminal offense
         involving dishonesty or breach of trust, filed a petition in
         bankruptcy or been adjudged bankrupt. The notification shall be
         signed by the nominating shareholder and by each nominee, and
         shall be accompanied by a written consent to be named as a nominee
         for election as a director from each proposed nominee. Nominations
         not made in accordance with these procedures shall be disregarded
         by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his or her
         instructions, the inspectors of election shall disregard all votes
         cast for each such nominee. The foregoing requirements do not
         apply to the nomination of a person to replace a proposed nominee
         who has become unable to serve as a director between the last day
         for giving notice in accordance with this paragraph and the date
         of election of directors if the procedure called for in this
         paragraph was followed with respect to the nomination of the
         proposed nominee.

         Shareholders of record at the close of business on _____________,
2000, are entitled to notice of the annual meeting and to vote at the
annual meeting or any adjournments or postponements of the annual meeting.

By Order Of The Board Of Directors,


- ------------------------------

Secretary
Sacramento, California   ______________, 2000



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING IN PERSON, PLEASE
COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED
ENVELOPE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF YOU MAIL THE PROXY CARD IN THE UNITED
STATES. IF YOU ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH,
EVEN IF YOU HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                       [NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. LOGO]

                 NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                      TO BE HELD ON ____________, 2000

         To the shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A.:

         Notice is hereby given that a special meeting of shareholders of
North Coast Bank, N.A. will be held on ____________, 2000, at __:__ _.m.,
local time, at 50 Santa Rosa Avenue, Santa Rosa, California for the
following purposes:

         1.   To consider and vote on a proposal to approve the Agreement
              and Plan of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of March 1,
              2000, among American River Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A.
              and ARH Interim National Bank, the Agreement of Merger
              attached as exhibit A to the Agreement and Plan of
              Reorganization and Merger, and the transactions contemplated
              thereby, including the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A.
              into ARH Interim National Bank. The terms and conditions of
              the transaction are more fully described in the accompanying
              joint proxy statement/prospectus.

         2.   To transact such other business as may properly be brought
              before the special meeting or any adjournments or
              postponements of the special meeting.

         The board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. has unanimously
approved the transaction described above and unanimously recommends that
you vote in favor of the proposal at the special meeting.

         Shareholders of record at the close of business on _____________,
2000, are entitled to notice of the special meeting and to vote at the
special meeting or any adjournments or postponements of the special
meeting.

By Order Of The Board Of Directors,



- -----------------------------

Secretary
Santa Rosa, California  _______________, 2000


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING IN PERSON, PLEASE
COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED
ENVELOPE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF YOU MAIL THE PROXY CARD IN THE UNITED
STATES. IF YOU ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, YOU MAY VOTE IN PERSON IF YOU WISH,
EVEN IF YOU HAVE PREVIOUSLY RETURNED YOUR PROXY CARD.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER .................1
SUMMARY......................................................................4
    Information About American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A......4
    Purchase Price...........................................................5
    The Meetings.............................................................5
    Conditions to the Completion of the Merger...............................6
    Termination of the Merger Agreement......................................7
    Termination Fees.........................................................8
    Fees and Expenses of the Merger..........................................9
    Reasons for the Merger Agreement and Merger;
       Recommendations of the Boards of Directors............................9
    Recommendations to Shareholders..........................................9
    Opinion of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s Financial Advisor...................10
    Opinion of American River Holdings' Financial Advisor...................10
    Accounting Treatment....................................................10
    Federal Income Tax Consequences.........................................10
    Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger..............................10
    Dissenters' Rights......................................................11
    Comparative Per Share Market Price and Dividend Information.............11
    Comparison of Shareholder Rights........................................11
    Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements........................12
    Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data........................12
RISK FACTORS................................................................18
    The Price of American River Holdings Common Stock May Decline...........18
    Customers of North Coast Bank, N.A. May Not Be Retained
       and American River Holdings May Not Be Able to Realize
       Anticipated Operating Cost Savings...................................18
    Additional Shares of American River Holdings Common Stock
       Could Be Issued Which Could Result in a Decline in the
       Market Price of the Stock............................................18
    The Year 2000 Problem May Adversely Affect American River
       Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A. or the Resulting Bank...............19
    Deterioration of the Real Estate Market Could Have an
       Adverse Effect Upon Performance......................................19
    Environmental Liability Associated with Commercial and
       Real Estate Lending Could Result in Losses...........................19
INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS............................21
INTRODUCTION................................................................23
    The Meetings:  Dates, Times and Places..................................23
    Matters to be Considered at the Meetings................................23
    Record Date; Stock Entitled to Vote; Quorum.............................23
    Votes Required..........................................................24
    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management..........24
    Background and Business Experience of Management........................28
    Voting of Proxies.......................................................32
    Dissenters' Rights......................................................34
INFORMATION ABOUT AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES..................35
    General Development of Business.........................................35
    Properties..............................................................36
    Legal Proceedings.......................................................37

                                     i
<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS....................38
    Introduction............................................................38
    Results of Operations...................................................38
    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin.............................38
    Provision for Loan Losses...............................................43
    Service Charges and Fees and Other Income...............................43
    Salaries and Benefits...................................................44
    Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment......................................44
    Other Expenses..........................................................45
    Provision for Taxes.....................................................45
    Balance Sheet Analysis..................................................45
    Loans...................................................................45
    Risk Elements...........................................................46
    Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans.............................47
    Allowance for Loan Losses Activity......................................48
    Other Real Estate.......................................................50
    Deposits................................................................50
    Capital Resources.......................................................50
    Market Risk Management..................................................51
    Inflation...............................................................55
    Liquidity...............................................................55
    Off-Balance Sheet Items.................................................59
    Disclosure of Fair Value................................................59
    Year 2000...............................................................60
    Accounting Pronouncements...............................................60
    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
       Accounting and Financial Disclosure..................................60
INFORMATION ABOUT NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.....................................61
    General Development of Business.........................................61
    Properties..............................................................62
    Legal Proceedings.......................................................62
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A......................63
    Introduction............................................................63
    Results of Operations...................................................63
    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin.............................63
    Provision for Loan Losses...............................................68
    Service Charges and Fees and Other Income...............................68
    Salaries and Benefits...................................................69
    Occupancy, Furniture and Equipment......................................69
    Other Expenses..........................................................69
    Provision for Taxes.....................................................69
    Balance Sheet Analysis..................................................70
    Loans...................................................................70
    Risk Elements...........................................................71
    Non-accrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans............................72
    Allowance for Loan Losses Activity......................................72
    Other Real Estate.......................................................74

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

    Deposits................................................................74
    Capital Resources.......................................................74
    Market Risk Management..................................................75
    Inflation...............................................................78
    Liquidity...............................................................78
    Off-Balance Sheet Items.................................................81
    Disclosure of Fair Value................................................82
    Year 2000...............................................................82
    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
       Accounting and Financial Disclosure..................................82
    Certain Management Information..........................................82
    Committees of the Board of Directors....................................83
    Compensation of Directors...............................................83
    Executive Compensation..................................................84
    Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and
       Change in Control Arrangements.......................................86
    Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.................86
    Transactions with Management and Others.................................87
    Certain Business Relationships..........................................87
    Indebtedness of Management..............................................87
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION..................................................87
    General.................................................................87
    Capital Standards.......................................................89
    Prompt Corrective Action................................................90
    Additional Regulations..................................................91
    Limitations on Dividends................................................92
COMPETITION.................................................................92
    Competitive Data........................................................92
    General Competitive Factors.............................................94
    Impact of Legislative and Regulatory Proposals..........................95
PROPOSAL NO. 1  TO APPROVE THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER..................97
    Background of the Merger Agreement and Merger...........................97
    Reasons for the Merger Agreement and Merger;
       Recommendations of the Boards of Directors...........................99
    Opinion of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s Financial Advisor..................102
    Opinion of American River Holdings' Financial Advisor..................108
    Effective Date and Time of the Merger..................................112
    Purchase Price.........................................................112
    Conversion of Shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. Common
       Stock...............................................................112
    Exchange of North Coast Bank, N.A. Stock Certificates;
       Fractional Interests................................................113
    Treatment of Stock Options.............................................114
    Interests of American River Holdings and North Coast
       Bank, N.A. Officers and Directors in the Merger.....................114
    Conduct of Business Pending the Merger.................................115
    Additional Agreements..................................................118
    Representations and Warranties.........................................120
    Conditions to the Completion of the Merger.............................120
    Termination of the Merger Agreement....................................124
    Termination Fees.......................................................126

                                       iii
<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

    Fees and Expenses of the Merger........................................127
    Amendment..............................................................127
    Extension; Waiver......................................................127
    Management and Operations Following the Merger.........................127
    Required Regulatory Approvals..........................................128
    Federal Income Tax Consequences........................................130
    Accounting Treatment...................................................131
    Trading Markets for Stock..............................................132
    Resales of American River Holdings Common Stock........................132
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.........................................................132
    Dissenters' Rights of American River Holdings Shareholders.............132
    Dissenters' Rights of North Coast Bank, N.A. Shareholders..............134
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION...............136
MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION......................................144
    Market Quotations......................................................144
    Dividends and Dividend Policy..........................................145
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS...........................................146
    General................................................................146
    Anti-Takeover Measures.................................................146
    Quorum Requirements....................................................147
    Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers....................147
    Shareholder Meetings and Action by Written Consent.....................149
    Cumulative Voting......................................................150
    Amendment of Articles and Bylaws.......................................150
    Filling Vacancies on the Board of Directors............................150
    Call of Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders and
       Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting............................151
    Classified Board Provisions............................................151
DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS CAPITAL STOCK.......................152
    Common Stock...........................................................152
DESCRIPTION OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. CAPITAL STOCK........................152
    Common Stock...........................................................152
PROPOSAL NO. 2 APPROVAL OF THE AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS 2000
    STOCK OPTION PLAN......................................................154
    Introduction...........................................................154
    Summary of 2000 Plan...................................................154
    New Plan Benefits......................................................158
    Vote Required for Approval.............................................158
    Recommendation of Management...........................................159
PROPOSAL NO. 3  APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE AMERICAN RIVER
    HOLDINGS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS TO PROVIDE
    FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.......................160
    Introduction...........................................................160
    Effect of Classification of Board......................................161
    Other Effects..........................................................162
    Vote Required for Approval.............................................163
    Recommendation of Management...........................................163

                                       iv
<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

PROPOSAL NO. 4  APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE AMERICAN RIVER
    HOLDINGS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS TO
    ELIMINATE CUMULATIVE VOTING IN THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS...............164
    Introduction...........................................................164
    Cumulative Voting......................................................164
    Reasons for the Amendment..............................................165
    Other Effects..........................................................165
    Conforming Bylaw Amendment.............................................165
    Vote Required for Approval.............................................165
    Recommendation of Management...........................................166
PROPOSAL NO. 5  ELECTION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS DIRECTORS..............167
    Certain Management Information.........................................167
    Committees of the Board of Directors...................................167
    Compensation of Directors..............................................169
    Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive
       Compensation........................................................170
    Executive Compensation.................................................172
    Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and
       Change in Control Arrangements......................................174
    Comparison Of American River Holdings Shareholder Return...............176
    Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance................177
    Transactions with Management and Others................................177
    Certain Business Relationships.........................................177
    Indebtedness of Management.............................................177
PROPOSAL NO. 6  RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF
    PERRY-SMITH LLP AS INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS FOR THE YEAR
    2000...................................................................179
    Vote Required for Approval.............................................179
    Recommendation of Management...........................................179
AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED
    MARCH 31, 2000 AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
    INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
    1999, 1998 AND 1997....................................................180
    Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited).................................181
    Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited) for the
       Three Month Periods Ended
       March 31, 2000 and 1999.............................................182
    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
       (Unaudited) for the Three
       Month Period Ended March 31, 2000 and the Year Ended
       December 31, 1999...................................................183
    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the
       Three Month Periods Ended
       March 31, 2000 and 1999.............................................184
    Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).................186
    Perry-Smith LLP Independent Auditor's Report...........................198
    Consolidated Balance Sheet December 31, 1999 and 1998..................199
    Consolidated Statement of Income for the Years Ended
       December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997....................................200
    Consolidated Statement of Changes In Shareholders' Equity
       for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997................202
    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
       December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997....................................204
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................207

                                     v
<PAGE>
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR
    THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT FOR THE YEARS ENDED
    DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997.......................................235
    Balance Sheet (Unaudited)..............................................236
    Statement of Income (Unaudited) for the Three Month
       Periods Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999...............................237
    Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Unaudited)
       for the Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2000 and
       the Year Ended December 31, 1999....................................238
    Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited) for the Three Month
       Periods Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999...............................239
    Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)..............................241
    Perry-Smith LLP Independent Auditor's Report...........................250
    Richardson & Company Independent Auditor's Report..................... 251
    Balance Sheet December 31, 1999 and 1998...............................252
    Statement of Income for the Years Ended December 31,
       1999, 1998 and 1997.................................................253
    Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the
       Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997........................254
    Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
       1999, 1998 and 1997.................................................256
    Notes to Financial Statements..........................................258
EXPERTS....................................................................282
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................282
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................282
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES....................................................282
ANNUAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENT................................................282
ANNUAL REPORT..............................................................283
OTHER MATTERS..............................................................283
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION........................................283


ANNEX A   Merger Agreement (Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger,
          dated as of March 1, 2000, and Exhibits A, B, C, D and E)
ANNEX B   Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and Company Fairness
          Opinion
ANNEX C   Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated Fairness Opinion
ANNEX D   Chapter 13 Dissenters' Rights
ANNEX E   Title 12, United States Code, Section 215a (b), (c) and (d), and OCC
          Circular No. 259
ANNEX F   American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan
ANNEX G   Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation
          and Bylaws to Provide for the Classification of the Board of Directors
ANNEX H   Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation
          and Bylaws to Eliminate Cumulative Voting

                                    vi
<PAGE>

        QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER

         Q: WHOM SHOULD I CONTACT WITH QUESTIONS OR TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS?

         A: You may contact either:

         American River Holdings
         1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
         Sacramento, California 95815

         Attention: David T. Taber,
                    President and Chief Executive Officer
         (916) 565-6100

         or

         North Coast Bank, N.A.
         50 Santa Rosa Avenue
         Santa Rosa, California 95404
         Attention: Kathy A. Pinkard,
                    President and Chief Executive Officer
         (707) 528-6300

         See also "Where You Can Find More Information" on page 283.

         Q: WHY IS THIS MERGER PROPOSED?

         A: American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. are proposing
this transaction because the boards of directors have concluded that a
combination of the two organizations is in the best interests of the
shareholders of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. and that the
combined companies can offer customers of American River Holdings, American
River Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A. a broader array of services and products
than each could offer on its own.

         Q: WHAT WILL NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. SHAREHOLDERS RECEIVE IN THIS
TRANSACTION?

         A: Each share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock you own will be
converted into a number of shares of American River Holdings common stock based
upon a fixed conversion ratio of .9644 of a share of American River Holdings
common stock. Any fractional shares will be paid in cash. See "Proposal No. 1,
To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger-- Purchase Price" on page 112.

         Q: WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. IN THIS MERGER?

         A: North Coast Bank, N.A. will become a subsidiary of American River
Holdings. American River Holdings will then have two bank subsidiaries: American
River Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A.

         Q: WILL THE MERGER BE TAX-FREE TO ME?

         A: The merger is intended to be a tax-free reorganization for federal
income tax purposes for the companies and their shareholders. In general, North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders will not recognize gain or loss on the exchange of
their stock, other than on account of cash received for fractional shares or
dissenting shares. American River Holdings shareholders will not recognize any
gain or loss in connection with the merger. To review the tax consequences to
American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders in greater
detail, see "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger--
Federal Income Tax Consequences" on page 130.

         Q: WHAT RISKS SHOULD I CONSIDER?

         A: You should carefully read the information set forth in this joint
proxy statement/prospectus and also consider other specified risk factors. See
"Risk Factors" on page 18.

                                     1
<PAGE>

         Q: HOW DO I VOTE?

         A: Simply indicate on your proxy card how you want to vote and then
sign and mail your proxy card in the enclosed return envelope as soon as
possible so that your shares may be represented at your meeting. See
"Introduction -- Voting of Proxies -- Submitting Proxies" on page 32.

         Q: IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN "STREET NAME" BY MY BROKER, WILL MY BROKER
VOTE MY SHARES FOR ME?

         A: Your broker will not vote your shares for you unless you provide
instructions to your broker on how to vote. It is important that you follow the
directions provided by your broker regarding how to instruct your broker to vote
your shares. Your failure to instruct your broker on how to vote your shares
will have the same effect as a vote against any proposal, including the merger
agreement. Broker non-votes and abstentions will not have the effect of
establishing dissenters' rights of American River Holdings or North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders. See "Introduction -- Voting of Proxies -- Abstentions and
Broker Non-Votes" on page 32.

         Q: CAN I CHANGE MY VOTE AFTER I HAVE MAILED MY SIGNED PROXY CARD?

         A: Yes. If you vote by returning a proxy card, you may change your vote
at any time before your proxy is voted at the meeting. If your shares are held
in your name, you may do this in one of three ways. First, you may send a
written notice stating that you would like to revoke your proxy. Second, you may
complete and submit a new proxy card. If you choose either of these two methods,
you must submit your notice of revocation or your new proxy card to the address
in the first paragraph of the notice of the special meeting for North Coast
Bank, N.A. or annual meeting for American River Holdings (as appropriate) and it
must be received prior to the vote at the meeting. Third, you may attend the
meeting and vote in person if you tell the Secretary that you want to cancel
your proxy and vote in person. Simply attending the meeting, however, will not
revoke your proxy. If you have instructed a broker to vote your shares, you must
follow directions received from your broker to change your vote or to vote in
person at the meeting. See "Introduction -- Voting of Proxies -- Revoking
Proxies" on page 32.

         Q: WHAT HAPPENS IF THE MERGER PROPOSAL IS APPROVED, BUT THE OTHER
PROPOSALS ARE NOT APPROVED BY AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS SHAREHOLDERS?

         A: Included in this joint proxy statement/prospectus is "Proposal No.
2, Approval of the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan" to be
considered and voted upon by American River Holdings shareholders. No stock
option grants will be made under the 2000 Plan prior to the effective time of
the merger, however, the merger agreement requires American River Holdings to
issue substitute stock options to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. stock
options as of or as soon as practicable following the effective time of the
merger. There are insufficient shares of American River Holdings common stock
currently reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options under the
American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan to effect the issuance of the
substitute stock options. If the 2000 Plan is approved, the 1995 Plan will be
terminated as to future stock option grants.

         The proposal to approve the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option
Plan must be approved in order for American River Holdings to issue the
substitute stock options. Therefore, unless the merger proposal and the 2000
Stock Option Plan proposal are both approved, the merger will not be consummated
unless the parties agree to amend the merger agreement.

         If the merger proposal and the 2000 Stock Option Plan proposal are
approved, but either or both of the proposals for approval of amendments to the
American River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws to provide for
classification of the American River Holdings board of directors and to
eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors are

                                     2
<PAGE>

not approved, then the merger will nonetheless be consummated, subject to
satisfaction of the conditions to the merger.

         Consummation of the merger is not contingent upon the voting results
for the proposals to elect directors of American River Holdings and to ratify
the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants for the year 2000.

         See "The Meetings" on page 23, "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger
Agreement and Merger -- Reasons for the Merger Agreement and Merger;
Recommendations of the Boards of Directors" on page 99, "Proposal No. 2,
Approval of the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan" on page 154,
"Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles
of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide for the Classification of the Board of
Directors" on page 160, and "Proposal No. 4, Approval of Amendments to the
American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Eliminate
Cumulative Voting in the Election of Directors" on page 164.

         Q: SHOULD I SEND IN MY NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?

         A: No. After the merger is completed, the exchange agent appointed by
American River Holdings will send you written instructions for exchanging your
North Coast Bank, N.A. stock certificates.

         Q: WHEN DO YOU EXPECT THE MERGER TO BE COMPLETED?

         A: We are working toward completing this merger as quickly as possible.
We currently expect to complete this merger on or before _____________, 2000.

         Q: WHY HAVE YOU SENT ME THIS DOCUMENT?

         A: This joint proxy statement/prospectus contains important
information regarding the proposed merger, as well as information about American
River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. It also contains important information
about what the North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings boards of
directors and management considered in evaluating this proposed merger. We urge
you to read this document carefully, including its exhibits and attachments. You
may also want to review additional information described under "Where You Can
Find More Information" on page 283.

         Q: HOW WILL MY SHARES OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK BE TRADED
AFTER THE MERGER?

         A: American River Holdings will take the necessary action to apply for
listing of the shares of American River Holdings common stock for trading on the
Nasdaq National Market, to be effective as soon as practicable following the
effective time of the merger. Assuming that the merger is consummated, we expect
that the application will be approved. "Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments
to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide
for the Classification of the Board of Directors" and "Proposal No. 4, Approval
of Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation and
Bylaws to Eliminate Cumulative Voting in the Election of Directors" cannot be
implemented unless American River Holdings common stock is listed for trading on
the Nasdaq National Market.

                                     3
<PAGE>

                                  SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information in this joint proxy
statement/prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is
important to you. To understand the merger agreement and the merger fully and
for a more complete description of the terms of the merger agreement and the
merger, you should carefully read this entire document and the other information
to which we have referred you. See "Where You Can Find More Information" on page
283. The merger agreement is attached as Annex A to this joint proxy
statement/prospectus. We encourage you to read the merger agreement. It is the
legal document that governs the proposed transaction.

INFORMATION ABOUT AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
(pages 35 and 61)

         American River Holdings
         1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
         Sacramento, California  95815
         (916) 565-6100

         American River Holdings is a bank holding company incorporated under
the laws of the State of California and registered under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended. American River Holdings was incorporated under
the laws of the State of California in 1995. As a bank holding company, American
River Holdings is authorized to engage in the activities permitted under the
Bank Holding Act of 1956, as amended, and regulations thereunder. American River
Holdings' banking subsidiary, American River Bank, is a California banking
corporation incorporated in 1983, which presently operates four banking offices
in Placer and Sacramento Counties, in the cities of Sacramento (two offices),
Fair Oaks (one office) and Roseville (one office).

         American River Bank is a state-chartered institution that serves small
to medium-sized businesses, professionals, merchants and individuals within its
marketplace. American River Bank offers a full range of commercial banking
services, including the acceptance of demand, savings and time deposits, and the
making of commercial, real estate (including residential mortgage), small
Business Administration, equipment financing, asset-based lines, construction
and other installment and term loans. American River Bank also offers automated
teller machine (ATM) cards, travelers checks, safe deposit boxes, notary public,
courier service and other customary bank services. American River Bank operates
an on-site computer system, which provides independent processing of its
deposits, loan and financial accounting. Offices are open from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00
p.m., Monday through Thursday and 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Friday. American
River Bank has automated teller machines (ATMs) located at the Fair Oaks,
Bradshaw and Roseville offices. The deposits of American River Bank are insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the applicable legal limits.

         American River Bank has two inactive subsidiaries, ARBCO and American
River Mortgage. ARBCO was formed in 1984 to conduct real estate development and
has been inactive since 1995. American River Mortgage has been inactive since
its formation in 1994.

         American River Holdings' non-banking subsidiary, First Source Capital,
was formed in July 1999 to conduct lease financing for most types of business
assets, from computer software to heavy earth-moving equipment. Specific leasing
programs are tailored for vendors of equipment in order to increase their sales.
First Source Capital acts as a lease broker and receives a fee for each lease
recorded on the books of the party acting as the funding source. Various funding
sources are utilized in connection with multiple leasing programs made available
by First Source Capital.

                                     4
<PAGE>

         North Coast Bank, N.A.
         50 Santa Rosa Avenue
         Santa Rosa, California 95404
         (707) 528-6300

         North Coast Bank, N.A., formerly Windsor Oaks National Bank, is a
national banking association, organized in 1990 with its administrative
headquarters in Santa Rosa, California. North Coast Bank, N.A. is locally owned
and presently operates three banking offices within its primary service area of
Sonoma County, in the cities of Healdsburg, Santa Rosa and Windsor. North Coast
Bank, N.A. also services Napa, Marin and Mendocino Counties through loan
relationships in these areas. North Coast Bank N.A.'s primary business is
servicing the business or commercial banking needs of small to mid-sized
businesses within Sonoma County. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s marketing strategy
emphasizes local ownership and a local decision process.

PURCHASE PRICE (page 112)

         When the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, including
the merger, are completed, it is expected that North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders who do not perfect dissenters' rights will receive a number of
American River Holdings shares of common stock for each share of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock held calculated in accordance with a fixed conversion
ratio of .9644 of a share of American River Holdings common stock for each share
of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. See "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the
Merger Agreement and Merger -- Purchase Price" on page 112.

         No fractional shares of American River Holdings common stock will be
issued to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. Instead, each holder
entitled to a fraction of a share will receive, at the time of surrender of the
certificate or certificates representing the holder's shares, an amount in cash
equal to the average of the closing bid and asked prices for a share of American
River Holdings common stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board for each of the
twenty trading days ending on the third business day immediately preceding the
effective date, multiplied by the fraction of a share of American River Holdings
common stock to which such holder otherwise would be entitled and rounded to the
nearest penny.

THE MEETINGS (page 23)

         American River Holdings Shareholders. You can vote at the annual
meeting of American River Holdings shareholders if you owned American River
Holdings common stock at the close of business on the record date of
_____________, 2000. You can cast one vote for each share of American River
Holdings common stock that you owned at that time, except that in the election
of directors, you may cumulate your votes by multiplying the number of shares
you own by the number of directors to be elected and you may cast all of your
votes for one or more of the persons nominated for election as a director of
American River Holdings; provided that you may not be entitled to cumulate votes
for a candidate whose name has not been placed in nomination prior to the voting
and unless you have given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of your
intention to cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given notice of intention to
cumulate votes, all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates who
have been nominated for election as directors of American River Holdings. Prior
to voting, an opportunity will be given for shareholders or their proxies at the
meeting to announce their intention to cumulate their votes. The proxyholders,
under the terms of the proxy, are given discretionary authority to cumulate
votes on shares of American River Holdings common stock for which they hold a
valid proxy. See "Proposal No. 5, Election of American River Holdings Directors"
on page 167. In order to approve the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A. with and
into ARH Interim National Bank and the issuance of American River Holdings
common stock to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s shareholders, the holders of a

                                     5
<PAGE>

majority of the shares of American River Holdings common stock outstanding on
the record date must vote in its favor. Please note that a vote "FOR" approval
of the merger proposal alone will not allow American River Holdings to fulfill
its obligations under the merger agreement to issue substitute stock options to
holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. stock options and therefore will not assure
consummation of the merger. You must also vote "FOR" approval of the proposal
for the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan in order for the merger
to be consummated, subject to satisfaction of conditions to the merger as
described in the merger agreement. Approval of the American River Holdings 2000
Stock Option Plan requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares of American River Holdings common stock present in person or
represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the annual meeting, provided that
the number of affirmative votes equals at least a majority of the shares
constituting the required quorum. Approval of the amendments to the articles and
bylaws of American River Holdings to provide for classification of the board of
directors and to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors,
requires holders of a majority of the shares of American River Holdings common
stock outstanding on the record date to vote in favor of each of those
proposals. Ratification of the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent
accountants for the year 2000 requires holders of a majority of the shares of
American River Holdings common stock voting in person or by proxy at the annual
meeting, to vote in favor of the proposal.

         You can vote your shares by attending the American River Holdings
annual meeting and voting in person, or you can mark the enclosed proxy card
with your vote, sign it and mail it in the enclosed return envelope. You can
revoke your proxy prior to the voting at the annual meeting by submitting a
written revocation, sending in a new proxy or by attending the annual meeting
and voting in person.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Shareholders. You can vote at the special
meeting of North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders if you owned North Coast Bank,
N.A. common stock at the close of business on the record date of ___________,
2000. You can cast one vote for each share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common
stock that you owned at that time. In order to approve the merger of North Coast
Bank, N.A. with and into ARH Interim National Bank, the holders of at least
two-thirds (2/3) equal to sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the
outstanding shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock outstanding on the
record date must vote in its favor. You can vote your shares by attending the
North Coast Bank, N.A. special meeting and voting in person, or you can mark the
enclosed proxy card with your vote, sign it and mail it in the enclosed return
envelope. You can revoke your proxy prior to the voting at the special meeting
by submitting a written revocation, sending in a new proxy or by attending the
special meeting and voting in person.

         In the event that the merger is not consummated, it is the intention of
North Coast Bank, N.A. to hold its annual meeting of shareholders prior to
December 31, 2000. If the merger is consummated, no annual meeting of North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders will be held following the effective time of the
merger.

CONDITIONS TO THE COMPLETION OF THE MERGER (page 120)

         We will not complete the merger unless a number of conditions are
satisfied. These include:

o    approval of the merger by both American River Holdings and North Coast
     Bank, N.A. shareholders;

o    receipt of all required governmental approvals;

o    absence of any governmental proceeding that would prohibit the merger;

                                     6
<PAGE>

o    receipt of tax opinions to the effect that the merger will be treated as a
     tax-free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code;

o    absence of any orders suspending the effectiveness of the registration
     statement filed by American River Holdings to register the shares to be
     issued to North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders and receipt of all required
     state securities law approvals;

o    receipt of a letter from American River Holdings' independent accountants
     that no conditions exist that would preclude accounting for the merger as a
     pooling-of-interests and receipt of a letter from North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
     independent accountants to the effect that no conditions exist that would
     preclude North Coast Bank, N.A. from being a party to a business
     combination to be accounted for as a pooling-of-interests;

o    receipt of a written fairness opinion dated as of the date of this joint
     proxy statement/prospectus from North Coast Bank, N.A.'s and American
     River Holdings' financial advisors; and

o    other customary conditions.

         American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A. could decide to
complete the merger even though one or more of these conditions has not been
met. It is not certain when or if the conditions to the merger will be satisfied
or waived, or if the merger will be completed.

TERMINATION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT (page 124)

         We can terminate the merger agreement at any time before the merger is
completed, even if the shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. or American River
Holdings have approved the merger agreement. The merger agreement can be
terminated either by our mutual agreement or by one of us upon the occurrence of
particular events.

         Either North Coast Bank, N.A. or American River Holdings can terminate
the merger agreement if:

o    The merger is not completed by September 30, 2000, unless this date is
     extended as provided in the merger agreement;

o    Any governmental agency denies or refuses to grant a required approval of
     the merger, unless we agree to appeal the denial or refusal or we agree to
     file an amended application for the governmental approval; or

o    The shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. or American River Holdings fail
     to approve the merger.

         American River Holdings can terminate the merger agreement if:

o    Any of the conditions to American River Holdings' obligations under the
     merger agreement are not satisfied or waived by September 30, 2000, unless
     this date is extended as provided in the merger agreement;

o    A material adverse change has occurred in the business, financial
     condition, results of operations or assets of North Coast Bank, N.A.;

                                     7
<PAGE>

o    North Coast Bank, N.A. or any of its affiliates enters into an agreement by
     which North Coast Bank, N.A. or its subsidiaries would be acquired by
     another entity;

o    North Coast Bank, N.A. breaches any covenant in the merger agreement which
     materially impairs the benefit of the merger to American River Holdings,
     unless North Coast Bank, N.A. cures the breach within 45 days after written
     notice from American River Holdings; or

o    North Coast Bank, N.A. fails to deliver to American River Holdings
     documents required for the merger.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. can terminate the merger agreement if:

o    Any of the conditions to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s obligations under the
     merger agreement are not satisfied or waived by September 30, 2000, unless
     this date is extended;

o    A material adverse change has occurred in the business, financial
     condition, results of operations or assets of American River Holdings;

o    American River Holdings solicits or accepts an offer from a third party to
     acquire American River Holdings or American River Bank and the offer does
     not require American River Holdings or the third party to comply with the
     merger agreement;

o    American River Holdings breaches any covenant in the merger agreement which
     materially impairs the benefit of the merger to North Coast Bank, N.A.
     unless American River Holdings cures the breach within 45 days after
     receipt of written notice from North Coast Bank, N.A.; or

o    American River Holdings fails to deliver to North Coast Bank, N.A.
     documents required for the merger.

TERMINATION FEES (page 126)

         North Coast Bank, N.A. is required to pay American River Holdings the
amounts described below as liquidated damages if American River Holdings
terminates the merger agreement for any of the following reasons:

o    $1 million dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. or its affiliates enters into
     an agreement by which North Coast Bank, N.A. would be acquired by another
     entity;

o    $500 thousand dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. breaches any covenant in
     the merger agreement which materially impairs the benefit of the merger to
     American River Holdings, unless North Coast Bank, N.A. cures the breach
     within 45 days after written notice from American River Holdings; or

o    $500 thousand dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. willfully or deliberately
     refuses to deliver to American River Holdings the closing documents
     required by the merger agreement.

         American River Holdings is required to pay North Coast Bank, N.A. the
amounts described below as liquidated damages if North Coast Bank, N.A.
terminates the merger agreement for any of the following reasons:

                                     8
<PAGE>

o    $1 million dollars if American River Holdings solicits or accepts an offer
     from a third party to acquire American River Holdings or American River
     Bank and the offer does not require American River Holdings or the third
     party to comply with the merger agreement;

o    $500 thousand dollars if American River Holdings breaches any covenant in
     the merger agreement which materially impairs the benefit of the merger to
     North Coast Bank, N.A., unless American River Holdings cures the breach
     within 45 days after written notice from North Coast Bank, N.A.; or

o    $500 thousand dollars if American River Holdings willfully or deliberately
     refuses to deliver to North Coast Bank, N.A. the closing documents required
     by the merger agreement.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE MERGER (page 127)

         Other than in the situations described in "-- Termination Fees" above
and for expenses which we have agreed to share equally, whether or not the
merger is completed in accordance with the merger agreement, all costs and
expenses incurred in connection with the merger agreement and the transactions
covered by the merger agreement will be paid by the party incurring those
expenses.

REASONS FOR THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER; RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARDS OF
DIRECTORS (page 99)

         The boards of directors of American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. believe that the merger is in the best interests of their respective
institutions, shareholders, communities and banking customers. Each board
expects that American River Holdings, as a larger organization in multiple and
diverse markets, will be stronger in terms of growth opportunities and
profitability than is either institution at present. American River Holdings
will also have the advantage of centralization of management and operations
functions, revenue enhancement, and economies of scale. Furthermore, it is
believed that American River Holdings, as a stronger independent financial
institution with a primary market area covering a greater geographic area, will
be better able to compete with major banks in the communities now served by each
company.

RECOMMENDATIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS (page 9)

         American River Holdings Shareholders. The board of directors of
American River Holdings believes that the merger is fair to you and in your best
interests and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the proposal to approve
the merger agreement and the merger and the issuance of shares of American River
Holdings common stock in connection with the merger. The board of directors also
unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the proposals to approve the American
River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan, the classification of the American River
Holdings board of directors, the elimination of cumulative voting in the
election of directors, the election of management's nominees as directors, and
to ratify the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants for the
year 2000.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Shareholders. The board of directors of North
Coast Bank, N.A. believes that the merger is fair to you and in your best
interests and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the proposal to approve
the merger agreement and the merger.

         In evaluating the recommendations of the boards of directors summarized
above, shareholders should carefully consider the matters described under "Risk
Factors" on page 18 and "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and
Merger -- Background of the Merger Agreement and Merger"

                                       9
<PAGE>

on page 97 and "--Reasons for the Merger Agreement and Merger; Recommendations
of the Boards of Directors" on page 99.

OPINION OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR (page 102)

         Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and Company has
rendered an opinion, dated March 1, 2000 and updated to ______________, 2000, to
the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors that the merger consideration in
the merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to the shareholders of North
Coast Bank, N.A., as of the date of the opinion. The Carpenter and Company
fairness opinion, which sets forth assumptions made, matters considered and
limits of review undertaken, by Carpenter and Company, is attached to this joint
proxy statement/prospectus as Annex B. North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders are
urged to read the Carpenter and Company fairness opinion in its entirety. See
"Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger -- Opinion of North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s Financial Advisor" on page 102, which also contains a
discussion of the fees to be paid to Carpenter and Company.

OPINION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS' FINANCIAL ADVISOR (page 108)

         Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated has rendered an opinion, dated March 1,
2000 and updated to ____________, 2000, to American River Holdings' board of
directors that the conversion ratio in the merger is fair, from a financial
point of view, to the holders of American River Holdings common stock. The
opinion of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated is attached to this joint proxy
statement/prospectus as Annex C. American River Holdings shareholders are urged
to read the opinion of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated in its entirety. See
"Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger -- Opinion of
American River Holdings' Financial Advisor on page 108, which also contains a
discussion of the fees to be paid to Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT (page 131)

         American River Holdings expects to account for the merger as a "pooling
of interests." Under the pooling of interests accounting method, American River
Holdings will carry forward on its books the assets and liabilities of North
Coast Bank, N.A. at their historical recorded values.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES (page 130)

         The merger agreement and merger have been structured so that, in
general, American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. and the shareholders
of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. will not recognize gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes in the merger, except for taxes payable
because of cash received by North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders instead of
fractional shares or because of dissenting shares. It is a condition, at the
closing of the merger, that American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
receive a tax opinion to the effect, among other matters, that the merger should
qualify as a tax-free reorganization.

         TAX MATTERS ARE VERY COMPLICATED. THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER TO
YOU WILL DEPEND ON THE FACTS OF YOUR OWN SITUATION. WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR
OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE MERGER,
INCLUDING THE APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER (page 114)

         Some of American River Holdings' and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s directors
and officers may have interests in the merger that are different from, or in
addition to, yours. As a result, these directors

                                       10
<PAGE>

and officers may be more likely to vote to approve the merger agreement and the
merger than shareholders of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
generally. The members of our boards of directors knew about these additional
interests, and considered them, when they approved the transactions contemplated
by the merger agreement, including the merger. See "Introduction --Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" on page 24 and "Proposal
No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger-- Interests of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. Officers and Directors in the Merger" on
page 114.

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS (page 132)

         American River Holdings. No holder of American River Holdings common
stock will be entitled to dissenters' rights unless the holder has perfected his
or her dissenters' rights in accordance with Chapter 13 of the California
General Corporation Law.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. No holder of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
will be entitled to dissenters' rights unless the holder has perfected his or
her dissenter's rights in accordance with applicable provisions of the National
Bank Act.

COMPARATIVE PER SHARE MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION (page 144)

         American River Holdings common stock is not listed on any exchange and
is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "AMRB.OB." North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock is not listed on any exchange and is quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board under the symbol "NCTA.OB." On March 1, 2000, the last trading
date prior to the public announcement of the proposed merger, American River
Holdings common stock closed at $12.50 per share and North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock closed at $9.50 per share, or a pro forma equivalent per share of
American River Holdings common stock (based on a conversion ratio of .9644) of
$12.06. On ____________, 2000, the latest practicable trading date prior to the
printing of this joint proxy statement/prospectus, American River Holdings
common stock closed at $_______ per share and North Coast Bank, N.A. common
stock closed at $_______ per share, or a pro forma equivalent per share of
American River Holdings common stock (based on a conversion ratio of .9644) of
$_________. Following the merger, no shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common
stock will be outstanding and American River Holdings will take the action
necessary to apply for the listing of its common stock for trading on the Nasdaq
National Market.

         American River Holdings has paid cash dividends to its shareholders on
a semi-annual basis from 1992 through 1999. American River Holdings paid cash
dividends totaling $0.174 per share in 1997, $0.195 per share in 1998, and
$0.230 per share in 1999. It is the intention of American River Holdings to pay
cash dividends, subject to regulatory restrictions and depending upon the level
of earnings, management's assessment of future capital needs and other factors
considered by the American River Holdings board of directors. North Coast Bank,
N.A. has not paid cash dividends in 1997, 1998 or 1999. North Coast Bank, N.A.
does not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the closing of the transactions
contemplated by the merger agreement.

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS (page 146)

         Your rights as a shareholder of North Coast Bank, N.A. are currently
governed by the National Bank Act, and the articles of association and bylaws of
North Coast Bank, N.A. If the merger is completed, your rights as an American
River Holdings shareholder will be governed by California law but will also be
determined by American River Holdings' articles of incorporation and bylaws,
which differ in some respects from North Coast Bank, N.A.'s articles of
association and bylaws.

                                       11
<PAGE>

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS (page 21)

         Statements in this joint proxy statement/prospectus and in the
documents attached to this joint proxy statement/prospectus are or may be
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results
may differ materially from those expressed in the statements, depending on a
variety of factors. You should carefully review all information, including the
financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, included in this
joint proxy statement/prospectus and attached to this joint proxy
statement/prospectus.

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA (page 16)

         We are providing the following information to aid you in your analysis
of the financial effects of the merger. The following tables show financial
results, consisting of historical figures, actually achieved by each of American
River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. The tables also show financial
results, consisting of pro forma combined figures, as if the companies had been
combined for the periods presented. Pro forma combined figures are simply
arithmetical combinations of American River Holdings' and North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s separate financial results; you should not assume that American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. would have achieved the pro forma combined
results if they had actually been combined during the periods presented. These
pro forma presentations treat our companies as if they had always been combined
for accounting and financial reporting purposes, a method known as pooling of
interests accounting, which is how we plan to account for the merger. When you
read this information, you should also read the information under the heading
"Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information" on page 136. The
pro forma combined figures have been calculated using the conversion ratio of
 .9644.

         The financial information as of and for the three months ended March
31, 2000 and 1999 has been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial
statements of American River Holdings and the unaudited financial statements of
North Coast Bank, N.A. In the opinion of management of American River Holdings
and North Coast Bank, N.A., respectively, all adjustments, consisting of normal
recurring accruals, considered necessary for the fair presentation of the
results for the periods presented have been included. Annual historical figures
are derived from the consolidated financial statements of American River
Holdings and the financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A. as of December
31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995, and for the years then ended. American
River Holdings' financial statements were audited by Perry-Smith LLP,
independent accountants of American River Holdings. The financial statements of
North Coast Bank, N.A. as of December 31, 1999 and for the year then ended were
audited by Perry-Smith LLP, independent accountants of North Coast Bank, N.A.
The financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A. as of December 31, 1998,
1997, 1996 and 1995, and for the years then ended were audited by Richardson &
Company, independent accountants of North Coast Bank, N.A. The historical
figures for the other years presented have been derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of American River Holdings and the audited
financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A. The annual historical information
presented below should be read together with the consolidated audited financial
statements of American River Holdings, and the audited financial statements of
North Coast Bank, N.A. To find this information, see "American River Holdings
and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Period
Ended March 31, 2000 and Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent
Auditor's Report for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997--Perry-Smith LLP Independent Auditor's Report" on Page 198, and North Coast
Bank, N.A. Unaudited Financial Statements for the Period Ended March 31, 2000
and Financial Statements and Independent Auditor's Report for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997--Perry-Smith LLP Independent Auditor's Report"
on Page 250 and "--Richardson & Company Independent Auditor's Report" on Page
251.

         We expect to incur merger and other non-recurring expenses as a result
of combining our companies. We also anticipate that the merger will provide the
combined company with financial benefits such as reduced operating expenses and
the opportunity to earn additional revenue. However, none of these anticipated
expenses or benefits has been factored into the pro forma combined income
statement information. For that reason, the pro forma combined information,
while helpful in illustrating the financial attributes of the combined company
under one set of assumptions, does not attempt to predict or suggest future
results.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         The following tables present selected historical and pro forma combined
consolidated financial information for American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with the
historical consolidated financial statements of American River Holdings, the
historical consolidated financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A., and the
unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information and the notes to
such information, some of which are included elsewhere in this joint proxy
statement/prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial
information presents selected financial information based on the historical
financial statements of the parties, giving effect to the proposed merger under
the pooling of interests method of accounting and the assumptions and
adjustments described in the notes thereto. The unaudited pro forma combined
consolidated financial information does not indicate the results or financial
position that would have occurred if the merger agreement and merger had been in
effect for the periods or on the dates indicated or that may occur in the
future.

                                       13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS
                                     SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)


                                                       As of and for the:
                                          Three Months
                                         Ended March 31,                        Years Ended December 31,
                                      ----------------------   ---------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA             2000         1999        1999        1998        1997        1996        1995
<S>                                   <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Net interest income                   $   2,449    $   2,263   $   9,299   $   8,726   $   7,802   $   7,351   $   7,195
Provision for loan or lease losses          105           94         407         360         535         490         420
Other income                                455          304       1,520       1,303         998         968       1,272
Other expenses                            1,525        1,380       5,743       5,600       4,986       5,134       5,249
                                      ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Income before income taxes                1,274        1,093       4,669       4,069       3,279       2,695       2,798
Income taxes                                480          420       1,768       1,564       1,278       1,034       1,153
                                      ---------    ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income                            $     794    $     673   $   2,901   $   2,505   $   2,001   $   1,661   $   1,645
                                      =========    =========   =========   =========   =========   =========   =========
PER SHARE DATA: (1)
Earnings per share - basic            $    0.44    $    0.37   $    1.59   $    1.37   $    1.09   $    0.90   $    0.89
Earnings per share - diluted               0.42         0.35        1.50        1.24        0.99        0.87        0.89
Cash dividends per share                     --           --       0.230       0.195       0.174       0.158       0.156
Book value per share                       9.70         8.64        9.26        8.46        7.75        6.95        6.21
Tangible book value per share              9.62         8.53        9.17        8.35        7.61        6.78        6.02

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Balance sheet totals-end of period:
   Assets                             $ 197,329    $ 174,856   $ 201,362   $ 177,824   $ 163,855   $ 136,326   $ 134,496
   Loans and leases, net                118,485      113,788     117,308     112,329     100,373      89,369      90,078
   Deposits                             176,329      155,800     180,996     158,951     146,566     122,065     122,233
   Shareholders' equity                  17,400       15,847      16,613      15,376      14,215      12,839      11,455
Average balance sheet amounts:
   Assets                             $ 198,467    $ 174,668   $ 181,722   $ 166,608   $ 150,142   $ 135,915   $ 124,251
   Loans and leases                     119,738      116,399     113,853     107,539      94,109      90,776      87,635
   Earning assets                       183,777      161,827     167,649     154,642     139,191     126,133     115,167
   Deposits                             177,733      158,155     162,486     148,726     135,612     122,912     112,482
   Shareholders' equity                  16,813       15,605      16,002      14,796      13,576      12,136      10,647
SELECTED RATIOS: (2)
Return on average equity                  18.99%       17.49%      18.13%      16.93%      14.74%      13.69%      15.45%
Return on average tangible equity         19.18%       17.72%      18.34%      17.20%      15.05%      14.05%      15.98%
Return on average assets                   1.61%        1.56%       1.60%       1.50%       1.33%       1.22%       1.32%
Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense
   to net interest income and non
   interest income)                       52.51%       53.76%      53.08%      55.84%      56.66%      61.71%      61.99%
Efficiency ratio excluding the
   amortization of intangibles and
   goodwill                               52.16%       53.37%      52.72%      55.43%      56.19%      61.22%      61.51%
Average equity to average assets           8.47%        8.93%       8.81%       8.88%       9.04%       8.93%       8.57%
Leveraged capital ratio                    8.83%        8.92%       9.20%       8.90%       9.20%       9.30%       8.90%
Nonperforming loans and leases to
   total loans and leases                  0.05%        0.17%       0.03%       0.10%       0.37%       1.32%       0.54%
Nonperforming assets to total assets       0.03%        0.37%       0.01%       0.38%       0.72%       1.30%       0.48%
Net chargeoffs to average loans
   and leases                              0.02%        0.01%       0.08%       0.16%       0.56%       0.81%       0.52%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   total loans and leases                  1.44%        1.26%       1.41%       1.20%       1.16%       1.29%       1.55%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   nonperforming loans and leases        2845.9%       725.5%     5596.7%     1238.2%      313.1%       97.7%      288.6%


(1)  Adjusted for 5% stock dividends in 1997, 1998 and 1999, and 3 for 2 stock
     split in 1999
(2)  Selected ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 1999 have
     been annualized.
</TABLE>

                                       14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
                                 SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)

                                                       As of and for the:
                                          Three Months
                                         Ended March 31,                        Years Ended December 31,
                                      --------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA             2000        1999       1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
<S>                                   <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net interest income                   $    703    $    534   $  2,455   $  2,017   $  1,780   $  1,754   $  1,684
Provision for loan or lease losses          28          30        175        149         70         71         82
Other income                                86          58        267        204        270        229        276
Other expenses                        $    599    $    503      2,167      1,617      1,634      1,595      1,669
                                      --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

Income before income taxes                 162          59        380        455        346        317        209
Income taxes                                66          22        153        109         --         --          1
                                      --------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income                            $     96    $     37   $    227   $    346   $    346   $    317   $    208
                                      ========    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
PER SHARE DATA: (1)
Earnings per share - basic            $    .20    $    .08   $    .48   $    .73   $    .73   $    .67   $    .44
Earnings per share - diluted               .19         .08        .46        .70        .72        .67        .44
Cash dividends per share
Book value per share                      8.67        8.10       8.46       8.03       7.31       6.56       5.94
Tangible book value per share             8.67        8.10       8.46       8.03       7.31       6.56       5.94
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Balance sheet totals-end of period:
   Assets                             $ 49,545    $ 41,546   $ 47,178   $ 42,177   $ 33,322   $ 29,850   $ 31,464
   Loans and leases, net                39,648      30,635     39,736     30,803     21,587     19,452     19,643
   Deposits                             44,345      37,625     42,081     38,153     29,763     26,605     27,780
   Shareholders' equity                  4,094       3,825      3,998      3,792      3,449      3,097      2,804
Average balance sheet amounts:
   Assets                             $ 48,105    $ 41,074   $ 43,238   $ 35,350   $ 29,525   $ 29,453   $ 28,396
   Loans and leases                     40,241      31,122     34,062     25,472     20,657     19,520     19,438
   Earning assets                       44,423      37,737     39,656     32,429     26,913     26,957     25,992
   Deposits                             42,880      36,874     38,694     31,562     26,182     25,893     25,186
   Shareholders' equity                  4,083       3,858      3,914      3,638      3,225      2,937      2,669
SELECTED RATIOS: (2)
Return on average equity                  9.46%       3.89%      5.80%      9.51%     10.73%     10.79%      7.79%
Return on average tangible equity         9.46%       3.89%      5.80%      9.51%     10.73%     10.79%      7.79%
Return on average assets                   .80%        .37%       .53%       .98%      1.17%      1.08%       .73%
Efficiency ratio (noninterest
   expense to net interest income
   and non interest income)              75.92%      84.97%     79.61%     72.81%     79.71%     80.43%     85.15%
Efficiency ratio excluding the
   amortization of intangibles and
   goodwill                              75.92%      84.97%     79.61%     72.81%     79.71%     80.43%     85.15%
Average equity to average assets          8.49%       9.39%      9.05%     10.29%     10.92%      9.97%      9.40%
Leveraged capital ratio                   8.54%       9.31%      9.30%      9.80%     11.20%     10.10%      9.76%
Nonperforming loans and leases to
   total loans and leases                    0%        .03%         0%       .02%       .45%       .15%      1.33%
Nonperforming assets to total assets         0%        .02%         0%       .02%       .29%       .10%       .85%
Net chargeoffs (recoveries) to
   average loans and leases               (.23%)         0%       .36%       .67%       .31%       .69%       .15%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   total loans and leases                 1.08%       1.16%       .95%      1.06%      1.60%      1.75%      2.03%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   nonperforming loans and leases (3)       --        3610%        --     4728.6%     359.2%    1193.1%     153.2%


(1)  Adjusted for 5 for 4 stock split in 1999.
(2)  Selected ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 1999 have
     been annualized.
(3)  There were no non-accrual loans or loans past due 90 days or more at March
     31, 2000 and December 31, 1999.
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
                        SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)


                                                       As of and for the:
                                          Three Months
                                         Ended March 31,                        Years Ended December 31,
                                      -------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA             2000       1999       1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net interest income                   $  3,152   $  2,797   $ 11,754   $ 10,743   $  9,582   $  9,105   $  8,879
Provision for loan or lease losses         133        124        582        509        605        561        502
Other income                               541        362      1,787      1,507      1,268      1,197      1,548
Other expenses                           2,124      1,883      7,910      7,217      6,620      6,729      6,918
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before income taxes               1,436      1,152      5,049      4,524      3,627      3,012      3,007
Income taxes                               546        442      1,921      1,673      1,278      1,034      1,154
                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income                            $    890   $    710   $  3,128   $  2,851   $  2,347   $  1,978   $  1,853
                                      ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
PER SHARE DATA: (1)
Earnings per share - basic                0.40       0.31       1.37       1.25       1.02       0.86       0.80
Earnings per share - diluted              0.38       0.29       1.30       1.14       0.95       0.84       0.80
Cash dividends per share                  0.00       0.00      0.230      0.195      0.174      0.158      0.156
Book value per share                      9.56       8.59       9.17       8.44       7.71       6.92       6.20
Tangible book value per share             9.49       8.50       9.09       8.35       7.60       6.79       6.05
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Balance sheet totals-end of period:
   Assets                             $246,874   $216,402   $248,540   $220,001   $197,177   $166,176   $165,960
   Loans and leases, net               158,133    144,423    157,044    143,132    121,960    108,821    109,721
   Deposits                            220,674    193,425    223,077    197,104    176,329    148,670    150,013
   Shareholders' equity                 21,494     19,672     20,611     19,168     17,664     15,936     14,259
Average balance sheet amounts:
   Assets                             $246,572   $215,742   $224,960   $201,958   $179,667   $165,368   $152,647
   Loans and leases                    159,979    147,521    147,915    133,011    114,766    110,296    107,073
   Earning assets                      228,200    199,564    207,305    187,071    166,104    153,090    141,159
   Deposits                            220,613    195,029    201,180    180,288    161,794    148,805    137,668
   Shareholders' equity                 20,896     19,463     19,916     18,434     16,801     15,073     13,316
SELECTED RATIOS: (2)
Return on average equity                 17.13%     14.79%     15.71%     15.47%     13.97%     13.12%     13.92%
Return on average tangible equity        17.26%     14.95%     15.85%     15.66%     14.20%     13.40%     14.30%
Return on average assets                  1.45%      1.33%      1.39%      1.41%      1.31%      1.20%      1.21%
Efficiency ratio (noninterest
   expense to net interest income
   and non interest income)              57.51%     59.61%     58.42%     58.91%     61.01%     65.32%     66.35%
 Efficiency ratio excluding the
   amortization of intangibles and
   goodwill                              57.24%     59.29%     58.12%     58.59%     60.65%     64.93%     65.96%
Average equity to average assets          8.47%      9.02%      8.85%      9.13%      9.35%      9.11%      8.72%
Leveraged capital ratio                   8.71%      9.13%      9.17%      9.51%      9.85%      9.66%      9.37%
Nonperforming loans and leases to
   total loans and leases                 0.04%      0.14%      0.02%      0.08%      0.38%      1.11%      0.68%
Nonperforming assets to total assets      0.02%      0.31%      0.01%      0.31%      0.65%      1.09%      0.55%
Net chargeoffs to average loans
   and leases                            -0.01%      0.00%      0.14%      0.26%      0.52%      0.79%      0.46%
Provision of allowance for loan losses
   to average loans outstanding           0.08%      0.08%      0.39%      0.38%      0.53%      0.51%      0.47%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   total loans and leases                 1.35%      1.24%      1.30%      1.17%      1.24%      1.37%      1.64%
Allowance for loan or lease losses to
   nonperforming loans and leases       3557.4%     862.9%    6873.3%    1447.0%     322.6%     123.7%     240.9%


(1)  Adjusted for American River Holdings 5% stock dividends in 1997, 1998 and
     1999, and 3 for 2 stock split in 1999, and North Coast Bank, N.A. 5 for 4
     stock split in 1999.
(2)  Selected ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 1999 have
     been annualized.
</TABLE>
                                       16
<PAGE>

                     HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA PER SHARE DATA

             FOR AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.

         We have summarized below the per share information for our respective
companies on a historical, pro forma combined and equivalent basis.

         We have calculated the pro forma combined per share data for net income
using the weighted average number of shares of American River Holdings common
stock outstanding for the periods presented, increased by the weighted average
number of shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock outstanding for the
periods presented multiplied by the conversion ratio of .9644 of a share of
American River Holdings common stock for each share of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock, as if these shares were outstanding for each period presented. The
pro forma combined per share data for dividends declared represents the
historical dividends for American River Holdings common stock. The pro forma
combined book value per share has been calculated using shares of outstanding
American River Holdings common stock increased by the shares of outstanding
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock multiplied by the conversion ratio of .9644
of a share of American River Holdings common stock for each share of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock as if these shares were outstanding as of the dates
presented.

         The equivalent pro forma North Coast Bank, N.A. share information has
been calculated by multiplying the pro forma combined per share information by
the conversion ratio of .9644.

                                             ARH                   NCB
                                        Common Stock          Common Stock
                                     -------------------- ---------------------
                                                Pro Forma             Pro Forma
                                     Historical Combined  Historical  Combined
                                     ---------- --------- ----------  ---------
 Book value per share:
 March 31, 2000                      $    9.70   $  9.56    $ 8.67    $  9.22
 December 31, 1999                        9.26      9.17      8.46       8.84

 Tangible book value per share:
 March 31, 2000                      $    9.62   $  9.49    $ 8.67    $  9.15
 December 31, 1999                        9.17      9.09      8.46       8.77

 Dividends declared:
 Three months ended March 31, 2000   $      --   $    --    $   --    $    --
 Year ended December 31, 1999             .230      .230        --       .222
 Year ended December 31, 1998             .195      .195        --       .188
 Year ended December 31, 1997             .174      .174        --       .168

Earnings per share:
 Basic:
 Three months ended March 31, 2000   $     .44   $   .40    $  .20    $   .39
 Year ended December 31, 1999             1.59      1.37       .48       1.32
 Year ended December 31, 1998             1.37      1.25       .73       1.21
 Year ended December 31, 1997             1.09      1.02       .73        .98

 Diluted:
 Three months ended March 31, 2000   $     .42   $   .38    $  .19    $   .37
 Year ended December 31, 1999             1.50      1.30       .46       1.25
 Year ended December 31, 1998             1.24      1.14       .70       1.10
 Year ended December 31, 1997             0.99       .95       .72        .92

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

         In deciding whether to vote in favor of the merger, shareholders of
North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings should consider the following
factors, in addition to the other matters set forth in this joint proxy
statement/prospectus.

THE PRICE OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK MAY DECLINE

         The market price of American River Holdings common stock after the
merger takes place may vary from the price at the date of this joint proxy
statement/prospectus and at the date of the meetings. Variations in the market
price of American River Holdings common stock may result from changes in the
business, operations or prospects of American River Holdings, North Coast Bank,
N.A. or the combined company, market assessments of the likelihood that the
merger will be consummated and the timing thereof, regulatory considerations,
general market and economic conditions and other factors. We urge you to obtain
current market quotations for American River Holdings common stock. See
"Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger--Purchase Price" on
page 112. Changes in the market price of American River Holdings common stock or
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will not change or otherwise affect the
conversion ratio, which is fixed at .9644.

CUSTOMERS OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. MAY NOT BE RETAINED AND AMERICAN RIVER
HOLDINGS MAY NOT BE ABLE TO REALIZE ANTICIPATED OPERATING COST SAVINGS

         Upon the consummation of the merger, North Coast Bank, N.A. will be
merged with and into ARH Interim National Bank, and the resulting national
banking association will continue as a subsidiary of American River Holdings
with the national bank charter number and name of North Coast Bank, N.A.
American River Holdings anticipates that, after the effective time of the
merger, a significant percentage of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s existing employees
and customers will be retained. There are no assurances that North Coast Bank,
N.A. customers will not move their banking relationships to other financial
institutions and that a greater than anticipated number of North Coast Bank,
N.A. employees will not remain employed by North Coast Bank, N.A. after the
merger. In addition, while American River Holdings expects to achieve operating
cost savings through the elimination of duplicative corporate and administrative
expenses through centralization of management and operations functions and
economies of scale, there can be no assurance that American River Holdings will
be able to realize those cost savings.

ADDITIONAL SHARES OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK COULD BE ISSUED WHICH
COULD RESULT IN A DECLINE IN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE STOCK

         Shares of American River Holdings common stock eligible for future sale
could have a dilutive effect on the market for American River Holdings common
stock and could adversely affect the market price. The articles of incorporation
of American River Holdings authorize the issuance of 20,000,000 shares of common
stock, of which ______________ shares were outstanding at ___________, 2000.
Pursuant to its 1995 Stock Option Plan, at ____________, 2000, American River
Holdings had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 270,128 shares of
American River Holdings common stock. If American River Holdings shareholders
approve the 2000 Stock Option Plan, the 1995 Stock Option Plan will be
terminated as to future option grants. Stock options outstanding under the 1995
Stock Option Plan will remain outstanding until exercised or terminated in
accordance with their terms. Substitute stock options will be issued under the
2000 Stock Option Plan to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. stock options in
accordance with the merger agreement. See "Proposal No. 2, Approval of the
American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan" on page 154. Sales of
substantial amounts of American River Holdings common stock in the public market
following the merger could adversely affect the market price of American River
Holdings common stock. There are no restrictions in the merger agreement
preventing

                                       18
<PAGE>

American River Holdings from issuing additional shares of American River
Holdings common stock after the merger.

         There can be no assurance given as to the market value of American
River Holdings common stock after the merger based on future acquisitions, if
any, or other factors, including but not limited to, general economic conditions
or fluctuating interest rates.

THE YEAR 2000 PROBLEM MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS, NORTH COAST
BANK, N.A. OR THE RESULTING BANK

         The "Year 2000 issue" relates to the fact that many computer programs
and other technology utilizing microprocessors use only two digits to represent
a year, such as "98" to represent "1998." In the year 2000 ("Y2K"), those
programs/processors could incorrectly treat the year 2000 as the year 1900. This
issue has grown in importance as the use of computers and microprocessors has
become more pervasive throughout the economy, and interdependencies between
systems has multiplied. The businesses of American River Holdings and North
Coast Bank, N.A. are dependent on technology and data processing. American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. could be affected either directly or
indirectly by the Year 2000 issue. This could happen if any of their respective
critical computer systems or equipment containing embedded logic fail, if the
local infrastructure (electric power, communications or water system) fails, if
their respective significant vendors are adversely impacted, or if their
respective borrowers or depositors are significantly impacted by their internal
systems or those of their customers or suppliers.

         As of the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, neither American
River Holdings nor North Coast Bank, N.A. has experienced such Year 2000
problems, however, if such problems were to arise, it is impossible to quantify
the potential costs to correct such problems or how the problems will affect the
business, financial condition or results of operations of American River
Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A.

DETERIORATION OF THE REAL ESTATE MARKET COULD HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT UPON
PERFORMANCE

         At March 31, 2000, approximately $84,330,000 or 70% and approximately
$20,831,000 or 52% of American River Bank's and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s loan
portfolios, respectively, constituted real estate loans primarily secured by the
underlying real estate. The ability of American River Bank and North Coast Bank,
N.A. to continue to originate real estate secured loans may be impaired by
adverse changes in local and regional economic conditions in the real estate
market, increasing interest rates, or by acts of nature, including earthquakes
and flooding. These events could have a material adverse impact on the value of
the collateral resulting in increases in loan losses, the allowance for loan
losses and other real estate, which could adversely impact the results of
operations and financial performance of American River Bank and North Coast
Bank, N.A. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations of American River Holdings--Loans" on page 38 and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of North Coast Bank, N.A.--Loans" on page 63.

ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY ASSOCIATED WITH COMMERCIAL AND REAL ESTATE LENDING COULD
RESULT IN LOSSES

         In the course of business, American River Bank and North Coast Bank,
N.A. may in the future acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing
commercial and real estate loans they have originated or purchased which are in
default. There is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on these
properties. This could result in substantial expense incurred by American River
Bank or North Coast Bank, N.A. to remove the hazardous substances where a prior
owner, operator or other party is not

                                       19
<PAGE>

otherwise responsible for the costs of removal. The cost of removal could
substantially exceed the value of the affected properties and without remedies
against another responsible party, or an available market to sell the affected
properties, losses could arise which could have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition and results of operations of American River Bank
and North Coast Bank, N.A.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This joint proxy statement/prospectus contains forward-looking
statements regarding each of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
and the combined company following the merger, including statements relating to:

o    the financial condition, results of operations and business of American
     River Holdings following completion of the merger;

o    cost savings, enhanced revenues and accretion to reported earnings that are
     expected to be realized from the merger; and

o    the restructuring charges expected to be incurred in connection with the
     merger.

         These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those
contemplated by the forward-looking statements include, among others, the
following possibilities:

o    expected cost savings from the merger cannot be fully realized or realized
     within the expected time frame;

o    revenues following the merger are lower than expected or deposit
     withdrawals, operating costs or customer loss and business disruption
     following the merger may be greater than expected;

o    competitive pressures among depository and other financial services
     companies increase significantly;

o    costs or difficulties related to the integration of the businesses of
     American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. are greater than
     expected;

o    changes in the interest rate environment reduce interest margins, cause an
     increase in the prepayment rate on mortgages and other loans or reduce the
     demand for new loans;

o    general economic or business conditions, either internationally, nationally
     or in the State of California, are less favorable than expected, resulting
     in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced
     demand for credit;

o    legislation or regulatory requirements or changes adversely affect the
     businesses in which the combined company would be engaged;

o    technology-related changes, including "Year 2000" data systems compliance
     issues, may be harder to make or more expensive than expected;

o    changes in the securities market; and

o    timing of completion of the merger may be delayed, due to regulatory
     requirements or other factors which may delay, restrict or prohibit new
     operations.

         With respect to estimated cost savings, American River Holdings has
made assumptions regarding, among other things, the amount of general and
administrative expense consolidation, costs relating to converting North Coast
Bank, N.A. operations and data processing to American River Holdings systems,
the size of anticipated reductions in fixed labor costs, the amount of severance
expenses, the extent of the

                                       21
<PAGE>

charges that may be necessary to align the companies' respective accounting
reserve policies and the costs related to the merger. The realization of the
expected cost savings are subject to the risk that the foregoing assumptions are
inaccurate.

         Management of American River Holdings believes these forward-looking
statements are reasonable; however, undue reliance should not be placed on the
forward-looking statements, which are based on current expectations.

         Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. They
involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The future results and shareholder
values of American River Holdings following completion of the merger may differ
materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. Many of the
factors that will determine these results and values are beyond American River
Holdings' and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s ability to control or predict. For those
statements, American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. claim the
protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                                  INTRODUCTION

THE MEETINGS:  DATES, TIMES AND PLACES

         American River Holdings. American River Holdings' annual meeting will
be held at 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California at __:__
_.m., local time, on ___________, 2000.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting will be
held at 50 Santa Rosa Avenue, Santa Rosa, California at __:__ _.m., local time,
on __________, 2000.

MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE MEETINGS

         American River Holdings. At American River Holdings' annual meeting,
holders of American River Holdings common stock are being asked to approve the
merger agreement, including the merger and issuance of American River Holdings
common stock to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s shareholders as provided under the
terms of the merger agreement. American River Holdings shareholders will also be
asked to consider and vote on proposals to approve the American River Holdings
2000 Stock Option Plan, amendments to the articles of incorporation and bylaws
of American River Holdings to provide for the classification of the board of
directors and to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors, to
elect management's nominees as directors of American River Holdings, and to
ratify the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants for the
year 2000. See "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and Merger" on
page 97, "Proposal No. 2, Approval of the American River Holdings 2000 Stock
Option Plan" on page 154, "Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments to the
American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide for the
Classification of the Board of Directors" on page 160, "Proposal No. 4,
Approval of Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation
and Bylaws to Eliminate Cumulative Voting in the Election of Directors" on page
164, "Proposal No. 5, Election of American River Holdings Directors" on page
167, and "Proposal No. 6, Ratification of the Appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as
Independent Accountants for the Year 2000" on page 179.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. At North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting,
holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock are being asked to approve the
merger agreement and the merger. See "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger
Agreement and Merger" on page 97.

RECORD DATE; STOCK ENTITLED TO VOTE; QUORUM

         American River Holdings. Only holders of record of American River
Holdings common stock at the close of business on _____________, 2000, the
record date for American River Holdings' annual meeting, are entitled to receive
notice of and to vote at American River Holdings' annual meeting. On the record
date, approximately __________ shares of American River Holdings common stock
were issued and outstanding and held by approximately ____ holders of record. A
majority of the shares of American River Holdings common stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote on the record date must be represented in
person or by proxy at American River Holdings' annual meeting in order for a
quorum to be present for purposes of transacting business at American River
Holdings' annual meeting. In the event that a quorum is not present at American
River Holdings' annual meeting, it is expected that the annual meeting will be
adjourned or postponed to solicit additional proxies. Holders of record of
American River Holdings common stock on the record date are each entitled to one
vote per share on each matter to be considered at American River Holdings'
annual meeting, except that in the election of directors, such holders may
cumulate votes. See "Proposal No. 5, Election of American River Holdings
Directors" on page 167.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Only holders of record of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock at the close of business on ______________, 2000, the record date
for North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, are entitled to receive notice of
and to vote at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting. On the record date,
approximately __________ shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock were
issued and outstanding and held by approximately ____ holders of record. A
majority of the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote on the record date must be represented in
person or by proxy at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting in order for a
quorum to be present for purposes of transacting business at North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s special meeting. In the event that a quorum is not present at North Coast
Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, it is expected that the special meeting will be
adjourned or postponed to solicit additional proxies. Holders of record of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock on the record date are each entitled to one vote
per share on each matter to be considered at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special
meeting.

VOTES REQUIRED

         American River Holdings. Approval of the merger agreement, the merger
and the issuance of the shares of American River Holdings common stock to North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s shareholders requires holders of a majority of the shares of
American River Holdings common stock outstanding on the record date to vote in
favor of the proposal. Approval of the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option
Plan requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of
American River Holdings common stock present in person or represented by proxy
and entitled to vote at the annual meeting, provided that the number of
affirmative votes equals at least a majority of the shares constituting the
required quorum. Approval of the amendments to the American River Holdings
articles of incorporation and bylaws to provide for the classification of the
board of directors and to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of
directors, requires the affirmative vote of the holders of record of at least a
majority of the shares of American River Holdings common stock outstanding on
the record date for American River Holdings' annual meeting. Ratification of the
appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of record of a majority of the shares of
American River Holdings common stock voting in person or by proxy at the annual
meeting. An abstention or a broker non-vote will not count as a vote cast at
American River Holdings' annual meeting, but will count only for purposes of
determining whether or not a quorum is present. See "--Voting of
Proxies--Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes" on page 32.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. The approval of the merger agreement and the
merger requires the affirmative vote of the holders of record of at least
two-thirds of the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock outstanding on
the record date for North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting. An abstention or a
broker non-vote will not count as a vote cast at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
special meeting, but will count only for purposes of determining whether or not
a quorum is present. See "--Voting of Proxies--Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes"
on page 32.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         American River Holdings. At the close of business on the record date,
directors and executive officers of American River Holdings and their affiliates
beneficially owned and were entitled to vote approximately 620,680 shares of
American River Holdings common stock, which represented approximately 31.8% of
the shares of American River Holdings common stock outstanding on that date.
Each of those directors and executive officers has agreed to vote, or cause to
be voted, the American River Holdings common stock owned by him or her "FOR"
approval of the merger agreement, the merger and the resulting issuance of
American River Holdings common stock to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s shareholders
under the terms of the merger agreement and "FOR" the proposals to approve the
American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan, the amendments to the American
River Holdings articles of incorporation and

                                       24
<PAGE>

bylaws to provide for the classification of the board of directors and to
eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors, election of
management's nominees as directors of American River Holdings, and to ratify the
appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants for the year 2000, at
American River Holdings' annual meeting.

         As of the record date, no individual known to American River Holdings
owned more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of its common stock
except as described in the table below and the directors and executive officers
of American River Holdings beneficially owned shares of American River Holdings
common stock as described in the following table. Unless otherwise indicated in
the table or the notes to the table, (i) each beneficial owner listed below
possesses sole voting power and sole investment power; (ii) all of the shares
shown in the following table are owned both of record and beneficially; (iii)
the address for beneficial owners, all of whom are incumbent directors and
executive officers of American River Holdings and American River Bank, is the
address of American River Holdings, 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107,
Sacramento, California 95815; and (iv) American River Holdings no par value
common stock is the only class of shares outstanding.

Name and Address            Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Owner     of Beneficial Ownership (1)   Percent of Class (2)
- -------------------     --------------------------    --------------------

Kevin B. Bender                    4,351                        *
Richard M. Borst                   5,306(3)                     *
James O. Burpo                    37,111(4)                   1.9%
Mitchell A. Derenzo               18,472(5)                   1.0%
Charles D. Fite                   98,162(6)                   5.0%
Sam J. Gallina                    83,527(7)                   4.3%
Wayne C. Matthews, M.D.           55,007(8)                   2.8%
David T. Taber                    68,243(9)                   3.5%
Marjorie G. Taylor                32,056(10)                  1.7%
Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S.          114,615(11)                  5.9%
Douglas E. Tow                     6,597(12)                    *
Stephen H. Waks                   24,277(13)                  1.2%
William L. Young                  72,951(14)                  3.7%
All directors and                620,680(15)                 31.8%
executive officers
as a group (13 persons)
- ----------------------------

(1)  Except as otherwise noted, may include shares held by or with such person's
     spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by
     any other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held by a
     family trust as to which such person is a trustee with sole voting and
     investment power (or shared power with a spouse); or shares held in an
     individual retirement account or pension plan of which such person is the
     sole beneficiary, and as to which such person has pass-through voting
     rights and investment power.
(2)  Includes stock options outstanding to purchase common stock exercisable
     within 60 days of the record date. The shares "beneficially owned" are
     determined under Securities and Exchange

                                       25
<PAGE>


     Commission Rules, and do not necessarily indicate ownership for any other
     purpose. In general, beneficial ownership includes shares over which a
     person has sole or shared voting or investment power and shares which the
     person has the right to acquire within 60 days. An * indicates less than
     one percent.
(3)  Includes 3,819 shares which Mr. Borst has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(4)  Includes 3,473 shares which Mr. Burpo has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(5)  Includes 10,419 shares which Mr. Derenzo has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(6)  Includes 13,842 shares which Mr. Fite has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date. Mr. Fite has
     indirect voting powers as to 43,247 shares under general proxies signed by
     D. Bruce and Darlyne Fite, and Charles F. Fite.
(7)  Includes 13,892 shares which Mr. Gallina has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(8)  Includes 4,442 shares which Dr. Matthews has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(9)  Includes 34,730 shares which Mr. Taber has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(10) Includes 2,960 shares which Ms. Taylor has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(11) Includes 13,892 shares which Dr. Taylor has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date. Dr. Taylor has
     indirect voting powers as to 20,908 shares under general proxies signed by
     Gary W. Taylor, Robert P. Taylor and Frederick S. Taylor.
(12) Includes 5,285 shares which Mr. Tow has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(13) Includes 6,946 shares which Mr. Waks has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(14) Includes 34,730 shares which Mr. Young has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options within 60 days of the record date.
(15) Includes 148,480 stock options outstanding to purchase common stock
     exercisable within 60 days of the record date.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         North Coast Bank, N.A. At the close of business on the record date,
directors and executive officers of North Coast Bank, N.A. and their affiliates
beneficially owned and were entitled to vote approximately 276,652 shares of
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, which represented approximately 42.8% of
the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock outstanding on that date. Each
of those directors and executive officers has agreed to vote, or cause to be
voted, the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock owned by him or her "FOR"
approval of the merger agreement and the merger at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
special meeting. See "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the Merger Agreement and
Merger--Interests of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. Officers
and Directors in the Merger" on page 114.

         As of the record date, no individual known to North Coast Bank, N.A.
owned more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of its common stock
except as described in the table below and the directors and executive officers
of North Coast Bank, N.A. beneficially owned shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock as described in the following table. Unless otherwise indicated in
the table or the notes to the table, (i) each director and executive officer
listed below possesses sole voting power and sole investment power; (ii) all of
the shares shown in the following table are owned both of record and
beneficially; (iii) the address for beneficial owners, all of whom are incumbent
directors and executive officers of North Coast Bank, N.A., is the address of
North Coast Bank, N.A., 50 Santa Rosa Avenue, Santa Rosa, California 95404; and
(iv) North Coast Bank, N.A. $4.00 par value common stock is the only class of
shares outstanding.

Name and Address            Amount and Nature
of Beneficial Owner     of Beneficial Ownership (1)   Percent of Class (2)
- -------------------     --------------------------    --------------------

Leo J. Becnel                     22,593(3)                   4.6%
M. Edgar Deas                     32,830(4)                   6.7%
Debbie K. Fakalata                 2,925(5)                     *
Michael P. Merrill                30,750(6)                   6.3%
Kathy A. Pinkard                  19,843(7)                   4.0%
William A. Robotham               35,124(8)                   7.2%
Herbert C. Steiner                31,250(9)                   6.4%
Larry L. Wasem                   38,150(10)                   7.8%
David A. Wattell                  2,500(11)                     *
Philip A. Wright                 32,887(12)                   6.7%
Robert A. Young                  27,800(13)                   5.7%
All directors and               276,652(14)                  42.8%
executive officers as
a group (11) persons
- ----------------------

(1)  Except as otherwise noted, may include shares held by or with the person's
     spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by
     any other relative of the person who has the same home; shares held by a
     family trust as to which the person is a beneficiary and trustee with sole
     vesting and investment power (or shared with a spouse); or shares held in
     an individual retirement account or pension plan of which the person is the
     sole beneficiary, and as to which shares the person has pass-through voting
     rights and investment power.

                                       27
<PAGE>

(2)  Includes stock options outstanding to purchase common stock exercisable
     based upon accelerated vesting in connection with the merger under the
     North Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan. The shares "beneficially
     owned" are determined under Securities and Exchange Commission Rules, and
     do not necessarily indicate ownership for any other purpose. In general,
     beneficial ownership includes shares over which a person has sole or shared
     voting or investment power and shares which the person has the right to
     acquire within 60 days. An * indicates less than one percent.
(3)  Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Becnel has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(4)  Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Deas has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(5)  Includes 2,500 shares which Ms. Fakalata has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(6)  Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Merrill has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(7)  Includes 19,290 shares which Ms. Pinkard has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(8)  Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Robotham has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(9)  Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Steiner has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(10) Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Wasem has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(11) Includes 2,500 shares which Mr. Wattell has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(12) Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Wright has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(13) Includes 18,750 shares which Mr. Young has the right to acquire upon the
     exercise of stock options.
(14) Includes 174,290 stock options outstanding to purchase common stock
     exercisable based upon accelerated vesting in connection with the merger
     under the North Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan.

BACKGROUND AND BUSINESS EXPERIENCE OF MANAGEMENT

         American River Holdings. The following table sets forth certain
information as of the record date ___________, 2000 with respect to those
persons whom management has nominated for election as directors of American
River Holdings, each of whom is an incumbent director, as well as all executive
officers, including their respective ages, positions with American River
Holdings and its subsidiaries and a brief account of the business experience for
a minimum of five years of each director and executive officer listed below.

         American River Holdings knows of no arrangements, including any pledge
by any person of securities of American River Holdings, the operation of which
may, at a subsequent date, result in a change in control of American River
Holdings. There are no arrangements or understandings by which any of the
executive officers or directors of either American River Holdings or its
subsidiaries were selected. There is no family relationship between any of the
directors or executive officers, except that Marjorie G. Taylor was married to
Roger J. Taylor's deceased father.

Name                    Age                   Position
- ----                    ---                   --------
Kevin B. Bender         36      Senior Vice President and Chief Information
                                Officer of American River Bank since 1999.
                                Formerly, Vice President of Credit
                                Administration of American River Bank since
                                1986.

Richard M. Borst        44      Senior Vice President and Client Services
                                Manager of American River Bank since 1991.

James O. Burpo          77      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1994 and 1999, respectively. Chairman of the
                                Sacramento office of Alburger Basso De Grosz,
                                Inc. Insurance Brokers, which engages in
                                commercial insurance brokerage. Real estate
                                developer in Sacramento.

                                       28
<PAGE>
Mitchell A. Derenzo     38      Chief Financial Officer of American River
                                Holdings since 1995. Senior Vice President and
                                Chief Financial Officer of American River Bank
                                since 1992. Chief Financial Officer of First
                                Source Capital since 1999.

Charles D. Fite         42      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1993 and 1999, respectively. President, Fite
                                Development Company, a real estate development
                                firm in Sacramento.

Sam J. Gallina          67      Director (Chairman) of American River Holdings,
                                American River Bank and First Source Capital
                                since 1995, 1986 and 1999, respectively. Senior
                                Partner, S. J. Gallina & Co., Certified Public
                                Accountants in Sacramento.

Wayne C. Matthews, M.D. 70      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1984 and 1999, respectively. Family Practitioner
                                in Sacramento.

David T. Taber          39      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1989 and 1999, respectively. President and Chief
                                Executive Officer of American River Holdings
                                since 1995 and Executive Vice President of
                                American River Bank since 1989. President and
                                Chief Executive Officer of First Source Capital
                                since 1999.

Marjorie G. Taylor      66      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1983 and 1999, respectively. Property Manager
                                (self-employed) in Sacramento.

Roger J. Taylor D.D.S.  54      Director (Vice-Chairman) of American River
                                Holdings, American River Bank and First Source
                                Capital since 1995, 1983 and 1999, respectively.
                                Dentist (Retired) and National Executive
                                Director of Impax Health Prime, a worldwide
                                distributor of nutritional supplements, based in
                                Sacramento, and a real estate developer in
                                Sacramento.

Douglas E. Tow          46      Senior Vice President and Credit Administrator
                                of American River Bank since 1994.

Stephen H. Waks         52      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1986 and 1999, respectively. Attorney-at-Law and
                                owner of Stephen H. Waks, Inc. in Sacramento.

William L. Young        58      Director of American River Holdings, American
                                River Bank and First Source Capital since 1995,
                                1988 and 1999, respectively. President and Chief
                                Executive Officer of American River Bank since
                                1989.

                                       29
<PAGE>

         None of the directors of American River Holdings or its subsidiaries is
a director of any other company with a class of securities registered pursuant
to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to
the requirements of Section 15(d) of such Act or any company registered as an
investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, whose common stock
is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                                       30
<PAGE>

         North Coast Bank, N.A. The following table sets forth certain
information as of the record date ___________, 2000 with respect to incumbent
directors, as well as all executive officers, including their respective ages,
positions with North Coast Bank, N.A., and a brief account of the business
experience for a minimum of five years of each director and executive officer
listed below.

         Other than the merger, North Coast Bank, N.A. knows of no arrangements,
including any pledge by any person of securities of North Coast Bank, N.A., the
operation of which may, at a subsequent date, result in a change in control of
North Coast Bank, N.A. There are no arrangements or understandings by which any
of the executive officers or directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. were selected.
There is no family relationship between any of the directors or executive
officers.

Name                    Age                   Position
- ----                    ---                   --------
Leo J. Becnel           63      Director of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1990.
                                Optometry practitioner in Windsor.

M. Edgar Deas           64      Director (Chairman) of North Coast Bank, N.A.
                                since 1990. President and Chief Executive
                                Officer of E&M Electric in Healdsburg.

Debbie K. Fakalata      41      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                Officer of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1998.
                                Formerly, Vice President and Chief Financial
                                Officer of Stockmans Bank in Elk Grove since
                                April, 1991, and Operations Manager of
                                California Livestock Production Credit
                                Association since 1980.

Michael P. Merrill      58      Director (Vice-Chairman) of North Coast Bank,
                                N.A. since 1990. Attorney-at-Law and senior
                                partner of Merrill, Arnone & Jones in Santa
                                Rosa.

Kathy A. Pinkard        47      President and Chief Executive Officer of North
                                Coast Bank, N.A. since 1998. Formerly, Executive
                                Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and
                                Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                Officer, of North Coast Bank, N.A., since
                                September 1, 1997 and February 6, 1996,
                                respectively. Senior Vice President and Chief
                                Financial Officer of Gold Country National Bank
                                in Marysville since May, 1993. Vice
                                President/Cashier of Stockmans Bank in Elk Grove
                                since 1990.

William A. Robotham      58     Director of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1990.
                                Executive partner of Pisenti & Brinker,
                                Certified Public Accountants, in Santa Rosa.

Herbert C. Steiner       62     Director of North Coast Bank, NA. since 1990.
                                Pharmacist and owner of the Prescription Center
                                Pharmacy in Healdsburg.

Larry L. Wasem           47     Director of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1990.
                                Real estate developer and partner of the Airport
                                Business Center in Santa Rosa since 1985.

David A. Wattell         54     Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
                                of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1997. Formerly,
                                Senior Vice President and

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                Senior Credit Officer of National Bank of the
                                Redwoods in Santa Rosa since November, 1991.
                                President and Chief Executive Officer of Codding
                                Bank in Rohnert Park since September, 1988.

Philip A. Wright         53     Director of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1990.
                                Owner of Wright Realty, a real estate and
                                development business in Windsor.

Robert A. Young          80     Director of North Coast Bank, N.A. since 1990.
                                President of Robert Young Vineyards, Inc. in
                                Geyserville.

         None of the directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. is a director of any
other company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to the requirements
of Section 15(d) of such Act or any company registered as an investment company
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, whose common stock is registered
pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

VOTING OF PROXIES

         Submitting Proxies. American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders may vote their shares in person by attending their respective
meeting or vote their shares by proxy by completing the enclosed proxy card,
signing and dating it and mailing it in the enclosed postage pre-paid envelope.

         If a written proxy card is signed by a shareholder and returned without
instructions, the shares represented by the proxy will be voted "FOR" the
proposals presented at American River Holdings' annual meeting or "FOR" the
proposal presented at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, as applicable.
American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders whose shares are
held in "street name" (i.e., in the name of a broker, bank or other record
holder) must either direct the record holder of their shares as to how to vote
their shares or obtain a proxy from the record holder to vote at their
respective meeting.

         Revoking Proxies. American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders of record may revoke their proxies at any time before the time
their proxies are voted at American River Holdings' annual meeting or North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, respectively. Proxies may be revoked by
written notice, including by telegram or telecopy, to the Corporate Secretary of
American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A., as applicable, by a
later-dated proxy signed and returned by mail or by attending American River
Holdings' annual meeting or North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, as
applicable, and voting in person. Attendance at American River Holdings' annual
meeting or North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting will not in and of itself
constitute a revocation of a proxy. The shareholder must inform the Secretary at
the applicable meeting, prior to the vote, that he or she wants to revoke his or
her proxy and vote in person. Any written notice of a revocation of a proxy must
be sent so as to be received before the taking of the vote at the applicable
meeting as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                          <C>
For American River Holdings                 For North Coast Bank, N.A.
  Shareholders, to:                            Shareholders, to:
American River Holdings                      North Coast Bank, N.A.
1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107             50 Santa Rosa Avenue
Sacramento, California 95815                 Santa Rosa, California 95404
Attention:    David T. Taber, President      Attention:   Kathy A. Pinkard, President
              and Chief Executive Officer                 and Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
         Abstentions and Broker Non-Votes. The presence, in person or by
properly executed proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
is necessary to constitute a quorum at each of American

                                       32
<PAGE>


River Holdings' annual meeting and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting.
Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted solely for the purpose of
determining whether a quorum is present. Under the applicable rules of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., brokers or members who hold
shares in street name for customers who are the beneficial owners of the shares
are prohibited from giving a proxy to vote those shares with respect to the
approval of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement including the
merger in the absence of specific instructions from the customers. We refer to
these as "broker non-votes". Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be
counted as a vote "FOR" or "AGAINST" any proposal at either the American River
Holdings annual meeting or the North Coast Bank, N.A. special meeting but will
have the same effect as a vote "AGAINST" any proposal. See "Dissenters' Rights"
on page 132.

         If any other matters are properly presented for consideration at
American River Holdings' annual meeting, in the case of the American River
Holdings shareholders, or at North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting, in the
case of the North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders, the persons named in the
enclosed form of proxy will have discretion to vote or not vote on those matters
in accordance with their best judgment, unless authorization to use that
discretion is withheld. If a proposal to adjourn American River Holdings' annual
meeting or North Coast Bank, N.A.'s special meeting is properly presented,
however, the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy will not have
discretion to vote in favor of the adjournment proposal any shares which have
been voted against the proposal(s) to be presented at the respective meetings.

         Neither American River Holdings nor North Coast Bank, N.A. is aware of
any matters expected to be presented at their respective meeting other than as
described in their respective notice of meetings. The cost of solicitation of
proxies will be paid by American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A., as
applicable. In addition to solicitation by mail, the directors, officers and
employees of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. may also solicit
proxies from shareholders by telephone, facsimile, telegram or in person.
Arrangements will also be made with brokerage houses and other custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries to send the proxy materials to beneficial owners; and
American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A., as the case may be, will,
upon request, reimburse those brokerage houses and custodians for their
reasonable expenses in so doing. North Coast Bank, N.A. has retained Chase
Mellon Shareholder Services, San Francisco, California, to aid in the
solicitation of proxies and to verify records related to the solicitations.
Chase Mellon Shareholder Services will receive $4,500 as compensation for its
services and up to $2,000 as reimbursement for its related out-of-pocket
expenses.

         Shareholders who submit proxy cards should not send in any stock
certificates with their proxy cards. Instructions for the surrender of
certificates representing shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will be
mailed by American River Holdings to former North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders
shortly after the merger is completed. See "Proposal No. 1, To Approve the
Merger Agreement and Merger--Exchange of North Coast Bank, N.A. Stock
Certificates; Fractional Interests" on page 113.

         Recommendation of the American River Holdings Board of Directors and
North Coast Bank, N.A. Board of Directors. Each of the American River Holdings
board of directors and North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors has unanimously
approved the merger and unanimously recommends that their respective
shareholders vote "FOR" the merger agreement and the merger at their respective
meetings. The American River Holdings board of directors also unanimously
recommends that their shareholders vote "FOR" the proposals to approve the
American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan, the amendments to the American
River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws to provide for the
classification of the board of directors and to eliminate cumulative voting in
the election of directors, election of management's nominees as directors of
American River Holdings, and to ratify the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as
independent accountants for the year 2000, at American River Holdings' annual
meeting.

                                       33
<PAGE>

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

         American River Holdings. Dissenters' rights will be available to the
shareholders of American River Holdings in accordance with Chapter 13 of the
California General Corporation Law ("Chapter 13"). A copy of Chapter 13 is
attached as Annex D to this joint proxy statement/prospectus and should be read
for more complete information concerning dissenters' rights. If the merger is
consummated, shareholders of American River Holdings who dissent from the merger
by complying with the procedures set forth in Chapter 13 would be entitled to
receive an amount equal to the fair market value of their shares as of March 1,
2000, the last business day before the public announcement of the merger. The
bid, asked and closing prices for American River Holdings common stock quoted on
the OTC Bulletin Board on March 1, 2000 were $12.50, $13.50, and $12.50,
respectively. The required procedure set forth in Chapter 13 must be followed
exactly or any dissenters' rights may be lost. See "Dissenters'
Rights--Dissenters' Rights of American River Holdings Shareholders" on page 132.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. If the merger agreement is approved by the
required vote of North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders, and is not abandoned or
terminated, shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. who voted "AGAINST" the
merger or who give notice in writing at or prior to the special meeting that the
shareholder dissents, may be entitled to dissenters' rights under Section
215a(b),(c) and (d) of Title 12 of the United States Code. A copy of Section
215a(b), (c) and (d) and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Banking
Circular 259 are attached as Annex E to this joint proxy statement/prospectus
and should be read for more complete information concerning dissenters' rights.
Banking Circular 259 describes the specific requirements of the appraisal
process conducted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency discussed
below and includes examples of appraisal results in various transactions. The
required procedure set forth in Section 215a(b), (c) and (d) of Title 12 of the
United States Code must be followed exactly or any dissenters' rights may be
lost. See "Dissenters' Rights--Dissenters' Rights of North Coast Bank, N.A.
Shareholders" on page 134.

                                       34
<PAGE>

           INFORMATION ABOUT AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

         American River Holdings is a bank holding company registered under the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. American River Holdings was
incorporated under the laws of the State of California in 1995. As a bank
holding company, American River Holdings is authorized to engage in the
activities permitted under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and
regulations thereunder. Its principal office is located at 1545 River Park
Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California 95815 and its telephone number is (916)
565-6100.

         American River Holdings owns 100% of the issued and outstanding common
shares of American River Bank. American River Bank was incorporated and
commenced business in Fair Oaks, California, in 1983 and thereafter moved its
headquarters office to Sacramento, California in 1985. American River Bank
accepts checking and savings deposits, offers money market deposit accounts and
certificates of deposit, makes secured and unsecured commercial, secured real
estate, and other installment and term loans and offers other customary banking
services.

         At March 31, 2000, American River Holdings had total assets of $197
million, total net loans of $118 million, deposits of $176 million and
shareholders' equity of $17 million. American River Holdings and its bank
subsidiary, American River Bank, compete with approximately 38 other banking or
savings institutions in Sacramento County and 22 in Placer County. At March 31,
2000, American River Bank's market share of Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation-insured deposits in the service areas of Sacramento County and
Placer County was approximately 1.15% and 1.60%, respectively, (based upon the
most recent information made available by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation through June 30, 1999). See "Competition--Competitive Data" on page
92.

         American River Bank owns 100% of two inactive companies, ARBCO and
American River Mortgage. ARBCO was formed in 1984 to conduct real estate
development and has been inactive since 1995. American River Mortgage has been
inactive since its formation in 1994. American River Bank operates four banking
offices in Placer and Sacramento Counties including the head office at 1545
River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, and branch offices at 9750 Business
Park Drive, Sacramento, 10123 Fair Oaks Boulevard, Fair Oaks and 2240 Douglas
Boulevard, Roseville. American River Bank's deposits are insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation up to applicable legal limits. American River Bank
does not offer trust services or international banking services and does not
plan to do so in the near future.

         American River Holdings also owns 100% of First Source Capital formed
in July 1999 to conduct lease financing for most types of business assets, from
computer software to heavy earth-moving equipment. Specific leasing programs are
tailored for vendors of equipment in order to increase their sales. First Source
Capital acts as a lease broker and receives a fee for each lease recorded on the
books of the party acting as the funding source. Various funding sources are
utilized in connection with multiple leasing programs made available by First
Source Capital.

         Other than holding the shares of American River Bank and First Source
Capital, American River Holdings conducts no significant activities. However, it
is authorized, with the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (the "Board of Governors"), American River Holdings' principal
regulator, to engage in a variety of activities which are deemed closely related
to the business of banking. See "Supervision and Regulation" on page 87.

                                       35
<PAGE>

         As of December 31, 1999, American River Bank had total deposits of
$180,996,000. Of this total, $47,994,000 represented noninterest-bearing demand
deposits, $68,419,000 represented interest-bearing demand deposits, and
$64,583,000 represented interest-bearing savings and time deposits. At March 31,
2000, total deposits were $176,329,000. Of this total $45,311,000 represented
noninterest-bearing demand deposits, $63,778,000 represented interest-bearing
demand deposits, and $66,920,000 represented interest-bearing savings and time
deposits.

         American River Bank's deposits are not received from a single depositor
or group of affiliated depositors, the loss of any one of which would have a
materially adverse effect on the business of American River Bank. A material
portion of American River Bank's deposits are not concentrated within a single
industry or group of related industries.

         As of March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, American River Bank held
$6,000,000 in certificates of deposit for the State of California. In connection
with these deposits American River Bank is generally required to pledge
securities to secure such deposits, except for the first $100,000, which are
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

         The principal sources of American River Bank's revenues are: (i)
interest and fees on loans; (ii) interest on investments (principally government
securities); and (iii) interest on Federal funds sold (funds loaned on a
short-term basis to other banks). For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999,
these sources comprised 78%, 20%, and 2%, respectively, of American River Bank's
total interest income. At March 31, 2000 these items amounted to 74%, 25% and
1%, respectively.

         At March 31, 2000, American River Holdings and its subsidiaries
employed 69 persons on a full-time basis. American River Holdings believes its
employee relations are excellent.

PROPERTIES

         American River Holdings and its subsidiaries lease their respective
premises and do not own any real property. American River Bank's head office is
located at 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California, in a
modern, five floor building which has offstreet parking for its clients.
American River Bank leases premises in the building from Spieker Properties,
L.P., a California limited partnership. The lease term is ten years and expires
on March 31, 2010. The premises consist of 8,375 square feet on the ground floor
and 506 square feet on the second floor. The current monthly rent is $14,688.75.
The monthly rent will increase to $16,634.00 upon the completion of tenant
improvements by the Landlord not later than September 1, 2000, and increases
annually during the term of the lease to $19,961.00 during the last month of the
lease term.

         American River Bank leases premises at 9750 Business Park Drive,
Sacramento, California. The office space is leased from Bradshaw Plaza Group,
which is owned in part by Charles D. Fite, a director of American River
Holdings. The lease term is seven years and expires on November 30, 2006. The
premises consist of 4,590 square feet on the ground floor. The current monthly
rent is $7,100.

         American River Bank leases premises at 10123 Fair Oaks Boulevard, Fair
Oaks, California. The office space is leased from Marjorie Taylor, a director of
American River Holdings. The lease term is 12 years and expires on March 1,
2009. The premises consist of 2,380 square feet on the ground floor and the
current monthly rent is $1,653.

         American River Bank leases premises at 2240 Douglas Boulevard,
Roseville, California. The office space is leased from Sandalwood Land Company.
The lease term is 10 years and expires on

                                       36
<PAGE>

December 18, 2006. The premises consist of 3,790 square feet on the ground floor
and the current monthly rent is $6,898.

         American River Holdings leases premises (used by First Source Capital)
at 1540 River Park Drive, Suite 108, Sacramento California. The office space is
leased from Union Bank of California, Trustees for Agnes M. and William S. Bourn
Trusts. The lease term is one year and expires on June 30, 2000. The premises
consist of 381 square feet on the ground floor and the current monthly rent is
$533.

         The premises located at 1545 River Park Drive, 9750 Business Park Drive
and 2240 Douglas Boulevard contain options to extend for five years. Included in
the above are two facilities leased from directors of American River Holdings at
terms and conditions which management believes are consistent with the
commercial lease market. See "American River Holdings and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Auditor's Report--Note 10,
Commitments and Contingencies" on page 219 for a description of the annual
minimum lease commitments under the above leases. The foregoing summary
descriptions of leased premises are qualified in their entirety by reference to
the lease agreements listed as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this joint proxy statement/prospectus is a part.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no material legal proceedings adverse to American River
Holdings and its subsidiaries to which any director, officer, affiliate of
American River Holdings, or 5% shareholder of American River Holdings or its
subsidiaries, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate or 5%
shareholder of American River Holdings or its subsidiaries are a party, and none
of the above persons has a material interest adverse to American River Holdings
or its subsidiaries.

         From time to time, American River Holdings and/or its subsidiaries is a
party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of
business. American River Holdings' management is not aware of any material
pending legal proceedings to which either it or its subsidiaries may be a party
or has recently been a party, which will have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition or results of operations of American River Holdings or its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                                       37
<PAGE>

         MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

         The following is American River Holdings management's discussion and
analysis of the significant changes in income and expense accounts for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 2000
and 1999.

         The following information includes forward-looking statements which are
subject to various uncertainties and risks which could cause actual results to
differ materially from those projected. Factors which could cause or contribute
to changes in actual results from those projected include, but are not limited
to, variances in the actual versus projected growth in assets, return on assets,
loan losses, expenses, rates charged on loans and earned on securities
investments, rates paid on deposits, and fee and other noninterest income
earned, competitive effects in the banking industry, changes in the interest
rate environment, general economic conditions, nationally, regionally and in the
operating market areas of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries, changes
in the regulatory environment, changes in business conditions and inflation,
changes in securities markets, and the effects of computer problems related to
the year 2000. Therefore, the following information should be carefully
considered when evaluating the business prospects of American River Holdings and
its subsidiaries and to assess the uncertainties and risks involved in the
business conducted by American River Holdings and its subsidiaries.

INTRODUCTION

         The discussion below is designed to provide a better understanding of
significant trends related to American River Holdings' financial condition,
results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and interest rate
sensitivity. It should be read in conjunction with the American River Holdings'
audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements and
notes thereto and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this
joint proxy statement/prospectus.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

         Net interest income represents the excess of interest and fees earned
on interest earning assets (loans, securities, federal funds sold and
investments in time deposits) over the interest paid on deposits and borrowed
funds. Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of
average earning assets.

         American River Holdings' net interest margin was 5.64% in 1997, 5.69%
in 1998, and 5.61% in 1999. The net interest margin for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 was 5.73% and for the three months ended March 31, 2000 was
5.44%.

         The fully taxable equivalent interest income component increased from
$12,076,000 in 1997 to $13,265,000 in 1998, and to $13,693,000 in 1999,
representing a 9.8% increase in 1998 over 1997 and a 3.2% increase in 1999 over
1998. Total interest income increased from $3,304,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999, to $3,804,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2000,
representing a 15.1% increase. The total interest income increase in 1998 was
primarily the result of a 12% growth in the loan portfolio resulting from a
concentrated effort on business lending and the effects of a strong construction
market. The interest income increase in 1999 was primarily the result of an
increase in average outstanding loan balances of $6,314,000, which reflected a
5.9% increase over 1998 balances. This increase contributed an additional
$615,000 to interest income and was offset in part by an average 48 basis point
decrease in loan yields that caused a reduction of $544,000 in interest income.
Competitive pressures and

                                       38
<PAGE>

three 25 basis point decreases in the prime rate late in 1998 contributed to the
lower yields in 1999. The securities portfolio average balances grew $5,823,000
or 15.8%, which added $352,000 to interest income. The average yield received on
securities was down just 1 basis point and caused a reduction of $8,000 to
interest income. Federal funds sold and investments in time deposits combined
added an additional $13,000 in interest income.

         Total interest expense increased from $4,214,000 in 1997 to $4,461,000
in 1998 and decreased to $4,280,000 in 1999, representing a 5.9% increase in
1998 over 1997 and a 4.1% decrease in 1999 as compared to 1998. The increase in
interest expense in 1998 over 1997 was primarily the result from a 7.4% increase
in interest bearing deposits. The average balances of interest bearing
liabilities increased $8,746,000 (8.6%). Average other borrowings were up
$2,904,000 as American River Holdings advanced $2,300,000 on a borrowing line
with the Federal Home Loan Bank. Lower rates paid on NOW, MMDA, savings and time
deposits helped offset the higher expense by $225,000. The decrease in interest
expense in 1999 as compared to 1998 was primarily the result of an overall
decrease in market rates starting in late 1998 and continuing through the middle
of 1999. The average rate on time deposits decreased 51 basis points
representing a $252,000 reduction in interest expense. The decrease in interest
expense was offset in part by an increase in average time deposit balances of
$4,549,000 (10.14%). The total interest expense increased from $1,019,000 for
the three months ended March 31, 1999, to $1,317,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 2000, representing a 29.2% increase. The increase in interest expense
in the first quarter of 2000 over the first quarter of 1999 was primarily the
result of a 16.8% increase in average interest bearing deposits and an increase
in interest rates. The average interest rate on deposits increased 35 basis from
the first quarter of 1999 to the first quarter of 2000. This increase in rates
added $110,000 in expense, while the increase in deposit balances added another
$188,000 in interest expense.

         Table One, Analysis of Net Interest Margin on Earning Assets, and Table
Two, Analysis of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income and Expenses,
are provided to enable the reader to understand the components and past trends
of American River Bank's interest income and expenses. Table One provides an
analysis of net interest margin on earning assets setting forth average assets,
liabilities and shareholders' equity; interest income earned and interest
expense paid and average rates earned and paid; and the net interest margin on
earning assets. Table Two presents an analysis of volume and rate change on net
interest income and expense.

                                       39
<PAGE>

TABLE ONE:  ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST MARGIN ON EARNING ASSETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended March 31,
                                                    2000                           1999
                                        ----------------------------   ----------------------------
(Taxable Equivalent Basis)                 Avg                  Avg       Avg                  Avg
(In thousands, except percentages)       Balance   Interest    Yield    Balance   Interest    Yield
                                        ---------  --------    -----   ---------  --------    -----
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>        <C>
ASSETS:
Earning assets
  Loans (1)                             $ 119,738   $2,804     9.42%   $ 116,399   $2,649     9.23%
  Taxable investment
    securities                             45,822      711     6.24%      31,282      453     5.87%
  Tax-exempt investment
     securities (2)                         8,903      145     6.55%       5,280       82     6.30%
  Corporate stock                             983       20     8.18%         766       16     8.47%
  Federal funds sold                        2,724       38     5.61%       2,768       32     4.69%
  Investments in time deposits              5,607       86     6.17%       5,332       72     5.48%
                                        ---------   ------             ---------   ------
Total earning assets                      183,777    3,804     8.33%     161,827    3,304     8.28%
                                                    ------                         ------
Cash & due from banks                      11,412                         10,978
Other assets                                3,278                          1,952
                                        ---------                      ---------
                                        $ 198,467                      $ 174,757
                                        =========                      =========
LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing liabilities:
  NOW & MMDA                            $  65,809      445     2.72%   $  58,440      342     2.37%
  Savings                                   8,612       48     2.24%       7,435       41     2.24%
  Time deposits                            57,718      786     5.48%      47,207      602     5.17%
  Other borrowings                          2,493       38     6.13%       2,215       34     6.23%
                                        ---------   ------             ---------   ------
Total interest bearing
  liabilities                             134,632    1,317     3.93%     115,297    1,019     3.58%
                                                    ------                         ------
Demand deposits                            45,594                         42,858
Other liabilities                           1,428                            997
                                        ---------                      ---------
Total liabilities                         181,654                        159,152
Shareholders' equity                       16,813                         15,605
                                        ---------                      ---------
                                        $ 198,467                      $ 174,757
                                        =========                      =========
Net interest income & margin (3)                    $2,487     5.44%               $2,285     5.73%
                                                    ======     ====                ======     =====
</TABLE>
(1)  Loan interest includes loan fees of $53,000 and $68,000 during the three
     months ending March 31, 2000 and March 31, 1999, respectively.
(2)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the periods presented.
(3)  Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total
     average earning assets.

                                       40
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year Ended December 31,
                                           1999                             1998                           1997
                             ------------------------------    ----------------------------    ---------------------------
(Taxable Equivalent Basis)      Avg                    Avg        Avg                  Avg       Avg                  Avg
(In thousands, except         Balance    Interest     Yield     Balance    Interest   Yield    Balance    Interest   Yield
  percentages)               ---------   --------     -----    ---------   --------   -----    -------    --------   -----
<S>                          <C>         <C>           <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>
ASSETS:
Earning assets
  Loans (1)                  $ 113,853   $ 10,543      9.26%   $ 107,539   $ 10,472    9.74%   $ 94,109   $ 9,352     9.94%
  Taxable investment
    securities                  35,167      2,066      5.87%      31,717      1,867    5.89%     31,340     1,872     5.97%
  Tax-exempt investment
    securities (2)               6,811        432      6.34%       4,239       272     6.42%      2,937       195     6.64%
  Corporate stock                  765         63      8.24%         964        78     8.05%        876        76     8.68%
  Federal funds sold             5,958        299      5.02%       5,371       283     5.27%      5,470       300     5.48%
  Investments in time
    deposits                     5,095        290      5.69%       4,812       293     6.09%      4,549       281     6.18%
                             ---------   --------              ---------   -------             --------    ------
Total earning assets           167,649     13,693      8.17%     154,642    13,265     8.58%    139,281    12,076     8.67%
                                         --------                          -------                         ------
Cash & due from banks           11,460                             9,799                          8,834
Other assets                     2,693                             2,263                          2,144
                             ---------                         ---------                       --------
                             $ 181,802                         $ 166,704                       $150,259
                             =========                         =========                       ========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest bearing liabilities:
  NOW & MMDA                 $  59,491      1,420      2.39%   $  56,488     1,604     2.84%   $ 55,793     1,727     3.10%
  Savings                        8,240        186      2.26%       7,349       182     2.48%      6,546       164     2.51%
  Time deposits                 49,391      2,537      5.14%      44,843     2,532     5.65%     39,689     2,310     5.82%
  Other borrowings               2,264        137      6.05%       2,317       143     6.17%        223        13     5.83%
                             ---------   --------              ---------   -------             --------    ------
Total interest bearing
  liabilities                  119,386      4,280      3.59%     110,997     4,461     4.02%    102,251     4,214     4.12%
                                         --------
Demand deposits                 45,364                            40,046                         33,584
Other liabilities                1,050                               865                            848
                             ---------                         ---------                       --------
Total liabilities              165,800                           151,908                        136,683
Shareholders' equity            16,002                            14,796                         13,576
                             ---------                         ---------                       --------
                             $ 181,802                         $ 166,704                       $150,259
Net interest income &        =========                         =========                       ========
  margin (3)                             $  9,413      5.61%               $ 8,804     5.69%               $ 7,862    5.64%
                                         ========      ====                =======     ====                =======    ====

(1)  Loan interest includes loan fees of $287,000, $290,000 and $240,000 in
     1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(2)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the periods presented.
(3)  Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total
     average earning assets.

</TABLE>
                                       41
<PAGE>

TABLE TWO:  ANALYSIS OF VOLUME AND RATE CHANGES ON NET INTEREST INCOME AND
            EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Three Months Ended March 31, 2000 over 1999
Increase (decrease) due to change in:

                                            Volume       Rate (4)     Net Change
Interest-earning assets:                    ------       --------     ----------
   Net loans (1)(2)                          $ 76         $  79         $ 155
   Taxable investment securities              211            47           258
   Tax exempt investment securities (3)        56             7            63
   Corporate stock                              5            (1)            4
   Federal funds sold                          (1)            7             6
   Investment in time deposits                  4            10            14
                                             ----         -----          ----
     Total                                    351           149           500
                                             ----         -----          ----

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                             43            60           103
   Savings deposits                             7             0             7
   Time deposits                              134            50           184
   Other borrowings                             4            --             4
                                             ----         -----          ----
     Total                                    188           110           298
                                             ----         -----          ----
Interest differential                        $163         $  39          $202
                                             ====         =====          ====
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 1999 over 1998
Increase (decrease) due to change in:

                                            Volume       Rate (4)     Net Change
Interest-earning assets:                    ------       --------     ----------
   Net loans (1)(2)                         $  615       $  (544)       $   71
   Taxable investment securities               203            (4)          199
   Tax exempt investment securities (3)        165            (5)          160
   Corporate stock                             (16)            1           (15)
   Federal funds sold                           31           (15)           16
   Investment in time deposits                  17           (20)           (3)
                                            ------       -------        ------
     Total                                   1,015          (587)          428
                                            ------       -------        ------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                              85          (269)         (184)
   Savings deposits                             22           (18)            4
   Time deposits                               257          (252)            5
   Other borrowings                             (3)           (3)           (6)
                                            ------       -------        ------
     Total                                     361          (542)         (181)
                                            ------       -------        ------
Interest differential                       $  654       $   (45)       $  609
                                            ======       =======        ======

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       42
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 1998 over 1997
Increase (decrease) due to change in:

                                            Volume       Rate (4)     Net Change
Interest-earning assets:                    ------       --------     ----------
   Net loans (1)(2)                         $1,335       $  (215)       $1,120
   Taxable investment securities                22           (27)           (5)
   Tax exempt investment securities(3)          86            (9)           77
   Corporate stock                               8            (6)            2
   Federal funds sold & other                   (5)          (12)          (17)
   Investment in time deposits                  16            (4)           12
                                            ------       -------        ------
     Total                                   1,462          (273)        1,189
                                            ------       -------        ------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                              22          (145)         (123)
   Savings deposits                             20            (2)           18
   Time deposits                               300           (78)          222
   Other borrowings                            122             8           130
                                            ------       -------        ------
     Total                                     464          (217)          247
                                            ------       -------        ------
Interest differential                       $  998       $   (56)       $  942
                                            ======       =======        ======

(1)  The average balance of non-accruing loans is immaterial as a percentage of
     total loans and, as such, has been included in net loans.
(2)  Loan fees of $53,000 and $68,000 during the three months ended March 31,
     2000 and 1999, respectively, and $287,000, $290,000 and $240,000 for the
     years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively, have been
     included in the interest income computation.
(3)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the periods presented.
(4)  The rate/volume variance has been included in the rate variance.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

         American River Bank provided $105,000 for loan losses for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $94,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. Net loan charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2000
were $7,000 as compared to less than $4,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1999. In 1999, American River Bank made provisions for loan losses of $407,000
and net loan charge-offs were $90,000 or .08% of average loans outstanding. In
1998, net loan charge-offs totaled $172,000 or .16% of average loans
outstanding. During 1998 and 1997, American River Bank made provisions for loan
losses of $360,000 and $535,000, respectively. The higher loan loss provision in
1997 was a direct result of higher than average loan charge-offs. Net loan
charge-offs in 1997 were $530,000 or .56% of average loans outstanding.

SERVICE CHARGES AND FEES AND OTHER INCOME

         Noninterest income was up $151,000 (49.7%) to $455,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $304,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. The increase in the noninterest income from March 31, 1999 to
March 31, 2000 can be attributed to an increase in accounts receivable servicing
(up $60,000 or 206.9%) and revenue of $37,000 from First Source Capital, which
did not exist during the first quarter of 1999. For the year ended December 31,
1999, noninterest income was up $222,000 (17.02%) to $1,526,000. Increases were
in accounts receivable servicing (up $170,000 or 168.63%) and the state
servicing contract (up $58,000 or 89.23%). These increases were offset by a
decrease of $121,000 (47.64%) in loan organization fees from American River
Bank's residential lending division. The increase in accounts receivable
servicing was a result of four new clients and increasing average accounts
receivable balances outstanding from $652,000 in 1998 to $1,505,000 (130.8%) in
1999.

                                       43
<PAGE>

The increase in fees from the state servicing contract was the result of
additional loans serviced for the State of California. The residential lending
division experienced a decrease in loan volume as a direct result of an increase
in mortgage rates, which caused the number of refinances to decrease.

         Noninterest income was up $305,000 (30.6%) from 1997 to $1,303,000 in
1998. Increases were in the accounts receivable servicing (up $89,000 or
684.6%), the state servicing contract (up $65,000) and the residential lending
division (up $86,000 or 51.24%). The increase in the accounts receivable
servicing resulted from an increase in average balances outstanding from $64,000
in 1997 to $652,000 (up 901.8%) in 1998 due to adding new clients. The increase
in income from the state servicing contract was the result of 1998 being the
first full year of servicing loans for the State of California. Low mortgage
rates contributed to the increase in origination fees in the residential lending
division in 1998 as compared to 1997.

SALARIES AND BENEFITS

         Salaries and benefits were $935,000 (up $93,000 or 11.0%) for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $842,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999; $28,000 of the increase related to salaries in the newly formed
First Source Capital. For the year ended December 31, 1999, salaries and
benefits totaled $3,493,000, (up $186,000 or 5.6%) from 1998. Base salaries
increased $105,000, consisting of $63,000 (2.6%) due to normal merit increases
and $42,000 (1.7%) due to the opening of First Source Capital in July 1999.
Incentive compensation increased $97,000 (21.0%) as American River Bank moved
closer to the goal of providing small cost of living increases and higher
incentive compensation based on American River Holdings' results of operation
performance. Benefit costs increased commensurate with the salaries. At the end
of 1999, the full time equivalent (FTE) staff was 69 versus 67 at the end of
1998, with the addition of two new employees at First Source Capital.

         Salary and benefits expenses increased $417,000 (14.4%) to $3,310,000
in 1998 from the level in 1997. Components of salaries and benefits that
increased significantly included base salary and wages of $68,000 (2.8%) and
incentive compensation of $281,000 (99%). The increase in incentive compensation
expense consisted of gross-up plan payments (up $75,000), executive incentive
compensation (up $88,000) and staff incentive compensation (up $118,000). The
increase in the gross-up plan is a result of 1998 being the first full year of
the plan. The executive incentive compensation increased in direct correlation
to the increase in American River Holdings' return on equity. The staff
incentive compensation increase was in part due to the increased earnings and
the gradual phase-in of American River Bank's plan to provide small cost of
living increases and higher incentive compensation based on American River
Holdings' performance. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the full time equivalent
(FTE) staff was 67.

         See "Proposal No. 5, Election of American River Holdings Directors --
Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" on page 170 and
"-- Executive Compensation" on page 172 for more information regarding
compensation of executive officers.

OCCUPANCY, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

         Occupancy and fixed assets expense was $170,000 (up $10,000 or 6.3%)
for the three months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $160,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, occupancy and
fixed assets expense was down $21,000 (3.0%) from 1998. Annual rent adjustments
under the lease agreements, as well as the opening of the First Source Capital
location, increased occupancy expense by $27,000 (8.7%). These increases were
offset by the fact that certain fixed assets at American River Holdings'
headquarters were fully depreciated in 1998. Fixed asset depreciation expense
was $42,000 in 1999 compared to $58,000 in 1998, representing a 27.6% decrease.

                                       44
<PAGE>

         Occupancy and fixed asset expenses were $698,000 in 1998. This was a
decrease of $42,000 from 1997, primarily due to the fact that American River
Bank's mainframe computer was fully depreciated in 1997.

OTHER EXPENSES

         Other expenses were $420,000 (up $42,000 or 11.1%) for the three months
ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $378,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, other expenses decreased $22,000
(-1.4%). Normal price increases and growth in American River Holdings'
operations that accounted for slight increases in the other expense items were
offset by a decrease in other real estate (ORE) expense of $76,000 (49.7%). This
decrease was a result of decreasing the ORE portfolio. The average balance in
ORE for 1999 was $224,000 compared to $807,000 for 1998. The amount of ORE held
at December 31, 1999 was zero. The overhead efficiency ratio for 1999 was 52.7%
as compared to 55.4% in 1998.

         Other expenses increased $239,000 (17.7%) to $1,592,000 in 1998. ORE
expense was up $97,000 (173.2%) due to a larger ORE portfolio. Average balance
in ORE for 1998 was $807,000 compared to $688,000 for 1997. American River Bank
charged-off $104,000 of the ORE balances in 1998 for ORE properties acquired in
1997. Director expenses were up $79,000 (64.8%) in 1997 due to the
implementation of the gross-up plan. The gross-up plan expense for 1997 was
$20,000 compared to $102,000 in 1998. The overhead efficiency ratio for 1997 was
56.4%.

PROVISION FOR TAXES

         The effective tax rate on income was 37.7 % for the three months ended
March 31, 2000 as compared to 38.4% for the three months ended March 31, 1999.
The effective tax rate on income was 37.9%, 38.4% and 39.0% in 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively. The effective tax rate has decreased slightly each of the
last three years as a result of an increase in investments made in tax qualified
municipal bonds. The effective tax rate was greater than the federal statutory
tax rate due to state tax expense (net of federal tax effect) of $290,000,
$230,000 and $227,000 in these years. Tax-exempt income of $330,000, $209,000
and $150,000 from investment securities in these years helped to reduce the
effective tax rate.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

         American River Holdings' total assets were $197,329,000 at March 31,
2000 as compared to $174,856,000 at March 31, 1999, representing an increase of
12.9%. The average balances of total assets at March 31, 2000 was $ 198,467,000
which represent an increase of $23,799,000 or 13.6% over the $174,668,000 at
March 31, 1999. Total assets at December 31, 1999 were $201,362,000 compared to
$177,824,000 at December 31, 1998, representing an increase of 13.2%. The
average balances of total assets of $181,722,000 in 1999 represent an increase
of $15,114,000 or 9.1% over the $166,608,000 in 1998.

LOANS

         American River Bank concentrates its lending activities in four
principal areas: 1) commercial loans; 2) real estate-mortgage; 3) real estate
construction loans (both commercial and personal); and 4) consumer loans. Real
estate-mortgage loans are generally secured by improved commercial property,
with original maturities of 5-10 years. At December 31, 1999, these four
categories accounted for approximately 25%, 53%, 18%, and 4%, respectively, of
American River Bank's loan portfolio. This mix was relatively unchanged compared
to 24%, 54%, 18%, and 4% at December 31, 1998. Continuing strong economic
activity in American River Bank's market area, combined with ongoing marketing
efforts, offset

                                       45
<PAGE>

by normal loan paydowns and payoffs, resulted in net increases in loan balances
for all loan categories in 1999 over 1998. The deferred loan fees have been
decreasing over the same period as a competitive market has reduced loan
origination fees. Table Three below summarizes the composition of the loan
portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and the past five years as
of December 31.

TABLE THREE:  LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              March 31,                                   December 31,
                         -----------------         ----------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands)           2000         1999         1999        1998         1997         1996         1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Commercial           $  31,840    $  25,816    $  30,265    $  27,615    $  24,354    $  26,849    $  26,702
Real estate:
   Mortgage             71,243       61,824       62,867       61,034       61,375       59,000       57,862
   Construction         13,087       22,920       21,307       20,768       10,552        2,894        5,175
Consumer                 4,411        5,011        4,859        4,644        5,665        2,202        2,238
Deferred loan fees        (360)        (333)        (311)        (370)        (399)        (407)        (482)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans            120,221      115,238      118,987      113,691      101,547       90,538       91,495
Allowance for
   credit losses        (1,736)      (1,450)      (1,679)      (1,362)      (1,174)      (1,169)      (1,417)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total net loans      $ 118,485    $ 113,788    $ 117,308    $ 112,329    $ 100,373    $  89,369    $  90,078
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

         The majority of American River Bank's loans are direct loans made to
individuals and local businesses. American River Bank relies substantially on
local promotional activity, personal contacts by bank officers, directors and
employees to compete with other financial institutions. American River Bank
makes loans to borrowers whose applications include a sound purpose, and a
viable primary repayment source generally backed by a secondary source of
repayment.

         Commercial loans consist of credit lines for operating needs, loans for
equipment purchases, working capital, and various other business loan products.
Consumer loans include a range of traditional consumer loan products offered by
American River Bank such as personal lines of credit and loans to finance
purchases of autos, boats, recreational vehicles, mobile homes and various other
consumer items. Construction loans are generally composed of commitments to
customers within American River Bank's service area for construction of both
commercial properties and custom and semi-custom single family residences. Other
real estate loans consist primarily of loans secured by first trust deeds on
commercial and residential properties typically with maturities from 3 to 10
years and original loan to value ratios generally from 70% to 80%. In general,
except in the case of loans with SBA guarantees, American River Bank does not
make long-term mortgage loans; however, American River Bank has a residential
lending division to assist customers in securing most forms of longer term
single-family mortgage financing.

         Average net loans during the three months ended March 31, 2000 were
$119,738,000 which represents a 2.9% increase over the average of $116,399,000
during the three months ended March 31, 1999. Average loans in 1999 were
$113,853,000 representing an increase of $6,314,000 or 5.9% over 1998. Loan
growth in 1999 resulted from a favorable economy in American River Bank's market
area and new borrowers were developed through American River Bank's marketing
efforts and credit extensions were expanded to existing borrowers. Average loans
in 1998 were $107,539,000 representing an increase of $13,430,000 or 14.3% over
1997.

RISK ELEMENTS

         American River Holdings assesses and manages credit risk on an ongoing
basis through a total credit culture that emphasizes excellent credit quality,
extensive internal monitoring and established formal lending policies.
Additionally, American River Holdings contracts with an outside loan review
consultant to periodically review the existing loan portfolio. Management
believes its ability to identify and assess

                                       46
<PAGE>

risk and return characteristics of American River Holdings' loan portfolio is
critical for profitability and growth. Management strives to continue its
emphasis on credit quality in the loan approval process, active credit
administration and regular monitoring. With this in mind, management has
designed and implemented a comprehensive loan review and grading system that
functions to continually assess the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio.

         Ultimately, credit quality may be influenced by underlying trends in
economic and business cycles. American River Holdings' business is concentrated
in the Sacramento Metropolitan Statistical Area, which is a diversified economy,
but with a large State of California government presence and employment base.
American River Holdings has significant extensions of credit and commitments to
extend credit which are secured by real estate. The ultimate recovery of these
loans is generally dependent on the successful operation, sale or refinancing of
the real estate. American River Holdings monitors the effects of current and
expected market conditions and other factors on the collectability of real
estate loans. The more significant factors management considers involve the
following: lease, absorption and sale rates; real estate values and rates of
return; operating expenses; inflation; and sufficiency of collateral independent
of the real estate including, in limited instances, personal guarantees.

         In extending credit and commitments to borrowers, American River
Holdings generally requires collateral and/or guarantees as security. The
repayment of such loans is expected to come from cash flow or from proceeds from
the sale of selected assets of the borrowers. American River Holdings'
requirement for collateral and/or guarantees is determined on a case-by-case
basis in connection with management's evaluation of the credit-worthiness of the
borrower. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory,
property, plant and equipment, income-producing properties, residences and other
real property. American River Holdings secures its collateral by perfecting its
interest in business assets, obtaining deeds of trust, or outright possession
among other means.

         Management believes that its lending policies and underwriting
standards will tend to minimize losses in an economic downturn, however, there
is no assurance that losses will not occur under such circumstances. American
River Bank loan policies and underwriting standards include, but are not limited
to, the following: (1) maintaining a thorough understanding of American River
Bank's service area and originating a significant majority of its loans within
that area, (2) maintaining a thorough understanding of borrowers' knowledge,
capacity, and market position in their field of expertise, (3) basing real
estate loan approvals not only on market demand for the project, but also on the
borrowers' capacity to support the project financially in the event it does
perform to expectations (whether sale or income performance), and (4)
maintaining conforming and prudent loan to value and loan to cost ratios based
on independent outside appraisals and ongoing inspection and analysis by
American River Bank's lending officers.

NONACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS

         Management generally places loans on nonaccrual status when they become
90 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of
collection. Loans are charged off when, in the opinion of management, collection
appears unlikely. Table Four below sets forth nonaccrual loans and loans past
due 90 days or more for March 31, 2000 and the past five years as of December
31.

                                       47
<PAGE>

TABLE FOUR:  NON-PERFORMING LOANS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             March 31,                 December 31,
                             --------- -----------------------------------------
(In thousands)                2000     1999     1998     1997     1996     1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Past due 90 days or more
 and still accruing:
   Commercial               $   52   $   --   $   --   $   87   $   18   $   --
   Real estate                  --       --       --       --       --      265
   Consumer and other           --       --       --       --       --       --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nonaccrual:
   Commercial                    9       30      110      281      712       85
   Real estate                  --       --       --       --      466      141
   Consumer and other           --       --       --        7       --       --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming loans   $   61   $   30   $  110   $  375   $1,196   $  491
================================================================================

         Interest due but excluded from interest income on nonaccrual loans was
not considered material during the three months ended March 31, 2000, and 1999,
and the year ended December 31, 1999; for December 31, 1998 and 1997, these
amounts were $77,000 and $64,000, respectively. In 1999, 1998 and 1997 interest
income recognized from payments received on nonaccrual loans was $45,000, $8,000
and $7,000, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2000, interest
recognized from payments received on nonaccrual loans was less than $1,000.

         The recorded investments in loans that were considered to be impaired
totaled $61,000, $30,000 and $110,000 at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999
and 1998, respectively. The related allowance for loan losses for these loans at
March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 and 1998 was $9,000, $12,000 and $47,000,
respectively. Management believes that the reserve allocations are adequate for
the inherent risk of those loans. The average recorded investment in impaired
loans for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $279,000,
$254,000 and $548,000, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired
loans for the three months ended March 31, 2000 was $20,000.

         There were no troubled debt restructurings or loan concentrations in
excess of 10% of total loans not otherwise disclosed as a category of loans as
of March 31, 2000 or December 31, 1999. Management is not aware of any potential
problem loans, which were accruing and current at March 31, 2000 or December 31,
1999, where serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrower to comply
with the present repayment terms.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES ACTIVITY

         The provision for credit losses is based upon management's evaluation
of the adequacy of the existing allowance for loans outstanding. This allowance
is increased by provisions charged to expense and recoveries, and is reduced by
loan charge-offs. Management determines an appropriate provision based upon the
interaction of three primary factors: (1) loan portfolio growth, (2) a
comprehensive grading and review formula for total loans outstanding, and (3)
estimated potential credit losses.

         The allowance for credit losses totaled $1,736,000 or 1.44% of total
loans at March 31, 2000, $1,679,000 or 1.41% of total loans at December 31,
1999, $1,362,000 or 1.20% at December 31, 1998, and $1,174,000 or 1.16% at
December 31, 1997. During the first quarter of 2000, $41,000 was transferred out
of the allowance for loan loss account into a separate valuation reserve for the
accounts receivable servicing receivables. It is the policy of management to
maintain the allowance for credit losses at a level adequate for known and
future risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Based on information currently
available to analyze credit loss potential, including economic factors, overall
credit quality, historical delinquency and a history of actual charge-offs,
management believes that the credit loss provision and

                                       48
<PAGE>

allowance is prudent and adequate. However, no prediction of the ultimate level
of loans charged off in future years can be made with any certainty.

         Table Five below summarizes, for the periods indicated, the activity in
the allowance for loan losses.

TABLE FIVE:  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Three Months
In thousands (except for                              Ended
percentages)                                         March 31,                            Year Ended December 31,
                                              ----------------------   ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                 2000         1999        1999        1998         1997         1996       1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Average loans outstanding                     $ 119,738    $ 116,399   $ 114,489   $ 108,664   $  95,210   $  92,086   $  89,095
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for possible loan
losses at beginning of period                 $   1,679    $   1,362   $   1,362   $   1,174   $   1,169   $   1,417   $   1,457

Loans charged off:
   Commercial                                         7            4         100         295         433         679         338
   Real estate                                       --           --          --          22          70          56         104
   Installment                                       --           --          --           7          47          19          18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                 7            4         100         324         550         754         460
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
   Commercial                                        --           --          10         152          20          14          --
   Real estate                                       --           --          --          --          --          --          --
   Consumer                                          --           --          --          --          --           2          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                --           --          10         152          20          16          --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans charged off                                 7            4          90         172         530         738         460
Amount transferred for accounts
  receivable servicing valuation
  reserve                                           (41)          --          --          --          --          --          --
Additions to allowance charged
  to operating expenses                             105           94         407         360         535         490         420
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for possible loan
  losses at end of period                     $   1,736    $   1,452   $   1,679   $   1,362   $   1,174   $   1,169   $   1,417
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio of net charge-offs to average
  loans outstanding                                 .02%         .01%        .08%        .16%        .56%        .81%        .52%

Provision of allowance for possible
  loan losses to average loans
outstanding                                         .35%         .33%        .36%        .33%        .57%        .54%        .48%

Allowance for possible loan losses
  to loans net of deferred fees at
  end of period                                    1.44%        1.26%       1.41%       1.20%       1.16%       1.29%       1.55%
</TABLE>

         As part of its loan review process, management has allocated the
overall allowance based on specific identified problem loans and historical loss
data. Table Six below summarizes the allocation of the allowance for loan losses
at March 31, 2000, and at December 31, 1999 and 1998.

                                       49
<PAGE>
TABLE SIX:  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY LOAN CATEGORY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands,
except percentages)            March 31, 2000                 December 31, 1999             December 31, 1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Percent of loans                 Percent of loans               Percent of loans
                                     in each category                 in each category               in each category
                           Amount    to total loans          Amount    to total loans       Amount    to total loans
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>
Commercial                 $   459          26.5%            $  494          25.4%           $  382       24.3%
Real estate                  1,177          69.8%             1,118          70.6%              921       71.6%
Consumer                       100           3.7%                67           4.0%               59        4.1%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total allocated            $ 1,736         100.0%            $1,679         100.0%           $1,362       100.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

OTHER REAL ESTATE

         At March 31, 2000 and at December 31, 1999, American River Holdings did
not have any ORE properties. At March 31, 1999, American River Holdings'
portfolio included two ORE properties valued at $454,000. At December 31, 1998,
American River Holdings held three ORE properties valued at $561,000.

DEPOSITS

         At March 31, 2000, total deposits were $176,329,000 representing an
increase of $20,529,000 (13.2%) over the March 31, 1999, balance of
$155,800,000. During 1999, deposits increased $22,045,000 (13.9%) to a total of
$180,996,000 at year-end. State of California certificates of deposit accounted
for $6,000,000 of the deposit growth. The remainder of the increase in total
deposits is attributable to internal growth in noninterest-bearing demand,
interest-bearing demand, savings and time deposit categories. Deposits at
December 31, 1998, totaled $158,951,000 and were up $12,385,000 (8.5%) over the
1997 year-end balances of $146,566,000.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The current and projected capital position of American River Holdings
and the impact of capital plans and long-term strategies is reviewed regularly
by management. American River Holdings' capital position represents the level of
capital available to support continued operations and expansion.

         In May of 1997, the board of directors of American River Holdings
authorized a stock repurchase plan. American River Holdings acquired 77,000
shares of its common stock in the open market during 1999, 60,000 in 1998 and
25,000 in 1997. These repurchases were made periodically in the open market with
the intention to lessen the dilutive impact of issuing new shares in connection
with stock option plans and in conjunction with annual distributions of a five
percent common stock dividend.

         American River Holdings and American River Bank are subject to
regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank and the
FDIC, which require maintenance of certain levels of capital. At March 31, 2000,
shareholders' equity was $17,400,000 representing an increase of $787,000 or
4.7% from $16,613,000 at December 31, 1999. In 1999, shareholders' equity
increased $1.2 million or 8.1% from 1998 and increased $1.2 million or 8.2% from
1997. The ratio of total risk-based capital to risk adjusted assets was 13.5% at
March 31, 2000 compared to 12.8% at December 31, 1999, and 12.4% at December 31,
1998. Tier 1 risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets was 12.3% at March 31,
2000, 11.6% at December 31, 1999, and 11.3% at December 31, 1998.

                                       50
<PAGE>

         Table Seven below lists the American River Holdings' actual capital
ratios at March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998 as well as the
minimum capital ratios for capital adequacy.

TABLE SEVEN:  CAPITAL RATIOS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital to Risk-Adjusted Assets        At March 31,           At December 31,           Minimum Regulatory
                                           2000             1999            1998        Capital Requirements
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
Leverage ratio                             8.8%              9.2%            8.9%              4.00%

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital                 12.3%             11.6%           11.3%              4.00%

Total Risk-Based Capital                  13.5%             12.8%           12.4%              8.00%
</TABLE>
         The risk-based capital ratios increased in 1999 primarily due to
earnings and the exercise of stock options less reductions resulting from the
share repurchase program. Capital ratios are reviewed on a regular basis to
ensure that capital exceeds the prescribed regulatory minimums and is adequate
to meet future needs. All ratios are in excess of the regulatory definition of
"well capitalized."

         See "Supervision and Regulation" on page 87 and "American River
Holdings and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent
Auditor's Report--Note 11, Shareholders' Equity" on page 221 for a discussion of
regulatory capital requirements. Management believes that American River
Holdings' capital is adequate to support current operations and anticipated
growth, cash dividends and future capital requirements of American River
Holdings and its subsidiaries.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

         Overview. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in
market prices and rates. American River Bank's market risk arises primarily from
interest rate risk inherent in its loan and deposit functions. The goal for
managing the assets and liabilities of American River Bank is to maximize
shareholder value and earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet
without exposing American River Bank to undue interest rate risk. The Board of
Directors has overall responsibility for the interest rate risk management
policies. American River Bank has an Asset and Liability Management Committee
(ALCO) which establishes and monitors guidelines to control the sensitivity of
earnings to changes in interest rates.

         Asset/Liability Management. Activities involved in asset/liability
management include but are not limited to lending, accepting and placing
deposits and investing in securities. Interest rate risk is the primary market
risk associated with asset/liability management. Sensitivity of earnings to
interest rate changes arises when yields on assets change in a different time
period or in a different amount from that of interest costs on liabilities. To
mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed with
the goal that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities are
correlated and contribute to earnings even in periods of volatile interest
rates. The asset/liability management policy sets limits on the acceptable
amount of variance in net interest margin and market value of equity under
changing interest environments. American River Bank uses simulation models to
forecast earnings, net interest margin and market value of equity.

         Simulation of earnings is the primary tool used to measure the
sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes. Using computer modeling
techniques, American River Bank is able to estimate the potential impact of
changing interest rates on earnings. A balance sheet forecast is prepared
quarterly using inputs of actual loans, securities and interest bearing
liabilities (i.e. deposits/borrowings) positions as the

                                       51
<PAGE>

beginning base. The forecast balance sheet is processed against seven interest
rate scenarios. The scenarios include a 300, 200 and 100 basis point rising rate
forecast, a flat rate forecast and a 300, 200 and 100 basis point falling rate
forecast which take place within a one year time frame. The net interest income
is measured during the year assuming a gradual change in rates over the
twelve-month horizon. American River Bank's 2000 net interest income, as
forecast below, was modeled utilizing a forecast balance sheet projected from
year-end 1999 balances.

         Table Eight below summarizes the effect on net interest income of a
+/-300, +/-200 and +/-100 basis point change in interest rates as measured
against a constant rate (no change) scenario. There were no material changes or
trends reflected at March 31, 2000 compared to December 31, 1999.

TABLE EIGHT:  INTEREST RATE RISK SIMULATION OF NET INTEREST AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             % Change in NII     % Change in NII
                                               from Current       from Current
                                             12 Month Horizon   12 Month Horizon
                                             ----------------   ----------------
  Variation from a constant rate scenario
      +300bp                                          6.0%            $ 561
      +200bp                                          3.8%            $ 354
      +100bp                                          1.9%            $ 175
      -100bp                                         (0.8)%           $ (79)
      -200bp                                         (1.7)%           $(159)
      -300bp                                         (2.5)%           $(236)

         The simulations of earnings do not incorporate any management actions,
which might moderate the negative consequences of interest rate deviations.
Therefore, they do not reflect likely actual results, but serve as conservative
estimates of interest rate risk.

         American River Bank also uses a second simulation scenario that rate
shocks the balance sheet also using a gradual change in rates of +/-300, +/-200
and +/-100 basis points over a twelve month horizon. This scenario provides
estimates of the future market value of equity (MVE). MVE measures the impact on
equity due to the changes in the market values of assets and liabilities as a
result of a change in interest rates. American River Bank measures the
volatility of these benchmarks using a twelve month time horizon. Using the
December 31, 1999 balance sheet as the base for the simulation, Table Nine below
summarizes the effect on the market value of equity with shifts of a +/-100,
+/-200 and +/-300 basis point change in interest rates. There were no material
changes or trends reflected at March 31, 2000 compared to December 31, 1999.

TABLE NINE:  MARKET VALUE OF EQUITY AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              % Change in MVE    % Change in MVE
                                             12 Month Horizon   12 Month Horizon
                                             ----------------   ----------------
Variation from a constant rate scenario
             +300bp                               (11.62)%            $(2,662)
             +200bp                                (7.68)%            $(1,760)
             +100bp                                (3.81)%            $  (872)
             -100bp                                 3.74%             $   857
             -200bp                                 7.42%             $ 1,699
             -300bp                                11.03%             $ 2,525

                                       52
<PAGE>

         These results indicate that the balance sheet is asset sensitive since
earnings increase when interest rates rise. The magnitude of the NII change is
within American River Bank's policy guidelines. The asset liability management
policy limits aggregate market risk, as measured in this fashion, to an
acceptable level within the context of risk-return trade-offs.

         Gap analysis provides another measure of interest rate risk. American
River Bank is becoming less reliant on gap analysis and in the future will not
actively use gap analysis in managing interest rate risk. It is presented here
for comparative purposes. Interest rate sensitivity is a function of the
repricing characteristics of the portfolio of assets and liabilities. These
repricing characteristics are the time frames within which the interest-bearing
assets and liabilities are subject to change in interest rates either at
replacement, repricing or maturity. Interest rate sensitivity management focuses
on the maturity of assets and liabilities and their repricing during periods of
changes in market interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is measured as the
difference between the volumes of assets and liabilities in the current
portfolio that are subject to repricing at various time horizons. The
differences are known as interest sensitivity gaps.

         A positive cumulative gap may be equated to an asset sensitive
position. An asset sensitive position in a rising interest rate environment will
cause a bank's interest rate margin to expand. This results as floating or
variable rate loans reprice more rapidly than fixed rate certificates of deposit
that reprice as they mature over time. Conversely, a declining interest rate
environment will cause the opposite effect. A negative cumulative gap may be
equated to a liability sensitive position. A liability sensitive position in a
rising interest rate environment will cause a bank's interest rate margin to
contract, while a declining interest rate environment will have the opposite
effect.

         As reflected in Table Ten below, at December 31, 1999, the cumulative
gap through the one-year time horizon indicates a liability sensitive position.
Somewhere between one and five years, American River Bank moves into an asset
sensitive position. This interest rate sensitivity table categorizes
interest-bearing transaction deposits and savings deposits, also known as
non-maturing deposits, as repricing according to the following assumptions
table.

         ASSUMPTIONS: The following assumptions were used in the gap analysis
with regards to non-maturing deposits.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Maturing Deposit Repricing Assumptions

                               0-3       4-6        7-12       1-2       3-5
                Immediate    Months     Months     Months     Years     Years
DDA-Interest       25%         25%       20%        15%        10%        5%
MMA                25%         25%       20%        15%        15%        0%
Savings            25%         25%       20%        10%        10%       10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Table Ten below indicates that American River Bank is liability
sensitive through the one-year time horizon, however, the non-maturing deposit
liabilities, which have the characteristics of immediate repricing, have not
repriced immediately during past interest rate cycles, nor do they actually
reprice according to management's assumptions. The assumptions are merely
management's estimate based on past interest rate cycles. Consequently, American
River Bank's net interest income varies as though American River Bank is asset
sensitive (i.e. as interest rates rise, net interest income increases and vice
versa). This phenomenon is validated by the modeling as presented in Tables
Eight and Nine above.

                                       53
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE TEN:  INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
March 31, 2000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets and Liabilities                                 Over three
which Mature or Reprice:                  Next day     months and    Over one
                                         and within      within     and within     Over
(In thousands)            Immediately   three months    one year    five years   five years   Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold         $  1,150      $     --      $     --      $     --    $    --    $  1,150
Investment securities            --         5,291        16,101        28,408      9,428      59,228
Loans, excluding
   nonaccrual loans
   and overdrafts            44,016        20,285        20,133        33,500      2,647     120,581
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $ 45,166      $ 25,576      $ 36,234      $ 61,908    $12,075    $180,959
=====================================================================================================
Interest bearing
   liabilities:
Interest bearing
   demand                  $ 15,958      $ 15,958      $ 22,340      $  9,542    $    --    $ 63,798
Savings                       2,099         2,099         2,519         1,679         --       8,396
Time certificates            10,144        24,441        20,057         4,182         --      58,824
Other borrowings                 --             9            28           175      1,903       2,115
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $ 28,201      $ 42,507      $ 44,944      $ 15,608    $ 1,903    $133,133
=====================================================================================================
Interest rate
   sensitivity gap         $ 16,965      $(16,931)     $ (8,710)     $ 46,330    $10,172    $ 47,826
Cumulative interest
   rate sensitivity gap    $ 16,965      $    (34)     $ (8,676)     $ 37,654    $47,826
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets and Liabilities                                 Over three
  which Mature or Reprice:                Next day     months and    Over one
                                         and within      within     and within     Over
(In thousands)            Immediately   three months    one year    five years   five years   Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold         $  7,125      $     --      $     --      $     --    $    --    $  7,125
Investment securities            --        13,637        11,744        28,860      8,853      63,094
Loans, excluding
   nonaccrual loans
   and overdrafts            40,814        20,732        18,982        36,022      2,748     119,172
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $ 47,939      $ 34,117      $ 30,726      $ 64,882    $11,601    $189,265
=====================================================================================================
Interest bearing
   liabilities:
Interest bearing
   demand                  $ 17,126      $ 17,126      $ 23,976      $ 10,191    $    --    $ 68,419
Savings                       2,127         2,127         2,552         1,700         --       8,506
Time certificates            10,286        23,542        18,420         3,797         32      56,077
Other borrowings                 --             9            28           175      1,913       2,125
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $ 29,539      $ 42,804      $ 44,976      $ 15,863    $ 1,945    $135,127
=====================================================================================================
Interest rate
   sensitivity gap         $ 18,400      $ (8,561)     $(14,250)     $ 49,019    $ 9,656    $ 54,264
Cumulative interest
   rate sensitivity gap    $ 18,400      $  9,839      $ (4,411)     $ 44,608    $54,264
</TABLE>

                                       54
<PAGE>

INFLATION

         The impact of inflation on a financial institution differs
significantly from that exerted on manufacturing, or other commercial concerns,
primarily because its assets and liabilities are largely monetary. In general,
inflation primarily affects American River Holdings and American River Bank
through its effect on market rates of interest, which affects American River
Bank's ability to attract loan customers. Inflation affects the growth of total
assets by increasing the level of loan demand, and potentially adversely affects
capital adequacy because loan growth in inflationary periods can increase at
rates higher than the rate that capital grows through retention of earnings
which may be generated in the future. In addition to its effects on interest
rates, inflation increases overall operating expenses. Inflation has not had a
material effect upon the results of operations of American River Holdings and
its subsidiaries during the periods ending March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999,
1998, and 1997.

LIQUIDITY

         Liquidity management refers to American River Holdings' ability to
provide funds on an ongoing basis to meet fluctuations in deposit levels as well
as the credit needs and requirements of its clients. Both assets and liabilities
contribute to American River Holdings' liquidity position. Federal funds lines,
short-term investments and securities, and loan repayments contribute to
liquidity, along with deposit increases, while loan funding and deposit
withdrawals decrease liquidity. American River Bank assesses the likelihood of
projected funding requirements by reviewing historical funding patterns, current
and forecasted economic conditions and individual client funding needs.
Commitments to fund loans and outstanding standby letters of credit at March 31,
2000 and December 31, 1999, were approximately $41,218,000 and $1,455,000, and
$42,540,000 and $2,311,000, respectively. Such loans relate primarily to
revolving lines of credit and other commercial loans, and to real estate
construction loans.

         American River Holdings' sources of liquidity consist of overnight
funds sold to correspondent banks, unpledged marketable investments and loans
held for sale. On March 31, 2000, consolidated liquid assets totaled $28.5
million or 14.4% compared to $37.6 million or 18.7% of total assets and $27.1
million or 15.3% of total consolidated assets on December 31, 1999 and December
31, 1998, respectively. In addition to liquid assets, American River Bank
maintains short term lines of credit with correspondent banks. At March 31, 2000
and December 31, 1999, American River Bank had $11,000,000 available under these
credit lines. Additionally, American River Bank is a member of the Federal Home
Loan Bank. At March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, American River Bank could
have arranged for up to $4,464,000 and $4,624,000, respectively, in secured
borrowings from the FHLB. American River Bank also has informal agreements with
various other banks to purchase participations in loans, if necessary. American
River Holdings serves primarily a business and professional customer base and,
as such, its deposit base is susceptible to economic fluctuations. Accordingly,
management strives to maintain a balanced position of liquid assets to volatile
and cyclical deposits.

         Liquidity is also affected by portfolio maturities and the effect of
interest rate fluctuations on the marketability of both assets and liabilities.
In 1998, American River Holdings adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities". American River Bank can sell any of its unpledged securities held
in the Available for Sale category to meet liquidity needs. Due to the rising
interest rate environment throughout the last half of 1999, much of the
investment portfolio has experienced price declines, which has resulted in
unrealized losses. These unrealized losses limit American River Bank's ability
to sell these securities without realizing those losses. However, these
securities are available to pledge as collateral for borrowings if the need
should arise. American River Bank has established a master repurchase agreement
with a correspondent bank to enable such transactions. American River Bank can
also pledge securities to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and the FHLB.

                                       55
<PAGE>

         The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit in denominations
of $100,000 or more is set forth in Table Eleven below for the periods
presented. These deposits are generally more rate sensitive than other deposits
and, therefore, are more likely to be withdrawn to obtain higher yields
elsewhere if available.

TABLE ELEVEN:  CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT IN DENOMINATIONS OF $100,000 OR MORE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Three Months Ended         Year Ended
(In thousands)                                 3/31/00               12/31/99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Three months or less                         $ 14,239               $ 17,352
 Over three months through six months            8,651                  8,138
 Over six months through twelve months           5,193                  3,903
 Over twelve months                              6,438                  6,110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                        $ 34,521               $ 35,503
================================================================================

         Loan demand also affects American River Bank's liquidity position.
Table Twelve below presents the maturities of loans for the period indicated.

TABLE TWELVE:  LOAN MATURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
March 31, 2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               One year  One year through   Over
(In thousands)                 or less      five years    five years      Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial                    $ 14,971      $  9,475      $  7,394      $ 31,840
  Real estate -
   construction                  9,618         3,469            --        13,087
  Real estate -
    mortgage                     3,991        22,882        44,370        71,243
  Consumer                       1,284         1,926         1,201         4,411
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                       $ 29,864      $ 37,752      $ 52,965      $120,581
================================================================================

         Loans shown above with maturities greater than one year include
$74,307,000 of floating interest rate loans and $16,410,000 of fixed rate loans.

December 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               One year  One year through   Over
(In thousands)                 or less      five years    five years      Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Commercial                  $ 12,141      $ 11,540      $  6,584      $ 30,265
  Real estate -
   construction                  9,774        11,533            --        21,307
  Real estate -
    mortgage                     5,019        25,969        31,879        62,867
  Consumer                       1,320         2,337         1,202         4,859
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                       $ 28,254      $ 51,379      $ 39,665      $119,298
================================================================================

         Loans shown above with maturities greater than one year include
$75,138,000 of floating interest rate loans and $15,906,000 of fixed rate loans.

         The maturity distribution and yields of the investment portfolios are
presented in Table Thirteen below.

                                       56
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE THIRTEEN:  SECURITIES MATURITIES AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE YIELDS
MARCH 31, 2000 AND DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      Weighted
                                                   Amortized   Unrealized  Unrealized      Market      Average
(In thousands)                                        Cost        Gain       Losses         Value       Yield
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
March 31, 2000
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                          $  5,981   $      1    $    (10)    $     5,972    6.188%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years          13,147                   (209)         12,938    6.264%
State & political subdivisions
     Maturing within 1 year                               200                                    200    6.100%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years           1,295                    (41)          1,254    6.705%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 Years           450                    (27)            423    6.337%
     Maturing after 10 years                            6,853         32        (217)          6,668    7.634%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                             4,890                                  4,890    6.180%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 years           482                    (12)            470    8.382%
     Maturing after 10 years                              486         14          (1)            499   10.125%
     Non maturing                                         650         10                         660    5.590%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                          $ 34,434   $     57    $   (517)    $    33,974    6.596%
====================================================================================================
December 31, 1999
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                          $  6,481   $      4    $     (6)    $     6,479    6.173%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years          11,356                   (138)         11,218    6.104%
State & political subdivisions
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years           1,156                    (27)          1,129    6.426%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 Years           450                    (26)            424    6.333%
     Maturing after 10 years                            6,856         15        (295)          6,576    7.855%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                             9,908                                  9,908    6.168%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 years           252                    (17)            235    8.652%
     Maturing after 10 years                              486         25                         511   10.135%
     Non maturing                                         573         15                         588    5.580%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                          $ 37,518   $     59    $   (509)    $    37,068    6.520%
====================================================================================================
December 31, 1998
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                          $  6,111   $     33                 $     6,144    6.161%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years           6,049        107                       6,156    6.177%
State & political subdivisions
     Maturing within 1 year                               200                                    200    6.070%
     Maturing after 10 years                            2,744         92    $     (4)          2,832    7.412%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                             7,952                                  7,952    5.555%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 years           252         17                         269    8.652%
     Maturing after 10 years                              486         38                         524   10.117%
     Non maturing                                         539          9          (2)            546    5.620%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                          $ 24,333   $    296    $     (6)    $    24,623    6.212%
====================================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                       57
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Weighted
                                                 Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized     Market     Average
(In thousands)                                      Cost       Gain       Losses       Value       Yield
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
March 31, 2000
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                        $ 1,999         --    $     (7)    $ 1,992      6.004%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years          502                                502      6.807%
State & political subdivisions
     Maturing within 1 year                            116   $      1                     117      8.250%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        1,880          8          (9)      1,879      7.054%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 Years         23                                 23     15.840%
Government guaranteed mortgage backed securities    11,462          1        (187)     11,276      6.417%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                          1,311                    (15)      1,296      5.513%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        2,330                    (34)      2,296      6.535%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                        $19,623   $     10    $   (252)    $19,381      6.422%
=============================================================================================
December 31, 1999
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                        $ 1,505         --    $     (3)    $ 1,502      5.862%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        1,498   $      3          (4)      1,497      6.397%
State & political subdivisions
     Maturing within 1 year                            116          2                     118      8.250%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        2,041         14          (7)      2,048      6.979%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 Years         31                                 31     15.840%
Government guaranteed mortgage backed securities    11,891         --        (155)     11,736      6.421%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                            753                     (3)        750      5.703%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        2,664                    (42)      2,622      6.054%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                        $20,499   $     19    $   (214)    $20,304      6.384%
=============================================================================================
December 31, 1998
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
     Maturing within 1 year                        $ 1,503   $      9          --     $ 1,512      6.366%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        3,012         63                   3,075      6.128%
State & political subdivision
     Maturing within 1 year
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        1,971         72    $     (1)      2,042      6.901%
     Maturing after 5 years but within 10 Years        238          6                     244      8.259%
Government guaranteed mortgage backed securities     6,534          8         (45)      6,497      6.421%
Other
     Maturing within 1 year                          1,837          6                   1,843      5.876%
     Maturing after 1 year but within 5 years        1,082          2                   1,084      5.733%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities                        $16,177   $    166    $    (46)    $16,297      6.339%
=============================================================================================
</TABLE>
                                       58
<PAGE>

         The principal cash requirements of American River Holdings are for
expenses incurred in the support of administration and operations. For
nonbanking functions, American River Holdings is dependent upon the payment of
cash dividends by American River Bank to service its commitments. American River
Holdings expects that the cash dividends paid by American River Bank to American
River Holdings will be sufficient to meet this payment schedule.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

         American River Bank has certain ongoing commitments under operating
leases. See "American River Holdings and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial
Statements and Independent Auditor's Report--Note 10, Commitments and
Contingencies" on page 219. These commitments do not significantly impact
operating results.

         As of March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, commitments to extend
credit and letters of credit were the only financial instruments with
off-balance sheet risk. American River Bank has not entered into any contracts
for financial derivative instruments such as futures, swaps, options or similar
instruments. Loan commitments and letters of credit were $42,673,000,
$44,851,000 and $36,921,000 at March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999 and December
31, 1998, respectively. As a percentage of net loans these off-balance sheet
items represent 36.0%, 38.2% and 32.9%, respectively.

DISCLOSURE OF FAIR VALUE

         The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards Number 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Statements, requires the disclosure of fair value of most financial instruments,
whether recognized or not recognized in the financial statements. The intent of
presenting the fair values of financial instruments is to depict the market's
assessment of the present value of net future cash flows discounted to reflect
both current interest rates and the market's assessment of the risk that the
cash flows will not occur.

         In determining fair values, American River Holdings used the carrying
amount for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, servicing receivable,
accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable as all of these
instruments are short term in nature. Securities are reflected at quoted market
values. Loans and deposits have a long term time horizon which required more
complex calculations for fair value determination. Loans are grouped into
homogeneous categories and broken down between fixed and variable rate
instruments. Loans with a variable rate, which reprice immediately, are valued
at carrying value. The fair value of fixed rate instruments is estimated by
discounting the future cash flows using current rates. Credit risk and repricing
risk factors are included in the current rates. Fair value for nonaccrual loans
is reported at carrying value and is included in the net loan total. Since the
allowance for loan losses exceeds any potential adjustment for nonaccrual
valuation, no further valuation adjustment has been made.

         Demand deposits, savings and certain money market accounts are short
term in nature so the carrying value equals the fair value. For certificates of
deposit, the fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash payments
using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

         At year-end 1999, the fair values calculated on American River Bank's
financial instruments are 0.1% below the carrying values versus .03% above the
carrying values at year-end 1998. The change in the calculated fair value
percentage relates to the loan and investment categories and is the result of
changes in interest rates in 1999. See "American River Holdings and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Auditor's Report--Note 16,
Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments" on

                                       59
<PAGE>

page 229. There were no material changes or trends reflected at March 31, 2000
compared to December 31, 1999.

YEAR 2000

         During 1998 and 1999, management of American River Holdings focused the
appropriate resources to address the potential problems that could arise
regarding the Year 2000 (Y2K) century date change. American River Holdings'
mission critical systems were evaluated, modified as required and contingency
plans were put into place should the systems have experienced any failures. The
century date change passed without any operational difficulties. There are
certain dates within the year 2000 that have been identified as critical
processing dates. The first was January 31, the end of the first month of the
year, the second was February 29, leap year day, and the third was March 31, the
end of the first quarter. American River Holdings did not experience any
processing problems on those dates. Upcoming dates during the year are October
10, the first date to require an 8-digit field (10/10/2000), and December 31,
the end of the year. Those dates were tested as part of the Y2K project.
American River Holdings does not anticipate having any processing problems on
those dates, however, failure by third parties adequately to remediate Y2K
issues could have an impact upon American River Holdings, which is impossible to
quantify. Nevertheless, American River Holdings currently expects that its Y2K
compliance efforts will be successful without material adverse effects on its
business.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         The Financial Standards Accounting Board has proposed the elimination
of "pooling of interests" accounting by December 31, 2000. The result of this
accounting change will be that all mergers consummated after December 31, 2000
will be accounted for as "purchase" transactions, resulting in the amortization
of goodwill in any merger where the purchase price exceeds the asset value of
the acquired company. The goodwill amortization will reduce future reported
income of the merged companies. Additionally, in bank mergers, the goodwill in a
purchase accounting transaction will not be included in the calculation of
regulatory capital requirements. The effect of the elimination of "pooling of
interests" accounting is uncertain, however, it could result in lower merger
premiums for sellers with the possibility of fewer transactions occurring after
December 31, 2000.

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity, which was
subsequently amended on June 15, 2000. The Statement establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires
that entities recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the
balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Management does not
believe that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have a significant impact on its
financial position and results of operations when implemented.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

         There has been no change in the independent accountants engaged to
audit the financial statements of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries
during the last two fiscal years ended December 31, 1999. There have been no
disagreements with such independent accountants during the last two fiscal years
ended December 31, 1999, on any matter of accounting principles or practices,
financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

                                       60
<PAGE>

                    INFORMATION ABOUT NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

         North Coast Bank, N.A., formerly Windsor Oaks National Bank, is a
national banking association, organized in 1990 with its administrative
headquarters in Santa Rosa, California. North Coast Bank, N.A. is locally owned
and presently operates three full service banking offices within its primary
service area of Sonoma County, in the cities of Healdsburg, Santa Rosa and
Windsor. North Coast Bank, N.A. also services Napa, Marin and Mendocino Counties
through loan relationships in these areas. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s primary
business is servicing the business or commercial banking needs of small to
mid-sized businesses within Sonoma County. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s marketing
strategy emphasizes local ownership and a local decision process.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. is chartered under the laws of the United States
and is governed by the National Bank Act, and is a member of the Federal Reserve
System. The deposits of North Coast Bank, N.A. are insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the applicable legal limits. North Coast
Bank, N.A. is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The regulations of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency govern many aspects of North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s business and activities, including investments, loans,
borrowings, branching, mergers and acquisitions, reporting and numerous other
areas. North Coast Bank, N.A. is also subject to applicable provisions of
California law to the extent those provisions are not in conflict with or
preempted by federal banking law. See "Supervision and Regulation" on page 87.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. offers a broad range of services to individuals
and businesses in its primary service area with an emphasis upon efficiency and
personalized attention. North Coast Bank, N.A. provides a full line of business
financial products with specialized services such as courier, appointment
banking, and business internet banking. North Coast Bank, N.A. offers personal
and business checking and savings accounts, including individual
interest-bearing negotiable orders of withdrawal ("NOW"), money market accounts
and/or accounts combining checking and savings accounts with automatic transfer
capabilities, IRA accounts, time certificates of deposit and direct deposit of
social security, pension and payroll checks and computer cash management with
access through the internet. North Coast Bank, N.A. also makes available
commercial, standby letters of credit, construction, accounts receivable,
inventory, automobile, home improvement, residential real estate, commercial
real estate, single family mortgage, Small Business Administration, office
equipment, leasehold improvement and installment loans as well as overdraft
protection lines of credit. In addition, North Coast Bank, N.A. sells travelers
checks and cashiers checks, offers automated teller machine (ATM) services tied
in with major statewide and national networks and offers other customary
commercial banking services.

         Most of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s deposits are obtained from commercial
businesses, professionals and individuals. As of March 31, 2000 North Coast Bank
had a total of 1,712 accounts consisting of demand deposit, NOW and money market
accounts with an average balance of approximately $11,762; 740 savings accounts
with an average balance of approximately $4,646; time certificates of $100,000
or more with an average balance of $115,600; and other time deposits with an
average balance of approximately $26,425. On occasion, North Coast Bank, N.A.
has obtained deposits through deposit brokers for which North Coast Bank, N.A.
pays a broker fee. As of March 31, 2000, North Coast Bank, N.A. has 12 of such
deposits totaling $1,141,000. There is no concentration of deposits or any
customer with 5% or more of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s deposits.

         At March 31, 2000, North Coast Bank, N.A. had total assets of
$49,545,000, total net loans of $39,648,000, deposits of $44,345,000 and
shareholders' equity of $4,094,000. North Coast Bank, N.A.

                                       61
<PAGE>

competes with approximately 18 other banking or savings institutions in its
service areas. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s market share of Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation insured deposits in the service area of Sonoma County was
approximately .63% (based upon the most recent information made available by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation through June 30, 1999). See
"Competition--Competitive Data" on page 92.

         At March 31, 2000, North Coast Bank, N.A. employed 25 persons on a
full-time basis. North Coast Bank, N.A. believes its employee relations are
excellent.

PROPERTIES

         North Coast Bank, N.A. leases premises at 8733 Lakewood Drive, Windsor,
California. The office space is leased from Hotel St. Paul Partnership. The
lease term is 10 years and expires on February 1, 2003. The premises consist of
approximately 5,760 square feet on the first and second floors and the current
monthly rent is $7,760.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. owns premises at 412 Center Street, Healdsburg,
California. The premises were purchased June 1, 1993. The purchase price for the
land and building was $343,849. The building is 2,620 square feet sitting on
10,835 square feet of land.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. leases premises at 50 Santa Rosa Avenue, Santa
Rosa, California. The office space is leased from Rosario LLC. The lease term is
10 years and expires on October 31, 2008. The premises consist of 7,072 square
feet on the ground floor and the current monthly rent is $8,840.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no material legal proceedings adverse to North Coast Bank,
N.A. which any director, officer, affiliate of North Coast Bank, N.A., or 5%
shareholder of North Coast Bank, N.A. or its subsidiaries, or any associate of
any such director, officer, affiliate or 5% shareholder of North Coast Bank,
N.A. or its subsidiaries are a party, and none of the above persons has a
material interest adverse to North Coast Bank, N.A.

         From time to time, North Coast Bank, N.A. is a party to claims and
legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s management is not aware of any material pending legal proceedings to
which either it or its subsidiaries may be a party or has recently been a party,
which will have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results
of operations of North Coast Bank, N.A.

                                       62
<PAGE>

         MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
                 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.

         The following is North Coast Bank, N.A. management's discussion and
analysis of the significant changes in income and expense accounts for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 2000
and 1999.

         The following information includes forward-looking statements which are
subject to various uncertainties and risks which could cause actual results to
differ materially from those projected. Factors which could cause or contribute
to changes in actual results from those projected include, but are not limited
to, variances in the actual versus projected growth in assets, return on assets,
loan losses, expenses, rates charged on loans and earned on securities
investments, rates paid on deposits, and fee and other noninterest income
earned, competitive effects in the banking industry, changes in the interest
rate environment, general economic conditions, nationally, regionally and in the
operating market areas of North Coast Bank, N.A., changes in the regulatory
environment, changes in business conditions and inflation, changes in securities
markets, and the effects of computer problems related to the year 2000.
Therefore, the following information should be carefully considered when
evaluating the business prospects of North Coast Bank, N.A. and to assess the
uncertainties and risks involved in the business conducted by North Coast Bank,
N.A.

INTRODUCTION

         The discussion below is designed to provide a better understanding of
significant trends related to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s financial condition,
results of operations, liquidity, capital resources and interest rate
sensitivity. It should be read in conjunction with the North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
audited financial statements and unaudited interim financial statements and
notes thereto and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this
joint proxy statement/prospectus.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME AND NET INTEREST MARGIN

         Net interest income represents the excess of interest and fees earned
on interest earning assets (loans, securities, federal funds sold and
investments in time deposits) over the interest paid on deposits and borrowed
funds. Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of
average earning assets.

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s net interest margin was 6.61% in 1997, 6.23%
in 1998, and 6.20% in 1999. The net interest margin for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 was 5.76% and for the three months ended March 31, 2000 was
6.46%.

         The fully taxable equivalent interest income component increased from
$2,533,000 in 1997 to $2,993,000 in 1998, and to $3,653,000 in 1999,
representing an 18.2% increase in 1998 over 1997 and a 22.1% increase in 1999
over 1998. Total interest income increased from $827,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999, to $1,062,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2000,
representing a 28.4% increase. The total interest income increase in 1998 was
primarily the result of a 23.1% growth in the loan portfolio resulting from a
concentrated effort on business lending and the effects of a strong construction
market. The interest income increase in 1999 was primarily the result of an
increase in average outstanding loan balances of $8,674,000 for 1999, which
reflected a 33.6% increase over 1998 balances. This increase contributed an
additional $876,000 to interest income and was offset in part by an average 30
basis point decrease in loan yields that caused a reduction of $103,000 in
interest income. Competitive pressures and

                                       63
<PAGE>

three 25 basis point decreases in the prime rate late in 1998 contributed to the
lower yields. The securities portfolio average balances decreased by $1,413,000
or 54.6% from 1998 to 1999 and the average weighted yield received on securities
was down 32 basis points due to rate decreases and the calling and payoffs of
higher yielding investments.

         Total interest expense increased from $753,000 in 1997 to $973,000 in
1998 and to $1,195,000 in 1999, representing a 29.2% increase in 1998 over 1997
and a 22.8% increase in 1999 over 1998. The increase in interest expense in 1998
over 1997 was the result of a 26.2% increase in average interest bearing
deposits along with a minor 9 basis point increase in the weighted average
yield. The increase in interest expense in 1999 over 1998 primarily resulted
from a 28.4% increase in average interest bearing deposits offset by a 17 basis
point reduction in the average weighted yield. The total interest expense
increased from $291,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999, to $354,000
for the three months ended March 31, 2000, representing a 21.6% increase.

         Table One, Analysis of Net Interest Margin on Earning Assets, and Table
Two, Analysis of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income and Expenses,
are provided to enable the reader to understand the components and past trends
of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s interest income and expenses. Table One provides an
analysis of net interest margin on earning assets setting forth average assets,
liabilities and shareholders' equity; interest income earned and interest
expense paid and average rates earned and paid; and the net interest margin on
earning assets. Table Two presents an analysis of volume and rate change on net
interest income and expense.

                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE ONE:  ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST MARGIN ON EARNING ASSETS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Three Months Ended March 31,                        2000                             1999
                                         ----------------------------    -----------------------------
(Taxable Equivalent Basis)                 Avg                   Avg       Avg                   Avg
(In Thousands, Except Percentages)       Balance    Interest    Yield    Balance    Interest    Yield
                                         -------    --------    -----    -------    --------    -----
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>
ASSETS:
Earning assets
  Loans (1)                             $ 40,756    $ 1,003     9.98%    $ 31,550    $ 754       9.69%
  Taxable investment
    securities                             1,181         20     6.87%         826       13       6.38%
  Tax-exempt investment
     securities (2)                          173          3     7.03%         173        3       7.03%
  Corporate stock                            290          4     5.59%         210        3       5.79%
  Federal funds sold                       1,379         21     6.18%       4,208       48       4.63%
  Investments in time deposits               644         11     6.93%         770        6       3.16%
                                        --------    -------              --------    -----
Total earning assets                      44,423      1,062     9.70%      37,737      827       8.89%
Cash & due from banks                      2,769    -------                 2,447    -----
Other assets                                 913                              890
                                        --------                         --------
                                        $ 48,105                         $ 41,074
                                        ========                         ========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest bearing liabilities:
  NOW & MMDA                            $ 14,199        111     3.17%    $ 11,372       88       3.14%
  Savings                                  4,352         27     2.52%       4,570       29       2.57%
  Time deposits                           15,645        201     5.21%      14,113      174       5.00%
  Other borrowings                         1,034         15     5.80%          --       --         --%
                                        --------    -------              --------    -----
Total interest bearing
  liabilities                             35,230        354     4.08%      30,055      291       3.93%
Demand deposits                            8,684    -------                 6,819    -----
Other liabilities                            108                              342
                                        --------                         --------
Total liabilities                         44,022                           37,216
Shareholders' equity                       4,083                            3,858
                                        --------                         --------
                                        $ 48,105                         $ 41,074
                                        ========                         ========
Net interest income & margin (3)                    $   708     6.46%                $ 536       5.76%
                                                    =======     =====                =====       =====

(1)  Loan interest includes loan fees of $25,000 and $21,000 during the three
     months ending March 31, 2000 and March 31, 1999, respectively.
(2)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the periods presented.
(3)  Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total
     average earning assets.

                                       65
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Year Ended December 31,
                                         1999                        1998                          1997
                             --------------------------   --------------------------    --------------------------
(Taxable Equivalent Basis)     Avg                 Avg      Avg                 Avg       Avg                 Avg
(In Thousands, Except        Balance   Interest   Yield   Balance   Interest   Yield    Balance   Interest   Yield
  percentages)               -------   --------   -----   -------   --------   -----    -------   --------   -----
<S>                          <C>        <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>
ASSETS:
Earning assets
  Loans (1)                  $ 34,516   $3,383    9.80%  $ 25,842    $2,610    10.10%  $ 20,990    $2,162    10.30%
  Taxable investment
    securities                    755       46    6.09%     2,248       146     6.49%     3,862       256     6.63%
  Tax-exempt investment
     securities (2)               173       12    6.86%       137         9     6.49%        --        --       --%
  Corporate stock                 247       14    5.67%       203        12     5.91%       184        12     6.52%
  Federal funds sold            3,065      152    4.96%     3,621       192     5.30%     1,821        98     5.38%
  Investments in time
     deposits                     900       46    5.11%       378        24     6.35%        56         5     8.93%
                             --------   ------           --------    ------            --------    ------
Total earning assets           39,656    3,653    9.21%    32,429     2,993     9.23%    26,913     2,533     9.41%
Cash & due from banks           2,629   ------              2,158    ------               1,865    ------
Other assets                      953                         763                           747
                             --------                    --------                      --------
                             $ 43,238                    $ 35,350                      $ 29,525
                             ========                    ========                      ========

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest bearing liabilities:
  NOW & MMDA                 $ 12,557      381    3.03%  $  7,678       210     2.74%  $  5,443       138     2.54%
  Savings                       4,814      121    2.51%     5,139       134     2.61%     4,701       122     2.60%
  Time deposits                13,769      671    4.87%    11,731       629     5.36%     9,309       493     5.30%
  Other borrowings                380       22    5.79%        --        --       --%        --        --       --%
                             --------   ------           --------    ------            --------    ------
Total interest bearing
  liabilities                  31,520    1,195    3.79%    24,548       973     3.96%    19,453       753     3.87%
Demand deposits                 7,554   ------              7,014    ------               6,729    ------
Other liabilities                 250                         150                           118
                             --------                    --------                      --------
Total liabilities              39,324                      31,712                        26,300
Shareholders' equity            3,914                       3,638                         3,225
                             --------                    --------                      --------
                             $ 43,238                    $ 35,350                      $ 29,525
                            =========                    ========                      ========
Net interest income &
  margin (3)                            $2,458    6.20%              $2,020     6.23%              $1,780      6.61%
                                        ======    =====              ======     =====              ======      =====
</TABLE>

(1)  Loans interest includes loan fees of $104,000, $55,000 and $28,000 in 1999,
     1998 and 1997, respectively.
(2)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the periods presented.
(3)  Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total
     average earning assets.

                                       66

<PAGE>

TABLE TWO:  ANALYSIS OF VOLUME AND RATE CHANGES ON NET INTEREST INCOME AND
            EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Three Months Ended March 31, 2000 over 1999
Increase (decrease) due to change in:

Interest-earning Assets:                      Volume    Rate (4)     Net Change
                                              ------    --------     ----------
   Net loans (1)(2)                            $ 220      $  29        $ 249
   Taxable investment securities                   6          1            7
   Tax exempt investment securities (3)
   Corporate stock                                 1                       1
   Federal funds sold                            (32)         5          (27)
   Investment in time deposits                    (1)         6            5
                                               -----      -----        -----
     Total                                       194         41          235
                                               -----      -----        -----

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                                22          1           23
   Savings deposits                               (1)        (1)          (2)
   Time deposits                                  19          8           27
   Other borrowings                                0         15           15
                                               -----      -----        -----
     Total                                        40         23           63
                                               -----      -----        -----
Interest differential                          $ 154      $  18        $ 172
                                               =====      =====        =====

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 1999 over 1998
Increase (decrease) due to change in:

Interest-earning Assets:                      Volume    Rate (4)     Net Change
                                              ------    --------     ----------
   Net loans (1)(2)                            $ 876      $(103)       $ 773
   Taxable investment securities                 (97)        (3)        (100)
   Tax exempt investment securities (3)            2          1            3
   Corporate stock                                 3         (1)           2
   Federal funds sold                            (29)       (11)         (40)
   Investment in time deposits                    33        (11)          22
                                               -----      -----        -----
     Total                                       788       (128)         660
                                               -----      -----        -----

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                               133         38          171
   Savings deposits                               (8)        (5)         (13)
   Time deposits                                 109        (67)          42
   Other borrowings                               --         22           22
                                               -----      -----        -----
     Total                                       234        (12)         222
                                               -----      -----        -----
Interest differential                          $ 554      $(116)       $ 438
                                               =====      =====        =====

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       67
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands) Year Ended December 31, 1998 over 1997 Increase (decrease) due to
change in:

Interest-earning assets:                  Volume      Rate (4)   Net Change
                                         ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net loans (1)(2)                      $    500    $    (52)   $    448
   Taxable investment securities             (107)         (3)       (110)

   Tax exempt investment securities(3)         --           9           9
   Corporate stock                              1          (1)         --
   Federal funds sold & other                  97          (3)         94

   Investment in time deposits
                                               29         (10)         19
                                         --------    --------    --------
     Total                                    520         (60)        460
                                         --------    --------    --------

Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                             57          15          72

   Savings deposits                            11           1          12

   Time deposits                              128           8         136

   Other borrowings                            --          --          --
                                         --------    --------    --------
     Total                                    196          24         220
                                         --------    --------    --------
Interest differential                    $    324    $    (84)   $    240
                                         ========    ========    ========

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  The average balance of non-accruing loans is immaterial as a percentage of
     total loans and, as such, has been included in net loans.
(2)  Loan fees of $25,000 and $21,000 during the three months ended March 31,
     2000 and 1999, respectively, and $104,000, $55,000 and $28,000 for the
     years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively, have been
     included in the interest income computation.
(3)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain securities that is exempt from federal income taxes. The effective
     federal statutory tax rate was 34% for the three months ending March 31,
     2000 and the years ended 1999, 1998 and 1997.
(4)  The rate/volume variance has been included in the rate variance.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

         North Coast Bank, N.A. provided $28,000 for loan losses for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $30,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. North Coast Bank, N.A. experienced net loan recovery of $23,000
for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and had no charge-offs or recoveries
in the same period during 1999. In 1999, North Coast Bank, N.A. made provisions
for loan losses of $175,000 and net charge-offs were $122,000 or .36% of average
loans outstanding. In 1998, net loans charged-off totaled $170,000 or .67% of
average loans outstanding. During 1998 and 1997, North Coast Bank, N.A. made
provisions for loan losses of $149,000 and $70,000, respectively.

SERVICE CHARGES AND FEES AND OTHER INCOME

         Noninterest income was up 28,000 or 47.5% to $86,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $58,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, noninterest income was up
$63,000 or 30.9% to $267,000 from December 31, 1998. Increases were primarily in
merchant credit cards due to an increased portfolio (up $48,000 or 89.1%), ATM
foreign transactions (up $15,000 or 119.4%), and increased service charge income
due to deposit growth.

         For 1998, noninterest income was down $66,000 or 24.4% from 1997
results to $204,000. This was a result of an extraordinary gain on sale of SBA
loans in 1997 amounting to $83,000 offset by an increase of $13,000 in SBA
servicing fees for 1998.

                                       68
<PAGE>

SALARIES AND BENEFITS

         Salaries and benefits were up $23,000 or 10.0% to $252,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $229,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, salaries and
benefits totaled $870,000, up $158,000 or 22.2% from 1998. Base salaries
increased due to the addition of a CFO salary for a full year in 1999 versus 3
months in 1998, additional staffing due to the opening of the Santa Rosa Branch
in February 1999, and normal merit increases. Benefit costs increased
commensurate with the salaries. At the end of 1999, the full time equivalent
(FTE) staff was 24 versus 20 at the end of 1998.

         Salary and benefits expenses decreased $64,000 or 8.2% to $712,000 in
1998 from 1997. The major factor contributing to this decrease was the
unoccupied CFO position for 9 months in 1998. At December 31, 1997, the full
time equivalent (FTE) staff was 19.

OCCUPANCY, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

         Occupancy and fixed assets expense increased $19,000 or 19.6% to
$117,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $98,000 for
the three months ended March 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999,
occupancy and fixed assets expense was up $178,000 or 59.2% from 1998. This was
a result of opening the Santa Rosa Branch in February 1999 which added lease
payments of $97,000, common area maintenance (CAM) charges of $22,000, leasehold
improvement amortization of $9,000, $7,500 in janitorial and utilities, and
$35,000 in additional fixed asset depreciation, insurance, maintenance and
support. Premises and fixed asset related expenses were $301,000 in 1998
compared to $299,000 in 1997.

OTHER EXPENSES

         Other expenses increased $55,000 or 31.2% to $231,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 2000 as compared to $176,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, other expenses increased
$214,000 or 35.4% from 1998 totals. The opening of the Santa Rosa Branch in
February 1999 contributed to this increase with marketing and business
development expenses up $48,000 or 83% and $20,000 or 44.3% in supplies. Other
factors contributing to this increase include merchant credit card expenses up
$66,000 or 88.9% to due a doubling of the merchant portfolio, data and item
processing expense up $21,000 or 16.8% as a result of growth, and loan expense
up $18,000 or 94% due to increased loan volume and loan collection expenses.
Other normal price increases and growth in North Coast Bank, N.A.'s operations
also contributed to the increase in other expenses.

         Other expenses increased $45,000 or 8.0% to $604,000 in 1998 over 1997.
Marketing and business development expense was up $29,000 or 70.5% due to media
advertising campaigns and merchant credit card expenses were up $17,000 or 30.3%
due to merchant portfolio growth.

PROVISION FOR TAXES

         The effective tax rate on income was 40.7% for the three months ended
March 31, 2000 as compared to 37.1% for the three months ended March 31, 1999.
The effective tax rate on income was 40.3% and 24.0% at December 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively. Due to the existence of operating loss carry-forwards, tax
expense for 1998 was limited to the last five months of the year and no taxes
were expensed against income in 1997. The carryforward expired in 1998.

                                       69
<PAGE>

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s total assets were $49,545,000 at March 31,
2000 as compared to $41,546,000 at March 31, 1999, representing an increase of
19.3%. The average balances of total assets at March 31, 2000 was $48,105,000
which represent an increase of $7,031,000 or 17.1% over $41,074,000 at March 31,
1999. Total assets at December 31, 1999 were $47,178,000 compared to $42,177,000
at December 31, 1998, representing an increase of 11.9%. The average balances of
total assets of $43,238,000 in 1999 represent an increase of $7,888,000 or 22.3%
over $35,350,000 in 1998.

LOANS

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s lending activities are focused primarily
towards making direct loans to local businesses and business owners. The various
short and medium-termed lines of credit and commercial loans are for such
purposes as operating capital, account receivable and inventory financing,
business and professional start-ups, equipment purchases and interim
construction financing. Table Three summarizes the composition of the loan
portfolio at March 31, 2000 and for the past five calendar year ends starting
with December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE THREE: LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             March 31                                 December 31,
                        ----------------        ----------------------------------------------------
(In thousands)          2000        1999        1999        1998        1997        1996        1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Commercial           $ 11,687    $  8,526    $ 11,883    $  9,301    $  6,316    $  6,556    $  5,376
Real estate:
   Mortgage            17,094      15,849      15,510      15,542      11,027      10,070      10,723
   Construction         3,738       1,210       4,477       1,587       1,977       1,271       1,931
Agriculture             6,588       4,208       7,200       3,416       1,221          --          --
Consumer                1,076       1,277       1,158       1,374       1,393       1,878       2,102
Deferred loan fees       (101)        (74)       (109)        (86)          5          23         (80)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans            40,082      30,996      40,119      31,134      21,939      19,798      20,052
Allowance for
   credit losses         (434)       (361)       (383)       (331)       (352)       (346)       (409)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total net loans      $ 39,648    $ 30,635    $ 39,736    $ 30,803    $ 21,587    $ 19,452    $ 19,643
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         The success of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s lending program relies
substantially on personal contacts by its bank officers, directors and
employees, in order to compete with other local financial institutions. Local
promotional activities are also utilized in order to generate new business
opportunities. North Coast Bank, N.A. provides loans to borrowers who
demonstrate sound business practice and good financial acumen. Each approved
loan is made based on a specific purpose coupled with viable primary and
secondary sources of repayment.

         Commercial loan products include: credit lines to support business
operations; term loans for working capital, expansion, or equipment purchases;
letters of credit to facilitate domestic and foreign trade; and business credit
cards for company purchases or travel expenses. Real estate loans include: land
purchase or bridge loans; interim construction loans to build new commercial or
residential projects; term loans to facilitate the purchase or refinance of
office, industrial, warehouse and single family and multi-family residential
properties; agricultural development loans to plant vineyards. Interim
construction loans are typically made to owner-users of the property, but are
occasionally granted to a well-qualified borrower for "resale" purposes. Term
real estate loans are typically made to either investors or owner-users of a
property with maturities usually ranging between five to ten years and original
loan to values not exceeding 75% for commercial or 80% for residential
properties. In general, the Bank does not make long term

                                       70
<PAGE>

mortgage loans unless they are made through a government guaranteed loan program
such as the Small Business Administration, the Farm Services Agency or the USDA
Business and Industry program. Consumer loans available to our borrowers include
auto loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and personal
loans.

         Average net loans (net of deferred fees and allowance for loan loss)
during the three months ended March 31, 2000 were $40,241,000 which represents a
29.3% increase over the average of $31,122,000 during the three months ended
March 31, 1999. Average net loans in 1999 were $34,062,000 representing an
increase of $8,590,000 or 33.7% over 1998. The favorable economic conditions and
lower interest rates provided the impetus for continuing loan growth. Average
net loans in 1998 were $25,472,000 representing an increase of $4,815,000 or
23.3% over 1997.

RISK ELEMENTS

         North Coast Bank, N.A. assesses and manages credit risk on an ongoing
basis through a credit culture that emphasizes excellent credit quality,
extensive internal monitoring and established lending policies. Additionally,
North Coast Bank, N.A. contracts with an outside loan review consultant to
periodically grade new loans and to review the existing loan portfolio.
Management believes its ability to identify and assess risk and return
characteristics of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s loan portfolio is critical for
profitability and growth. Management strives to continue its emphasis on credit
quality in the loan approval process through active credit administration and
regular monitoring. With this in mind, management has designed and implemented a
comprehensive loan review and grading system that functions to continually
assess the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio.

         The overall credit quality of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s loan portfolio
may be influenced by underlying trends in both economic and business cycles.
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s business is focused into all of Sonoma County. Special
emphasis is placed within the three communities that the Bank has offices, i.e.,
Santa Rosa, Windsor, and Healdsburg. The economy of Sonoma County is diversified
with professional services, manufacturing, agriculture and real estate
investment and construction. North Coast Bank, N.A. has significant extensions
of credit and commitments secured by real estate. The ultimate recovery of these
loans is generally dependent on the successful operation, sale or refinancing of
the real estate. North Coast Bank, N.A. monitors the effects of current and
expected market conditions and other factors related to its ability to collect
on its real estate collateral. When approving a real estate related loan, Bank
management considers the following items: appraised values; absorption and sale
rates; leases and operating expenses; and, rates of return.

         In extending credit and commitments to borrowers, North Coast Bank,
N.A. generally requires collateral and/or guarantees as security. The repayment
of such loans is expected to come from cash flow or from proceeds from the sale
of selected assets of the borrowers. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s requirement for
collateral and/or guarantees is determined on a case-by-case basis in connection
with management's evaluation of the credit-worthiness of the borrower.
Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory,
commercial real estate, equipment, income-producing properties, single family
residences and other assets. North Coast Bank, N.A. secures its collateral by
perfecting its interest in business assets, obtaining deeds of trust, or
outright possession through other means.

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s management believes that its lending policies
and underwriting standards will tend to minimize losses in an economic downturn,
however, there is no assurance that losses will not occur under such
circumstances. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s lending policies and underwriting
standards include, but are not limited to: a) maintaining a thorough
understanding of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s service area and originating a
significant majority of its loans within that area; b) maintaining a thorough
understanding of a borrowers' management abilities, their capacity and
willingness to repay a

                                       71
<PAGE>

loan, and their expertise within their field of endeavor; c) making real estate
loan approvals not only based on market demand for a project, but also on the
borrowers' capacity to support the project financially in the event it does
perform to expectations; and d) maintaining conforming and prudent loan to value
and loan to cost ratios based on independent outside appraisals and ongoing
inspection and analysis by North Coast Bank, N.A.'s lending officers.

NON-ACCRUAL, PAST DUE AND RESTRUCTURED LOANS

         Management generally places loans on non-accrual status when the loan
becomes 90 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of
collection. Loans are charged off when in the opinion of management, collection
appears unlikely. Table Four sets forth non-accrual loans and loans past due 90
days or more at March 31, 2000 and for the past five calendar year ends starting
with December 31, 1995:

TABLE FOUR: NON-PERFORMING LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              March 31,        December 31,
                                              --------- ---------------------------------
In thousands                                    2000    1999    1998   1997   1996   1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Past due 90 days or more and still accruing
   Commercial                                  $  --   $  --   $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --
   Real estate                                    --      --     --     --     --     --
   Consumer and other                             --      --      7     --     --     --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-accrual:
   Commercial                                  $  --   $  --   $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --
   Real estate                                    --      --     --     98     --    267
   Consumer and other                             --      --     --     --     29     --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non-performing loans                     $  --   $  --   $  7   $ 98   $ 29   $267
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         At March 31, 2000 and for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, the Bank had no significant impaired loans or loans placed on non-accrual
status.

         There were also no troubled debt restructures or loan concentrations in
excess of 10% of total outstanding loans, not otherwise disclosed as a category
of loans as of March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999. Management is not aware of
any potential problem loans beyond those reported as of March 31, 2000 and
December 31, 1999.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES ACTIVITY

         The provision for credit losses is based upon management's evaluation
of the adequacy of the existing allowance for loans outstanding. This allowance
is increased by provisions charged to expense and recoveries, and is reduced by
loan charge-off. Management determines an appropriate provision based upon the
interaction of three primary factors: (1) loan portfolio growth, (2) a
comprehensive grading and review formula for total loans outstanding, and (3)
projected potential credit losses.

         The allowance for credit losses totaled $434,000 or 1.08% of total
loans at March 31, 2000 compared to $383,000 or .95% at December 31, 1999,
$331,000 or 1.06% at December 31, 1998, and $352,000 or 1.60% at December 31,
1997. It is the policy of management to maintain the allowance for credit losses
at a level adequate for known and future risks inherent in the loan portfolio.
Based on information currently available to analyze credit loss potential,
including economic factors, overall credit quality, historical delinquency and a
history of actual charge-off, management believes that the credit loss

                                       72
<PAGE>

provision and allowance is prudent and adequate. However, no prediction of the
ultimate level of loans charged off in future years can be made with any
certainty.

         Table Five below summarizes, for the periods indicated, the activity in
the allowance for loan losses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         TABLE FIVE:  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Three Months Ended
In thousands (except for                            March 31,                           Year Ended December 31
percentages)                                  ---------------------    --------------------------------------------------------
                                                 2000         1999        1999        1998        1997        1996        1995
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Average loans outstanding                     $ 40,241     $ 31,122    $ 34,062    $ 25,472    $ 20,657    $ 19,520    $ 19,438
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for possible loan losses
at beginning of period                        $    383     $    331    $    331    $    352    $    346    $    409    $    357

Loans charged off:
   Commercial                                       --           --         128         183          53           9           7
   Real estate                                      --           --          --          --          16          65          --
   Installment                                      --           --           3          --           2          61          22
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                               --           --         131         183          71         135          29
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
   Commercial                                       23           --           5          13           5           1          --
   Real estate                                      --           --          --          --          --          --          --
   Consumer                                         --           --           3          --           2           1          --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                               23           --           8          13           7           2          --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans (recovered) charged off                  (23)          --         123         170          64         133          29

Additions to allowance charged
  to operating expenses                             28           30         175         149          70          70          81
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance for possible loans
 losses at end of period                      $    434     $    361    $    383    $    331    $    352    $    346    $    409

Ratio of net (recoveries)
charge-offs to average loans
outstanding (1)                                   (.23)%         --         .36%        .67%        .31%        .68%        .15%

Provision of allowance for possible
loan losses to average loans
outstanding                                        .28%         .39%        .51%        .58%        .34%        .36%        .42%

Allowance for possible loan losses to
loans net of deferred fees at end of
period                                            1.08%        1.16%        .95%       1.06%       1.60        1.75%       2.03%
</TABLE>

(1)  There were no charge-offs during the three months ended March 31, 1999.

         As part of its loan review process, North Coast Bank, N.A.'s management
has allocated the overall allowance based on specific identified problem loans
and historical loss data. Table Six summarizes the allocation of the allowance
for loan losses at March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999 and 1998.

                                       73
<PAGE>

TABLE SIX:  ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY LOAN CATEGORY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  March 31, 2000                 December 31, 1999           December 31, 1998
                                  --------------                 -----------------           -----------------
                                     Percent of loans              Percent of loans            Percent of loans
In thousands                         in each category              in each category            in each category
(except percentages)       Amount    to total loans      Amount    to total loans     Amount   to total loans
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Commercial                 $ 179          46.0%          $ 168          48.1%         $ 134          42.2%
Real estate                  234          51.9%            194          49.7%           170          54.9%
Consumer                      21           2.1%             21           2.2%            27           2.9%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                      $ 434         100.0%          $ 383         100.0%         $ 331         100.0%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

OTHER REAL ESTATE

         North Coast Bank, N.A. did not have any Other Real Estate ("ORE")
properties as of March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999, or December 31, 1998.

DEPOSITS

         At March 31, 2000, total deposits were $44,345,000 representing an
increase of $6,720,000 or 17.9% over the March 31, 1999 balance of $37,625,000.
During 1999, deposits increased $3,928,000 or 10.3% to total $42,081,000 at
year-end. The increase in total deposits is attributable to internal growth in
noninterest-bearing demand and interest-bearing demand categories. Deposits at
December 31, 1998 totaled $38,153,000 and were up $8,390,000 or 28.2% over the
1997 year-end balances of $29,763,000.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The current and projected capital position of North Coast Bank, N.A.
and the impact of capital plans and long-term strategies is reviewed regularly
by management. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s capital position represents the level of
capital available to support continued operations.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. is subject to regulations by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation which require maintenance of certain levels of capital. At
March 31, 2000, shareholders' equity was $4,094,000 representing an increase of
$96,000 or 2.4% from $3,998,000 at December 31, 1999. Shareholders' equity
increased $206,000 or 5.4% from December 31, 1998. The ratio of total risk-based
capital to risk adjusted assets was 11.4% as of March 31, 2000 compared to 11%
at December 31, 1999, and 13% at December 31, 1998. Tier 1 risk-based capital to
risk-adjusted assets was 10.3% at March 31, 2000, 10% at December 31, 1999, and
12% at December 31, 1998.

         Table Seven below lists North Coast Bank, N.A.'s actual capital ratios
at March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999, and December 31, 1998, as well as the
minimum capital ratios for capital adequacy.

TABLE SEVEN:  CAPITAL RATIOS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital to Risk-Adjusted Assets     At March 31,       At December 31,      Minimum Regulatory
                                        2000        1999            1998    Capital Requirements
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Leverage ratio                          8.5%         9.3%            9.8%          4.00%
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital              10.3%        10.0%           12.0%          4.00%
Total Risk-Based Capital               11.4%        11.0%           13.0%          8.00%
</TABLE>

                                       74
<PAGE>

         Capital ratios are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that capital
exceeds the prescribed regulatory minimums and is adequate to meet future needs.
All ratios are in excess of the regulatory definition of "well capitalized."

See "North Coast Bank, N.A. Financial Statements and Independent Auditor's
Report--Note 9, Shareholders' Equity" on page 273 for a discussion of regulatory
capital requirements. Management believes that North Coast Bank, N.A.'s capital
is adequate to support current operations and anticipated growth of North Coast
Bank, N.A.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

         Overview. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in
market prices and rates. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s market risk arises primarily
from interest rate risk inherent in its loan and deposit functions. The goal for
managing the assets and liabilities of North Coast Bank, N.A. is to maximize
shareholder value and earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet
without exposing North Coast Bank, N.A. to undue interest rate risk. The Board
of Directors has overall responsibility for the interest rate risk management
policies. North Coast Bank, N.A. has an Asset and Liability Management Committee
(ALCO) which establishes and monitors guidelines to control the sensitivity of
earnings to changes in interest rates.

         Asset/Liability Management. Activities involved in asset/liability
management include but are not limited to lending, accepting and placing
deposits and investing in securities. Interest rate risk is the primary market
risk associated with asset/liability management. Sensitivity of earnings to
interest rate changes arises when yields on assets change in a different time
period or in a different amount from that of interest costs on liabilities. To
mitigate interest rate risk, the structure of the balance sheet is managed with
the goal that movements of interest rates on assets and liabilities are
correlated and contribute to earnings even in periods of volatile interest
rates. The asset/liability management policy sets limits on the acceptable
amount of variance in net interest margin and market value of equity under
changing interest environments. North Coast Bank, N.A. uses simulation models to
forecast earnings, net interest margin and market value of equity.

         Simulation of earnings is the primary tool used to measure the
sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes. Using computer modeling
techniques, North Coast Bank, N.A. is able to estimate the potential impact of
changing interest rates on earnings. A balance sheet forecast is prepared
monthly using inputs of actual loans, securities and interest bearing
liabilities (i.e. deposits/borrowings) positions as the beginning base. The
forecast balance sheet is processed against seven interest rate scenarios. The
scenarios include a 300, 200 and 100 basis point rising rate forecast, a flat
rate forecast and a 300, 200 and 100 basis point falling rate forecast which
take place within a one year time frame. The net interest income is measured
during the first year of the rate changes and in the year following the rate
changes. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s 2000 net interest income, as forecast below,
was modeled utilizing a forecast balance sheet projected from year-end 1999
balances.

         Table Eight below summarizes the effect on net interest income of a
+/-300, +/-200 and +/-100 basis point change in interest rates as measured
against a constant rate (no change) scenario.

                                       75
<PAGE>

TABLE EIGHT:  INTEREST RATE RISK SIMULATION OF NET INTEREST INCOME
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As of March 31, 2000                                  Estimated Impact on 2000
                                                        Net Interest Income
                                                      ------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
         Variation from a constant rate scenario
             +300bp                                             $(129)
             +200bp                                             $ (86)
             +100bp                                             $ (43)
             -100bp                                             $  43
             -200bp                                             $  86
             -300bp                                             $ 129

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As of December 31, 1999                               Estimated Impact on 2000
                                                        Net Interest Income
                                                      ------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
     Variation from a constant rate scenario
             +300bp                                             $ (99)
             +200bp                                             $ (66)
             +100bp                                             $ (33)
             -100bp                                             $  33
             -200bp                                             $  66
             -300bp                                             $  99

         The simulations of earnings do not incorporate any management actions,
which might moderate the negative consequences of interest rate deviations.
Therefore, they do not reflect likely actual results, but serve as conservative
estimates of interest rate risk. North Coast Bank, N.A. does not use a second
simulation scenario based on a balance sheet rate shock as used by American
River Bank.

         Gap analysis provides another measure of interest rate risk. It is
presented here for comparative purposes. Interest rate sensitivity is a function
of the repricing characteristics of the portfolio of assets and liabilities.
These repricing characteristics are the time frames within which the
interest-bearing assets and liabilities are subject to change in interest rates
either at replacement, repricing or maturity. Interest rate sensitivity
management focuses on the maturity of assets and liabilities and their repricing
during periods of changes in market interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is
measured as the difference between the volumes of assets and liabilities in the
current portfolio that are subject to repricing at various time horizons. The
differences are known as interest sensitivity gaps.

         A positive cumulative gap may be equated to an asset sensitive
position. An asset sensitive position in a rising interest rate environment will
cause a bank's interest rate margin to expand. This results as floating or
variable rate loans reprice more rapidly than fixed rate certificates of deposit
that reprice as they mature over time. Conversely, a declining interest rate
environment will cause the opposite effect. A negative cumulative gap may be
equated to a liability sensitive position. A liability sensitive position in a
rising interest rate environment will cause a bank's interest rate margin to
contract, while a declining interest rate environment will have the opposite
effect.

         As reflected in Table Nine below, at March 31, 2000 and December 31,
1999, the cumulative gap indicates a liability sensitive position at the one
year mark. This interest rate sensitivity table categorizes interest-bearing
transaction deposits and savings deposits, also known as non-maturing deposits,
as repricing according to the following assumptions table.

                                       76
<PAGE>

         ASSUMPTIONS: The following assumptions were used in the gap analysis
with regards to non-maturing deposits.

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Non-Maturing Deposit Repricing Assumptions

                                0-30          31-90         91-180     181-365
                                Days           Days          Days        Days
     DDA-Interest                25%           25%           25%         25%
     MMA                         25%           25%           25%         25%
     Savings                     25%           25%           25%         25%
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE NINE:  INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
MARCH 31, 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets and Liabilities
  which Mature or Reprice:                                                        Over one
                                                                                  and within        Over
In thousands                       0-30 Days      31-90 Days     91-365 Days      five years     five years        Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold                  $  3,150       $     --        $     --        $     --       $     --       $  3,150
Interest bearing bank balances           141             --             297             600             --          1,038
Investment securities
Loans, excluding                           2              5             150           1,024            164          1,345
   nonaccrual loans and overdrafts    15,881          5,016           6,440           9,478          3,368         40,183

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $ 19,174       $  5,021        $  6,887        $ 11,102       $  3,532       $ 45,716
=========================================================================================================================
Interest bearing liabilities:
Interest bearing demand             $  3,717       $  3,717        $  7,435        $     --       $     --       $ 14,869
Savings                                1,138          1,138           2,275              --             --          4,551
Time certificates                      3,132          2,859           8,820           1,016             --         15,827
Other borrowings                       1,000             --              --              --             --          1,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $  8,987       $  7,714        $ 18,530        $  1,016       $     --       $ 36,247
=========================================================================================================================
Interest rate sensitivity gap       $ 10,187       $ (2,693)       $(11,643)       $ 10,086       $  3,532       $  9,469
Cumulative interest
   rate sensitivity gap             $ 10,187       $  7,494        $ (4,149)       $  5,937       $  9,469
</TABLE>

                                       77
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1999
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets and Liabilities
  which Mature or Reprice:                                                      Over one
                                                                               and within        Over
In thousands                     0-30 Days     31-90 Days      91-365 Days     five years     five years        Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest earning assets:
Federal funds sold               $  1,000       $     --        $     --        $     --       $     --       $    1,000
Interest bearing bank
   balances                           298             --             198             297             --              793
Investment securities                   5             11              46           1,105            192            1,359
Loans, excluding
   nonaccrual loans
   and overdrafts                  13,282          5,731           8,160           9,073          3,982           40,228
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                            $ 14,585       $  5,742        $  8,404        $ 10,475       $  4,174       $   43,380
========================================================================================================================
Interest bearing liabilities:
Interest bearing demand          $  3,370       $  3,370        $  6,740        $     --       $     --       $   13,480
Savings                             1,058          1,058           2,116              --             --            4,232
Time certificates                   2,072          3,360           8,247             541             --           14,220
Other borrowings                    1,000             --              --              --             --            1,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                            $  7,500       $  7,788        $ 17,103        $    541       $     --       $   32,932
========================================================================================================================
Interest rate
   sensitivity gap               $  7,085       $ (2,046)       $ (8,699)       $  9,934       $  4,174       $   10,448
Cumulative interest
   rate sensitivity gap          $  7,085       $  5,039        $ (3,660)       $  6,274       $ 10,448
</TABLE>

INFLATION

         The impact of inflation on a financial institution differs
significantly from that exerted on manufacturing, or other commercial concerns,
primarily because its assets and liabilities are largely monetary. In general,
inflation primarily affects North Coast Bank, N.A. through its effect on market
rates of interest, which affects North Coast Bank, N.A.'s ability to attract
loan customers. Inflation affects the growth of total assets by increasing the
level of loan demand, and potentially adversely affects capital adequacy because
loan growth in inflationary periods can increase at rates higher than the rate
that capital grows through retention of earnings which may be generated in the
future. In addition to its effects on interest rates, inflation increases
overall operating expenses. Inflation has not had a material effect upon the
results of operations of North Coast Bank, N.A. during the periods ended March
31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997.

LIQUIDITY

         Liquidity management refers to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s ability to
provide funds on an ongoing basis to meet fluctuations in deposit levels as well
as the credit needs and requirements of its clients. Both assets and liabilities
contribute to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s liquidity position. Deposit increases,
Federal funds lines, short-term investments and securities, and loan repayments
contribute to liquidity, while loan funding and deposit withdrawals decrease
liquidity. North Coast Bank, N.A. assesses the likelihood of projected funding
requirements by reviewing historical funding patterns, current and forecasted
economic conditions and individual client funding needs. Commitments to fund
loans and outstanding standby letters

                                       78
<PAGE>

of credit at March 31. 2000, were approximately $9,635,000 and $50,000,
respectively and approximately $9,154,000 and $150,000, respectively at December
31, 1999. Such loans relate primarily to revolving lines of credit and other
commercial loans, and to real estate construction loans.

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s sources of liquidity consist of overnight
funds sold to correspondent banks, unpledged marketable investments, loans
available for sale, correspondent fed funds lines and cash. On March 31, 2000,
liquid assets totaled $8,658,000 or 17.5% of total assets as compared to
$6,237,000 or 13.2% of total assets at December 31, 1999 and $11,391,000 or
27.0% of total assets on December 31, 1998. Included in the sources of liquidity
is a total of $2,000,000 in unsecured Federal funds lines of credit with two
correspondent banks. In addition, at March 31, 2000, North Coast Bank, N.A. had
a line of credit available with the Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $1,000,000
which is secured by pledged mortgage loans. An advance totaling $1,000,000 was
outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank at March 31, 2000 bearing an
interest rate of 5.9% and a maturity date of April 12, 2000. The Federal Home
Loan Bank line of credit available at December 31, 1999, stood at $1,400,000
with the same above mentioned $1,000,000 advance outstanding. There were no
short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 1998. North Coast Bank, N.A.
also has informal agreements with various other banks to purchase participations
in loans, if necessary. North Coast Bank, N.A. serves primarily a business and
professional customer base and, as such, its deposit base is susceptible to
economic fluctuations. Accordingly, management strives to maintain a balanced
position of liquid assets to volatile and cyclical deposits.

         The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit in denominations
of $100,000 or more is set forth in Table Ten below. These deposits are
generally more rate sensitive than other deposits and, therefore, are more
likely to be withdrawn to obtain higher yields elsewhere if available.

TABLE TEN:  CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT IN DENOMINATIONS OF $100,000 OR MORE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Three Months Ended        Year Ended
(In thousands)                                  3/31/00              12/31/99
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Three months or less                          $ 3,041                $ 2,037
 Over three months through six months            2,062                  1,895
 Over six months through twelve months           1,533                  1,681
 Over twelve months                                453                     --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total                                         $ 7,089                $ 5,613
================================================================================

         Loan demand also affects North Coast Bank, N.A.'s liquidity position.
Table Eleven below presents the maturities of loans for the period indicated.

                                       79
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE ELEVEN:  LOAN MATURITIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
March 31, 2000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     One year       One year through           Over
(In thousands)                        or less          five years            five years               Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Commercial                            $ 6,218            $ 3,980               $ 1,489               $11,687
Real estate -  Construction             2,632                168                   938                 3,738
Real estate -  Mortgage                 1,991              4,155                10,947                17,093
Agriculture                               349              2,426                 3,814                 6,589
Consumer                                  546                403                   127                 1,076
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                               $11,736            $11,132               $17,315               $40,183
===============================================================================================================

         Loans shown above with maturities greater than one year include
$21,100,000 of floating interest rate loans and $7,347,000 of fixed rate loans.

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     One year       One year through           Over
(In thousands)                        or less          five years            five years               Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Commercial                            $ 6,468            $ 4,043               $ 1,372               $11,883
Real estate -  Construction             2,924                744                   809                 4,477
Real estate -
  Mortgage                              1,606              3,629                10,275                15,510
Agriculture                               398              2,283                 4,519                 7,200
Consumer                                  588                440                   130                 1,158
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                               $11,984            $11,139               $17,105               $40,228
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

         Loans shown above with maturities greater than one year include
$19,890,000 of floating interest rate loans and $8,354,000 of fixed rate loans.

                                       80
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE TWELVE:  SECURITIES MATURITIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Amortized   Unrealized    Unrealized     Market    Weighted
In thousands                               Cost        Gain         Losses       Value   Average Yield
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
March 31, 2000
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
   maturing after 1 year but              $  983      $   --        $  (12)      $  971       6.54%
     within 5 Years
State & political subdivisions
    maturing after 10 years                  173                        (9)         164       7.03%
Government guaranteed mortgage
    backed securities                        213                        (3)         210       6.30%
Other
   Non-maturing                              352                                    352       1.19%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities               $1,721      $   --        $  (24)      $1,697       5.45%
======================================================================================================
December 31, 1999
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
   maturing after 1 year but within 5     $  982      $   --        $   (9)      $  973       6.54%
     years
State & political subdivisions
   maturing after 10 years                   173                       (12)         161       6.86%
Government guaranteed mortgage
backed securities                            228          --            (3)         225       6.26%
Other
   Non-maturing                              349          --            --          349       1.18%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities               $1,732      $   --        $  (24)      $1,708       5.45%
======================================================================================================
December 31, 1998
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
   maturing within 1 year                 $  450      $    1        $   --       $  451       6.32%
State & political subdivisions
   maturing after 10 years                   173           4            --          177       6.86%
Government guaranteed mortgage
  backed securities                          530           3            (1)         532       6.09%
 Other
   Non-maturing                              269          --            --          269       1.01%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total investment securities               $1,422      $    8        $   (1)      $1,429       5.32%
======================================================================================================
</TABLE>
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

         North Coast Bank, N.A. has certain ongoing commitments under operating
leases. See "North Coast Bank, N.A. Financial Statements and Independent
Auditor's Report--Note 7, Commitments and Contingencies" on page 269.

         As of March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, commitments to extend
credit and letters of credit were the only financial instruments with
off-balance sheet risk. North Coast Bank, N.A. has not entered

                                       81
<PAGE>

into any contracts for financial derivative instruments such as futures, swaps,
options or similar instruments. Loan commitments and letters of credit were
9,685,000, 9,304,000 and 5,109,000 at March 31, 2000, December 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998, respectively. As a percentage of net loans these off-balance
sheet items represent 24.4%, 23.4% and 16.6%, respectively.

DISCLOSURE OF FAIR VALUE

         The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards Number 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Statements, requires the disclosure of fair value of most financial instruments,
whether recognized or not recognized in the financial statements. The intent of
presenting the fair values of financial instruments is to depict the market's
assessment of the present value of net future cash flows discounted to reflect
both current interest rates and the market's assessment of the risk that the
cash flows will not occur.

         At year-end 1999, the fair values calculated on North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s assets are 0.9% below the carrying values versus .08% above the carrying
values at year-end 1998. See "North Coast Bank, N.A. Financial Statements and
Independent Auditor's Report--Note 14, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial
Instruments" on page 279. There were no material changes or trends reflected at
March 31, 2000 compared to December 31, 1999.

YEAR 2000

         During 1998 and 1999, management of North Coast Bank, N.A. focused the
appropriate resources to address the potential problems that could arise
regarding the Year 2000 (Y2K) century date change. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
mission critical systems were evaluated, modified as required and contingency
plans were put into place should the systems have experienced any failures. The
century date change passed without any operational difficulties. There are
certain dates within the year 2000 that have been identified as critical
processing dates. North Coast Bank, N.A. has not experienced any processing
problems with the first three critical dates of 2000; January 31 (end of the
first month of the year), February 29 (leap year day), and March 31 (end of the
first quarter). Upcoming dates during the year are October 10 (first date to
require and 8-digit field, i.e. 10/10/2000) and December 31 (end of the year).
These dates were tested as part of the Y2K project and North Coast Bank, N.A.
does not anticipate any processing problems. North Coast Bank, N.A. currently
expects that its Y2K compliance efforts will be successful without material
adverse effects on its business.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

         In 1999, North Coast Bank, N.A. changed independent accountants from
Richardson & Company to Perry-Smith LLP.  Accordingly, Perry-Smith LLP audited
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1999. Richardson & Company audited North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.
The change of independent accountants was not the result of a disagreement with
Richardson & Company on any matter of accounting principles or practices,
financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

CERTAIN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

         See "Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management -- North
Coast Bank, N.A." on page 86 and "Background and Business Experience of
Management -- North Coast Bank, N.A." on page 28, for information regarding the
ownership of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock and the background and business
experience of each of the directors and executive officers of North Coast Bank,
N.A.

                                       82
<PAGE>

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         The board of directors has established the following standing
committees, with membership as noted:

         The board of directors has not established nominating or compensation
committees. The full board of directors performs the functions of nominating and
compensation committees with responsibility for considering appropriate
candidates for election as directors and for determining appropriate
compensation for management, respectively.

         The Investment/Audit Committee is composed of William A. Robotham
(Chairman), Philip Wright (Vice-Chairman), Herbert C. Steiner, Larry L. Wasem,
and Robert A. Young. The functions of the Audit Committee are to recommend the
appointment of and to oversee a firm of independent public accountants who audit
the books and records of North Coast Bank, N.A. for the fiscal year for which
they are appointed, to approve each professional service rendered by such
accountants and to evaluate the possible effect of each such service on the
independence of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s accountants. The function of the
Investment Committee is to oversee the investments of North Coast Bank, N.A. to
ensure that North Coast Bank, N.A. maintains suitable investments while being
sufficiently liquid to meet demands for funds for withdrawals and loans, and to
use best efforts to obtain a reasonable return on those investments. The
Investment/Audit Committee met twelve (12) times during 1999.

         The Loan Committee is composed of Larry L. Wasem (Chairman), Michael P.
Merrill (Vice- Chairman), Philip A. Wright and Leo J. Becnel. The functions of
the Loan Committee are to set the lending limits for North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
officers, to monitor compliance with North Coast Bank, N.A.'s loan policy and
CRA requirements, to meet regularly to review North Coast Bank, N.A.'s overall
position and to review and act upon all loans in excess of the lending limits of
North Coast Bank's officers. The Loan Committee met thirty (30) times during
1999.

         M. Edgar Deas (Chairman of the board of directors) is an ex-officio
member of each committee and has attended substantially all of each committee's
meetings.

         During 1999, North Coast Bank, N.A.'s board of directors held
fifty-four (54) meetings. All directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate
of the total number of meetings of the board of directors and the number of
meetings of the committees on which they served, except director Robotham who
attended 71% of these meetings.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

         No fees were paid to non-employee directors during 1999. The
non-employee directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. participate in the North Coast
Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan. No options were granted under the 1990 Stock
Option Plan to any non-employee director during 1999.

                                       83
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Set forth below is the summary compensation paid during the three years
ended December 31, 1999 to Kathy A. Pinkard, Debbie K. Fakalata, and David A.
Wattell, the only executive officers of North Coast Bank, N.A.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Summary Compensation Table
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Long-Term Compensation
                                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Annual Compensation                      Awards               Payouts
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (a)                 (b)       (c)         (d)         (e)           (f)           (g)             (h)            (i)
                                                                        Restricted    Securities
                                                         Other Annual     Stock       Underlying         LTIP        All Other
     Name and                       Salary      Bonus    Compensation    Award(s)     Options/SARs      Payouts     Compensation
Principal Position         Year     ($) (1)    ($) (2)      ($) (3)         ($)         (#) (4)           ($)         ($) (5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>     <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Kathy A. Pinkard,          1999    $ 95,000   $ 10,000      $ 3,240          --           2,500          $ --         $ 1,425
President and Chief
Executive Officer          1998      95,000         --        3,505          --              --            --              --

                           1997      68,667      3,500        3,505          --              --            --              --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Debbie K. Fakalata,        1999      75,000      1,500        2,280          --           2,500            --              --
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer    1998      18,750         --          523          --              --            --              --

                           1997          --         --           --          --              --            --              --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David A. Wattell,          1999      80,000      8,500        3,820          --           2,500            --           2,300
Senior Vice President and
Chief Credit  Officer      1998      75,000      2,000        3,487          --              --            --              --

                           1997      18,634         --           --          --              --            --              --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Amounts shown include cash compensation earned and received by executive
     officers as well as amounts earned but deferred at the election of those
     officers under the 401(k) Plan.
(2)  Amounts indicated as incentive bonus payments are listed in the year paid.
(3)  No executive officer received perquisites or other personal benefits in
     excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of each such officer's total annual
     salary and bonus during 1999, 1998 and 1997.
(4)  Amounts shown represent the number of shares granted. North Coast Bank,
     N.A. has a 1990 Stock Option Plan (the "1990 Plan") pursuant to which
     options can be granted to directors and key, full-time salaried, officers
     and employees of North Coast Bank, N.A. Options granted under the 1990 Plan
     were either incentive options or nonstatutory options. Options granted
     under the 1990 Plan became exercisable in accordance with a vesting
     schedule established at the time of grant. Vesting can not extend beyond
     ten years from the date of grant. Upon a change in control of North Coast
     Bank, N.A., all outstanding options under the 1990 Plan will become fully
     vested and exercisable. Options granted under the 1990 Plan are adjusted to
     protect against dilution in the event of certain changes in North Coast
     Bank, N.A.'s capitalization, including stock splits and stock dividends.
     All options granted to the named executive officers are incentive stock
     options and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of North
     Coast Bank, N.A. common stock on the date of grant. There were 2,500
     options granted to each of Ms. Pinkard, Mr. Fakalata and Mr. Wattell during
     1999.

                                       84
<PAGE>

(5)  Amounts shown for each named executive officer include 401(k) matching
     contributions.

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
granting of options under the 1990 Stock Option Plan during the year ended
December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Option/SAR Grants In Last Fiscal Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Individual Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Number of     Percentage of
                                      Securities        Total
                                      Underlying    Options/SARs
                                      Option/SARs     Granted to     Exercise or
                                        Granted      Employees in     Base Price    Expiration
              Name                      (#) (1)       Fiscal Year     ($/Sh) (2)       Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
         Kathy Pinkard                    2,500           100%          $ 8.75       12/16/09
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Debbie K. Fakalata               2,500           100%          $ 8.75       12/16/09
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         David A. Wattell                 2,500           100%          $ 8.75       12/16/09
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Options granted under the 1990 Plan were either incentive options or
     nonstatutory options. Options granted under the 1990 Plan became
     exercisable in accordance with a vesting schedule established at the time
     of grant. Vesting can not extend beyond ten years from the date of grant.
     Upon a change in control of North Coast Bank, N.A., all outstanding options
     under the 1990 Plan will become fully vested and exercisable. Options
     granted under the 1990 Plan are adjusted to protect against dilution in the
     event of certain changes in North Coast Bank, N.A.'s capitalization,
     including stock splits and stock dividends. All options granted to the
     named executive officers are incentive stock options and have an exercise
     price equal to the fair market value of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
     on the date of grant.

(2)  The exercise price was determined based upon the closing price of North
     Coast Bank, N.A.'s common stock on the grant date.

          The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock
acquired by each of the named executive officers upon the exercise of stock
options during fiscal 1999, the net value realized upon exercise, the number of
shares of common stock represented by outstanding stock options held by each of
the named executive officers as of December 31, 1999, the value of such options
based on the closing price of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, and certain
information concerning unexercised options under the 1990 Stock Option Plan.

                                       85
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises In Last Fiscal Year And
                                                  FY-End Option/SAR Values
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Number of
                                                                   Securities                   Value of
                                                                   Underlying                  Unexercised
                                                                  Unexercised                 in-the-Money
                                                                  Options/SARs                Options/SARs
                                                                at Fiscal Year-              at Fiscal Year-
                              Shares           Value                End (#)                      End ($)
                           Acquired on       Realized             Exercisable/                Exercisable/
      Name                 Exercise (#)         ($)              Unexercisable                Unexercisable
       (a)                      (b)             (c)                   (d)                        (e) (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>              <C>                          <C>
 Kathy A. Pinkard                -               -                6,824 / 12,466               6,484 / 6,956
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Debbie K. Fakalata              -               -                    - /  2,500                   - / -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 David A. Wattell                -               -                    - /  2,500                   - / -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  The aggregate value has been determined based upon the closing price for
     North Coast Bank, N.A.'s common stock at year-end, minus the exercise
     price.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

          On December 16, 1999, North Coast Bank, N.A. entered into an
employment agreement with Kathy A. Pinkard. The agreement is for a term of three
(3) years and will be automatically extended each year after its initial term,
unless either party gives written notice to the contrary ninety (90) days prior
the renewal date, and provides for a base salary of $104,500, to be reviewed
annually. The agreement also provides for a performance bonus ranging from 0% to
50% of Ms. Pinkard's base salary based upon mutually agreed upon goals. The
board of directors has sole discretion as to the goals of the bonus program. Ms.
Pinkard is also entitled to participate in any retirement or employee benefits
that the board of directors may adopt for its employees; is entitled to four (4)
weeks' vacation; and will be reimbursed for mileage associated with business and
reasonable expenses for attending annual and periodic meetings of trade
associations. If Ms. Pinkard is terminated after a change of control of North
Coast Bank, N.A. for any reason other than cause, she will receive her base
salary through the last day of the calendar month of the termination. If the
termination occurs within three (3) years after the change of control, she will
also receive payment in an amount equal to two (2) times her then current base
salary.

          On December 16, 1999, North Coast Bank, N.A. also entered into change
of control employment agreements with each of Debbie K. Fakalata and David A.
Wattell. The agreements are for a term of three (3) years and will be
automatically extended each year after the initial term, unless either party
gives written notice to the contrary ninety (90) days prior the renewal date. If
Ms. Fakalata or Mr. Wattell is terminated after a change of control of North
Coast Bank, N.A. for any reason other than cause, he or she, as the case may be,
shall receive his or her base salary through the last day of the calendar month
of the termination. If such termination occurs within one hundred eighty (180)
days after the change of control, he or she will also receive payment in an
amount equal to one (1) times his or her then current base salary.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

         North Coast Bank, N.A. does not currently have a class of securities
registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
nor is it required to file reports with the Securities

                                       86
<PAGE>

and Exchange Commission under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Consequently, North Coast Bank, N.A. directors, executive officers and ten
percent or more shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. equity securities are not
required to file reports of initial ownership and changes in ownership of its
equity securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section
16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         In connection with the merger, American River Holdings will register
its common stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act and thereafter
will be required to file reports under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Following the effective time of the
merger, Kathy A. Pinkard and the two North Coast Bank, N.A. directors who are
appointed to the American River Holdings board of directors, and ten percent or
more shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. equity securities, will be required
to file ownership reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS

         There have been no transactions, or series of similar transactions,
during 1999, or any currently proposed transaction, or series of similar
transactions, to which North Coast Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries was or is to
be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000 and in
which any director or executive officer of North Coast Bank, N.A., any
shareholder owning of record or beneficially 5% or more of North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the
foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

         There were no business relationships during 1999 of the type requiring
disclosure under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K.

INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT

         North Coast Bank, N.A., through its subsidiaries, has had, and expects
in the future to have banking transactions in the ordinary course of its
business with many of North Coast Bank, N.A. directors and officers and their
associates, including transactions with corporations of which such persons are
directors, officers or controlling shareholders, on substantially the same terms
(including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing for comparable
transactions with others. Management believes that in 1999 such transactions
comprising loans did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or
present other unfavorable features. Loans to executive officers of North Coast
Bank, N.A. are subject to limitations as to amount and purposes prescribed in
part by the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation.

                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

GENERAL

         American River Holdings and Subsidiaries. The common stock of American
River Holdings is subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and the qualification requirements of the California
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended. American River Bank's common
stock, however, is exempt from those requirements. American River Holdings is
not currently subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which include, but are not
limited to, annual, quarterly and other current reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. American River Holdings intends to register its securities
under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
following filing of this joint proxy

                                       87
<PAGE>

statement/prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Thereafter,
American River Holdings will be subject to the periodic reporting requirements
of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         American River Bank is licensed by the California Commissioner of
Financial Institutions, its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, and it has chosen not to become a member of the Federal
Reserve System. Consequently, American River Bank is subject to the supervision
of, and is regularly examined by, the California Commissioner of Financial
Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The supervision and
regulation includes comprehensive reviews of all major aspects of American River
Bank's business and condition, including its capital ratios, allowance for
possible loan losses and other factors. However, no inference should be drawn
that such authorities have approved any such factors. American River Holdings
and American River Bank are required to file reports with the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System (the "Board of Governors"), the California
Commissioner of Financial Institutions, and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and provide the additional information that the Board of Governors,
California Commissioner of Financial Institutions, and Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation may require. American River Bank's deposits are insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the applicable legal limits.

         First Source Capital is a California corporation which conducts a lease
brokerage business as a permissible non-banking activity under the Federal
Reserve Act. First Source Capital is subject to regulatory supervision by the
Board of Governors and the California Commissioner of Corporations.

         American River Holdings is a bank holding company within the meaning of
the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Bank Holding Company
Act"), and is registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the
Board of Governors. American River Holdings is required to obtain the approval
of the Board of Governors before it may acquire all or substantially all of the
assets of any bank, or ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if,
after giving effect to such acquisition of shares, American River Holdings would
own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. The Bank Holding
Company Act prohibits American River Holdings from acquiring any voting shares
of, or interest in, all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located
outside the State of California unless such an acquisition is specifically
authorized by the laws of the state in which such bank is located. Any such
interstate acquisition is also subject to the provisions of the Riegle-Neal
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994.

         American River Holdings, and any subsidiaries, which it may acquire or
organize, are deemed to be "affiliates" of American River Bank within the
meaning of that term as defined in the Federal Reserve Act. This means, for
example, that there are limitations (a) on loans by American River Bank to
affiliates, and (b) on investments by American River Bank in affiliates' stock
as collateral for loans to any borrower. American River Holdings and its
subsidiaries are also subject to certain restrictions with respect to engaging
in the underwriting, public sale and distribution of securities.

         In addition, regulations of the Board of Governors under the Federal
Reserve Act require that reserves be maintained by American River Bank in
conjunction with any liability of American River Holdings under any obligation
(promissory note, acknowledgement of advance, banker's acceptance or similar
obligation) with a weighted average maturity of less than seven (7) years to the
extent that the proceeds of such obligations are used for the purpose of
supplying funds to American River Bank for use in its banking business, or to
maintain the availability of such funds.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. As a national bank licensed under the national
banking laws of the United States, North Coast Bank, N.A. is regularly examined
by the Office of the Comptroller of the

                                       88
<PAGE>

Currency and is subject to the supervision of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, Board of Governors, and the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency. The supervision and regulation includes comprehensive reviews of all
major aspects of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s business and condition, including its
capital ratios, allowance for possible loan losses and other factors. However,
no inference should be drawn that such authorities have approved any such
factors. North Coast Bank, N.A. is required to file reports with the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation up to the applicable legal limits.

CAPITAL STANDARDS

         The Board of Governors, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency have adopted risk-based capital
guidelines for evaluating the capital adequacy of bank holding companies and
banks. The guidelines are designed to make capital requirements sensitive to
differences in risk profiles among banking organizations, to take into account
off-balance sheet exposures and to aid in making the definition of bank capital
uniform internationally. Under the guidelines, American River Holdings, American
River Bank, and North Coast Bank, N.A. are required to maintain capital equal to
at least 8.0% of its assets and commitments to extend credit, weighted by risk,
of which at least 4.0% must consist primarily of common equity (including
retained earnings) and the remainder may consist of subordinated debt,
cumulative preferred stock, or a limited amount of loan loss reserves.

         Assets, commitments to extend credit, and off-balance sheet items are
categorized according to risk and certain assets considered to present less risk
than others permit maintenance of capital at less than the 8% ratio. For
example, most home mortgage loans are placed in a 50% risk category and
therefore require maintenance of capital equal to 4% of those loans, while
commercial loans are placed in a 100% risk category and therefore require
maintenance of capital equal to 8% of those loans.

         Under the risk-based capital guidelines, assets reported on an
institution's balance sheet and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to
risk categories, each of which has an assigned risk weight. Capital ratios are
calculated by dividing the institution's qualifying capital by its period-end
risk-weighted assets. The guidelines establish two categories of qualifying
capital: Tier 1 capital (defined to include common shareholders' equity and
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock) and Tier 2 capital which includes,
among other items, limited life (and in case of banks, cumulative) preferred
stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and a limited amount
of reserve for credit losses. Tier 2 capital may also include up to 45% of the
pretax net unrealized gains on certain available-for-sale equity securities
having readily determinable fair values (i.e. the excess, if any, of fair market
value over the book value or historical cost of the investment security). The
federal regulatory agencies reserve the right to exclude all or a portion of the
unrealized gains upon a determination that the equity securities are not
prudently valued. Unrealized gains and losses on other types of assets, such as
bank premises and available-for-sale debt securities, are not included in Tier 2
capital, but may be taken into account in the evaluation of overall capital
adequacy and net unrealized losses on available-for-sale equity securities will
continue to be deducted from Tier 1 capital as a cushion against risk. Each
institution is required to maintain a risk-based capital ratio (including Tier 1
and Tier 2 capital) of 8%, of which at least half must be Tier 1 capital.

         A leverage capital standard was adopted as a supplement to the
risk-weighted capital guidelines. Under the leverage capital standard, an
institution is required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to the sum
of its quarterly average total assets and quarterly average reserve for loan
losses, less intangibles not included in Tier 1 capital. Period-end assets may
be used in place of quarterly average total assets on a case-by-case basis. The
Board of Governors and the Federal Deposit Insurance

                                       89
<PAGE>

Corporation have also adopted a minimum leverage ratio for bank holding
companies as a supplement to the risk-weighted capital guidelines. The leverage
ratio establishes a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 3% (Tier 1 capital to total assets)
for the highest rated bank holding companies or those that have implemented the
risk-based capital market risk measure. All other bank holding companies must
maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% with higher leverage capital
ratios required for bank holding companies that have significant financial
and/or operational weakness, a high risk profile, or are undergoing or
anticipating rapid growth.

         At March 31, 2000, American River Holdings, American River Bank and
North Coast Bank, N.A. were in compliance with the risk-weighted capital and
leverage ratios. See "Information About American River Holdings and
Subsidiaries--Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations of American River Holdings--Capital Resources" on page
45 and "Information About North Coast Bank, N.A.--Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of North Coast Bank,
N.A.--Capital Resources" on page 63.

PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION

         The Board of Governors, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency have adopted regulations implementing
a system of prompt corrective action pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and Section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"). The regulations establish five
capital categories with the following characteristics: (1) "Well capitalized" -
consisting of institutions with a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or
greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio
of 5% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written
agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive; (2)
"Adequately capitalized" - consisting of institutions with a total risk-based
capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or
greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater, and the institution does not meet
the definition of a "well capitalized" institution; (3) "Undercapitalized" -
consisting of institutions with a total risk-based capital ratio less than 8%, a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, or a leverage ratio of less
than 4%; (4) "Significantly undercapitalized" - consisting of institutions with
a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of less than 3%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; (5) "Critically
undercapitalized" - consisting of an institution with a ratio of tangible equity
to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

         The regulations established procedures for classification of financial
institutions within the capital categories, filing and reviewing capital
restoration plans required under the regulations and procedures for issuance of
directives by the appropriate regulatory agency, among other matters. The
regulations impose restrictions upon all institutions to refrain from certain
actions which would cause an institution to be classified within any one of the
three "undercapitalized" categories, such as declaration of dividends or other
capital distributions or payment of management fees, if following the
distribution or payment the institution would be classified within one of the
"undercapitalized" categories. In addition, institutions which are classified in
one of the three "undercapitalized" categories are subject to certain mandatory
and discretionary supervisory actions. Mandatory supervisory actions include (1)
increased monitoring and review by the appropriate federal banking agency; (2)
implementation of a capital restoration plan; (3) total asset growth
restrictions; and (4) limitation upon acquisitions, branch expansion, and new
business activities without prior approval of the appropriate federal banking
agency. Discretionary supervisory actions may include (1) requirements to
augment capital; (2) restrictions upon affiliate transactions; (3) restrictions
upon deposit gathering activities and interest rates paid; (4) replacement of
senior executive officers and directors; (5) restrictions upon activities of the
institution and its affiliates; (6) requiring divestiture or sale of the
institution; and (7) any other supervisory action that the appropriate federal
banking agency determines is necessary to further the purposes of the

                                       90
<PAGE>

regulations. Further, the federal banking agencies may not accept a capital
restoration plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based
on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository
institution's capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be
acceptable, the depository institution's parent holding company must guarantee
that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The
aggregate liability of the parent holding company under the guaranty is limited
to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5 percent of the depository
institution's total assets at the time it became undercapitalized, and (ii) the
amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution
into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such
institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository
institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were
"significantly undercapitalized." FDICIA also restricts the solicitation and
acceptance of and interest rates payable on brokered deposits by insured
depository institutions that are not "well capitalized." An "undercapitalized"
institution is not allowed to solicit deposits by offering rates of interest
that are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on insured
deposits in the particular institution's normal market areas or in the market
areas in which such deposits would otherwise be accepted.

         Any financial institution which is classified as "critically
undercapitalized" must be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90
days of such determination unless it is also determined that some other course
of action would better serve the purposes of the regulations. Critically
undercapitalized institutions are also prohibited from making (but not accruing)
any payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt without prior
regulatory approval and regulators must prohibit a critically undercapitalized
institution from taking certain other actions without prior approval, including
(1) entering into any material transaction other than in the usual course of
business, including investment expansion, acquisition, sale of assets or other
similar actions; (2) extending credit for any highly leveraged transaction; (3)
amending articles or bylaws unless required to do so to comply with any law,
regulation or order; (4) making any material change in accounting methods; (5)
engaging in certain affiliate transactions; (6) paying excessive compensation or
bonuses; and (7) paying interest on new or renewed liabilities at rates which
would increase the weighted average costs of funds beyond prevailing rates in
the institution's normal market areas.

ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS

         Under the FDICIA, the federal financial institution agencies have
adopted regulations which require institutions to establish and maintain
comprehensive written real estate policies which address certain lending
considerations, including loan-to-value limits, loan administrative policies,
portfolio diversification standards, and documentation, approval and reporting
requirements. The FDICIA further generally prohibits an insured state bank from
engaging as a principal in any activity that is impermissible for a national
bank, absent Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation determination that the
activity would not pose a significant risk to the Bank Insurance Fund, and that
American River Bank is, and will continue to be, within applicable capital
standards.

         The Federal Financial Institution Examination Counsel ("FFIEC") on
December 13, 1996, approved an updated Uniform Financial Institutions Rating
System ("UFIRS"). In addition to the five components traditionally included in
the so-called "CAMEL" rating system which has been used by bank examiners for a
number of years to classify and evaluate the soundness of financial institutions
(including capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings and liquidity),
UFIRS includes for all bank regulatory examinations conducted on or after
January 1, 1997, a new rating for a sixth category identified as sensitivity to
market risk. Ratings in this category are intended to reflect the degree to
which changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices or
equity prices may adversely affect an institution's earnings and capital. The
revised rating system is identified as the "CAMELS" system.

                                       91
<PAGE>

         The federal financial institution agencies have established bases for
analysis and standards for assessing a financial institution's capital adequacy
in conjunction with the risk-based capital guidelines including analysis of
interest rate risk, concentrations of credit risk, risk posed by non-traditional
activities, and factors affecting overall safety and soundness. The safety and
soundness standards for insured financial institutions include analysis of (1)
internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (2) loan
documentation; (3) credit underwriting; (4) interest rate exposure; (5) asset
growth; (6) compensation, fees and benefits; and (7) excessive compensation for
executive officers, directors or principal shareholders which could lead to
material financial loss. If an agency determines that an institution fails to
meet any standard, the agency may require the financial institution to submit to
the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If the
agency requires submission of a compliance plan and the institution fails to
timely submit an acceptable plan or to implement an accepted plan, the agency
must require the institution to correct the deficiency. The agencies may elect
to initiate enforcement action in certain cases rather than rely on an existing
plan particularly where failure to meet one or more of the standards could
threaten the safe and sound operation of the institution.

         Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") regulations evaluate banks' lending
to low and moderate income individuals and businesses across a four-point scale
from "outstanding" to "substantial noncompliance," and are a factor in
regulatory review of applications to merge, establish new branches or form bank
holding companies. In addition, any bank rated in "substantial noncompliance"
with the CRA regulations may be subject to enforcement proceedings. American
River Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A. each have current ratings of
"satisfactory" for CRA compliance.

LIMITATIONS ON DIVIDENDS

         American River Holdings' ability to pay cash dividends is subject to
restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law. Funds for
payment of any cash dividends by American River Holdings would be obtained from
its investments as well as dividends and/or management fees from American River
Bank. The payment of cash dividends and/or management fees by American River
Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code, as
well as restrictions established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s ability to pay cash dividends is subject to
restrictions imposed under the National Bank Act and regulations promulgated by
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. See "Market Price and Dividend
Information--Dividends and Dividend Policy" on page 145 for further information
regarding the payment of cash dividends by American River Holdings, American
River Bank, and North Coast Bank, N.A.

                                   COMPETITION

COMPETITIVE DATA

         American River Bank. At June 30, 1999, based on the most recent "Data
Book Summary of Deposits in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Insured
Commercial and Savings Banks" report at that date, the competing commercial and
savings banks had 139 offices in the cities of Fair Oaks, Roseville and
Sacramento, California, where American River Bank has its 4 offices.
Additionally, American River Bank competes with thrifts and, to a lesser extent,
credit unions, finance companies and other financial service providers for
deposit and loan customers.

         Larger banks may have a competitive advantage because of higher lending
limits and major advertising and marketing campaigns. They also perform
services, such as trust services, international banking, discount brokerage and
insurance services, which American River Bank is not authorized nor prepared to
offer currently. American River Bank has made arrangements with its
correspondent banks

                                       92
<PAGE>

and with others to provide some of these services for its customers. For
borrowers requiring loans in excess of American River Bank's legal lending
limits, American River Bank has offered, and intends to offer in the future,
such loans on a participating basis with its correspondent banks and with other
independent banks, retaining the portion of such loans which is within its
lending limits. As of March 31, 2000, American River Bank's aggregate legal
lending limits to a single borrower and such borrower's related parties were
$2,825,000 on an unsecured basis and $4,708,000 on a fully secured basis based
on regulatory capital of $18,833,000.

         American River Bank's business is concentrated in its service area,
which primarily encompasses Sacramento County and South Western Placer County.
The economy of American River Bank's service area is dependent upon government,
manufacturing, tourism, retail sales, population growth and smaller service
oriented businesses.

         Based upon the most recent "Data Book Summary of Deposits in Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Insured Commercial and Savings Banks" report dated
June 30, 1999, there were 186 operating commercial and savings bank offices in
Sacramento County with total deposits of $10,491,810,000. This was an increase
of $356,658,000 over the June 30, 1998 balances. American River Bank held a
total of $120,623,000 in deposits, representing approximately 1.2% of total
commercial and savings banks deposits in Sacramento County as of June 30, 1999.

         Based upon the most recent "Data Book Summary of Deposits in Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Insured Commercial and Savings Banks" report dated
June 30, 1999, there were 70 operating commercial and savings bank offices in
Placer County with total deposits of $2,188,633,000. This was an increase of
$138,464,000 over the June 30, 1998 balances. American River Bank held a total
of $35,038,000 in deposits, representing approximately 1.6% of total commercial
and savings banks deposits in Placer County as of June 30, 1999.

         In 1996, pursuant to Congressional mandate, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation reduced bank deposit insurance assessment rates to a range
from $0 to $0.27 per $100 of deposits, dependent upon a bank's risk. Based upon
the risk-based assessment rate schedule, American River Bank's current capital
ratios and levels of deposits, American River Bank anticipates no change in the
assessment rate applicable to it during 2000 from that in 1999.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. At June 30, 1999, based on the most recent "Data
Book Summary of Deposits in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Insured
Commercial and Savings Banks" report at that date, the competing commercial and
savings banks had 51 offices in the cities of Healdsburg, Santa Rosa and
Windsor, California, where North Coast Bank, N.A. has its 3 offices.
Additionally, North Coast Bank, N.A. competes with thrifts and, to a lesser
extent, credit unions, finance companies and other financial service providers
for deposit and loan customers.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. has also made arrangements with its
correspondent banks and with others to provide some of the services for its
customers, such as trust services, international banking, discount brokerage and
insurance services, which North Coast Bank, N.A. is not authorized nor prepared
to offer currently. For borrowers requiring loans in excess of North Coast Bank
N.A.'s legal lending limits, North Coast Bank has offered, and intends to offer
in the future, such loans on a participating basis with its correspondent banks
and with other independent banks, retaining the portion of such loans which is
within its lending limits. As of March 31, 2000, North Coast Bank N.A.'s
aggregate legal lending limits to a single borrower and such borrower's related
parties were $680,000 based on regulatory capital of $4,536,000.

                                       93
<PAGE>

         North Coast Banks, N.A.'s business is concentrated in its service area,
which primarily encompasses Sonoma County. The economy of North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s service area is dependent upon agriculture, tourism, retail sales,
population growth and smaller service oriented businesses.

         Based upon the most recent "Data Book Summary of Deposits in Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Insured Commercial and Savings Banks" report dated
June 30, 1999, there were 19 operating commercial and savings bank offices in
Sonoma County with total deposits of $5.9 billion. This was an increase of $305
million over the June 30, 1998 balances. North Coast Bank, N.A. held a total of
$37 million in deposits, representing approximately .63% of total commercial and
savings banks deposits in Sonoma County as of June 30, 1999.

         Based upon the risk-based assessment rate schedule implemented by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in 1996, North Coast Bank, N.A.'s current
capital ratios and levels of deposits, North Coast Bank, N.A. anticipates no
change in the assessment rate applicable to it during 2000 from that in 1999.

GENERAL COMPETITIVE FACTORS

         In order to compete with the major financial institutions in their
primary service areas, community banks such as American River Bank and North
Coast Bank, N.A. use to the fullest extent possible the flexibility which is
accorded by their independent status. This includes an emphasis on specialized
services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by their respective
officers, directors and employees. They also seek to provide special services
and programs for individuals in their primary service area who are employed in
the agricultural, professional and business fields, such as loans for equipment,
furniture, tools of the trade or expansion of practices or businesses. In the
event there are customers whose loan demands exceed their respective lending
limits, they seek to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other
financial institutions. They also assist those customers requiring services not
offered by either bank to obtain such services from correspondent banks.

         Banking is a business that depends on interest rate differentials. In
general, the difference between the interest rate paid by a bank to obtain their
deposits and other borrowings and the interest rate received by a bank on loans
extended to customers and on securities held in a bank's portfolio comprise the
major portion of a bank's earnings.

         Commercial banks compete with savings and loan associations, credit
unions, other financial institutions and other entities for funds. For instance,
yields on corporate and government debt securities and other commercial paper
affect the ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Commercial
banks also compete for loans with savings and loan associations, credit unions,
consumer finance companies, mortgage companies and other lending institutions.

         The interest rate differentials of a bank, and therefore their
earnings, are affected not only by general economic conditions, both domestic
and foreign, but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States
as set by statutes and as implemented by federal agencies, particularly the
Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board can and does implement national
monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession, by its
open market operations in United States government securities, adjustments in
the amount of interest free reserves that banks and other financial institutions
are required to maintain, and adjustments to the discount rates applicable to
borrowing by banks from the Federal Reserve Board. These activities influence
the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest
rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and timing of any future
changes in monetary policies and their impact on American River Bank and North
Coast Bank, N.A. are not predictable.

                                       94
<PAGE>

IMPACT OF LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY PROPOSALS

         Since 1996, California law implementing certain provisions of prior
federal law has (1) permitted interstate merger transactions; (2) prohibited
interstate branching through the acquisition of a branch business unit located
in California without acquisition of the whole business unit of the California
bank; and (3) prohibited interstate branching through de novo establishment of
California branch offices. Initial entry into California by an out-of-state
institution must be accomplished by acquisition of or merger with an existing
whole bank which has been in existence for at least five years.

         The federal financial institution agencies, especially the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors, have taken steps to
increase the types of activities in which national banks and bank holding
companies can engage, and to make it easier to engage in such activities. The
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency has issued regulations permitting
national banks to engage in a wider range of activities through subsidiaries.
"Eligible institutions" (those national banks that are well capitalized, have a
high overall rating and a satisfactory CRA rating, and are not subject to an
enforcement order) may engage in activities related to banking through operating
subsidiaries subject to an expedited application process. In addition, a
national bank may apply to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to
engage in an activity through a subsidiary in which American River Bank itself
may not engage.

         On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed into law The Financial
Services Modernization Act of 1999 (the "FSMA"), which is potentially the most
significant banking legislation in many years. The FSMA eliminates most of the
remaining depression-era "firewalls" between banks, securities firms and
insurance companies which was established by The Banking Act of 1933, also known
as the Glass-Steagall Act ("Glass-Steagall). Glass-Steagall sought to insulate
banks as depository institutions from the perceived risks of securities dealing
and underwriting, and related activities. The FSMA repeals Section 20 of
Glass-Steagall which prohibited banks from affiliating with securities firms.
Bank holding companies that can qualify as "financial holding companies" can now
acquire securities firms or create them as subsidiaries, and securities firms
can now acquire banks or start banking activities through a financial holding
company. The FSMA includes provisions which permit national banks to conduct
financial activities through a subsidiary that are permissible for a national
bank to engage in directly, as well as certain activities authorized by statute,
or that are financial in nature or incental to financial activities to the same
extent as permitted to a "financial holding company" or its affiliates. This
liberalization of United States banking and financial services regulation
applies both to domestic institutions and foreign institutions conducting
business in the United States. Consequently, the common ownership of banks,
securities firms and insurance firms is now possible, as is the conduct of
commercial banking, merchant banking, investment management, securities
underwriting and insurance within a single financial institution using a
"financial holding company" structure authorized by the FSMA.

         Prior to the FSMA, significant restrictions existed on the affiliation
of banks with securities firms and on the direct conduct by banks of securities
dealing and underwriting and related securities activities. Banks were also
(with minor exceptions) prohibited from engaging in insurance activities or
affiliating with insurers. The FSMA removes these restrictions and substantially
eliminates the prohibitions under the Bank Holding Company Act on affiliations
between banks and insurance companies. Bank holding companies which qualify as
financial holding companies can now insure, guarantee, or indemnify against
loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, or death; issue annuities; and act as a
principal, agent, or broker regarding such insurance services.

         In order for a commercial bank to affiliate with a securities firm or
an insurance company pursuant to the FSMA, its bank holding company must qualify
as a financial holding company. A bank holding company will qualify if (i) its
banking subsidiaries are "well capitalized" and "well managed"

                                       95
<PAGE>

and (ii) it files with the Board of Governors a certification to such effect and
a declaration that it elects to become a financial holding company. The
amendment of the Bank Holding Company Act now permits financial holding
companies to engage in activities, and acquire companies engaged in activities,
that are financial in nature or incidental to such financial activities.
Financial holding companies are also permitted to engage in activities that are
complementary to financial activities if the Board of Governors determines that
the activity does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of
depository institutions or the financial system in general. These standards
expand upon the list of activities "closely related to banking" which have to
date defined the permissible activities of bank holding companies under the Bank
Holding Company Act.

         One further effect of the Act is to require that federal financial
institution and securities regulatory agencies prescribe regulations to
implement the policy that financial institutions must respect the privacy of
their customers and protect the security and confidentiality of customers'
non-public personal information. Implementing regulations have recently been
issued for comment by all of the federal financial institution regulatory
agencies and the Securities and Exchange Commission. These regulations will
require, in general, that financial institutions (1) may not disclose non-public
personal information of customers to non-affiliated third parties without notice
to their customers, who must have opportunity to direct that such information
not be disclosed; (2) may not disclose customer account numbers except to
consumer reporting agencies; and (3) must give prior disclosure of their privacy
policies before establishing new customer relationships.

         Neither American River Holdings and American River Bank nor North Coast
Bank, N.A. have determined whether or when they may seek to acquire and exercise
new powers or activities under the FSMA, and the extent to which competition
will change among financial institutions affected by the FSMA has not yet become
clear.

         Certain legislative and regulatory proposals that could affect American
River Holdings, American River Bank, North Coast Bank, N.A., and the banking
business in general are periodically introduced before the United States
Congress, the California State Legislature and Federal and state government
agencies. It is not known to what extent, if any, legislative proposals will be
enacted and what effect such legislation would have on the structure, regulation
and competitive relationships of financial institutions. It is likely, however,
that such legislation could subject American River Holdings, American River Bank
and North Coast Bank, N.A. to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting
requirements, competition, and costs of doing business.

         In addition to legislative changes, the various Federal and state
financial institution regulatory agencies frequently propose rules and
regulations to implement and enforce already existing legislation. It cannot be
predicted whether or in what form any such rules or regulations will be enacted
or the effect that such regulations may have on American River Holdings,
American River Bank, and North Coast Bank, N.A.

                                       96
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 1

                   TO APPROVE THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER

BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER

         The following is a brief description of the events that resulted in the
execution of the merger agreement dated as of March 1, 2000, among American
River Holdings, ARH Interim National Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A.

         American River Holdings. On November 17, 1999, the executive committee
of the American River Holdings board of directors met to discuss a proposal to
acquire North Coast Bank, N.A. as an additional banking subsidiary. Later that
day, the board of directors reviewed the proposal to acquire North Coast Bank,
N.A. and authorized the executive committee to communicate interest in such a
proposal to North Coast Bank, N.A. David T. Taber, President and Chief Executive
Officer of American River Holdings contacted Kathy A. Pinkard, President and
Chief Executive Officer of North Coast Bank, N.A. on November 18, 1999 to
discuss interest in the proposed transaction. She advised him that the matter
would be brought to the attention of the board of directors of North Coast Bank,
N.A. during its strategic planning meeting on December 1, 1999. On December 2,
1999, Ms. Pinkard asked Mr. Taber provide further information regarding the
proposal to Chairman of the Board, Mr. M. Edgar Deas. Mr. Taber contacted
Chairman Deas and after a preliminary discussion it was determined that a
meeting among members of the respective executive committees of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. should be held to further discuss the
proposed transaction. On December 9, 1999, a meeting was held among members of
the respective executive committees. On December 14, 1999, the executive
committee of American River Holdings authorized Mr. Taber to deliver additional
information and a written expression of interest in connection with the proposed
transaction, which he delivered the next day to Ms. Pinkard. American River
Holdings received a letter from North Coast Bank, N.A. on December 20, 1999
requesting more time to evaluate matters pertaining to the proposed transaction
prior to responding to American River Holdings' expression of interest. On
January 6, 2000, American River Holdings received a letter from North Coast
Bank, N.A. proposing changes to various factors for such proposed transaction.
On January 7, 2000, the executive committee of American River Holdings
authorized Mr. Taber to prepare and deliver a revised expression of interest in
response to the letter from North Coast Bank, N.A. received on January 6, 2000.
On January 10, 2000, Ms. Pinkard delivered to Mr. Taber a letter accepting the
terms outlined in American River Holdings' expression of interest dated January
7, 2000.

         On January10, 2000, American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
entered into a confidentiality agreement to facilitate exchange of confidential
information and due diligence reviews of their respective businesses.
Thereafter, from January 10 through January 19, American River Holdings
conducted its due diligence reviews.

         On January 19, 2000, American River Holdings' board of directors
reviewed the letter from North Coast Bank, N.A. received on January 10, 2000,
and various other factors including certain financial due diligence matters
pertaining to the on-site review of North Coast Bank, N.A. The board of
directors authorized the executive committee to proceed to negotiate with
representatives of North Coast Bank, N.A. On February 2, 2000, the executive
committee of American River Holdings reviewed a draft merger agreement. On
February 16, 2000, the board of directors of American River Holdings reviewed a
revised draft of the merger agreement. On February 18, 2000, the executive
committee of American River Holdings reviewed a further revised draft of the
merger agreement and discussed various issues raised in negotiations between
representatives for American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. On
February 29, 2000, the boards of directors of American River Holdings, American
River Bank and First Source Capital met in a special joint meeting to review the
merger agreement and related
                                       97
<PAGE>

documents. Following review of such documents and the results of due diligence,
the respective boards of directors authorized and approved the execution of the
merger agreement and the issuance of a joint press release announcing the
signing of the merger agreement.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. On November 18, 1999, Kathy Pinkard, President
and CEO of North Coast Bank was contacted by David T. Taber, President and Chief
Executive Officer of American River Holdings to discuss the possibility of
interest in a strategic alliance with American River Holdings. Ms. Pinkard
advised Mr. Taber that the proposal would be brought to the attention of the
North Coast Bank board of directors at a strategic planning meeting scheduled
for December 1, 1999. During the regularly scheduled strategic planning meeting,
it was determined that North Coast Bank, N.A. was interested in pursuing the
matter further and Ms. Pinkard was instructed by the board to contact Mr. Taber
with instructions for Mr. Taber to contact Mr. Edgar Deas, North Coast Bank,
N.A. Chairman of the Board. After contact with Mr. Deas, it was decided that the
respective members of both executive committees should meet for further
discussion on the proposed transaction. A meeting of the executive committees
was held on December 9, 1999 at American River Bank's board room in Sacramento.
On December 15, 1999, Mr. Taber delivered to Ms. Pinkard additional information
and a written expression of interest in connection with the proposed merger. On
December 16, 1999, at a regularly scheduled board of directors meeting, the
proposal was reviewed by the board of directors. At this meeting, Ms. Pinkard
was instructed to deliver a letter to Mr. Taber asking for an extension to the
December 24, 1999 deadline for response stating that the board of directors had
scheduled another strategic planning session for January 6 at which time North
Coast Bank, N.A. would respond to the proposal. On January 6, 2000, North Coast
Bank, N.A. responded to Mr. Taber with specific changes to the original
proposal. On January 7, 2000, Ms. Pinkard received a revised expression of
interest from American River Holdings. After a special meeting held by the board
of directors, Ms. Pinkard was instructed to deliver a letter confirming the
terms outlined in the January 7, 2000 American River Holdings expression of
interest. On January 10, 2000, North Coast Bank, N.A. signed a confidentiality
agreement with American River Holdings to begin the exchange of information and
respective due diligence examinations.

         On January 27, 2000, the board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A.
reviewed the written report discussing the due diligence review performed by Ms.
Pinkard and Mr. Wattell during the week of January 24, 2000. On February 17,
2000, the board of directors reviewed a draft merger agreement with revisions
associated with issues raised during the negotiation process with American River
Holdings. On February 24, 2000, the board of directors met to verify that all
concerns with the merger agreement had been addressed and were satisfactory and
the merger agreement was tentatively approved by the board of directors. On
March 1, 2000, a special board of directors meeting was held to hear the
presentation of the fairness opinion by Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba
Carpenter and Company, concerning the proposed transaction. After review and
discussion of the fairness opinion with Carpenter and Company, and final review
of the merger agreement, the merger agreement was approved by the board of
directors. Ms. Pinkard was authorized to execute the merger agreement and issue
a joint press release announcing the signing of the merger agreement.

         On March 1, 2000, American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.
executed the merger agreement. Prior to the opening of the OTC Bulletin Board on
March 2, 2000, the parties issued a joint press release publicly announcing the
merger.

         Annex A to the joint proxy statement/prospectus contains a copy of the
merger agreement which is incorporated here by this reference.

         See "--Reasons for the Merger Agreement and Merger; Recommendations of
the Boards of Directors" on page 99, "--Opinion of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
Financial Advisor" on page 102 and "--Opinion of American River Holdings
Financial Advisor" on page 108.

                                       98
<PAGE>

REASONS FOR THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER; RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE BOARDS OF
DIRECTORS

         American River Holdings. The strategy of the board of directors of
American River Holdings for enhancing long-term value for American River
Holdings shareholders recognizes that further consolidation will occur in the
banking and financial services industry in the United States and that American
River Holdings must be in a position to take advantage of this change. Under
this strategy, management of American River Holdings, at the direction of the
board of directors of American River Holdings, continually explores and
evaluates acquisition opportunities, such as the acquisition of North Coast
Bank, N.A. as a continuing subsidiary of American River Holdings, through the
merger of North Coast Bank, N.A. into ARH Interim National Bank.

         In reaching the conclusion that the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A.
into ARH Interim National Bank is fair to and in the best interests of the
shareholders of American River Holdings, the board of directors of American
River Holdings considered numerous factors, including:

         o    the board of directors' familiarity with and review of North Coast
              Bank, N.A.'s business, results of operations, prospects and
              financial condition and the willingness of the board of directors
              of North Coast Bank, N.A. to consider a merger with ARH Interim
              National Bank;

         o    the opinion of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated that the terms of the
              merger are fair, from a financial point of view, to American River
              Holdings shareholders;

         o    economic conditions and prospects for the markets in which
              American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. operate, and
              competitive pressures in the financial services industry in
              general and the banking industry in particular;

         o    the enhancement of American River Holdings' competitiveness and
              its ability to serve its customers, depositors, creditors, other
              constituents and the communities in which it operates as a result
              of the merger;

         o    information concerning the business, results of operations, asset
              quality and financial condition of American River Holdings and
              North Coast Bank, N.A. on a stand-alone and combined basis, and
              the future growth prospects of American River Holdings and North
              Coast Bank, N.A. following the merger. In this regard, the board
              of directors of American River Holdings gave consideration to the
              results of the initial review conducted by American River
              Holdings' management with respect to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
              business and operations, including, in particular, its asset
              quality and related conditions in the merger agreement. That
              review included an assessment of the opportunities to achieve
              increased market penetration in its existing market and to expand
              into North Coast Bank, N.A.'s market area in California;

         o    the revenue enhancements, cost savings and operational synergies
              which the management of American River Holdings believes may be
              achieved as a result of the merger through the elimination of
              duplicative efforts;

         o    an assessment that, in the current economic environment, expansion
              through acquisition of another financial institution is most
              economically advantageous to American River Holdings' shareholders
              when compared to other alternatives such as de novo branch
              openings or branch acquisitions;

                                       99
<PAGE>

         o    the geographic and business fit of American River Holdings and
              North Coast Bank, N.A. and the complementary nature of their
              respective businesses, including the compatibility of their
              existing branch structures;

         o    information with respect to historical trading ranges and
              multiples for American River Holdings common stock and North Coast
              Bank, N.A. common stock, and possible trading ranges and multiples
              for each on a stand-alone basis and for the two companies on a
              combined basis and the evaluation by the board of directors of
              American River Holdings of the financial terms of the merger and
              their effect on the shareholders of American River Holdings and
              the belief of the American River Holdings board of directors that
              those terms are fair to American River Holdings and its
              shareholders;

         o    the expectation that for federal income tax purposes the merger
              will constitute a tax-free reorganization to American River
              Holdings and its subsidiaries;

         o    the expectation that the merger will be accounted for under the
              pooling of interests method of accounting;

         o    the terms and conditions of the merger agreement and the related
              agreements;

         o    the likelihood of the merger being approved by the appropriate
              regulatory authorities; and

         o    the structure of the merger and the resulting corporate entities.

         The board of directors of American River Holdings did not assign any
relative or specific weights to the factors considered and individual directors
may have assigned different weights to the above factors.

         The board of directors of American River Holdings unanimously
recommends that the merger agreement, the related agreements, the transactions
contemplated by the merger agreement, including the merger and the issuance of
American River Holdings common stock in connection with the merger, and the
proposals to approve the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan, the
amendments to the American River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws
to provide for the classification of the board of directors and to eliminate
cumulative voting in the election of directors, election of management's
nominees as directors of American River Holdings, and to ratify the appointment
of Perry-Smith LLP as independent accountants for the year 2000, at American
River Holdings' annual meeting, be approved by the American River Holdings
shareholders.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. The board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A.
believes that the merger is fair to and in the best interests of the
shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. In reaching their conclusion to approve
the merger, the board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. considered numerous
factors, including the following:

         Historical and Recent Market Prices of North Coast Bank, N.A. Shares
Compared to American River Holdings Shares to be Received. The North Coast Bank,
N.A. board of directors reviewed the historical and recent trading prices for
North Coast Bank, N.A. stock.

         The Likelihood that "Pooling of Interests" Accounting Will No Longer Be
Available Following December 31, 2000. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of
directors considered the impact of the Financial Standards Accounting Board
draft by which so-called "pooling of interests" accounting will be eliminated by
December 31, 2000. The result of this accounting change will be that all mergers

                                      100
<PAGE>

consummated after December 31, 2000 will be accounted for as "purchase"
transactions, resulting in the amortization of goodwill in any merger where the
purchase price exceeds the asset value of the acquired company. The goodwill
amortization will reduce future reported income of the merged companies.
Additionally, in bank mergers, the goodwill in a purchase accounting transaction
will not be included in the calculation of regulatory capital requirements.
Therefore, it is the belief of the management and directors of North Coast Bank,
N.A. that future bank mergers may result in lower premiums for the seller. The
North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors believes that by combining with
American River Holdings at this time, it can take advantage of the "pooling of
interests" accounting rules. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board also believes that
should the North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders fail to approve the American
River Holdings proposal, it would be extremely unlikely that an alternative
transaction can be completed that would be eligible for "pooling of interests"
accounting treatment. Therefore, the American River Holdings transaction is most
likely the last opportunity that North Coast Bank, N.A. will have to engage in a
"pooling of interests" merger.

         North Coast Bank, N.A.'s Business, Conditions and Geographic Prospects.
The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors considered information with
respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business risks of
North Coast Bank, N.A. on both an historical and prospective basis and current
industry, economic and market conditions. The American River Holdings merger
will significantly expand the geographic base of the combined companies and will
give North Coast Bank, N.A. a greater market for the products and services of
North Coast Bank, N.A. The combination with American River Holdings will provide
greater flexibility to North Coast Bank, N.A. in meeting the credit needs of its
borrowers. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors believes that this will
greatly enhance the long-term prospects for stock value.

         American River Holdings' Business, Conditions and Prospects. The North
Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors considered information with respect to the
financial condition, financial performance, business operations, capital levels,
asset quality, loan portfolio breakdown and prospects of American River Holdings
on both an historical and prospective basis. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of
directors also considered information regarding current industry, economic and
market conditions in the financial services industry. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
financial advisers, Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and Company,
made presentations to and provided the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors
with information regarding American River Holdings' financial condition and
prospects after conducting business and financial due diligence. Officers of
North Coast Bank, N.A. also made presentations to the North Coast Bank, N.A.
board of directors regarding American River Holdings' financial condition,
business and prospects after conducting business and financial due diligence.
These officers expressed their views that the corporate culture and operating
philosophies of American River Holdings were very compatible to those of North
Coast Bank, N.A. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board viewed these observations as
favorable for the future prospects of the combined entity and the creation of
further shareholder value. In evaluating American River Holdings' prospects, the
North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors considered, among other things,
American River Holdings' financial performance, the geographic areas in which
American River Holdings conducts business compared to those in which North Coast
Bank, N.A. conducts business, the state of the economy in Northern California,
the market conditions in the primary areas in which American River Holdings
conducts its business, and the effect those economies may have on American River
Holdings' performance. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors also
considered and found favorable the fact that the American River Holdings' stock
when combined with North Coast Bank, N.A.'s stock will have greater market
capitalization and liquidity compared to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s current stock
liquidity.

         Opinion of Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and Company.
At its March 1, 2000 meeting, the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors
considered as favorable to its determination, Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc.,
dba Carpenter and Company's oral opinion delivered to

                                      101
<PAGE>

the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors at that meeting (which Carpenter
and Company subsequently confirmed in a written opinion dated March 1, 2000)
that the merger consideration to be received by North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders in the merger was, as of that date, fair to North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s shareholders, from a financial point of view.

         The Need of North Coast Bank, N.A. to Obtain 2/3 Shareholder Vote for
Approval of the Proposed Merger. The articles of association of North Coast
Bank, N.A. require that two-thirds (2/3) equal to sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66 2/3%) of all of the outstanding shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. be
voted in favor of a merger. This means that for a merger proposal to be
successful it must meet the expectations of a broad cross-section of the
shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. A merger proposal that does not meet the
expectations of all shareholder constituencies is likely to fail. For this
reason, in evaluating the options that were available to North Coast Bank, N.A.,
the board of directors believed that the American River Holdings transaction
would yield the greatest support of the North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders. The
board of directors believes that the transactions contemplated by the merger
agreement, including the merger, offer the best financial prospects for North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders.

         Terms of the Merger. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors
considered the terms, conditions, covenants and representations contained in the
merger agreement and that the number and value of shares of American River
Holdings common stock to be issued in exchange for each outstanding share of
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock represented favorable terms for a merger
with American River Holdings.

         The Tax-Free Nature of the Merger. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of
directors considered and found favorable the fact that the merger is structured
to be tax-free for federal income tax purposes. North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders will recognize no gain for federal income tax purposes in
connection with the exchange of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock for American
River Holdings common stock (except with respect to cash received in lieu of
fractional shares of American River Holdings common stock or dissenters'
shares).

         Impact on Communities, Depositors, Customers and Employees. The North
Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors considered the impact of the merger upon
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s communities, depositors, customers, employees, and the
overall compatibility of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s office and branch structure
compared to those of American River Holdings. The ability of North Coast Bank,
N.A. to continue as an on-going bank under the American River Holdings holding
company was viewed as being least disruptive of the communities served by North
Coast Bank, N.A., its depositors, customers and employees. The North Coast Bank,
N.A. board of directors believes that all of these constituencies will be in
favor of the merger.

         The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors did not assign any
relative or specific value to any of the factors.

         The board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. unanimously recommends
that the merger agreement, the related agreements and the transactions
contemplated by those agreements, including the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A.
into ARH Interim National Bank, be approved by the North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders.

OPINION OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR

         General. Pursuant to an engagement letter dated January 26, 2000, North
Coast Bank, N.A. engaged Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and
Company to provide financial advisory services and a fairness opinion with
respect to the North Coast Bank, N.A./American River Holdings

                                      102
<PAGE>

merger. Carpenter and Company is an investment banking firm specializing in
California financial institutions, and, as part of its investment banking
activities, is regularly engaged in the valuation of businesses and their
securities in connection with merger transactions and other types of
acquisitions, underwritings, private placements and valuations for corporate and
other purposes. North Coast Bank, N.A. selected Carpenter and Company to render
the opinion on the basis of its experience and expertise in transactions similar
to the merger and its reputation in the banking and investment communities. No
limitations were imposed by North Coast Bank, N.A. on Carpenter and Company with
respect to the investigations made or procedures followed in rendering its
opinion.

         At a meeting of the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors on March
1, 2000, Carpenter and Company delivered its oral opinion that, as of the date
of the opinion and subject to the limitations and assumptions set forth in the
opinion, the merger consideration pursuant to the merger agreement was fair to
North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders from a financial point of view. Carpenter
and Company's oral opinion was subsequently confirmed in writing as of such date
and reconfirmed in writing as of ______________, 2000.

         The full text of Carpenter and Company's written opinion to the North
Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors, which sets forth the assumptions made,
matters considered, and limitations of the review, by Carpenter and Company, is
attached hereto and is incorporated herein by reference. The following summary
of Carpenter and Company's opinion is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the full text of the opinion, which should be read carefully and in its
entirety. In furnishing such opinion, Carpenter and Company does not admit that
it is an expert with respect to the registration statement of which this proxy
statement/prospectus is part within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. Carpenter and Company does not admit that its opinion
constitutes a report or valuation within the meaning of Section 11 of the
Securities Act. Carpenter and Company's opinion is directed to the North Coast
Bank, N.A. board of directors, covers only the fairness of the merger
consideration to be received by holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
from a financial point of view as of the date of the opinion, and does not
constitute a recommendation to any holder of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
as to how such shareholder should vote.

         In connection with its opinion, Carpenter and Company, among other
things: (i) reviewed certain publicly available financial and other data with
respect to North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings, including the
consolidated financial statements for recent years through December 31, 1999,
and certain other relevant financial and operating data relating to these
companies made available to Carpenter and Company from published sources and
from the internal records and projections of North Coast Bank, N.A.; (ii)
reviewed the merger agreement; (iii) reviewed certain information concerning the
trading of, and the trading market for, North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock and
American River Holdings common stock; (iv) compared North Coast Bank, N.A. and
American River Holdings from a financial point of view with certain other
companies in the banking industry which Carpenter and Company deemed to be
relevant; (v) considered the financial terms, to the extent publicly available,
of selected recent business combinations of companies in the banking industry
which Carpenter and Company deemed to be comparable, in whole or in part, to the
merger; (vi) reviewed and discussed with representatives of the management of
North Coast Bank, N.A. certain information of a business and financial nature
regarding North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings, furnished to
Carpenter and Company by them; (vii) made inquiries regarding and discussed the
merger and the merger agreement and other matters related thereto with North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s counsel; and (vii) performed such other analyses and
examinations as Carpenter and Company deemed appropriate.

                                      103
<PAGE>

         In connection with its review, Carpenter and Company did not assume any
obligation independently to verify the foregoing information and relied on such
information being accurate and complete in all material respects. Carpenter and
Company also assumed that there were no material changes in the assets,
financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects of all
companies involved in the merger since the respective dates of their last
financial statements made available to it. Carpenter and Company relied on
advice of counsel to North Coast Bank, N.A. as to all legal matters with respect
to North Coast Bank, N.A., the merger and the merger agreement. North Coast
Bank, N.A. acknowledged that Carpenter and Company did not discuss with North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s independent accountants any financial reporting matters with
respect to North Coast Bank, N.A., the merger or the merger agreement. North
Coast Bank, N.A. informed Carpenter and Company, and Carpenter and Company
assumed that the merger would be accounted for as a pooling of interests under
generally accepted accounting principles. Carpenter and Company assumed that the
merger would be consummated in a manner that complies in all respects with the
applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and all other applicable federal and state statutes, rules and
regulations. Carpenter and Company assumed that the allowance for loan losses
for each of North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings are in the
aggregate adequate to cover such losses. In addition, Carpenter and Company did
not assume responsibility for reviewing any individual credit files, or making
an independent evaluation, appraisal or physical inspection of any of the assets
or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the companies involved in the
merger, nor was Carpenter and Company furnished with any such appraisals.
Finally, Carpenter and Company's opinion was based on economic, monetary and
market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available
to Carpenter and Company as of, the date of the opinion. Accordingly, although
subsequent developments may affect Carpenter and Company's opinion, it has not
assumed any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm such opinion.

         Set forth below is a summary of Carpenter and Company's analysis in
connection with its opinion that is complete in all material respects.

         Review of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. Carpenter
and Company, analyzed North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings as
reported by the companies in their respective financial reports and regulatory
filings, and by combining them on a pro-forma basis. Specifically, Carpenter and
Company reviewed total loans, total assets, total deposits, total shareholders'
equity, net income, and net yield on earning assets. The following tables
summarizes these values for each company at or for the period ending December
31, 1999 and on a pro-forma basis:

                                           NCB       ARH        Pro-Forma
                                           ---       ---        ---------
        (Dollars in millions)
        Total loans                       $40.1     $121.6        $161.7
        Total assets                       47.3      201.3         248.5
        Total deposits                     42.1      181.0         223.1
        Total shareholders' equity          4.0       16.6          20.6
        Total net income                     .2        2.9           3.1
        Net yield on earning assets         6.2%       5.7%          5.8%

         Trading Activity and Prices. The common stock of both North Coast Bank,
N.A. and American River Holdings are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin
board. However, neither is publicly traded in any significant volume. In its
analyses Carpenter and Company, derived a valuation for North Coast Bank, N.A.
of $13.26 per share by applying the exchange ratio of .9644 to an average
trading price for American River Holdings of $13.75 (the average closing price
for American River Holdings during the previous four weeks.).

                                      104
<PAGE>

         Analysis of Selected Merger Transactions. Using publicly available
information, Carpenter and Company reviewed the consideration paid in recently
announced transactions whereby certain banks and bank holding companies of
various sizes were acquired. Specifically, Carpenter and Company reviewed 18
transactions involving acquisitions of banks based in California, announced
since April 1, 1998, with total assets less than $125 million, consisting of the
following (acquirer/target):

o        Bank of the Sierra/Sierra National Bank
o        Rancho Santa Fe National Bank/First Community Bank of the Desert
o        Civic BanCorp/East County Bank NA
o        First Banks Inc./Lippo Bank
o        VIB Corp./Kings River Bancorp
o        Valencia Bank & Trust/First Valley National Bank
o        Humboldt Bancorp/Global Bancorp
o        City Holding Company/Frontier Bancorp
o        Belvedere Capital Partners Inc./Cerritos Valley Bancorp
o        East West Bancorp Inc./First Central Bank NA
o        Washington Mutual Inc./Industrial Bank
o        First Coastal Bancshares/American Independent Bank NA
o        Belvedere Capital Partners Inc./ The Bank of Orange County
o        Belvedere Capital Partners Inc./Downey Bancorp
o        Western Sierra Bancorp/Roseville 1st Community Bancorp
o        Western Sierra Bancorp/Lake Community Bank
o        First Banks Inc./Republic Bank
o        Summit Bank Corporation/California Security Bank

         For each bank acquired or to be acquired in such transactions,
Carpenter and Company analyzed data illustrating, among other things purchase
price to book value and to tangible book value, purchase price to last 12
months' earnings, purchase price as a percentage of assets and the ratio of the
premium (i.e., purchase price in excess of tangible book value) to core
deposits.

         No other company or transaction used in the above analysis as a
comparison is identical to North Coast Bank, N.A. or the North Coast Bank,
N.A./American River Holdings merger. Accordingly, an analysis of the results of
the foregoing is not mathematical. Rather, it involves complex considerations
and judgments concerning differences in financial and operating characteristics
of the companies and other factors that could affect the public trading value
and the announced acquisition prices of the companies to which North Coast Bank,
N.A. and the merger are being compared.

         Carpenter and Company derived the value for each share of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock of $13.26 by applying the exchange ratio of .9644 times
the average trading value of American River Holdings of $13.75 per share. Based
upon this valuation, the following table compares the relative valuation ratios
(average and median) for California bank acquisitions to the valuation ratios
for North Coast Bank, N.A. in the North Coast Bank, N.A./American River Holdings
merger:

                                      105
<PAGE>

                                                    Comparable Transactions
                                                 Average     Median       NCB
                                                 -------     ------       ---

         Price to book value                       2.09x      2.01x      1.69x
         Price to tangible book value              2.10x      2.03x      1.69x
         Price to last twelve months earnings     24.09x     27.90x     29.83x
         Price as a percentage of assets          17.64%     17.25%     14.32%
         Premium to core deposits                 12.11%     11.34%      7.71%

         Four of these ratios derived from comparable transactions are higher
than the ratios found in the merger; one ratio, the price to earnings ratio, is
higher than the comparable transactions. Given the high importance of the price
to earnings ratio in most analyses of stock value, these relative ratios support
the conclusion that the merger is fairly priced. Further, Carpenter and Company
also reviewed the S&P 500 Bank Index and noted that trading prices for banks had
declined by over 30% since the middle of 1999. The decline in trading prices for
banks suggests declining valuations of banks in stock based transactions in the
current merger and acquisition environment as compared to those in recent
periods. Taking into account the recent decline in trading valuations of bank
stocks, this comparison indicates that the valuation attributed to North Coast
Bank, N.A. in the North Coast Bank, N.A./American River Holdings merger is
generally consistent or better than the value that would be suggested by the
other bank mergers reviewed.

         Earnings Accretion Analysis. Carpenter and Company analyzed the
historical earnings of each North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings
comparing the earnings per share for North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders on a
stand-alone basis and on a combined pro forma basis without assuming any cost
savings to be derived through this combination. Additionally, Carpenter and
Company performed this same analysis utilizing management budgets for 2000
assuming both no cost savings and cost savings equal to 20% of North Coast Bank,
N.A.'s noninterest expense. The following table summarizes the stand-alone and
pro forma earnings per share and the dollar and percent accretion to North Coast
Bank, N.A. shareholders in each scenario:

                                                       Earnings Accretion
                                                       ------------------
                                 NCB      Pro Forma     Amount    Percent
                                -----     ---------     ------    -------

Historical 1999                 $0.44       $1.29        $0.84       189%
2000 Budget                     $0.76       $1.66        $0.90       118%
2000 Budget with cost savings   $0.76       $1.77        $1.01       133%

         This analysis suggests that there is greater potential value for North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders in completing the merger than in remaining
independent.

         Pro-Forma Merger and Contribution Analysis. Carpenter and Company
analyzed the contribution of each of North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River
Holdings to, among other things, total assets, total deposit liabilities, total
equity, last twelve months' net income of the pro forma combined companies. For
purposes of this analysis, Carpenter and Company used the balance sheets and
income statements for the period ending December 31, 1999.

         Based upon the exchange ratio of .9644, taking into account outstanding
options for both companies, the fully diluted ownership of the North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders in the combined company would be approximately 21.8%. The
following table details the percentage contribution of North Coast Bank, N.A. to
the combined company:

                                      106
<PAGE>

                                  NCB Contribution
                --------------------------------------------------
                Total assets                                 19.0%
                Total deposit liabilities                    19.0%
                Total shareholders' equity                   19.4%
                Last twelve months' net income               20.4%

         This analysis suggests that the ownership interest of North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders in American River Holdings after the merger is consistent with
or greater than what would be indicated by North Coast Bank, N.A.'s share of
assets, deposit liabilities, equity and earnings.

         Regression Analysis. Carpenter and Company undertook an analysis to
determine the price to earnings and price to book multiple at which North Coast
Bank, N.A. might actively trade on a stand-alone basis. A regression analysis of
publicly available data on comparable banks and bank holding companies indicated
a correlation between return on equity and price to last twelve months' earnings
and price to book value. This analysis utilized trading prices of the comparable
banks and bank holding companies as of February 25, 2000. Based on North Coast
Bank, N.A.'s last twelve months ended December 31, 1999 return on equity of
5.86%, this analysis yielded a price to last twelve months' earnings ratio at
which North Coast Bank, N.A. might trade of 21.3x and an implied value of $9.47
per share for North Coast Bank, N.A. Based on North Coast Bank, N.A.'s December
31, 1999 fully diluted book value of $7.83, this analysis yielded a price to
book ratio at which North Coast Bank, N.A. might trade of 1.19x and an implied
value of $9.32 per share for North Coast Bank, N.A.. Because the imputed value
of $13.26 per North Coast Bank, N.A. share substantially exceeds this value
range, the regression analyses support that the consideration being received by
North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders is fair.

         Discounted Value Analysis. Carpenter and Company estimated the present
value (current share price) based on estimated earnings that (a) North Coast
Bank, N.A. could produce on a stand-alone basis through fiscal year 2004 without
giving effect to, among other things, potential cost savings that could be
realized in a sale to an in-market acquiror, and (b) that American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. combined could produce. Carpenter and
Company utilized North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings management
projections for the years 2000 through 2004. The range of estimated future
prices was calculated by applying market multiples ranging from 14.0x to 22.0x
to the projected 2004 cash earnings of North Coast Bank, N.A. alone and of the
combined companies. The estimated future share prices were then discounted to
present values using discount rates ranging from 12% to 20%. This analysis
indicated an implied per share price range for North Coast Bank, N.A. on a
stand-alone basis of approximately $5.71 to $12.66. The corresponding range for
the combined companies, including estimated consolidation savings provided by
North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River Holdings management, is $14.68 to
$32.57 in North Coast Bank, N.A. equivalent shares. These analyses do not
purport to be indicative of actual values or expected values of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock or of American River Holdings common stock.

         Because the value range for the combined companies is higher than the
range for North Coast Bank, N.A. on a stand-alone basis, the discounted value
analyses suggest that there is greater potential value for North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders in completing the merger than in remaining independent.

         The summary set forth above does not purport to be a complete
description of the presentation by Carpenter and Company to the North Coast
Bank, N.A. board of directors or of the analyses performed by Carpenter and
Company. The preparation of a fairness opinion is not necessarily susceptible to
partial analysis or summary description. Carpenter and Company believes that its
analyses and the summary set forth above must be considered as a whole and that
selecting a portion of its analyses and factors, without

                                      107
<PAGE>

considering all analyses and factors, would create an incomplete view of the
process underlying the analyses set forth in its presentation to the North Coast
Bank, N.A. board of directors. The ranges of valuations resulting from any
particular analysis described above should not be taken to be Carpenter and
Company's view of the actual value of North Coast Bank, N.A. or the combined
companies.

         In performing its analyses, Carpenter and Company made numerous
assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business and economic
conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of North
Coast Bank, N.A. or American River Holdings. Material among those assumptions
were that of a reasonably stable economic and interest rate environment and no
significant changes in the regulatory and statutory regime governing the
businesses of both American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. sufficient
to materially impact their results. The analyses performed by Carpenter and
Company are not necessarily indicative of actual values or actual future
results, which may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by
such analyses. Such analyses were prepared solely as part of Carpenter and
Company's analysis of the fairness of the consideration to be received by the
holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock in the merger and were provided
to the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors in connection with the delivery
of Carpenter and Company's opinion. The analyses do not purport to be appraisals
or to reflect the prices at which a company might actually be sold or the prices
at which any securities may trade at the present time or any time in the future.
The forecasts utilized by Carpenter and Company in certain of its analyses are
based on numerous variables and assumptions, which are inherently unpredictable
and must be considered not certain of occurrence as projected. Accordingly,
actual results could vary significantly from those contemplated in such
forecasts.

         In the ordinary course of our business, we represent acquirers and
sellers of financial institutions, and Carpenter and Company has performed other
financial advisory services for North Coast Bank, N.A. in the past. Under the
terms of the engagement letter, North Coast Bank, N.A. paid Carpenter and
Company a fee of $20,000 for the fairness opinion. North Coast Bank, N.A. has
also agreed to reimburse Carpenter and Company for its reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses. North Coast Bank, N.A. has agreed to indemnify Carpenter and Company,
its affiliates, and their respective partners, directors, officers, agents,
consultants, employees and controlling persons against certain liabilities
including liabilities under federal securities laws.

         The full text of Carpenter and Company's written opinion, dated
______________, 2000, is attached as Annex B to this joint proxy
statement/prospectus and is incorporated here by this reference.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders are urged to read the opinion in
its entirety for a description of the procedures followed, assumptions made,
matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the review undertaken
by Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and Company.

OPINION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS' FINANCIAL ADVISOR

         General. On February 4, 2000, American River Holdings engaged Hoefer &
Arnett Incorporated to act as its financial advisor in connection with the
merger. Hoefer & Arnett agreed to assist American River Holdings in analyzing a
transaction with North Coast Bank, NA. American River Holdings selected Hoefer &
Arnett because Hoefer & Arnett is a nationally recognized investment-banking
firm with substantial experience in transactions similar to the merger and is
familiar with American River Holdings and its business. As part of its
investment banking business, Hoefer & Arnett is continually engaged in the
valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and
acquisitions.

         As part of its engagement, representatives of Hoefer & Arnett
participated telephonically at the meeting of the American River Holdings board
of directors held on February 29, 2000 during which the

                                      108
<PAGE>

board considered and approved the merger agreement. At the February 29, 2000
meeting, Hoefer & Arnett rendered an oral opinion (subsequently confirmed in
writing) that, as of that date, the conversion ratio was fair to American River
Holdings and its shareholders from a financial point of view. That opinion was
reconfirmed in writing as of _____________, 2000.

         The full text of Hoefer & Arnett's updated written opinion is attached
as Annex C to this joint proxy statement/prospectus and is incorporated here by
reference. American River Holdings shareholders are urged to read the opinion in
its entirety for a description of the procedures followed, assumptions made,
matters considered, and qualifications and limitations on the review undertaken
by Hoefer & Arnett.

         Hoefer & Arnett's opinion is directed to the American River Holdings
board of directors and addresses only the fairness from a financial point of
view of the conversion ratio. It does not address the underlying business
decision to proceed with the merger and does not constitute a recommendation to
American River Holdings shareholders as to how they should vote at the American
River Holdings annual meeting with respect to the merger or any matter related
thereto.

         In rendering its opinion, Hoefer & Arnett:

         (a) reviewed, among other things, (i) the merger agreement; (ii) annual
reports to shareholders of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.,
(iii) FFIEC consolidated reports of American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A.; and (iv) certain internal financial analyses and forecasts prepared
by management of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A;

         (b) held discussions with members of senior management of American
River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. regarding (i) past and current
business operations; (ii) regulatory relationships; (iii) financial condition;
and (iv) future prospects of the respective companies;

         (c) compared certain financial and stock market information for
American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. with similar information for
certain other companies with publicly traded securities;

         (d) reviewed the financial terms of certain recent business
combinations in the banking industry; and

         (e) performed other studies and analyses that it considered
appropriate.

         In rendering its opinion, Hoefer & Arnett relied, without independent
verification, on the accuracy and completeness of the material furnished to it
by American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. and the material otherwise
made available to it, including information from published sources. With respect
to the financial information, Hoefer & Arnett assumed (with American River
Holdings' consent) that they had been reasonably prepared reflecting the best
currently available estimates and judgment of American River Holdings
management. In addition, Hoefer & Arnett did not make or obtain any independent
appraisals or evaluations of the assets or liabilities, and potential and/or
contingent liabilities of American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A.
Hoefer & Arnett further relied on the assurances of American River Holdings and
North Coast Bank, N.A. management that they are not aware of any facts that
would make such information inaccurate or misleading. Hoefer & Arnett's opinion
is necessarily based on the market, economic and other relevant considerations
as they existed and could be evaluated on the date thereof.

         Analysis of the Merger Consideration. Hoefer & Arnett calculated the
multiple which the merger consideration represents based on the conversion ratio
as set forth in the merger agreement of

                                      109
<PAGE>

each share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock being exchanged for 0.9644 of
a share of American River Holdings common stock and the closing price of
American River Holdings common stock as of February 25, 2000. Based on the
$12.50 closing price of American River Holdings common stock on February 25,
2000, the merger consideration represented a per share value of $12.06 for each
share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. The multiples were calculated
based on North Coast Bank, N.A.'s December 31, 1999 book value per share of
$8.47 and its last twelve month earnings per share of $0.44. The price to book
value was 1.42 times and the price to last twelve month earnings per share was
27.4 times.

         Analysis of Comparable Acquisition Transactions. In rendering its
opinion, Hoefer & Arnett analyzed certain comparable merger and acquisition
transactions of both pending and completed bank deals, comparing the acquisition
price relative to book value, tangible book value, last twelve month earnings,
and assets. The analysis included a comparison of the low and median of the
above ratios for completed and pending acquisitions from California transactions
from January 1, 1998 to February 25, 2000 with announced transaction values less
than $100.0 million and return on average assets between 0.5% and 1.5%.

         The information in the following table summarizes the material
information analyzed by Hoefer & Arnett with respect to the merger. The summary
is not a complete description of the analysis performed by Hoefer & Arnett and
should not be construed independently of the other information considered by
Hoefer & Arnett in rendering its opinion. Selecting portions of Hoefer &
Arnett's analysis or isolating certain aspects of the comparable transactions
without considering all analysis and factors, could create an incomplete or
potentially misleading view of the evaluation process.

                          Multiple of Price to Factors

                       Comparable   Comparable  Comparable     American River
                          Group        Group      Group     Holdings/North Coast
Factor Considered (1)      Low         Median      High      Bank, NA Merger (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trailing Twelve Months     10.6x        21.2x      44.2x             27.4x
Earnings
Book Value                  1.1x         2.3x       5.0x              1.4x
Tangible Book Value         1.3x         2.3x       5.0x              1.4x
Assets                      9.8%        21.1%      44.4%             13.6%

(1)  Financial data as of December 31, 1999.
(2)  Based on a conversion ratio of 0.9644 and American River Holdings price of
     $12.50 as of February 25, 2000.

         Contribution Analysis. Hoefer & Arnett reviewed the relative
contribution of each American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. to
certain pro forma balance sheet and income statement items of the combined
entity. The contribution analysis showed:

North Coast Bank, N.A. Contribution To:
  Combined Shareholders' Equity                                         19.6%
  Combined 1999 Estimated Net Income without Cost Savings               12.4%
  Combined Total Assets                                                 19.0%
North Coast Bank, N.A. Estimated Pro Forma Ownership                    20.1%

                                      110
<PAGE>

         Hoefer & Arnett compared the relative contribution of the balance sheet
and income statement items with the estimated pro forma ownership for North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders based on a conversion ratio of 0.9644.

         Discounted Dividends Analysis. Using a discounted dividends analysis,
Hoefer & Arnett estimated the future stream of dividends that North Coast Bank,
N.A. could produce over the next five years, under various circumstances,
assuming North Coast Bank, N.A. performed in accordance with the earnings
forecasts of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s management. Hoefer & Arnett then estimated
the terminal values for North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock at the end of the
period by applying multiples ranging from 9.0 times to 11.0 times earnings
projected in year five. The dividend streams and terminal values were then
discounted to present values using different discount rates (ranging from 12.5%
to 15.0%) chosen to reflect different assumptions regarding the required rates
of return to holders or prospective buyers of North Coast Bank, N.A. common
stock. This discounted dividends analysis indicated reference ranges of between
$12.17 and $15.59 per share for North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. These
values compare to the merger consideration of $12.06 based on a conversion ratio
of 0.9644 and American River Holdings closing price of $12.50 as of February 25,
2000.

         The summary set forth above describes the material analyses prepared by
Hoefer & Arnett in connection with the rendering of its opinion. The preparation
of a fairness opinion is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or
summary description. Hoefer & Arnett believes that its analysis and the above
summary above must be considered as a whole and that selecting portions of its
analysis, or selecting part of the summary above, without considering all
factors and analyses, would create an incomplete view of the process underlying
the analysis set forth in Hoefer & Arnett's presentation and opinion. The ranges
of valuations resulting from any particular analysis described above should not
be taken to be Hoefer & Arnett's view of the actual value of American River
Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A. The fact that any specific analysis has been
referred to in the summary above is not meant to indicate that such analysis was
given greater weight that any other analysis.

         In preparing its analysis, Hoefer & Arnett made numerous assumptions
with respect to industry performance, business and economic conditions, and
other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Hoefer & Arnett and
American River Holdings. The analyses performed by Hoefer & Arnett are not
necessarily indicative of actual values or future results, which may be
significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses and do not
purport to be appraisals or reflect the prices at which a business may be sold
or the prices at which any securities may trade at the present time or at any
time in the future. In addition, as described above, Hoefer & Arnett's opinion,
along with its presentation to the American River Holdings board of directors,
was just one of the many factors taken into consideration by the American River
Holdings board of directors in approving the agreement.

         In connection with its opinion dated as of ________, 2000, Hoefer &
Arnett performed procedures to update, as necessary, certain of the analyses
described above. Hoefer & Arnett reviewed the assumptions on which the analyses
described above were based and the factors considered in connection therewith.
Hoefer & Arnett did not perform any analysis in addition to those described
above in updating its February 29, 2000 written opinion.

         The American River Holdings board of directors has retained Hoefer &
Arnett as an independent contractor to act as financial advisor to American
River Holdings regarding the merger. As part of its investment banking business,
Hoefer & Arnett is continually engaged in the valuation of banking businesses
and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated
underwritings, competitive biddings, secondary distributions of listed and
unlisted securities, private placements, and valuations for estate, corporate
and other purposes. Hoefer & Arnett has experience in, and knowledge of, the
valuation of banking enterprises. In the ordinary course of its business as a
broker-dealer, Hoefer

                                      111
<PAGE>

& Arnett may, from time to time, purchase securities from, and sell securities
to, American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. As a market maker in
securities, Hoefer & Arnett may from time to time have a long or short position
in, and buy or sell, debt or equity securities of American River Holdings and
North Coast Bank, N.A. for Hoefer & Arnett's own account and for the accounts of
its customers.

         Pursuant to its engagement letter with American River Holdings, Hoefer
& Arnett will receive a fee of $20,000. As of the date of this joint proxy
statement/prospectus, Hoefer & Arnett has received $15,000 of such fee. The
remainder is due upon mailing of the joint proxy statement/prospectus. American
River Holdings has also agreed to indemnify Hoefer & Arnett against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the federal securities laws, and to
reimburse Hoefer & Arnett for certain out-of-pocket expenses.

         The full text of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated's opinion, dated
________, 2000, is attached as Annex C and is incorporated here by this
reference. American River Holdings shareholders are urged to read the opinion in
its entirety.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TIME OF THE MERGER

         The merger agreement provides that the merger will be effective on the
date and at the time selected by the parties after the merger has been certified
by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, an executed copy of the bank
merger agreement has been filed with and accepted by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, all government approvals have been received and
satisfied and all other conditions to the merger have been satisfied. The date
and time on which the merger is effective as specified in the merger agreement
is referred to in this document as the effective date and effective time,
respectively. Although the parties have not adopted any formal timetable, it is
presently anticipated that the merger will be consummated on or before September
30, 2000, assuming all of the conditions set forth in the merger agreement are
satisfied or waived.

PURCHASE PRICE

         Each share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock issued and
outstanding prior to the effective time of the merger, other than shares as to
which dissenters' rights have been perfected, will be converted into the right
to receive a number of American River Holdings shares of common stock, plus cash
in lieu of fractional shares, according to a fixed conversion ratio of .9644 of
a share of American River Holdings common stock for each share of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock. The merger agreement does not contain any provisions to
adjust the conversion ratio.

CONVERSION OF SHARES OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. COMMON STOCK

         At the effective time, by virtue of the merger and without any action
on the part of the holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, each issued
and outstanding share of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock (other than
dissenting and fractional shares) will be converted into the right to receive
the per share consideration of American River Holdings common stock as discussed
above. See "--Purchase Price" on page 112. All shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled
and retired and will cease to exist, and each certificate previously
representing any North Coast Bank, N.A. shares will thereafter represent the
shares of American River Holdings common stock into which such shares of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock have been converted. Certificates previously
representing shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will be exchanged for
certificates representing whole shares of American River Holdings common stock
issued in consideration therefor upon the surrender of those certificates. Cash
will be paid in lieu of any
                                      112
<PAGE>

fractional share of American River Holdings common stock. See "--Exchange of
North Coast Bank, N.A. Stock Certificates; Fractional Interests" on page 113.
From and after the effective date, the holders of certificates formerly
representing shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will cease to have
any rights with respect to those shares.

EXCHANGE OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. STOCK CERTIFICATES; FRACTIONAL INTERESTS

         Prior to the effective date, American River Holdings has agreed to
appoint U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation, or its successor as exchange agent (the
"Exchange Agent") for the purpose of exchanging certificates representing shares
of American River Holdings common stock, and at and after the effective date,
American River Holdings will issue and deliver to the Exchange Agent
certificates representing the shares of American River Holdings common stock to
be delivered to holders of shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. As
soon as practicable after the effective date, each holder of shares of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, other than a dissenting holder, upon surrender to
the exchange agent of one or more certificates for the shares of North Coast
Bank, N.A. common stock for cancellation, will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing the number of shares of American River Holdings common
stock into which the number of shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
will have been converted and a payment in cash with respect to fractional
shares, if any.

         No dividends or other distributions of any kind which are declared
payable to shareholders of record of the shares of American River Holdings
common stock after the effective date will be paid to persons entitled to
receive the certificates for shares of American River Holdings common stock
until those persons surrender their certificates representing shares of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. Upon surrender of certificates representing
shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, the holder thereof will be paid,
without interest, any dividends or other distributions with respect to the
shares of American River Holdings common stock as to which the record date and
payment date occurred on or after the effective date and on or before the date
of surrender.

         If any certificate for shares of American River Holdings common stock
is to be issued in a name other than that in which the certificate for shares of
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock surrendered in exchange therefor is
registered, it will be a condition of the exchange that the person requesting
the exchange will pay to the Exchange Agent any transfer costs or other expenses
(except taxes) required by reason of the issuance of certificates for the shares
of American River Holdings common stock in a name other than the registered
holder of the certificate surrendered.

         All dividends or distributions, and any cash to be paid in lieu of
fractional shares, if held by the Exchange Agent for payment or delivery to the
holders of unsurrendered certificates representing shares of North Coast Bank,
N.A. common stock and unclaimed at the end of one year from the effective date,
will (together with any interest earned thereon) at that time be paid or
redelivered by the Exchange Agent to American River Holdings, and after that
time any holder of a certificate representing shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock who has not surrendered the certificate to the Exchange Agent will,
subject to applicable law, look as a general creditor only to American River
Holdings for payment or delivery of the shares of American River Holdings common
stock and dividends or distributions or cash, as the case may be.

         No fractional shares of American River Holdings common stock will be
issued to holders of shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. In lieu
thereof, each holder entitled to a fraction of a share of American River
Holdings common stock will receive, at the time of surrender of the certificate
or certificates representing the holder's shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
common stock, an amount in cash equal to the average of the closing bid and
asked prices for a share of American River Holdings common stock quoted on the
OTC Bulletin Board for each of the twenty trading days ending on the third

                                      113
<PAGE>

business day immediately preceding the effective date, multiplied by the
fraction of a share of American River Holdings common stock to which such holder
otherwise would be entitled and rounded to the nearest penny. No holder will be
entitled to dividends, voting rights, interest on the value of, or any other
rights in respect of, a fractional share.

TREATMENT OF STOCK OPTIONS

         At the effective time of the merger, the obligations under the North
Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan will be assumed by American River
Holdings. At the effective time of the merger, options to purchase shares of
North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock issued under North Coast Bank, N.A.'s 1990
Stock Option Plan that are outstanding will be converted, without any action on
the part of the holders thereof, into substitute options to acquire the number
of shares of American River Holdings common stock the option holder would have
received in the merger if he or she had exercised all of his or her options
immediately prior to the effective date. The option exercise price will be
adjusted to equal the exercise price per share for the options immediately prior
to the merger divided by the conversion ratio. Except as noted above, each North
Coast Bank, N.A. stock option will otherwise continue on terms and conditions
that are consistent with those that were applicable on the effective date.

INTERESTS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS IN THE MERGER

         American River Holdings. Directors and executive officers of American
River Holdings have interests in the merger in addition to their interest as
American River Holdings shareholders. The board of directors of American River
Holdings was aware of these interests and considered them, among other matters,
in approving the merger agreement. See "Introduction -- Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" -- American River Holdings on page
24.

         As of the record date, the directors and executive officers of American
River Holdings owned an aggregate of 620,680 shares of American River Holdings
common stock (including 148,480 shares subject to options exercisable within 60
days of the record date). Under the merger agreement, North Coast Bank, N.A. has
agreed to appoint two current directors of American River Holdings (David T.
Taber and Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S.) to the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of
directors. Dr. Taylor will be entitled to receive the directors' fees and
benefits which North Coast Bank, N.A. extends to its directors. Additionally,
all of the current American River Holdings and American River Bank directors
will continue to serve on the boards of directors of American River Holdings and
American River Bank and continue to receive the directors' fees and benefits
which American River Holdings and American River Bank extend to their directors.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. North Coast Bank, N.A. directors and executive
officers have interests in the merger in addition to their interests as North
Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders. The North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors was
aware of these interests and considered them, among other matters, in approving
the merger agreement. See "Introduction-- Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management"-- North Coast Bank, N.A. on page 27.

         As of the record date, the directors and executive officers of North
Coast Bank, N.A. beneficially owned an aggregate of 276,652 shares of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock (including 174,290 shares subject to options
exercisable based upon accelerated vesting in connection with the merger under
the North Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan). Under the merger agreement,
American River Holdings has agreed to appoint two current directors of North
Coast Bank, N.A., M. Edgar Deas and Larry L. Wasem, to the American River
Holdings board of directors who will be entitled to receive the directors' fees
and benefits which American River Holdings extends to its directors.
Additionally, all of

                                      114
<PAGE>

the current North Coast Bank, N.A. directors will continue to serve on the board
of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. and two of American River Holdings'
current directors, Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S. and David T. Taber, will become
members of the board of directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. Dr. Taylor will be
entitled to receive the directors' fees and benefits which North Coast Bank,
N.A. extends to its directors. After the effective time of the merger, Kathy A.
Pinkard will continue to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of North
Coast Bank, N.A. She will also be a member of the executive management committee
of American River Holdings.

         Kathy A. Pinkard is a party to an employment agreement dated December
16, 1999, and Debbie K. Fakalata and David A. Wattell are parties to change of
control employment agreements each dated December 16, 1999. These agreements
include provisions that provide severance benefits upon the occurrence of a
change of control of North Coast Bank, N.A. such as the merger. These agreements
provide that, upon termination following a change of control for reasons other
than cause, Ms. Pinkard, Ms. Fakalata and Mr. Wattell will each receive their
respective base salary through the last day of the calendar month of the
termination. If the termination occurs within three (3) years of the change of
control in the case of Ms. Pinkard and one hundred eighty (180) days in the case
of Ms. Fakalata and Mr. Wattell, additional payments will be received by each of
them equal to two (2) times the then current base salary in the case of Ms.
Pinkard and one (1) times the then current base salary in the case of Ms.
Fakalata and Mr. Wattell. Under these provisions, Ms. Pinkard, Ms. Fakalata, and
Mr. Wattell would be entitled to $209,000, $78,750 and $85,000, respectively.

         In addition, the merger agreement provides North Coast Bank, N.A.
directors and officers with rights to indemnification by American River
Holdings. See "Comparison Of Shareholder Rights--Indemnification of Directors
and Executive Officers" on page 147.

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

         Under the merger agreement, American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. have each agreed that, during the period from the date of the merger
agreement to the effective time of the merger, it and each of its respective
subsidiaries will:

         o    carry on its business in the ordinary course conducted prior to
              the execution of the merger agreement and in compliance with safe
              and sound banking practices and applicable law;

         o    preserve its business and business organizations intact, and
              preserve the goodwill of its customers and others having business
              relations with it;

         o    maintain its in customary repair, working order and condition;

         o    comply with all applicable laws, regulations, decrees and
              regulatory requirements; promptly forward to each party all
              communications received from any regulatory agency that are not
              prohibited by the regulatory agency from being disclosed; and
              inform each party of any material restrictions imposed by any
              regulatory agency on its business;

         o    use its best efforts to keep in force at not less than its present
              limits all insurance policies (including deposit insurance of the
              Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) to the extent reasonably
              practicable;

         o    use its reasonable best commercial efforts to keep available the
              services of its present officers and employees;

                                      115
<PAGE>

         o    timely file all reports, tax returns and other documents required
              to be filed with federal, state, local and other authorities;

         o    prior to foreclosure on any property concerning which it has
              knowledge, or should have knowledge, that any hazardous material
              was or is present, manufactured, recycled, reclaimed, released,
              stored, treated, or disposed of at or from the property, conduct
              an environmental audit and provide the results of the audit to and
              consult with each party regarding the significance of the audit;

         o    not sell, lease, pledge, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of
              any of its assets except in the ordinary course of its business,
              for adequate value, without recourse and consistent with its
              customary practice;

         o    not take any action with respect to its investments or risk
              management arrangements which are inconsistent with the policies
              established by its board of directors;

         o    not take any action to create, locate or terminate the operations
              of any banking office or branch, or to form any new subsidiary or
              affiliated entity;

         o    not settle or otherwise take any action to release or reduce any
              of its rights with respect to any litigation involving a claim of
              more than twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in which it is a
              party;

         o    not amend its articles of incorporation or association or bylaws
              or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any subsidiary; make
              any change in its authorized, issued or outstanding capital stock
              or any other equity security; issue, grant, sell, pledge, assign
              or otherwise encumber or dispose of, or purchase, redeem, retire
              or otherwise acquire (other than in a fiduciary capacity), shares
              of or securities convertible into, capital stock or other equity
              securities of their respective companies, or enter into any
              agreement, call or commitment of any character so to do; grant or
              issue any stock option relating to or right to acquire shares of
              its capital stock or other equity security; or agree to do any of
              the foregoing, except as expressly provided in the merger
              agreement; except for issuance of shares upon exercise of options
              granted under the American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan
              or the North Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan and
              outstanding at the time the merger agreement was executed;

         o    not declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution
              in respect of its common stock other than regular quarterly or
              semi-annual cash dividends on its common stock in amounts
              substantially equivalent to cash dividends paid in the two years
              prior to the date of the merger agreement;

         o    not change lending, investment, liability management and other
              material policies and procedures except as required by law or
              regulation; and

         o    not change the methods of accounting for their businesses, except
              as required by generally accepted accounting principles.

                                      116
<PAGE>

         In addition, North Coast Bank, N.A. has agreed that it will:

         o    take all necessary action to terminate the North Coast Bank, N.A.
              1990 Stock Option Plan at the effective time of the merger and to
              allow the exercise or surrender (in exchange for substitute
              options) of North Coast Bank, N.A. options outstanding thereunder;

         o    pending consummation of the merger, North Coast Bank, N.A. has
              agreed that it will not make, approve, or grant to any of its
              directors, officers, employees or agents with annual salaries in
              excess of $75,000: (1) any increase in the compensation payable or
              to become payable by it (including but not limited to compensation
              through any profit sharing, pension, retirement, severance,
              incentive or other employee benefit program or arrangement); (2)
              any bonus payment or any agreement to make a bonus payment; (3)
              any stock option, warrant or other right to acquire capital stock
              (except as provided in the merger agreement); (4) any employment
              or consulting agreement, unless American River Holdings has given
              its prior written consent, and except for payments to officers and
              employees of North Coast Bank, N.A. of regular salary increases,
              consistent with past practices in connection with regular salary
              reviews or bonuses consistent with past practices, as disclosed to
              American River Holdings;

         o    not cause, allow or suffer its officers or agents to commit to any
              loan, loan renewal or amendment, loan participation or other
              extension of credit, which does not comply in all material
              respects with its credit policies in effect and as disclosed to
              American River Holdings prior to the date of the merger agreement;
              All loan participations, real estate construction or development
              loans and loans to North Coast Bank, N.A. directors and officers
              regardless of amount and all other extensions of credit over
              $650,000, except for conforming FHLMC and FNMA loans, will be
              subject to American River Holdings' prior written consent. The
              prior written consent of American River Holdings will be deemed
              waived for any new stand-alone extension of credit that is below
              $650,000 and where the new stand-alone extension of credit is in
              compliance with North Coast Bank, N.A. credit policy and either
              the approving officer has the requisite lending authority or the
              loan(s) has (have) been approved by the North Coast Bank, N.A.
              loan committee or equivalent committee of the North Coast Bank,
              N.A. board of directors performing that function;

         o    notify American River Holdings promptly in writing upon the
              occurrence of: (1) the classification of any loan as
              "Non-Accrual," "Watch," "Other Assets Specially Mentioned,"
              "Substandard," "Doubtful" or "Loss"; or (2) the filing or
              commencement of any legal action or other proceeding or
              investigation against North Coast Bank, N.A., its directors,
              officers or employees will provide to American River Holdings on
              request reports on specified loans as described in the merger
              agreement; and maintain adequate reserves for loan losses;

         o    subject to specified exceptions, incur or commit to any capital
              expenditures for more than $25,000 in the aggregate; and

         o    until the effective time of the merger, subject to its fiduciary
              duties to its shareholders, not effect a merger or other business
              combination with a third party, and neither it or its officers,
              directors, affiliates, agents or advisors, shall solicit or
              encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries, discussions or
              proposals, or enter into discussions or negotiations providing for
              any business combination with a third party.

                                      117
<PAGE>

         Additionally, American River Holdings has agreed that it will:

         o    amend the articles of association and bylaws of ARH Interim
              National Bank, subject to obtaining requisite shareholder and
              governmental approvals, to change the name of the resulting bank
              to "North Coast Bank, National Association" and to provide for a
              board of directors consisting of five to twenty-five members with
              the exact number of directors set at eleven or another number
              agreed by the parties;

         o    take action to offer substitute stock options, exercisable for an
              equivalent number of shares of American River Holdings common
              stock, to all holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. stock options;

         o    take all necessary corporate action, including any required
              approval of the shareholders of American River Holdings, to amend
              its 1995 Stock Option Plan or establish a new stock option plan
              (see "Proposal No. 2, Approval of the American River Holdings 2000
              Stock Option Plan" on page 154) and cause to be filed and become
              effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a
              registration statement with respect to the options to be granted
              and shares to be issued thereunder to fulfill the obligations to
              grant substitute options to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A.
              options pursuant to the merger agreement;

         o    take all necessary action to list American River Holdings common
              stock for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, to be effective
              as soon as practicable following the effective time of the merger;

         o    amend, subject to shareholder approval and listing of American
              River Holdings common stock for trading on the Nasdaq National
              Market, its articles of incorporation and bylaws to classify its
              board of directors, and to appoint two of the existing directors
              of North Coast Bank, N.A. to the classified American River
              Holdings board of directors; if the proposal to classify the
              American River Holdings board of directors is approved by its
              shareholders, then one appointed director will be a class II
              director and the other appointed director will be a class III
              director, under the classified board structure described in
              "Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments to the American River
              Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide for the
              Classification of the Board of Directors" on page 160; and

         o    until the effective time of the merger, not solicit or accept a
              takeover proposal from a third party unless the proposal is
              expressly conditioned upon the performance by American River
              Holdings or the successor in interest of American River Holdings
              of its obligations under the merger agreement.

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

         Shareholders' Meetings. In the merger agreement, each of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. has agreed to call a meeting of its
shareholders to be held as promptly as practicable for the purpose of voting on
the merger. Each of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. is
required through its board of directors to recommend to its shareholders
approval of the merger agreement unless its board of directors determines in
good faith, based upon the written advice of outside counsel, that making the
recommendation, or failing to withdraw, modify or amend any previously made
recommendation, would constitute a breach of fiduciary duty by its board of
directors under applicable law.

                                      118
<PAGE>

         No Solicitations. Subject to the fiduciary duty of North Coast Bank,
N.A. board of directors, prior to the effective time of the merger, North Coast
Bank, N.A. has agreed not to enter into a transaction or series of transactions
with one or more third persons or groups providing for the acquisition of all or
a substantial part of North Coast Bank, N.A., whether by way of merger, exchange
of stock, sale of assets, or otherwise ("Business Combination") or directly or
indirectly. North Coast Bank, N.A. also agreed not to acquire or agree to
acquire any of its own capital stock or the capital stock or asset (except in a
fiduciary capacity or in the ordinary course of business) of any other entity,
or commence any proceedings for winding up and dissolution affecting either of
them, solicit or encourage any inquiries, discussions or proposals for any
Business Combination with any third party; or disclose, directly or indirectly,
any nonpublic information to any group concerning North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
business, properties, books or records or otherwise encourage any person, having
any actual or prospective role with respect to any Business Combination.
However, in the event the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of directors receives a
bona fide unsolicited offer for a Business Combination of North Coast Bank, N.A.
with another entity, and reasonably determines, upon advice of counsel, that as
a result of the offer, any duty to act or to refrain from doing any act under
the merger agreement is inconsistent with the continuing fiduciary duties of the
board to its shareholders, subject to the provisions of the merger agreement,
including payment of a termination fee to American River Holdings, a violation
of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s covenants will be excused and the violation will not
constitute the failure of any condition or a breach of the merger agreement. If
the merger is terminated because North Coast Bank, N.A. breaches the agreement
against entering into a Business Combination, North Coast Bank, N.A. is required
to pay to American River Holdings a termination fee. See "--Termination Fees" on
page 126.

         Filings and Other Actions. In the merger agreement, American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. have each agreed to use all reasonable
efforts:

         o    to take all actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal
              requirements which may be imposed on each party or its
              subsidiaries with respect to the transactions contemplated by the
              merger agreement; and

         o    to obtain (and to cooperate with the other party to obtain) any
              governmental or private consent, authorization, order, exemption
              or approval which is required to be obtained or made by each party
              or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the merger and the
              other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement. In
              addition, each of North Coast Bank, N.A. and American River
              Holdings has agreed to use its best efforts to take all actions
              necessary and proper or advisable to complete, as soon as
              practicable, the transactions contemplated by the merger
              agreement.

         Indemnification; Directors' And Officers' Insurance. Under the merger
agreement, from and after the effective date, American River Holdings will
indemnify and hold harmless each officer or director of North Coast Bank, N.A.
(determined as of the effective time of the merger) against all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, costs, expenses or judgments or amounts that are paid in
the settlement of or in connection with any claim, action, suit, proceeding or
investigation based on or arising out of (1) the fact that the person is or was
a director or officer of North Coast Bank, N.A. and (2) the merger agreement or
the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, in each case to the full
extent permitted by law.

         Additionally, from and after the effective date, American River
Holdings will include in its director and officer insurance policy persons who
served as directors and officers of North Coast Bank, N.A. or obtain extended
coverage under North Coast Bank, N.A.'s director and officer insurance policy to
cover claims made for a period of three years after the effective date regarding
acts or omissions of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s directors or officers prior to the
effective date. However, American River

                                      119
<PAGE>

Holdings will not be obligated to make annual premium payments for the insurance
to the extent the premiums exceed 150% of the premiums paid by North Coast Bank,
N.A. for the insurance, as previously disclosed to American River Holdings. If
the premiums for the insurance would at any time exceed 150% of the premiums
paid by North Coast Bank, N.A. for the insurance, then American River Holdings
will maintain policies of insurance which, in American River Holdings' good
faith determination, provide a maximum coverage available at an annual premium
equal to 150% of the premiums paid by North Coast Bank, N.A. in respect of the
insurance.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The merger agreement contains customary mutual representations by each
of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. relating to, among other
things (1) corporate organization, existence and power to enter into the merger
agreement and consummate the merger, (2) capitalization, (3) due authorization,
execution, delivery, performance and enforceability of the merger agreement, (4)
required governmental and third party consents and approvals and that neither
the merger agreement nor the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement
violate either party's organizational documents, applicable law and specified
material agreements, (5) financial statements, (6) compensation of officers and
employees, (7) the accuracy of the information provided by each of American
River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. for inclusion in this joint proxy
statement/prospectus, (8) compliance with applicable laws and possession of
requisite governmental permits and licenses, (9) filing of tax returns, payment
of taxes and related matters, (10) material contracts, (11) employee benefit
plans and agreements, (12) title to properties, (13) transactions with
affiliates, (14) the absence of material litigation, (15) insurance, (16) bank
regulatory matters, (17) the absence of material changes or events since
December 31, 1999, (18) the absence of undisclosed liabilities, (19) brokers'
and finders' fees, (20) ownership of intellectual property, (21) adequacy of
loan reserves, (22) compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act, (23) Year
2000 readiness, (24) validity and enforceability of all loans, other extensions
of credit, commitments or other interest-bearing assets and investments of North
Coast Bank, N.A., (25) absence of restrictions on ability to dispose of
investments, (26) absence of collective bargaining agreements, (27) validity and
prudence of risk management instruments,(28) accuracy of information in
governmental filings to be made in connection with the merger, and (29) accuracy
of representations and warranties as of the closing date.

         The representations and warranties of American River Holdings and North
Coast Bank, N.A. terminate as of the effective time of the merger.

CONDITIONS TO THE COMPLETION OF THE MERGER

         The merger will occur only if specified conditions are satisfied,
unless we agree to waive any condition that is not satisfied. It is not certain
when or if the conditions to the merger will be satisfied or waived, or if the
merger will be consummated.

         Each party's obligation to complete the merger is subject to various
conditions which include the following, in addition to other customary closing
conditions:

         o    the merger agreement and the terms of the merger must be approved
              by the affirmative vote or consent of shareholders holding at
              least a majority of the outstanding shares of American River
              Holdings common stock and at least two-thirds of the outstanding
              shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock;

         o    all necessary governmental filings must have been made and all
              necessary governmental approvals must have been obtained and be in
              effect. In addition, no governmental approval

                                      120
<PAGE>

              must require either of us to divest or cease any of our present
              businesses or operations or impose any other condition or
              requirement which we, in our reasonable judgment, consider to be
              materially burdensome;

         o    no legal, administrative, arbitration, investigatory or other
              proceeding by any governmental or regulatory authority which seeks
              to restrain or prohibit the merger must have been commenced or be
              threatened;

         o    the registration statement must have been declared effective and
              must not be subject to a stop order of the SEC, and no proceedings
              for that purpose must have been initiated or threatened by the
              SEC. In addition, the shares of American River Holdings common
              stock included in the registration statement must have received
              all permits or approvals required under all applicable state
              securities laws;

         o    each of us must have received a tax opinion from Perry-Smith LLP,
              based on customary assumptions and exceptions and factual
              statements and representations provided by the parties,
              substantially to the effect that, under federal income tax law and
              California income and franchise tax law: (a) the merger will not
              result in any recognized gain or loss to American River Holdings
              or North Coast Bank, N.A.; (b) except for cash received in lieu of
              any fractional share, no gain or loss will be recognized by
              holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock who receive shares
              of American River Holdings common stock in exchange for the shares
              of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock they hold; (c) the holding
              period for the shares of American River Holdings common stock
              issued in exchange for the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common
              stock in the merger will include the holding period of the shares
              of the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock for which they are
              exchanged, assuming that the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
              common stock are capital assets in the hands of the North Coast
              Bank, N.A. shareholder at the effective date of the merger; (d)
              the basis of the shares of American River Holdings common stock
              received by the North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders in the merger
              will be the same as the basis of the shares of North Coast Bank,
              N.A. common stock for which they are exchanged, less any basis
              attributable to fractional shares for which cash is received; (e)
              any North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder who dissents to the merger
              and receives cash for his or her shares of North Coast Bank, N.A.
              common stock will be treated as having received a distribution in
              redemption of his or her shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common
              stock, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302 of
              the Internal Revenue Code. Those North Coast Bank, N.A.
              shareholders who receive solely cash, who immediately after the
              merger hold no shares of American River Holdings common stock
              directly or through the application of Section 318 of the Internal
              Revenue Code, and thus whose interests are completely terminated
              within the meaning of Section 302(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue
              Code, will be treated as receiving a cash distribution in full
              payment for the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock as
              provided in Section 302(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. Gain or
              loss will be recognized to such North Coast Bank, N.A.
              shareholders measured by the difference between the redemption
              price and the adjusted basis of the shares of North Coast Bank,
              N.A. common stock. If the North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder holds
              such shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock as a capital
              asset, such gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss; (f) no
              gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of nonqualified
              options to buy shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock upon
              the conversion of those options into nonqualified options to buy
              shares of American River Holdings common stock under the same
              terms and conditions as in effect immediately prior to the merger;
              and (g) the substitution of incentive stock options to acquire
              shares of American River Holdings common stock for incentive stock
              options to acquire shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
              will not be a modification as defined in

                                      121
<PAGE>

              Section 424(h)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and will not
              result in the recognition of income, gain, or loss to the holders
              of the incentive stock options to acquire shares of North Coast
              Bank, N.A. common stock. Such options to acquire shares of
              American River Holdings common stock will be incentive stock
              options as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code;

         o    American River Holdings must receive a letter from American River
              Holdings' independent accountants that no conditions exist that
              would preclude accounting for the merger as a pooling-of-interests
              and North Coast Bank, N.A. must receive a letter from North Coast
              Bank, N.A.'s independent accountants to the effect that no
              conditions exist that would preclude North Coast Bank, N.A. from
              being a party to a business combination to be accounted for as a
              pooling-of-interests. In addition, no determination by any court,
              governmental or regulatory agency must have been made that the
              merger fails or will fail to qualify for pooling-of-interests
              accounting treatment;

         o    each party must have received an opinion from its financial
              advisor, dated within three days prior to the date this joint
              proxy statement/prospectus is mailed to you, to the effect that
              the conversion ratio is fair, from a financial point of view, to
              that party and its shareholders, and the opinion must not have
              been withdrawn prior to the effective time of the merger. Hoefer &
              Arnett Incorporated is the financial advisor to American River
              Holdings and Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and
              Company is the financial advisor to North Coast Bank, N.A. and the
              parties have received their respective opinions;

         o    the representations and warranties that each of us have made in
              the merger agreement must remain true and correct in all material
              respects as of the closing date and effective time of the merger;
              and each of us must have performed and complied, in all material
              respects, with all of the agreements we made in the merger
              agreement at or prior to the effective time of the merger;

         o    each party must have received a certificate signed by the other
              party's president and chief financial officer to the effect that
              the representations and warranties of each party set forth in the
              merger agreement, subject to the disclosure schedules delivered by
              each party to the other party on or prior to the closing date, are
              true and correct in all material respects as of the closing date;

         o    holders of not more than nine percent (9%) of the outstanding
              shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock and American River
              Holdings common stock will have perfected their dissenter's rights
              in the manner required by the National Bank Act and the rules and
              regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and
              under Chapter 13 of the California General Corporation Law, as
              applicable;

         o    each party must have received from the other party the
              certificates and other closing documents that their counsel
              reasonably requires in order to close the merger;

         o    we must have received signed affiliate agreements from each person
              who, in our opinion, might be deemed to be an affiliate of North
              Coast Bank, N.A. or American River Holdings under Rule 144 or Rule
              145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The affiliate
              agreements include provisions restricting specified actions by the
              affiliates of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A.,
              including the purchase, sale or other transfer of shares of
              American River Holdings common stock or North Coast Bank, N.A.
              common stock

                                      122
<PAGE>

              in a manner that could prevent the merger from qualifying for
              pooling-of-interests accounting treatment; and

         o    our boards of directors and executive officers must have delivered
              to us signed shareholder agreements, under which they agree to
              vote their shares of American River Holdings common stock and
              North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock, respectively, in favor of the
              merger, and to recommend to shareholders that they also vote in
              favor of the merger.

         The obligation of American River Holdings to consummate the merger is
subject to the following additional conditions:

         o    no material adverse change must have occurred since December 31,
              1999, in the business, financial condition, results of operations
              or assets of North Coast Bank, N.A., and North Coast Bank, N.A.
              must not have become a party to or threatened with any litigation
              or governmental proceeding that was not previously disclosed to
              American River Holdings;

         o    American River Holdings must have received a legal opinion from
              Lillick & Charles LLP, counsel to North Coast Bank, N.A., dated
              the effective date and in form and substance reasonably acceptable
              to American River Holdings and its counsel;

         o    American River Holdings must have received, on or before the
              effective date of the registration statement, a comfort letter on
              North Coast Bank, N.A. financial information as of March 31, 2000,
              and for the three month period then ended from North Coast Bank,
              N.A.'s independent public accountants, prepared in accordance with
              Statement of Accounting Standards No. 71, Interim Financial
              Information, and in form and substance satisfactory to American
              River Holdings and its counsel;

         o    not later than five business days prior to the effective date,
              North Coast Bank, N.A. will have furnished to American River
              Holdings a copy of its most recently prepared unaudited month-end
              consolidated financial statements for the month ended at least 10
              business days prior to the effective date;

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. must have received, or American River
              Holdings must be satisfied that North Coast Bank, N.A. will
              receive, all consents from third parties as may be required to
              close the merger, and the consents must remain in effect at the
              closing date; and

         o    as of the determination date, the closing date and the effective
              date, North Coast Bank, N.A. must have (a) total shareholders'
              equity and leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios,
              respectively, in amounts required to comply with the
              "well-capitalized" category of applicable federal banking
              regulations, (b) total reserves for losses on outstanding loans in
              compliance with the North Coast Bank, N.A. loan loss policy and
              procedures and at a level which, in the reasonable determination
              of American River Holdings, are adequate for regulatory purposes
              and for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles, (c)
              total shareholders' equity of $4,030,000, and (d) assets
              classified as "Substandard", "Doubtful", and "Loss" shall not
              exceed 15% of total shareholders' equity.

         The obligation of North Coast Bank, N.A. to consummate the merger is
subject to the following additional conditions:

         o    no material adverse change must have occurred since December 31,
              1999, in the business, financial condition, results of operations
              or assets of American River Holdings and American

                                      123
<PAGE>

              River Bank, taken together, and American River Holdings must not
              have become a party to or threatened with any litigation or
              governmental proceeding which, in North Coast Bank, N.A.'s
              reasonable judgment, could have a material adverse effect on the
              business, financial condition, results of operations or assets of
              American River Holdings and American River Bank taken together;

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. must have received a legal opinion from
              Coudert Brothers, counsel to American River Holdings, dated the
              effective date of the merger and in form and substance reasonably
              acceptable to North Coast Bank, N.A. and its counsel;

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. must have received, on or before the
              effective date of the registration statement, a comfort letter on
              American River Holdings financial information as of March 31,
              2000, and for the three month period then ended from American
              River Holdings' independent public accountants, prepared in
              accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 71, Interim
              Financial Information, and in form and substance satisfactory to
              North Coast Bank, N.A. and its counsel;

         o    not later than five business days prior to the effective date,
              American River Holdings will have furnished to North Coast Bank,
              N.A. a copy of its most recently prepared unaudited month-end
              consolidated financial statements for the month ended at least 10
              business days prior to the effective date of the merger; and

         o    American River Holdings must have received, or North Coast Bank,
              N.A. must be satisfied that American River Holdings will receive,
              all consents from third parties as may be required to close the
              merger, and the consents must remain in effect at the closing
              date; and

         o    as of the determination date, closing date and effective date,
              American River Holdings must have (a) total shareholders' equity
              and leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios,
              respectively, in amounts required to comply with the "well
              capitalized" category of applicable federal banking regulations,
              (b) total reserves for losses on outstanding loans in compliance
              with the American River Holdings loan loss policy and procedures
              and at a level which, in the reasonable determination of North
              Coast Bank, N.A., are adequate for regulatory purposes and for
              purposes of generally accepted accounting principles, and (c)
              total shareholders' equity of $16,700,000.

TERMINATION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT

         We can agree at any time to terminate the merger agreement without
completing the merger, even if the shareholders of both American River Holdings
and North Coast Bank, N.A. have approved it. Also, the merger agreement can be
terminated either by our mutual agreement or by one of us if specified events
occur. If the merger agreement is terminated, the merger will not occur.

         Either American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A. can terminate
the merger agreement if any of the following events occurs:

         o    if the merger is not completed by September 30, 2000 or another
              date that we approve; provided, however, that if the only
              conditions to the closing that remain unsatisfied at September 30,
              2000 (or other date that we approve) are the receipt of any
              requisite governmental approvals or the expiration of any legally
              required waiting periods, then the closing will be automatically
              extended to November 30, 2000 or other date we approve;

                                      124
<PAGE>
         o    thirty days after any governmental agency denies or refuses to
              grant an approval, consent or qualification that is required for
              the merger, unless we agree, during the 30 day period, to appeal
              the denial or refusal or we agree to file an amended application
              for the governmental approval, consent or qualification; and

         o    the shareholders of either American River Holdings or North Coast
              Bank, N.A. fail to approve the merger agreement and related
              transactions, including the merger, by the required vote.

         American River Holdings can elect to terminate the merger agreement if
any of the following events occur:

         o    any of the conditions to American River Holdings' obligations to
              complete the merger under the merger agreement have not been
              satisfied or waived by September 30, 2000 (or other date that we
              may approve);

         o    a material adverse change has occurred since December 31, 1999 in
              the business, financial condition, results of operations or assets
              of North Coast Bank, N.A.;

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. or any of its affiliates enters into a
              transaction or series of transactions with one or more third
              persons providing for the acquisition of all or a substantial part
              of North Coast Bank, N.A. or its subsidiaries, whether by way of
              merger, exchange or stock, sale of assets, or otherwise;

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. breaches or fails to satisfy any of its
              agreements in the merger agreement which would materially impair
              the benefits reasonably expected to be derived by American River
              Holdings and American River Bank from the merger, unless the
              breach or failure is waived by American River Holdings or cured by
              North Coast Bank, N.A. within 45 days after American River
              Holdings gives North Coast Bank, N.A. written notice of the breach
              or failure; and

         o    North Coast Bank, N.A. fails to deliver to American River Holdings
              the shareholder agreements, affiliates agreements, officer's
              certificate or opinion of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s legal counsel
              which are required by the merger agreement or if those documents
              are not in a form that is reasonably acceptable to American River
              Holdings.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. can elect to terminate the merger agreement if
any of the following events occur:

         o    any of the conditions to North Coast Bank, N.A.'s obligations to
              complete the merger under the merger agreement have not been
              satisfied or waived by September 30, 2000 (or other date that we
              may approve);

         o    a material adverse change has occurred since December 31, 1999 in
              the business, financial condition, results of operations or assets
              of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

         o    American River Holdings solicits or accepts any offer from any
              third party providing for the acquisition of all or a substantial
              part of American River Holdings or American River Bank, whether by
              way of merger, exchange or stock, sale of assets, or otherwise,
              unless the offer is

                                      125
<PAGE>


              expressly conditioned on the performance by American River
              Holdings or its successor of American River Holdings' obligations
              under the merger agreement;

         o    American River Holdings breaches or fails to satisfy any of its
              agreements in the merger agreement which would materially impair
              the benefits reasonably expected to be derived by North Coast
              Bank, N.A. from the merger, unless the breach or failure is waived
              by North Coast Bank, N.A. or cured by American River Holdings
              within 45 days after North Coast Bank, N.A. gives American River
              Holdings written notice of the breach or failure; and

         o    American River Holdings fails to deliver to North Coast Bank, N.A.
              the shareholder agreements, affiliates agreements, officer's
              certificate or opinion of American River Holdings' legal counsel
              which are required by the merger agreement or if those documents
              are not in a form that is reasonably acceptable to North Coast
              Bank, N.A.

         Any termination must be made by written notice from the party seeking
termination to the other party. In the event the merger agreement is terminated,
it will become void and have no effect, except that the termination will not
affect the provisions regarding payment of expenses, confidentiality, payment of
any termination fees if applicable or any relevant general provisions of the
merger agreement. Also, if the merger agreement is terminated due to a party's
breach, the termination will not relieve the breaching party from its liability
and the non-breaching party will retain all of its legal rights and remedies
against the breaching party for its breach.

TERMINATION FEES

         North Coast Bank, N.A. is required to pay American River Holdings the
amounts described below as liquidated damages if American River Holdings
terminates the merger agreement for any of the following reasons:

o    $1 million dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. or its affiliates enters into
     an agreement by which North Coast Bank, N.A. or its subsidiaries would be
     acquired by another entity;

o    $500 thousand dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. breaches any covenant in
     the merger agreement which materially impairs the benefit of the merger to
     American River Holdings, unless North Coast Bank, N.A. cures the breach
     within 45 days after written notice from American River Holdings; or

o    $500 thousand dollars if North Coast Bank, N.A. willfully or deliberately
     refuses to deliver to American River Holdings closing documents required by
     the merger agreement.

         American River Holdings is required to pay North Coast Bank, N.A. the
amounts described below as liquidated damages if North Coast Bank, N.A.
terminates the merger agreement for any of the following reasons:

o    $1 million dollars if American River Holdings solicits or accepts an offer
     from a third party to acquire American River Holdings or American River
     Bank and the offer does not require American River Holdings or the third
     party to comply with the merger agreement;

o    $500 thousand dollars if American River Holdings breaches any covenant in
     the merger agreement which materially impairs the benefit of the merger to
     North Coast Bank, N.A., unless American River Holdings cures the breach
     within 45 days after written notice from North Coast Bank, N.A.; or

                                      126
<PAGE>


o    $500 thousand dollars if American River Holdings willfully or deliberately
     refuses to deliver to North Coast Bank, N.A. closing documents required by
     the merger agreement.

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE MERGER

         Other than in the situations described in "Termination Fees" on page
126. and in the following paragraphs, whether or not the merger is completed in
accordance with the merger agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in
connection with the merger agreement and the transactions covered by the merger
agreement will be paid by the party incurring those expenses.

         American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. will each bear the
costs of distributing this joint proxy statement/prospectus and other proxy
materials and information relating to the merger agreement to its shareholders
and of conducting a meeting of its shareholders, but each party will pay
one-half of the (1) printing costs, (2) the fees and costs related to obtaining
a tax opinion, (3) the fees and costs related to obtaining a letter from their
independent accountants regarding pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, (4)
all fees and costs payable under state "blue sky" securities laws, (5) the fee
required to be paid to the Securities and Exchange Commission to register the
shares of American River Holdings common stock, (6) the fees and costs related
to any amendments to the American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan or for
the preparation of a new American River Holdings stock option plan for the North
Coast Bank, N.A. optionees, and (7) the fees related to preparation and filing
of applications to governmental agencies for approval of the merger agreement
and merger.

         The fees and costs related to the listing of the shares of American
River Holdings common stock for trading on the Nasdaq National Market will be
paid by American River Holdings.

AMENDMENT

         The merger agreement may be amended by the parties at any time before
or after approval of the merger agreement by the shareholders of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. However, after the approval by the
shareholders of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A., no amendment
will be made which by law requires further approval by those shareholders
without that further approval. The merger agreement may not be amended except by
an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties.

EXTENSION; WAIVER

         At any time prior to the closing of the merger, the parties, by action
taken or authorized by their respective board of directors, may, to the extent
legally allowed, (1) extend the time for the performance of any of the
obligations or other acts of the other parties, (2) waive any inaccuracies in
the representations and warranties contained in the merger agreement or in any
document delivered under it, and (3) waive compliance with any of the agreements
or conditions contained in the merger agreement. To "waive" means to give up
rights.

         Any agreement on the part of a party to the merger agreement to any
extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in a written instrument
signed on behalf of the party.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS FOLLOWING THE MERGER

         Upon the consummation of the merger, the separate corporate existence
of North Coast Bank, N.A. will cease and North Coast Bank, N.A. will be merged
with and into ARH Interim National Bank. All rights, franchises and interests of
North Coast Bank, N.A. will be assumed by and vested in ARH Interim National
Bank and the resulting bank will continue as a subsidiary of American River
Holdings
                                      127
<PAGE>


with the national bank charter number and name of North Coast Bank, N.A. The
directors and executive officers of North Coast Bank, N.A. prior to the
effective date will be the directors and executive officers of North Coast Bank,
N.A. following the merger, except that (a) two of the existing directors of
American River Holdings, David T. Taber and Dr. Roger J. Taylor, will become
directors of the resulting national banking association, (b) two North Coast
Bank, N.A. directors, M. Edgar Deas and Larry L. Wasem, will be added to the
board of directors of American River Holdings, and (c) Kathy A. Pinkard,
President and Chief Executive Officer of North Coast Bank, N.A., will be
appointed to serve on the executive management committee of American River
Holdings.

REQUIRED REGULATORY APPROVALS

         The merger must be approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System under the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended. American River Holdings intends to file an application with the Board
of Governors for approval of the merger. The application will address all of the
statutory and regulatory requirements of the Board of Governors.

         In conducting a review of any application for a merger, the Board of
Governors is required to consider the financial and managerial resources
(including the competence, experience and integrity of the officers, directors
and principal shareholders) and future prospects of the banks concerned and the
convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Bank Holding Company
Act also prohibits the Board of Governors from approving a merger if it would
result in a monopoly or be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to
monopolize or to attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any part of
the United States, or if its effect would be substantially to lessen competition
or to tend to create a monopoly, or if it would in any other manner result in a
restraint of trade, unless the Board of Governors finds that the anticompetitive
effects of the merger are clearly outweighed in the public interest by the
probable effect of the merger in meeting the convenience and needs of the
communities to be served. In addition, the Board of Governors has the authority
to deny an application if it concludes that the requirements of the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended, are not satisfied.

         A transaction approved by the Board of Governors may not be consummated
for at least 30 days (in some circumstances a 15-day waiting period is allowed)
after the approval. During that period, the Department of Justice may commence a
legal action challenging the transaction under federal antitrust laws. If the
Department of Justice does not commence a legal action during the 30-day period
(in some circumstances a 15-day waiting period is allowed), it may not
thereafter challenge the transaction except in an action commenced under the
antimonopoly provisions of Section 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act.

         The Bank Holding Company Act provides for the publication of notice and
the opportunity for administrative hearings relating to an application for
approval under the Act and authorizes the Board of Governors to permit
interested parties to intervene in the proceedings. If an interested party is
permitted to intervene, the intervention could substantially delay the
regulatory approval required for consummation of the merger.

         The merger of North Coast Bank, N.A. and ARH Interim National Bank is
subject to the prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
under Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "Bank
Merger Act") and Section 215a of the National Bank Act, as amended. American
River Holdings intends to file an application for approval of the merger with
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

         The application filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency will include an application for approval to organize an interim
national bank, named ARH Interim National Bank. Interim national banks are
federally chartered banks established to facilitate interim bank mergers and

                                      128
<PAGE>

they do not operate as banks in their own right. Nonetheless, they must comply
with chartering and organization requirements. The directors of American River
Holdings are the organizers of ARH Interim National Bank and they will serve as
its board of directors. Upon receipt of preliminary approval to organize, the
organizers of ARH Interim National Bank will file articles of association with
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and will comply with the other
conditions stated in the preliminary approval. Once organized, ARH Interim
National Bank is expected to become a party to the merger agreement by entering
into an addendum with American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. With
the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, North Coast Bank,
N.A. is expected to merge into ARH Interim National Bank pursuant to a bank
merger agreement, as described in the merger agreement.

         The Bank Merger Act requires the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency, when approving a transaction like the merger, to take into
consideration the financial and managerial resources (including the competence,
experience and integrity of the officers, directors and principal shareholders)
and future prospects of the existing and proposed institutions and the
convenience and needs of the communities to be served. In considering financial
resources and future prospects, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
will, among other things, evaluate the adequacy of the capital levels of the
parties to a proposed transaction and of the resulting institutions.

         The Bank Merger Act prohibits the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency from approving a merger if it would result in a monopoly or be in
furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or to attempt to
monopolize the business of banking in any part of the United States, or if its
effect in any section of the country would be substantially to lessen
competition or to tend to create a monopoly, or if it would in any other manner
result in a restraint of trade, unless the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency finds that the anti-competitive effects of the merger are clearly
outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in
meeting the convenience and needs of the communities to be served. In addition,
under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency must take into account the record of performance of the existing
institutions in meeting the credit needs of the entire community, including low-
and moderate-income neighborhoods, served by those institutions.

         The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency will furnish notice and a
copy of the application for approval of the merger to the Board of Governors,
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the United States Department of
Justice. These agencies have 30 days to submit their views and recommendations
to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Bank Merger Act also
provides for the publication of notice and public comment on applications filed
with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and authorizes the agency to
permit interested parties to intervene in the proceedings. If an interested
party is permitted to intervene, the intervention could delay the regulatory
approvals required for completion of the merger.

         Under the merger agreement, prior to the merger, all governmental
approvals required for the merger will be in effect, and all conditions or
requirements prescribed by law or any governmental approval will be satisfied.
However, no governmental approval will be deemed to have been received if it
will require the divestiture or cessation of any of the present businesses or
operations conducted by the parties or imposes any condition or requirement
which, in the reasonable opinion of the board of directors of American River
Holdings is deemed to be materially burdensome.

         The merger cannot proceed in the absence of the necessary regulatory
approvals. The respective managements of American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. believe that the merger should be approved by the Board of Governors
and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the merger should not be
subject to challenge by the Department of Justice under federal antitrust laws.
However,
                                      129
<PAGE>


no assurance can be provided that the Board of Governors, the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency or the Department of Justice will concur in this
assessment or that, in connection with the grant of any approval by the Board of
Governors or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, action taken, or
statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed
applicable to the merger or transactions contemplated thereby, will not contain
conditions or requirements which are materially burdensome as further described
in the merger agreement. If any materially burdensome condition or requirement
is imposed in connection with a governmental approval, a condition to American
River Holdings' obligation to consummate the merger will be deemed not to have
occurred and American River Holdings will have the right to terminate the merger
agreement.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The following discussion summarizes the material United States federal
income tax consequences of the merger. The discussion does not address all
aspects of United States federal taxation that may be relevant to you, and it
may not be applicable to North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders who, for United
States federal income tax purposes, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign
corporations, foreign partnerships, foreign trusts or foreign estates, or who
acquired their North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock by the exercise of North
Coast Bank, N.A. stock options or otherwise as compensation. YOU SHOULD CONSULT
YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE MERGER.

         This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, regulations thereunder, current administrative rulings and practice,
and judicial precedent, all of which are subject to change. Any change, which
may or may not be retroactive, could alter the tax consequences to you as
discussed in this joint proxy statement/prospectus. This discussion assumes that
you hold your North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock as a capital asset within the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code.

         American River Holdings' and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s obligation to
complete the merger is conditioned upon American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. receiving an opinion of Perry-Smith LLP, based upon customary
assumptions, exceptions and representations made by American River Holdings and
North Coast Bank, N.A., to the effect that under federal income tax law and
California income and franchise tax law:

         o    the merger will not result in any recognized gain or loss to
              American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A.;

         o    except for any cash received in lieu of any fractional share, no
              gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of North Coast
              Bank, N.A. common stock who receive American River Holdings common
              stock in exchange for the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock
              which they hold;

         o    the holding period of the American River Holdings common stock
              exchanged for North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will include the
              holding period of the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock for
              which it is exchanged, assuming the shares of North Coast Bank,
              N.A. common stock are capital assets in the hands of the holder
              thereof at the effective date;

         o    the basis of the American River Holdings common stock received in
              the exchange will be the same as the basis of the North Coast
              Bank, N.A. common stock for which it was exchanged, less any basis
              attributable to fractional shares for which cash is received; and

                                      130
<PAGE>


         o    a North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder who dissents to the merger
              and receives cash for his or her North Coast Bank, N.A. common
              stock will be treated as having received a distribution in
              redemption of his or her North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock,
              subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302 of the
              Internal Revenue Code. Those North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders
              who receive solely cash, who immediately after the merger hold no
              shares of American River Holdings common stock directly or through
              the application of Section 318 of the Internal Revenue Code, and
              thus whose interests are completely terminated within the meaning
              of Section 302(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, will be treated
              as receiving a cash distribution in full payment for the shares of
              North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock as provided in Section 302(a)
              of the Internal Revenue Code. Gain or loss will be recognized to
              such North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders measured by the
              difference between the redemption price and the adjusted basis of
              the shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. If the North
              Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder holds such shares of North Coast
              Bank, N.A. common stock as a capital asset, such gain or loss will
              be a capital gain or loss.

         o    No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of nonqualified
              options to buy shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock upon
              the conversion of those options into nonqualified options to buy
              shares of American River Holdings common stock under the same
              terms and conditions as in effect immediately prior to the merger.

         o    The substitution of incentive stock options to acquire shares of
              American River Holdings common stock for incentive stock options
              to acquire shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock will not
              be a modification as defined in Section 424(h)(3) of the Internal
              Revenue Code, and will not result in the recognition of income,
              gain, or loss to the holders of the incentive stock options to
              acquire shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. Such
              options to acquire shares of American River Holdings common stock
              will be incentive stock options as defined in Section 422(b) of
              the Internal Revenue Code.

         Perry-Smith LLP has indicated that it expects to be able to deliver its
tax opinion. Opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the
courts and no ruling has been or will be obtained from the Internal Revenue
Service in connection with the merger.

         THE FOREGOING IS A GENERAL DISCUSSION OF THE MATERIAL UNITED STATES
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER AND IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL
INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE
PARTICULAR FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF YOUR STATUS AND ATTRIBUTES. AS A RESULT,
THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ADDRESSED IN THE FOREGOING
DISCUSSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN VIEW OF THE INDIVIDUAL NATURE OF INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION AND
EFFECT OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN UNITED STATES FEDERAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

         For accounting and financial reporting purposes, the merger is expected
to qualify as a pooling of interests of North Coast Bank, N.A. by American River
Holdings under generally accepted accounting principles. Under the pooling of
interests accounting method, American River Holdings will carry forward on its
books the assets and liabilities of North Coast Bank, N.A. at their historical
recorded values, subject to any adjustments required to conform the accounting
policies and financial statement classification of the two companies. Income of
the combined American River Holdings will include income of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. for the entire fiscal year in which the
combination occurs and the reported income, assets, liabilities and
shareholders' equity of the separate

                                      131
<PAGE>


companies for previous periods will be combined and restated as income, assets,
liabilities and shareholders' equity of American River Holdings. The unaudited
pro forma combined financial information contained in this joint proxy
statement/prospectus have been prepared using the pooling of interests method of
accounting to account for the merger. See "Summary--Selected Historical and Pro
Forma Financial Data" on page 12 and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Information" on page 136.

TRADING MARKETS FOR STOCK

         The American River Holdings common stock is not listed on any exchange
and is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "AMRB.OB." American
River Holdings will take the action necessary to apply for the listing of shares
of American River Holdings common stock (including the shares to be issued in
the merger and the shares of American River Holdings common stock to be reserved
for issuance upon the exercise of existing North Coast Bank, N.A. stock options)
to be approved for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, subject to official
notice of issuance, on or as soon as practicable following the effective time of
the merger.

         The North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock is not listed on any exchange
and is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "NCTA.OB." If the
merger is consummated, American River Holdings will take action to cause the
North Coast Bank, N.A. shares to cease to be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board
and public trading of the North Coast Bank, N.A. shares will cease.

RESALES OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS COMMON STOCK

         The American River Holdings common stock issued in the merger will be
freely transferable under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except for
shares issued to any North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder who may be deemed to be
an "affiliate" of American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A. for purposes
of Rule 145 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Each director and
executive officer of North Coast Bank, N.A. is deemed to be an affiliate. Each
North Coast Bank, N.A. director and each other person deemed to be an affiliate
has entered into an agreement with American River Holdings providing that the
person will not transfer any shares of American River Holdings common stock
received in the merger, except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and applicable rules thereunder.

                               DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS SHAREHOLDERS

         Dissenters' rights will be available to the shareholders of American
River Holdings in accordance with Chapter 13 of the California General
Corporation Law ("Chapter 13"). A copy of Chapter 13 is attached as Annex D to
this joint proxy statement/prospectus and should be read for more complete
information concerning dissenters' rights. If the merger is consummated,
shareholders of American River Holdings who dissent from the merger by complying
with the procedures set forth in Chapter 13 would be entitled to receive an
amount equal to the fair market value of their shares as of March 1, 2000, the
last business day before the public announcement of the merger. The bid, asked
and closing prices for American River Holdings common stock quoted on the OTC
Bulletin Board on March 1, 2000 were $12.50, $13.50, and $12.50, respectively.
THE REQUIRED PROCEDURE SET FORTH IN CHAPTER 13 MUST BE FOLLOWED EXACTLY OR ANY
DISSENTERS' RIGHTS MAY BE LOST. The information set forth below is a general
summary of dissenters' rights as they apply to American River Holdings
shareholders and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Annex D.

                                      132
<PAGE>

         In order to be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights, the shares of
American River Holdings common stock which are outstanding and are entitled to
be voted at the annual meeting must not have been voted by the holder of such
shares "FOR" the merger. Thus, any American River Holdings shareholder who
wishes to dissent and executes and returns a proxy in the accompanying form or
votes at the annual meeting must not vote "FOR" the merger. If the shareholder
returns a proxy with instructions to vote "FOR" the merger, or votes in person
or by proxy at the annual meeting "FOR" the merger, the shareholder will lose
any dissenters' rights.

         Furthermore, in order to preserve his or her dissenters' rights, an
American River Holdings shareholder must make a written demand upon American
River Holdings for the purchase of dissenting shares and payment to the
shareholder of their fair market value, specifying the number of shares held of
record by the shareholder and a statement of what the shareholder claims to be
the fair market value of those shares as of March 1, 2000. The demand must be
addressed to American River Holdings,1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107,
Sacramento, California 95815; Attention: Corporate Secretary, and must be
received by American River Holdings not later than 30 days after the date on
which the written notice of approval described below is sent to shareholders who
have not voted "FOR" approval of the merger. A vote "AGAINST" the merger does
not constitute the written demand.

         If the merger is approved by the shareholders, American River Holdings
will have 10 days after the approval to send to those shareholders who have note
voted "FOR" approval of the merger, a written notice of the approval accompanied
by a copy of sections 1300 through 1304 of Chapter 13, a statement of the price
determined by American River Holdings to represent the fair market value of the
dissenting shares as of March 1, 2000, and a brief description of the procedure
to be followed if a shareholder desires to exercise dissenters' rights. Within
30 days after the date on which the notice of the approval of the merger is
mailed, the dissenting shareholder must surrender to American River Holdings, at
the office designated in the notice of approval, both the written demand and the
certificates representing the dissenting shares to be stamped or endorsed with a
statement that they are dissenting shares or to be exchanged for certificates of
appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed. Any shares of American River
Holdings common stock that are transferred prior to their submission for
endorsement lose their status as dissenting shares.

         If American River Holdings and the dissenting shareholder agree that
the surrendered shares are dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the
shares, the dissenting shareholder will be entitled to the agreed price with
interest thereon at the legal rate on judgments from the date of the agreement.
Payment of the fair market value of the dissenting shares will be made within 30
days after the amount thereof has been agreed upon or 30 days after any
statutory or contractual conditions to the merger have been satisfied, whichever
is later, subject to the surrender of the certificates therefor, unless provided
otherwise by agreement.

         If American River Holdings denies that the shares surrendered are
dissenting shares, or American River Holdings and the dissenting shareholder
fail to agree upon a fair market value of the shares of American River Holdings
common stock, then the dissenting shareholder of American River Holdings must,
within six months after the notice of approval is mailed, file a complaint at
the Superior Court of the proper county requesting the court to make the
determinations or intervene in any pending action brought by any other
dissenting shareholder. If the complaint is not filed or intervention in a
pending action is not made within the specified six-month period, the
dissenters' rights are lost. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares
is at issue, the court will determine, or will appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value.

         A dissenting shareholder may not withdraw his or her dissent or demand
for payment unless American River Holdings consents to the withdrawal.


                                      133
<PAGE>


DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. SHAREHOLDERS

         If the merger agreement is approved by the required vote of North Coast
Bank, N.A. shareholders, and is not abandoned or terminated, shareholders of
North Coast Bank, N.A. who voted "AGAINST" the merger or who give notice in
writing at or prior to the special meeting that the shareholder dissents, may be
entitled to dissenters' rights under Section 215a(b),(c) and (d) of Title 12 of
the United States Code. A copy of Section 215a(b), (c) and (d) and Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency Banking Circular 259 are attached as Annex E to this
joint proxy statement/prospectus and should be read for more complete
information concerning dissenters' rights. Banking Circular 259 describes the
specific requirements of the appraisal process conducted by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency discussed below and includes examples of appraisal
results in various transactions. THE REQUIRED PROCEDURE SET FORTH IN SECTION
215A(b), (c) AND (d) OF TITLE 12 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE MUST BE FOLLOWED
EXACTLY OR ANY DISSENTERS' RIGHTS MAY BE LOST. The information set forth below
is a general summary of dissenters' rights as they apply to North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Annex E.

         In order to be entitled to exercise dissenters' rights, a shareholder
of North Coast Bank, N.A. must vote "AGAINST" the merger or give notice in
writing at or prior to the special meeting that the shareholder dissents. Thus,
any North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder who executes and returns a proxy in the
accompanying form and wishes to dissent, must specify that his or her shares are
to be voted "AGAINST" the merger. If the shareholder returns a proxy without
voting instructions or with instructions to vote "FOR" the merger, his or her
shares will automatically be voted in favor of the merger and the shareholder
will lose any dissenters' rights. In addition, if the shareholder abstains from
voting his or her shares, the shareholder will lose his or her dissenters'
rights.

         Furthermore, in order to preserve his or her dissenters' rights, a
North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder must make a written demand upon North Coast
Bank, N.A. for the purchase of dissenting shares and payment to the shareholder
of the fair market value. The written demand must be made prior to thirty days
after the date of consummation of the merger, and be accompanied by the
surrendered certificates representing the dissenting North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholders' interest in North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. American River
Holdings will mail notice of the date of consummation of the merger immediately
after consummation to all dissenting North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders,
together with a letter of transmittal for their use in submitting their North
Coast Bank, N.A. stock certificates to American River Holdings for payment. A
vote "AGAINST" the merger does not constitute the required written demand.

         The value of the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock to be purchased by
American River Holdings from dissenting North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders will
be determined as of the effective date of the merger, by an appraisal made by a
committee of three persons, one selected by the majority vote of the dissenting
North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders, one by the directors of North Coast Bank,
N.A. and one by the two so selected. The valuation agreed upon by any two of the
three appraisers will govern. The appraisers will determine the value of any
dissenting shares within ninety days from the date of consummation of the
merger. In the event that any one or more appraiser is not selected or the
appraisers fail to determine the value of the dissenting shares within this
ninety day time period, any party may request an appraisal to be made by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which appraisal will be final and
binding on all parties.

         If the valuation determined by the appraiser is unsatisfactory to any
dissenting North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholder, that shareholder may appeal to
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency within five days after being
notified of the appraised value of the shares. In this event, the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency will cause a reappraisal to be made and this
reappraisal will be final and


                                      134
<PAGE>


binding as to the value of the shares of the appealing North Coast Bank, N.A.
shareholder. The expenses of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
incurred in making the appraisal or reappraisal, as the case may be, will be
paid by the resulting bank in the merger.


                                      135
<PAGE>

                          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                         COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as
of March 31, 2000 combines the historical consolidated balance sheets of
American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. as if the merger had been
effective on March 31, 2000, after giving effect to adjustments. These
adjustments are based on estimates. The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 1999 and
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 present the combined
results of operations of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. as
if the merger had been effective at the beginning of each period. The Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information has been prepared from, and
should be read in conjunction with, the historical consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank,
N.A.

         The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information and
accompanying notes reflect the application of the pooling of interests method of
accounting for the merger. Under this method of accounting, the recorded assets,
liabilities, shareholders' equity, income and expenses of American River
Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. are combined and reflected at their
historical amounts.

         The pro forma combined figures shown in the Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Information are simply arithmetical combinations of
American River Holdings' and North Coast Bank, N.A.'s separate financial
results; you should not assume that American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. would have achieved the pro forma combined results if they had
actually been combined during the periods presented.

         THE COMBINED COMPANY EXPECTS TO ACHIEVE MERGER BENEFITS IN THE FORM OF
OPERATING COST SAVINGS AND REVENUE ENHANCEMENTS. THE PRO FORMA EARNINGS, WHICH
DO NOT REFLECT ANY DIRECT COSTS OR POTENTIAL SAVINGS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO
RESULT FROM THE CONSOLIDATION OF THE OPERATIONS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND
NORTH COAST BANK, N.A., ARE NOT INDICATIVE OF THE RESULTS OF FUTURE OPERATIONS.
NO ASSURANCES CAN BE GIVEN WITH RESPECT TO THE ULTIMATE LEVEL OF EXPENSE SAVINGS
OR REVENUE ENHANCEMENTS. FOR FURTHER EXPLANATION ABOUT THESE RISKS, READ THE
INFORMATION UNDER "INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" ON PAGE 21
AND "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 18.



                                      136
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
                                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                                        AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                                                                 ARH
                                                                                                               and NCB
                                                                ARH               NCB        Adjustments(1)    Combined
                                                             ---------         ---------     -------------    ---------

ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>          <C>              <C>
  Cash and due from banks                                    $  12,536         $   2,862     $       -        $  15,398
  Federal funds sold                                             1,150             3,150          (316)           3,984
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------
  Total cash and cash equivalents                               13,686             6,012          (316)          19,382
Interest bearing deposits in other financial                     5,631               899             -            6,530
institutions
Securities:
  Available for sale, at fair value                             33,974             1,697             -           35,671
  Held to maturity, at amortized cost                           19,623                 -             -           19,623
Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan and
lease losses
  and deferred fees                                            118,485            39,648             -          158,133
Premises and equipment, net of
  accumulated depreciation and amortization                        542               730             -            1,272
Accrued interest receivable                                      1,283               275             -            1,558
Intangibles                                                        151                 -             -              151
Accounts receivable servicing receivables                        2,280                 -             -            2,280
Other assets                                                     1,674               284             -            1,958
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------

TOTAL ASSETS                                                 $ 197,329         $  49,545     $    (316)       $ 246,558
                                                             =========         =========     =========        =========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits                        $  45,311         $   9,098                      $  54,409
  Interest-bearing deposits                                    131,018            35,247             -          166,265
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------
    Total deposits                                             176,329            44,345                        220,674
Other borrowings                                                 2,115             1,000                          3,115
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                           1,485               106             -            1,591
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------
  Total liabilities                                            179,929            45,451                        225,380

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock                                                      -                 -             -                -
Common stock                                                     6,722             1,889             -            8,611
Additional paid in capital                                           -             1,827             -            1,827
Retained earnings                                               10,965               392          (316)          11,041
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                                                                  (287)              (14)            -             (301)
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------
  Total shareholders' equity                                    17,400             4,094          (316)          21,178
                                                             ---------         ---------     ---------        ---------

  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                 $ 197,329         $  49,545     $    (316)       $ 246,558
                                                             =========         =========     =========        =========

</TABLE>

                                                                 137
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND NORTH COAST BANK, N.A.
                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                           FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                                                ARH
                                                                                                              and NCB
                                                               ARH                NCB       Adjustments(1)    Combined
                                                            ----------          --------   --------------  ----------
INTEREST INCOME
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>         <C>            <C>
  Loans including fees                                      $    2,804          $  1,000   $       -       $    3,804
  Securities:
 Taxable                                                           711                19           -              730
  Exempt from federal taxes                                        111                 2           -              113
  Dividends                                                         16                 4           -               20
  Investments in time deposits                                      86                11           -               97
  Federal funds sold                                                38                21           -               59
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                            3,766             1,057           -            4,823
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest on deposits                                           1,279               339           -            1,618
  Other borrowings                                                  38                15           -               53
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                           1,317               354           -            1,671
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                              2,449               703           -            3,152

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                          105                28           -              133
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES              2,344               675           -            3,019
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                              113                31           -              144
  Other fees and charges                                           337                55           -              392
  Gain on sale of available for sale securities                      5                 -           -                5
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                           455                86           -              541
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Salaries and employee benefits                                   935               252           -            1,187
  Occupancy                                                        111                72           -              183
  Furniture and equipment expense                                   59                45           -              104
  Professional fees                                                 66                42           -              108
  Advertising and promotion                                         36                26           -               62
  Supplies                                                          22                14           -               36
  Outsourced item processing                                        68                51           -              119
  Telephone and postage                                             53                11           -               64
  Other                                                            175                86           -              261
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        1,525               599           -            2,124
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                         1,274               162           -            1,436

  Provision for income taxes                                       480                66           -              546
                                                            ----------          --------   ---------       ----------

NET INCOME                                                  $      794          $     96   $       -       $      890
                                                            ==========          ========   =========       ==========

EARNINGS PER SHARE:(2)
  Basic                                                     $     0.44          $    .20   $       -       $      .40
                                                            ==========          ========   =========       ==========
  Diluted                                                   $     0.42          $    .19   $       -       $      .38
                                                            ==========          ========   =========       ==========

Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic             1,793,274           472,354     (16,816)       2,248,812
                                                            ==========          ========   =========       ==========

Weighted average common shares and common share
  equivalents outstanding-diluted                            1,877,503           500,977     (17,835)       2,360,645
                                                            ==========          ========   =========       ==========
</TABLE>
                                                                 138
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                           FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1999
                                                (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                                                                  ARH
                                                                                                                and NCB
                                                                  ARH             NCB        Adjustments(1)    Combined
                                                               ----------       --------     -------------    ----------
INTEREST INCOME
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
  Loans including fees                                         $    2,649       $    753       $     -        $    3,402
  Securities:
    Taxable                                                           453             13             -               466
    Exempt from federal taxes                                          63              2             -                65
    Dividends                                                          13              3             -                16
  Investments in time deposits                                         72              6             -                78
  Federal funds sold                                                   32             48             -                80
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                               3,282            825             -             4,107
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest on deposits                                                985            291             -             1,276
  Other borrowings                                                     34              -             -                34
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------
OTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                               1,019            291             -             1,310
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                                 2,263            534             -             2,797

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                              94             30             -               124
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                 2,169            504             -             2,673
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                 114             23             -               137
  Other fees and charges                                              190             35             -               225
  Gain on sale of available for sale securities                         -              -             -               -
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                              304             58             -               362
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Salaries and employee benefits                                      842            229             -             1,071
  Occupancy                                                           101             54             -               155
  Furniture and equipment expense                                      59             44             -               103
  Professional fees                                                    35             18             -                53
  Advertising and promotion                                            23             20             -                43
  Supplies                                                             30             16             -                46
  Outsourced item processing                                           54             48             -               102
  Telephone and postage                                                50             11             -                61
  Other                                                               186             63             -               249
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                           1,380            503             -             1,883
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                            1,093             59             -             1,152

Provision for income taxes                                            420             22             -               442
                                                               ----------       --------       -------        ----------

NET INCOME                                                     $      673       $     37      $      -        $      710
                                                               ==========       ========       =======        ==========


EARNINGS PER SHARE: (2)
  Basic                                                        $     0.37       $    .08      $      -        $      .31
                                                               ==========       ========       =======        ==========
  Diluted                                                      $     0.35       $    .08      $      -        $      .29
                                                               ==========       ========       =======        ==========

Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic                1,832,036        472,354       (16,816)        2,287,574
                                                               ==========       ========       =======        ==========

Weighted average common shares and common share
  equivalents outstanding-diluted                               1,946,703        491,088       (17,483)        2,420,308
                                                               ==========       ========       =======        ==========
</TABLE>
                                                                 139
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                                                              ARH
                                                                                                             and NCB
                                                               ARH             NCB       Adjustments(1)    Combined
                                                            ----------       --------    --------------    ----------

INTEREST INCOME
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>
  Loans including fees                                      $   10,543       $  3,383     $        -        $   13,926
  Securities:
    Taxable                                                      2,066             46                            2,112
    Exempt from federal taxes                                      330              9              -               339
    Dividends                                                       51             14              -                65
  Investments in time deposits                                     290             46              -               336
  Federal funds sold                                               299            152              -               451
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                           13,579          3,650              -            17,229
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest on deposits                                           4,143          1,173              -             5,316
  Other borrowings                                                 137             22              -               159
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                           4,280          1,195              -             5,475
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------
NET INTEREST INCOME                                              9,299          2,455              -            11,754

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                          407            175              -               582
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES              8,892          2,280              -            11,172
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                              438             99              -               537
  Other fees and charges                                         1,082            168              -             1,250
  Gain on sale of available for sale securities                      -              -              -                 -
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                         1,520            267              -             1,787
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Salaries and employee benefits                                 3,496            870              -             4,366
  Occupancy                                                        420            279              -               699
  Furniture and equipment expense                                  257            200              -               457
  Professional fees                                                165             64              -               229
  Advertising                                                      105            106              -               211
  Supplies                                                         121             71              -               192
  Outsourced item processing                                       222            188              -               410
  Telephone and postage                                            198             51              -               249
  Other                                                            759            338              -             1,097
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        5,743          2,167              -             7,910
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                         4,669            380              -             5,049

Provision for income taxes                                       1,768            153              -             1,921
                                                            ----------       --------       --------        ----------

NET INCOME                                                       2,901            227              -             3,128
                                                            ==========       ========       ========        ==========
EARNINGS PER SHARE:(2)
  Basic                                                     $     1.59       $   0.48       $      -        $     1.37
                                                            ==========       ========       ========        ==========
  Diluted                                                   $     1.50       $   0.46       $      -        $     1.30
                                                            ==========       ========       ========        ==========

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic           1,820,013        472,354        (16,816)        2,275,551
                                                            ==========       ========       ========        ==========

Weighted average common shares and common share
  equivalents outstanding-diluted                            1,932,813        489,672        (17,432)        2,405,053
                                                            ==========       ========       ========        ==========
</TABLE>
                                                                 140
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                                                       ARH
                                                                                                                     and NCB
                                                                        ARH              NCB     Adjustments(1)     Combined
                                                                    -----------       --------   -------------     ----------

INTEREST INCOME
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>         <C>              <C>
  Loans including fees                                              $    10,472      $   2,610    $        -       $   13,082
  Securities:
    Taxable                                                               1,867            146             -            2,013
    Exempt from federal taxes                                               209              6             -              215
    Dividends                                                                63             12             -               75
  Investments in time deposits                                              293             24             -              317
  Federal funds sold                                                        283            192             -              475
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                                    13,187          2,990             -           16,177
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest on deposits                                                    4,318            973             -            5,291
  Other borrowings                                                          143              -             -              143
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                                    4,461            973             -            5,434
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                                       8,726          2,017             -           10,743

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                                   360            149             -              509
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                       8,366          1,868             -           10,234
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                                       447             88             -              535
  Other fees and charges                                                    856            116             -              972
  Gain on sale of available for sale securities                               -              -             -                -
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                                  1,303            204             -            1,507
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Salaries and employee benefits                                          3,310            712             -            4,022
  Occupancy                                                                 409            147             -              556
  Furniture and equipment expense                                           289            154             -              443
  Professional fees                                                         158             77             -              235
  Advertising                                                                91             58             -              149
  Supplies                                                                  118             45             -              163
  Outsourced item processing                                                213            188             -              401
  Telephone and postage                                                     194             34             -              228
  Other                                                                     818            202             -            1,020
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                                 5,600          1,617             -            7,217
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                  4,069            455             -            4,524

Provision for income taxes                                                1,564            109             -            1,673
                                                                    -----------      ---------    ----------       ----------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                   $     2,505      $     346    $        -       $    2,851
                                                                    ===========      =========    ==========       ==========
EARNINGS PER SHARE:   (2)
  Basic                                                             $      1.37      $    0.73    $        -       $     1.25
                                                                    ===========      =========    ==========       ==========
  Diluted                                                           $      1.24      $    0.70    $        -       $     1.14
                                                                    ===========      =========    ==========       ==========


Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic                      1,829,351        471,794       (16,796)       2,284,349
                                                                    ===========      =========    ==========       ==========
Weighted average common shares and common share equivalents
  outstanding-diluted                                                 2,024,187        493,830       (17,580)       2,500,437
                                                                    ===========      =========    ==========       ==========
</TABLE>
                                                                 141
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                                                                 ARH
                                                                                                               and NCB
                                                             ARH               NCB        Adjustments(1)      Combined
                                                          -----------        --------     --------------      ---------
INTEREST INCOME
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>          <C>               <C>
  Loans including fees                                    $     9,352       $   2,162     $        -        $   11,514
  Securities:
    Taxable                                                     1,872             256              -             2,128
    Exempt from federal taxes                                     150               -              -               150
    Dividends                                                      61              12              -                73
  Investments in time deposits                                    281               5              -               286
  Federal funds sold                                              300              98              -               398
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME                                          12,016           2,533              -            14,549
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
INTEREST EXPENSE
  Interest on deposits                                          4,201             753              -             4,954
  Other borrowings                                                 13               -              -                13
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE                                          4,214             753              -             4,964
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
NET INTEREST INCOME                                             7,802           1,780              -             9,582

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES                                         535              70              -               605
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES             7,267           1,710              -             8,977
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------

NONINTEREST INCOME
  Service charges on deposit accounts                             424             104              -               528
  Other fees and charges                                          574             166              -               740
  Gain on sale of available for sale securities                     -               -              -               -
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------

TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME                                          998             270              -             1,268
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
  Salaries and employee benefits                                2,893             776              -             3,669
  Occupancy                                                       405             142              -               547
  Furniture and equipment expense                                 335             157              -               492
  Professional fees                                               141              76              -               217
  Advertising                                                      73              42              -               115
  Supplies                                                        122              48              -               170
  Outsourced item processing                                      185             168              -               353
  Telephone and postage                                           184              39              -               223
  Other                                                           648             186              -               834
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                       4,986           1,634              -             6,620
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                        3,279             346              -             3,625

Provision for income taxes                                      1,278               -              -             1,278
                                                          -----------       ---------     ----------        ----------
NET INCOME                                                $     2,001       $     346     $        -        $    2,349
                                                          ===========       =========     ==========        ==========
EARNINGS PER SHARE:  (2)
  Basic                                                   $      1.09       $    0.73     $        -        $     1.02
                                                          ===========       =========     ==========        ==========
  Diluted                                                 $      0.99       $    0.72     $        -        $      .95
                                                          ===========       =========     ==========        ==========

Average common shares outstanding-basic                     1,844,151         471,667        (16,791)        2,299,027
                                                          ===========       =========     ==========        ==========

Average common shares and common share equivalents
  outstanding-diluted                                       2,016,475         481,845        (17,154)        2,481,166
                                                          ===========       =========     ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
                                       142
<PAGE>

      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



         (1)  Merger Costs

              The following table reflects all nonrecurring American River
              Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. incurred and estimated
              merger-related costs. Merger costs incurred as of March 31, 2000
              have been expensed on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined
              statements of operations. Anticipated merger costs are included on
              the March 31, 2000 unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance
              sheets as a reduction to shareholders' equity, net of the related
              tax benefit. Merger costs will be charged to expense as incurred.
              These estimated merger costs are summarized below. The financial
              advisory costs do not include out-of-pocket expenses which may
              arise, but are not deemed to be material in amount.

<TABLE>


                                                                ARH                 NCB                Total
<S>                                                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>
                Financial advisory                           $ 20,000             $ 20,000             $ 40,000
                Professional fees                             250,000              200,000              450,000
                Printing                                       20,000               20,000               40,000
                Termination and severance benefits               -                    -                     -

                Other                                           5,000                 -                   5,000
                                                             --------             --------             --------
                                                             $295,000             $240,000              535,000
                                                             ========             ========             --------
                Estimated tax benefit                                                                   219,000
                                                                                                       --------
                Total                                                                                  $316,000
                                                                                                       ========
</TABLE>



         (2)  Common Stock

              American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. combined
              earnings per share and average outstanding shares and common share
              equivalents are calculated using the historical American River
              Holdings weighted average shares plus the historical North Coast
              Bank, N.A. weighted average shares adjusted by the conversion
              ratio of .9644.


                                      143
<PAGE>
                      MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

MARKET QUOTATIONS

         The American River Holdings common stock is not listed on any exchange
and is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "AMRB.OB." The North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock is not listed on any exchange and is quoted on the
OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol "NCTA.OB." As of the record date, there were
approximately ____ holders of record of American River Holdings common stock and
approximately ____ holders of record of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock.

         The following table sets forth for American River Holdings common stock
and North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock the high and low bid or closing prices
and per share cash dividends declared for the quarters indicated, adjusted to
reflect stock splits and stock dividends.

<TABLE>
                                                              ARH                                 NCB
                                                 ------------------------------      -----------------------------
                                                  Common Stock       Dividends       Common Stock        Dividends
                                                 High        Low     Declared        High       Low      Declared
                                                 ----       -----   ----------       -----      ----     ---------
         1997

<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>
First Quarter ...........................      $ 9.50      $ 7.85     $  -          $ 7.00    $ 6.75         -
Second Quarter ..........................       11.06        9.21      .083           8.00      6.75         -
Third Quarter ...........................       13.25       10.80        -            9.63      9.00         -
Fourth Quarter ..........................       17.08       13.61      .091          10.38      9.75         -


         1998

First Quarter ...........................      $17.23      $16.25     $  -          $11.00    $10.00         -
Second Quarter ..........................       20.56       16.33      .094          12.38     11.00         -
Third Quarter ...........................       18.75       16.33        -           12.50     12.38         -
Fourth Quarter ..........................       17.14       14.60      .101          12.38     11.00         -

         1999

First Quarter ...........................      $17.38      $14.92     $  -          $11.38    $10.50         -
Second Quarter ..........................       16.98       15.24      .110          13.00     11.50         -
Third Quarter ...........................       17.38       15.36        -           10.00      8.50         -
Fourth Quarter ..........................       16.88       14.13      .120          10.38      8.75         -

         2000

First Quarter ...........................      $16.00      $11.00     $  -          $11.75    $ 9.38         -
Second Quarter (through _______, 2000)

</TABLE>


         At the close of business on March 1, 2000, the last trading day
immediately prior to the first public announcement of the merger, the bid, asked
and closing prices for American River Holdings common stock on the OTC Bulletin
Board were $12.50, $13.50, and $12.50, respectively.

         At the close of business on March 1, 2000, the last trading day
immediately prior to the first public announcement of the merger, there were no
bid, asked or closing prices quoted for North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock on
the OTC Bulletin Board. February 29, 2000 was the last day prior to the first
public announcement of the merger when bid, asked and closing prices for shares
of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock were quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. On
that date, the bid, asked and closing prices for shares of North Coast Bank,
N.A. common stock were $9.38, $10.25, and $9.50, respectively.


                                      144
<PAGE>



DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

         American River Holdings. American River Holdings' board of directors
considers the advisability and amount of proposed dividends each year. Future
dividends will be determined after consideration of American River Holdings'
earnings, financial condition, future capital funds, regulatory requirements and
other factors as the board of directors may deem relevant. American River
Holdings' primary source of funds for payment of dividends to its shareholders
will be receipt of dividends and management fees from American River Bank. The
payment of dividends by a bank is subject to various legal and regulatory
restrictions.

         From 1992 through 1999, American River Holdings maintained a policy of
paying semi-annual dividends to its shareholders. American River Holdings has
declared and paid cash dividends on its outstanding shares of common stock
totaling $0.174 per share in 1997, $0.195 per share in 1998 and $0.230 per share
in 1999. It is the intention of American River Holdings to pay cash dividends,
subject to the restrictions on the payment of cash dividends and depending upon
the level of earnings, management's assessment of future capital needs and other
factors considered by the American River Holdings board of directors.

         Holders of American River Holdings common stock are entitled to receive
dividends as and when declared by the board of directors of American River
Holdings out of funds legally available therefor under the laws of the State of
California. The California General Corporation Law provides that a corporation
may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation's retained
earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The California
General Corporation Law further provides that, in the event sufficient retained
earnings are not available for the proposed distribution, a corporation may
nevertheless make a distribution to its shareholders if, after giving effect to
the distribution, it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as
follows: (i) the corporation's assets must equal at least 125% of its
liabilities; and (ii) the corporation's current assets must equal at least its
current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation's earnings before
taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years
was less than the average of the corporation's interest expense for those fiscal
years, then the corporation's current assets must equal at least 125% of its
current liabilities.

         The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System generally
prohibits a bank holding company from declaring or paying a cash dividend which
would impose undue pressure on the capital of subsidiary banks or would be
funded only through borrowing or other arrangements that might adversely affect
a bank holding company's financial position. The Board of Governors' policy is
that a bank holding company should not continue its existing rate of cash
dividends on its common stock unless its net income is sufficient to fully fund
each dividend and its prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent
with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

         Under the merger agreement, without the prior written consent of North
Coast Bank, N.A., American River Holdings is prohibited from declaring or paying
any dividends on or making other distributions in respect of any of its capital
stock, except regular quarterly or semi-annual cash dividends in an amount
substantially equivalent to cash dividends paid in the two years prior to the
date of the merger agreement.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s shareholders are
entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by its board of directors,
out of funds legally available therefor, subject to the restrictions set forth
in the National Bank Act.

         The payment of cash dividends by North Coast Bank, N.A. may be subject
to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as well as
restrictions established by federal banking law and


                                      145
<PAGE>


the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Approval of the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency is required if the total of all dividends declared
by North Coast Bank, N.A.'s board of directors in any calendar year will exceed
North Coast Bank, N.A.'s net profits for that year combined with its retained
net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus
or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock. Additionally, the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation and/or Office of the Comptroller of the Currency,
might, under some circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a bank to
pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of
that bank.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. has not paid cash dividends in 1997, 1998 and
1999. North Coast Bank, N.A. does not intend to pay cash or stock dividends
prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement.

         Under the merger agreement, without the prior written consent of
American River Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A. is prohibited from declaring or
paying any dividends on or making other distributions in respect of any of its
capital stock, except regular quarterly or semi-annual cash dividends in an
amount substantially equivalent to cash dividends paid in the two years prior to
the date of the merger agreement.

                        COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

GENERAL

         American River Holdings is incorporated under and subject to the
provisions of the California General Corporation Law. North Coast Bank, N.A. is
a national banking association, organized under and subject to the National Bank
Act.

         Upon consummation of the merger, except for those persons, if any, who
perfect dissenters' rights under the National Bank Act, the shareholders of
North Coast Bank, N.A. will become shareholders of American River Holdings. See
"Dissenters' Rights" on page 132.

         American River Holdings is a California corporation and, accordingly,
is governed by the California General Corporation Law and by its articles of
incorporation and bylaws. North Coast Bank, N.A. is chartered by the Office of
the Comptroller of the Currency and is governed by the National Bank Act, its
articles of association and bylaws, which differ in some material respects from
the American River Holdings articles and American River Holdings bylaws.

         The following is a general comparison of similarities and material
differences between the rights of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank,
N.A. shareholders under their respective governing articles and bylaws. This
discussion is only a summary of selected provisions and is not a complete
description of the similarities and differences, and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the California General Corporation Law, the National
Bank Act, the common law thereunder and the full text of the American River
Holdings articles, American River Holdings bylaws, North Coast Bank, N.A.
articles and North Coast Bank, N.A. bylaws.

ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

         The proposals to amend the articles and bylaws of American River
Holdings to provide for the classification of the board of directors and the
proposal to amend the articles and bylaws of American River Holdings to
eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors


                                      146
<PAGE>

may deter efforts to obtain control of American River Holdings on a basis which
some shareholders might deem favorable. Those provisions are designed to
encourage any person attempting a change in control of American River Holdings
to enter into negotiations with the board of directors of American River
Holdings.   See "Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments to the American River
Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide for the Classification
of the Board of Directors" on page 160 and "Proposal No. 4, Approval of
Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
to Eliminate Cumulative Voting in the Election of Directors" on page 164.


QUORUM REQUIREMENTS

         Both the American River Holdings bylaws and the North Coast Bank, N.A.
bylaws provide that the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders will
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         Overview of California Law. Section 317 of the California General
Corporation Law expressly grants to each California corporation the power to
indemnify its directors, officers and agents against liabilities and expenses
incurred in the performance of their duties. Rights to indemnification beyond
those provided by Section 317 may be valid to the extent that the rights are
authorized in the corporation's articles of incorporation. Indemnification may
not be made, however, with respect to liability incurred in connection with any
of the following acts for which the liability of directors may not be limited
under the California General Corporation Law: (1) acts or omissions that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing and culpable violation of law; (2) acts or
omissions that a director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the
corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the
part of the director; (3) any transaction from which a director derived a
personal benefit; (4) acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for the
director's duty to the corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which
the director was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing a director's duties, of a risk of serious injury to the corporation
or its shareholders; (5) acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to the
corporation or its shareholders; (6) acts or omissions arising out of interested
party transactions; or (7) acts in connection with illegal distributions, loans
or guarantees.

         With respect to all proceedings other than shareholder derivative
actions, Section 317 permits a California corporation to indemnify any of its
directors, officers or other agents only if the person acted in good faith and
in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the
corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe the conduct of the person was unlawful. In the case of derivative
actions, a California corporation may indemnify any of its directors, officers
or agents only if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders.
Furthermore, in derivative actions, no indemnification is permitted (1) with
respect to any matter with respect to which the person to be indemnified has
been held liable to the corporation, unless the indemnification is approved by
the court; (2) of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending
action without court approval; or (3) of expenses incurred in defending a
pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval.
To the extent that a director, officer or agent of a corporation has been
successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding for which indemnification
is permitted by Section 317, a corporation is obligated by Section 317 to
indemnify the person against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the proceeding.

         American River Holdings. The American River Holdings articles eliminate
the liability of its directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent
permissible under California law and authorize American River Holdings to
indemnify its directors, officers and agents through agreements with the
persons, bylaw provisions, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or
otherwise, in excess of the


                                      147
<PAGE>

indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317, subject to applicable
statutory prohibitions upon indemnification.

         The American River Holdings articles and bylaws obligate American River
Holdings to indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by California General
Corporation Law its directors, officers and other agents against liabilities and
expenses incurred in the performance of their duties, subject to the
prohibitions of the California General Corporation Law.

         American River Holdings maintains directors' and officers' liability
insurance policies that indemnify its directors and officers against losses in
connection with claims made against them for specified wrongful acts.

         The American River Holdings bylaws entitle the directors of American
River Holdings to be indemnified against liabilities and reasonable expenses
incurred in connection with any claims brought against them by reason of the
fact that they are or were directors. American River Holdings may pay expenses
incurred in defending the proceedings specified above in advance of their final
disposition, but such advance would be subject to receipt of an undertaking from
the directors to return any amounts advanced to the extent that it is ultimately
determined that they were not legally entitled to be indemnified by American
River Holdings in the proceeding. The directors may also bring suit against
American River Holdings to recover unpaid amounts claimed with respect to
indemnification and any expenses incurred in bringing an action. While it is a
defense to a suit that indemnification is prohibited by the California General
Corporation Law, the burden of proving a defense is on American River Holdings.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. The North Coast Bank, N.A. articles are
substantially similar to the American River Holdings articles regarding
elimination of the liability of its directors for monetary damages to the
fullest extent permissible under California law and the power of indemnification
in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317, subject to
applicable statutory prohibitions upon indemnification and the restriction that
no indemnification is available for expenses, penalties, or other payments
incurred in an administrative proceeding or action instituted by an appropriate
bank regulatory agency, which proceeding or action results in a final order
assessing civil money penalties or requiring affirmative action by an individual
or individuals in the form of payments to North Coast Bank, N.A.

         The North Coast Bank, N.A. bylaws do not include indemnification
provisions and they are exclusively covered in the North Coast Bank, N.A.
articles. North Coast Bank, N.A. also maintains directors' and officers'
liability insurance policies that indemnify its directors and officers against
losses in connection with claims made against them for specified wrongful acts.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. has entered into indemnity agreements with its
directors which obligate North Coast Bank, N.A. to pay litigation expenses as
well as judgments, fines, penalties and settlements, incurred in connection with
any claims brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were
directors. Directors are indemnified against expenses, judgments, fines,
penalties, settlements, and other amounts, actually and reasonably incurred in
defending or settling the proceeding. The director must have acted in good faith
and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of
North Coast Bank, N.A.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. will advance expenses prior to the final
disposition of a proceeding if the director agrees to repay advances to the
extent it is ultimately determined that the director was not entitled to
indemnification or, if required by law, if the director agrees to repay any
advances received above those to which it is ultimately determined the director
was entitled.


                                      148
<PAGE>


         If legal action is brought to enforce the agreement, the prevailing
party is entitled to recover attorneys' fees and court costs, in addition to any
other amounts to which the prevailing party may be entitled.

         Under the merger agreement, from and after the effective date, American
River Holdings will indemnify and hold harmless each present or former officer
or director of North Coast Bank, N.A. (determined as of the effective time)
against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses or judgments
or amounts that are paid in the settlement of or in connection with any claim,
action, suit, proceeding or investigation based on or arising out of (a) the
fact that the person is or was a director or officer of North Coast Bank, N.A.
and (b) the merger agreement or the transactions contemplated by the merger
agreement, in each case to the full extent permitted by law.

         Additionally, from and after the effective date, American River
Holdings will include in its director and officer insurance policy persons who
served as directors and officers of North Coast Bank, N.A. or obtain extended
coverage under North Coast Bank, N.A.'s director and officer insurance policy to
cover claims made for a period of three years after the effective date of the
merger regarding acts or omissions of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s directors or
officers prior to the effective date of the merger. However, American River
Holdings will not be obligated to make annual premium payments for the insurance
to the extent the premiums exceed 150% of the premiums paid by North Coast Bank,
N.A. for the insurance, as previously disclosed to American River Holdings. If
the premiums for the insurance would at any time exceed 150% of the premiums
paid by North Coast Bank, N.A. for the insurance, then American River Holdings
will maintain policies of insurance which, in American River Holdings' good
faith determination, provide a maximum coverage available at an annual premium
equal to 150% of the premiums paid by North Coast Bank, N.A. in respect of the
insurance.

         Overview of Federal Law. Federal law authorizes the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation to limit, by regulation or order, the payment of
indemnification by insured banks or bank holding companies to their directors
and officers. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has enacted a regulation
that permits the payment of indemnification by banks and bank holding companies
to institution-affiliated directors, officers and other parties only if
specified requirements are satisfied. This regulation permits an institution to
make an indemnification payment to, or for the benefit of, a director, officer
or other party only if the institution's board of directors, in good faith,
certifies in writing that the individual has a substantial likelihood of
prevailing on the merits and that the payment of indemnification will not
adversely affect the institution's safety and soundness. An institution's board
of directors is obligated to cease making or authorizing indemnification
payments in the event that it believes, or reasonably should believe, that the
conditions discussed in the preceding sentence are no longer being met. Further,
an institution's board of directors must provide the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and any other appropriate bank regulatory agency with prior written
notice of any authorization of indemnification. In addition, indemnification
payments related to an administrative proceeding or civil action instituted by
an appropriate federal bank regulatory agency are limited to the payment or
reimbursement of reasonable legal or other professional expenses. Finally, the
director, officer or other party must agree in writing to reimburse the
institution for any indemnification payments received should the proceeding
result in a final order being instituted against the individual assessing a
civil money penalty, removing the individual from office, or requiring the
individual to cease and desist from specified institutional activities.

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS AND ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

         American River Holdings. The American River Holdings articles authorize
shareholder action by written consent only when first authorized by the board of
directors. Additionally, the American River Holdings bylaws permit a director to
be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board of


                                      149
<PAGE>

directors that has not been filled by the directors by the written consent of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the
election of directors.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. The North Coast Bank, N.A. articles do not
authorize shareholder action by written consent for purposes permitted to
California state chartered banks.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

         Cumulative voting allows a shareholder to cast a number of votes equal
to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares held
in the shareholder's name on the record date. American River Holdings
shareholders and North Coast Bank, N.A. shareholders are also entitled to
cumulative voting in the election of directors. If Proposal No. 4 to eliminate
cumulative voting is approved, the election of directors of American River
Holdings following the effective time of the merger will not permit the use of
cumulative voting by American River Holdings shareholders. See "Proposal No. 4,
Approval of Amendments to the American River Holdings Articles of Incorporation
and Bylaws to Eliminate Cumulative Voting in the Election of Directors" on page
164.

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES AND BYLAWS

         American River Holdings. The American River Holdings articles and
bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote or written consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

         The American River Holdings bylaws may be amended or repealed by the
affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote, provided that any amendment which reduces (a) the number of
directors on a fixed-number board or (b) the minimum number of directors on a
variable-number board to a number less than five, cannot be adopted if the votes
cast or consents given opposing the action are equal to or more than 16 2/3% of
all outstanding shares entitled to vote.

         Subject to the rights of shareholders to amend the bylaws, the American
River Holdings bylaws provide that the bylaws may be adopted, amended or
repealed by its board of directors, except that only the shareholders can adopt
a bylaw or amendment to the bylaws which (a) specifies or changes the number of
directors on a fixed number board, (b) specifies or changes the minimum or
maximum number of directors on a variable number board or (c) changes from a
fixed number board to a variable number board or vice versa.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Subject to the laws of the United States, North
Coast Bank, N.A.'s articles of association may be amended or repealed by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares unless the vote of a
greater amount of shares is required by law, and in that case with the vote of
the greater amount. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s bylaws may be amended, altered or
repealed, at any duly called meeting of the North Coast Bank, N.A. board of
directors by a majority vote of the total number of directors.

FILLING VACANCIES ON THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         American River Holdings. The American River Holdings bylaws provide
that vacancies occurring on their respective boards of directors may be filled
by a vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum,
or by a sole remaining director, except that a vacancy created by the removal of
a director may only be filled by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled
to vote represented at a duly held meeting or by unanimous written consent of
the outstanding shares entitled to vote. The American River Holdings bylaws also
provide that the shareholders may elect a director at any


                                      150
<PAGE>

time to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors, except that any election
by written consent, other than to fill a vacancy created by removal of a
director, requires the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled
to vote.

         In addition, the California General Corporation Law provides that if,
after the filling of any vacancy by the directors, the directors then in office
who have been elected by the shareholders constitute less than a majority of the
directors then in office, (a) any holder or holders of an aggregate of 5% or
more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to
vote for the directors may call a special meeting of shareholders; or (b) the
California Superior Court of the proper county will, upon application of the
shareholder or shareholders, summarily order a special meeting of shareholders,
to be held to elect the entire board of directors.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Any vacancy on the North Coast Bank, N.A. board
of directors for any reason, including an increase in the number of directors,
may be filled by action of the board of directors, provided that an increase in
the number of directors may not be more than two directors between shareholder
meetings. Directors appointed by the North Coast Bank, N.A. board hold office
until their successors are elected and qualified.

CALL OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS AND ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS
   WITHOUT A MEETING

         American River Holdings. The American River Holdings bylaws provide
that a special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the
board of directors, chairman of the board, president or one or more shareholders
holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes
at that special meeting. Under the California General Corporation Law, unless
otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting may be taken without a meeting and
without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and
voted. The American River Holdings articles provide that action without a
meeting can be taken if the board of directors of American River Holdings has by
resolution first approved any of the action without a meeting.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. Any ten or more shareholders owning, in the
aggregate, not less than twenty percent of the outstanding shares of North Coast
Bank, N.A., may call a special meeting of the shareholders at any time. Other
than amending the articles, no provision is made in the North Coast Bank, N.A.
articles of association for the shareholders to take any action in the absence
of a duly called meeting.

CLASSIFIED BOARD PROVISIONS

         American River Holdings. At present, neither the American River
Holdings articles nor the American River Bank bylaws provide for a classified
board. Assuming that Proposal No. 3 providing for classification of the American
River Holdings board of directors is approved by the shareholders of American
River Holdings and the common stock of American River Holdings is listed for
trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the American River Holdings articles will
be amended to provide that, in the event that the authorized number of directors
will be fixed at nine or more, the board of directors will be divided into three
classes: Class I, Class II and Class III, each consisting of a number of
directors equal to as nearly as practicable one-third the total number of
directors. Directors in Class I, Class II and Class III will initially serve for
a term expiring respectively at the 2001, 2002 and 2003 annual meeting of
shareholders. Thereafter, each director will serve for a term ending at the
third annual shareholders meeting following the annual meeting at which the
director was elected. In the event that the authorized


                                      151
<PAGE>

number of directors will be fixed with at least six but less than nine, the
board of directors will be divided into two classes, designated as Class I and
Class II, each consisting of one-half of the directors or as close an
approximation as possible. At each annual meeting, each of the successors to the
directors of the class whose term will have expired at such annual meeting will
be elected for a term running until the second annual meeting next succeeding
his or her election and until his or her successor will have been duly elected
and qualified. The number of directors is currently set between eight and 15.
The use of a classified board may have the effect of discouraging takeover
attempts.

         North Coast Bank, N.A. North Coast Bank, N.A.'s articles do not provide
for a classified board of directors.

              DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS CAPITAL STOCK

         The authorized capital stock of American River Holdings consists of
20,000,000 shares of American River Holdings common stock, without par value. As
of ___________, 2000, there were ________ shares of American River Holdings
common stock outstanding and an additional ________ shares of the authorized
American River Holdings common stock were available for future grant and
reserved for issuance to holders of outstanding stock options under American
River Holdings' 1995 Stock Option Plan.

COMMON STOCK

         Holders of American River Holdings common stock are entitled to one
vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of
shareholders, except that shareholders may cumulate their votes for the election
of directors. Shareholders are entitled to receive ratably dividends as may be
legally declared by American River Holdings' board of directors. There are legal
and regulatory restrictions on the ability of American River Holdings to declare
and pay dividends. See "Market Price and Dividend Information--Dividends and
Dividend Policy" on page 145. In the event of a liquidation, common shareholders
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of
liabilities and liquidation preference for securities with a priority over the
American River Holdings common stock. Shareholders of American River Holdings
common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights. American River Holdings
common stock is not subject to calls or assessments.

               DESCRIPTION OF NORTH COAST BANK, N.A. CAPITAL STOCK

         The authorized capital stock of North Coast Bank, N.A. consists of
5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $4.00 per share. As of ____________,
2000, there were 472,354 shares of common stock outstanding, and an additional
253,126 shares of the authorized North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock available
for future grant and reserved for issuance to holders of outstanding stock
options under the North Coast Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan.

COMMON STOCK

         Holders of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock are entitled to one vote
for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of
shareholders, except that shareholders may cumulate their votes for the election
of directors. Shareholders are entitled to receive ratably dividends as may be
legally declared by North Coast Bank, N.A.'s board of directors. There are legal
and regulatory restrictions on the ability of North Coast Bank, N.A. to declare
and pay dividends. See "Market Price and Dividend Information--Dividends and
Dividend Policy" on page 145.  In the event of a liquidation,

                                      152
<PAGE>

common shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after
payment of liabilities and liquidation preferences for securities with a
priority over the North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock. Shareholders of North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights. North
Coast Bank, N.A. common stock is not subject to calls or assessments, except as
required by Section 55 of the National Bank Act. The transfer agent and
registrar for North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock is Chase Mellon Shareholder
Services, San Francisco, California.

                                      153
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 2
                     APPROVAL OF THE AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS
                             2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

INTRODUCTION

         Shareholders are being asked to vote on a proposal to approve the
American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan"), which was
approved and adopted by the board of directors on April 26, 2000, subject to
shareholder approval and consummation of the transactions described in the
merger agreement, including the merger, to be effective as of the effective time
of the merger or as soon thereafter as is practicable and following registration
of the shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options under the 2000 Plan
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

         No stock option grants will be made under the 2000 Plan prior to the
effective time of the merger, however, the merger agreement requires American
River Holdings to issue substitute stock options to holders of North Coast Bank,
N.A. stock options as of or as soon as practicable following the effective time
of the merger. The proposal to approve the American River Holdings 2000 Stock
Option Plan must be approved in order for American River Holdings to issue the
substitute stock options. Consequently, unless the merger proposal and the 2000
Stock Option Plan proposal are both approved, the merger will not be consummated
unless the parties agree to amend the merger agreement. The following discussion
summarizes the principal features of the 2000 Plan. This description is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2000 Plan, a copy
of which is attached to this joint proxy statement/prospectus as Annex F and is
incorporated here by reference.

SUMMARY OF 2000 PLAN

         Purpose of the 2000 Plan. The purpose of the 2000 Plan is to offer
selected key employees, directors and consultants of American River Holdings and
its affiliates, which are collectively referred to in this Proposal No. 2 as the
"Company", an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of
the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing shares of the Company's
common stock.

         The stock options issued under the 2000 Plan, at the discretion of the
board of directors, may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock
options; however, only employees of the Company are eligible to receive grants
of incentive stock options under the 2000 Plan.

         Administration. The board of directors will have authority to
administer the 2000 Plan.

         Shares Reserved. The Company has a 1995 Stock Option Plan. Upon
approval of the 2000 Plan, subject to consummation of the transactions described
in the merger agreement, including the merger, and in connection with
registration of the shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options under the
2000 Plan with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, the 1995 Plan will be terminated as to future grants. As of
___________, 2000, stock options to acquire 270,128 shares of American River
Holdings common stock remained outstanding under the 1995 Plan. The aggregate
number of shares available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock
options to be granted under the 2000 Plan will be equal to thirty percent (30%)
of the Company's issued and outstanding shares immediately after the effective
time of the merger, not to exceed 674,644 shares, minus such number of shares,
not to exceed 270,128 shares, which are subject to stock options then
outstanding under the 1995 Plan. The following calculations demonstrate the
approximate number of the stock options to be reserved for issuance under the
2000 Plan immediately after the effective time of the merger as reduced by the
stock options outstanding under the 1995 Plan:

                                      154
<PAGE>

         Shares outstanding (2,248,812) x 30% =  674,644

         Less shares reserved for outstanding stock options under 1995 Plan
(270,128) = 404,516

         If the 2000 Plan is approved by the shareholders, subject to
consummation of the transactions described in the merger agreement, including
the merger, and registration of the shares to be issued upon exercise of stock
options under the 2000 Plan with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a maximum of 185,565 shares for
substitute stock options will be allocated to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A.
stock options as soon as practicable following the effective time of the merger,
based on 192,415 shares of North Coast Bank, N.A. common stock reserved for
issuance in respect of stock options currently outstanding under the North Coast
Bank, N.A. 1990 Stock Option Plan multiplied by the conversion ratio of .9644.
Consequently, assuming the allocation of 185,565 shares for substitute stock
options, the maximum number of shares available for future grants of stock
options under the 2000 Plan would be 218,951. Should any stock options granted
under the 1995 or 2000 Plans expire or become unexercisable for any reason
without having been exercised in full, the shares subject to the portion of the
stock options not so exercised will be available for subsequent stock option
grants under the 2000 Plan. The following calculations demonstrate the effect of
the allocation of the substitute stock options under the 2000 Plan immediately
after the effective time of the merger, adjusted for the shares currently
reserved under the 1995 Plan:

         Shares outstanding (2,248,812) x 30% =  674,644

         Less shares reserved for outstanding stock options under 1995 Plan
(270,128) = 404,516

         Less shares reserved for substitute stock options (185,565) = 218,951

         Eligibility. Any individual who is an employee of the Company, any
member of the board of directors, and any independent contractor consultant who
performs services for the Company and who is not a member of the board of
directors will be eligible to participate in the 2000 Plan. As of the date of
this joint proxy statement/prospectus, the persons eligible to receive grants
under the 2000 Plan include approximately 69 employees (including executive
officers) of the Company and seven non-employee directors.

         Terms of Stock Options. Under the 2000 Plan, the board of directors
selects the individuals to whom stock options will be granted, the type of stock
option to be granted, the exercise price of each stock option, the number of
shares covered by the stock options and the other terms and conditions of each
stock option. Non-employee directors and consultants are eligible to receive
only nonstatutory stock option grants while eligible employees of the Company
are able to receive grants of nonstatutory or incentive stock options; provided,
however, that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the
incentive stock options are granted) of the stock with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by the optionee
during any calendar year (under all incentive stock option plans of the Company)
may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). Should it be determined
that any incentive stock options granted exceed such dollar maximum, such
incentive stock options are considered to be nonstatutory stock options and not
to qualify for treatment as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code to the extent, but only to the extent, of the excess.

         The vesting of any stock options granted under the 2000 Plan will be
determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, provided however,
that (i) each stock option will vest in the manner and at the time as the board
of directors determines and the board of directors may accelerate the time of
exercise of any stock options, (ii) no stock options will vest at a rate less
than twenty percent per year during the five year period following the date of
grant, and (iii) in the event that an optionee's service as an employee,

                                      155
<PAGE>

director or consultant of the Company terminates, the stock options will be
exercisable only to the extent they were vested as of the date of termination.

         The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2000 Plan
ordinarily may not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market
value of the stock subject to the stock options on the date the stock options
are granted; provided, however, that the purchase price of the stock subject to
incentive stock options may not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) for
incentive stock options where the optionee owns stock possessing more than ten
percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of the Company. For purposes of
establishing the exercise price and for all other valuation purposes under the
2000 Plan, the fair market value per share of common stock on any relevant date
will be the value as determined by the board of directors in reliance upon
prices reported or quoted upon any exchange or transaction reporting system on
which the common stock is listed or reported. If the common stock is not so
listed or quoted, fair market value may be determined in any manner which the
board of directors deems reasonable.

         Payment for Shares. The exercise of incentive and nonstatutory stock
options under the 2000 Plan may generally be made by delivery of (i) the
required form of exercise notice or instructions together with payment of the
exercise price in cash, certified check, official bank check, or equivalent
means acceptable to the Company, or shares which have already been owned by the
optionee or his or her representative for more than six months, having an
aggregate fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the exercise
price, or (ii) the required form of an irrevocable direction to a securities
broker approved by the Company to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the
sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the exercise price
and any withholding taxes.

         Adjustments Upon Changes In Shares. In the event of changes to the
shares of common stock of the Company including where the shares are changed
into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other
securities resulting from, among other matters, a reorganization, merger,
consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock
split, combination of shares, or otherwise, or where an increase in the number
of shares occurs resulting from a stock dividend, then appropriate adjustments
will be made in the number and kind of shares as to which outstanding stock
options, or unexercised portions of stock options, will be exercisable, in order
to maintain an optionee's proportionate interest in the Company as existed prior
to the occurrence of any of those changes to the Company's common stock. The
adjustment in outstanding stock options will be made without change in the total
price of the unexercised portion of the stock options, and with a corresponding
adjustment in the stock option price per share.

         Expiration, Termination and Transfer of Stock Options. Under the 2000
Plan, no incentive stock options may extend more than ten years (or five years,
in the case incentive stock options granted to an employee who owns more than 10
percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company)
from the date of grant; the terms of all stock options, including stock options
to directors, may otherwise be determined by the board of directors in its sole
discretion. In the event of termination of an optionee's employment, consulting
relationship or tenure on the board of directors, as applicable, due to death or
disability, stock options will generally expire twelve months after such
termination unless the stock options by their terms were scheduled to expire
earlier. If the optionee's employment or consulting relationship and in certain
circumstances, tenure on the board of directors, is terminated for "cause," the
stock option expires thirty days after the Company gives notice of such
termination. The term "cause" is defined to include embezzlement, fraud,
dishonesty, breach of fiduciary duty, the deliberate disregard of rules of the
Company which results in loss, damage or injury to the Company, the unauthorized
disclosure of any of the secrets or confidential information of the Company, the
inducement of any client or customer of the Company to break any contract with
the Company, or the inducement of any principal for whom the Company acts as
agent to terminate such agency relationship, the engagement in any conduct which

                                      156
<PAGE>

constitutes unfair competition with the Company, or the removal of the optionee
from office by any court or bank regulatory agency. In the event that such a
termination occurs for a reason other than death, disability or for "cause", the
optionee will generally be required to exercise stock options within three
months of such termination to the extent that the stock options remain
exercisable. Generally, stock options will be transferable only by will or the
laws of descent and distribution or as may otherwise be permitted under Rule
16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code, and shall be exercisable during the optionee's
lifetime only by the optionee, or in the event of disability, by the optionee's
qualified representative. The 2000 Plan provides for the termination of stock
options not exercised prior to dissolution or liquidation of the Company or upon
a reorganization, merger or consolidation in which the Company does not survive.

         Termination and Amendment of the Plan. The board of directors may
amend, suspend or terminate the 2000 Plan at any time and for any reason. An
amendment of the 2000 Plan is subject to the approval of the shareholders of the
Company only to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations. Under
current federal and California regulations applicable to the 2000 Plan,
shareholder approval is only required to obtain the tax attributes of incentive
stock option treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Shareholder approval requirements previously imposed under Rule 16b-3 have been
eliminated by recent amendments to Rule 16b-3, resulting in increased board of
directors discretion to effect material amendments to the 2000 Plan. Such
material amendments may include, among other matters, (i) an increase in the
number of shares subject to the 2000 Plan, (ii) changes to the class of eligible
insiders, (iii) the repricing of stock options, or (iii) other material
increases in benefits under the 2000 Plan. Consequently, if shareholders approve
the 2000 Plan, no further shareholder approval will be required prior to
effecting material amendments to the 2000 Plan including the types of material
amendments discussed above and others deemed appropriate in the sole discretion
of the board of directors. If not previously terminated by the board of
directors, the 2000 Plan will terminate ten years from the date of adoption of
the 2000 Plan by the board of directors.

         Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale or Merger. In the event of a proposed
(i) dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (ii) reorganization, merger, or
consolidation of the Company, with the result that (A) the Company is not the
surviving corporation, or (B) the Company becomes a subsidiary of another
corporation, which shall be deemed to have occurred if another corporation shall
own, directly or indirectly, eighty percent (80%) or more of the aggregate
voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the Company; or (iii) sale
of substantially all the assets of the Company to another corporation; or (iv)
sale of the equity securities of the Company representing eighty percent (80%)
or more of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding equity securities of
the Company to any person or entity, or any group of persons and/or entities
acting in concert, then in those events, the Company will deliver to each
optionee no less than thirty (30) days prior to each event, written notification
of the occurrence of the event and the optionee's right to exercise all stock
options granted under the 2000 Plan, whether or not vested under the 2000 Plan
or applicable stock option agreement, and all outstanding stock options granted
under the 2000 Plan will completely vest and become immediately exercisable
prior to the occurrence of the event. This right of exercise will be conditional
upon execution of a final plan of dissolution or liquidation, or a definitive
agreement of reorganization, merger or consolidation. Upon occurrence of the
event, all outstanding stock options and the 2000 Plan will terminate; provided,
however, that any outstanding stock options not exercised as of the occurrence
of the event will not terminate if a successor corporation assumes the
outstanding stock options or substitutes for the stock options, new stock
options covering shares of the successor corporation's stock with appropriate
adjustments as to the number, kind and prices of shares, and substantially on
the same terms as the outstanding stock options.

         Federal Income Tax Consequences. The following discussion is only a
summary of the principal federal income tax consequences of the stock options
and rights to be granted under the 2000 Plan, and is based on existing federal
law, including administrative regulations and rulings, which is subject to
change,

                                      157
<PAGE>

in some cases retroactively. State and local tax consequences may differ. This
discussion is also qualified by the particular circumstances of individual
optionees, which may substantially alter or modify the federal income tax
consequences discussed.

         Incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options are treated
differently for federal income tax purposes. Incentive stock options are
intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code. Nonstatutory stock options need not comply with such requirements.

         An optionee is not taxed on the grant or exercise of incentive stock
options. The difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of
the shares on the exercise date will, however, be a preference item for the
purposes of the alternative minimum tax. If an optionee holds the shares
acquired upon exercise of incentive stock options for at least two years
following grant and at least one year following exercise, the optionee's gain,
if any, upon a subsequent disposition of the shares is long-term capital gain.
The measure of the gain is the difference between the proceeds received on
disposition and the optionee's basis in the shares, which generally equals the
exercise price. If an optionee disposes of stock acquired by exercise of
incentive stock options before satisfying the one- and two-year holding periods,
the optionee will recognize both ordinary income and capital gain in the year of
disposition. The amount of ordinary income will be the lesser of (i) the amount
realized on disposition less the optionee's adjusted basis in the stock, which
is usually the exercise price or (ii) the difference between the fair market
value of the stock on the exercise date and the stock option price. The balance
of the consideration received on the disposition will be long-term capital gain
if the stock had been held for at least one year following exercise of the
incentive stock options. The Company will not be entitled to an income tax
deduction on the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option or on the
optionee's disposition of the shares after satisfying the holding period
requirement. If the holding periods are not satisfied, the Company will be
entitled to a deduction in the year the optionee disposes of the shares, in an
amount equal to the ordinary income recognized by the optionee.

         An optionee is not taxed on the grant of a nonstatutory stock option.
Upon exercise, however, the optionee recognizes ordinary income equal to the
difference between the stock option price and the fair market value of the
shares on the date of exercise. The Company will be entitled to an income tax
deduction in the year of exercise in the amount recognized by the optionee as
ordinary income. Any gain on subsequent disposition of the shares is long-term
capital gain if the shares are held for at least one year following exercise.
The Company will not receive a deduction for this gain.

NEW PLAN BENEFITS

         As of the date of this joint proxy statement/prospectus, (i) no stock
options have been granted to eligible participants under the 2000 Plan, (ii) no
substitute stock options have been issued to holders of North Coast Bank, N.A.
stock options, and (iii) no stock options will be granted and no substitute
stock options will be issued, prior to the effective time of the merger. If the
2000 Plan is approved by shareholders, future grants of stock options under the
2000 Plan, if any, will be subject to the sole discretion of the board of
directors. Any such stock option grants would be made in compliance with the
provisions of the 2000 Plan; however, no amounts or benefits are currently
determinable respecting future grants. See the full text of the 2000 Plan, a
copy of which is attached to this joint proxy statement/prospectus as Annex F
for further information regarding the 2000 Plan.

VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL

         The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of
American River Holdings common stock present in person or represented by proxy
and entitled to vote at the annual meeting is

                                      158
<PAGE>

required to approve the 2000 Plan provided that the number of affirmative votes
equals at least a majority of the shares constituting the required quorum.

RECOMMENDATION OF MANAGEMENT

         The board of directors believes that this proposal is in the best
interests of American River Holdings and its shareholders, and unanimously
recommends a vote "FOR" its approval.

                                      159
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 3
        APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS ARTICLES OF
          INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS TO PROVIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF
                             THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

INTRODUCTION

         The terms of the merger agreement require that two of the existing
directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. will be appointed to the American River
Holdings board of directors promptly after the consummation of the merger.
Consequently, the American River Holdings board of directors will be increased
to eleven (11) after the effective time of the merger. The two directors to be
appointed are M. Edgar Deas and Larry L. Wasem. In addition, American River
Holdings agreed under the merger agreement to adopt amendments to the American
River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws to divide its board of
directors into three classes. If the amendments are approved by the American
River Holdings shareholders, and subject to American River Holdings common stock
being listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, one of the existing
directors of North Coast Bank, N.A. is to serve as a Class II director and
another director of North Coast Bank, N.A. is to serve as a Class III director,
as discussed below.

         On ______________, 2000, the board of directors adopted amendments to
the American River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws which provide,
subject to American River Holdings common stock being listed for trading on the
Nasdaq National Market, that the board of directors be divided into three
classes of directors, each consisting of a number of directors equal as nearly
as practicable to one-third the total number of directors, for so long as the
board consists of at least nine authorized directors and, in the event that the
total number of authorized directors on the board is at least six but less than
nine, for classification of the board of directors into two classes, each
consisting of a number of directors equal as nearly as practicable to one-half
the total number of directors. After initial implementation at the 2000 annual
meeting of shareholders, each class of directors would be subject to election
every third year and would serve for a three-year term for so long as the board
remained classified into three classes, or would be subject to election every
second year and would serve for a two-year term in the event the board were
classified into two classes. Currently, all of American River Holdings'
directors are elected each year to serve a one-year term.

         If the proposal is approved by the shareholders and subject to the
common stock of American River Holdings being listed for trading on the Nasdaq
Stock Market, the board of directors will, for purposes of initial
implementation, designate three classes of directors for election at the 2000
annual meeting. Class I will be elected initially for a one-year term expiring
at the 2001 annual meeting of shareholders; Class II will be elected initially
for a two-year term expiring at the 2002 annual meeting of shareholders; and
Class III will be elected for a three-year term expiring at the annual meeting
of shareholders to be held in the year 2003; and, in each case, until their
successors are duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting after the 2000
annual meeting, only directors of the class whose term is expiring would be
voted upon, and upon election each director would serve a three-year term.
Commencing with the annual meeting of shareholders scheduled to occur in 2001,
directors elected to Class I would serve for a three-year term and until their
successors are duly elected and qualified, subject to any decrease in the total
number of authorized directors. Subsequently, in the years 2002 and 2003,
directors elected to Class II and Class III, respectively, would also be elected
for a three-year term and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

         Classification of the board of directors is permitted by Section 301.5
of the California Corporations Code. Under Section 301.5, a qualifying
California corporation, may divide its board of directors into two or three
classes, with one-half or one-third of the directors, respectively, elected at
each annual meeting (or

                                      160
<PAGE>

as near to one-half or one-third as practicable). The authorized number of
directors must be not less than six in the case of a two-class board and not
less than nine in the case of a three-class board. Classified boards of
directors are permitted under the corporate law of a majority of states, and
American River Holdings believes that well over one-half of Fortune 500
companies provide for classified boards.

         The text of the proposed amendment to the articles of incorporation is
set forth in Annex G attached to this joint proxy statement/prospectus. If this
proposal is adopted by the American River Holdings shareholders, in order to
make the bylaws consistent with the amendment to the articles of incorporation
described in this proposal, upon effectiveness of the filing of the amendment to
the articles of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of
California, Section 3.4 of Article III of the bylaws will be amended to read as
set forth in Annex G, which is incorporated here by this reference.

EFFECT OF CLASSIFICATION OF BOARD

         If adopted, the classification of the board will apply to every
subsequent election of directors for so long as at least six directors are
authorized under the American River Holdings bylaws and the classification
provision is not amended. The American River Holdings bylaws provide that the
board of directors will consist of not less than nine and not more than
seventeen directors, with the exact number of directors currently set at eleven.
So long as the board continues to consist of at least nine authorized directors,
after initial implementation of the classified board, directors will serve for a
term of three years rather than one year, and one-third of the directors (or as
near to one-third as practicable) will be elected each year.

         In the event that the number of directors increases, the increase will
be apportioned by the board among the classes of directors to make each class as
nearly equal in number as possible. If the number of authorized directors is
decreased to at least six but less than nine, the directors will be apportioned
by the board among two classes, each consisting of one-half of the directors or
as close an approximation as possible, directors will serve for a term of two
years, and one-half the directors (or as near to one-half as practicable) will
be elected each year. In any event, a decrease in the number of directors cannot
shorten the term of any incumbent director. Vacancies on the board created by
any resignation, removal or other reason, or by an increase in the size of the
board, may be filled for the remainder of the term by the vote of the majority
of the directors remaining in office or by the vote of holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares of the American River Holdings common stock.

         Under California law, members of the board of directors may be removed
by the board of directors for cause (defined to be a felony conviction or court
declaration of unsound mind), by the shareholders without cause or by court
order for fraudulent or dishonest acts or gross abuse of authority or
discretion. In the case of a board of directors that is not classified, no
director may be removed by the shareholders if the votes cast against the
removal (or, if done by written consent, the votes eligible to be cast by the
non-consenting shareholders) would have been sufficient to elect the director if
voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were
cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote
were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of the
director's most recent election were then being elected (the "relevant number of
directors"). In the case of classified boards, the relevant number of directors
is (i) the number of directors elected at the most recent annual meeting of
shareholders or, if greater, (ii) the number of directors sought to be removed.
It should be noted that this removal provision applies equally to corporations
that permit cumulative voting and to those that do not.

                                      161
<PAGE>

OTHER EFFECTS

         The board of directors believes that the amendment of the articles of
incorporation and bylaws is in the best interests of American River Holdings and
its shareholders.

         Public companies are potentially subject to attempts by various
individuals and entities to acquire significant minority positions in the
company with the intent either of obtaining actual control of the company by
electing their own slate of directors, or of achieving some other goal, such as
the repurchase of their shares by the company at a premium. Public companies
also are potentially subject to inadequately priced or coercive bids for control
through majority share ownership. These prospective acquirors may be in a
position to elect a company's entire board of directors through a proxy contest
or otherwise, even though they do not own a majority of American River Holdings'
outstanding shares at the time. If this proposal is approved, a majority of
American River Holdings' directors could not be removed by those persons until
two annual meetings of shareholders have occurred, unless the removal was for
cause and the requisite vote was obtained. By providing this additional time to
the board of directors and eliminating the possibility of rapid removal of the
board, the directors of American River Holdings will have the necessary time to
most effectively satisfy their responsibility to the American River Holdings
shareholders to evaluate any proposal and to assess and develop alternatives
without the pressure created by the threat of imminent removal. In addition,
this proposal, by providing that directors will serve three-year terms rather
than one-year terms, will enhance continuity and stability in the composition of
American River Holdings' board of directors and in the policies formulated by
the board. The board believes that this, in turn, will permit it more
effectively to represent the interests of all shareholders, including responding
to demands or actions by any shareholder or group. Following adoption of the
classified board structure, at any given time at least one-third of the members
of the board of directors will generally have had prior experience as directors
of American River Holdings. The board believes that this will facilitate
long-range planning, strategy and policy and will have a positive impact on
customer and employee loyalty. American River Holdings has not historically had
problems with either the continuity or stability of its board of directors.

         The classification of the board of directors will have the effect of
making it more difficult to replace incumbent directors. So long as the board is
classified into three classes, a minimum of three annual meetings of
shareholders would generally be required to replace the entire board, absent
intervening vacancies. While the proposal is not intended as a
takeover-resistive measure in response to a specific threat, it may discourage
the acquisition of large blocks of American River Holdings' shares by causing it
to take longer for a person or group of persons who acquire a block of shares to
effect a change in management.

         If this proposal is approved and implemented, a shareholder or group of
shareholders seeking to replace a majority of the directors on the board will
generally need to influence the voting of at least a majority of the outstanding
shares at two consecutive annual meetings. In addition, American River Holdings
has other corporate attributes that may also have the effect of helping American
River Holdings to resist an unfriendly acquisition. These include existing
provisions in the American River Holdings articles of incorporation and bylaws
eliminating, subject to specified exceptions, the liability of directors for
monetary damages; provisions in the articles of incorporation and bylaws
providing for indemnification of directors and officers; provisions in the
bylaws requiring advance notice of nomination of a candidate for election to the
board of directors of American River Holdings when the nomination is made by a
person other than the nominating committee of the board; and, if approved by the
American River Holdings shareholders, the elimination of cumulative voting in
the election of directors as described in Proposal No. 4 and Annex H of this
joint proxy statement/prospectus.

         This proposal is not in response to any attempt to acquire control of
American River Holdings. However, the board believes that adopting this proposal
is prudent, advantageous and in the best interests

                                      162
<PAGE>

of shareholders because it will give the board more time to fulfill its
responsibilities to shareholders, and it will provide greater assurance of
continuity and stability in the composition and policies of the board of
directors. The board also believes the advantages outweigh any disadvantage
relating to discouraging potential acquirors from attempting to obtain control
of American River Holdings.

VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL

         Approval of the proposed amendments to the articles of incorporation
and the bylaws requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of American River Holdings common stock. If this proposal is
not approved, it is the intention of American River Holdings and North Coast
Bank, N.A. that the American River Holdings board of directors will be increased
to eleven (11) members and the two existing directors of North Coast Bank, N.A.
(M. Edgar Deas and Larry L. Wasem) will be appointed to the American River
Holdings board of directors to serve along with the existing American River
Holdings directors, without classification as contemplated by this proposal.

RECOMMENDATION OF MANAGEMENT

         The board of directors believes that the advantages of the proposed
amendments to the articles of incorporation and bylaws classifying the board of
directors for purposes of the election of directors greatly outweigh the
possible disadvantages of the amendments. Accordingly, the board of directors
has unanimously approved the proposed amendments and unanimously recommends that
the American River Holdings shareholders vote "FOR" their approval.

                                      163
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 4
         APPROVAL OF AMENDMENTS TO THE AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS ARTICLES
        OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS TO ELIMINATE CUMULATIVE VOTING IN THE
                             ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

INTRODUCTION

         Effective on January 1, 1990, the California General Corporation Law
was amended to permit California corporations with widely traded securities to
provide, with the approval of their shareholders, for majority rule voting in
electing directors in lieu of cumulative voting. California law specifically
allows a corporation with its common stock quoted on the New York Stock
Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market to eliminate
cumulative voting by an amendment to its bylaws or articles of incorporation.
Prior to such legislation, cumulative voting in electing directors was mandatory
for California corporations upon proper notice by any shareholder of the
corporation. By permitting shareholders of California corporations to provide
for majority rule voting in electing directors, the new law substantially
conforms California corporate law with the corporate laws of a majority of other
states (including Delaware, Illinois, Michigan, New Jersey, New York, Ohio,
Pennsylvania and Texas) which either provide that cumulative voting is optional
or make no provision for cumulative voting at all. Only a small majority of
states still require that shareholders be permitted to invoke cumulative voting.
American River Holdings intends to list its common stock for trading on the
Nasdaq National Market, such listing to be made effective as soon as practicable
following the effective time of the merger.

CUMULATIVE VOTING

         Cumulative voting in the election of directors may currently be invoked
by any shareholder of American River Holdings who complies with statutory notice
requirements. Cumulative voting entitles shareholders to a number of votes per
share of common stock equal to the number of directors to be elected, and all
nominees are voted upon simultaneously. Holders of shares may cast all of their
votes for a single nominee or distribute them among two to more nominees.

         As a consequence of cumulative voting, a shareholder with a relatively
small number of voting shares may be able to elect one or more directors. For
example, if a shareholder were to give the appropriate notice and properly
nominate a nominee, and nine directors were to be elected at an annual meeting,
a shareholder holding 10% of the voting shares could elect one director by
cumulating and casting his or her votes for one candidate. This is true even if
shareholders holding 90% of the voting shares are opposed to the election of
that candidate and cast their votes to elect nine other nominees.

         Absent cumulative voting, a nominee cannot be elected without
relatively wide support, as shareholders are entitled to only one vote per share
with the nominee receiving the greatest number of votes being elected.
Consequently, the holder or holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote
in an election of directors will be able to elect all directors of American
River Holdings, and holders of less than a majority of the shares may not be
able to elect any directors.

         For reasons set forth below, the board believes that the articles of
incorporation should be amended to eliminate cumulative voting. The text of the
proposed amendment to the articles of incorporation is set forth in Annex H
attached to this joint proxy statement/prospectus and is incorporated here by
this reference.

                                      164
<PAGE>

REASONS FOR THE AMENDMENT

         The board believes that the elimination of cumulative voting is
advantageous to American River Holdings and its shareholders because each
director of a publicly held corporation has a duty to represent the interests of
all shareholders rather than any specific shareholder or group of shareholders.
The presence on the board of directors of one or more directors representing the
interests of a minority shareholder or group of shareholders could disrupt the
management of American River Holdings and prevent it from operating in the most
effective manner. Furthermore, the election of directors who view themselves as
representing a particular minority constituency could introduce an element of
discord on the board of directors, impair the ability of the directors to work
effectively and discourage qualified independent individuals from serving as
directors. Providing for majority rule voting in the election of directors by
eliminating cumulative voting will help ensure that each director acts in the
best interests of all shareholders.

         This proposal to eliminate cumulative voting is not being made in
response to any effort by a minority shareholder or group of shareholders to
attain representation on the board of directors or acquire greater influence in
the management of the American River Holdings' business, nor is American River
Holdings aware of any such effort. Furthermore, this proposal is not being made
in response to any attempt to acquire control of American River Holdings, nor is
American River Holdings aware of any such attempt.

OTHER EFFECTS

         Approval of the proposed amendment may render more difficult any
attempt by a holder or group of holders of a significant number of voting
shares, but less than a majority, to change or influence the management or
policies of American River Holdings. In addition, under certain circumstances,
the proposed amendment, along with other measures that may be viewed as having
anti-takeover effects (such as Proposal No. 3 to classify the American River
Holdings board of directors), may discourage an unfriendly acquisition or
business combination involving American River Holdings that a shareholder might
consider to be in such shareholder's best interest, including an unfriendly
acquisition or business combination that might result in payment of a premium
over the market price for the shares held by the shareholder. For example, the
proposed amendment may discourage the accumulation of large minority
shareholdings, as a prelude to an unfriendly acquisition or business combination
proposal or otherwise, by persons who would not make that acquisition without
being assured of representation on the board of directors.

CONFORMING BYLAW AMENDMENT

         If this Proposal No. 4 is adopted by the American River Holdings
shareholders, in order to make the bylaws consistent with the amendment to the
articles of incorporation set forth in this Proposal No. 4, upon effectiveness
of the filing of the amended and restated articles of incorporation with the
California Secretary of State, Section 2.8 of Article II of the bylaws will be
amended to read as set forth in Annex H which is incorporated here by this
reference.

VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL

         Approval of the proposal to add Article Eight to the articles of
incorporation and to amend Section 2.8 of the bylaws requires that holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of American River Holdings
vote "FOR" the proposal.

                                      165
<PAGE>

RECOMMENDATION OF MANAGEMENT

         The board of directors believes that this proposal is in the best
interests of American River Holdings and its shareholders, and unanimously
recommends a vote "FOR" its approval.

                                      166
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 5
                  ELECTION OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS DIRECTORS

         The number of directors authorized for election at this meeting is nine
(9). Management has nominated the nine (9) incumbent directors to serve as the
American River Holdings' directors. Each director will hold office until his or
her successor is elected and qualified.

         All proxies will be voted for the election of the nine (9) nominees
listed below (all of whom are incumbent directors) recommended by the board of
directors unless authority to vote for the election of any directors is
withheld. The nominees receiving the highest number of affirmative votes of the
shares entitled to be voted for them shall be elected as directors, and will be
elected (a) to the class designated opposite their names, provided that Proposal
No. 3 is approved and American River Holdings common stock is listed for trading
on the Nasdaq National Market, and (b) in the event Proposal No. 3 is not
approved and/or American River Holdings common stock is not listed for trading
on the Nasdaq National Market, then as directors without classification.
Abstentions and votes cast against nominees have no effect on the election of
directors. If any of the nominees should unexpectedly decline or be unable to
act as a director, their proxies may be voted for a substitute nominee to be
designated by the board of directors. The board of directors has no reason to
believe that any nominee will be become unavailable and has no present intention
to nominate persons in addition to or in lieu of those named below.

<TABLE>

<S>                             <C>                                         <C>
James O. Burpo (Class 2)         Wayne C. Matthews, M.D. (Class 1)            Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S. (Class 2)
Charles D. Fite (Class 3)        David T. Taber (Class 3)                     Stephen H. Waks (Class 3)
Sam J. Gallina (Class 2)         Marjorie G. Taylor (Class 1)                 William L. Young (Class 1)

</TABLE>


See "Proposal No. 3, Approval of Amendments to the American River Holdings
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws to Provide for the Classification of the
Board of Directors" on page 160, for information regarding the classification
of the board of directors.

CERTAIN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

         See "Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management -- American
River Holdings" on page 24 and "Background and Business Experience of
Management -- American River Holdings" on page 28, for information regarding
the ownership of American River Holdings common stock and the background and
business experience of each of management's nominees for directors of American
River Holdings listed above, each of whom is an incumbent director.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         The Audit Committee, whose members are James O. Burpo, Wayne C.
Matthews, M.D. (Chairman) and Marjorie G. Taylor, oversees American River
Holdings and its subsidiaries' independent public accountants, analyzes the

results of internal and regulator examinations and monitors the financial and
accounting organization and reporting. The Audit Committee met four (4) times in
1999.

         The board of directors has not established a nominating committee. The
full board of directors performs the functions of a nominating committee with
responsibility for considering appropriate candidates for election as directors.

         The Compensation Committee, whose members include Charles D. Fite, Sam
J. Gallina, and Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S. (Chairman), oversees the performance and
reviews the compensation of the executive officers of American River Holdings
and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee met one (1) time during 1999.

                                      167
<PAGE>

         The Finance and Capital Committee, whose members include Wayne C.
Matthews, M.D., David T. Taber and Marjorie G. Taylor (Chairman), has the
responsibility to oversee asset liability management and the investment
portfolio including recommending to the full board of directors the annual
investment strategy; approve and recommend to the full board of directors
capital expenditures of $20,000 and above; oversee and recommend to the full
board of directors the annual operating budget for American River Holdings and
its subsidiaries; and review premises leases for recommendation to the full
board of directors. The Finance and Capital Committee met five (5) times during
1999.

         The Loan and Discount Committee, whose members include James O. Burpo,
Charles D. Fite (Chairman), Sam J. Gallina, Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S. (Chairman),
and Stephen H. Waks, has the responsibility for establishing loan policy and
approving loans which exceed certain dollar limits and reviews the outside loan
review firm's examination of the loan portfolio. The Loan and Discount Committee
met twenty-nine (29) times during 1999.

         The Executive Committee, whose members include Charles D. Fite, Sam J.
Gallina (Chairman), David T. Taber, Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S., and William L.
Young, oversees long range planning, and the Technology Strategic Plan and its
implementation; formulates and recommends policy positions for the full board of
directors to consider; and is responsible for evaluating and recommending to the
full board of directors matters pertaining to mergers and acquisitions. The
Executive Committee met eight (8) times during 1999.

         During 1999, American River Holdings' board of directors held twelve
(12) meetings. All directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate of the total
number of meetings of the board of directors and the number of meetings of the
committees on which they served.

                                      168
<PAGE>

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

         The fees paid to non-employee directors during 1999 included a retainer
of $250 per month, a base fee of $250 per month for attendance at board meetings
of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries, and a fee of $150 per month for
attendance at committee meetings, other than the Loan and Discount Committee
whose outside director members received a fee of $200 for each meeting attended.
Outside director members of the Executive Committee received an additional
retainer fee of $150 per month. In addition to the fees received as non-employee
directors in connection with the meetings and matters described above, the
chairman of the board of directors also received a retainer fee of $100 per
month, each chairman of the Loan and Discount Committee, Audit Committee, and
Finance and Capital Committee also received a retainer fee of $50 per month, and
the chairman of the Compensation Committee received a retainer fee of $150 per
year. The total amount of fees paid to all directors as a group was $100,700 in
1999.

         On August 25, 1995, the board of directors authorized the grant to each
outside director of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 10,000 shares of
American River Holdings common stock at $10.50 per share ($6.047 as adjusted for
stock splits and stock dividends).

         On June 18, 1997, the board of directors approved a Gross-Up Plan to
compensate for the tax effects of the exercise of nonstatutory stock options.
The Plan encourages participating optionees to retain shares acquired through
the exercise of nonstatutory stock options by American River Holdings paying to
the participating optionee, an amount equal to the taxable income resulting from
an exercise of a nonstatutory stock option multiplied by American River
Holdings' effective tax rate, subject to the optionee's agreement to hold the
shares acquired for a minimum of one (1) year. In the event that the shares
acquired upon exercise are not held for at least one year from the date of
acquisition, the optionee is required to reimburse the amount paid to the
optionee under the Plan. During 1999, one director executed an agreement in
return for a payment of $29,187, and two other directors deferred payments in
the aggregate amount of $56,960 to January, 2000.

         Effective May 1, 1998, a Deferred Fee Plan was established for the
purpose of providing the directors an opportunity to defer director fees.
Participating directors may elect to defer a portion, up to 100%, of their
monthly directors fees. American River Bank bears the administration costs, but
does not make contributions to the Plan. During 1999, one director participated
in the Plan and deferred $5,609.

                                      169
<PAGE>

BOARD COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The compensation of the executive officers of American River Holdings
and its subsidiaries is reviewed and approved annually by the board of directors
on recommendation by the Compensation Committee. During 1999, Charles D. Fite,
Sam J. Gallina, and Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S. (Chairman), served as members of the
Committee. Executive officers of American River Holdings and/or subsidiaries
during 1999 were David T. Taber, Mitchell A. Derenzo, William L. Young, Richard
M. Borst, Douglas E. Tow, and Kevin B. Bender.

         The Compensation Committee's philosophy is that compensation should be
designed to reflect the value created for shareholders while supporting American
River Holdings' strategic goals. The Compensation Committee reviews annual the
compensation of the executive officers to insure that American River Holdings'
compensation programs are related to financial performance and consistent
generally with employers of comparable size in the industry. Annual compensation
for American River Holdings' executive officers includes the following
components:

         Base salary is related to the individual executive officer's level of
responsibility and comparison with comparable employers in the industry.

         Annual incentive bonus compensation under the Incentive Compensation
Plan for Executive Management based on the return on beginning shareholder
equity for each year and individual performance criteria are considered by the
Compensation Committee for payment to executive officers. Messrs. Young and
Taber are eligible to receive incentive bonus compensation when American River
Bank achieves a 12% net return on beginning shareholder equity in a given year.
Messrs. Derenzo, Borst, Tow, and Bender are entitled to receive incentive bonus
compensation in the discretion of the board of directors and based on the return
on beginning shareholder equity. During 1999, these individuals were eligible to
receive 22% of their annual compensation, which was paid in January 2000.

         Stock option grants are intended to increase the executive officers'
interest in American River Holdings' long-term success and link interests of the
executive officer with those of shareholders as measured by American River
Holdings' share price. Stock options are granted in the discretion of the board
of directors and at the prevailing market value of American River Holdings
common stock. Consequently, the value of the options is directly connected to
the increase in value of American River Holdings' stock price.

         American River Holdings matches salary deferred by employees
participating in its 401(k) Plan at a rate equal to 50% of the participant's
contribution up to maximum of 6% of such participant's annual compensation.
Executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan.

         Executive officers may participate in the Gross-Up Plan to the extent
that an executive receives a grant of nonstatutory stock options. The Plan
encourages executive officers to retain shares acquired through the exercise of
nonstatutory stock options by American River Holdings paying to the
participating executive officer, an amount equal to the taxable income resulting
from an exercise of a nonstatutory stock option multiplied by American River
Holdings' effective tax rate, subject to the executive officer agreeing to hold
the shares acquired for a minimum of one (1) year. In the event that the shares
acquired upon exercise are not held for at least one year from the date of
acquisition, the executive officer is required to reimburse the amount received
under the Plan. During 1999, no executive officers received payments under the
Gross-Up Plan, but Messrs. Taber, Young, Derenzo and Bender deferred payments of
$32,416, $69,922, $14,799, and $15,434, respectively, which were paid in January
2000.

                                      170
<PAGE>

         Effective May 1, 1998, the American River Bank Deferred Compensation
Plan was established for the purpose of providing certain highly compensated
individuals, which includes the executive officers, an opportunity to defer
compensation. Participants, who are selected by a committee designated by the
board of directors, may elect to defer annually a minimum of $5,000 or a maximum
of eighty percent of their base salary and all of their cash bonus. American
River Bank bears all administration costs, but does not make contributions to
the plan.

         American River Bank purchased additional life insurance policies on the
lives of David T. Taber and William L. Young. Mr. Taber's policy is a 10-year,
$1,000,000 level-term life insurance policy with American River Bank as the
owner and sole beneficiary. The annual premium cost for the policy on Mr. Taber
is approximately $700. Two policies were purchased on the life of Mr. Young in
the amount of $250,000 each. Each term life insurance policy consists of two
5-year step rates with American River Bank as the owner and sole beneficiary.
The annual premium cost for the policies on Mr. Young is approximately $5,000
for the first 5-year period and $8,000 for the second 5-year period.





/s/ CHARLES D. FITE         /s/ SAM J. GALLINA       /s/ ROGER J. TAYLOR, D.D.S.
- ------------------------    -----------------------  ---------------------------
    Charles D. Fite             Sam J. Gallina           Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S.


                                      171
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Set forth below is the summary compensation paid during the three years
ended December 31, 1999 to David T. Taber, Mitchell A. Derenzo, William L.
Young, Richard M. Borst, Douglas E. Tow and Kevin B. Bender, the only executive
officers of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries.


<TABLE>
                                                     Summary Compensation Table
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Long-Term Compensation
                                           Annual Compensation                           Awards             Payouts
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (a)                  (b)        (c)        (d)           (e)           (f)           (g)           (h)          (i)
           Name and               Year      Salary     Bonus     Other Annual   Restricted     Securities      LTIP       All Other
      Principal Position                   ($) (1)    ($) (2)    Compensation      Stock       Underlying     Payouts   Compensation
                                                                    ($) (3)      Award(s)     Options/SARs      ($)        ($) (5)
                                                                                    ($)         (#) (4)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>
David T. Taber, President and     1999     $123,057   $ 98,152         -             -             -             -       $ 42,694
Chief Executive Officer,
American River Holdings;          1998      123,057     54,033         -             -             -             -         39,149
Executive Vice President,
American River Bank;              1997      121,000     50,078         -             -             -             -          5,455
President and Chief Executive
Officer of First
Source Capital
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mitchell A. Derenzo,              1999       82,734    19,557          -             -             -             -         17,868
Chief Financial Officer,
American River Holdings;          1998       78,168     7,759          -             -             -             -         10,926
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer,          1997       73,700     8,344          -             -           17,365          -          2,461
American River Bank; Chief
Financial Officer,
First Source Capital
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William L. Young, President       1999     123,057     98,152          -             -             -             -         75,618
and Chief Executive Officer,
American River Bank               1998     123,057     54,093          -             -             -             -          5,672

                                  1997     121,000     54,313          -             -             -             -          5,440

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Richard M. Borst, Senior Vice     1999      71,373     16,895          -             -             -             -          2,648
President and Client Services
Manager, American River Bank      1998      67,519      6,914          -             -             -             -          2,233

                                  1997      64,800      7,302          -             -           17,365          -          8,405
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Douglas E. Tow, Senior Vice       1999      92,922     22,786          -             -             -             -          4,057
President and Credit
Administrator, American River     1998      91,144      9,423          -             -            7,875          -          3,017
Bank
                                  1997      89,400     18,420          -             -             -             -          3,234
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kevin B. Bender, Senior Vice      1999      58,782     11,153          -             -           10,000          -         17,444
President and Chief
Information Officer, American     1998      55,689      4,391          -             -             -             -          1,802
River Bank
                                  1997      51,044      4,543          -             -             -             -          1,668
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      172
<PAGE>

(1)      Amounts shown include cash compensation earned and received by
         executive officers as well as amounts earned but deferred at the
         election of those officers under the 401(k) Plan and the Deferred
         Compensation Plan.
(2)      Amounts indicated as incentive bonus payments are listed in the year
         paid. Additional amounts accrued in 1999 and paid in the first quarter
         of 2000 were $144,465 to Mr. Taber, $18,202 to Mr. Derenzo, $144,465 to
         Mr. Young, $15,702 to Mr. Borst, $20,443 to Mr. Tow, and $10,777 to Mr.
         Bender.
(3)      No executive officer received perquisites or other personal benefits in
         excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of each such officer's total
         annual salary and bonus during 1999, 1998 and 1997.
(4)      Amounts shown represent the number of shares granted as adjusted for
         stock splits and stock dividends. American River Bank has a 1995 Stock
         Option Plan (the "1995 Plan") pursuant to which options can be granted
         to directors and key, full-time salaried, officers and employees of
         American River Holdings and its subsidiaries. Options granted under the
         1995 Plan were either incentive options or nonstatutory options.
         Options granted under the 1995 Plan became exercisable in accordance
         with a vesting schedule established at the time of grant. Vesting can
         not extend beyond ten years from the date of grant. Upon a change in
         control of American River Holdings, all outstanding options under the
         1995 Plan will become fully vested and exercisable. Options granted
         under the 1995 Plan are adjusted to protect against dilution in the
         event of certain changes in American River Holdings' capitalization,
         including stock splits and stock dividends. All options granted to the
         named executive officers are incentive stock options and have an
         exercise price equal to the fair market value of American River
         Holdings common stock on the date of grant.
(5)      Amounts shown for each named executive officer include 401(k) matching
         contributions, the use of an automobile owned by American River Bank,
         payments received as well as amounts deferred at the election of those
         executive officers under the Gross-Up Plan, and earned but unpaid
         interest on amounts deferred under the American River Bank Deferred
         Compensation Plan.

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
granting of options under the 1995 Stock Option Plan during the year ended
December 31, 1999.


                      Option/SAR Grants In Last Fiscal Year

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Individual Grants
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Number of       Percentage
                       Securities        of Total
                       Underlying      Options/SARs      Exercise
                       Option/SARs      Granted to       or Base
                         Granted       Employees in       Price       Expiration
       Name              (#)(1)         Fiscal Year    ($/Sh)(2)         Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Kevin B. Bender         10,000            100%        $ 15.375      11/17/09
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)      Options granted under the 1995 Plan were either incentive options or
         nonstatutory options. Options granted under the 1995 Plan became
         exercisable in accordance with a vesting schedule established at the
         time of grant. Vesting can not extend beyond ten years from the date of
         grant. Upon a change in control of American River Holdings, all
         outstanding options under the 1995 Plan will become fully vested and
         exercisable. Options granted under the 1995 Plan are adjusted to
         protect against dilution in the event of certain changes in American
         River Holdings' capitalization, including stock splits and stock
         dividends. All options granted to the named executive officers are
         incentive stock options and

                                      173
<PAGE>

         have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of American River
         Holdings common stock on the date of grant.
(2)      The exercise price was determined based upon the closing price of
         American River Holdings common stock on the grant date.

         The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock
acquired by each of the named executive officers upon the exercise of stock
options during fiscal 1999, the net value realized upon exercise, the number of
shares of common stock represented by outstanding stock options held by each of
the named executive officers as of December 31, 1999, the value of such options
based on the closing price of American River Holdings common stock, and certain
information concerning unexercised options under the 1995 Stock Option Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises In Last Fiscal Year And
                                                  FY-End Option/SAR Values

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Number of
                                                                   Securities                   Value of
                                                                   Underlying                  Unexercised
                                                                   Unexercised                in-the-Money
                                                                  Options/SARs                Options/SARs
                                                                 at Fiscal Year-             at Fiscal Year-
                                     Shares        Value             End (#)                     End ($)
                                   Acquired on    Realized        Exercisable/                Exercisable/
             Name                  Exercise (#)     ($)           Unexercisable               Unexercisable
              (a)                      (b)          (c)                (d)                       (e) 1/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>            <C>                      <C>
 David T. Taber                      5,788         84,969         34,730 / 8,682           297,920  / 74,480
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Mitchell A. Derenzo                 2,910         38,791          6,946 /10,419            27,585  / 41,378
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 William L. Young                   12,679        183,282         34,730 / 8,682           297,920  / 74,480
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Richard M. Borst                    6,600         21,756            346 /10,419             1,374  / 41,378
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Douglas E. Tow                      1,500          8,881          5,285 / 9,774            18,757  / 21,053
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Kevin B. Bender                     2,756         40,457             -  /10,000               -    /      -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(1)      The aggregate value has been determined based upon the closing price
         for American River Holdings common stock at year-end, minus the
         exercise price.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

         On May 29, 1996, American River Bank entered into employment agreements
with David T. Taber and William L. Young. The agreements provide for an original
term of two years subject to automatic extensions of two years following
expiration of the original term and one-year extensions thereafter unless
terminated in accordance with the terms of the agreements. The agreements
provide for a base salary which is disclosed for 1999 in the Summary
Compensation Table on page 172. The base salary under each agreement is reviewed
annually and is subject to adjustment at the discretion of the board of
directors. Additionally, the agreements provide for, among other things (i) an
annual incentive bonus based upon American River Bank's achievement of certain
profitability, growth and asset quality standards as set forth in the
agreements; (ii) reduction of base salary payments by the amounts received from
state disability insurance or workers' compensation or other similar insurance
benefits through policies provided by American River Bank; (iii) stock option
grants in the discretion of the board of directors under American

                                      174
<PAGE>

River Holdings' stock option plan; (iv) four weeks annual paid vacation leave;
(v) use of an automobile; and (vi) reimbursement for ordinary and necessary
expenses incurred in connection with employment.

         The agreements may be terminated with or without cause, but if the
agreements are terminated without cause due to the occurrence of circumstances
that make it impossible or impractical for American River Bank to conduct or
continue its business, the loss by American River Bank of its legal capacity to
contract or American River Bank's breach of the terms of the agreement, the
employee is entitled to receive severance compensation equal to six months of
the existing base salary plus any incentive bonus due. The agreements further
provide that in the event of a "change in control" as defined therein and within
a period of two years following consummation of such change in control (i) the
employee's employment is terminated; or (ii) any adverse change occurs in the
nature and scope of the employee's position, responsibilities, duties, salary,
benefits or location of employment; or (iii) any event occurs which reasonably
constitutes a demotion, significant diminution or constructive termination of
employment, then the employee will be entitled to receive severance compensation
in an amount equal to one and one-half times the employee's average annual
compensation for the five years immediately preceding the change in control.

         On March 18, 1998, American River Bank adopted the American River Bank
Employee Severance Policy. The Policy allows for certain named employees to
receive severance payments equal to six times their monthly base pay should
these named employees be terminated within one year of a "change in control."
The board of directors has designated executive officers, Mitchell A. Derenzo,
Douglas E. Tow, Richard M. Borst and Kevin B. Bender to be covered under the
Policy.


                                      175
<PAGE>

COMPARISON OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS SHAREHOLDER RETURN

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage change in the
cumulative total return on American River Holdings common stock with the
cumulative total return of the SNL Securities Index of National Peer Banks
(asset size of less than $500 million) and the S&P 500 Index as of the end of
each of American River Holdings' last five fiscal years.

         The following table assumes that $100.00 was invested on December 31,
1994 in American River Holdings common stock and each index, and that all
dividends were reinvested. Returns have been adjusted for any stock dividends
and stock splits declared by American River Holdings. Shareholder returns over
the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future shareholder
returns.


<TABLE>
                             [GRAPHIC CHART OMITTED]

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                            Total Return Performance


                                                                   PERIOD ENDING
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index                        12/31/94        12/31/95       12/31/96        12/31/97       12/31/98       12/31/99
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
American River Holdings        100.00          137.69         168.44          361.49         344.58         328.68
S&P 500                        100.00          137.58         169.03          225.44         289.79         350.78
SNL <$500M Bank Index          100.00          136.80         176.08          300.16         274.06         253.69

</TABLE>

                                      176
<PAGE>

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

         American River Holdings does not currently have a class of securities
registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
nor is it required to file reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission
under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, American
River Holdings' directors, executive officers and ten percent or more
shareholders of American River Holdings equity securities are not required to
file reports of initial ownership and changes in ownership of its equity
securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

         In connection with the merger, American River Holdings will register
its common stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act and thereafter
will be required to file reports under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. At that time, the directors,
executive officers and ten percent or more shareholders of American River
Holdings equity securities will be required to file such ownership reports with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.

TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS

         There have been no transactions, or series of similar transactions,
during 1999, or any currently proposed transaction, or series of similar
transactions, to which American River Holdings and its subsidiaries was or is to
be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000 and in
which any director or executive officer of American River Holdings or its
subsidiaries, any shareholder owning of record or beneficially 5% or more of
American River Holdings common stock, or any member of the immediate family of
any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material
interest, except as follows:

         American River Bank leases premises at 9750 Business Park Drive,
Sacramento, California, from Bradshaw Plaza Group, which is owned in part by
Charles D. Fite, a director of American River Holdings. The lease term is 7
years and expires on November 30, 2006, subject to extension for one five year
option term. The premises consist of 4,590 square feet on the ground floor. The
current monthly rent is $7,100. The approximate aggregate rental payments for
the period from January 1, 2000 through the lease term expiring on November 30,
2006 will be $613,000. If the five year option is exercised, the approximate
aggregate rental payments for the option term will be $474,000.

         American River Bank leases premises at 10123 Fair Oaks Boulevard, Fair
Oaks, California, from Marjorie Taylor, a director of American River Holdings.
The lease term is 12 years and expires on March 1, 2009. The premises consist of
2,380 square feet on the ground floor and the current monthly rent is $1,653.
The approximate aggregate rental payments for the period from January 1, 2000
through the lease term expiring on March 1, 2009 will be $201,000.

CERTAIN BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

         There were no business relationships during 1999 of the type requiring
disclosure under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K.

INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT

         American River Holdings, through its subsidiaries, has had, and expects
in the future to have banking transactions in the ordinary course of its
business with many of American River Holdings' directors and officers and their
associates, including transactions with corporations of which such persons

                                      177
<PAGE>

are directors, officers or controlling shareholders, on substantially the same
terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing for
comparable transactions with others. Management believes that in 1999 such
transactions comprising loans did not involve more than the normal risk of
collectibility or present other unfavorable features. Loans to executive
officers of American River Holdings and its subsidiaries are subject to
limitations as to amount and purposes prescribed in part by the Federal Reserve
Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation.


                                      178
<PAGE>

                                 PROPOSAL NO. 6
        RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF PERRY-SMITH LLP AS INDEPENDENT
                          ACCOUNTANTS FOR THE YEAR 2000

         The board of directors has selected Perry-Smith LLP as independent
accountants for American River Holdings for the fiscal year ending December 31,
2000 and recommends that the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP be ratified by the
shareholders of American River Holdings. Perry-Smith LLP audited American River
Holdings' financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999.

         A representative from Perry-Smith LLP will be present at the annual
meeting of shareholders and will be afforded the opportunity to make a statement
if he or she desires to do so and will be available to respond to questions.

VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL

         The ratification of the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as American
River Holdings' independent accountants requires that holders of a majority of
the shares of common stock of American River Holdings voting in person or by
proxy at the annual meeting, cast votes "FOR" the proposal.

RECOMMENDATION OF MANAGEMENT

         The Board of Directors believes that this proposal is in the best
interests of American River Holdings and its shareholders, and unanimously
recommends a vote "FOR" its approval.


                                       179
<PAGE>

                   AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       FOR THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
                                       AND
                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                       AND
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997


                                      180
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                   (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           March 31,     December 31,
                                                             2000            1999
                                                         ------------   ------------
                            ASSETS

<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Cash and due from banks                                  $ 12,536,000   $  8,274,000
Federal funds sold                                          1,150,000      7,125,000
Interest-bearing deposits in banks                          5,631,000      5,527,000
Investment securities (market value of $53,355,000 at
    March 31, 2000 and $57,372,000 at December 31,
    1999) (Note 2)                                         53,597,000     57,567,000
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $1,736,000 at
    March 31, 2000 and $1,679,000 at December 31,
    1999 (Notes 3, 8, 9 and 12)                           118,485,000    117,308,000
Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 4)                     542,000        463,000
Accounts receivable servicing receivables (Notes 5
    and 11)                                                 2,280,000      2,123,000
Accrued interest receivable and other assets                3,108,000      2,975,000
                                                         ------------   ------------

                                                         $197,329,000   $201,362,000
                                                         ============   ============
<CAPTION>
                        LIABILITIES AND
                     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Deposits:
    Non-interest bearing                                 $ 45,311,000   $ 47,994,000
    Interest bearing (Note 6)                             131,018,000    133,002,000
                                                         ------------   ------------

          Total deposits                                  176,329,000    180,996,000

Long-term debt (Note 8)                                     2,115,000      2,125,000
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities              1,485,000      1,628,000
                                                         ------------   ------------

          Total liabilities                               179,929,000    184,749,000
                                                         ------------   ------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

Shareholders' equity (Note 10):
    Common stock - no par value; 20,000,000 shares
    authorized; issued and outstanding - 1,793,274
    shares                                                  6,722,000      6,722,000
Retained earnings                                          10,965,000     10,171,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Notes 2
    and 13)                                                  (287,000)      (280,000)
                                                         ------------   ------------

          Total shareholders' equity                       17,400,000     16,613,000
                                                         ------------   ------------

                                                         $197,329,000   $201,362,000
                                                         ============   ============
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      181
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                   (UNAUDITED)

            FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   2000         1999
                                                                ----------   ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans                                  $2,804,000   $2,649,000
    Interest on Federal funds sold                                  38,000       32,000
    Interest on deposits in banks                                   86,000       72,000
    Interest and dividends on investment securities:
       Taxable                                                     711,000      453,000
       Exempt from Federal income taxes                            111,000       63,000
       Dividends                                                    16,000       13,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Total interest income                                  3,766,000    3,282,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

Interest expense:
    Interest on deposits (Note 6)                                1,279,000      985,000
    Interest on short-term borrowings (Note 7)                       6,000        1,000
    Interest on long-term debt (Note 8)                             32,000       33,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Total interest expense                                 1,317,000    1,019,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Net interest income                                    2,449,000    2,263,000

Provision for loan losses (Note 3)                                 105,000       94,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Net interest income after provision for loan losses    2,344,000    2,169,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

Non-interest income:
    Service charges                                                113,000      114,000
    Gains on sale of investment securities (Note 2)                  5,000
    Other income (Note 11)                                         337,000      190,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Total non-interest income                                455,000      304,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

Other expenses:
    Salaries and employee benefits (Note 3)                        935,000      842,000
    Occupancy (Note 4)                                             111,000      101,000
    Furniture and equipment (Note 4)                                59,000       59,000
    Other expense (Note 11)                                        420,000      378,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Total other expenses                                   1,525,000    1,380,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Income before income taxes                             1,274,000    1,093,000

Income taxes                                                       480,000      420,000
                                                                ----------   ----------

          Net income                                            $  794,000   $  673,000
                                                                ==========   ==========

Basic earnings per share (Note 10)                                 $   .44      $   .37
                                                                   =======      =======

Diluted earnings per share (Note 10)                               $   .42      $   .35
                                                                   =======      =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      182
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (UNAUDITED)

                 FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
                      AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Common Stock
                                                                             ------------------------------     Retained
                                                                                 Shares         Amount           Earnings
                                                                             -------------    -------------   -------------
        <S>                                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>
         Balance, January 1, 1999                                              1,148,271     $  6,031,000     $  9,167,000
         Comprehensive income (Note 13):
            Net income                                                                                           2,901,000
            Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
                Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
                  securities

                    Total comprehensive income

         Cash dividends                                                                                           (416,000)
         Three-for-two stock split                                               582,669
         5% stock dividend                                                        85,879        1,474,000       (1,474,000)
         Fractional shares redeemed                                                                                 (7,000)
         Stock options exercised                                                  52,989          692,000
         Retirement of common stock                                              (76,534)      (1,475,000)
                                                                               ---------       ----------       ----------
         Balance, December 31, 1999                                            1,793,274        6,722,000       10,171,000

         Comprehensive income (Note 13):
            Net income                                                                                             794,000
            Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
                Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
                  securities

                     Total comprehensive income




         Balance, March 31, 2000                                               1,793,274     $  6,722,000     $ 10,965,000
==========================================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Accumulated
                                                                                 Other
                                                                             Comprehensive   Shareholders'    Comprehensive
                                                                              Income (Loss)      Equity          Income
                                                                            --------------   -------------    -------------
        <S>                                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>
         Balance, January 1, 1999                                           $    178,000     $ 15,376,000
         Comprehensive income (Note 13):
            Net income                                                                          2,901,000     $  2,901,000
            Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
                Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
                  securities                                                    (458,000)        (458,000)        (458,000)
                                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                                              $  2,443,000
                                                                                                              ============
                    Total comprehensive income


         Cash dividends                                                                          (416,000)
         Three-for-two stock split
         5% stock dividend
         Fractional shares redeemed                                                                (7,000)
         Stock options exercised                                                                  692,000
         Retirement of common stock                                                            (1,475,000)
                                                                            ------------     ------------

         Balance, December 31, 1999                                             (280,000)      16,613,000

         Comprehensive income (Note 13):
            Net income                                                                            794,000     $    794,000
            Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
                Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
                  securities                                                      (7,000)          (7,000)          (7,000)
                     Total comprehensive income                                                               $    787,000
                                                                                                              ============
                                                                            ------------     ------------
         Balance, March 31, 2000                                            $   (287,000)    $ 17,400,000
==========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.


                                      183
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

            FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   2000            1999
                                                               ------------    ------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                                 $    794,000    $    673,000
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
          Provision for loan losses                                 105,000          94,000
          Deferred loan origination fees (costs), net                49,000         (37,000)
          Depreciation and amortization                              59,000          59,000
          (Accretion) amortization of investment security
              discounts premiums, net                               (93,000)          2,000
          Gain on sale of securities                                 (5,000)
          Gain on sale of equipment                                  (2,000)
          Loss on sale of other real estate
          Increase in accrued interest receivable and
              other assets                                         (186,000)         (7,000)
          Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
              and other liabilities                                  72,000         (11,000)
                                                               ------------    ------------

                 Net cash provided by operating activities          793,000         776,000
                                                               ------------    ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale
       investment securities                                          7,000         998,000
    Proceeds from called held-to-maturity investment
       securities                                                   155,000
    Proceeds from matured available-for-sale investment
       securities                                                11,500,000       8,200,000
    Proceeds from matured held-to-maturity investment
       securities                                                   750,000       1,000,000
    Purchases of available-for-sale investment securities        (8,289,000)     (5,493,000)
    Purchases of held-to-maturity investment securities            (487,000)     (1,989,000)
    Proceeds from principal repayments for held-to-
       maturity mortgage-related securities                         422,000         495,000
    Net increase in interest-bearing deposits in banks             (104,000)
    Net increase in loans                                        (1,290,000)     (1,597,000)
    Net (increase) decrease in accounts receivable servicing
       receivables                                                 (157,000)        314,000
    Proceeds from the sale of equipment                              10,000
    Purchases of equipment                                         (131,000)        (12,000)
    Proceeds from sale of other real estate                                         104,000
                                                               ------------    ------------

                 Net cash used in investing activities            2,386,000       2,020,000
                                                               ------------    ------------
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)


                                      184
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)

            FOR THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             2000            1999
                                                         ------------    ------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net decrease in demand, interest-bearing and
       savings deposits                                  $ (7,414,000)   $ (6,502,000)
    Net increase in time deposits                           2,747,000       3,351,000
    Repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advance               (10,000)        (10,000)
    Payment of cash dividends                                (215,000)       (185,000)
    Cash paid for fractional shares                                            (2,000)
    Cash paid to repurchase common stock                                     (440,000)
    Exercise of stock options                                                 303,000
                                                         ------------    ------------

                 Net cash used by financing activities     (4,892,000)     (3,485,000)
                                                         ------------    ------------

                 Decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (1,713,000)       (689,000)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period           15,399,000      15,263,000
                                                         ------------    ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period               $ 13,686,000    $ 14,574,000
                                                         ============    ============

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
    Cash paid during the period for:
       Interest expense                                  $  1,265,000    $  1,036,000
       Income taxes                                      $    260,000    $    235,000

Net change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale
    investment securities                                $    (10,000)   $   (102,000)
</TABLE>


                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.


                                      185
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)

1.       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
         prepared in a condensed format and, therefore, do not include all of
         the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
         principles for complete financial statements. However, in the opinion
         of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
         adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been
         reflected in the financial statements. The results of operations for
         the three months ended March 31, 2000 are not necessarily indicative of
         the results to be expected for the full year. Certain reclassifications
         have been made to prior period amounts to present them on a basis
         consistent with classifications for the three months ended March 31,
         2000.

2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 consisted of the following:

         AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 March 31, 2000
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Gross               Gross             Estimated
                                                      Amortized         Unrealized           Unrealized            Market
                                                        Cost               Gains               Losses              Value
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------
        <S>                                        <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         U.S. Government
              agencies                              $ 19,128,000       $      1,000        $   (219,000)       $ 18,910,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions                                8,798,000             32,000            (285,000)          8,545,000
         Corporate stock                               1,063,000             24,000             (13,000)          1,074,000
         Federal Home Loan
              Bank stock                                 555,000                                                    555,000
         Commercial paper                              4,890,000                                                  4,890,000
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------
                                                    $ 34,434,000       $     57,000        $   (517,000)       $ 33,974,000
                                                    ============       ============        ============        ============
</TABLE>

         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $460,000 were recorded, net of $173,000 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity.
         Proceeds and gross realized gains from the sale of available-for-sale
         investment securities for the three months ended March 31, 2000 totaled
         $7,000 and $5,000, respectively.


                                      186
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)

2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE: (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                December 31, 1999
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Gross               Gross             Estimated
                                                      Amortized         Unrealized           Unrealized            Market
                                                        Cost               Gains               Losses              Value
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------
<S>                                                <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         U.S. Government
              agencies                              $ 17,837,000       $      4,000        $   (144,000)       $ 17,697,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions                                8,462,000             15,000            (348,000)          8,129,000
         Corporate stock                                 764,000             40,000             (17,000)            787,000
         Federal Home Loan
              Bank stock                                 547,000                                                    547,000
         Commercial paper                              9,908,000                                                  9,908,000
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------

                                                    $ 37,518,000       $     59,000        $   (509,000)       $ 37,068,000
                                                    ============       ============        ============        ============
</TABLE>

         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $450,000 were recorded, net of $170,000 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity. There
         were no sales of available-for-sale investment securities for the three
         month period ended March 31, 1999.

         HELD-TO-MATURITY:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  March 31, 2000
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Gross               Gross             Estimated
                                                      Amortized         Unrealized           Unrealized            Market
                                                        Cost               Gains               Losses              Value
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------
        <S>                                        <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         U.S. Government
              agencies                              $  2,501,000                           $     (7,000)       $  2,494,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions                                2,019,000       $      9,000              (9,000)          2,019,000
         Government guaran-
              teed mortgage-
              backed secur-
              ities                                   11,462,000              1,000            (187,000)         11,276,000
         Corporate debt
              securities                               3,613,000                                (49,000)          3,564,000
         Other debt securities                            28,000                                                     28,000
                                                    ------------       ------------        ------------        ------------

                                                    $ 19,623,000       $     10,000        $   (252,000)       $ 19,381,000
                                                    ============       ============        ============        ============
</TABLE>


                                      187
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         HELD-TO-MATURITY: (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  December 31, 1999
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Gross            Gross             Estimated
                                            Amortized        Unrealized        Unrealized           Market
                                              Cost             Gains            Losses              Value
                                          -------------     ------------     -------------       ------------
       <S>                                <C>                <C>            <C>                 <C>
         U.S. Government
              agencies                     $  3,003,000       $  3,000       $     (7,000)       $  2,999,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions                       2,188,000         16,000             (7,000)          2,197,000
         Government guaran-
              teed mortgage-
              backed secur-
              ities                          11,891,000                          (155,000)         11,736,000
         Corporate debt
              securities                      3,387,000                           (45,000)          3,342,000
         Other debt securities                   30,000                                                30,000
                                          -------------     ------------     ------------        ------------
                                           $ 20,499,000     $     19,000     $   (214,000)       $ 20,304,000
                                          =============     ============     ============        ============
</TABLE>

         There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity investment
         securities for the three month periods ended March 31, 2000 and 1999.


                                      188
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at March 31, 2000 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected
         maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers
         of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
         or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Available-for-Sale                       Held-to-Maturity
                                                       ------------------------------        ------------------------------
                                                                          Estimated                              Estimated
                                                         Amortized          Market           Amortized             Market
                                                           Cost              Value              Cost               Value
                                                       -----------       ------------        -----------        -----------
        <S>                                           <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
         Within one year                              $ 11,071,000       $ 11,062,000       $  3,426,000       $  3,405,000
         After one year
           through five years                           14,442,000         14,192,000          4,684,000          4,649,000
         After five years
           through ten years                               450,000            423,000             23,000             23,000
         After ten years                                 6,853,000          6,668,000
                                                      ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------
                                                        32,816,000         32,345,000          8,133,000          8,077,000

         Investment securities
           not due at a single
           maturity date:
              SBA loan pools                                                                      28,000            28,000
              Government
                guaranteed mortgage-
                backed securities                                                             11,462,000        11,276,000
              Corporate stock                            1,063,000          1,074,000
              Federal Home Loan Bank stock                 555,000            555,000
                                                      ------------       ------------       ------------       ------------
                                                      $ 34,434,000       $ 33,974,000       $ 19,623,000       $ 19,381,000
                                                      ============       ============       ============       ============
</TABLE>

         Investment securities with amortized costs totaling $8,018,000 and
         $8,021,000 and market values totaling $7,929,000 and $7,957,000 were
         pledged to secure treasury tax and loan accounts, U.S. Bankruptcy Court
         trustee accounts and State Treasury funds on deposit at March 31, 2000
         and December 31, 1999, respectively.


                                      189
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)

3.       LOANS

         Outstanding loans are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   March 31,                  December 31,
                                                                                     2000                         1999
                                                                                -------------                -------------
        <S>                                                                    <C>                          <C>
         Commercial                                                             $  31,840,000                $  30,265,000
         Real estate-mortgage                                                      71,243,000                   62,867,000
         Real estate-construction                                                  13,087,000                   21,307,000
         Consumer                                                                   4,411,000                    4,859,000
                                                                                -------------                -------------
                                                                                  120,581,000                  119,298,000

         Deferred loan fees, net                                                     (360,000)                    (311,000)
         Allowance for loan losses                                                 (1,736,000)                  (1,679,000)
                                                                                -------------                -------------
                                                                                $ 118,485,000                $ 117,308,000
                                                                                =============                =============
</TABLE>

         Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                March 31,                       Year Ended
                                                     --------------------------------          December 31,
                                                        2000                 1999                 1999
                                                     -----------          -----------          -----------
       <S>                                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>
         Balance, beginning of period                $ 1,679,000          $ 1,362,000          $ 1,362,000
         Provision charged to operations                 105,000               94,000              407,000
         Losses charged to allowance                      (7,000)              (4,000)            (100,000)
         Amounts transferred to accounts
             receivable servicing receivables
             valuation reserve                           (41,000)
         Recoveries                                                                                 10,000
                                                     -----------          -----------          -----------
             Balance, end of period                  $ 1,736,000          $ 1,452,000          $ 1,679,000
                                                     ===========          ===========          ===========
</TABLE>

         At March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, nonaccrual loans totaled
         $9,000 and $30,000, respectively. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans
         for the three month periods ended March 31, 2000 and 1999 were not
         material. The recorded investment in loans that were considered to be
         impaired totaled $9,000 and $30,000 at March 31, 2000 and December 31,
         1999, respectively. The related allowance for loan losses for these
         loans at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 was $1,000 and $12,000,
         respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the
         three month periods ended March 31, 2000 and 1999, was $20,000 and
         $107,000, respectively. Interest income on impaired loans recognized
         during those same periods using a cash-basis method was not material.


                                      190
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


3.       LOANS (Continued)

         Salaries and employee benefits totaling $80,000 and $60,000 have been
         deferred as loan origination costs for the three month periods ended
         March 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

4.       BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    March 31,              December 31,
                                                                                      2000                     1999
                                                                               ------------------       ------------------
        <S>                                                                   <C>                       <C>
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                     $        1,805,000       $        1,778,000
         Leasehold improvements                                                           490,000                  432,000
                                                                               ------------------       ------------------
                                                                                        2,295,000                2,210,000
                  Less accumulated depreciation
                      and amortization                                                 (1,753,000)              (1,747,000)
                                                                               ------------------       ------------------

                                                                               $          542,000       $          463,000
                                                                               ==================       ==================
</TABLE>

         Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and furniture and
         equipment expenses totaled $44,000 and $49,000 for the three month
         periods ended March 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

5.       ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SERVICING RECEIVABLES

         The Bank purchases existing accounts receivable on a discounted basis
         from selected borrowers and assumes the related billing and collection
         responsibilities. Accounts receivable servicing fees included in other
         income totaled $89,000 and $29,000 for the three month periods ended
         March 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively (see Note 11).

6.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

         Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   March 31,                December 31,
                                                                                     2000                       1999
                                                                             ------------------          ------------------
        <S>                                                                 <C>                         <C>
         Savings                                                             $        8,396,000          $        8,506,000
         Money market                                                                47,235,000                  53,111,000
         NOW accounts                                                                16,563,000                  15,308,000
         Time, $100,000 or more                                                      34,521,000                  35,503,000
         Other time                                                                  24,303,000                  20,574,000
                                                                             ------------------          ------------------

                                                                             $      131,018,000          $      133,002,000
                                                                             ==================          ==================
</TABLE>


                                      191
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


6.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS (Continued)

         Interest expense recognized on  interest-bearing  deposits consisted of
         the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                                                  March 31,
                                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                      2000                      1999
                                                                              ------------------         ------------------

        <S>                                                                  <C>                        <C>
         Savings                                                              $           48,000         $           41,000
         Money market                                                                    402,000                    301,000
         NOW accounts                                                                     44,000                     41,000
         Time, $100,000 or more                                                          321,000                    328,000
         Other time                                                                      464,000                    274,000
                                                                              ------------------         ------------------

                                                                              $        1,279,000         $          985,000
                                                                              ==================         ==================
</TABLE>

7.       SHORT-TERM BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

         The Bank has a total of $11,000,000 in unsecured short-term borrowing
         arrangements with two of its correspondent banks. There were no
         borrowings outstanding under these arrangements at March 31, 2000 and
         December 31, 1999.

8.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         The Bank can borrow up to $4,464,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank
         secured by qualifying mortgage loans with unpaid balances of $6,232,000
         at March 31, 2000. Long-term debt consisted of an advance from the
         Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $2,115,000 and $2,125,000 at March 31,
         2000 and December 31, 1999, respectively, bearing a fixed interest rate
         of 6.13%, due in monthly installments of approximately $14,000,
         including principal and interest, with the final principal payment of
         $1,711,000 due December 21, 2007.

9.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

         The Bank grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction,
         commercial and consumer loans to clients throughout Sacramento, Placer,
         Yolo and El Dorado counties.

         Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial
         portion of its portfolio is secured by commercial and residential real
         estate. However, personal and business income represent the primary
         source of repayment for a majority of these loans.


                                      192
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


9.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

         CONTINGENCIES

         The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to legal proceedings and
         claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion
         of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such
         actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of
         operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.

10.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         REGULATORY CAPITAL

         The Bank is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements
         administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
         Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
         mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators
         that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's
         financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
         regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet
         specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the
         Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as
         calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital
         amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by
         the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. The
         Company is subject to similar capital requirements administered by the
         Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

         Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital
         adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts
         and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of
         Tier 1 capital to average assets. Each of these components is defined
         in the regulations. The consolidated average assets and risk-weighted
         assets of the Company and the average assets and risk-weighted assets
         of the Bank are not materially different at March 31, 2000 and December
         31, 1999. Management believes that the Company and the Bank meet all
         their capital adequacy requirements as of March 31, 2000.

         In addition, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the
         Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
         corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must
         maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1
         leverage ratios as set forth on the following page. There are no
         conditions or events since that notification that management believes
         have changed the Bank's category.


                                      193
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


10.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         REGULATORY CAPITAL (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           March 31, 2000               December 31, 1999
                                                                   ---------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                                       Amount           Ratio        Amount            Ratio
                                                                   -----------        --------    -----------         --------
        <S>                                                       <C>                <C>         <C>                 <C>
         LEVERAGE RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                                          $17,536,000           8.8%      $16,741,000           9.2%
         American River Bank                                       $17,232,000           8.7%      $16,414,000           9.0%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution                              $ 9,915,000           5.0%      $ 9,095,000           5.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                            $ 7,932,000           4.0%      $ 7,276,000           4.0%

         TIER 1 RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                                          $17,536,000          12.3%      $16,741,000          11.6%
         American River Bank                                       $17,232,000          12.1%      $16,414,000          11.4%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution                              $ 8,571,000           6.0%      $ 8,639,000           6.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                            $ 5,714,000           4.0%      $ 5,759,000           4.0%

         TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                                          $19,272,000          13.5%      $18,420,000          12.8%
         American River Bank                                       $18,968,000          13.3%      $18,093,000          12.6%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution                              $14,286,000          10.0%      $14,398,000          10.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                            $11,429,000           8.0%      $14,518,000           8.0%
</TABLE>

                                      194
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


10.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and
         diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Weighted
                                                                                                  Average
                                                                                                 Number of
                    For the Three Month                                                            Shares            Per Share
                       Periods Ended                                         Net Income          Outstanding           Amount
         ----------------------------------------                            ----------          -----------         ---------
        <S>                                                                 <C>                  <C>                <C>
         MARCH 31, 2000

         Basic earnings per share                                            $ 794,000            1,793,274          $     .44
                                                                                                                     =========
         Effect of dilutive stock options                                                            84,229
                                                                             ---------            ---------

         Diluted earnings per share                                          $ 794,000            1,877,503          $     .42
                                                                             =========            =========          =========
         MARCH 31, 1999

         Basic earnings per share                                            $ 673,000            1,832,036          $     .37
                                                                                                                     =========
         Effect of dilutive stock options                                                           114,667
                                                                             ---------            ---------

         Diluted earnings per share                                          $ 673,000            1,946,703          $     .35
                                                                             =========            =========          =========
</TABLE>


11.      OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

         Other income consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                                                   March 31,
                                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                                               2000           1999
                                                                                          -----------    -----------

        <S>                                                                              <C>            <C>
         Accounts receivable servicing fees                                               $    89,000    $    29,000
         Merchant fee income                                                                   52,000         42,000
         Income from residential lending division                                              22,000         34,000
         State servicing contract fees                                                         39,000         26,000
         Financial services income                                                             45,000         19,000
         Other                                                                                208,000        154,000
                                                                                          -----------    -----------

                                                                                          $   455,000    $   304,000
                                                                                          ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      195
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


11.      OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE (Continued)

         Other expense consisted of the following:

                                                Three Month Periods Ended
                                                        March 31,
                                                -------------------------
                                                     2000        1999
                                                ----------     ----------
         Outsourced item processing             $   68,000     $   54,000
         Telephone and postage                      53,000         50,000
         Directors compensation                     46,000         52,000
         Professional fees                          69,000         35,000
         Stationery and supplies                    22,000         30,000
         Advertising and promotion                  36,000         23,000
         Other real estate                                         14,000
         Other operating expenses                  126,000        120,000
                                                ----------     ----------

                                                $  420,000     $  378,000
                                                ==========     ==========

12.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into transactions
         with related parties, including Directors and affiliates. These
         transactions include borrowings from the Bank with substantially the
         same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated
         parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving
         related party borrowers during 2000:

         Balance, January 1, 2000                                 $   2,246,000

              Amounts repaid                                             (9,000)
                                                                  -------------

         Balance, March 31, 2000                                  $   2,237,000
                                                                  =============

         The Bank also leases bank premises from members of the Board of
         Directors.  Rental payments to the Directors totaled $26,000 for each
         of the three month periods ended March 31, 2000 and 1999.

13.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive income is reported in addition to net income for all
         periods presented. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial
         reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive
         income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the
         calculation of net income. Unrealized gains and losses on the Company's
         available-for-sale investment securities are included in other
         comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income and the
         components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are
         presented in the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.


                                      196
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                   (Continued)


13.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)

         At March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, the Company held securities
         classified as available-for-sale which had unrealized losses as
         follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Before             Tax             After
                                                                     Tax             Benefit            Tax
                                                               ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
        <S>                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>
         FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000

         Other comprehensive loss:
         Unrealized holding losses                             $       (10,000)  $         3,000  $         (7,000)
                                                               ===============   ===============  ================

         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

         Other comprehensive income:
         Unrealized holding gains                              $      (740,000)  $       282,000  $       (458,000)
                                                               ===============   ===============  ================
</TABLE>


14.      MERGER AND ACQUISITION ACTIVITY

         On March 1, 2000, the Directors of American River Holdings and North
         Coast Bank approved a definitive merger agreement between the two
         companies. As a result, North Coast Bank, American River Bank, and
         first source capital will operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under
         American River Holdings. Under the agreement, each share of North Coast
         Bank will be converted into the right to receive .9644 of a share of
         the common stock of American River Holdings. The transaction will be
         accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. It
         is expected that this merger will be accomplished in the third quarter
         of 2000, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.

         The unaudited pro forma information set forth below assumes that the
         merger of the two companies took place on January 1, 1999. This
         information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
         necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would
         have been achieved had the merger been consummated at that time, nor do
         they consider any potential cost savings or revenue enhancements.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                               March 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------------            Year Ended
                                                                                                              December 31,
                                                                     2000                   1999                  1999
                                                                 -------------         -------------         --------------

        <S>                                                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>
         Net interest income                                     $   3,152,000         $   2,797,000         $   11,754,000
         Net income                                              $     890,000         $     710,000         $    3,128,000
         Basic earnings per common share                         $         .40         $         .31         $         1.37
         Diluted earnings per common share                       $         .38         $         .29         $         1.30
</TABLE>


                                      197
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


The Shareholders and Board of Directors
American River Holdings and Subsidiaries

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of American
River Holdings and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the
related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
American River Holdings and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                     /s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Certified Public Accountants

Sacramento, California
February 24, 2000,
     except for Note 18, as to which
     the date is March 1, 2000


                                      198
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                           DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              1999                  1998
                                                                                          ------------         ------------
                            ASSETS

       <S>                                                                               <C>                  <C>
         Cash and due from banks                                                          $  8,274,000        $  11,538,000
         Federal funds sold                                                                  7,125,000            3,725,000
         Interest-bearing deposits in banks                                                  5,527,000            5,015,000
         Investment securities (market value of $57,372,000
             in 1999 and $40,920,000 in 1998) (Note 2)                                      57,567,000           40,800,000
         Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $1,679,000
             in 1999 and $1,362,000 in 1998 (Notes 3, 8, 10
             and 14)                                                                       117,308,000          112,329,000
         Other real estate                                                                                          561,000
         Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 4)                                             463,000              450,000
         Accounts receivable servicing receivables (Notes 5
             and 12)                                                                         2,123,000            1,189,000
         Accrued interest receivable and other assets (Note 9)                               2,975,000            2,217,000
                                                                                          ------------        -------------

                                                                                          $201,362,000        $ 177,824,000
                                                                                          ============        =============
<CAPTION>
                        LIABILITIES AND
                     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
        <S>                                                                              <C>                  <C>
         Deposits:
             Non-interest bearing                                                         $  47,994,000       $  43,255,000
             Interest bearing (Note 6)                                                      133,002,000         115,696,000
                                                                                          -------------       -------------

                       Total deposits                                                       180,996,000         158,951,000

         Long-term debt (Note 8)                                                              2,125,000           2,164,000
         Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                                       1,628,000           1,333,000
                                                                                          -------------       -------------

                       Total liabilities                                                    184,749,000         162,448,000
                                                                                          -------------       -------------

         Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

         Shareholders' equity (Note 11):
             Common stock - no par value; 20,000,000 shares
                authorized; issued and outstanding - 1,793,274
                shares in 1999 and 1,148,271 shares in 1998                                   6,722,000           6,031,000
             Retained earnings                                                               10,171,000           9,167,000
             Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
                (Notes 2 and 15)                                                               (280,000)            178,000
                                                                                          -------------       -------------

                       Total shareholders' equity                                            16,613,000          15,376,000
                                                                                          -------------       -------------

                                                                                          $ 201,362,000       $ 177,824,000
                                                                                          =============       =============
</TABLE>

                   The accompanying notes are an integral part
                         of these financial statements.


                                      199
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1999          1998          1997
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans               $10,543,000   $10,472,000   $ 9,352,000
    Interest on Federal funds sold               299,000       283,000       300,000
    Interest on deposits in banks                290,000       293,000       281,000
    Interest and dividends on
       investment securities:
       Taxable                                 2,066,000     1,867,000     1,872,000
       Exempt from Federal income
          taxes                                  330,000       209,000       150,000
       Dividends                                  51,000        63,000        61,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

              Total interest income           13,579,000    13,187,000    12,016,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

Interest expense:
    Interest on deposits (Note 6)              4,143,000     4,318,000     4,201,000
    Interest on short-term borrowings
       (Note 7)                                    6,000         8,000         3,000
    Interest on long-term debt (Note 8)          131,000       135,000        10,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

              Total interest expense           4,280,000     4,461,000     4,214,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

              Net interest income              9,299,000     8,726,000     7,802,000

Provision for loan losses (Note 3)               407,000       360,000       535,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

              Net interest income after
                 provision for loan losses     8,892,000     8,366,000     7,267,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

Non-interest income:
    Service charges                              438,000       447,000       424,000
    Other income (Notes 5 and 12)              1,082,000       856,000       574,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------

              Total non-interest income        1,520,000     1,303,000       998,000
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>


                                   (Continued)


                                      200
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                   (Continued)

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999                  1998                  1997
                                                  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                              <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Other expenses:
    Salaries and employee benefits
       (Notes 3 and 13)                           $          3,496,000  $          3,310,000  $          2,893,000
    Occupancy (Notes 4 and 10)                                 420,000               409,000               405,000
    Furniture and equipment (Note 4)                           257,000               289,000               335,000
    Other expense (Note 12)                                  1,570,000             1,592,000             1,353,000
                                                  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------

              Total other expenses                           5,743,000             5,600,000             4,986,000
                                                  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------

              Income before income
                 taxes                                       4,669,000             4,069,000             3,279,000

Income taxes (Note 9)                                        1,768,000             1,564,000             1,278,000
                                                  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------

              Net income                          $          2,901,000  $          2,505,000  $          2,001,000
                                                  ====================  ====================  ====================


Basic earnings per share (Note 11)                      $         1.59        $         1.37        $         1.09
                                                        ==============        ==============        ==============

Diluted earnings per share (Note 11)                    $         1.50        $         1.24        $          .99
                                                        ==============        ==============        ==============

Cash dividends per share of issued and
    outstanding common stock, adjusted
    for stock splits and dividends                      $         .230        $         .195        $         .174
                                                        ==============        ==============        ==============
</TABLE>

                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements


                                      201
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Common Stock
                                                                                --------------------------------         Retained
                                                                                    Shares            Amount              Earnings
                                                                                -------------      -------------      ------------
<S>                                                                              <C>               <C>                 <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                                                          1,072,053         $ 4,757,000         $ 8,040,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                                             2,001,000
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
       Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment
         securities

            Total comprehensive income



Cash dividends                                                                                                             (322,000)
5% stock dividend                                                                    53,165           1,164,000          (1,164,000)
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                    11,300             151,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                (24,876)           (531,000)
                                                                                  ---------         -----------         -----------

Balance, December 31, 1997                                                        1,111,642           5,541,000           8,555,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                                             2,505,000
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
       Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment
         securities

            Total comprehensive income



Cash dividends                                                                                                             (357,000)
5% stock dividend                                                                    54,501           1,531,000          (1,531,000)
Fractional shares redeemed                                                                                                   (5,000)
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                    42,164             610,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                (60,036)         (1,651,000)
                                                                                  ---------         -----------         -----------

Balance, December 31, 1998                                                        1,148,271           6,031,000           9,167,000
                                                                                  ---------         -----------         -----------
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Accumulated
                                                                                   Other
                                                                                Comprehensive     Shareholders'       Comprehensive
                                                                                 Income (Loss)       Equity               Income
                                                                                -------------     -------------       ------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>                 <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                                                          $  42,000         $12,839,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                         2,001,000         $ 2,001,000
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
       Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment
         securities                                                                  77,000              77,000              77,000
                                                                                                                        -----------
                                                                                                                        $ 2,078,000
                                                                                                                        ===========
            Total comprehensive income



Cash dividends                                                                                         (322,000)
5% stock dividend
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                                       151,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                                   (531,000)
                                                                                  ---------         -----------

Balance, December 31, 1997                                                          119,000          14,215,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                         2,505,000         $ 2,505,000
   Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
       Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment
         securities                                                                  59,000              59,000              59,000
                                                                                                                        -----------
            Total comprehensive income

                                                                                                                        $ 2,564,000
                                                                                                                        ===========

Cash dividends                                                                                         (357,000)
5% stock dividend
Fractional shares redeemed                                                                               (5,000)
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                                       610,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                                 (1,651,000)
                                                                                  ---------         -----------
Balance, December 31, 1998                                                          178,000          15,376,000
                                                                                  ---------         -----------
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)

                                      202
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (Continued)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Common Stock
                                                                                --------------------------------         Retained
                                                                                    Shares            Amount              Earnings
                                                                                -----------          ----------         -----------
<S>                                                                              <C>               <C>                 <C>
Balance, December 31, 1998                                                        1,148,271         $ 6,031,000         $ 9,167,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                                             2,901,000

   Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
       Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
         securities (Note 2)

           Total comprehensive income

Cash dividends
Three-for-two stock split                                                           582,669                                (416,000)
5% stock dividend                                                                    85,879           1,474,000          (1,474,000)
Fractional shares redeemed                                                                                                   (7,000)
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                    52,989             692,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                (76,534)         (1,475,000)
                                                                                -----------          ----------         -----------

Balance, December 31, 1999                                                        1,793,274         $ 6,722,000         $10,171,000
                                                                                ===========         ===========         ===========

<CAPTION>
                                                                                Accumulated
                                                                                  Other
                                                                               Comprehensive      Shareholders'       Comprehensive
                                                                               Income (Loss)         Equity               Income
                                                                               -------------      -------------       ------------
<S>                                                                              <C>               <C>                 <C>
Balance, December 31, 1998                                                      $   178,000         $15,376,000

Comprehensive income (Note 15):

   Net income                                                                                         2,901,000         $ 2,901,000
   Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
       Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment
         securities (Note 2)                                                       (458,000)           (458,000)           (458,000)
                                                                                                                        -----------

           Total comprehensive income                                                                                     2,443,000
                                                                                                                        ===========

Cash dividends                                                                                         (416,000)
Three-for-two stock split
5% stock dividend
Fractional shares redeemed                                                                               (7,000)
Stock options exercised (Note 11)                                                                       692,000
Retirement of common stock (Note 11)                                                                 (1,475,000)
                                                                               ------------       -------------

Balance, December 31, 1999                                                      $  (280,000)        $16,613,000
                                                                                ===========       =============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      203
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1999           1998            1997
                                          -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income                               $ 2,901,000    $ 2,505,000    $ 2,001,000
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
  to net cash provided by operating
  activities:
      Provision for loan losses               407,000        360,000        535,000
      Deferred loan origination fees
          and costs, net                      (59,000)       (29,000)        (8,000)
      Depreciation and amortization           206,000        280,000        324,000
      Accretion of investment
          security discounts, net             (54,000)       (60,000)      (260,000)
      Loss on sale of other real estate         3,000                         9,000
      Provision for losses on other
          real estate                           7,000        104,000
      Increase in accrued interest
          receivable and other assets        (351,000)      (252,000)       (93,000)
      Increase in accrued interest
          payable and other liabilities       265,000        686,000        132,000
      Deferred taxes                         (166,000)      (169,000)         8,000
                                          -----------    -----------    -----------

             Net cash provided by
                operating activities        3,159,000      3,425,000      2,648,000
                                          -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)


                                      204
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Continued)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1999            1998            1997
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                        <C>             <C>            <C>
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Proceeds from the sale of available-
       for-sale investment securities      $  1,996,000
    Proceeds from called available-for-
       sale investment securities                          $    250,000
    Proceeds from matured available-
       for-sale investment securities        23,370,000      30,507,000    $ 32,609,000
    Proceeds from matured held-to-
       maturity investment securities         3,330,000       1,750,000       1,260,000
    Purchases of available-for-sale
       investment securities                (38,331,000)    (29,295,000)    (41,492,000)
    Purchases of held-to-maturity
       investment securities                (10,865,000)     (6,553,000)     (6,140,000)
    Proceeds from principal repayments
       for held-to-maturity mortgage-
       related securities                     3,047,000       4,906,000       1,476,000
    Net increase in interest-bearing
       deposits in banks                       (512,000)       (387,000)       (101,000)
    Net increase in loans                    (5,203,000)    (12,401,000)    (11,836,000)
    Net increase in accounts receivable
       servicing receivables                   (934,000)       (906,000)       (125,000)
    Purchases of equipment                     (201,000)       (114,000)        (68,000)
    Proceeds from the sale of other
       real estate                              450,000         291,000         363,000
    Purchase of other real estate                               (23,000)       (233,000)
    Capitalized other real estate costs                          (4,000)        (28,000)
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

                 Net cash used in
                    investing activities    (23,853,000)    (11,979,000)    (24,315,000)
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)


                                      205
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Continued)
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1999            1998            1997
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------
 <S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net increase in demand, interest-
       bearing and savings deposits        $ 11,472,000    $  8,334,000    $ 20,878,000
    Net increase in time deposits            10,573,000       4,051,000       3,623,000
    Proceeds from Federal Home Loan
       Bank advance                                                           2,200,000
    Repayment of Federal Home Loan
       Bank advance                             (39,000)        (36,000)
    Net decrease in short-term
       borrowings                                                              (650,000)
    Exercise of stock options                   692,000         610,000         151,000
    Cash paid to repurchase common
       stock                                 (1,475,000)     (1,651,000)       (531,000)
    Payment of cash dividends                  (386,000)       (338,000)       (306,000)
    Cash paid for fractional shares              (7,000)         (5,000)
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

                 Net cash provided by
                    financing activities     20,830,000      10,965,000      25,365,000
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

                  Increase in cash and
                    cash equivalents            136,000       2,411,000       3,698,000

Cash and cash equivalents at
    beginning of year                        15,263,000      12,852,000       9,154,000
                                           ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at
    end of year                            $ 15,399,000    $ 15,263,000    $ 12,852,000
                                           ============    ============    ============

Supplemental disclosure of cash
    flow information:
    Cash paid during the year for:
       Interest expense                    $  4,328,000    $  4,451,000    $  4,147,000
       Income taxes                        $  1,720,000    $  1,325,000    $  1,153,000

Non-cash investing activities:
    Real estate acquired through
       foreclosure                                         $    128,000    $    395,000
    Net change in unrealized gain
       on available-for-sale
       investment securities               $   (740,000)   $     96,000    $    127,000

Non-cash financing activities:
    Dividends declared, adjusted for
       stock splits and dividends, $.12
       per share in 1999, $.10 per share
       in 1998 and $.09 per share in
       1997                                $    215,000    $    185,000    $    166,000
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                      206
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         GENERAL

         American River Holdings (the "Company") was incorporated on January 24,
         1995 and subsequently obtained approval of the Board of Governors of
         the Federal Reserve System to be a bank holding company. On June 16,
         1995, American River Bank (the "Bank") consummated a merger with
         American River Holdings that was effected through the exchange of one
         share of the Company's stock for each share of the Bank's stock. The
         Bank's primary source of revenue is generated from providing a
         wide-range of products to small and middle-market businesses and
         individuals throughout Sacramento, Placer, Yolo and El Dorado counties.

         On June 29, 1999, first source capital was incorporated as a
         wholly-owned subsidiary of American River Holdings, providing brokerage
         leasing services to businesses.

         The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its
         subsidiaries conform with generally accepted accounting principles and
         prevailing practices within the banking industry.

         Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' balances to
         conform to classifications used in 1999.

         PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

         The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
         Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany
         transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         Investments are classified into the following categories:

                o          Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair
                           value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from
                           earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated
                           other comprehensive income (loss) within
                           shareholders' equity.

                o          Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the
                           positive intent and ability to hold, reported at
                           amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of
                           discounts and amortization of premiums.

         Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments
         at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in
         certain limited circumstances. All transfers between categories are
         accounted for at fair value.

         Gains or losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on
         the specific identification method. Interest earned on investment
         securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable
         adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. In
         addition, unrealized losses that are other than temporary are
         recognized in earnings for all investments.


                                      207
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         LOANS

         Loans are stated at principal balances outstanding. Interest is accrued
         daily based upon outstanding loan balances. However, when, in the
         opinion of management, loans are considered to be impaired and the
         future collectibility of interest and principal is in serious doubt,
         loans are placed on nonaccrual status and the accrual of interest
         income is suspended. Any interest accrued but unpaid is charged against
         income. Payments received are applied to reduce principal to the extent
         necessary to ensure collection. Subsequent payments on these loans, or
         payments received on nonaccrual loans for which the ultimate
         collectibility of principal is not in doubt, are applied first to
         earned but unpaid interest and then to principal.

         An impaired loan is measured based on the present value of expected
         future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or,
         as a practical matter, at the loan's observable market price or the
         fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is
         considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it
         is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due
         (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the
         contractual terms of the loan agreement.

         Loan origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan origination costs
         and purchase premiums and discounts on loans are deferred and
         recognized as an adjustment of yield, to be amortized to interest
         income over the contractual term of the loan. The unamortized balance
         of deferred fees and costs is reported as a component of net loans.

         LOAN SALES AND SERVICING

         Included in the portfolio are loans which are 75% to 90% guaranteed by
         the Small Business Administration (SBA). The guaranteed portion of
         these loans may be sold to a third party, with the Bank retaining the
         unguaranteed portion. The Bank generally receives a premium in excess
         of the adjusted carrying value of the loan at the time of sale. The
         Bank may be required to refund a portion of the sales premium if the
         borrower defaults or the loan prepays within ninety days of the
         settlement date. However, there were no sales of loans subject to these
         recourse provisions at December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

         The Bank serviced SBA loans for others totaling $4,106,000 and
         $4,916,000 as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The Bank
         also serviced loans that are participated with other financial
         institutions totaling $5,330,000 and $8,133,000 as of December 31, 1999
         and 1998, respectively. In addition, the Bank serviced loans originated
         by others totaling $21,517,000 and $15,087,000 as of December 31, 1999
         and 1998, respectively.

         Servicing rights acquired through 1) a purchase or 2) the origination
         of loans which are sold or securitized with servicing rights retained
         are recognized as separate assets or liabilities. Servicing assets or
         liabilities are recorded at the difference between the contractual
         servicing fees and adequate compensation for performing the servicing,
         and are subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the period of
         the related net servicing income or expense. Servicing assets are
         periodically evaluated for impairment. Servicing assets were not
         considered material for disclosure purposes.


                                      208
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

         The allowance for loan losses is maintained to provide for losses
         related to impaired loans and other losses that can be expected to
         occur in the normal course of business. The determination of the
         allowance is based on estimates made by management, to include
         consideration of the character of the loan portfolio, specifically
         identified problem loans, potential losses inherent in the portfolio
         taken as a whole and economic conditions in the Bank's service area.
         These estimates are particularly susceptible to changes in the economic
         environment and market conditions. The allowance is established through
         a provision for loan losses which is charged to expense.

         OTHER REAL ESTATE

         Other real estate includes real estate acquired in full or partial
         settlement of loan obligations. When property is acquired, any excess
         of the Bank's recorded investment in the loan balance and accrued
         interest income over the estimated fair market value of the property is
         charged against the allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance
         for losses on other real estate is maintained to provide for temporary
         declines in value. The allowance is established through a provision for
         losses on other real estate which is included in other expenses.
         Subsequent gains or losses on sales or writedowns resulting from
         permanent impairments are recorded in other income or expense as
         incurred.

         BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Bank premises and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is
         determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
         lives of the related assets. The useful lives of furniture, fixtures
         and equipment are estimated to be three to ten years. Leasehold
         improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of
         the related lease, whichever is shorter. When assets are sold or
         otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation
         are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is
         recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and
         repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

         INCOME TAXES

         The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its
         subsidiaries. The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) represents
         each entity's proportionate share of the consolidated provision for
         income taxes.

         Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax
         consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement
         and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. On the balance sheet,
         net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and
         other assets.


                                      209
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         CASH EQUIVALENTS

         For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks
         and Federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents.
         Generally, Federal funds are sold for one day periods.

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by
         dividing income available to common shareholders by the
         weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
         Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if
         securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock
         options, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the
         earnings of the Company. The treasury stock method has been applied to
         determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted
         EPS. Earnings per share is retroactively adjusted for stock splits and
         stock dividends for all periods presented.

         STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

         Stock options are accounted for under the intrinsic value method
         prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting
         for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock
         options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price
         of the Company's stock at the date of grant over the exercise price.
         However, if the fair value of stock-based compensation computed under a
         fair value based method, as prescribed in Statement of Financial
         Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
         is material to the financial statements, pro forma net income and
         earnings per share are disclosed as if the fair value method had been
         applied.

         USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
         generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
         estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the
         reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the
         consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
         and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
         from these estimates.

         NEW FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 133,
         Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity, which was
         subsequently amended by SFAS 137 to delay the effective date to all
         fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. This
         Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
         instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
         contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires that entities
         recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the
         balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Management
         does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have a significant
         impact on its financial position and results of operations when
         implemented.


                                      210
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at December 31, 1999 and 1998 consisted of the following:

         AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Gross            Gross       Estimated
                                     Amortized     Unrealized       Unrealized       Market
                                       Cost           Gains           Losses         Value
                                   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
         U.S. Government
              agencies             $ 17,837,000   $      4,000    $   (144,000)   $ 17,697,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions               8,462,000         15,000        (348,000)      8,129,000
         Corporate stock                764,000         40,000         (17,000)        787,000
         Federal Home Loan
              Bank stock                547,000                                        547,000
         Commercial paper             9,908,000                                      9,908,000
                                   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------

                                   $ 37,518,000   $     59,000    $   (509,000)   $ 37,068,000
                                   ============   ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $450,000 were recorded, net of $170,000 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity.
         Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale investment securities for
         the year ended December 31, 1999 totaled $1,996,000. No gains or losses
         were recognized.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Gross            Gross       Estimated
                                     Amortized     Unrealized       Unrealized       Market
                                       Cost           Gains           Losses         Value
                                   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------
        <S>                       <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
         U.S. Treasury
              securities           $    502,000   $      1,000                    $    503,000
         U.S. Government
              agencies               11,658,000        139,000                      11,797,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions               2,944,000         92,000    $     (4,000)      3,032,000
         Corporate stock                765,000         64,000          (2,000)        827,000
         Federal Home Loan
              Bank stock                512,000                                        512,000
         Commercial paper             7,952,000                                      7,952,000
                                   ------------   ------------    ------------    ------------

                                   $ 24,333,000   $    296,000    $     (6,000)   $ 24,623,000
                                   ============   ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>


                                      211
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE: (Continued)


         Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $290,000 were recorded, net of $112,000 in tax liabilities, as
         accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders' equity.
         There were no sales or transfers of available-for-sale investment
         securities for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.

         HELD-TO-MATURITY:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999
                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross         Gross         Estimated
                                    Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized       Market
                                      Cost           Gains        Losses         Value
                                   ------------   ----------  -------------   ------------
        <S>                       <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>

         U.S. Government
              agencies             $  3,003,000   $   3,000   $     (7,000)   $  2,999,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions               2,188,000      16,000         (7,000)      2,197,000
         Government guaran-
              teed mortgage-
              backed secur-
              ities                  11,891,000                   (155,000)     11,736,000
         Corporate debt
              securities              3,387,000                    (45,000)      3,342,000
         Other debt securities           30,000                                     30,000
                                   ------------   ----------  -------------   ------------
                                   $ 20,499,000   $  19,000   $   (214,000)   $ 20,304,000
                                   ============   ==========  =============   ============
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998
                                   -------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross         Gross         Estimated
                                    Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized       Market
                                      Cost           Gains        Losses         Value
                                   ------------   ----------  -------------   ------------
        <S>                       <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>
         U.S. Treasury
              securities           $    504,000   $   5,000                   $    509,000
         U.S. Government
              agencies                4,011,000      67,000                      4,078,000
         Obligations of states
              and political sub-
              divisions               2,209,000      78,000   $     (1,000)      2,286,000
         Government guaran-
              teed mortgage-
              backed secur-
              ities                   6,534,000       8,000        (45,000)      6,497,000
         Corporate debt
              securities              2,868,000       8,000                      2,876,000
         Other debt securities           51,000                                     51,000
                                   ------------   ----------  -------------   ------------
                                   $ 16,177,000   $ 166,000   $    (46,000)   $ 16,297,000
                                   ============   ==========  =============   ============
</TABLE>



                                      212
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

2.       INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         HELD-TO-MATURITY: (Continued)

         There were no sales or transfers of held-to-maturity investment
         securities for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at December 31, 1999 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected
         maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers
         of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
         or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Available-for-Sale           Held-to-Maturity
                                   --------------------------   -------------------------
                                                  Estimated                    Estimated
                                     Amortized      Market       Amortized      Market
                                       Cost         Value           Cost         Value
                                   ------------  ------------   -----------   -----------
        <S>                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
         Within one year            $16,389,000   $16,387,000   $ 2,375,000   $ 2,371,000
         After one year
             through five years      12,512,000    12,348,000     6,172,000     6,136,000
         After five years
             through ten years          450,000       424,000        31,000        31,000
         After ten years              6,856,000     6,575,000
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                     36,207,000    35,734,000     8,578,000     8,538,000

         Investment securities
             not due at a single
             maturity date:
             SBA loan pools                                          30,000        30,000
             Government guaran-
                teed mortgage-
                backed securities                                11,891,000    11,736,000
             Corporate stock            764,000       787,000
             Federal Home Loan
                Bank stock              547,000       547,000
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                    $37,518,000   $37,068,000   $20,499,000   $20,304,000
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

         Investment securities with amortized costs totaling $8,021,000 and
         $1,500,000 and market values totaling $7,957,000 and $1,524,000 were
         pledged to secure treasury tax and loan accounts, U.S. Bankruptcy Court
         trustee accounts and State Treasury funds on deposit at December 31,
         1999 and 1998, respectively.


                                      213
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


3.       LOANS

         Outstanding loans are summarized as follows:

                                                 December 31,
                                        ------------------------------
                                             1999              1998
                                        -------------    -------------
         Commercial                     $  30,265,000    $  27,615,000
         Real estate-mortgage              62,867,000       61,034,000
         Real estate-construction          21,307,000       20,768,000
         Consumer                           4,859,000        4,644,000
                                        -------------    -------------

                                          119,298,000      114,061,000

         Deferred loan fees, net             (311,000)        (370,000)
         Allowance for loan losses         (1,679,000)      (1,362,000)
                                        -------------    -------------

                                        $ 117,308,000    $ 112,329,000
                                        =============    =============

         Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------
                                               1999          1998            1997
                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
        <S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>
         Balance, beginning of year        $ 1,362,000    $ 1,174,000    $ 1,169,000
         Provision charged to operations       407,000        360,000        535,000
         Losses charged to allowance          (100,000)      (324,000)      (550,000)
         Recoveries                             10,000        152,000         20,000
                                           -----------    -----------    -----------

                  Balance, end of year     $ 1,679,000    $ 1,362,000    $ 1,174,000
                                           ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

         At December 31, 1999 and 1998, nonaccrual loans totaled $30,000 and
         $110,000, respectively. Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans for the
         year ended December 31, 1999 was not material. Interest foregone on
         nonaccrual loans totaled $77,000 and $64,000 for the years ended
         December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         The recorded investment in loans that were considered to be impaired
         totaled $30,000 and $110,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
         respectively. The related allowance for loan losses for these loans at
         December 31, 1999 and 1998 was $12,000 and $47,000, respectively. The
         average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended
         December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $279,000, $254,000 and $548,000,
         respectively. The Bank recognized $45,000, $8,000 and $7,000 in
         interest income on impaired loans during those same periods using a
         cash-basis method.

         Salaries and employee benefits totaling $312,000, $336,000 and $300,000
         have been deferred as loan origination costs for the years ended
         December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


                                      214
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


4.       BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following:

                                                         December 31,
                                                  --------------------------
                                                     1999           1998
                                                  -----------    -----------
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment        $ 1,778,000    $ 1,832,000
         Leasehold improvements                       432,000        538,000

                                                    2,210,000      2,370,000
                  Less accumulated depreciation
                      and amortization             (1,747,000)    (1,920,000)
                                                  -----------    -----------

                                                  $   463,000    $   450,000
                                                  ===========    ===========

         Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and furniture and
         equipment expenses totaled $188,000, $253,000 and $307,000 for the
         years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

5.       ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SERVICING RECEIVABLES

         The Bank purchases existing accounts receivable on a discounted basis
         from selected borrowers and assumes the related billing and collection
         responsibilities. Accounts receivable servicing fees included in other
         income totaled $272,000, $102,000 and $13,000 for the years ended
         December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively (see Note 12).

6.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

         Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

                                                         December 31,
                                                  --------------------------
                                                     1999           1998
                                                  -----------    -----------

         Savings                                 $  8,506,000  $   7,541,000
         Money market                              53,111,000     47,588,000
         NOW accounts                              15,308,000     15,063,000
         Time, $100,000 or more                    35,503,000     27,305,000
         Other time                                20,574,000     18,199,000
                                                 ------------  -------------

                                                 $133,002,000  $ 115,696,000
                                                 ============  =============


                                      215
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

6.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS (Continued)

         Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

                       Year Ending
                      December 31,
                      ------------

                          2000                             $       45,556,000
                          2001                                      3,429,000
                          2002                                        732,000
                          2003                                      2,211,000
                          2004                                      4,114,000
                       Thereafter                                      35,000
                                                           ------------------

                                                           $       56,077,000
                                                           ==================

         Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing
         deposits consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                             ------------------------------------------------------
                                                1999                  1998                  1997
                                             ----------            ----------            ----------
        <S>                                 <C>                   <C>                   <C>
         Savings                             $  186,000            $  182,000            $  164,000
         Money market                         1,250,000             1,412,000             1,550,000
         NOW accounts                           170,000               192,000               177,000
         Time, $100,000 or more               1,392,000             1,314,000             1,103,000
         Other time                           1,145,000             1,218,000             1,207,000
                                             ----------            ----------            ----------

                                             $4,143,000            $4,318,000            $4,201,000
                                             ==========            ==========            ==========
</TABLE>

7.       SHORT-TERM BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

         The Bank has a total of $11,000,000 in unsecured short-term borrowing
         arrangements with two of its correspondent banks. There were no
         borrowings outstanding under these arrangements at December 31, 1999
         and 1998.

8.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         The Bank can borrow up to $4,624,000 from the Federal Home Loan Bank
         secured by qualifying mortgage loans with unpaid balances of $6,471,000
         at December 31, 1999. Long-term debt consisted of an advance from the
         Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $2,125,000 and $2,164,000 at December
         31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, bearing a fixed interest rate of
         6.13%, due in monthly installments of approximately $14,000, including
         principal and interest, with the final principal payment of $1,711,000
         due December 21, 2007.


                                      216
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


8.       LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

         Future minimum principal payments on long-term debt are as follows:

                        Year Ending
                       December 31,
                       ------------

                           2000                           $           41,000
                           2001                                       44,000
                           2002                                       47,000
                           2003                                       50,000
                           2004                                       54,000
                        Thereafter                                 1,889,000
                                                          ------------------

                                                          $        2,125,000
                                                          ==================

9.       INCOME TAXES

         The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1999,
         1998 and 1997 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Federal                State                  Total
                                                                   -----------           -----------           -----------
        <S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>
         1999
         ----
         Current                                                   $ 1,419,000           $   515,000           $ 1,934,000
         Deferred                                                     (122,000)              (44,000)             (166,000)
                                                                   -----------           -----------           -----------

                  Income tax expense                               $ 1,297,000           $   471,000           $ 1,768,000
                                                                   ===========           ===========           ===========


         1998
         ----
         Current                                                   $ 1,267,000           $   466,000           $ 1,733,000
         Deferred                                                     (125,000)              (44,000)             (169,000)
                                                                   -----------           -----------           -----------

                  Income tax expense                               $ 1,142,000           $   422,000           $ 1,564,000
                                                                   ===========           ===========           ===========


         1997
         ----
         Current                                                   $   934,000           $   336,000           $ 1,270,000
         Deferred                                                       (9,000)               17,000                 8,000
                                                                   -----------           -----------           -----------

                  Income tax expense                               $   925,000           $   353,000           $ 1,278,000
                                                                   ===========           ===========           ===========
</TABLE>


                                      217
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


9.       INCOME TAXES (Continued)

         Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at
         December 31, 1999 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              1999                 1998
                                                                                            ---------            ---------
        <S>                                                                               <C>                  <C>
         Deferred tax assets:
              Allowance for loan losses                                                     $ 560,000            $ 409,000
              Future benefit of State tax deduction                                           157,000              133,000
              Bank premises and equipment                                                      56,000               42,000
              Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
                  investment securities                                                       170,000
              Other real estate                                                                                     46,000
              Deferred compensation                                                            41,000                5,000
              Other                                                                             8,000                8,000
                                                                                            ---------            ---------

                      Total deferred tax assets                                               992,000              643,000
                                                                                            ---------            ---------

         Deferred tax liabilities:
              Discount on purchased loans                                                     (57,000)             (73,000)
              Future liability of State deferred tax assets                                   (46,000)             (30,000)
              Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
                  investment securities                                                                           (112,000)
              Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends                                          (37,000)             (24,000)
                                                                                            ---------            ---------

                      Total deferred tax liabilities                                         (140,000)            (239,000)
                                                                                            ---------            ---------

                      Net deferred tax assets                                               $ 852,000            $ 404,000
                                                                                            =========            =========
</TABLE>

         The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by
         applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to operating income
         before income taxes. The significant items comprising these differences
         for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 consisted of the
         following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1999                       1998                       1997
                                               -----------------------    -----------------------    -----------------------
                                                 Amount         Rate%       Amount         Rate %      Amount         Rate %
                                               -----------      ------    -----------      ------    -----------      ------
        <S>                                   <C>              <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>              <C>
         Federal income tax
             expense, at
             statutory rate                    $ 1,588,000        34.0    $ 1,383,000        34.0    $ 1,115,000        34.0
         State franchise tax,
             net of Federal tax
             effect                                290,000         6.2        230,000         5.6        227,000         6.9
         Tax benefit of interest
             on obligations of
             states and political
             subdivisions                         (102,000)       (2.2)       (63,000)       (1.6)       (45,000)       (1.4)
         Tax benefit of corpor-
             ate dividends                         (12,000)        (.3)       (15,000)        (.4)       (15,000)        (.4)
         Other                                       4,000          .2         29,000          .8         (4,000)        (.1)
                                               -----------      ------    -----------      ------    -----------      ------

                Total income
                   tax expense                 $ 1,768,000        37.9    $ 1,564,000        38.4    $ 1,278,000        39.0
                                               ===========      ======    ===========      ======    ===========      ======
</TABLE>

                                      218
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


10.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         LEASES

         The Bank leases its branch facilities and administrative offices under
         noncancelable operating leases which expire on various dates through
         the year 2009 and have five year renewal options. Certain branch
         facilities are leased from members of the Board of Directors.

         Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

                       Year Ending
                       December 31,
                       ------------

                           2000                       $          235,000
                           2001                                  189,000
                           2002                                  195,000
                           2003                                  198,000
                           2004                                  206,000
                        Thereafter                               454,000
                                                      ------------------

                                                      $        1,477,000
                                                      ==================

         Rental expense included in occupancy expense totaled $334,000 for the
         year ended December 31, 1999 and $309,000 for each of the years ended
         December 31, 1998 and 1997.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

         The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet
         risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing
         needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations
         in interest rates. These financial instruments consist of commitments
         to extend credit and letters of credit. These instruments involve, to
         varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of
         the amount recognized in the balance sheet.

         The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
         the other party for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit
         is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank
         uses the same credit policies in making commitments and letters of
         credit as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.


                                      219
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


10.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)


         The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit
         risk:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     December 31,
                                                          -----------------------------------
                                                             1999                    1998
                                                          -----------             -----------
        <S>                                              <C>                     <C>
         Commitments to extend credit:
              Revolving lines of credit secured by
                  1-4 family residences                   $ 1,107,000             $ 1,212,000
              Commercial real estate, construction
                  and land development commitments
                  secured by real estate                   13,352,000              13,553,000
              Other commercial commitments not
                  secured by real estate                   28,081,000              21,461,000
                                                          -----------             -----------

                                                          $42,540,000             $36,226,000
                                                          ===========             ===========

         Letters of credit                                $ 2,311,000             $   695,000
                                                          ===========             ===========
</TABLE>

         Real estate commitments are generally secured by property with a
         loan-to-value ratio of 70% to 80%. In addition, the majority of the
         Bank's commitments have variable interest rates.

         Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
         long as there is no violation of any conditions established in the
         contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
         termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the
         commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
         commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
         requirements. The Bank evaluates each client's creditworthiness on a
         case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
         necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
         management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies,
         but may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and deeds of
         trust on real estate and income-producing commercial properties.

         Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
         guarantee the performance or financial obligation of a client to a
         third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
         essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients.


                                      220
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


10.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

         SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

         The Bank grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction,
         commercial and consumer loans to clients throughout Sacramento, Placer,
         Yolo and El Dorado counties.

         Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial
         portion of its portfolio is secured by commercial and residential real
         estate. However, personal and business income represent the primary
         source of repayment for a majority of these loans.

         CORRESPONDENT BANKING AGREEMENTS

         The Bank maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured
         financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements.
         Uninsured deposits totaled $9,854,000 at December 31, 1999.

         FEDERAL RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

         Banks are required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank
         equal to a percentage of their reservable deposits. Reserve balances
         held with the Federal Reserve Bank totaled $540,000 and $470,000 at
         December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         CONTINGENCIES

         The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to legal proceedings and
         claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion
         of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such
         actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of
         operations of the Company or its subsidiaries.

11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         DIVIDENDS

         Upon declaration by the Board of Directors of the Company, all
         shareholders of record will be entitled to receive dividends. The
         Company's primary source of income with which to pay dividends is
         dividends from the Bank. The California Financial Code restricts the
         total dividend payment of any bank in any calendar year to the lesser
         of (1) the bank's retained earnings or (2) the bank's net income for
         its last three fiscal years, less distributions made to shareholders
         during the same three-year period. At December 31, 1999, the Bank had
         $3,862,000 in retained earnings available for dividend payments to the
         Company.


                                      221
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and
         diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Weighted
                                                                             Average
                                                                            Number of
                                                         Net                 Shares              Per-Share
                For the Year Ended                     Income              Outstanding             Amount
        ----------------------------------           -----------           -----------           ---------
        <S>                                          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
         DECEMBER 31, 1999

         Basic earnings per share                     $2,901,000             1,820,013            $   1.59
                                                                                                  ========

         Effect of dilutive stock options                                      112,800
                                                      ----------             ---------

         Diluted earnings per share                   $2,901,000             1,932,813            $   1.50
                                                      ==========             =========            ========

         DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Basic earnings per share                     $2,505,000             1,829,351            $   1.37
                                                                                                  ========

         Effect of dilutive stock options                                      194,836
                                                      ----------             ---------

         Diluted earnings per share                   $2,505,000             2,024,187            $   1.24
                                                      ==========             =========            ========

         DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Basic earnings per share                     $2,001,000             1,844,151            $   1.09
                                                                                                  ========

         Effect of dilutive stock options                                      172,324
                                                      ----------             ---------

         Diluted earnings per share                   $2,001,000             2,016,475            $    .99
                                                      ==========             =========            ========
</TABLE>

         STOCK OPTION PLAN

         In 1995, the Board of Directors adopted a stock option plan for which
         336,182 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to employees
         and directors under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. The plan
         requires that the option price may not be less than the fair market
         value at the date the option is granted. The purchase price of
         exercised options is payable in full in cash or shares of the Company's
         common stock owned by the optionee. The options expire on dates
         determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than ten years from
         the date of grant. Options vest ratably over a five year period.


                                      222
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         STOCK OPTION PLAN (Continued)

         The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of
         Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
         Compensation. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized
         for its stock option plans. Had compensation cost been determined based
         on the fair value at grant date for awards in 1995 through 1998
         consistent with the provisions of SFAS No.123, the Company's net
         earnings and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro
         forma amounts indicated below. Compensation expense for awards in 1999
         is not included because these options do not begin to vest until 2000.
         Pro forma compensation expense is recognized in the years in which the
         options have become vested.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                                      -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                          1999                1998                1997
                                                                      -------------       -------------       -------------
        <S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         Net earnings - as reported                                   $   2,901,000       $   2,505,000       $   2,001,000
         Net earnings - pro forma                                     $   2,795,000       $   2,449,000       $   1,960,000

         Basic earnings per share - as reported                       $        1.59       $        1.37       $        1.09
         Basic earnings per share - pro forma                         $        1.54       $        1.34       $        1.06

         Diluted earnings per share - as reported                     $        1.50       $        1.24       $         .99
         Diluted earnings per share - pro forma                       $        1.45       $        1.21       $         .97

         The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using
         an option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                                      -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                          1999                1998                1997
                                                                      -------------       -------------       -------------
        <S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         Dividend yield                                                       1.53%               1.13%               1.51%
         Expected volatility                                                 66.32%              50.87%              55.49%
         Risk-free interest rate                                              6.59%               5.20%               5.78%
         Expected option life                                              10 years            10 years            10 years
</TABLE>


                                      223
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         STOCK OPTION PLAN (Continued)


         A summary of the combined activity within the plans follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1999                      1998                      1997
                                                ----------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                              Weighted                    Weighted                  Weighted
                                                              Average                     Average                   Average
                                                              Exercise                    Exercise                  Exercise
                                                  Shares        Price      Shares          Price      Shares         Price
                                                ---------     --------    --------       --------    --------      ---------
        <S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
         Options outstanding,
           beginning of year                     226,793       $   13.52    213,125       $   10.32    194,000       $    9.97

           Options granted                        10,000       $   15.38     44,500       $   26.47     20,000       $   17.62
           Options from stock
              split                               91,644       $    9.38
           Options from stock
              dividend                            13,699       $    9.40     11,332       $   12.89     10,425       $   10.30
           Options exercised                     (52,989)      $    7.33    (42,164)      $    8.34    (11,300)      $    9.10
                                                 -------                    -------                    -------

         Options outstanding,
           end of year                           289,147       $    9.59    226,793       $   13.52    213,125       $   10.32
                                                 =======                    =======                    =======

         Options exercisable,
           end of year                           156,745       $    7.31    102,377       $    9.34     78,725       $    9.27
                                                 =======                    =======                    =======

         Weighted average
           fair value of options
           granted during the
           year                                                $    6.04                  $   10.06                  $    6.69

</TABLE>

         A summary of options outstanding at December 31, 1999 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Number of            Weighted                Number of
                                                            Options              Average                 Options
                                                          Outstanding           Remaining              Exercisable
                                                          December 31,          Contractual            December 31,
         Range of Exercise Prices                             1999                 Life                    1999
         ------------------------                     ------------------     ----------------     ----------------

        <S>                                          <C>                    <C>                  <C>
         $      6.05                                             170,632            5.6 years              131,101
         $      7.92                                               7,184            6.0 years                3,710
         $     10.65                                              28,130            7.4 years                7,292
         $     16.93                                              65,326            8.7 years               13,067
         $     15.71                                               7,875            9.0 years                1,575
         $     15.38                                              10,000            9.9 years
                                                      ------------------                           ----------------

                                                                 289,147                                   156,745
                                                      ==================                           ================
</TABLE>


                                      224
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

         During 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the annual repurchase of
         up to five percent of the Company's common stock in conjunction with
         recurring annual distributions of a five percent common stock dividend.
         Repurchases are generally made in the open market at market prices.

         REGULATORY CAPITAL

         The Bank is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements
         administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
         Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
         mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators
         that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's
         financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
         regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet
         specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the
         Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as
         calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital
         amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by
         the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. The
         Company is subject to similar capital requirements administered by the
         Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

         Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital
         adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts
         and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of
         Tier 1 capital to average assets. Each of these components is defined
         in the regulations. The consolidated average assets and risk-weighted
         assets of the Company and the average assets and risk-weighted assets
         of the Bank are not materially different at December 31, 1999, 1998 and
         1997. Management believes that the Company and the Bank meet all their
         capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 1999.

         In addition, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the
         Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
         corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must
         maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1
         leverage ratios as set forth below. There are no conditions or events
         since that notification that management believes have changed the
         Bank's category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999                    1998                     1997
                                           -----------------------  ---------------------    ---------------------
                                              Amount         Ratio      Amount      Ratio       Amount       Ratio
                                           -------------     -----  --------------  -----    -------------   -----
        <S>                               <C>               <C>   <C>             <C>      <C>             <C>
         LEVERAGE RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                  $  16,741,000     9.2%  $   15,005,000    8.9%   $  13,862,000     9.2%

         American River Bank               $  16,414,000     9.0%  $   14,740,000    8.8%   $  13,656,000     9.1%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution      $   9,095,000     5.0%  $    8,376,000    5.0%   $   7,503,000     5.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $   7,276,000     4.0%  $    6,700,000    4.0%   $   6,002,000     4.0%
</TABLE>


                                      225
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


11.      SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         REGULATORY CAPITAL (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1999                    1998                     1997
                                           ----------------------  ----------------------    ---------------------
                                               Amount       Ratio      Amount       Ratio       Amount       Ratio
                                           -------------    -----  --------------   -----    -------------   -----
        <S>                               <C>              <C>    <C>              <C>     <C>              <C>
         TIER 1 RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                  $  16,741,000    11.6%  $   15,005,000   11.3%   $  13,862,000    11.3%

         American River Bank               $  16,414,000    11.4%  $   14,740,000   11.1%   $  13,656,000    11.1%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution      $   8,639,000     6.0%  $    7,927,000    6.0%   $   7,382,000     6.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $   5,759,000     4.0%  $    5,283,000    4.0%   $   4,921,000     4.0%

         TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         American River Holdings and
             Subsidiaries                  $  18,420,000    12.8%  $   16,366,000   12.4%   $  15,036,000    12.2%

         American River Bank               $  18,093,000    12.6%  $   16,102,000   12.2%   $  14,830,000    12.1%
         Minimum requirement for "Well-
             Capitalized" institution      $  14,398,000    10.0%  $   13,212,000   10.0%   $  12,303,000    10.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $  11,518,000     8.0%  $   10,569,000    8.0%   $   9,842,000     8.0%
</TABLE>

12.      OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

         Other income consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1999                1998               1997
                                                        -----------------   ------------------  ------------------
        <S>                                            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         Accounts receivable servicing fees             $          272,000  $          102,000  $           13,000
         Merchant fee income                                       191,000             156,000             149,000
         Income from residential lending
              division                                             133,000             254,000             168,000
         State servicing contract fees                             123,000              65,000
         Financial services income                                 111,000              44,000              24,000
         Other                                                     253,000             235,000             220,000
                                                        ------------------  ------------------  ------------------

                                                        $        1,083,000  $          856,000  $          574,000
                                                        ==================  ==================  ==================
</TABLE>


                                      226
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

12.      OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE (Continued)

         Other expense consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999                1998               1997
                                            -----------------   ------------------  ------------------

        <S>                                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         Outsourced item processing         $          222,000  $          213,000  $          185,000
         Telephone and postage                         198,000             194,000             184,000
         Directors' compensation                       194,000             201,000             122,000
         Professional fees                             165,000             158,000             141,000
         Stationery and supplies                       121,000             118,000             122,000
         Advertising and promotion                     105,000              91,000              73,000
         Other real estate                              77,000             153,000              56,000
         Other operating expenses                      488,000             464,000             470,000
                                            ------------------  ------------------  ------------------

                                            $        1,570,000  $        1,592,000  $        1,353,000
                                            ==================  ==================  ==================
</TABLE>

13.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         AMERICAN RIVER BANK 401(K) PLAN

         The American River Bank 401(k) Plan commenced January 1, 1993 and is
         available to all employees. Under the plan, the Bank will match 50% of
         each participants' contribution up to a maximum of 6% of their annual
         compensation. Employer contributions vest at a rate of 20% per year
         over a five year period and totaled $72,000, $64,000 and $56,000 for
         the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

         The Company is the administrator of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan
         which allows employees to purchase the Company's stock at fair market
         value as of the date of purchase. The Company bears all costs of
         administering the Plan, including broker's fees, commissions, postage
         and other costs actually incurred.

         DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

         Effective May 1, 1998, the Bank established the American River Bank
         Deferred Compensation Plan for certain members of the management group
         and the Deferred Fee Agreement for Directors for the purpose of
         providing the opportunity to defer compensation to participants.
         Participants, who are selected by a Committee designated by the Board
         of Directors, may elect to defer annually a minimum of $5,000 or a
         maximum of eighty percent of their base salary and all of their cash
         bonus. Directors may also elect to defer up to one hundred percent of
         their monthly fees. The Bank bears all administration costs, and funds
         the interest earned on participant deferrals at a rate based on U.S.
         Government Treasury rates. Deferred compensation, including interest
         earned, totaled $91,000 and $12,000 for the years ended December 31,
         1999 and 1998, respectively.


                                      227
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

14.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into transactions
         with related parties, including Directors and affiliates. These
         transactions include borrowings from the Bank with substantially the
         same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated
         parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving
         related party borrowers during 1999:

         Balance, January 1, 1999                            $        2,283,000

              Amounts repaid                                            (37,000)
                                                             ------------------

         Balance, December 31, 1999                          $        2,246,000
                                                             ==================

         The Bank also leases bank premises from members of the Board of
         Directors (see Note 9). Rental payments to the Directors totaled
         $106,000, $102,000 and $98,000 for the years ended December 31, 1999,
         1998 and 1997, respectively.

15.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive income is reported in addition to net income for all
         periods presented. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial
         reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive
         income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the
         calculation of net income. Unrealized gains and losses on the Company's
         available-for-sale investment securities are included in other
         comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income and the
         components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are
         presented in the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.

         At December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Company held securities
         classified as available-for-sale which had unrealized (losses) gains as
         follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Tax
                                                                    Before           Benefit            After
                                                                      Tax           (Expense)            Tax
                                                               ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
       <S>                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>
         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

         Other comprehensive loss:
              Unrealized holding losses                        $      (740,000)  $       282,000  $       (458,000)
                                                               ===============   ===============  ================

         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Other comprehensive income:
              Unrealized holding gains                         $        96,000   $       (37,000) $         59,000
                                                               ===============   ===============  ================

         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Other comprehensive income:
              Unrealized holding gains                         $       127,000   $       (50,000) $         77,000
                                                               ===============   ===============  ================


                                      228
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

16.      DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         Estimated fair values are disclosed for financial instruments for which
         it is practicable to estimate fair value. These estimates are made at a
         specific point in time based on relevant market data and information
         about the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any
         premium or discount that could result from offering the Company's
         entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one
         time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future
         business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications
         related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a
         significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered
         in any of these estimates.

         Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company's
         financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments
         regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various
         financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective
         in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment
         and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in
         assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.

         The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to
         estimate the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31,
         1999 and 1998:

         CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying
         amount is estimated to be fair value.

         INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS IN BANKS: The fair values of interest-bearing
         deposits in banks are estimated by discounting their future cash flows
         using rates at each reporting date for instruments with similar
         remaining maturities offered by comparable financial institutions.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES: For investment securities, fair values are based
         on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are
         not available, fair values are estimated using quoted market prices for
         similar securities and indications of value provided by brokers.

         LOANS: For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently with no
         significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying
         values. The fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted
         cash flow analyses, using interest rates being offered at each
         reporting date for loans with similar terms to borrowers of comparable
         creditworthiness. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable
         approximates its fair value.

         ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SERVICING RECEIVABLES: The carrying amount of
         accounts receivable servicing receivables approximates its fair value
         because of the relatively short period of time between the origination
         of the receivables and their expected collection.

         DEPOSITS: The fair values for demand deposits are, by definition, equal
         to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date represented by
         their carrying amount. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of
         deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using
         interest rates offered at each reporting date by the Bank for
         certificates with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of
         accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.


                                      229
<PAGE>

                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

16.      DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

         LONG-TERM DEBT: The fair value of long-term debt is estimated using a
         discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates currently available
         to the Bank for similar debt instruments.

         COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT: Commitments to extend credit are
         primarily for variable rate loans. For these commitments, there is no
         difference between the committed amounts and their fair values.
         Commitments to fund fixed rate loans and letters of credit are at rates
         which approximate fair value at each reporting date.

         The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's
         financial instruments are as follows:

                                                      December 31, 1999                  December 31, 1998
                                             --------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                 Carrying            Fair           Carrying            Fair
                                                  Amount             Value           Amount             Value
                                             ----------------  ---------------   ---------------  ----------------
        <S>                                 <C>               <C>               <C>              <C>
         Financial assets:
           Cash and due from banks           $      8,274,000  $     8,274,000   $    11,538,000  $     11,538,000
           Federal funds sold                       7,125,000        7,125,000         3,725,000         3,725,000
           Interest-bearing deposits
              in banks                              5,527,000        5,527,000         5,015,000         5,035,000
           Investment securities                   57,567,000       57,372,000        40,800,000        40,920,000
           Loans                                  117,308,000      117,288,000       112,329,000       112,794,000
           Accounts receivable servicing
              receivable                            2,123,000        2,123,000         1,189,000         1,189,000
           Accrued interest receivable              1,219,000        1,219,000         1,140,000         1,140,000
                                             ----------------  ---------------   ---------------  ----------------

                                             $    199,143,000  $   198,928,000   $   175,736,000  $    176,341,000
                                             ================  ===============   ===============  ================

         Financial liabilities:
           Deposits                          $    180,996,000  $   180,942,000   $   158,951,000  $    159,069,000
           Long-term debt                           2,125,000        2,028,000         2,164,000         2,160,000
           Accrued interest payable                   214,000          214,000           262,000           262,000
                                             ----------------  ---------------   ---------------  ----------------

                                             $    183,335,000  $   183,184,000   $   161,377,000  $    161,491,000
                                             ================  ===============   ===============  ================

         Off-balance-sheet financial
           instruments:
              Commitments to extend
                credit                       $     42,540,000  $    42,540,000   $    36,226,000  $     36,226,000
              Letters of credit                     2,311,000        2,311,000           695,000           695,000
                                             ----------------  ---------------   ---------------  ----------------

                                             $     44,851,000  $    44,851,000   $    36,921,000  $     36,921,000
                                             ================  ===============   ===============  ================
</TABLE>


                                      230
<PAGE>


                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

17.            PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  BALANCE SHEET

                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999             1998
                                                          ------------     ------------
                                     ASSETS

        <S>                                                <C>            <C>
         Cash and due from banks                           $    327,000    $    241,000
         Investment in subsidiaries                          16,367,000      15,112,000
         Dividends receivable from subsidiary                   215,000         185,000
         Other assets                                             7,000          23,000
                                                           ------------    ------------

                                                           $ 16,916,000    $ 15,561,000
                                                           ============    ============

                                 LIABILITIES AND
                              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         Liabilities:
                Dividends payable to shareholders          $    215,000    $    185,000
                Other liabilities                                88,000
                                                           ------------    ------------

                              Total liabilities                 303,000         185,000
                                                           ------------    ------------

         Shareholders' equity:
                Common stock                                  6,722,000       6,031,000
                Retained earnings                            10,171,000       9,167,000
                Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)
                       income                                  (280,000)        178,000
                                                           ------------    ------------

                              Total shareholders' equity     16,613,000      15,376,000
                                                           ------------    ------------

                                                           $ 16,916,000    $ 15,561,000
                                                           ============    ============
</TABLE>


                                      231
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

17.            PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                               STATEMENT OF INCOME

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1999          1998        1997
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
        <S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
         Income:
            Dividends declared by subsidiaries -
                eliminated in consolidation        $1,368,000   $1,558,000   $  848,000
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------


         Expenses:
            Directors' compensation                    80,000      103,000       20,000
            Professional fees                          19,000       33,000       11,000
            Other expenses                             32,000       20,000       22,000
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------

                    Total expenses                    131,000      156,000       53,000
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------

                    Income before equity in
                       undistributed income of
                       subsidiaries                 1,237,000    1,402,000      795,000

         Equity in undistributed income of
            subsidiaries                            1,613,000    1,043,000    1,186,000
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------

                    Income before income taxes      2,850,000    2,445,000    1,981,000

         Income tax benefit                            51,000       60,000       20,000
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------

                    Net income                     $2,901,000   $2,505,000   $2,001,000
                                                   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


                                      232
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


17.            PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999           1998            1997
                                                                       -----------    -----------     -----------
        <S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
                  Cash flows from operating activities:
                     Net income                                         $ 2,901,000    $ 2,505,000    $ 2,001,000
                     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
                       cash provided by operating activities:
                        Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries           (1,643,000)    (1,062,000)    (1,201,000)
                        Decrease (increase) in other assets                  16,000         13,000        (12,000)
                        Increase in other liabilities                        88,000
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                       Net cash provided by operating
                           activities                                     1,362,000      1,456,000        788,000
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                  Cash flows used in investing activities:
                     Investment in leasing company                         (100,000)
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                  Cash flows from financing activities:
                     Cash dividends paid                                   (386,000)      (338,000)      (306,000)
                     Exercise of stock options                              692,000        610,000        151,000
                     Cash paid to repurchase common stock                (1,475,000)    (1,651,000)      (531,000)
                     Cash paid for fractional shares                         (7,000)        (5,000)
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                                Net cash used in financing activities    (1,176,000)    (1,384,000)      (686,000)
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                                Net increase in cash and cash
                                    equivalents                              86,000         72,000        102,000

                  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
                         of year                                            241,000        169,000         67,000
                                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

                  Cash and cash equivalents at end of year              $   327,000    $   241,000    $   169,000
                                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========

                  Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                  Non-cash investing activities:
                     Net change in unrealized gain on available-
                         for-sale investment securities                 $  (740,000)   $    96,000    $   127,000

                  Non-cash financing activities:
                     Dividends declared, adjusted for stock
                         splits and dividends, $.12 per share in
                         1999, $.10 per share in 1998 and
                         $.09 per share in 1997                         $   215,000    $   185,000    $   166,000
</TABLE>


                                      233
<PAGE>
                    AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

18.      SUBSEQUENT EVENT

         On March 1, 2000, the Directors of American River Holdings and North
         Coast Bank approved a definitive merger agreement between the two
         companies. As a result, North Coast Bank, American River Bank, and
         first source capital will operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under
         American River Holdings. Under the agreement, each share of North Coast
         Bank will be converted into the right to receive .9644 of a share of
         the common stock of American River Holdings. The transaction will be
         accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. It
         is expected that this merger will be accomplished in the third quarter
         of 2000, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.

         The unaudited pro forma information set forth below assumes that the
         merger of the two companies took place on January 1, 1997. This
         information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
         necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would
         have been achieved had the merger been consummated at that time, nor do
         they consider any potential cost savings or revenue enhancements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Years Ended December 31,
                                            ------------------------------------------------
                                                1999               1998             1997
                                            --------------    --------------   -------------
        <S>                                 <C>              <C>              <C>
         Net interest income                 $   11,754,000   $   10,743,000   $   9,582,000
         Net income                          $    3,128,000   $    2,850,000   $   2,347,000
         Basic earnings per common share     $         1.37   $         1.25   $        1.02
         Diluted earnings per common share   $         1.30   $         1.14   $         .94

</TABLE>


                                      234
<PAGE>

                              NORTH COAST BANK, N.A
                         UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       FOR THE PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2000
                                       AND
                            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997



                                      235
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        March 31,      December 31,
                                                          2000             1999
                                                      ------------     ------------
                                     ASSETS

<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
Cash and due from banks                               $  2,723,715    $  2,626,289
Federal funds sold                                       3,150,000       1,000,000
Interest-bearing deposits in banks                       1,037,600         793,000
Available-for-sale investment securities (Note 2)        1,696,400       1,708,000
Loans and leases, less allowance for loan and lease
    losses of $433,727 in 2000 and $383,310 in 1999
    (Notes 3, 5 and 8)                                  39,648,285      39,735,527
Bank premises and equipment, net                           729,643         750,750
Accrued interest receivable and other assets               559,034         564,358
                                                      ------------    ------------

                                                      $ 49,544,677    $ 47,177,924
                                                      ============    ============

                                 LIABILITIES AND
                              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits:
    Non-interest bearing                              $  9,097,714    $ 10,149,768
    Interest bearing (Note 4)                           35,246,858      31,931,394
                                                      ------------    ------------

           Total deposits                               44,344,572      42,081,162

Short-term borrowings (Note 6)                           1,000,000       1,000,000
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities             106,324          98,342
                                                      ------------    ------------

           Total liabilities                            45,450,896      43,179,504
                                                      ------------    ------------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

Shareholders' equity (Note 7):
    Common stock - $4.00 par value; 6,250,000
        shares authorized; 472,354 shares issued
        and outstanding                                  1,889,416       1,889,416
    Additional paid-in capital                           1,826,945       1,826,945
    Retained earnings                                      391,666         295,630
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss
        (Notes 2 and 10)                                   (14,246)        (13,571)
                                                      ------------    ------------

           Total shareholders' equity                    4,093,781       3,998,420
                                                      ------------    ------------

                                                      $ 49,544,677    $ 47,177,924
                                                      ============    ============
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      236
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                               STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                   (Unaudited)

            For the Three Month Periods Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        2000          1999
                                                     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans                       $1,000,095   $  752,871
    Interest on investment securities:
        Taxable                                          19,503       12,458
        Exempt from Federal income taxes                  2,122        2,122
        Dividends                                         4,121        2,998
    Interest on Federal funds sold                       20,710       48,296
    Interest on deposits in banks                        10,911        6,308
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Total interest income                      1,057,462      825,053

Interest expense:
    Deposits (Note 4)                                   338,748      291,264
    Short-term borrowings (Note 6)                       15,053
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Total interest expense                       353,801      291,264
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Net interest income                          703,661      533,789
                                                     ----------   ----------

Provision for loan and lease losses (Note 3)             27,500       30,000
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Net interest income after provision for
               loan and lease losses                    676,161      503,789
                                                     ----------   ----------

Non-interest income:
    Service charges                                      31,417       22,603
    Other income                                         54,285       35,512
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Total non-interest income                     85,702       58,115
                                                     ----------   ----------

Other expenses:
    Salaries and employee benefits (Note 3)             251,937      228,824
    Occupancy and equipment                             117,088       97,885
    Other (Note 9)                                      230,802      175,937
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Total other expenses                         599,827      502,646
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Income before income taxes                   162,036       59,258

Income taxes                                             66,000       22,000
                                                     ----------   ----------

           Net income                                $   96,036   $   37,258
                                                     ==========   ==========

Basic earnings per share (Note 7)                    $      .20   $      .08
                                                     ==========   ==========

Diluted earnings per share (Note 7)                  $      .19   $      .08
                                                     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      237
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (Unaudited)


For the Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2000 and The Year Ended December 31,
1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Common Stock           Additional
                                                      -----------------------      Paid-in       Retained
                                                      Shares       Amount          Capital       Earnings
                                                      -------    ------------    ------------    ---------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance, January 1, 1999                              377,902    $  1,889,510    $  1,826,851    $  68,636

Comprehensive income (Note 10):

    Net income                                                                                     226,994

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
           investment securities


               Total comprehensive income

Five-for-four stock split                              94,452            (94)             94
                                                      -------    ------------    ------------    ---------

Balance, December 31, 1999                            472,354       1,889,416       1,826,945      295,630

Comprehensive income (Note 10):

    Net income                                                                                      96,036

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
           investment securities (Note 2)

               Total comprehensive income
                                                      -------    ------------    ------------    ---------
Balance, March 31, 2000                               472,354    $  1,889,416    $  1,826,945    $ 391,666
                                                      =======    ============    ============    =========

<CAPTION>

                                                 Accumulated
                                                   Other
                                                Comprehensive  Shareholders' Comprehensive
                                                Income (Loss)   Equity         Income
                                                -------------  ------------  -------------

<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1999                           $  7,029   $  3,792,026

Comprehensive income (Note 10):

    Net income                                                     226,994   $  226,994

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
           investment securities                    (20,600)      (20,600)      (20,600)
                                                                             ----------

               Total comprehensive income                                    $  206,394
                                                                             ==========

Five-for-four stock split                        -------------  ------------


Balance, December 31, 1999                          (13,571)     3,998,420

Comprehensive income (Note 10):

    Net income                                                      96,036    $  96,036

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
           investment securities (Note 2)              (675)          (675)        (675)
                                                                             ----------

               Total comprehensive income                                     $  95,361
                                                                              =========
Balance, March 31, 2000                         $   (14,246)  $  4,093,781
                                                ===========   ============
</TABLE>


                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      238
<PAGE>




                                NORTH COAST BANK

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)

            For the Three Month Periods Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               2000         1999
                                                             ---------    ---------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                               $  96,036    $  37,258
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to
        cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
           Provision for loan losses                            27,500       30,000
           Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net        28,082       26,165
           Decrease in deferred loan origination
               fees and costs, net                              (7,761)     (11,169)
           Decrease (increase) in accrued interest
               receivable and other assets                       5,411      (74,233)
           Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
               payable and other liabilities                     7,982     (135,447)
                                                             ---------    ---------

                  Net cash provided by (used in) operating
                      activities                               157,250     (127,426)
                                                             ---------    ---------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Net increase in interest-bearing
        deposits in banks                                     (244,600)    (198,000)
    Proceeds from matured and called
        available-for-sale investment securities                            450,000
    Principal payments received from available-
        for-sale mortgage-backed securities                     14,869      126,322
    Purchase of available-for-sale investment
        securities                                              (2,400)    (250,400)
    Net decrease in loans                                       67,503      150,759
    Purchase of premises and equipment                          (8,606)    (182,946)
                                                             ---------    ---------

                  Net cash (provided by) used  in
                      investing activities                    (173,234)      95,735
                                                             ---------    ---------
</TABLE>


                                   (Continued)
                                      239
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

            For the Three Month Periods Ended March 31, 2000 and 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                2000            1999
                                                              ---------     ----------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net increase in demand, interest bearing
        and savings deposits                                 $   656,738    $   582,349
    Net increase (decrease) in time deposits                   1,606,672     (1,110,465)
                                                             -----------    -----------

                  Net cash provided by (used in) financing
                      activities                               2,263,410       (528,116)
                                                             -----------    -----------

                  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
                      equivalents                              2,247,426       (559,807)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
    period                                                     3,626,289      8,084,967
                                                             -----------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                   $ 5,873,715    $ 7,525,160
                                                             ===========    ===========


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    Cash paid during the year for:

        Interest expense                                     $   352,901    $   288,327
        Income taxes                                                        $    97,000

Non-cash investing activities:
    Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on
        available-for-sale investment securities             $      (762)   $    (3,890)
</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial
         statements.

                                      240
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)

1.       BASIS OF PRESENTATION

         The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in a
         condensed format and, therefore, do not include all of the information
         and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for
         complete financial statements. However, in the opinion of management,
         all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments,
         considered necessary for a fair presentation have been reflected in the
         financial statements. The results of operations for the three months
         ended March 31, 2000 are not necessarily indicative of the results to
         be expected for the full year. Certain reclassifications have been made
         to prior period amounts to present them on a basis consistent with
         classifications for the three months ended March 31, 2000.

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of available-for-sale
         investment securities at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999 consisted
         of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             March 31, 2000
                                           ------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Gross         Gross        Estimated
                                             Amortized   Unrealized     Unrealized      Market
                                               Cost         Gains         Losses         Value
                                          ------------  -----------     ----------     ----------
        <S>                              <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
         U.S. Government agencies         $    983,341                $   (12,341)    $  971,000
         U.S. Government guaranteed
            mortgage-backed securities         212,844                     (2,844)       210,000
         Obligations of states
            and political sub-
            divisions                          173,120                     (9,120)       164,000
         Federal Home Loan
            Bank stock                         178,900                                   178,900
         Federal Reserve
            Bank stock                         111,500                                   111,500
         Other investments                      61,000                                    61,000
                                          ------------   ----------   -----------     ----------
                                          $  1,720,705   $       --   $   (24,305)    $1,696,400
                                          ============   ==========   ===========     ==========
</TABLE>


         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $24,305 were recorded, net of $10,059 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity at
         March 31, 2000. There were no sales of available-for-sale investment
         securities for the three month period ended March 31, 2000.


                                      241
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   December 31, 1999
                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                    Gross       Gross         Estimated
                                    Amortized     Unrealized  Unrealized       Market
                                      Cost          Gains       Losses          Value
                                   -----------    ----------  ----------     -----------
        <S>                       <C>          <C>         <C>              <C>
         U.S. Government
            agencies               $   981,633           --    $ (8,633)     $   973,000
         U.S. Government
            guaranteed
            mortgage-backed
            securities                 227,815           --      (2,815)         225,000
         Obligations of states
            and political sub-
            divisions                  173,095           --     (12,095)         161,000
         Federal Home Loan
            Bank stock                 176,500           --          --          176,500
         Federal Reserve
            Bank stock                 111,500           --          --          111,500
         Other investments              61,000           --          --           61,000
                                   -----------     --------    --------      -----------
                                   $ 1,731,543     $     --    $(23,543)     $ 1,708,000
                                   ===========     ========    ========      ===========
</TABLE>

         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $23,543 were recorded, net of $9,972 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity at
         December 31, 1999. There were no sales of available-for-sale investment
         securities in 1999.


                                      242
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at March 31, 2000 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected
         maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers
         of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
         or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Estimated
                                                                    Amortized      Market
                                                                       Cost        Value
                                                                    ----------   ----------
       <S>                                                         <C>          <C>
         After one year through five years                          $1,067,531   $1,054,000
         After ten years                                               301,774      291,000
                                                                    ----------   ----------
                                                                     1,369,305    1,345,000

         Investment securities not due at a single
            maturity date:
                Federal Home Loan Bank stock                           178,900      178,900
                Federal Reserve Bank stock                             111,500      111,500
                Other investments                                       61,000       61,000
                                                                    ----------   ----------
                                                                    $1,720,705   $1,696,400
                                                                    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


         Investment securities with amortized costs of $250,000 and $250,000 and
         estimated market values of $241,000 and $242,000 were pledged to secure
         treasury tax and loan accounts at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999,
         respectively.

3.       LOANS AND LEASES

         Outstanding loans and leases are summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     March 31,  December 31,
                                                                       2000        1999
                                                                    -----------  -----------
        <S>                                                        <C>          <C>
         Commercial                                                 $11,687,009  $11,883,098
         Real estate - commercial                                    13,557,687   12,711,222
         Real estate - residential                                    3,535,747    2,798,572
         Real estate - construction                                   3,737,706    4,476,824
         Agriculture                                                  6,588,533    7,199,565
         Lease financing receivables                                     78,352      121,521
         Consumer                                                       863,032      898,050
         Other                                                          135,039      138,839
                                                                    -----------  -----------

                                                                     40,183,105   40,227,691

         Deferred loan fees, net                                       (101,093)    (108,854)
         Allowance for loan and lease losses                           (433,727)    (383,310)
                                                                    -----------  -----------

                                                                    $39,648,285  $39,735,527
                                                                    ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


                                      243
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

3.       LOANS AND LEASES (Continued)

         Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Three Month Periods Ended
                                                  March 31,          Year Ended
                                          -------------------------  December 31,
                                              2000         1999          1999
                                           ---------    ---------    ------------
        <S>                              <C>           <C>             <C>
         Balance, beginning of year        $ 383,310    $ 330,755      $ 330,755
         Provision charged to operations      27,500       30,000        175,000
         Losses charged to allowance                                    (130,804)
         Recoveries                           22,917                       8,359
                                           ---------    ---------      ---------

                Balance, end of year       $ 433,727    $ 360,755      $ 383,310
                                           =========    =========      =========
</TABLE>

         During the three month period ended March 31, 2000 and the year ended
         December 31, 1999, the Bank had no significant impaired loans or loans
         placed on nonaccrual status.

         Salaries and employee benefits totaling $40,130 and $26,216 were
         deferred as loan origination costs for the three month periods ended
         March 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

4.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

         Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

                                             March 31,      December 31,
                                               2000            1999
                                            -----------     -----------
         Savings                            $ 4,551,110     $ 4,231,966
         Money market                        11,359,943       9,759,646
         NOW accounts                         3,509,348       3,719,997
         Time, $100,000 or more               7,089,290       5,612,900
         Other time                           8,737,167       8,606,885
                                            -----------     -----------

                                            $35,246,848     $31,931,394
                                            ===========     ===========


                                      244
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

4.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS (Continued)

         Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing consisted of the
         following:

                                                Three Month Periods Ended
                                                       March 31,
                                                -------------------------
                                                  2000           1999
                                                --------       --------
         Savings                                $ 26,848       $ 29,288
         Money market                             97,818         73,699
         NOW accounts                             12,953         14,361
         Time, $100,000 or more                   90,316         76,005
         Other time                              110,813         97,911
                                                --------       --------

                                                $338,748       $291,264
                                                ========       ========



5.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

         The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit
         risk:

                                               March 31,     December 31,
                                                  2000          1999
                                              ----------     ------------
         Commitments to extend credit         $9,234,000     $ 8,757,000
         Credit card arrangements             $  401,000     $   397,000
         Letters of credit                    $   50,000     $   150,000

         CONTINGENCIES

         The Bank is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
         ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount
         of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially
         affect the financial position or results of operations of the Bank.

6.       SHORT-TERM BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

         The Bank has a total of $2,000,000 in unsecured Federal funds lines of
         credit with two of its correspondent banks to meet short-term liquidity
         needs. In addition, the Bank has a line of credit available with the
         Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $1,000,000 which is secured by pledged
         mortgage loans. An advance from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaling
         $1,000,000 was outstanding at March 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999
         bearing an interest rate of 5.9% and a maturity date of April 12, 2000.

                                      245
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

7.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and
         diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Weighted
                                                            Average
                                                           Number of
            For the Three Month                 Shares     Per Share
               Periods Ended                  Net Income   Outstanding       Amount
         --------------------------------     ----------   -----------    -------------

         MARCH 31, 2000
<S>                                          <C>              <C>        <C>
         Basic earnings per share             $    96,036      472,354    $         .20
                                                                          =============

         Effect of dilutive stock options                       28,623
                                              ----------   -----------

         Diluted earnings per share           $    96,036      500,977    $         .19
                                              ===========   ==========    =============


         MARCH 31, 1999

         Basic earnings per share             $    37,258      472,354    $         .08
                                                                          =============

         Effect of dilutive stock options                       18,734
                                              -----------   ----------

         Diluted earnings per share           $    37,258      491,088    $         .08
                                              ===========   ==========    =============
</TABLE>

         REGULATORY CAPITAL

         The Bank is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements
         administered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC).
         Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
         mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators
         that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's
         financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
         regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet
         specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the
         Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as
         calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital
         amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by
         the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

         Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital
         adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of
         total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital
         to average assets. Each of these components is defined in the
         regulations. Management believes that the Bank meets all its capital
         adequacy requirements as of March 31, 2000.


                                      246
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

7.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         REGULATORY CAPITAL (Continued)

         In addition, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the
         Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
         corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must
         maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1
         leverage ratios as set forth below. There are no conditions or events
         since that notification that management believes have changed the
         Bank's category.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   2000                1999
                                           ------------------   ------------------
                                             Amount     Ratio      Amount    Ratio
                                           ----------   -----    ----------  -----
         LEVERAGE RATIO

        <S>                               <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>
         North Coast Bank                  $4,108,000    8.5%   $4,012,000    9.3%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution   $2,406,000    5.0%   $2,163,000    5.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $1,925,000    4.0%   $1,730,000    4.0%

         TIER 1 RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         North Coast Bank                  $4,108,000   10.3%   $4,012,000   10.0%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution   $2,383,000    6.0%   $2,395,000    6.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $1,589,000    4.0%   $1,597,000    4.0%

         TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         North Coast Bank                  $4,542,000   11.4%   $4,395,000   11.0%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution   $3,972,000   10.0%   $3,992,000   10.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement    $3,177,000    8.0%   $3,194,000    8.0%
</TABLE>

8.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into transactions
        with related parties, including Directors and officers. These
        transactions include borrowings from the Bank with substantially the
        same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated
        parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving
        related party borrowers during the three months ended March 31, 2000:

        Balance, January 1, 2000                             $    1,511,542

           Disbursements                                             66,444
           Amounts repaid                                          (772,670)
                                                             --------------

        Balance, March 31, 2000                              $      805,316
                                                             ==============

        Undisbursed commitments to related parties,
           March 31, 2000                                    $      488,531
                                                             ==============

                                      247
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

9.       OTHER EXPENSES

         Other expenses consisted of the following:

                                                 Three Month Periods Ended
                                                        March 31,
                                                 ----------------------
                                                     2000        1999
                                                 ---------    ---------
         Data processing                          $ 50,530     $ 47,736
         Merchant processing fees                   35,953       22,190
         Advertising                                17,392       12,778
         Stationery and supplies                    13,838       16,270
         Legal and accounting                       34,670        6,315
         Brokerage and consulting fees               7,272       11,247
         Insurance                                   9,759        7,714
         Other operating expenses                   61,388       51,687
                                                 ---------    ---------

                                                  $230,802     $175,937
                                                 =========    =========

10.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive income is reported in addition to net income for all
         periods presented. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial
         reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive
         income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the
         calculation of net income. Unrealized gains and losses on the Bank's
         available-for-sale investment securities are included in other
         comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income and the
         components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are
         presented in the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.

         For the three month period ended March 31, 2000 and the year ended
         December 31, 1999, the Bank held securities classified as
         available-for-sale which had unrealized losses as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Before         Tax          After
                                                       Tax         Benefit         Tax
                                                     --------      -------       --------
        <S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
        For the Three Months Period Ended
                  March 31, 2000
        ---------------------------------

          Other comprehensive loss:
                  Unrealized holding losses           $   (762)     $    87       $   (675)
                                                      ========      =======       ========
</TABLE>
                                      248
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Unaudited)
                                   (Continued)

10.     COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Before          Tax          After
                                                 Tax          Benefit         Tax
                                             ----------      --------      ----------
        <S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
        For the Year Ended
        December 31, 1999
        ------------------

         Other comprehensive loss:
            Unrealized holding losses        $  (30,572)     $  9,972      $  (20,600)
                                             ----------      --------      ----------
</TABLE>

11.      MERGER AND ACQUISITION ACTIVITY

         On March 1, 2000, the Directors of North Coast Bank and American River
         Holdings approved a definitive merger agreement between the two
         companies. As a result, North Coast Bank, American River Bank, and
         first source capital will operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under
         American River Holdings. Under the agreement, each share of North Coast
         Bank will be converted into the right to receive .9644 of a share of
         the common stock of American River Holdings. The transaction will be
         accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. It
         is expected that this merger will be accomplished in the third quarter
         of 2000, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.

         The unaudited pro forma information set forth below assumes that the
         merger of the two companies took place on January 1, 1999. This
         information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
         necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would
         have been achieved had the merger been consummated at that time, nor do
         they consider any potential cost savings or revenue enhancements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Three Month Periods Ended
                                                                              March 31,                        Year Ended
                                                                 -----------------------------------           December 31,
                                                                       2000                1999                   1999
                                                                 -------------         -------------         --------------
        <S>                                                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>
         Net interest income                                     $   3,152,000         $   2,797,000         $   11,754,000
         Net income                                              $     890,000         $     710,000         $    3,128,000
         Basic earnings per common share                         $         .40         $         .31         $         1.37
         Diluted earnings per common share                       $         .38         $         .29         $         1.30

</TABLE>


                                      249
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

The Shareholders and
   Board of Directors
North Coast Bank

         We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of North Coast Bank as
of December 31, 1999 and the related statements of income, changes in
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. The
financial statements of North Coast Bank as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 were
audited by other auditors whose report dated February 19, 1999 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those statements.

         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion, the 1999 financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of North Coast Bank as
of December 31, 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

                                                     /s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Certified Public Accountants

Sacramento, California
February 17, 2000,
        except for Note 15, as to which
        the date is March 1, 2000


                                      250
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
North Coast Bank
Santa Rosa, California

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of North Coast Bank as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of operations, changes in
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of North Coast Bank at December
31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the
years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                    /s/ RICHARDSON & COMPANY
                                    --------------------------------------


February 19, 1999

                                      251
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                                  BALANCE SHEET

                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1999            1998
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                     ASSETS

<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>
Cash and due from banks                                                          $  2,626,289    $  3,484,967
Federal funds sold                                                                  1,000,000       4,600,000
Interest-bearing deposits in banks                                                    793,000         693,000
Available-for-sale investment securities (Note 2)                                   1,708,000       1,428,995
Loans and leases, less allowance for loan and lease
    losses of $383,310 in 1999 and $330,755 in 1998
    (Notes 3, 7 and 11)                                                            39,735,527      30,802,994
Bank premises and equipment, net (Note 4)                                             750,750         608,930
Accrued interest receivable and other assets (Note 6)                                 564,358         557,804
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

                                                                                 $ 47,177,924    $ 42,176,690
                                                                                 ============    ============


                                 LIABILITIES AND
                              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits:
    Non-interest bearing                                                         $ 10,149,768    $  8,153,261
    Interest bearing (Note 5)                                                      31,931,394      29,999,782
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

           Total deposits                                                          42,081,162      38,153,043

Short-term borrowings (Note 8)                                                      1,000,000
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                                         98,342         231,621
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

           Total liabilities                                                       43,179,504      38,384,664
                                                                                 ------------    ------------


Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

Shareholders' equity (Note 9):
    Common stock - $4.00 and $5.00 par value in
        1999 and 1998, respectively; 6,250,000 and 5,000,000 shares authorized
        in 1999 and 1998, respectively; 472,354 and 377,902 shares issued
        and outstanding in 1999 and 1998, respectively                              1,889,416       1,889,510
    Additional paid-in capital                                                      1,826,945       1,826,851
    Retained earnings                                                                 295,630          68,636
    Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
        (Notes 2 and 13)                                                              (13,571)          7,029
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

           Total shareholders' equity                                               3,998,420       3,792,026
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

                                                                                 $ 47,177,924    $ 42,176,690
                                                                                 ============    ============
</TABLE>
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      252
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                               STATEMENT OF INCOME

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1999         1998        1997
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest income:
    Interest and fees on loans                       $3,382,954   $2,610,116   $2,162,208
    Interest on investment securities:
        Taxable                                          46,471      145,723      256,034
        Exempt from Federal income taxes                  8,488        5,988
        Dividends                                        13,916       12,195       11,711
    Interest on Federal funds sold                      151,845      191,987       98,451
    Interest on deposits in banks                        45,845       23,422        5,097
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Total interest income                      3,649,519    2,989,431    2,533,501

Interest expense:
    Deposits (Note 5)                                 1,173,013      972,712      753,233
    Short-term borrowings (Note 8)                       21,785
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Total interest expense                     1,194,798      972,712      753,233
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Net interest income                        2,454,721    2,016,719    1,780,268
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

Provision for loan and lease losses (Note 3)            175,000      148,585       70,500
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Net interest income after provision for
               loan and lease losses                  2,279,721    1,868,134    1,709,768
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

Non-interest income:
    Service charges                                      99,670       87,905      103,566
    Gain on sale of loans                                                          82,707
    Gain on sale of investment securities, net
        (Note 2)                                                       6,593
    Other income                                        167,713      109,723       83,891
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Total non-interest income                    267,383      204,221      270,164
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

Other expenses:
    Salaries and employee benefits (Notes 3
        and 10)                                         869,878      712,255      775,868
    Occupancy and equipment (Notes 4 and 7)             479,100      300,989      299,029
    Other (Note 12)                                     818,132      604,155      559,185
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Total other expenses                       2,167,110    1,617,399    1,634,082
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Income before income taxes                   379,994      454,956      345,850

Income taxes (Note 6)                                   153,000      109,000
                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------

           Net income                                $  226,994   $  345,956   $  345,850
                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========


Basic earnings per share (Note 9)                        $  .48      $   .73      $   .73
                                                         ======      =======      =======


Diluted earnings per share (Note 9)                      $  .46      $   .70      $   .72
                                                         ======      =======      =======
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      253
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Retained
                                                              Common Stock         Additional      Earnings
                                                         -----------------------     Paid-in     (Accumulated
                                                         Shares        Amount        Capital        Deficit)
                                                         -------    ------------   ------------   -----------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                                 377,334    $  1,886,670   $  1,825,715   $  (623,170)

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                                                        345,850

    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
        Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
           investment securities

               Total comprehensive income

                                                         -------    ------------   ------------   -----------
Balance, December 31, 1997                               377,334       1,886,670      1,825,715      (277,320)

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                                                        345,956

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-
           sale investment securities, net of
           reclassification adjustment


               Total comprehensive income


Stock options exercised (Note                                568           2,840          1,136
                                                         -------    ------------   ------------   -----------

Balance, December 31, 1998                               377,902       1,889,510      1,826,851       68,636

<CAPTION>
                                   (Continued)

                                                Accumulated
                                                   Other
                                               Comprehensive Shareholders' Comprehensive
                                               Income (Loss)    Equity         Income
                                               -----------    ----------- --------------

<S>                                             <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                         $  7,696    $  3,096,911

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                    345,850  $     345,850

    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
        Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
           investment securities                    5,944           5,944          5,944
                                                                           -------------
               Total comprehensive income                                  $     351,794
                                                                           =============
                                               -----------    -----------
Balance, December 31, 1997                         13,640       3,448,705

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                    345,956  $     345,956

    Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
        Unrealized losses on available-for-
           sale investment securities, net of
           reclassification adjustment             (6,611)         (6,611)        (6,611)
                                                                          --------------

               Total comprehensive income                                  $     339,345
                                                                           =============

Stock options exercised (Note                                      3,976
                                               -----------    -----------

Balance, December 31, 1998                           7,029     3,792,026
                                               -----------    -----------
</TABLE>


                                      254
<PAGE>


                                NORTH COAST BANK

                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                   (Continued)
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Retained
                                                              Common Stock         Additional      Earnings
                                                         -----------------------     Paid-in     (Accumulated
                                                         Shares        Amount        Capital        Deficit)
                                                         -------    -----------    ------------   -----------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1998                               377,902    $  1,889,510   $  1,826,851   $  68,636

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                                                      226,994

    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
        Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
           investment securities (Note 2)

               Total comprehensive income

Five-for-four stock split                                 94,452            (94)             94
                                                         -------    ------------    ------------  ---------

Balance, December 31, 1999                               472,354    $  1,889,416   $  1,826,945   $ 295,630
                                                         =======    ============   =============  =========




Disclosure of reclassification amount, net of taxes (Note 13):

    Unrealized holding losses arising during 1998

    Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income


    Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities


                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
<CAPTION>
                                   (Continued)

                                               Accumulated
                                                 Other
                                               Comprehensive Shareholders'     Comprehensive
                                               Income (Loss)    Equity            Income
                                               -----------    ------------    --------------

<S>                                             <C>         <C>              <C>
Balance, December 31, 1998                      $   7,029    $   3,792,026

Comprehensive income (Note 13):

    Net income                                                     226,994      $  226,994

    Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
        Unrealized gains on available-for-sale
           investment securities (Note 2)         (20,600)         (20,600)        (20,600)
                                                                                ----------
               Total comprehensive income                                      $   206,394
                                                                               ===========

Five-for-four stock split


Balance, December 31, 1999                    $   (13,571)    $  3,998,420
                                              ===========     ============

Disclosure of reclassification amount,
net of taxes (Note 13):

    Unrealized holding losses arising
    during 1998                              $    (10,567)
    Reclassification adjustment for gains
    included in net income                         (3,956)
                                             ------------


    Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale
    investment securities                    $     (6,611)
                                             ============
</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      255
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1999            1998           1997
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                         $   226,994    $   345,956    $   345,850
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to
        cash provided by operating activities:
           Provision for loan losses                       175,000        148,585         70,500
           Depreciation, amortization and
               accretion, net                               71,514         96,115        102,804
           Net gain on the sale of available-for-
               sale investment securities                                  (6,593)
           Increase (decrease) in deferred loan
               origination fees and costs, net              23,137         90,631         (4,913)
           Increase in accrued interest receivable
               and other assets                            (92,199)       (58,385)       (82,001)
           Decrease (increase) in servicing assets          36,617          4,104        (40,721)
           (Decrease) increase in accrued interest
               payable and other liabilities              (133,279)       121,830        (38,951)
           Loss on sale of other real estate                                               2,000
           Deferred taxes                                   59,000        (47,000)       (59,000)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------

               Net cash provided by operating
                  activities                               366,784        695,243        295,568
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing
        deposits in banks                                 (100,000)      (672,134)        99,488
    Proceeds from the sale of available-for-
        sale investment securities                                        599,023
    Proceeds from matured and called
        available-for-sale investment securities           450,000      1,963,170      1,518,743
    Principal payments received from available-
        for-sale mortgage-backed securities                301,500
    Purchase of available-for-sale investment
        securities                                      (1,060,425)      (532,395)      (415,088)
    Proceeds from sale of other real estate                                                2,700
    Net increase in loans                               (9,067,256)    (9,455,022)    (2,205,593)
    Purchase of premises and equipment                    (277,400)      (121,800)       (59,885)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------

               Net cash used in investing activities    (9,753,581)    (8,219,158)    (1,059,635)
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

                                  (Continued)


                                      256
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (Continued)
              For the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1999           1998           1997
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net increase in demand, interest bearing
        and savings deposits                        $ 4,066,930    $ 3,901,583    $ 1,890,124
    Net (decrease) increase in time deposits           (138,811)     4,488,243      1,267,913
    Increase in short-term borrowings                 1,000,000
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options                              3,976
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

               Net cash provided by financing
                  activities                          4,928,119      8,393,802      3,158,037
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

               (Decrease) increase in cash and
                  cash equivalents                   (4,458,678)       869,887      2,393,970

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
    year                                              8,084,967      7,215,080      4,821,110
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year            $ 3,626,289    $ 8,084,967    $ 7,215,080
                                                    ===========    ===========    ===========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    Cash paid during the year for:
        Interest expense                            $ 1,192,061    $   965,663    $   747,147
        Income taxes                                $   237,066    $    93,300    $    56,000

Non-cash investing activities:
    Net change in unrealized gain on
        available-for-sale investment securities    $   (30,572)   $    (6,611)   $     5,944
    Loans transferred to other real estate
        during the year                                                           $    80,300
    Sale of foreclosed other real estate
        financed through loans                                                    $    75,600


</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.

                                      257
<PAGE>



                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         GENERAL

         North Coast Bank (the "Bank") is a National Banking Association and, as
         such, is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency,
         the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The
         regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of the Bank's
         business. The Bank was incorporated on March 26, 1990 as Windsor Oaks
         National Bank and was in organization until operations formally
         commenced on October 25, 1990. Effective January 8, 1997, the Bank
         changed its name to North Coast Bank.

         The Bank provides a variety of banking services to individuals and
         businesses in its primary service area of northern Sonoma County,
         California and the immediate surrounding area. The Bank offers
         depository and lending services primarily to meet the needs of its
         business and professional clientele. These services include a variety
         of demand deposit, savings and time deposit account alternatives, and
         special merchant and business services. The Bank's lending activities
         are directed primarily towards granting short and medium-term
         commercial loans and customized lines of credits for such purposes as
         operating capital, business and professional start-ups, inventory,
         equipment and accounts receivable, and interim construction financing.
         The Bank also targets Small Business Administration guaranteed loans to
         qualified small business borrowers.

         The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank conform with
         generally accepted accounting principles and prevailing practices
         within the banking industry.

         RECLASSIFICATIONS

         Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' balances to
         conform to classifications used in 1999.


         INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         Investments are classified into one of the following categories:

                  o        Available-for-sale securities, reported at fair
                           value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from
                           earnings and reported, net of taxes, as accumulated
                           other comprehensive income (loss) within
                           shareholders' equity.

                  o        Held-to-maturity securities, which management has the
                           positive intent and ability to hold, reported at
                           amortized cost, adjusted for the accretion of
                           discounts and amortization of premiums.

         Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments
         at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in
         certain limited circumstances. All transfers between categories are
         accounted for at fair value.


                                      258
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         Gains or losses on the sale of securities are computed using the
         specific identification method. Interest earned on investment
         securities is reported in interest income, net of applicable
         adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. In
         addition, unrealized losses that are other than temporary are
         recognized in earnings for all investments.

         LOANS AND LEASES

         Loans and leases are stated at principal balances outstanding, except
         for loans and leases transferred from loans and leases held for sale
         which are carried at the lower of principal balance or market value at
         the date of transfer, adjusted for accretion of discounts. Interest is
         accrued daily based upon outstanding loan and lease balances. However,
         when, in the opinion of management, loans and leases are considered to
         be impaired and the future collectibility of interest and principal is
         in serious doubt, loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status and
         the accrual of interest income is suspended. Any interest accrued but
         unpaid is charged against income. Payments received are applied to
         reduce principal to the extent necessary to ensure collection.
         Subsequent payments on these loans and leases, or payments received on
         nonaccrual loans or leases for which the ultimate collectibility of
         principal is not in doubt, are applied first to earned but unpaid
         interest and then to principal.

         An impaired loan or lease is measured based on the present value of
         expected future cash flows discounted at the instrument's effective
         interest rate or, as a practical matter, at the instrument's observable
         market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan or lease is
         collateral dependent. A loan or lease is considered impaired when,
         based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank
         will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both principal and
         interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan or lease
         agreement.

         Loan and lease origination fees, commitment fees, direct loan and lease
         origination costs and purchase premiums and discounts on loans and
         leases are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield, to be
         amortized to interest income over the contractual term of the loan or
         lease. The unamortized balance of deferred fees and costs is reported
         as a component of net loans and leases.

         Loans with unpaid balances of $6,236,305 and $3,868,698 were serviced
         for others at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.


                                      259
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         LOAN SALES AND SERVICING

         The guaranteed portion of certain Small Business Administration (SBA)
         loans are sold to third parties with the Bank retaining the
         unguaranteed portion. The Bank generally receives a premium in excess
         of the adjusted carrying value of the loan at the time of sale. The
         Bank may be required to refund a portion of this premium if the
         borrower defaults or the loan prepays within ninety days of the
         settlement date. However, there were no sales of loans subject to these
         recourse provisions at December 31, 1999, 1998 or 1997. SBA loans with
         unpaid balances of $138,950 and $1,227,623 were being serviced for
         others at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         Servicing rights acquired through 1) a purchase or 2) the origination
         of loans which are sold or securitized with servicing rights retained
         are recognized as separate assets or liabilities. Servicing assets or
         liabilities are recorded at the difference between the contractual
         servicing fees and adequate compensation for performing the servicing,
         and are subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the period of
         the related net servicing income or expense. Servicing assets are
         periodically evaluated for impairment. Fair values are estimated using
         discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates. For
         purposes of measuring impairment, servicing assets are stratified based
         on note rate and term. The amount of impairment recognized is the
         amount by which the servicing assets for a stratum exceed their fair
         value.

         In addition, assets (accounted for as interest-only (IO) strips) are
         recorded at the fair value of the difference between note rates and
         rates paid to purchasers (the interest spread) and contractual
         servicing fees, if applicable. IO strips are carried at fair value with
         gains or losses recorded as a component of shareholders' equity,
         similar to available-for-sale investment securities.

         The Bank's investment in the loan is allocated between the retained
         portion of the loan, the servicing asset, the IO strip, and the sold
         portion of the loan based on their relative fair values on the date the
         loan is sold. The gain on the sold portion of the loan is recognized as
         income at the time of sale. The carrying value of the retained portion
         of the loan is discounted based on the estimated value of a comparable
         non-guaranteed loan. The servicing asset is amortized over the
         estimated life of the related loan. Significant future prepayments of
         these loans will result in the recognition of additional amortization
         of related servicing assets and an adjustment to the carrying value of
         related IO strips.

         In connection with the Bank's sale of SBA loans during the year ended
         December 31, 1997, the Bank recognized servicing assets totaling
         $40,721. Amortization of these servicing assets totaled $4,104 for the
         year ended December 31, 1998. The carrying amount at December 31, 1998
         was $36,617, which approximates the fair value. During the year ended
         December 31, 1997, the Bank recognized interest-only strips of $23,761.
         The carrying amount at December 31, 1998 was $19,298, which
         approximates the fair value. The loans related to these servicing
         assets and IO strips were repaid during 1999. Accordingly, the
         servicing assets and IO strips were written off and losses of $53,323
         were recognized. In addition, revenue of $60,735 related to the
         discounted retained portion of the loans was recognized.


                                      260
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

         The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained to provide for
         losses related to impaired loans and leases and other losses that can
         be expected to occur in the normal course of business. The
         determination of the allowance is based on estimates made by
         management, to include consideration of the character of the loan and
         lease portfolio, specifically identified problem loans and leases,
         potential losses inherent in the portfolio taken as a whole and
         economic conditions in the Bank's service area. These estimates are
         particularly susceptible to changes in the economic environment and
         market conditions. The allowance is established through a provision for
         loan and lease losses which is charged to expense.

         OTHER REAL ESTATE

         Other real estate includes real estate acquired in full or partial
         settlement of loan obligations. When property is acquired, any excess
         of the Bank's recorded investment in the loan balance and accrued
         interest income over the estimated fair market value of the property,
         net of estimated selling costs, is charged against the allowance for
         loan and lease losses. A valuation allowance for losses on other real
         estate is maintained to provide for temporary declines in value. The
         allowance is established through a provision for losses on other real
         estate which is included in other expenses. Subsequent gains or losses
         on sales or writedowns resulting from permanent impairments are
         recorded in other income or expense as incurred. On the balance sheet,
         other real estate is included in accrued interest receivable and other
         assets.

         BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Bank premises and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is
         determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
         lives of the related assets. The useful lives of furniture, fixtures
         and equipment are estimated to be three to forty years. Leasehold
         improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of
         the related lease, whichever is shorter. When assets are sold or
         otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation
         and amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain
         or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance
         and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

         INCOME TAXES

         Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax
         consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement
         and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. On the balance sheet,
         net deferred tax assets are included in accrued interest receivable and
         other assets.

         CASH EQUIVALENTS

         For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks
         and Federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents.
         Generally, Federal funds are sold for one day periods.


                                      261
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by
         dividing income available to common shareholders by the
         weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
         Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if
         securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock
         options, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the
         earnings of the Bank. The treasury stock method has been applied to
         determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted
         EPS.

         STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

         Stock options are accounted for under the intrinsic value method
         prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting
         for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, compensation cost for stock
         options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price
         of the Bank's stock at the date of grant over the exercise price.
         However, if the fair value of stock-based compensation computed under a
         fair value based method, as prescribed in Statement of Financial
         Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
         is material to the financial statements, pro forma net income and
         earnings per share are disclosed as if the fair value method had been
         applied.

         USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
         accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
         and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
         amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
         statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
         reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

         NEW FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARD

         In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 133,
         Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity, which was
         subsequently amended by SFAS 137 to delay the effective date to all
         fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. This
         Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
         instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
         contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires that entities
         recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
         balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Management
         does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 133 will have a significant
         impact on its financial position and results of operations when
         implemented.


                                      262
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of available-for-sale
         investment securities at December 31, 1999 and 1998 consisted of the
         following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       1999
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           Gross                 Gross           Estimated
                                                           Amortized     Unrealized           Unrealized          Market
                                                             Cost          Gains                Losses            Value
                                                      --------------   ------------       ---------------    --------------
        <S>                                          <C>               <C>               <C>                 <C>
         U.S. Government
            agencies                                      $  981,633                       $       (8,633)     $    973,000
         U.S. Government
            guaranteed
            mortgage-backed
            securities                                       227,815                               (2,815)          225,000
         Obligations of states
            and political sub-
            divisions                                        173,095                              (12,095)          161,000
         Federal Home Loan
            Bank stock                                       176,500                                                176,500
         Federal Reserve
            Bank stock                                       111,500                                                111,500
         Other investments                                    61,000                                                 61,000
                                                      --------------   ------------       ---------------    --------------

                                                      $    1,731,543   $    --            $       (23,543)   $    1,708,000
                                                      ==============   ============       ===============    ==============
</TABLE>


         Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $23,543 were recorded, net of $9,972 in tax benefits, as
         accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders' equity for
         the year ended December 31, 1999. There were no sales of
         available-for-sale investment securities for the year ended December
         31, 1999.


                                      263
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1998
                                 -------------------------------------------------
                                                Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                  Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized      Market
                                    Cost        Gains        Losses        Value
                                 ----------   ----------    ---------   ----------
        <S>                     <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
         U.S. Treasury           $  249,674   $    1,263                $  250,937
         U.S. Government
            agencies                200,000          313                   200,313
         U.S. Government
            guaranteed
            mortgage-backed
            securities              530,325        3,065    $  (1,443)     531,947
         Obligations of states
            and political sub-
            divisions               173,017        3,831                   176,848
         Federal Home Loan
            Bank stock              104,200                                104,200
         Federal Reserve
            Bank stock              105,450                                105,450
         Other investments           59,300                                 59,300
                                 ----------   ----------    ---------   ----------

                                 $1,421,966   $    8,472    $  (1,443)  $1,428,995
                                 ==========   ==========    =========   ==========
</TABLE>


         Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale investment securities
         totaling $7,029 were recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income
         within shareholders' equity for the year ended December 31, 1998.
         Proceeds and gross realized gains on available-for-sale investment
         securities totaled $599,023 and $6,593, respectively, for the year
         ended December 31, 1998. There were no sales of available-for-sale
         investment securities in 1997.


                                      264
<PAGE>

                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

2.       AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

         The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities
         at December 31, 1999 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected
         maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers
         of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with
         or without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Estimated
                                                                     Amortized     Market
                                                                       Cost         Value
                                                                    ----------   ----------
        <S>                                                        <C>          <C>
         Within one year                                            $  136,719   $  135,000
         After one year through five years                           1,072,729    1,063,000
         After ten years                                               173,095      161,000
                                                                    ----------   ----------

                                                                     1,382,543    1,359,000

         Investment securities not due at a single
            maturity date:
                Federal Home Loan Bank stock                           176,500      176,500
                Federal Reserve Bank stock                             111,500      111,500
                Other investments                                       61,000       61,000
                                                                    ----------   ----------

                                                                    $1,731,543   $1,708,000
                                                                    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


         Investment securities with amortized costs of $250,000 and $249,675 and
         estimated market values of $242,000 and $251,000 were pledged to secure
         treasury tax and loan accounts at December 31, 1999 and 1998,
         respectively.

3.       LOANS AND LEASES

         Outstanding loans and leases are summarized below:

                                                       December 31,
                                               ----------------------------
                                                   1999             1998
                                               ------------    ------------
         Commercial                            $ 11,883,098    $  9,301,330
         Real estate - commercial                12,711,222      11,298,073
         Real estate - residential                2,798,572       4,243,403
         Real estate - construction               4,476,824       1,586,915
         Agriculture                              7,199,565       3,416,398
         Lease financing receivables                121,521         363,913
         Consumer                                   898,050         914,736
         Other                                      138,839          94,698
                                               ------------    ------------

                                                 40,227,691      31,219,466

         Deferred loan fees, net                   (108,854)        (85,717)
         Allowance for loan and lease losses       (383,310)       (330,755)
                                               ------------    ------------

                                               $ 39,735,527    $ 30,802,994
                                               ============    ============

                                      265
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


3.       LOANS AND LEASES (Continued)

         Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses were as follows:


                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------
                                               1999        1998          1997
                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
         Balance, beginning of year        $ 330,755    $ 352,417    $ 345,785
         Provision charged to operations     175,000      148,585       70,500
         Losses charged to allowance        (130,804)    (183,322)     (71,105)
         Recoveries                            8,359       13,075        7,237
                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                Balance, end of year       $ 383,310    $ 330,755    $ 352,417
                                           =========    =========    =========


         During the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Bank had
         no significant impaired loans or loans placed on nonaccrual status.

         Salaries and employee benefits totaling $189,501, $152,461 and $143,519
         were deferred as loan origination costs for the years ended December
         31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

4.       BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

         Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,
                                                       --------------------------
                                                           1999           1998
                                                       -----------    -----------
        <S>                                           <C>            <C>
         Land                                          $   149,001    $   149,001
         Building and improvements                         212,975        212,975
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment                 967,466        841,019
         Leasehold improvements                            180,188        118,120
                                                       -----------    -----------

                                                         1,509,630      1,321,115
                       Less accumulated depreciation
                          and amortization                (758,880)      (712,185)
                                                       -----------    -----------

                                                       $   750,750    $   608,930
                                                       ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

         Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment
         expense totaled $135,580, $104,064 and $118,861 for the years ended
         December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.



                                      266
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

5.       INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

         Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following:

                                                   December 31,
                                            ---------------------------
                                                1999             1998
                                            -----------     -----------
         Savings                            $ 4,231,966     $ 4,977,851
         Money market                         9,759,646       7,222,047
         NOW accounts                         3,719,997       3,441,288
         Time, $100,000 or more               5,612,900       6,313,085
         Other time                           8,606,885       8,045,511
                                            -----------     -----------

                                            $31,931,394     $29,999,782
                                            ===========     ===========


         Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

                   Year Ending
                  December 31,
                  ------------

                      2000                $  13,678,479
                      2001                      511,949
                      2002                       13,012
                      2003                       16,345
                                          -------------

                                          $  14,219,785
                                          =============


         Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits for the years
         ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 consisted of the following:

                                      1999         1998         1997
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------
         Savings                  $  120,664   $  133,546   $  122,160
         Money market                325,503      151,591       84,149
         NOW accounts                 56,226       58,819       54,294
         Time, $100,000 or more      285,373      256,524      167,701
         Other time                  385,247      372,232      324,929
                                  ----------   ----------   ----------
                                  $1,173,013   $  972,712   $  753,233
                                  ==========   ==========   ==========


                                      267
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


6.       INCOME TAXES

         The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1999,
         1998 and 1997 consisted of the following:


                                             Federal       State         Total
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
         1999
         ----
         Current                            $  82,000    $  12,000    $  94,000
         Deferred                              32,000       27,000       59,000
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
                       Income tax expense   $ 114,000    $  39,000    $ 153,000
                                            =========    =========    =========

         1998
         ----
         Current                            $ 107,000    $  49,000    $ 156,000
         Deferred                             (32,000)     (15,000)     (47,000)
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------

                       Income tax expense   $  75,000    $  34,000    $ 109,000
                                            =========    =========    =========

         1997
         ----
         Current                            $  17,000    $  42,000    $  59,000
         Deferred                             (17,000)     (42,000)     (59,000)
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
                       Income tax expense   $      --    $      --    $      --
                                            =========    =========    =========

         Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     December 31,
                                                               ----------------------
                                                                  1999         1998
                                                               ---------    ---------
        <S>                                                   <C>          <C>
         Deferred tax assets:
                Allowance for loan losses                      $ 114,000    $  98,000
                Loans held for sale                                            27,000
                Future benefit of State income tax deduction       5,000       16,000
                Other                                                          14,000
                Unrealized losses on available-for-sale
                     investment securities                        10,000
                                                               ---------    ---------
                              Total deferred tax assets          129,000      155,000
                                                               ---------    ---------
         Deferred tax liabilities:
                Bank premises and equipment                      (32,000)     (21,000)
                Future liability of State deferred tax asset      (7,000)
                Other                                            (11,000)      (6,000)
                                                               ---------    ---------

                              Total deferred tax liabilities     (50,000)     (27,000)
                                                               ---------    ---------

                              Net deferred tax assets          $  79,000    $ 128,000
                                                               =========    =========
</TABLE>


                                      268
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

6.       INCOME TAXES (Continued)

         The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed by
         applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to operating income
         before income taxes. The significant items comprising these differences
         for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 consisted of the
         following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1999                1998                1997
                                       -------------------- -------------------- -------------------
                                         Amount      Rate %  Amount       Rate %   Amount     Rate %
                                       ---------     ------ ---------     ------ ---------    ------
        <S>                           <C>            <C>   <C>            <C>   <C>            <C>
         Federal income tax
            expense, at statutory
            rate                       $ 129,000      34.0  $ 155,000      34.0  $ 118,000      34.0
         Graduated rate benefit                                                     (1,000)      (.2)
         State franchise tax,
            net of Federal tax
            effect                        28,000       7.4     32,000       7.1     24,000       6.9
         Interest on obligations
            of states and political
            subdivisions                  (3,000)      (.8)
         Valuation allowance for
            deferred tax assets                               (81,000)    (17.8)  (140,000)    (40.5)
         Other                            (1,000)      (.3)     3,000        .7     (1,000)      (.2)
                                       --------- ---------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------
                    Total income
                         tax expense   $ 153,000      40.3  $ 109,000      24.0  $      --        --
                                       ========= =========  =========  ========  =========  ========
</TABLE>

7.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         OPERATING LEASES

         The Bank leases two of its branch offices and various equipment under
         noncancelable operating leases. Future minimum lease payments are as
         follows:

                           Year Ending
                           December 31,
                           ------------

                               2000                    $      213,264
                               2001                           219,419
                               2002                           225,759
                               2003                           128,802
                               2004                           122,976
                            Thereafter                        506,851
                                                      ---------------

                                                      $     1,417,071
                                                      ===============


         The Bank has an option to renew its Windsor branch office lease for two
         five-year terms after the initial lease ends February 1, 2003.
         Additionally, the Bank has an option to renew its Santa Rosa branch
         office lease for two five-year terms after the initial lease ends
         October 31, 2008.


                                      269
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


7.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

         OPERATING LEASES (Continued)


         Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment expense, net of
         related rental income, totaled $175,123, $84,134 and $70,136 for the
         years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         The Bank subleases a portion of the Windsor branch office for $2,012
         per month. The sublease ends September 1, 2000. Additionally, the Bank
         sublet a portion of the Santa Rosa branch office for $600 per month.
         This lease ended in November 1999 and was not renewed. The Bank
         received rental income of $26,944, $20,744 and $20,272 for the years
         ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

         The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet
         risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing
         needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations
         in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to
         extend credit and letters of credit. These instruments involve, to
         varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of
         the amount recognized on the balance sheet.

         The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
         the other party for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit
         is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank
         uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for
         loans included on the balance sheet.

         The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit
         risk:

                                              December 31,
                                        -----------------------
                                           1999         1998
                                        ----------   ----------
         Commitments to extend credit   $8,757,000   $4,462,000
         Credit card arrangements       $  397,000   $  497,000
         Letters of credit              $  150,000   $  150,000


         Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as
         long as there is no violation of any condition established in the
         contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other
         termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the
         commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total
         commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
         requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a
         case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
         necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
         management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies,
         but may include savings accounts, accounts receivable, inventory,
         equipment, and deeds of trust on residential real estate and
         income-producing commercial properties.


                                      270
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

7.       COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

         FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)


         Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
         guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit
         risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as
         that involved in extending loans to customers.

         At December 31, 1999, commercial loan commitments represent
         approximately 62% of total commitments and are generally secured by
         accounts receivable and inventory. Real estate loan commitments
         represent approximately 37% of total commitments and are generally
         secured by property with a loan-to-value ratio not to exceed 80%.
         Unsecured credit card and equity line commitments represent the
         remaining 1% of total commitments. In addition, the majority of the
         Bank's loan commitments have variable interest rates.

         SIGNIFICANT CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

         The Bank grants real estate mortgage, real estate construction,
         commercial, agricultural and consumer loans to customers in Northern
         California, primarily in Sonoma County. Although the Bank has a
         diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its portfolio is
         secured by commercial and residential real estate. However, personal
         and business income represent the primary source of repayment for a
         majority of these loans.

         CORRESPONDENT BANKING AGREEMENTS

         The Bank maintains funds on deposit with other federally insured
         financial institutions under correspondent banking agreements. There
         were no uninsured deposits at December 31, 1999.

         FEDERAL RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

         Banks are required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank
         equal to a percentage of their reservable deposits. The Bank had a
         reserve requirement with the Federal Reserve Bank of $156,000 and
         $86,000 as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         CONTINGENCIES

         The Bank is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the
         ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount
         of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially
         affect the financial position or results of operations of the Bank.


                                      271
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

8.       SHORT-TERM BORROWING ARRANGEMENT

         The Bank has a total of $2,000,000 in unsecured Federal funds lines of
         credit with two of its correspondent banks to meet short-term liquidity
         needs. In addition, the Bank has a line of credit available with the
         Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $1,400,000 which is secured by pledged
         mortgage loans. An advance totaling $1,000,000 was outstanding from the
         Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 1999 bearing an interest rate of
         5.9% and a maturity date of April 12, 2000. There were no short-term
         borrowings outstanding at December 31, 1998.

9.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

         DIVIDENDS

         Upon declaration by the Board of Directors, all shareholders of record
         will be entitled to receive dividends. Under applicable Federal laws,
         the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) restricts the total dividend
         payment of any national banking association in any calendar year to the
         net income of the year, as defined, combined with the net income for
         the two preceding years, less distributions made to shareholders during
         the same three-year period. At December 31, 1999, retained earnings of
         $295,630 were free of such restrictions.

         EARNINGS PER SHARE

         A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and
         diluted earnings per share computations is as follows:

                                                       Weighted
                                                        Average
                                                       Number of
                                                         Shares     Per Share
            For the Year Ended            Net Income  Outstanding    Amount
         -------------------------------- ----------  -----------   ---------

         DECEMBER 31, 1999

         Basic earnings per share           $226,994    472,354      $   .48
                                                                     =======

         Effect of dilutive stock options                17,318
                                            --------    -------


         Diluted earnings per share         $226,994    489,672      $   .46
                                            ========    =======      =======


         DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Basic earnings per share           $345,956    471,794     $   .73
                                                                    =======

         Effect of dilutive stock options                22,036
                                            --------    -------

         Diluted earnings per share         $345,956    493,830     $   .70
                                            ========    =======     =======


                                      272
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


9.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Weighted
                                                             Average
                                                            Number of
                                                             Shares       Per Share
          For the Year Ended                  Net Income   Outstanding      Amount
         --------------------------------     ----------   -----------    --------
        <S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>
         DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Basic earnings per share              $345,850       471,667      $   .73
                                                                           =======

         Effect of dilutive stock options                      10,178
                                              ---------    ----------

         Diluted earnings per share            $345,850       481,845      $   .72
                                              =========    ==========      =======
</TABLE>


         Weighted average number of shares outstanding are adjusted for stock
         splits for all periods presented.

         Options to purchase 62,500 shares of common stock at $9.26 per share
         were outstanding during the first and third quarters of 1999 and
         options to purchase 135,625 shares of common stock at a weighted
         average price of $8.87 were outstanding during the fourth quarter of
         1999 but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per
         share because the exercise price was greater than the average market
         price of the common shares. Options to purchase 16,500 shares of common
         stock at $10 per share were outstanding during 1997, but were not
         included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
         exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common
         shares.

         STOCK OPTIONS

         In 1990, the Bank established a stock option plan for which 128,126
         shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to employees and
         directors under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. The plan
         requires that the option price may not be less than the fair market
         value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the
         stock must be paid for in full at the time the option is exercised. All
         options expire on a date determined by the Board of Directors, but not
         later than ten years from the date of grant. Nonstatutory options
         become twenty percent vested immediately upon grant, with the remaining
         options vesting ratably over the next four years. Incentive options
         vest ratably over a five year period beginning one year from the date
         of grant.


                                      273
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

9.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         STOCK OPTIONS (Continued)

         The Bank has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of
         Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for
         Stock-Based Compensation. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been
         recognized under its stock option plan. Had compensation cost for the
         plan been determined based on the fair value at grant date for awards
         in 1999, 1998 and 1996 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123,
         the Bank's net income and income per share for the years ended December
         31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 would have been reduced to the pro forma
         amounts indicated below. Compensation expense is included in pro forma
         income when the options become vested. The fair value of options
         granted in 1999 and 1998 was estimated to be $4.45 and $3.61,
         respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999           1998              1997
                                                     -----------      -----------      -----------
        <S>                                         <C>              <C>              <C>
         Net income - as reported                    $   226,994      $   345,956      $   345,850
         Net income - pro forma                      $   154,403      $   295,057      $   321,490

         Basic income per share - as reported        $       .48      $       .73      $       .73
         Basic income per share - pro forma          $       .33      $       .63      $       .68

         Diluted income per share - as reported      $       .46      $       .70      $       .72
         Diluted income per share - pro forma        $       .32      $       .60      $       .66
</TABLE>

         The fair value of each option was estimated on the date of grant using
         an option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

                                                        1999        1998
                                                     ---------    --------

         Dividend yield (not applicable)
         Expected volatility                            73.32%       9.53%
         Risk-free interest rate                         6.00%       4.91%
         Expected option life                        10 years     10 years


                                      274
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

9.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         STOCK OPTIONS (Continued)

         A summary of the activity within the plan follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1999                       1998                     1997
                                          -----------------------   ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                         Weighted                   Weighted                   Weighted
                                                         Average                    Average                   Average
                                                         Exercise                   Exercise                  Exercise
                                           Shares         Price       Shares         Price      Shares         Price
                                           -------       --------     ------       ---------     ------       --------
        <S>                               <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
         INCENTIVE OPTIONS

         Options outstanding
              beginning of year            122,932       $   9.33     74,200       $    7.78    101,500       $   7.74

              Options granted               52,500       $   8.75     50,000       $   11.58
              Options exercised                                         (568)      $    7.00
              Options canceled             (13,750)      $   7.65       (700)      $    7.00    (27,300)      $   7.65
              Options resulting
                    from stock split        30,733       $   7.61
                                           -------                   -------                    -------
         Options outstanding,
              end of year                  192,415       $   7.80    122,932       $    9.33     74,200       $   7.78
                                           =======                   =======                    =======

         Options exercisable,
              end of year                  102,949       $   7.19     63,032       $    8.64     42,200       $   8.33
                                           =======                   =======                    =======

         A summary of options outstanding at December 31, 1999 follows:
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Number of                  Weighted                   Number of
                                                              Options                    Average                    Options
                                                            Outstanding                 Remaining                 Exercisable
                                                            December 31,               Contractual               December 31,
               Range of Exercise Prices                         1999                       Life                       1999
               ------------------------                 --------------------    ----------------------------    ----------------
              <S>                                      <C>                     <C>                              <C>
               $   5.60                                               52,415              6.8 years                       40,199
               $   6.20                                               12,500              4.2 years                       12,500
               $   8.00                                               18,750               .7 years                       18,750
               $   8.75                                               52,500               10 years                        9,000
               $   9.26                                               56,250              8.7 years                      2 2,500
                                                        --------------------                                    ----------------

                                                                     192,415                                             102,949
                                                        ====================                                    ================
</TABLE>

                                      275
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

9.       SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

         REGULATORY CAPITAL

         The Bank is subject to certain regulatory capital requirements
         administered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC).
         Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain
         mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators
         that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's
         financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
         regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet
         specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the
         Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as
         calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital
         amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by
         the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

         Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital
         adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of
         total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital
         to average assets. Each of these components is defined in the
         regulations. Management believes that the Bank meets all its capital
         adequacy requirements as of December 31, 1999.

         In addition, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the
         Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
         corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must
         maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1
         leverage ratios as set forth below. There are no conditions or events
         since that notification that management believes have changed the
         Bank's category.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1999                   1998                 1997
                                                          ---------------------  ---------------------- ---------------------
                                                            Amount        Ratio    Amount         Ratio   Amount       Ratio
                                                          ----------      -----  ----------       ----- ----------     -----
         LEVERAGE RATIO
        <S>                                              <C>              <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>             <C>
         North Coast Bank                                 $4,012,000       9.3%  $3,781,000       9.8%  $3,432,000      11.2%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution                  $2,163,000       5.0%  $1,937,000       5.0%  $1,525,000       5.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                   $1,730,000       4.0%  $1,550,000       4.0%  $1,220,000       4.0%

         TIER 1 RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         North Coast Bank                                 $4,012,000      10.0%  $3,781,000      12.0%  $3,432,000      15.9%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution                  $2,395,000       6.0%  $1,898,000       6.0%  $1,297,000       6.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                   $1,597,000       4.0%  $1,265,000       4.0%  $  865,000       4.0%

         TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO

         North Coast Bank                                 $4,395,000      11.0%  $4,112,000      13.0%  $3,703,000      17.1%

         Minimum requirement for "Well-
                Capitalized" institution                  $3,992,000      10.0%  $3,163,000      10.0%  $2,161,000      10.0%
         Minimum regulatory requirement                   $3,194,000       8.0%  $2,531,000       8.0%  $1,729,000       8.0%
</TABLE>


                                      276
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

10.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

         SAVINGS PLAN

         The North Coast Bank 401(k) Savings Plan commenced January 1, 1993 and
         is available to employees meeting certain service requirements. Under
         the plan, employees may defer a selected percentage of their annual
         compensation. The Bank's contribution to the plan is discretionary and
         is allocated as follows:

                 o   A matching contribution to be determined by the Board of
                     Directors each plan year under which the Bank will match a
                     percentage of each participant's contribution.

                 o   The Bank may make additional contributions to the plan at
                     the discretion of the Board of Directors that shall be
                     allocated in the same ratio as each participant's
                     contribution bears to total compensation.

         Bank contributions totaled $13,216, $8,560 and $8,031 for the years
         ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

11.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into transactions
         with related parties, including Directors and officers. These
         transactions include borrowings from the Bank with substantially the
         same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated
         parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving
         related party borrowers during 1999:

         Balance, January 1, 1999                                  $    291,596

                      Disbursements                                   1,586,068
                      Amounts repaid                                   (366,122)
                                                                   ------------

         Balance, December 31, 1999                                $  1,511,542
                                                                   ============

         Undisbursed commitments to related parties,
            December 31, 1999                                      $    934,195
                                                                   ============



                                      277
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

12.      OTHER EXPENSES

         Other expenses for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
         consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999                1998                1997
                                                --------            --------            --------
        <S>                                    <C>                 <C>                 <C>
         Data processing                        $188,234            $165,602            $168,186
         Merchant processing fees                139,819              74,019              56,809
         Advertising                              72,521              37,566              16,882
         Stationery and supplies                  71,190              45,119              47,525
         Legal and accounting                     33,276              38,746              51,082
         Brokerage and consulting fees            30,746              38,401              24,875
         Insurance                                26,805              27,938              29,399
         Other operating expenses                255,581             176,764             164,427
                                                --------            --------            --------

                                                $818,132            $604,155            $559,185
                                                ========            ========            ========
</TABLE>


13.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

         Comprehensive income is reported in addition to net income for all
         periods presented. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial
         reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive
         income (loss) that historically has not been recognized in the
         calculation of net income. Unrealized gains and losses on the Bank's
         available-for-sale investment securities are included in other
         comprehensive income (loss). Total comprehensive income and the
         components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are
         presented in the Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity.

         At December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, the Bank held securities
         classified as available-for-sale which had unrealized (losses) gains as
         follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Tax
                                                                               Before           Benefit            After
                                                                                Tax            (Expense)            Tax
                                                                              --------          --------          --------
        <S>                                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>
         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

         Other comprehensive loss:
                Unrealized holding losses                                     $(30,572)         $  9,972          $(20,600)
                                                                              ========          ========          ========


         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Other comprehensive loss:
                Unrealized holding losses                                     $(17,824)         $  7,257          $(10,567)
                Reclassification adjustment for net
                       gains included in net income                              6,593            (2,637)            3,956
                                                                              --------          --------          --------

                              Total other comprehensive
                                      loss                                    $(11,231)         $  4,620          $ (6,611)
                                                                              ========          ========          ========
</TABLE>


                                       278
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

13.      COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Tax
                                                       Before             Benefit              After
                                                        Tax              (Expense)              Tax
                                                       ------            ---------            -------
        <S>                                           <C>                <C>                 <C>
         FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Other comprehensive income:
                Unrealized holding gains               $10,099            $(4,155)            $ 5,944
                                                       =======            =======             =======
</TABLE>


14.      DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

         Estimated fair values are disclosed for financial instruments for which
         it is practicable to estimate fair value. These estimates are made as
         of a specific point in time based on relevant market data and
         information about the financial instruments. These estimates do not
         reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the
         Bank's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at
         one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated
         future business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax
         ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses
         can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been
         considered in any of these estimates.

         Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Bank's
         financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments
         regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various
         financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective
         in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment
         and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in
         assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.

         The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank to estimate
         the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31, 1999 and
         1998:

         CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS:
         For cash and due from banks, cash equivalents and short-term
         borrowings, the carrying amount is estimated to be fair value.

         INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS IN BANKS: The fair value of interest-bearing
         deposits in banks are estimated by discounting their future cash-flows
         using rates at each reporting date for instruments with similar
         remaining maturities offered by comparable financial institutions.

         INVESTMENT SECURITIES: For investment securities, fair values are based
         on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are
         not available, fair values are estimated using quoted market prices for
         similar securities and indications of value provided by brokers.


                                      279
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)

14.      DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

         LOANS AND LEASES: For variable-rate loans and leases that reprice
         frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are
         based on carrying values. The fair values for other loans and leases
         are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates
         offered at each reporting date for loans with similar terms to
         borrowers of comparable creditworthiness. The carrying amount of
         accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

         DEPOSITS: The fair values for demand deposits are, by definition, equal
         to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date represented by
         their carrying amount. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of
         deposit are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses using
         interest rates offered at each reporting date by the Bank for
         certificates with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of
         accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

         COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND LETTERS OF CREDIT: Commitments to
         extend credit and letters of credit are primarily for variable rate
         loans. For these commitments, there is no difference between the
         committed amounts and their fair values. Commitments to fund fixed rate
         loans and letters of credit are at rates which approximate fair value
         at each reporting date.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               December 31, 1999           December 31, 1998
                                          ------------------------    -------------------------
                                            Carrying        Fair       Carrying         Fair
                                             Amount        Value        Amount         Value
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
        <S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
         Financial assets:
            Cash and due from banks       $ 2,626,289   $ 2,626,289   $ 3,484,967   $ 3,484,967
            Federal funds sold              1,000,000     1,000,000     4,600,000     4,600,000
            Interest-bearing deposits
                in banks                      793,000       793,000       693,000       693,000
            Investment securities           1,708,000     1,708,000     1,428,995     1,428,995
            Loans and leases               39,735,527    39,323,000    30,802,994    30,836,411
            Accrued interest receivable       250,478       250,478       206,119       206,119
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

                                          $46,113,294   $45,700,767   $41,216,075   $41,249,492
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

         Financial liabilities:
            Deposits                      $42,081,162   $42,113,000   $38,153,043   $38,155,639
            Accrued interest payable           39,624        39,624        36,887        36,887
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

                                          $42,120,786   $42,152,624   $38,189,930   $38,192,526
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

         Off-balance-sheet financial
            instruments:
            Commitments to extend
                credit                    $ 8,757,000   $ 8,757,000   $ 4,462,000   $ 4,462,000
            Credit card arrangements          397,000       397,000       497,000       497,000
            Letters of credit                 150,000       150,000       150,000       150,000
                                          -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

                                          $ 9,304,000   $ 9,304,000   $ 5,109,000   $ 5,109,000
                                          ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      280
<PAGE>
                                NORTH COAST BANK

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (Continued)


15.      SUBSEQUENT EVENT

         On March 1, 2000, the Directors of North Coast Bank and American River
         Holdings approved a definitive merger agreement between the two
         companies. As a result, North Coast Bank, American River Bank, and
         first source capital will operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under
         American River Holdings. Under the agreement, each share of North Coast
         Bank will be converted into the right to receive .9644 of a share of
         the common stock of American River Holdings. The transaction will be
         accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. It
         is expected that this merger will be accomplished in the third quarter
         of 2000, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.

         The unaudited pro forma information set forth below assumes that the
         merger of the two companies took place on January 1, 1997. This
         information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
         necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would
         have been achieved had the merger been consummated at that time.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------
                                                     1999             1998           1997
                                                -------------    -------------    ------------
         <S>                                   <C>              <C>              <C>
          Net interest income                   $  11,754,000    $  10,743,000    $  9,582,000
          Net income                            $   3,128,000    $   2,850,000    $  2,347,000
          Basic earnings per common share       $        1.37    $        1.25    $       1.02
          Diluted earnings per common share     $        1.30    $        1.14    $        .94
</TABLE>

                                       281
<PAGE>

                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements of American River Holdings
included in this joint proxy statement/prospectus for the year ended December
31, 1999 have been audited by Perry-Smith LLP, independent accountants, as
stated in their report, given upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.

         The financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A. included in this
joint proxy statement/prospectus for the year ended December 31, 1999 have been
audited by Perry-Smith LLP, independent accountants, as stated in their report,
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the shares of American River Holdings common stock
offered hereby and certain legal matters in connection with the merger will be
passed upon for American River Holdings by Coudert Brothers, San Jose,
California. Certain federal and California tax matters will be passed upon by
Perry-Smith LLP, Sacramento, California.

                              SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

         Next years' annual meeting of shareholders of American River Holdings
is currently scheduled to be held on May ___, 2001. Any shareholder desiring to
submit a proposal for action and to be included in the Proxy Statement for the
2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, should mail such proposal by certified
mail, return receipt requested, to American River Holdings, 1545 River Park
Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California 95815, Attention: David T. Taber,
President and Chief Executive Officer. All such proposals must be received by
American River Holdings not later than ____________, 2000. Matters pertaining to
such proposals, including the number and length thereof, eligibility of persons
entitled to have such proposals included, and other aspects related to such
proposals, are regulated by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                             SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

         Each of American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. will bear
the cost of the solicitation of proxies from their respective shareholders. In
addition to solicitation by mail, the directors, officers and employees of
American River Holdings or North Coast Bank, N.A. may solicit proxies from their
respective shareholders by telephone or telegram or in person. Those persons
will not be additionally compensated, but will be reimbursed for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitations.
Arrangements will also be made with brokerage firms, nominees, fiduciaries and
other custodians, for the forwarding of solicitation materials to the beneficial
owners of shares held of record by those persons, and American River Holdings or
North Coast Bank, N.A., as applicable, will reimburse those persons for their
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with those solicitations. North
Coast Bank, N.A. has retained Chase Mellon Shareholder Services of San
Francisco, California, to aid in the solicitation of proxies and to verify
records related to the solicitations. Chase Mellon Shareholder Services will
receive $4,500 as compensation for its services and $2,000 as reimbursement for
its related out-of-pocket expenses.

                           ANNUAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

         Copies of the Annual Disclosure Statements of American River Bank and
North Coast Bank, N.A., respectively, are available, upon request, at no cost to
you. Additional copies may be obtained for a nominal fee. See "Where You Can
Find More Information" on page 283.

                                      282
<PAGE>

                                 ANNUAL REPORT

         The Annual Reports to Shareholders for American River Holdings and
North Coast Bank, N.A., respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1999, were
previously mailed to their respective shareholders. A copy of the American River
Holdings and/or the North Coast Bank, N.A. Annual Report to Shareholders is
available, upon request, at no cost to you. Additional copies may be obtained
for a nominal fee. See "Where You Can Find More Information" on page 283.

                                  OTHER MATTERS

         Management is not aware of any other matters to be presented at the
American River Holdings annual meeting or North Coast Bank, N.A. special meeting
other than those set forth above. However, if other matters properly come before
the respective annual meeting or special meeting, it is the intention of the
persons named in the accompanying Proxy to vote the Proxy in accordance with the
recommendations of the board of directors, and the discretionary authority
granted to the proxy holders named in the Proxy.

                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

         Neither American River Holdings nor North Coast Bank, N.A. is currently
subject to the informational reporting requirements under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with the merger, American River
Holdings will register its common stock under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and thereafter will be required to file
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities Exchange
Commission.

         American River Holdings has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, relating to the shares of American River Holdings common stock
to be issued in connection with the merger. This joint proxy
statement/prospectus also constitutes the prospectus of American River Holdings
filed as part of the registration statement and does not contain all the
information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits thereto. You
may copy and read the registration statement and its exhibits at the Securities
and Exchange Commission's public reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York,
New York and Chicago, Illinois. You may also obtain copies of this information
by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 450 5th Street, N.W., Room
1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. Please call the Securities and
Exchange Commission at (800) SEC-0330 for further information on the public
reference rooms. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an
Internet World Wide Web site at "http://www.sec.gov" at which any information
filed by American River Holdings will be available.

         American River Holdings and North Coast Bank, N.A. will provide without
charge, to each person to whom this joint proxy statement/prospectus is
delivered, upon written or oral request, a copy of their respective Annual
Disclosure Statement and Annual Report to Shareholders. These requests should be
directed respectively to:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                              <C>
  American River Holdings                         North Coast Bank, N.A.
  1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107                50 Santa Rosa Avenue
  Sacramento, California 95815                    Santa Rosa, California 95404
  Attention:  David T. Taber, President and       Attention:  Kathy A. Pinkard, President and
              Chief Executive Officer                         Chief Executive Officer

  (916) 565-6100                                  (707) 443-8400
</TABLE>

                                      283
<PAGE>

         In deciding how to vote on the transactions contemplated by the merger
agreement, including the merger, you should rely only on the information
contained in this joint proxy statement/prospectus. Neither American River
Holdings nor North Coast Bank, N.A. has authorized any person to provide you
with any information that is different from what is contained in this joint
proxy statement/prospectus. This joint proxy statement/prospectus is dated
_____________, 2000. You should not assume that the information contained in
this joint proxy statement/prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the
date of this proxy statement/prospectus, and neither the mailing to you of this
joint proxy statement/prospectus nor the issuance to you of shares of American
River Holdings common stock will create any implication to the contrary. This
joint proxy statement/prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of any offer to buy any securities, or the solicitation of a proxy
in any jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful.

                                      284
<PAGE>
                                     ANNEX A


                                    AGREEMENT

                                       AND

                        PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER

                                  BY AND AMONG

                            AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS,

                            ARH INTERIM NATIONAL BANK

                                       AND

                     NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION




                                  MARCH 1, 2000

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

1.    The Merger.............................................................2

       1.1   Effective Date and Time.........................................2

       1.2   Effect of the Merger............................................2

2.    Conversion And Cancellation Of Shares..................................3

       2.1   Conversion of NCB Shares........................................3

       2.2   Fractional Shares...............................................3

       2.3   Surrender of NCB Shares.........................................3

       2.4   Further Transfers of NCB Shares.................................4

       2.5   Adjustments.....................................................4

       2.6   Treatment of Stock Options......................................4

       2.7   Dissenting Shareholders.........................................5

       2.8   Interim Bank as Party...........................................5

3.    Covenants Of The Parties...............................................5

       3.1   Covenants of ARH................................................5
             a.   Amendment of Interim Bank Articles and Bylaws..............5
             b.   Appointment of ARH Directors...............................6
             c.   Amendment of ARH Stock Option Plan.........................6
             d.   Reservation, Issuance and Registration of ARH Shares.......6
             e.   Nasdaq Stock Market Listing................................6
             f.   Director and Officer Liability.............................7
             g.   Business Combination.......................................8

       3.2   Covenants of NCB................................................9
             a.   Termination of NCB Stock Option Plan.......................9
             b.   Termination or Merger of NCB Benefit Plans.................9
             c.   Capital Commitments and Expenditures.......................9
             d.   Compensation...............................................9
             e.   Loans......................................................9
             f.   Certain Notices...........................................10
             g.   Loan Review...............................................10
             h.   Loan Provision............................................11
             i.   No Merger or Solicitation.................................11

       3.3   Mutual Covenants of ARH and NCB................................12

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
                                                                          PAGE

             a.   Appointment of Executive Officers.........................12
             b.   Appointment of Bank Directors.............................12
             c.   Executive Management Committee............................12
             d.   Cumulative Voting; Classified Board of Directors..........12
             e.   Approval by Shareholders..................................13
             f.   Shareholder Lists and Other Information...................14
             g.   Government Approvals......................................14
             h.   Notification of Breach of Representations, Warranties
                  and Covenants.............................................14
             i.   Financial Statements......................................14
             j.   Conduct of Business in the Ordinary Course................15
             k.   Press Releases............................................17
             l.   Employee Benefit Plans....................................17
             m.   Certain Changes; Dividends................................17
             n.   Access to Properties, Books and Records; Confidentiality..18
             o.   Loan Performance..........................................19
             p.   Preparation of Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus...........20
             q.   Pooling Accounting........................................20

4.    Representations And Warranties Of NCB.................................20
             a.   Corporate Status and Power to Enter Into Agreements.......20
             b.   Articles, Bylaws, Books and Records.......................20
             c.   Compliance With Laws, Regulations and Decrees.............21
             d.   Capitalization............................................21
             e.   Trademarks and Trade Names................................21
             f.   Financial Statements, Regulatory Reports..................22
             g.   Tax Returns...............................................22
             h.   Material Adverse Change...................................23
             i.   No Undisclosed Liabilities................................23
             j.   Properties and Leases.....................................24
             k.   Material Contracts........................................25
             l.   Classified Loans..........................................25
             m.   No Restrictions on Investments............................26
             n.   Employment Benefit Plans/ERISA............................26
             o.   Collective Bargaining and Employment Agreements...........27
             p.   Compensation of Officers and Employees....................28
             q.   Legal Actions and Proceedings.............................28
             r.   Execution and Delivery of the Agreements..................28
             s.   Retention of Broker or Consultant.........................29
             t.   Insurance.................................................29
             u.   Loan Loss Reserves........................................29
             v.   Transactions With Affiliates..............................30
             w.   Risk Management Instruments...............................30
             x.   Year 2000.................................................30

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
                                                                          PAGE

             y.   Community Reinvestment Act Compliance.....................31
             z.   Information in ARH Registration Statement.................31
             aa.  Accuracy and Effective Date of Representations and
                  Warranties, Covenants and Agreements......................31
             bb.  Brokered Deposits.........................................32

5.    Representations And Warranties Of ARH.................................32
             a.   Corporate Status and Power to Enter Into Agreements.......32
             b.   Articles, Bylaws, Books and Records.......................33
             c.   Compliance With Laws, Regulations and Decrees.............33
             d.   Capitalization............................................33
             e.   Trademarks and Trade Names................................34
             f.   Financial Statements, Regulatory Reports..................34
             g.   Tax Returns...............................................35
             h.   Material Adverse Change...................................35
             i.   No Undisclosed Liabilities................................36
             j.   Properties and Leases.....................................36
             k.   Material Contracts........................................37
             l.   Classified Loans..........................................38
             m.   No Restrictions on Investments............................38
             n.   Employment Benefit Plans/ERISA............................38
             o.   Collective Bargaining and Employment Agreements...........39
             p.   Compensation of Officers and Employees....................40
             q.   Legal Actions and Proceedings.............................40
             r.   Execution and Delivery of the Agreements..................40
             s.   Retention of Broker or Consultant.........................41
             t.   Insurance.................................................41
             u.   Loan Loss Reserves........................................42
             v.   Transactions With Affiliates..............................42
             w.   Risk Management Instruments...............................42
             x.   Year 2000.................................................43
             y.   Community Reinvestment Act Compliance.....................43
             z.   Information in ARH Registration Statement.................43
             aa.  Accuracy and Effective Date of Representations and
                  Warranties, Covenants and Agreements......................44
             bb.  Brokered Deposits.........................................44

6.    Securities Act Of 1933; Securities Exchange Act Of 1934...............44
             a.   Preparation and Filing of Registration Statement..........44
             b.   Effectiveness of Registration Statement...................45
             c.   Sales and Resales of Common Stock.........................45
             d.   Rule 145..................................................45

7.    Conditions To The Obligations Of ARH..................................45

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

             a.   Representations and Warranties............................46
             b.   Compliance and Performance Under Agreements...............46
             c.   Material Adverse Change...................................46
             d.   Approval of Agreements....................................46
             e.   Officer's Certificate.....................................46
             f.   Opinion of Counsel........................................46
             g.   Absence of Proceedings....................................46
             h.   Effectiveness of Registration Statement...................47
             i.   Government Approvals......................................47
             j.   Tax Opinion...............................................47
             k.   Accountant's Comfort Letters..............................48
             l.   Dissenting Shares.........................................49
             m.   Unaudited Financials......................................49
             n.   Affiliate Agreements......................................49
             o.   Closing Documents.........................................49
             p.   Consents..................................................49
             q.   Fairness Opinion..........................................49
             r.   Accounting Treatment......................................49
             s.   Shareholder Agreements....................................50
             t.   Performance Tests.........................................50

8.    Conditions To The Obligations Of NCB..................................50
             a.   Representations and Warranties............................50
             b.   Compliance and Performance Under Agreement................51
             c.   Material Adverse Change...................................51
             d.   Approval of Agreements....................................51
             e.   Officer's Certificate.....................................51
             f.   Opinion of Counsel........................................51
             g.   Absence of Proceedings....................................51
             h.   Effectiveness of Registration Statement...................51
             i.   Government Approvals......................................52
             j.   Tax Opinion...............................................52
             k.   Accountant's Comfort Letters..............................53
             l.   Dissenting Shares.........................................53
             m.   Unaudited Financials......................................54
             n.   Affiliate Agreements......................................54
             o.   Closing Documents.........................................54
             p.   Consents..................................................54
             q.   Fairness Opinion..........................................54
             r.   Accounting Treatment......................................54
             s.   Shareholder Agreements....................................54
             t.   Performance Tests.........................................55

                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

9.    Closing...............................................................55
             a.   Closing Date..............................................55
             b.   Delivery of Documents.....................................55
             c.   Filings...................................................55

10.   Post-Closing Matters..................................................55

11.   Expenses..............................................................56

12.   Amendment; Termination................................................56
             a.   Amendment.................................................56
             b.   Termination...............................................56
             c.   Termination Date..........................................58
             d.   Notice....................................................59
             e.   Effect of Termination; Liquidated Damages.................59

13.   Indemnification.......................................................59
             a.   By ARH....................................................59
             b.   By NCB....................................................60
             c.   Notification..............................................60

14.   Miscellaneous.........................................................61
             a.   Notices...................................................61
             b.   Knowledge.................................................61
             c.   Binding Agreement.........................................61
             d.   Material Adverse Effect...................................62
             e.   Survival of Representations and Warranties................62
             f.   Governing Law.............................................62
             g.   Attorneys' Fees...........................................62
             h.   Entire Agreement; Severability............................62
             i.   Counterparts..............................................63

                                      -v-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS

                  A.       Agreement of Merger

                  B.       NCB Affiliate Agreement

                  C.       NCB Shareholder Agreement

                  D.       ARH Affiliate Agreement

                  E.       ARH Shareholder Agreement

                                      -vi-
<PAGE>

                                    AGREEMENT

                                       AND

                        PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER

         THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER, dated as of March
1, 2000, ("Merger Agreement"), is made and entered into by and among American
River Holdings, a California corporation and bank holding company registered
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("ARH"), ARH Interim
National Bank, an interim national banking association to be formed at the
direction of ARH ("Interim Bank") and North Coast Bank, National Association, a
national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States
("NCB").

         A.       The Boards of Directors of ARH and NCB deem it advisable and
                  in the best interests of ARH and NCB, and their respective
                  shareholders, that ARH, Interim Bank and NCB enter into a
                  business combination, with the expectation that the resulting
                  multibank holding company structure will combine the best
                  elements of ARH and its subsidiaries, American River Bank, a
                  California state chartered banking corporation ("ARB") and
                  First Source Capital, a California corporation ("FSC"), and
                  NCB. Pursuant to a forward triangular merger under the
                  authority of 12 U.S.C. 215a, NCB shall merge with and into
                  Interim Bank (the "Merger") and the resulting national banking
                  association will continue with the national bank charter
                  number of NCB and the name "North Coast Bank, National
                  Association" as a wholly-owned subsidiary of ARH.

         B.       Upon organization of the Interim Bank, the Interim Bank will
                  become a party to this Merger Agreement by the execution and
                  delivery of an addendum or amendment to this Merger Agreement,
                  in form and substance acceptable to ARH, NCB and the directors
                  and shareholders of the Interim Bank.

         C.       This Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger,
                  substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and
                  intended to be filed with the Office of the Comptroller of the
                  Currency (the "Agreement of Merger"), have been approved by
                  the Boards of Directors of ARH and NCB, and will be approved
                  by the directors and shareholders of the Interim Bank, and the
                  principal terms of the Merger will be submitted for approval
                  of the shareholders of ARH and NCB at special meetings of
                  their respective shareholders.

         D.       The Merger is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization
                  within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code
                  of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), and the Merger shall be
                  accounted for as a "pooling of interests."

                                       A-1
<PAGE>

         E.       Pursuant to the Merger, each NCB shareholder will receive, in
                  exchange for each share of NCB common stock ("NCB Share" or
                  "NCB Shares"), the number of shares of ARH common stock ("ARH
                  Share" or "ARH Shares") determined in accordance with the
                  conversion ratio as more fully set forth in this Merger
                  Agreement and in the Agreement of Merger (the "Conversion
                  Ratio").

         F.       The Boards of Directors of ARH, ARB, FSC and NCB have
                  determined that the Merger and the other transactions
                  contemplated by this Merger Agreement are consistent with, and
                  will contribute to the furtherance of, their respective
                  business strategies and goals.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements contained herein and in the Agreement of Merger, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

1.       THE MERGER.

         1.1      EFFECTIVE DATE AND TIME. Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Merger Agreement, the Merger shall become effective on the date
("Effective Date") and at the time ("Effective Time of the Merger") selected by
the parties after the Merger has been certified by the Office of the Comptroller
of the Currency ("OCC"), an executed copy of the Agreement of Merger has been
filed with and accepted by the OCC, all Government Approvals have been received
and satisfied and all other conditions to the Merger set forth in this Merger
Agreement have been satisfied.

         1.2      EFFECT OF THE MERGER. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time of the Merger, NCB shall be merged
with and into the Interim Bank and the resulting national banking association in
the Merger (the "Resulting Association") will continue as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ARH with the national bank charter number of NCB and the name
"North Coast Bank, National Association." All assets, rights, privileges,
immunities, powers, franchises and interests of NCB in and to every type of
property (real, personal and mixed) and choses in action, as they exist as of
the Effective Date, including appointments, designations and nominations and all
other rights and interests as assignee, receiver and in any fiduciary capacity,
shall pass and be transferred to and vest in the Resulting Association by virtue
of the Merger at the Effective Time of the Merger without any deed, conveyance
or other transfer; the separate corporate existence of NCB and the Interim Bank
shall cease; and the Resulting Association shall be deemed to be the same entity
as each of NCB and the Interim Bank and shall be subject to all of their duties
and liabilities of every kind and description. The Resulting Association shall
be responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations of each of NCB
and the Interim Bank; and any claim existing or action or proceeding pending by
or against NCB or the Interim Bank may be prosecuted as if the Merger had not
taken place, or the Resulting Association may be substituted in the place of NCB
or the Interim Bank. Neither the rights of creditors nor any liens upon the
property of either NCB or the Interim Bank shall be impaired by reason of the
Merger.

                                       A-2
<PAGE>

2.       CONVERSION AND CANCELLATION OF SHARES.

         2.1      CONVERSION OF NCB SHARES. At the Effective Time of the Merger,
by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of ARH, NCB or any
holder of NCB Shares, subject to Section 2.2, 2.3 and 2.5 of this Merger
Agreement, each outstanding NCB Share (other than any shares as to which
dissenters' rights have been perfected as provided in Section 2.7 of this Merger
Agreement), shall be converted into the right to receive a number of ARH Shares
(or fraction thereof, subject to Section 2.2 of this Merger Agreement) based on
a conversion ratio of .9644 of an ARH Share for each such NCB Share (the
"Conversion Ratio").

         2.2      FRACTIONAL SHARES. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof,
no fractional shares of ARH Shares shall be issued to holders of NCB Shares. In
lieu thereof, each such holder entitled to a fraction of an ARH Share shall
receive, at the time of surrender of the certificate or certificates
representing such holder's NCB Shares, an amount in cash equal to the average of
the closing bid and asked prices for an ARH Share quoted on the OTC Bulletin
Board for each of the twenty (20) trading days ending on the third business day
immediately preceding the Effective Date, multiplied by the fraction of an ARH
Share to which such holder otherwise would be entitled and rounded to the
nearest penny. No such holder shall be entitled to dividends, voting rights,
interest on the value of, or any other rights in respect of a fractional share.

         2.3      SURRENDER OF NCB SHARES.

                  a. Prior to the Effective Date, ARH shall appoint U.S. Stock
Transfer Corporation, or its successor, or any other bank or trust company
(having capital of at least $50 million) mutually acceptable to ARH and NCB, as
exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") for the purpose of exchanging certificates
representing NCB Shares and at and after the Effective Time of the Merger, ARH
shall issue and deliver to the Exchange Agent such number of certificates
representing ARH Shares and cash for payment of fractional shares, as shall be
required to be delivered to holders of NCB Shares pursuant to the Agreement of
Merger. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time of the Merger, each
holder of NCB Shares converted pursuant to Section 2.1, upon surrender to the
Exchange Agent of one or more certificates for such NCB Shares for cancellation,
will be entitled to receive a certificate or certificates representing the
number of ARH Shares determined in accordance with Section 2.1 and a payment in
cash with respect to fractional shares, if any, determined in accordance with
Section 2.2.

                  b. No dividends or other distributions of any kind which are
declared payable to shareholders of record of the ARH Shares after the Effective
Date will be paid to persons entitled to receive such certificates for ARH
Shares until such persons surrender their certificates representing NCB Shares.
Upon surrender of such certificates representing NCB Shares, the holder thereof
shall be paid, without interest, any dividends or other distributions with
respect to

                                       A-3
<PAGE>

the ARH Shares as to which the record date and payment date occurred on or after
the Effective Date and on or before the date of surrender.

                  c. If any certificate for ARH Shares is to be issued in a name
other than that in which the certificate for NCB Shares surrendered in exchange
therefor is registered, any transfer costs or expenses (except taxes) required
by reason of the issuance of certificates for such ARH Shares in a name other
than the registered holder of the certificate surrendered shall be paid by the
person requesting such change.

                  d. All dividends or distributions, and any cash to be paid
pursuant to Section 2.2 in lieu of fractional shares, if held by the Exchange
Agent for payment or delivery to the holders of unsurrendered certificates
representing NCB Shares and unclaimed at the end of one year from the Effective
Date, shall (together with any interest earned thereon) at such time be paid or
redelivered by the Exchange Agent to ARH, and after such time any holder of a
certificate representing NCB Shares who has not surrendered such certificate to
the Exchange Agent shall, subject to applicable law, only have the rights of a
general creditor of ARH for payment or delivery by ARH of such dividends or
distributions or cash, as the case may be.

         2.4      FURTHER TRANSFERS OF NCB SHARES. At the Effective Time of the
Merger, the stock transfer books of NCB shall be closed and no transfer of NCB
Shares theretofore outstanding shall thereafter be made.

         2.5      ADJUSTMENTS. If, between the date of this Merger Agreement and
the Effective Date, the outstanding shares of ARH Shares or NCB Shares shall
have been changed into a different number of shares or a different class by
reason of any reclassification, recapitalization, split-up, combination,
exchange of shares or readjustment, or a stock dividend or stock split thereon
shall be declared with a record date within such period, the Conversion Ratio
shall be proportionately adjusted with the result that the holders of NCB Shares
shall receive the same economic benefit set forth in Section 2.1 of this Merger
Agreement.

         2.6      TREATMENT OF STOCK OPTIONS.

                  a. Each person holding one or more options to purchase NCB
Shares ("NCB Option" or "NCB Options") including NCB Options issued pursuant to
the North Coast Bank, National Association 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended to
date ("NCB Stock Option Plan") and NCB Options issued directly by NCB outside of
the NCB Stock Option Plan, shall have the right, in his or her discretion, to
either:

                     (i)     exercise any vested portion (including any portion
                  vested as a result of the Merger) of the NCB Option to acquire
                  NCB Shares prior to the Effective Date; or

                                       A-4
<PAGE>

                     (ii)    as of the Effective Time of the Merger, surrender
                  the NCB Option agreement to ARH, in which event such person
                  will be entitled to receive a substitute option ("Substitute
                  Option") exercisable for (a) the number of ARH Shares equal to
                  the number of NCB Shares for which such person held NCB
                  Options multiplied by the Conversion Ratio and rounded down to
                  the nearest whole share, and (b) the exercise price for the
                  shares subject to the NCB Option shall be adjusted by dividing
                  the pre-Merger exercise price for the NCB Option by the
                  Conversion Ratio, rounded to the nearest penny.

                  b. The Substitute Options to be received in exchange for NCB
Options shall be, to the greatest extent practicable, vested to the same extent
as before the Merger (including any portion vested as a result of the Merger),
shall continue to vest on the same vesting schedule as provided under the
original applicable NCB Option agreement, shall be exercisable as provided in
the original applicable NCB Option agreement and shall otherwise preserve the
characteristics, terms and conditions of the original NCB Option to the greatest
extent possible, subject to the requirements of law and any applicable rules and
regulations of the OCC.

         2.7      DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS. Any NCB Shares held by persons who
have satisfied the requirements of 12 U.S.C. Section 215a(b), (c) and (d) with
respect to such NCB Shares shall not be converted pursuant to this Merger
Agreement, but the holders thereof shall be entitled only to such rights as are
granted them by Section 215a(b), (c) and (d). Each dissenting shareholder who is
entitled to payment of his or her NCB Shares pursuant to Section 215a(b), (c)
and (d) shall receive payment from ARH in an amount as determined pursuant to
Section 215a(b), (c) and (d).

         2.8      INTERIM BANK AS PARTY. ARH and NCB agree that, when organized
and chartered by the OCC, the Interim Bank shall become a party to this Merger
Agreement by the execution and delivery of an addendum or an amendment to the
Merger Agreement, in form and substance acceptable to ARH, NCB and the directors
and shareholders of the Interim Bank.

3.       COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES.

         3.1      COVENANTS OF ARH. During the period from the date of this
Merger Agreement and continuing until the Effective Time of the Merger, except
as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Merger Agreement or to the extent
that NCB shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed more than three (3) business days after the
request for consent is delivered:

                  a. AMENDMENT OF INTERIM BANK ARTICLES AND BYLAWS. The Board of
Directors of ARH shall take all necessary corporate action, to be effective at
the Effective Time of the Merger, to amend the Articles of Association and
Bylaws of the Interim Bank to the extent required by applicable law or
regulation and subject to any required approvals of shareholders, government
agencies or regulatory authorities, to: (i) change the name of the Resulting

                                       A-5
<PAGE>

Association to "North Coast Bank, National Association"; and (ii) provide for a
range in the number of authorized directors of not less than five (5) and not
more than twenty-five (25), and to adopt a resolution fixing the exact number of
directors at eleven (11) or such other number agreed to by ARH and NCB.

                  b. APPOINTMENT OF ARH DIRECTORS. Promptly after the Effective
Time of the Merger, two (2) of the existing directors of NCB (to be initially
designated by the NCB Board of Directors and subject to ARH approval) shall be
appointed to the ARH Board of Directors. One such director shall serve as a
Class II Director and the other such director shall serve as a Class III
Director, under the classified Board structure contemplated by Section 3.3.d.
below, provided that (i) a proposal for classification of the ARH Board of
Directors is approved by ARH shareholders as contemplated by Section 3.3.d.
below and (ii) ARH Shares are listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market
as contemplated by Section 3.1.e. below. If the ARH shareholders do not approve
the proposal to classify the ARH Board of Directors, or the ARH Shares are not
listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, the two NCB directors intended
to be appointed to the ARH Board of Directors to serve as a Class II Director
and as a Class III Director, respectively, shall instead be appointed to the ARH
Board of Directors without classification to serve until their successors are
duly elected and qualified. In such event, ARH shall nominate the two NCB
directors for election in 2001 and 2002 in connection with any proposal to elect
directors to the ARH Board of Directors whether at a meeting of ARH shareholders
or as otherwise permitted by the ARH bylaws.

                  c. AMENDMENT OF ARH STOCK OPTION PLAN. ARH shall take all
necessary corporate action, including any required approval of the shareholders
of ARH to amend its 1995 Stock Option Plan ("ARH Stock Option Plan") or
establish a new stock option plan (at the meeting described in Section 3.3.e
hereof) and shall cause to be filed and become effective under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), as of or as soon as practicable
following the Effective Time of the Merger, a registration statement with
respect to the options to be granted and shares to be issued thereunder to
fulfill the obligations to grant Substitute Options to holders of NCB Options
pursuant to Section 2.6 of this Merger Agreement.

                  d. RESERVATION, ISSUANCE AND REGISTRATION OF ARH SHARES. ARH
shall reserve for issuance in connection with the Merger and in accordance with
the terms of this Merger Agreement (i) a number of ARH Shares sufficient to
complete the exchange of ARH Shares for the outstanding NCB Shares pursuant to
the Conversion Ratio and the provisions of Section 2.1 above and (ii) the
maximum number of ARH Shares to which the holders of Substitute Options may be
entitled pursuant to Section 2.6 above at or after the Effective Time of the
Merger. ARH shall cause such ARH Shares to be registered under the 1933 Act, as
provided in Section 6 below.

                  e. NASDAQ STOCK MARKET LISTING. ARH shall take all necessary
action to list ARH's Shares with the Nasdaq Stock Market for trading on the
Nasdaq National Market, to be effective as soon as practicable following the
Effective Time of the Merger.

                                       A-6
<PAGE>

                  f. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY. In the event of any
threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether
civil, criminal or administrative, including, without limitation, any such
claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation in which any person who is now,
or has been at any time prior to the date of this Merger Agreement, or who
becomes prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, a director, officer or
employee of NCB ("Indemnified Parties") is, or is threatened to be, made a party
based in whole or in part on, or arising in whole or in part out of, or
pertaining to (i) the fact that he is or was a director or officer of NCB or any
predecessor or (ii) this Merger Agreement or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby, whether in any case asserted or arising before or after the
Effective Date, ARH and NCB agree to cooperate and use their best efforts to
defend against and respond thereto. It is understood and agreed that after the
Effective Date, ARH shall indemnify and hold harmless, as and to the fullest
extent permitted by law, each such Indemnified Party against any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and
expenses in advance of the final disposition of any claim, suit, proceeding or
investigation to each Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by law
upon receipt of any undertaking required by applicable law), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any such threatened or actual
claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation and in the event of any such
threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding, or investigation (whether
asserted or arising before or after the Effective Date), the Indemnified Parties
may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to them after consultation with ARH;
provided, however, that (1) ARH shall have the right to assume the defense
thereof and upon such assumption ARH shall not be liable to any Indemnified
Party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently
incurred by any Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof, except
that if ARH elects not to assume such defense or counsel for the Indemnified
Parties reasonably advises the Indemnified Parties that there are issues which
raise conflicts of interest between ARH and the Indemnified Parties, the
Indemnified Parties may retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to them after
consultation with ARH, and ARH shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel for the Indemnified Parties, (2) ARH shall be obligated pursuant to
this paragraph to pay for only one firm of counsel for all Indemnified Parties,
unless an Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded based on the advice
of counsel that in order to be adequately represented, separate counsel is
necessary for such Indemnified Party, in which case, ARH shall be obligated to
pay for such separate counsel, (3) ARH shall not be liable for any settlement
effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), and (4) ARH shall have no obligation hereunder to any
Indemnified Party when and if a court of competent jurisdiction shall ultimately
determine, and such determination shall have become final and non-appealable,
that indemnification of such Indemnified Party in the manner contemplated hereby
is prohibited by applicable law; provided, further, that ARH hereby expressly
undertakes the indemnification of certain officers and directors and former
officers and directors in existing matters for which indemnification is being
provided by NCB and, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1.f., such
indemnification shall be on the same terms and subject to the same limitations
as shall exist on the Effective Date. Any Indemnified Party wishing to claim
Indemnification under this Section 3.1.f., upon learning of any such

                                       A-7
<PAGE>

claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, shall notify ARH thereof,
provided that the failure to so notify shall not affect the obligations of ARH
under this Section 3.1.f. except to the extent such failure to notify materially
prejudices ARH. ARH's obligations under this Section 3.1.f. continue in full
force and effect for a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date;
provided, however, that all rights to indemnification in respect of any claim
("Claim") asserted or made within such period shall continue until the final
disposition of such Claim and provided further that ARH shall have the right of
setoff against any payments required to be made by ARH to an Indemnified Party
pursuant to this Section 3.1.f. to the extent that such Indemnified Party shall
have received the indemnification to which such Indemnified Party is entitled
from an insurer under a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy
maintained by NCB or ARH.

                  ARH, from and after the Effective Date, will directly or
indirectly cause the persons who served as directors or officers of NCB on or
before the Effective Date to be covered by ARH's existing directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy (provided that ARH may substitute therefor
policies of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and
conditions which are not less advantageous than such policy) or so-called tail
coverage obtained in connection with NCB's directors' and officers' liability
insurance policies in effect as of the Effective Date; provided that ARH shall
not be obligated to make annual premium payments for such insurance to the
extent such premiums exceed 150% of the premiums paid as of the date hereof by
NCB for such insurance. Subject to the preceding sentence, such insurance
coverage, shall commence on the Effective Date and will be provided for a period
of no less than three (3) years after the Effective Date. From the date hereof
through the Effective Date and subject to the foregoing, NCB shall use its best
efforts to arrange for tail coverage related to its then current policies of
directors' and officers' liability insurance and, following the Effective Date,
ARH shall exercise those rights which it may have in order to commence such
coverage. In connection with any active, pending claim under an existing NCB
directors' and officers' liability insurance policy, ARH will take no action
that would have the effect of waiving any such claim and will not omit to take
any action that is necessary to preserve such a claim.

                  In the event ARH or any of its successors or assigns (A)
consolidates with or merges into any third person, group or entity and shall not
be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or
merger, or (B) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to any third person, group or entity, then, and in each such case, to
the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and
assigns of ARH assume the obligations set forth in this Section 3.1.f. The
provisions of this Section 3.1.f. are intended to be for the benefit of, and
shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party and his or her heirs and
representatives.

                  g. BUSINESS COMBINATION. ARH shall not solicit or accept any
offer from any third party regarding a Business Combination (as defined in
Section 3.2.i. below) of ARH or ARB with any other third person, group or entity
unless such offer is expressly conditioned upon the performance by ARH or the
successor in interest of ARH's obligations under this Merger Agreement.

                                       A-8
<PAGE>

         3.2      COVENANTS OF NCB. During the period from the date of this
Merger Agreement and continuing until the Effective Time of the Merger, except
as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Merger Agreement or to the extent
that ARH shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed more than three (3) business days after the
request for consent is delivered:

                  a. TERMINATION OF NCB STOCK OPTION PLAN. NCB shall take all
necessary action to cause the termination of the NCB Stock Option Plan effective
at the Effective Time of the Merger and the exercise or surrender (in exchange
for Substitute Options) of NCB Options outstanding thereunder.

                  b. TERMINATION OR MERGER OF NCB BENEFIT PLANS. If requested by
ARH, NCB shall take all necessary action to cause the termination, amendment, or
merger of NCB Benefit Plans (as defined in Section 4.n. hereof) at the Effective
Time of the Merger.

                  c. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS AND EXPENDITURES. After the execution
of this Merger Agreement, no new capital commitments shall be entered into, and
no capital expenditures shall be made by NCB in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand
Dollars ($25,000) in the aggregate, including but not limited to, creation of
any new branches and acquisitions or leases of real property, except commitments
or expenditures within existing operating and capital budgets including, without
limitation, the "Forecast 2000" budget model heretofore furnished to and
approved in writing by ARH.

                  d. COMPENSATION. NCB shall not make or approve any increase in
the compensation payable or to become payable by it to any of its directors or
agents, or to its officers or employees with annual salaries in excess of
Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) including, but not limited to,
compensation through any profit sharing, pension, retirement, severance,
incentive or other employee benefit program or arrangement, nor shall any bonus
payment or any agreement or commitment to make a bonus payment be made, nor
shall any stock option, warrant or other right to acquire capital stock be
granted (except as provided in Section 2.6), or employment agreement (other than
any such employment agreement that may arise by operation of law upon the hiring
of any new employee) or consulting agreement be entered into by NCB with any
such directors, officers, employees or agents unless ARH has given its prior
written consent. Nothing herein shall prevent the payment to officers and
employees of NCB with salaries below Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) of
salary increases in connection with regular salary reviews consistent with past
practices, or bonuses consistent with past practices, provided, that such salary
increases and bonuses have been disclosed by NCB to ARH and listed in the NCB
Disclosure Schedule (defined in Section 4 of this Merger Agreement).

                  e. LOANS. NCB shall not, without first having obtained the
written consent of ARH (which shall be deemed to have been given if no response
is provided following written request therefor within three (3) business days of
receipt of such request), cause, allow, or suffer its officers or agents to

                                       A-9
<PAGE>

commit to any loan, loan renewal or amendment, loan participation or other
extension of credit in any form whatsoever, which does not comply in all
material respects with its credit policies in effect and as disclosed and
provided to ARH prior to the date of this Merger Agreement. All loan
participations, real estate construction or development loans and loans to NCB
directors and officers regardless of amount and all other extensions of credit
over Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000), except for conforming FHLMC
and FNMA loans, shall be subject to the prior written consent of ARH; provided,
however, that the prior written consent of ARH shall be deemed waived for any
new standalone extension of credit (other than loan participations, real estate
construction or development loans and loans to NCB directors and officers) which
is below Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($650,000) and where such new
standalone extension of credit is in compliance with NCB credit policy and
either has been approved by the approving officer with the requisite lending
authority or has been approved by the NCB loan committee or equivalent committee
of the NCB Board of Directors performing such function. NCB shall promptly
provide to ARH for its review and comment relevant information concerning any
proposed new standalone extension of credit or the renewal or amendment of an
existing extension of credit in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars
($200,000).

                  f. CERTAIN NOTICES. NCB shall notify ARH promptly (but not
less often than weekly) in writing upon the occurrence of any of the following:

                     (i)     the classification of any loan as "Non-Accrual,"
                  "Watch," "Other Assets Specially Mentioned," "Substandard,"
                  "Doubtful" or "Loss"; or

                     (ii)    the filing or commencement of any legal action or
                  other proceeding or investigation by or against NCB, its
                  directors, officers or employees.

                  g. LOAN REVIEW. Until the Effective Date, NCB will submit to
ARH upon request (but not less often than monthly) a list of loans that may
reasonably be described as or are included in any of the following categories or
specifications: (i) any new standalone extension of credit over One Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (ii) any restructured loan as defined under SFAS
15, regardless of amount, (iii) any renewal or upgrade or other change in status
of an existing loan over Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), (iv) any renewal of
an existing loan previously classified by management or internal policy or
procedure of NCB, or by any outside review examiner, accountant or any bank
regulatory authority as "Non-Accrual," "Watch," "Other Assets Specially
Mentioned," "Substandard," "Doubtful," or "Loss," or classified using categories
or words with similar import, in a commitment amount over Twenty-Five Thousand
Dollars ($25,000) or where the aggregate debt of the borrower and its affiliates
and/or related interests will exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) and
(v) any loan to an NCB director or officer. NCB will provide to ARH a copy of
the loan approval/credit write-up and supporting information on any loan
described in subsections (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above at the time of
delivery of such list of loans. Copies of such supporting information shall be
returned to NCB within seven (7) days of receipt.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

                  h. LOAN PROVISION. NCB shall maintain adequate reserves for
loan losses. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each month
following the date of this Merger Agreement through the Effective Date, NCB
shall expense as a provision to its allowance for loan losses, (i) such amount
as may be required by the written loan loss policy and procedures adopted by the
Board of Directors of NCB and (ii) not less than the amount specified in the NCB
"Forecast 2000" budget model, in each case of (i) and (ii) above as provided to
ARH prior to the date of this Merger Agreement.

                  i. NO MERGER OR SOLICITATION.

                     (i)     Subject to the continuing fiduciary duty of the
                  Board of Directors of NCB to its shareholders, prior to the
                  Effective Time of the Merger, NCB shall not effect or agree to
                  effect or enter into a transaction or series of transactions
                  with one or more third persons, groups or entities providing
                  for the acquisition of all or a substantial part of NCB or its
                  subsidiaries, whether by way of merger, exchange of stock,
                  sale of assets, or otherwise ("Business Combination"), acquire
                  or agree to acquire any of its own capital stock or the
                  capital stock or asset (except in a fiduciary capacity or in
                  the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past
                  practices) of any other entity, or commence any proceedings
                  for winding up and dissolution affecting either of them.

                     (ii)    Subject to the continuing fiduciary duty of the
                   Board of Directors of NCB to its shareholders, prior to the
                   Effective Time of the Merger, neither NCB nor any of its
                   officers, directors or affiliates, nor any investment banker,
                   attorney, accountant or other agent, advisor or
                   representative retained by NCB shall (a) solicit or
                   encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries, discussions
                   or proposals for, continue, propose or enter into discussions
                   or negotiations looking toward, or enter into any agreement
                   or understanding providing for, any Business Combination with
                   any third party; or (b) disclose, directly or indirectly, any
                   nonpublic information to any corporation, partnership, person
                   or other entity or group concerning NCB's business and
                   properties or afford any such other party access to its
                   properties, books or records or otherwise assist or encourage
                   any such other party in connection with the foregoing, or (c)
                   furnish or cause to be furnished any information concerning
                   its business, financial condition, operations, properties or
                   prospects to another person, having any actual or prospective
                   role with respect to any such Business Combination.

                     (iii)  NCB shall notify ARH immediately of the details of
                  any indication of interest of any person, corporation, firm,
                  association or group to acquire by any means a controlling
                  interest in NCB or engage in any Business Combination with
                  NCB.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

                     (iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
                  in this Merger Agreement, in the event the Board of Directors
                  of NCB receives a bona fide unsolicited offer for a Business
                  Combination of NCB with another entity, and reasonably
                  determines, upon advice of counsel, that as a result of such
                  offer, any duty to act or to refrain from doing any act
                  pursuant to this Merger Agreement is inconsistent with the
                  continuing fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors to its
                  shareholders, subject to the provisions of this Merger
                  Agreement including, without limitation, Section 12.e.(ii) and
                  the rights accorded ARH thereunder which shall remain in
                  effect, such duty to act or to refrain from doing any act
                  shall be excused and such failure to act or refrain from doing
                  any act shall not (a) constitute the failure of any condition,
                  breach of any covenant or otherwise constitute any breach of
                  this Merger Agreement, or (b) create any claim or cause of
                  action asserting any liability against any member of the Board
                  of Directors of NCB.

         3.3      MUTUAL COVENANTS OF ARH AND NCB.

                  a. APPOINTMENT OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. At the Effective Time of
the Merger, the following persons shall become executive officers of the
Resulting Association and shall be appointed to the positions indicated: Kathy
A. Pinkard, President and Chief Executive Officer, David A. Wattell, Senior Vice
President and Chief Credit Officer, and Debbie K. Fakalata, Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer.

                  b. APPOINTMENT OF BANK DIRECTORS. At the Effective Time of the
Merger, all of the nine (9) existing directors of NCB, as named below, shall
become members of the Board of Directors of the Resulting Association, to serve
until their successors are duly elected and qualified: Leo J. Becnel, M. Edgar
Deas, Michael P. Merrill, Kathy A. Pinkard, William A. Robotham, Herbert C.
Steiner, Larry L. Wasem, Philip A. Wright, and Robert A. Young. In addition, two
(2) of the existing directors of ARH (to be designated by the ARH Board of
Directors) shall also become members of the Board of Directors of the Resulting
Association at the Effective Time of the Merger.

                  c. EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. From and after the
Effective Time of the Merger, Kathy A. Pinkard, President and Chief Executive
Officer of NCB, shall become a member of the Executive Management Committee of
ARH.

                  d. CUMULATIVE VOTING; CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS. After
execution hereof, the ARH Board of Directors will adopt amendments
("Amendments") to ARH's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as applicable, to
(i) eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors and (ii) provide
that the ARH Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes of
directors, each consisting of a number of directors equal as nearly as
practicable to one-third of the total number of directors, for so long as such
Board consists of at least nine (9) authorized directors and, in the event that
the total number of authorized directors on such Board is at least six (6) but

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

less than nine (9), for classification of the Board of Directors into two
classes, each consisting of a number of directors equal as nearly as practicable
to one-half the total number of directors. Each class of directors would be
subject to election every third year and would serve for a three-year term for
so long as the Board remained classified into three classes, or would be subject
to election every second year and would serve for a two-year term in the event
the Board were classified into two classes. Currently, all of the directors of
ARH are elected each year to serve a one-year term. ARH shall cause the
Amendments to be submitted for the approval of its shareholders, together with
the other principal terms of the Merger, as provided in Section 3.3.e. below. In
connection with the approval of the Merger as provided in Section 3.3.e., NCB
shall advise its shareholders of the proposed Amendments and their approval of
the Merger will constitute their consent to the Amendments. If the Merger,
including the Amendments, is approved by the shareholders of ARH and NCB, and
subject to the listing of ARH Shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market as provided in
Section 3.1.e. of this Merger Agreement, the ARH Board of Directors will, for
purposes of initial implementation, designate three classes of directors for
election at the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of ARH, as follows: Class I
will be elected initially for a one-year term expiring at the 2001 ARH Annual
Meeting of Shareholders; Class II will be elected initially for a two-year term
expiring at the 2002 ARH Annual Meeting of Shareholders; and Class III will be
elected for a three-year term expiring at the ARH Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held in the year 2003; and, in each case, until their successors are duly
elected and qualified. At each ARH Annual Meeting after the 2000 Annual Meeting,
only directors of the class whose term is expiring would be voted upon, and upon
election each such director would serve a three-year term. Commencing with the
ARH Annual Meeting of Shareholders scheduled to occur in 2001, directors elected
to Class I would serve for a three-year term and until their successors are duly
elected and qualified, subject to any decrease in the total number of authorized
directors, as described above. Subsequently, in the years 2002 and 2003,
directors elected to Class II and Class III, respectively, would also be elected
for a three-year term and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.

                  e. APPROVAL BY SHAREHOLDERS. ARH and NCB shall each cause the
principal terms of the Merger and in the case of ARH, separate proposals
regarding the Amendments, to be submitted promptly for the approval of their
respective shareholders at meetings to be called and held in accordance with
applicable laws. Subject to continuing fiduciary duties to their shareholders,
the Board of Directors of ARH and the Board of Directors of NCB, in authorizing
the execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement, unanimously recommend that
the principal terms of the Merger be approved by their respective shareholders.
In connection with the call of such meetings, ARH and NCB shall cause the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus described in Section 6 of this Merger Agreement to be
mailed to their respective shareholders. Subject to its continuing fiduciary
duty to the shareholders of ARH or NCB, as the case may be, the Board of
Directors of ARH and the Board of Directors of NCB shall at all times prior to
and during such meetings of their respective shareholders recommend that the
principal terms of the Merger be approved and, subject to such duty, use its
best efforts to cause such approvals.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>

                  f. SHAREHOLDER LISTS AND OTHER INFORMATION. After execution
hereof, each of ARH and NCB shall from time to time make available to the other
party, upon request, a list of its shareholders and their addresses and such
other information as the other party shall reasonably request regarding the
ownership of the common stock of ARH and NCB, respectively.

                  g. GOVERNMENT APPROVALS. Each party will use its best efforts
in good faith to take or cause to be taken as promptly as practicable all such
steps as shall be necessary to obtain (i) the prior approval of the Merger and
the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Merger Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger by applicable government agencies and regulatory authorities
including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
"FDIC"), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FRB"), the
OCC, and (ii) all other such consents or approvals of government agencies and
regulatory authorities as shall be required by law or otherwise desirable, and
shall do any and all acts and things necessary or appropriate in order to cause
the Merger to be consummated on the terms provided in the Agreement of Merger
and this Merger Agreement as promptly as practicable. All such approvals
described in this Section 3.3.g. are referred to in this Merger Agreement as the
"Government Approvals."

                  h. NOTIFICATION OF BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND
COVENANTS. Each party shall promptly give written notice to the each other party
upon becoming aware of the occurrence or impending or threatened occurrence of
any event which would cause or constitute a breach of any of the
representations, warranties or covenants of that party contained or referred to
in the Agreement of Merger or this Merger Agreement and shall use its best
efforts to prevent the same or to remedy the same promptly.

                  i. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                     (i)     ARH and NCB have delivered to each other prior to
                  the date hereof or shall deliver as soon as available, true
                  and correct copies of (consolidated, as applicable) statements
                  of income, changes in shareholders' equity and, as applicable,
                  statements of cash flows, for the fiscal years ended December
                  31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, and balance sheets as of
                  December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995. Such financial
                  statements at December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995
                  and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997,
                  1996, and 1995 have been or shall be audited by Perry-Smith
                  LLP, as independent public accountants for ARH during the
                  relevant periods, and Perry-Smith LLP and its predecessors, as
                  independent public accountants for NCB during the relevant
                  periods, and include or shall include an opinion of such
                  accounting firms to the effect that such financial statements
                  have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
                  accounting principles consistently applied throughout the
                  periods covered by such financial statements and present
                  fairly, in all material respects, the (consolidated, as
                  applicable) financial position, results of operations and cash

                                      A-14
<PAGE>

                  flows of each party at the dates indicated and for the periods
                  then ending. The opinions of such accounting firms do not and
                  shall not contain any qualifications.

                     (ii)    ARH and NCB shall provide to each other, at or
                  prior to the Effective Date, copies of all financial
                  statements and proxy statements issued or to be issued to its
                  shareholders between the date of this Merger Agreement and the
                  Effective Date.

                     (iii)   ARH and NCB have delivered or shall deliver, to
                  each other true and complete copies of its Annual Reports to
                  Shareholders for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998,
                  1997, 1996, and 1995, all periodic reports required to be
                  filed by it pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")
                  or Section 12(i) of the 1934 Act since December 31, 1994, all
                  proxy statements and other written material furnished to its
                  shareholders since December 31, 1994, and all other material
                  reports, including call reports, relating to ARH, ARB, FSC and
                  NCB filed by ARH, ARB, FSC and NCB with the California
                  Department of Financial Institutions ("CDFI"), FDIC, FRB, OCC
                  or other government agency or regulatory authority during 1995
                  through the Effective Date. As of their respective filing
                  dates, each of the documents described in the preceding
                  sentence complied or shall comply in all material respects
                  with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable thereto.

                  j. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS IN THE ORDINARY COURSE. Prior to the
Effective Time of the Merger, ARH and NCB shall conduct their businesses
(including the businesses of their subsidiaries) in the ordinary course as
heretofore conducted. For purposes of this Merger Agreement, the "Ordinary
Course of Business" of each party shall consist of the banking and related
businesses as presently conducted by it and its subsidiaries in compliance with
customary safe and sound banking practices and applicable laws and regulations.
Unless a party has given its previous written consent (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed to have been given if no response is
provided following written request therefor within three (3) business days of
receipt of such request) to any act or omission to the contrary, each party
shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries to, until the Effective Date:

                     (i)     preserve its business and business organizations
                  intact;

                     (ii)    preserve the good will of customers and others
                  having business relations with it and take no action that
                  would impair the benefit to each party of the goodwill of it
                  or the other benefits of the Merger;

                     (iii)   consult with each party as to the making of any
                  decisions or the taking of any actions in matters other than
                  in the Ordinary Course of Business;

                                      A-15
<PAGE>

                     (iv)    maintain its properties in customary repair,
                  working order and condition (reasonable wear and tear
                  excepted);

                     (v)     comply with all laws, regulations and decrees
                  applicable to the conduct of its business;

                     (vi)    use its best efforts to keep in force at not less
                  than its present limits all policies of insurance (including
                  deposit insurance of the FDIC) to the extent reasonably
                  practicable in light of the prevailing market conditions in
                  the insurance industry;

                     (vii)   use its reasonable best commercial efforts to keep
                  available the services of its present officers and employees
                  (it being understood that each party shall have the right to
                  terminate the employment of any of its officers or employees
                  in accordance with its established employment procedures);

                     (viii)  comply with all orders of and agreements or
                  memoranda of understanding with respect to it or its
                  subsidiaries made by or with the CDFI, FDIC, FRB, OCC, or any
                  other government agency or regulatory authority of competent
                  jurisdiction, and promptly forward to each party all
                  communications received from any such agency or authority that
                  are not prohibited by such agency or authority from being so
                  disclosed and inform each party of any material restrictions
                  imposed by any government agency or regulatory authority on
                  its business;

                     (ix)    file in a timely manner (taking into account any
                  extensions duly obtained) all reports, tax returns and other
                  documents required to be filed with federal, state, local and
                  other authorities;

                     (x)     conduct an environmental audit prior to foreclosure
                  on any property concerning which it has knowledge, or should
                  have knowledge, that asbestos or asbestos containing material,
                  PCB's or PCB-contaminated materials, any petroleum product, or
                  hazardous substance or waste (as defined under any applicable
                  environmental laws) was or is present, manufactured, recycled,
                  reclaimed, released, stored, treated, or disposed of, and
                  provide the results of such audit to and consult with each
                  party regarding the significance of the audit prior to the
                  foreclosure on any such property;

                     (xi)    not sell, lease, pledge, assign, encumber or
                  otherwise dispose of any of its assets except in the Ordinary
                  Course of Business, for adequate value, without recourse and
                  consistent with its customary practice;

                                      A-16
<PAGE>

                     (xii)   not take any action with respect to its investments
                  or risk management arrangements which are inconsistent with
                  the policies established by its Board of Directors;

                     (xiii)  not take any action to create, relocate or
                  terminate the operations of any banking office or branch, or
                  to form any new subsidiary or affiliated entity; and

                     (xiv)   not settle or otherwise take any action to release
                  or reduce any of its rights with respect to any litigation
                  involving a claim of more than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars
                  ($25,000) in which it is a party.

                  k. PRESS RELEASES. No party shall issue any press release or
written statement for general circulation relating to the Merger, this Merger
Agreement or the Agreement of Merger unless previously provided to each party
for review and approval (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed) and each party shall cooperate with each other party in the development
and distribution of all news releases and other public information disclosures
with respect to the Merger, this Merger Agreement or the Agreement of Merger;
provided that a party may, without the consent of each other party, make any
disclosure with regard to the Merger, this Merger Agreement or the Agreement of
Merger that it determines with advice of counsel is required under any
applicable law or regulation.

                  l. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The parties agree that the employee
benefit plans of NCB shall be terminated, frozen, amended, modified or merged
into the employee benefit plans of ARH on or after the Effective Date in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations and the provisions of the IRC,
as determined by mutual agreement of the parties or by ARH. On the Effective
Date, NCB employees that become employees of ARH or ARB will commence
participation in ARH's employee benefit plans in accordance with the terms and
conditions provided under such plans; provided, however, that each employee of
NCB who becomes an employee of ARH or ARB or the national bank resulting from
the merger of NCB with and into the Interim Bank ("Transferred Employee") shall
receive credit for his or her years of service with NCB for purposes of
eligibility and vesting under ARH's employee benefit plans; provided, further,
that each Transferred Employee who elects coverage under ARH's health plan
within thirty (30) days after coverage is extended to him or her shall not be
subject to any preexisting condition limitation under such health plan.

                  m. CERTAIN CHANGES; DIVIDENDS. On or after the date of this
Merger Agreement hereof and at or prior to the Effective Time of the Merger,
except with the prior written consent of each other party or as otherwise
provided in this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger:

                     (i)     Neither ARH nor NCB shall amend its Articles of
                  Incorporation or Association or Bylaws or the Articles of
                  Incorporation or Bylaws of its subsidiaries except as may be

                                      A-17
<PAGE>

                  required to comply with the terms of this Merger Agreement and
                  to perform its obligations thereunder; make any change in
                  their respective authorized, issued or outstanding capital
                  stock or any other equity security; issue, grant, sell,
                  pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of, or
                  purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire (other than in a
                  fiduciary capacity), shares of or securities convertible into,
                  capital stock or other equity securities of their respective
                  companies, or enter into any agreement, call or commitment of
                  any character so to do; grant or issue any stock option
                  relating to or right to acquire shares of their capital stock
                  or other equity security; or agree to do any of the foregoing,
                  except as expressly provided herein. Nothing herein shall
                  prohibit the issuance of shares upon exercise of options
                  granted under the ARH Stock Option Plan or the NCB Stock
                  Option Plan and outstanding at the time this Merger Agreement
                  is executed;

                     (ii)    Neither ARH nor NCB shall declare, set aside or pay
                  any dividend or other distribution in respect of its common
                  stock (including, without limitation, any stock dividend or
                  distribution) other than regular quarterly or semiannual cash
                  dividends on its common stock in amounts substantially
                  equivalent to cash dividends paid in the two (2) years prior
                  to the date hereof (it being understood that declaration of a
                  quarterly or semiannual cash dividend equal to the most recent
                  previous quarterly or semiannual cash dividend will be deemed
                  to meet this standard), which shall include percentage
                  increases in such amount as may be consistent with the
                  increases in cash dividends paid during such two (2) year
                  period;

                     (iii)   Neither ARH nor NCB shall change its lending,
                  investment, liability management and other material policies
                  and procedures except as required by law or by regulations
                  promulgated by applicable government agencies or regulatory
                  authorities having jurisdiction over the business conducted by
                  ARH and its subsidiaries or NCB; and

                     (iv)    Neither ARH nor NCB shall change the methods of
                  accounting applicable to their respective businesses except as
                  required by changes in generally accepted accounting
                  principles as concurred in by the independent accountants for
                  ARH and NCB.

                  n. ACCESS TO PROPERTIES, BOOKS AND RECORDS; CONFIDENTIALITY.
Prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, each party shall give each other
party and its counsel, independent accountants and agents, full access during
normal business hours and upon reasonable request, to all of its properties,
books, contracts, commitments and records including, but not limited to, the
corporate, financial and operational records, papers, reports, instructions,
procedures, tax returns and filings, tax settlement letters, material contracts
or commitments, regulatory examinations and correspondences (but excluding any
documents or materials subject to the attorney-client privilege or related to

                                      A-18
<PAGE>

consideration of the Merger), and shall allow each other party to make copies of
such materials (excluding regulatory examinations and correspondence to the
extent prohibited by applicable law or regulation) and shall furnish each other
party with all such information concerning its affairs as each other party may
reasonably request. Each party shall also use its best efforts to cause its
independent accountants to make available to each other party, its accountants,
counsel and other agents, to the extent reasonably requested in connection with
such review, such independent accountants' work papers and documentation
relating to its work papers and its audits of the books and records of each
party. The availability or actual delivery of such information about a party
shall not affect the covenants, representations and warranties of any party
contained in this Merger Agreement and in the Agreement of Merger. Each party
shall use its best efforts to cause its officers, directors, employees,
auditors, independent accountants and attorneys to cooperate with each other
party in its reasonable requests for information. Each party shall treat as
confidential all such information in the same manner as each party treats
similar confidential information of its own, and if this Merger Agreement is
terminated, each party shall continue to treat all such information as
confidential and to cause its employees to keep all such information
confidential and shall return such documents theretofore delivered by each other
party as each other party shall request, and shall use such information, or
cause it to be used, solely for the purposes of evaluating and completing the
transactions contemplated hereby; provided that each party may disclose any such
information to the extent required by federal or state securities laws or
otherwise required by any government agency or regulatory authority, or by
generally accepted accounting principles. The foregoing confidentiality
obligations shall not apply in respect of any information publicly available or
to any information previously known to the party in question, the use of which
is not otherwise restricted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree to
comply with the terms and provisions of that certain Confidentiality Agreement
entered into between the parties dated January 10, 2000, and any inconsistency
between the terms and provisions of that Confidentiality Agreement and the
foregoing provisions shall be resolved in favor of the terms and provisions
contained in the Confidentiality Agreement.

                  o. LOAN PERFORMANCE. From and after the date of this Merger
Agreement until the Effective Date, each party will provide to the other the
following reports for each such month concurrent with the distribution of the
monthly board report materials for the respective Boards of Directors of ARH,
ARB and NCB:

                     (i)     a status report on all loans classified as watch,
                  other assets specially mentioned, special mention,
                  substandard, doubtful or loss;

                     (ii)    past due reports by loan;

                     (iii)   nonaccrual reports by loan;

                     (iv)    loss reports by loan;

                                      A-19
<PAGE>

                     (v)     restructured loans reports; and

                     (vi)    quarterly call reports submitted to regulators
                  during such month, if any.

                  p. PREPARATION OF JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. NCB shall
cooperate with ARH in the preparation pursuant to Section 6 hereof of a joint
proxy statement and prospectus of ARH and NCB to be sent to the shareholders of
ARH and NCB (the proxy materials and prospectus, together with any amendments or
supplements thereto, being herein referred to as the "Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus").

                  q. POOLING ACCOUNTING. ARH and NCB shall cooperate and use
their respective best efforts to cause the Merger to qualify for the pooling of
interests method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NCB

         NCB represents and warrants to ARH that, except as set forth on a
schedule dated the date of this Merger Agreement (the "NCB Disclosure
Schedule"), a copy of which shall be delivered to ARH for review no less than
one (1) day prior to execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement,
corresponding in number with the applicable section of this Merger Agreement:

                  a. CORPORATE STATUS AND POWER TO ENTER INTO AGREEMENTS. (i)
NCB is a national banking association, organized and existing under the laws of
the United States of America, (ii) subject to obtaining the Government Approvals
and approval of the principal terms of the Merger by the NCB shareholders, NCB
has all necessary corporate power to enter into this Merger Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger and to carry out all of the terms and provisions hereof and
thereof to be carried out by it, (iii) NCB holds a currently valid national bank
charter, issued by the OCC to engage in the commercial banking business with
offices in the State of California at the locations at which it is licensed and
currently conducts business, and (iv) NCB is not subject to any directive,
resolution, memorandum of understanding or order of the FDIC, OCC or any other
regulatory authority having jurisdiction over its business or any of its assets
or properties. Neither the scope of the business of NCB nor the location of its
properties requires it to be licensed to do business in any jurisdiction other
than the State of California. NCB's deposits are insured by the FDIC to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law and regulation.

                  b. ARTICLES, BYLAWS, BOOKS AND RECORDS. The copies of the
Articles of Association and Bylaws of NCB heretofore delivered to ARH are
complete and accurate copies thereof as in effect on the date hereof. The minute
books of NCB made available to ARH contain a complete and accurate record of all
meetings of NCB's Board of Directors (and committees thereof) and shareholders.
The corporate books and records (including financial statements) of NCB fairly

                                      A-20
<PAGE>

reflect the material transactions to which NCB is a party or by which its
properties are subject or bound, and such books and records have been properly
kept and maintained.

                  c. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, REGULATIONS AND DECREES. NCB (i) has
the corporate power to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business
as currently conducted, (ii) to its knowledge, has complied in all material
respects with, and is not in material default of any laws, regulations,
ordinances, orders or decrees applicable to the conduct of its business and the
ownership of its properties, including but not limited to all federal and state
laws (including but not limited to the Bank Secrecy Act), rules and regulations
relating to the offer, sale or issuance of securities, and the operation of a
commercial bank, other than where such noncompliance or default is not likely to
result in a material limitation on the conduct of the business of NCB or is not
likely to otherwise have a material adverse effect on NCB, (iii) has not failed
to file with the proper federal, state, local or other authorities any material
report or other document required to be filed, and (iv) has all approvals,
authorizations, consents, licenses, clearances and orders of, and has currently
effective all registrations with, all government and regulatory authorities
which are necessary to the business and operations of NCB as now being
conducted.

                  d. CAPITALIZATION. As of the date of this Merger Agreement,
the authorized capital stock of NCB consists of 5,000,000 shares of NCB common
stock, par value $4.00 per share, of which 472,354 shares are duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and currently outstanding. Said
capital stock has been offered, sold and issued in compliance with all
applicable securities laws. As of the date of this Merger Agreement, there are
outstanding options to purchase 192,415 shares of NCB common stock, at a
weighted average exercise price of $7.80 per share, issued pursuant to the NCB
Stock Option Plan and directly from NCB outside of the NCB Stock Option Plan.
Said options were issued and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the
outstanding options said shares shall be issued, in compliance with all
applicable securities laws. Otherwise, there are no outstanding (i) options,
agreements, calls or commitments of any character which would obligate NCB to
issue, sell, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of, or to purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire, any NCB common stock or any other equity security
of NCB, or (ii) warrants or options relating to, rights to acquire, or debt or
equity securities convertible into, shares of NCB common stock or any other
equity security of NCB. The outstanding common stock of NCB is not registered
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to
Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act and NCB has not heretofore filed periodic reports
under Section 12(i), 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act. Except as collateral for
outstanding loans held in its loan portfolio, NCB does not own, directly or
indirectly, any equity interest in any bank, corporation or other entity.

                  e. TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES. To the best of its knowledge,
NCB (i) owns and has the exclusive right to use all trademarks, trade names,
patents, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, or other intellectual
property rights (collectively, "Intellectual Property Rights") used in or
necessary for the conduct of its business as now or heretofore conducted; and

                                      A-21
<PAGE>

(ii) its not infringing upon the Intellectual Property Rights of any other
person or entity. No claim is pending or threatened by any person or entity
against or otherwise affecting the use by NCB of any Intellectual Property
Rights and, to the best of its knowledge, there is no valid basis for any such
claim.

                  f. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REGULATORY REPORTS. No financial
statement or other document provided or to be provided to ARH as required by
Section 3.3(i) hereof, as of the date of such document, contained, or as to
documents to be delivered after the date hereof, will contain, any untrue
statement of a material fact, or, at the date thereof, omitted or will omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained
therein, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or will
be made, not misleading; provided, however, that information as of a later date
shall be deemed to modify contrary information as of any earlier date. NCB has
filed all material documents and reports required to be filed by it with any
government agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over its business,
assets or properties. All such reports conform in all material respects with the
requirements promulgated by such government agencies and regulatory authorities.
All compliance or corrective action relating to NCB required by government
agencies and regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over NCB has been taken.
Except as disclosed in such statements, reports or documents, NCB has not
received any notification, formally or informally, from any agency or department
of any federal, state or local government or any regulatory authority or the
staff thereof (i) asserting that it is not in compliance with any of the
statutes, regulations or ordinances which such government or regulatory
authority enforces, or (ii) threatening to revoke any license, franchise, permit
or government authorization. NCB has paid all assessments made or imposed by any
government agency. NCB has delivered to ARH copies of all annual management
letters and opinions, and has made available to ARH for inspection all reviews,
correspondence and other documents in the files of NCB prepared by certified
public accountants engaged by NCB and delivered to NCB since December 31, 1995.
The financial records of NCB have been, and are being and shall be, maintained
in all material respects in accordance with all applicable legal and accounting
requirements sufficient to insure that all transactions reflected therein are,
in all material respects, executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorization and recorded in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles or as applicable, regulatory accounting principles, at the
time in effect. The data processing equipment, data transmission equipment,
related peripheral equipment and software used by NCB in the operation of its
business to generate and retrieve its financial records are adequate for the
current needs of NCB.

                  g. TAX RETURNS.

                     (i)     NCB has timely filed all federal, state, county,
                  local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by it,
                  including, without limitation, estimated tax, use tax, excise
                  tax, real property and personal property tax reports and
                  returns, employer's withholding tax returns, other withholding
                  tax returns and Federal Unemployment Tax Returns, and all
                  other reports or other information required or requested to be

                                      A-22
<PAGE>

                  filed by NCB, and each such return, report or other
                  information was, when filed, complete and accurate in all
                  material respects. NCB has paid all taxes, fees and other
                  government charges, including any interest and penalties
                  thereon, when they have become due, except those that are
                  being contested in good faith, which contested matters have
                  been disclosed to ARH. NCB has not been requested to give nor
                  has it given any currently effective waivers extending the
                  statutory period of limitation applicable to any tax return
                  required to be filed by it for any period. There are no claims
                  pending against NCB for any alleged deficiency in the payment
                  of any taxes, and NCB does not know of any pending or
                  threatened audits, investigations or claims for unpaid taxes
                  or relating to any liability in respect of any taxes. There
                  have been no events, including a change in ownership, that
                  would result in a reappraisal and establishment of a new
                  base-year full value for purposes of applicable provisions of
                  the California Constitution, of any real property owned in
                  whole or in part by NCB or to the best of NCB's knowledge, of
                  any real property leased by NCB.

                     (ii)    NCB has heretofore delivered to ARH or will deliver
                  to ARH prior to or concurrent with filing, copies of all its
                  tax returns with respect to taxes payable to the United States
                  of America and the State of California for the fiscal years
                  ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

                     (iii)   No consent has been filed relating to NCB pursuant
                  to Section 341(f) of the IRC.

                  h. MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since December 31, 1999, there has
been (i) no material adverse change in the business, assets, licenses, permits,
franchises, results of operations or financial condition of NCB (whether or not
in the Ordinary Course of Business), (ii) no change in any of the assets,
licenses, permits or franchises of NCB that has had or can reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the items listed in clause
(h)(i) above, (iii) no damage, destruction, or other casualty loss (whether or
not covered by insurance) that has had or can reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on any of the items listed in clause (h)(i) above, (iv)
no amendment, modification, or termination of any existing, or entering into of
any new, contract, agreement, plan, lease, license, permit or franchise that is
material to the business, financial condition, assets, liabilities or operations
of NCB, except in the Ordinary Course of Business; and (v) no disposition by NCB
of one or more assets that, individually or in the aggregate, are material to
NCB, except sales of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business.

                  i. NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except for items for which
reserves have been established in the unaudited balance sheet (and will also be
established in the audited balance sheet) of NCB as of December 31, 1999, NCB
has not incurred or discharged, and is not legally obligated with respect to,
any indebtedness, liability (including, without limitation, a liability arising
out of an indemnification, guarantee, hold harmless or similar arrangement) or

                                      A-23
<PAGE>

obligation (accrued or contingent, whether due or to become due, and whether or
not subordinated to the claims of its general creditors), other than as a result
of operations in the Ordinary Course of Business after such date. No agreement
pursuant to which any loans or other assets have been or will be sold by NCB
entitles the buyer of such loans or other assets, unless there is a material
breach of a representation or covenant by NCB, to cause NCB to repurchase such
loan or other asset or to pursue any other form of recourse against NCB. NCB has
not knowingly made or shall make any representation or covenant in any such
agreement that contained or shall contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted or shall omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which
such representations and/or covenants were made or shall be made, not
misleading. No cash, stock or other dividend or any other distribution with
respect to the NCB Shares has been declared, set aside or paid, nor have any of
the NCB Shares been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or
indirectly, by NCB since December 31, 1997.

                  j. PROPERTIES AND LEASES.

                     (i)     NCB has good and marketable title, free and clear
                  of all liens and encumbrances and the right of possession,
                  subject to existing leaseholds, to all real properties and
                  good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, to
                  all other property and assets, tangible and intangible,
                  reflected in the NCB balance sheet as of December 31, 1999
                  (except property held as lessee under leases disclosed in
                  writing prior to the date hereof and except personal property
                  sold or otherwise disposed of since December 31, 1999, in the
                  Ordinary Course of Business), except for (a) liens for taxes
                  or assessments not delinquent, (b) such other liens and
                  encumbrances and imperfections of title as do not materially
                  affect the value of such property as reflected in the NCB
                  balance sheet as of December 31, 1999, or as currently shown
                  on the books and records of NCB and which do not interfere
                  with or impair its present and continued use, or (c)
                  exceptions disclosed in title reports and preliminary title
                  reports, copies of which have been provided to ARH. To the
                  knowledge of NCB, all tangible properties of NCB conform in
                  all material respects with all applicable ordinances,
                  regulations and zoning laws. All tangible properties of NCB
                  are in a good state of maintenance and repair and are adequate
                  for the current business of NCB. No properties of NCB, and, to
                  the best of NCB's knowledge, no properties in which NCB holds
                  a collateral or contingent interest or purchase option, are
                  the subject of any pending or threatened investigation, claim
                  or proceeding relating to the use, storage or disposal on such
                  property of or contamination of such property by any toxic or
                  hazardous waste material or substance. To the best of its
                  knowledge, NCB does not own, possess or have a collateral or
                  contingent interest or purchase option in any properties or
                  other assets which contain or have located within or thereon
                  any hazardous or toxic waste material or substance unless the
                  location of such hazardous or toxic waste material or other

                                      A-24
<PAGE>

                  substance or its use thereon conforms in all material respects
                  with all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations or
                  other provisions regulating the discharge of materials into
                  the environment. As to any real property not owned or leased
                  by NCB and held as security for a loan or in which NCB
                  otherwise has an interest, NCB has not controlled, directed or
                  participated in the operation or management of any such real
                  property or any facilities or enterprise conducted thereon,
                  such that it has become an owner or operator of such real
                  property under applicable environmental laws.

                     (ii)    All properties held by NCB under leases are held
                  under valid, binding and enforceable leases (subject to
                  applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting
                  creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability,
                  to equitable principles of general applicability), with such
                  exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the
                  conduct of the business of NCB, and NCB enjoys quiet and
                  peaceful possession of such leased property. NCB is not in
                  material default in any respect under any material lease,
                  agreement or obligation regarding its properties to which it
                  is a party or by which it is bound.

                     (iii)   All of NCB's rights and obligations under the
                  leases referred to in Section 4(j)(ii) above do not require
                  the consent of any other party to the transactions
                  contemplated by this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
                  Merger. Where required, NCB shall obtain, prior to the
                  Effective Date, the consent of such parties to such
                  transactions.

                  k. MATERIAL CONTRACTS. Excluding loans, lines of credit, loan
commitments or letters of credit to which NCB is a party, NCB is not a party to
or bound by any contract or other agreement made in the Ordinary Course of
Business which involves aggregate future payments by or to NCB of more than
Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) and which is made for a fixed period
expiring more than one year from the date hereof, and NCB is not a party to or
bound by any agreement not made in the Ordinary Course of Business which is to
be performed at or after the date hereof. Each of the contracts and agreements
disclosed to ARH pursuant to this Section 4(k) is a legal and binding obligation
(subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable
principles of general applicability), and no breach or default (and no condition
which, with notice or passage of time, or both, could become a breach or
default) exists with respect thereto.

                  l. CLASSIFIED LOANS. There are no loans presently owned by NCB
that have been classified by NCB management or NCB internal policy or procedure,
any outside review examiner, accountant or any bank regulatory authority as
"Non-Accrual," "Watch," "Other Assets Specially Mentioned," "Substandard,"
"Doubtful," or "Loss" or classified using categories or words with similar
import and all loans or portions thereof so classified have been reserved to the
extent required. NCB regularly reviews and appropriately classifies its loans in
accordance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and generally
accepted banking practices. All loans and investments of NCB are legal, valid

                                      A-25
<PAGE>

and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms
and are not subject to any setoffs, counterclaims or disputes (subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general
applicability), except as disclosed in the NCB Disclosure Schedule or reserved
for in the audited balance sheet of NCB as of December 31, 1999, and were duly
authorized under and made in compliance with applicable federal and state laws
and regulations. NCB does not have any extensions of credit, investments,
guarantees, indemnification agreements or commitments for the same (including
without limitation commitments to issue letters of credit, to create
acceptances, or to repurchase securities, federal funds or other assets) other
than those documented on the books and records of NCB.

                  m. NO RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS. Except for pledges to
secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements in the Ordinary Course
of Business and securities classified as "held to maturity" as defined under
SFAS No. 115, none of the investments reflected in the NCB balance sheet as of
December 31, 1999, and none of the investments made by NCB since December 31,
1999, is subject to any restriction, whether contractual or statutory, which
materially impairs the ability of NCB to freely dispose of such investment at
any time.

                  n. NCB BENEFIT PLANS/ERISA.

                     (i)     NCB has provided to ARH an accurate list setting
                  forth all bonus, incentive compensation, profit sharing,
                  pension, retirement including, without limitation, salary
                  continuation and supplemental retirement plans, stock
                  purchase, stock option, deferred compensation, severance,
                  hospitalization, medical, dental, vision, group insurance,
                  death benefit, disability and other fringe benefit plans,
                  trust agreements, arrangements and commitments of NCB
                  (including but not limited to any such plans, agreements,
                  arrangements and commitments applicable to current and former
                  employees or retired employees, and current and former
                  directors or retired directors, or for which such persons are
                  eligible) (individually, a "NCB Benefit Plan" and
                  collectively, "NCB Benefit Plans"), if any, together with
                  copies of all such Benefit Plans that are documented and any
                  and all contracts of employment, and has made available to ARH
                  any Board of Directors' minutes (or committee minutes)
                  authorizing, approving or guaranteeing such NCB Benefit Plans
                  and contracts; and

                     (ii)    All contributions, premiums or other payments due
                  from NCB to (or under) any NCB Benefit Plans have been fully
                  paid or adequately provided for on NCB's audited financial
                  statements for the year ended December 31, 1999. All accruals
                  thereon (including, where appropriate, proportional accruals
                  for partial periods) have been made in accordance with
                  generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
                  on a reasonable basis; and

                                      A-26
<PAGE>

                     (iii)   NCB has disclosed in writing to ARH the names of
                  each director, officer and employee of NCB; and

                     (iv)    The NCB Benefit Plans have, to the best of NCB's
                  knowledge, been administered where required in substantial
                  compliance with ERISA, the IRC and the terms of such NCB
                  Benefit Plans. There is no pending or to the best of NCB's
                  knowledge any threatened litigation relating to any such NCB
                  Benefit Plan; and

                     (v)     NCB has not offered in the past health benefits for
                  retired employees or directors and has no intention to offer
                  any additional health or other benefits for retired employees
                  or directors; and

                     (vi)    Each NCB Benefit Plan is in full force and effect,
                  and neither NCB nor any other party thereto is in material
                  default under any of them, and there have been no claims of
                  default and there are no facts or conditions which if
                  continued, or on notice, will result in a material default
                  under any NCB Benefit Plans; and

                     (vii)   NCB has provided to ARH a list of all agreements or
                  other understandings pursuant to which the consummation of the
                  transactions contemplated hereby will (a) entitle any current
                  or former employee, officer or director of NCB to severance
                  pay, retirement benefits or payments, unemployment
                  compensation or any other payment, or (b) accelerate the time
                  of payment or vesting or increase the amount of compensation
                  due any such employee, officer or director, and the aggregate
                  amount of such payments under all such agreements or other
                  understandings. None of such payments will constitute an
                  "excess parachute" payment within the meaning of Section 280G
                  of the IRC.

                  o. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. NCB has no
union or collective bargaining or written employment agreements, contracts or
other agreements with any labor organization or with any member of management,
or any management or consultation agreement not terminable at will by NCB
without liability and no such contract or agreement has been requested by, or is
under discussion by management with, any group of employees, any member of
management or any other person. There are no material controversies pending
between NCB and any current or former employees, and to the best of NCB's
knowledge, there are no efforts presently being made by any labor union seeking
to organize any of such employees.

                                      A-27
<PAGE>

                  p. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.

                     (i)     no officer or employee of NCB is receiving
                  aggregate direct remuneration at a rate exceeding Seventy-Five
                  Thousand Dollars ($75,000) per annum.

                     (ii)    the consummation of the transactions contemplated
                  by this Agreement and the Agreement of Merger will not (either
                  alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or further acts
                  or events) result in any payment (whether of severance pay or
                  otherwise) becoming due from NCB or ARH to any employee of
                  NCB.

                  q. LEGAL ACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS. NCB is not a party to, or so
far as known to it, threatened with, and to NCB's knowledge, there is no
reasonable basis for, any legal action or other proceeding or investigation
before any court, any arbitrator of any kind or any government agency, and NCB
is not subject to any potential adverse claim, the outcome of which could
involve the payment or receipt by NCB of any amount in excess of Twenty-Five
Thousand Dollars ($25,000), unless an insurer has agreed to defend against and
pay the amount of any resulting liability without reservation, or, if any such
legal action, proceeding, investigation or claim will not involve the payment by
NCB of a monetary amount, which could have a material adverse effect on NCB or
its business or property or the transactions contemplated hereby. NCB has no
knowledge of any pending or threatened claims or charges under the Community
Reinvestment Act, before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the
California Department of Fair Housing & Economic Development, the California
Unemployment Appeals Board, or any federal or state human relations commission
or agency. There is no labor dispute, strike, slowdown or stoppage pending or,
to the best of the knowledge of NCB, threatened against NCB.

                  r. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THE AGREEMENTS.

                     (i)     The execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement
                  and the Agreement of Merger have been duly authorized by the
                  Board of Directors of NCB and, when the principal terms of the
                  Merger, this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger have
                  been duly approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
                  two-thirds of the outstanding NCB Shares at a meeting of
                  shareholders duly called and held, the Merger, this Merger
                  Agreement and the Agreement of Merger will be duly and validly
                  authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
                  NCB.

                     (ii)    This Merger Agreement has been duly executed and
                  delivered by NCB and (assuming due execution and delivery by
                  ARH) constitutes, and the Agreement of Merger, upon its
                  execution and delivery by NCB (and assuming due execution and
                  delivery by ARH) will constitute, a legal and binding
                  obligation of NCB in accordance with its terms.

                                      A-28
<PAGE>

                     (iii)   The execution and delivery by NCB of this Merger
                  Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and the consummation of
                  the transactions herein and therein contemplated (a) do not
                  violate any provision of the Articles of Association or Bylaws
                  of NCB, or violate in any material respect any provision of
                  federal or state law or any government rule or regulation
                  (assuming (1) receipt of the Government Approvals, (2) receipt
                  of the requisite NCB shareholder approval referred to in
                  Section 4(r)(i) hereof, (3) due registration of the ARH Shares
                  under the 1933 Act, and (4) receipt of appropriate permits or
                  approvals under state securities or "blue sky" laws), and (b)
                  do not require any consent of any person under, conflict in
                  any material respect with or result in a material breach of,
                  or accelerate the performance required by any of the terms of,
                  any material debt instrument, lease, license, covenant,
                  agreement or understanding to which NCB is a party or by which
                  it is bound or any order, ruling, decree, judgment,
                  arbitration award or stipulation to which NCB is subject, or
                  constitute a material default thereunder or result in the
                  creation of any lien, claim, security interest, encumbrance,
                  charge, restriction or right of any third party of any kind
                  whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of NCB.

                  s. RETENTION OF BROKER OR CONSULTANT. No broker, agent,
finder, consultant or other party (other than legal, compliance, loan reviewers
and accounting advisors) has been retained by NCB or is entitled to be paid
based upon any agreements, arrangements or understandings made by NCB in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement or
the Agreement of Merger, except that NCB has engaged the firm of Carpenter &
Company, to provide consulting services to NCB, including an opinion regarding
the fairness of the consideration to be received by NCB shareholders in the
Merger. NCB has provided ARH with a true and accurate copy of its agreement(s)
with Carpenter & Company.

                  t. INSURANCE. NCB is and continuously since its inception has
been, insured with reputable insurers against all risks normally insured against
by banks, and all of the insurance policies and bonds maintained by NCB are in
full force and effect, NCB is not in default thereunder and all material claims
thereunder have been filed in due and timely fashion. In the best judgment of
the management of NCB, such insurance coverage is adequate for NCB. Since
December 31, 1999, there has not been any damage to, destruction of, or loss of
any assets of NCB not covered by insurance that could have a material adverse
effect on the business, financial condition, properties, assets or results of
operations of NCB.

                  u. LOAN LOSS RESERVES. The allowance for loan losses in the
NCB balance sheet dated December 31, 1999 is, and as of the third business day
prior to the Closing Date ("Determination Date") will be, adequate in all
material respects under the requirements of all applicable state and federal
laws and regulations to provide for possible loan losses on outstanding loans,
net of recoveries and in compliance in all material respects with the credit
policies of NCB in effect and as disclosed and provided to ARH prior to the date
of this Merger Agreement. NCB has disclosed to ARH in writing prior to the date

                                      A-29
<PAGE>

hereof, and will promptly inform ARH of the amounts of all loans, leases, other
extensions of credit or commitments, or other interest-bearing assets of NCB,
that have been classified as of the date hereof or hereafter by NCB management
or NCB internal policy or procedure, any outside review examiner, accountant or
any bank regulatory authority as "Other Loans Specially Mentioned," "Special
Mention," "Substandard," "Doubtful," or "Loss" or classified using categories or
words with similar import in the case of loans (or that would have been so
classified, in the case of other interest-bearing assets, had they been loans).
Notwithstanding the above, NCB shall be under no obligation to disclose to ARH
any such classification by any bank regulatory authority where such disclosure
would violate any obligation of confidentiality of NCB imposed by such bank
regulatory authority. NCB has furnished and will continue to furnish to ARH true
and accurate information concerning the loan portfolio of NCB, and no material
information with respect to the loan portfolio has been or will be withheld from
ARH.

                  v. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except in the Ordinary Course
of Business, NCB has not extended credit, committed itself to extend credit, or
transferred any asset to or assumed or guaranteed any liability of the employees
or directors of NCB, or to any spouse or child of any of them, or to any of
their "affiliates" or "associates" as such terms are defined in Rule 405 under
the 1933 Act. NCB has not entered into any other transactions with the employees
or directors of NCB or any spouse or child of any of them, or any of their
affiliates or associates, except as disclosed in writing to ARH. Any such
transactions have been on terms no less favorable to NCB than those which would
prevail in an arms-length transaction with an independent third party. NCB has
not violated any applicable regulation of any government agency or regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over NCB in connection with any such transactions
described in this subsection.

                  w. RISK MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS. All interest rate swaps, caps,
floors, option agreements, futures and forward contracts and other similar risk
management arrangements, whether entered into for NCB's own account (all of
which are listed on the NCB Disclosure Schedule), if any, were entered into in
accordance with prudent business practices and all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and regulatory policies and with counterparties believed to be
financially responsible at the time; and each of them constitutes the valid and
legally binding obligation of NCB, enforceable in accordance with its terms
(except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws of general
applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity
principles), and are in full force and effect. Neither NCB, nor to NCB's
knowledge, any other party thereto, is in breach of any of its obligations under
any such agreement or arrangement.

                  x. YEAR 2000. NCB has not experienced any Year 2000 problems
of any kind or nature whatsoever which have had or might reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect upon NCB. To the knowledge of NCB, the mission
critical computer software operated by NCB is currently capable of providing, or
is being adapted to provide, uninterrupted millennium functionality to record,
store, process and present calendar dates falling on or after January 1, 2000 in

                                      A-30
<PAGE>

substantially the same manner and with substantially the same functionality as
such mission critical software recorded, stored, processed and presented such
calendar dates falling on or before December 31, 1999. To the knowledge of NCB,
the costs of adaptations referred to in this clause will not have a material
adverse effect with respect to the business and operations of NCB. NCB has not
received, and does not reasonably expect to receive, any deficiency notice from
any federal banking authority. NCB has previously disclosed to ARH a complete
and accurate copy of its plan, including an estimate of anticipated associated
costs, for addressing the issues set forth in all Federal Financial Institutions
Examination Council Interagency Statements as such issues affect NCB. Between
the date of this Merger Agreement and the Effective Time of the Merger, NCB
shall use commercially reasonable and practicable efforts to implement such
plan.

                  y. COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT COMPLIANCE. NCB is in
substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977 and the regulations promulgated thereunder
(collectively, the "CRA") and has received a CRA rating of "satisfactory" in its
most recent examination, and NCB has no knowledge of the existence of any fact
or circumstance or set of facts or circumstances which could be reasonably
expected to result in NCB failing to be in substantial compliance with such
provisions or having its current rating lowered.

                  z. INFORMATION IN ARH REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The information
pertaining to NCB which has been or will be furnished to ARH for or on behalf of
NCB for inclusion in the ARH Registration Statement and the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, or in the applications to be filed to obtain the
Government Approvals (the "Applications"), does not and will not contain any
untrue statement of any material fact or omit or will omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
provided, however, that information of a later date shall be deemed to modify
contrary information as of an earlier date. All financial statements of NCB
included in the ARH Registration Statement and the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, or the Applications, will present fairly the financial
condition and results of operations of NCB at the dates and for the periods
covered by such statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied throughout the periods covered by such
statements. NCB shall promptly advise ARH in writing if prior to the Effective
Time of the Merger NCB shall obtain knowledge of any facts that would make it
necessary to amend or supplement the ARH Registration Statement, the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus or any Application, in order to make the statements therein
not misleading or to comply with applicable law or regulation.

                  aa. ACCURACY AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each representation, warranty, covenant
and agreement of NCB set forth in this Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be
made on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent that a representation or
warranty is qualified as set forth in the NCB Disclosure Schedule in a section
corresponding in number with the applicable section of such representation or
warranty), the Closing Date and the Effective Time of the Merger. No

                                      A-31
<PAGE>

representation or warranty by NCB, and no statement by NCB in any certificate,
agreement, NCB Disclosure Schedule or other document furnished or to be
furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Merger
Agreement or the Agreement of Merger, was or will be inaccurate, incomplete or
incorrect in any material respect as of the date furnished or contains or will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state
any material fact necessary to make such representation, warranty or statement
not misleading to ARH.

                  bb. BROKERED DEPOSITS.  NCB has no "brokered deposits" as that
term is defined in applicable FDIC regulations.

5.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARH.

         In the following representations and warranties, all references to
assets, liabilities, properties, rights, obligations, financial condition,
operations, knowledge, information and other characteristics of ARH shall be
deemed to include reference to those characteristics of ARH on a consolidated
basis, except as the context otherwise indicates or requires. ARH represents and
warrants to NCB that, except as set forth on a schedule dated the date of this
Merger Agreement (the "ARH Disclosure Schedule"), a copy of which shall be
delivered to NCB for review no less than one (1) day prior to execution and
delivery of this Merger Agreement, corresponding in number with the applicable
section of this Merger Agreement:

                  a. CORPORATE STATUS AND POWER TO ENTER INTO AGREEMENTS. (i)
ARH is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing
under California law and is a registered bank holding company under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC Act"), (ii) subject to obtaining
the Government Approvals and approval of the principal terms of the Merger by
the ARH shareholders, ARH has all necessary corporate power to enter into this
Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and to carry out all of the terms
and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it, (iii) ARB holds a
currently valid license issued by the California Commissioner of Financial
Institutions to engage in the commercial banking business in the State of
California at the locations at which it is licensed and currently conducts
business, (iv) FSC is authorized under Regulation Y of the BHC Act and
applicable FRB regulations to engage in equipment lease brokerage as a permitted
non-banking activity in the State of California at the locations at which it
currently conducts business, and (v) neither ARH, ARB, nor FSC is subject to any
directive, resolution, memorandum of understanding or order of the California
Commissioner of Financial Institutions, FDIC, FRB, or any other regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over its business or any of its assets or
properties. Neither the scope of the business of ARH nor the location of its
properties requires ARH or ARB to be licensed to do business in any jurisdiction
other than the State of California. ARB's deposits are insured by the FDIC to
the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and regulation. ARBCO
Investments, Inc. and American River Mortgage are inactive California
corporations and wholly-owned subsidiaries of ARB.

                                      A-32
<PAGE>

                  b. ARTICLES, BYLAWS, BOOKS AND RECORDS. The copies of the
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of ARH heretofore delivered to NCB are
complete and accurate copies thereof as in effect on the date hereof. The minute
books of ARH made available to NCB contain a complete and accurate record of all
meetings of ARH's Board of Directors (and committees thereof) and shareholders.
The corporate books and records (including financial statements) of ARH fairly
reflect the material transactions to which ARH is a party or by which its
properties are subject or bound, and such books and records have been properly
kept and maintained.

                  c. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, REGULATIONS AND DECREES. ARH (i) has
the corporate power to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business
as currently conducted, (ii) to its knowledge, has complied in all material
respects with, and is not in material default of any laws, regulations,
ordinances, orders or decrees applicable to the conduct of its business and the
ownership of its properties, including but not limited to all federal and state
laws (including but not limited to the Bank Secrecy Act), rules and regulations
relating to the offer, sale or issuance of securities, and the operation of a
commercial bank, other than where such noncompliance or default is not likely to
result in a material limitation on the conduct of the business of ARH or is not
likely to otherwise have a material adverse effect on ARH, ARB and FSC, taken as
a whole, (iii) have not failed to file with the proper federal, state, local or
other authorities any material report or other document required to be filed,
and (iv) have all approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses, clearances and
orders of, and have currently effective all registrations with, all government
agencies and regulatory authorities which are necessary to the business and
operations of ARH, ARB and FSC as now being conducted.

                  d. CAPITALIZATION. As of the date of this Merger Agreement,
the authorized capital stock of ARH consists of 20,000,000 shares of ARH common
stock, no par value, of which 1,793,274 shares are duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable and currently outstanding. Said capital
stock has been offered, sold and issued in compliance with all applicable
securities laws. As of the date of this Merger Agreement, there are currently
outstanding options to purchase 283,358 shares of ARH common stock, at a
weighted average exercise price of $9.4358 per share, issued pursuant to the ARH
Stock Option Plan. Said options were issued and, upon issuance in accordance
with the terms of the outstanding options said shares shall be issued, in
compliance with all applicable securities laws. Otherwise, there are no
outstanding (i) options, agreements, calls or commitments of any character which
would obligate ARH to issue, sell, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or
dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any ARH common stock or
any other equity security of ARH, or (ii) warrants or options relating to,
rights to acquire, or debt or equity securities convertible into, shares of ARH
common stock or any other equity security of ARH. ARH owns all of the
outstanding equity securities of ARB and FSC. The outstanding common stock of
ARH is not registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 12(g) of the 1934
Act and ARH has not heretofore filed periodic reports under Section 12(i), 13(a)
or 15(d) of the 1934 Act. ARB owns all of the outstanding equity securities of
ARBCO Investments, Inc. and American River Mortgage. Except for such equity

                                      A-33
<PAGE>

securities owned by ARH and ARB, and financial institution equity securities
owned by ARB, and except as collateral for outstanding loans held in their loan
portfolios, neither ARH, ARB nor FSC owns, directly or indirectly, any equity
interest in any bank, corporation or other entity.

                  e. TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES. To the best of ARH's knowledge,
ARH, ARB and FSC (i) own and have the exclusive right to use all Intellectual
Property Rights used in or necessary for the conduct of their businesses as now
or heretofore conducted; and (ii) are not infringing upon the Intellectual
Property Rights of any other person or entity. No claim is pending or threatened
by any person or entity against or otherwise affecting the use by ARH, ARB or
FSC of any Intellectual Property Rights and, to the best of its knowledge, there
is no valid basis for any such claim.

                  f. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REGULATORY REPORTS. No financial
statement or other document provided or to be provided to NCB as required by
Section 3.3(i) hereof, as of the date of such document, contained, or as to
documents to be delivered after the date hereof, will contain, any untrue
statement of a material fact, or, at the date thereof, omitted or will omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained
therein, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were or will
be made, not misleading; provided, however, that information as of a later date
shall be deemed to modify contrary information as of any earlier date. ARH, ARB
and FSC have filed all material documents and reports required to be filed by
each of them with any government agency or regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over their business, assets or properties. All such reports conform
in all material respects with the requirements promulgated by such government
agencies and regulatory authorities. All compliance or corrective action
relating to ARH and its subsidiaries required by government agencies and
regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over ARH and its subsidiaries has
been taken. Except as disclosed in such statements, reports or documents,
neither ARH nor its subsidiaries has received any notification, formally or
informally, from any agency or department of any federal, state or local
government or any regulatory authority or the staff thereof (a) asserting that
it is not in compliance with any of the statutes, regulations or ordinances
which such government or regulatory authority enforces, or (b) threatening to
revoke any license, franchise, permit or government authorization. ARH and its
subsidiaries have paid all assessments made or imposed by any government agency.
ARH has delivered to NCB copies of all annual management letters and opinions,
and has made available to NCB for inspection all reviews, correspondence and
other documents in the files of ARH prepared by certified public accountants
engaged by ARH and delivered to ARH since December 31, 1995. The financial
records of ARH have been, and are being and shall be, maintained in all material
respects in accordance with all applicable legal and accounting requirements
sufficient to insure that all transactions reflected therein are, in all
material respects, executed in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization and recorded in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles or as applicable, regulatory accounting principles, at the time in
effect. The data processing equipment, data transmission equipment, related

                                      A-34
<PAGE>

peripheral equipment and software used by ARH in the operation of its business
to generate and retrieve its financial records are adequate for the current
needs of ARH.

                  g. TAX RETURNS.

                     (i)     ARH has timely filed all federal, state, county,
                  local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by it,
                  including, without limitation, estimated tax, use tax, excise
                  tax, real property and personal property tax reports and
                  returns, employer's withholding tax returns, other withholding
                  tax returns and Federal Unemployment Tax Returns, and all
                  other reports or other information required or requested to be
                  filed by ARH, and each such return, report or other
                  information was, when filed, complete and accurate in all
                  material respects. ARH has paid all taxes, fees and other
                  government charges, including any interest and penalties
                  thereon, when they have become due, except those that are
                  being contested in good faith, which contested matters have
                  been disclosed to NCB. ARH has not been requested to give nor
                  has it given any currently effective waivers extending the
                  statutory period of limitation applicable to any tax return
                  required to be filed by it for any period. There are no claims
                  pending against ARH for any alleged deficiency in the payment
                  of any taxes, and ARH does not know of any pending or
                  threatened audits, investigations or claims for unpaid taxes
                  or relating to any liability in respect of any taxes. There
                  have been no events, including a change in ownership, that
                  would result in a reappraisal and establishment of a new
                  base-year full value for purposes of applicable provisions of
                  the California Constitution, of any real property owned in
                  whole or in part by ARH or to the best of ARH's knowledge, of
                  any real property leased by ARH.

                     (ii)    ARH has heretofore delivered to NCB or will deliver
                  to NCB prior to or concurrent with filing, copies of all its
                  tax returns with respect to taxes payable to the United States
                  of America and the State of California for the fiscal years
                  ended December 31, 1999, 1998, 1997, 1996, and 1995.

                     (iii)   No consent has been filed relating to ARH pursuant
                  to Section 341(f) of the IRC.

                  h. MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since December 31, 1999, there has
been (i) no material adverse change in the business, assets, licenses, permits,
franchises, results of operations or financial condition of ARH and ARB taken as
a whole (whether or not in the Ordinary Course of Business), (ii) no change in
any of the assets, licenses, permits or franchises of ARH and ARB taken as a
whole that has had or can reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on any of the items listed in clause (h)(i) above, (iii) no damage,
destruction, or other casualty loss (whether or not covered by insurance) that
has had or can reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any
of the items listed in clause (h)(i) above, (iv) no amendment, modification, or
termination of any existing, or entering into of any new, contract, agreement,

                                      A-35
<PAGE>

plan, lease, license, permit or franchise that is material to the business,
financial condition, assets, liabilities or operations of ARH and ARB taken as a
whole, except in the Ordinary Course of Business, and (v) no disposition by ARH
or ARB of one or more assets that, individually or in the aggregate, are
material to ARH and ARB taken as a whole, except sales of assets in the Ordinary
Course of Business.

                  i. NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. Except for items for which
reserves have been established in the unaudited balance sheet (and will also be
established in the audited balance sheet) of ARH as of December 31, 1999, ARH
has not incurred or discharged, and is not legally obligated with respect to,
any indebtedness, liability (including, without limitation, a liability arising
out of an indemnification, guarantee, hold harmless or similar arrangement) or
obligation (accrued or contingent, whether due or to become due, and whether or
not subordinated to the claims of its general creditors), other than as a result
of operations in the Ordinary Course of Business after such date. No agreement
pursuant to which any loans or other assets have been or will be sold by ARH
entitles the buyer of such loans or other assets, unless there is a material
breach of a representation or covenant by ARH, to cause ARH to repurchase such
loan or other asset or to pursue any other form of recourse against ARH. ARH has
not knowingly made or shall make any representation or covenant in any such
agreement that contained or shall contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted or shall omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which
such representations and/or covenants were made or shall be made, not
misleading. No cash, stock or other dividend or any other distribution with
respect to the ARH Shares has been declared, set aside or paid, nor have any of
the ARH Shares been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or
indirectly, by ARH since December 31, 1999.

                  j. PROPERTIES AND LEASES.

                     (i)     ARH has good and marketable title, free and clear
                  of all liens and encumbrances and the right of possession,
                  subject to existing leaseholds, to all real properties and
                  good title, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, to
                  all other property and assets, tangible and intangible,
                  reflected in the ARH balance sheet as of December 31, 1999
                  (except property held as lessee under leases disclosed in
                  writing prior to the date hereof and except personal property
                  sold or otherwise disposed of since December 31, 1999, in the
                  Ordinary Course of Business), except for (a) liens for taxes
                  or assessments not delinquent, (b) such other liens and
                  encumbrances and imperfections of title as do not materially
                  affect the value of such property as reflected in the ARH
                  balance sheet as of December 31, 1999, or as currently shown
                  on the books and records of ARH and which do not interfere
                  with or impair its present and continued use, or (c)
                  exceptions disclosed in title reports and preliminary title
                  reports, copies of which have been provided to NCB. To the
                  knowledge ARH, all tangible properties of ARH conform in all
                  material respects with all applicable ordinances, regulations
                  and zoning laws. All tangible properties of ARH are in a good

                                      A-36
<PAGE>

                  state of maintenance and repair and are adequate for the
                  current business of ARH. No properties of ARH, and, to the
                  best of ARH's knowledge, no properties in which ARH holds a
                  collateral or contingent interest or purchase option, are the
                  subject of any pending or threatened investigation, claim or
                  proceeding relating to the use, storage or disposal on such
                  property of or contamination of such property by any toxic or
                  hazardous waste material or substance. To the best of ARH's
                  knowledge, ARH does not own, possess or have a collateral or
                  contingent interest or purchase option in any properties or
                  other assets which contain or have located within or thereon
                  any hazardous or toxic waste material or substance unless the
                  location of such hazardous or toxic waste material or other
                  substance or its use thereon conforms in all material respects
                  with all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations or
                  other provisions regulating the discharge of materials into
                  the environment. As to any real property not owned or leased
                  by ARH and held as security for a loan or in which ARH
                  otherwise has an interest, ARH has not controlled, directed or
                  participated in the operation or management of any such real
                  property or any facilities or enterprise conducted thereon,
                  such that it has become an owner or operator of such real
                  property under applicable environmental laws.

                     (ii)    All properties held by ARH under leases are held
                  under valid, binding and enforceable leases (subject to
                  applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting
                  creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability,
                  to equitable principles of general applicability), with such
                  exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the
                  conduct of the business of ARH, and ARH enjoys quiet and
                  peaceful possession of such leased property. ARH is not in
                  material default in any respect under any material lease,
                  agreement or obligation regarding its properties to which it
                  is a party or by which it is bound.

                     (iii)   All of ARH's rights and obligations under the
                  leases referred to in Section 5(j)(ii) above do not require
                  the consent of any other party to the transactions
                  contemplated by this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
                  Merger. Where required, ARH shall obtain, prior to the
                  Effective Date, the consent of such parties to such
                  transactions.

                  k. MATERIAL CONTRACTS. Excluding loans, lines of credit, loan
commitments or letters of credit to which ARH is a party, ARH is not a party to
or bound by any contract or other agreement made in the Ordinary Course of
Business which involves aggregate future payments by or to ARH of more than
Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) and which is made for a fixed period
expiring more than one year from the date hereof, and ARH is not a party to or
bound by any agreement not made in the Ordinary Course of Business which is to
be performed at or after the date hereof. Each of the contracts and agreements
disclosed to NCB pursuant to this Section 5(k) is a legal and binding obligation
(subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable

                                      A-37
<PAGE>

principles of general applicability), and no breach or default (and no condition
which, with notice or passage of time, or both, could become a breach or
default) exists with respect thereto.

                  l. CLASSIFIED LOANS. There are no loans presently owned by ARH
that have been classified by ARH management or ARH internal policy or procedure,
any outside review examiner, accountant or any bank regulatory authority as
"Non-Accrual," "Watch," "Other Assets Specially Mentioned," "Substandard,"
"Doubtful," or "Loss" or classified using categories or words with similar
import and all loans or portions thereof so classified have been reserved to the
extent required. ARH regularly reviews and appropriately classifies its loans in
accordance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and generally
accepted banking practices. All loans and investments of ARH are legal, valid
and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms
and are not subject to any setoffs, counterclaims or disputes (subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general
applicability), except as disclosed to NCB in writing or reserved for in the
audited balance sheet of ARH as of December 31, 1999, and were duly authorized
under and made in compliance with applicable federal and state laws and
regulations. ARH has no extensions of credit, investments, guarantees,
indemnification agreements or commitments for the same (including without
limitation commitments to issue letters of credit, to create acceptances, or to
repurchase securities, federal funds or other assets) other than those
documented on the books and records of ARH.

                  m. NO RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS. Except for pledges to
secure public and trust deposits and repurchase agreements in the Ordinary
Course of Business and securities classified as "held to maturity" as defined
under SFAS No. 115, none of the investments reflected in the ARH balance sheet
as of December 31, 1999, and none of the investments made by ARH since December
31, 1999, is subject to any restriction, whether contractual or statutory, which
materially impairs the ability of ARH to freely dispose of such investment at
any time.

                  n. ARH BENEFIT PLANS/ERISA.

                     (i)     ARH has provided to NCB an accurate list setting
                  forth all bonus, incentive compensation, profit sharing,
                  pension, retirement including, without limitation, salary
                  continuation and supplemental retirement plans, stock
                  purchase, stock option, deferred compensation, severance,
                  hospitalization, medical, dental, vision, group insurance,
                  death benefit, disability and other fringe benefit plans,
                  trust agreements, arrangements and commitments of ARH and its
                  subsidiaries (including but not limited to any such plans,
                  agreements, arrangements and commitments applicable to current
                  and former employees or retired employees, and current and
                  former directors or retired directors, or for which such
                  persons are eligible) (individually an "ARH Benefit Plan" and
                  collectively, "ARH Benefit Plans"), if any, together with
                  copies of all such ARH Benefit Plans that are documented and
                  any and all contracts of employment, and has made available to

                                      A-38
<PAGE>

                  NCB any Board of Directors' minutes (or committee minutes)
                  authorizing, approving or guaranteeing such ARH Benefit Plans
                  and contracts; and

                     (ii)    All contributions, premiums or other payments due
                  from ARH or its subsidiaries to (or under) any ARH Benefit
                  Plans have been fully paid or adequately provided for on ARH's
                  audited financial statements for the year ended December 31,
                  1999. All accruals thereon (including, where appropriate,
                  proportional accruals for partial periods) have been made in
                  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
                  consistently applied on a reasonable basis; and

                     (iii)   ARH has disclosed in writing to NCB the names of
                  each director, officer and employee of ARH and its
                  subsidiaries; and

                     (iv)    The ARH Benefit Plans have, to the best of ARH's
                  knowledge, been administered where required in substantial
                  compliance with ERISA, the IRC and the terms of such ARH
                  Benefit Plans. There is no pending or to the best of ARH's
                  knowledge any threatened litigation relating to any such ARH
                  Benefit Plan; and

                     (v)     ARH and its subsidiaries have not offered in the
                  past health benefits for retired employees or directors and
                  have no intention to offer any additional health or other
                  benefits for retired employees or directors; and

                     (vi)    Each ARH Benefit Plan is in full force and effect,
                  and neither ARH and its subsidiaries, nor any other party
                  thereto is in material default under any of them, and there
                  have been no claims of default and there are no facts or
                  conditions which if continued, or on notice, will result in a
                  material default under any ARH Benefit Plans; and

                     (vii)   ARH has provided to NCB a list of all agreements or
                  other understandings pursuant to which the consummation of the
                  transactions contemplated hereby will (a) entitle any current
                  or former employee or officer of ARH or its subsidiaries to
                  severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment,
                  or (b) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or increase
                  the amount of compensation due any such employee, officer or
                  director, and the aggregate amount of such payments under all
                  such agreements or other understandings. None of such payments
                  will constitute an "excess parachute" payment within the
                  meaning of Section 280G of the IRC.

                  o. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. ARH has no
union or collective bargaining or written employment agreements, contracts or
other agreements with any labor organization or with any member of management,
or any management or consultation agreement not terminable at will by ARH

                                      A-39
<PAGE>

without liability and no such contract or agreement has been requested by, or is
under discussion by management with, any group of employees, any member of
management or any other person. There are no material controversies pending
between ARH and any current or former employees, and to the best of ARH's
knowledge, there are no efforts presently being made by any labor union seeking
to organize any of such employees.

                  p. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.

                     (i)     No officer or employee of ARH or its subsidiaries
                  is receiving aggregate direct remuneration at a rate exceeding
                  Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) per annum.

                     (ii)    The consummation of the transactions contemplated
                  by this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger will not
                  (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or
                  further acts or events) result in any payment (whether of
                  severance pay or otherwise) becoming due from ARH to any
                  employee of ARH.

                  q. LEGAL ACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS. ARH is not a party to, or so
far as known to it, threatened with, and to ARH's knowledge, there is no
reasonable basis for, any legal action or other proceeding or investigation
before any court, any arbitrator of any kind or any government agency, and ARH
is not subject to any potential adverse claim, the outcome of which could
involve the payment or receipt by ARH of any amount in excess of Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($50,000), unless an insurer has agreed to defend against and pay the
amount of any resulting liability without reservation, or, if any such legal
action, proceeding, investigation or claim will not involve the payment by ARH
of a monetary amount, which could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on ARH or its business or property or the transactions
contemplated hereby. ARH has no knowledge of any pending or threatened claims or
charges under the Community Reinvestment Act, before the Equal Employment
Opportunity Commission, the California Department of Fair Housing and Economic
Development, the California Unemployment Appeals Board, or any federal or state
human relations commission or agency. There is no labor dispute, strike,
slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the best of the knowledge of ARH, threatened
against ARH.

                  r. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THE AGREEMENTS.

                     (i)     The execution and delivery of this Merger Agreement
                  and the Agreement of Merger have been duly authorized by the
                  Boards of Directors of ARH and, when the principal terms of
                  the Merger, this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger
                  have been duly approved by the affirmative vote of the holders
                  of a majority of the outstanding ARH Shares at a meeting of
                  shareholders duly called and held, the Merger, this Merger
                  Agreement and the Agreement of Merger will be duly and validly

                                      A-40
<PAGE>

                  authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
                  ARH.

                     (ii)    This Merger Agreement has been duly executed and
                  delivered by ARH and (assuming due execution and delivery by
                  NCB) constitutes, and the Agreement of Merger, upon its
                  execution and delivery by ARH and the Interim Bank (and
                  assuming due execution and delivery by the Interim Bank and
                  NCB) will constitute, a legal and binding obligation of ARH in
                  accordance with its terms.

                     (iii)   The execution and delivery by ARH of this Merger
                  Agreement and the Agreement of Merger and the consummation of
                  the transactions herein and therein contemplated (a) do not
                  violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or
                  Bylaws of ARH, respectively, or violate in any material
                  respect any provision of federal or state law or any
                  government rule or regulation (assuming (1) receipt of the
                  Government Approvals, (2) receipt of the requisite ARH
                  shareholder approval referred to in Section 5(r)(i) hereof,
                  (3) due registration of the ARH Shares under the 1933 Act, and
                  (4) receipt of appropriate permits or approvals under state
                  securities or "blue sky" laws, and (b) do not require any
                  consent of any person under, conflict in any material respect
                  with or result in a material breach of, or accelerate the
                  performance required by any of the terms of, any material debt
                  instrument, lease, license, covenant, agreement or
                  understanding to which ARH is a party or by which it is bound
                  or any order, ruling, decree, judgment, arbitration award or
                  stipulation to which ARH is subject, or constitute a material
                  default thereunder or result in the creation of any lien,
                  claim, security interest, encumbrance, charge, restriction or
                  right of any third party of any kind whatsoever upon any of
                  the properties or assets of ARH.

                  s. RETENTION OF BROKER OR CONSULTANT. No broker, agent,
finder, consultant or other party (other than legal, compliance, loan reviewers
and accounting advisors) has been retained by ARH or is entitled to be paid
based upon any agreements, arrangements or understandings made by ARH in
connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement or
the Agreement of Merger, except that ARH has engaged the firm of Hoefer &
Arnett, Incorporated to act as its financial advisor and to render an opinion
regarding the fairness of the Conversion Ratio in the Merger, from a financial
point of view, to ARH shareholders. ARH has provided NCB with a true and
accurate copy of its agreement(s) with Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated.

                  t. INSURANCE. ARH is and continuously since its inception has
been, insured with reputable insurers against all risks normally insured against
by bank holding companies and banks, and all of the insurance policies and bonds
maintained by ARH are in full force and effect, ARH is not in default thereunder
and all material claims thereunder have been filed in due and timely fashion. In
the best judgment of the management of ARH, such insurance coverage is adequate

                                      A-41
<PAGE>

for ARH. Since December 31, 1999, there has not been any damage to, destruction
of, or loss of any assets of ARH not covered by insurance that could reasonably
be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
condition, properties, assets or results of operations of ARH.

                  u. LOAN LOSS RESERVES. The allowance for loan losses in the
ARH consolidated balance sheet dated December 31, 1999 is, and as of the
Determination Date will be, adequate in all material respects under the
requirements of all applicable state and federal laws and regulations to provide
for possible loan losses on outstanding loans, net of recoveries and in
compliance in all material respects with the credit policies of ARH in effect
and as disclosed and provided to NCB prior to the date of this Merger Agreement.
ARH has disclosed to NCB in writing prior to the date hereof, and will promptly
inform NCB of the amounts of all loans, leases, other extensions of credit or
commitments, or other interest-bearing assets of ARH, that have been classified
as of the date hereof or hereafter by ARH management or ARH internal policy or
procedure, any outside review examiner, accountant or any bank regulatory
authority as "Non-Accrual," "Watch," "Other Assets Specially Mentioned,"
"Substandard," "Doubtful," or "Loss" or classified using categories or words
with similar import in the case of loans (or that would have been so classified,
in the case of other interest-bearing assets, had they been loans).
Notwithstanding the above, ARH shall be under no obligation to disclose to NCB
any such classification by any bank regulatory authority, where such disclosure
would violate any obligation of confidentiality of ARH or ARB imposed by such
bank regulatory authority. ARH has furnished and will continue to furnish to NCB
true and accurate information concerning the loan portfolio of ARH and ARB, and
no material information with respect to the loan portfolio has been or will be
withheld from NCB.

                  v. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Except in the Ordinary Course
of Business, ARH has not extended credit, committed itself to extend credit, or
transferred any asset to or assumed or guaranteed any liability of the employees
or directors of ARH, or to any spouse or child of any of them, or to any of
their "affiliates" or "associates" as such terms are defined in Rule 405 under
the 1933 Act. ARH has not entered into any other transactions with the employees
or directors of ARH or any spouse or child of any of them, or any of their
affiliates or associates, except as disclosed in writing to NCB. Any such
transactions have been on terms no less favorable to ARH than those which would
prevail in an arms-length transaction with an independent third party. ARH has
not violated any applicable regulation of any government agency or regulatory
authority having jurisdiction over ARH in connection with any such transactions
described in this subsection.

                  w. RISK MANAGEMENT INSTRUMENTS. All interest rate swaps, caps,
floors, option agreements, futures and forward contracts and other similar risk
management arrangements, whether entered into for ARH's own account, or for the
account of one or more of ARH's subsidiaries or their customers (all of which
are listed on the ARH Disclosure Schedule), if any, were entered into in
accordance with prudent business practices and all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and regulatory policies and with counterparties believed to be

                                      A-42
<PAGE>

financially responsible at the time; and each of them constitutes the valid and
legally binding obligation of ARH or one of its subsidiaries, enforceable in
accordance with its terms (except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and
similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights
or by general equity principles), and are in full force and effect. Neither ARH
nor its subsidiaries, nor to ARH's knowledge, any other party thereto, is in
breach of any of its obligations under any such agreement or arrangement.

                  x. YEAR 2000. ARH has not experienced any Year 2000 problems
of any kind or nature whatsoever which have had or might reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on ARH. To the knowledge of ARH, the mission
critical computer software operated by ARH and/or any of its subsidiaries is
currently capable of providing, or is being adapted to provide, uninterrupted
millennium functionality to record, store, process and present calendar dates
falling on or after January 1, 2000 in substantially the same manner and with
substantially the same functionality as such mission critical software recorded,
stored, processed and presented such calendar dates falling on or before
December 31, 1999. To the knowledge of ARH, the costs of adaptations referred to
in this clause will not have a material adverse effect with respect to the
business and operations of ARH. Neither ARH nor any of its subsidiaries has
received, and does not reasonably expect to receive, any deficiency notice from
any federal or California banking authority. ARH has previously disclosed to NCB
a complete and accurate copy of its and its subsidiaries' plan, including an
estimate of anticipated associated costs, for addressing the issues set forth in
all Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Interagency Statements as
such issues affect ARH and/or its subsidiaries. Between the date of this Merger
Agreement and the Effective Time of the Merger, ARH, shall use commercially
reasonable and practicable efforts to implement such plan.

                  y. COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT COMPLIANCE. ARH and ARB are in
substantial compliance with the applicable provisions of the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977 and the regulations promulgated thereunder
(collectively, the "CRA") and ARB has received a CRA rating of "satisfactory" in
its most recent examination, and neither ARH nor ARB has any knowledge of the
existence of any fact or circumstance or set of facts or circumstances which
could be reasonably expected to result in ARH failing to be in substantial
compliance with such provisions or having its current rating lowered.

                  z. INFORMATION IN ARH REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The information
pertaining to ARH which has been or will be included in the ARH Registration
Statement and the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, or in the Applications to be
filed to obtain the Government Approvals, does not and will not contain any
untrue statement of any material fact or omit or will omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
provided, however, that information of a later date shall be deemed to modify
contrary information as of an earlier date. All financial statements of ARH
included in the ARH Registration Statement and the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus, or the Applications, will present fairly the financial

                                      A-43
<PAGE>

condition and results of operations of ARH at the dates and for the periods
covered by such statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied throughout the periods covered by such
statements. ARH shall promptly advise NCB in writing if prior to the Effective
Time of the Merger ARH shall obtain knowledge of any facts that would make it
necessary to amend or supplement the ARH Registration Statement, the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus or any Application, in order to make the statements therein
not misleading or to comply with applicable law or regulation.

                  aa. ACCURACY AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS. Each representation, warranty, covenant
and agreement of ARH set forth in this Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be
made on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent that a representation or
warranty is qualified as set forth in the ARH Disclosure Schedule in a section
corresponding in number with the applicable section of such representation or
warranty), the Closing Date and the Effective Time of the Merger. No
representation or warranty by ARH, and no statement by ARH in any certificate,
agreement, ARH Disclosure Schedule or other document furnished or to be
furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Merger
Agreement or the Agreement of Merger, was or will be inaccurate, incomplete or
incorrect in any material respect as of the date furnished or contains or will
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state
any material fact necessary to make such representation, warranty or statement
not misleading to NCB.

                  bb. BROKERED DEPOSITS.  ARH and ARB have no "brokered
deposits" as that term is defined in applicable FDIC regulations.

6.       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933; SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

                  a. PREPARATION AND FILING OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. ARH shall
promptly prepare and file with the Commission (i) a registration statement on
the appropriate form (the "ARH Registration Statement") under and pursuant to
the provisions of the 1933 Act for the purpose of registering a sufficient
number of ARH Shares to complete the exchange of ARH Shares for the outstanding
NCB Shares pursuant to the Conversion Ratio and the provisions of Section 2.1
above, and (ii) in sufficient time to be effective on or before the Effective
Time of the Merger, one or more registration statements or amendments to
existing registration statements under the 1933 Act for the purpose of
registering the maximum number of ARH Shares to which the holders of Substitute
Options may be entitled pursuant to Section 2.6 above at or after the Effective
Time of the Merger. ARH shall promptly prepare a Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus for the purpose of submitting the principal terms of the
Merger (including separate proposals to approve the Amendments, as described in
Section 3.3.d. hereof), this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger to the
shareholders of ARH for approval. NCB shall cooperate in all reasonable respects
with regard to the preparation of the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and will
promptly prepare and file with the OCC its proxy materials, incorporating the
Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, for the purpose of submitting the principal
terms of the Merger (including the Amendments, as described in Section 3.3.d.

                                      A-44
<PAGE>

hereof), this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger to the shareholders
of NCB for approval. The Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus in definitive form is
expected to serve as the prospectus to be included in the ARH Registration
Statement. ARH and NCB shall each provide promptly to the other such information
concerning its business and financial condition and affairs as may be required
or appropriate for inclusion in the ARH Registration Statement, or the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the NCB proxy materials, and shall cause its
counsel and auditors to cooperate with the other's counsel and auditors in the
preparation of the ARH Registration Statement, the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus and the NCB proxy materials.

                  b. EFFECTIVENESS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. ARH and NCB shall
use their best efforts to have the ARH Registration Statement and any amendments
or supplements thereto declared effective under the 1933 Act as soon as
practicable, and thereafter ARH and NCB shall distribute the Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus to holders of their respective common stock in accordance
with applicable laws and the Articles of Incorporation or Association, as
applicable, and Bylaws of each.

                  c. SALES AND RESALES OF COMMON STOCK.  ARH shall not be
required to maintain the effectiveness of the ARH Registration Statement for the
purpose of sale or resale of the ARH Shares by any person.

                  d. RULE 145. Securities representing ARH Shares issued to
affiliates of NCB (as determined by counsel to ARH and NCB) under Rule 145 of
the 1933 Act pursuant to the Merger Agreement may be subject to stop transfer
orders and a restrictive legend which confirm and state that such securities
representing ARH Shares have been issued or transferred to the registered holder
as the result of a transaction to which Rule 145 under the 1933 Act applies, and
that such securities may not be sold, hypothecated, transferred or assigned, and
the issuer or its transfer agent shall not be required to give effect to any
attempted sale, hypothecation, transfer or assignment, except (i) pursuant to a
then current effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, (ii) in a
transaction permitted by Rule 145 as to which the issuer has, in the opinion of
its counsel, received reasonably satisfactory evidence of compliance with the
provisions of Rule 145, or (iii) in a transaction which, in the opinion of
counsel satisfactory to the issuer or as described in a "no action" or
interpretive letter from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, is
not required to be registered under the 1933 Act.

7.       CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF ARH.

         The obligations of ARH under this Merger Agreement are, at its option,
subject to fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of the Merger of each
of the following conditions; provided, however, that any one or more of such
conditions may be waived by the Board of Directors of ARH, except where contrary
to applicable law, at any time at or prior to the Effective Time of the Merger:

                                      A-45
<PAGE>

                  a. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of NCB in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material
respects on and as of the date of this Merger Agreement (except to the extent
that a representation or warranty is qualified as set forth in the NCB
Disclosure Schedule corresponding in number with the applicable section of such
representation or warranty), the Closing Date and the Effective Time of the
Merger, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had
been made on and as of each such date or time except as to any representation or
warranty which specifically relates to an earlier date or time.

                  b. COMPLIANCE AND PERFORMANCE UNDER AGREEMENTS. NCB shall have
performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, agreements,
covenants and conditions of this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger
required to be performed or complied with by NCB at or prior to the Effective
Time of the Merger.

                  c. MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. No material adverse change shall
have occurred since December 31, 1999, in the business, financial condition,
results of operations or assets of NCB. Other than as set forth in the NCB
Disclosure Schedule, NCB shall not be a party to or threatened with, and to the
best of NCB's knowledge there is no reasonable basis for, any legal action or
other proceeding before any court, any arbitrator of any kind or any government
agency. No material adverse change shall have occurred as a result of any
subsequent legal action or proceeding, or any subsequent developments in the
legal actions or proceedings as set forth in the NCB Disclosure Schedule, which
in the reasonable judgment of ARH, could have a material adverse effect on the
business, financial condition, results of operations or assets of NCB.

                  d. APPROVAL OF AGREEMENTS. The principal terms of the Merger,
this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger shall have been duly approved
by (i) the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a two-thirds majority
of the outstanding NCB Shares and (ii) the affirmative vote or consent of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding ARH Shares.

                  e. OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE. ARH shall have received a
certificate, dated the Effective Date, signed on behalf of NCB by its President
and Chief Financial Officer in form and substance acceptable to ARH and its
counsel to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 7, have been
satisfied.

                  f. OPINION OF COUNSEL. Lillick & Charles LLP, counsel to NCB,
shall have delivered to ARH its opinion dated the Effective Date in form and
substance acceptable to ARH and its counsel.

                  g. ABSENCE OF PROCEEDINGS. No legal, administrative,
arbitration, investigatory or other proceeding by any government agency or
regulatory authority shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain or
prohibit the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement.

                                      A-46
<PAGE>

                  h. EFFECTIVENESS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The ARH
Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto shall have
become effective under the 1933 Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of such Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for such
purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by or before the Commission. The
ARH Shares registered thereby shall have received all state securities and "blue
sky" permits or approvals required to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger.

                  i. GOVERNMENT APPROVALS. All Government Approvals shall be in
effect, and all conditions or requirements prescribed by law or by any such
Approvals shall have been satisfied; provided, however, that no Government
Approval shall be deemed to have been received if it shall require the
divestiture or cessation of any of the present businesses or operations
conducted by any of the parties hereto or shall impose any other condition or
requirement, which condition or requirement ARH in its reasonable judgment shall
deem to be materially burdensome (in which case ARH shall promptly notify NCB).
For purposes of this Merger Agreement, no condition or requirement shall be
deemed to be "materially burdensome" if such condition or requirement does not
materially differ from conditions or requirements regularly imposed in orders
approving transactions of the type contemplated by this Merger Agreement and
compliance with such condition or requirement would not:

                     (i)     require the taking of any action materially
                  inconsistent with the manner in which ARH, ARB, FSC or NCB has
                  conducted its business previously;

                     (ii)    have a material adverse effect on the business,
                  financial condition or results of operations of ARH, ARB, and
                  FSC, taken as a whole, or NCB; or

                     (iii)   preclude satisfaction of any of the conditions to
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Merger
                  Agreement.

                  j. TAX OPINION. Perry-Smith LLP shall have delivered to ARH
and NCB a tax opinion subject to customary assumptions and exceptions included
in such opinions and the prior delivery of certificates or representation
letters from NCB and ARH, substantially to the effect that under federal income
tax law and California income and franchise tax law:

                     (i)     the Merger will not result in any recognized gain
                  or loss to ARH or NCB;

                     (ii)    except for any cash received in lieu of any
                  fractional share, no gain or loss will be recognized by
                  holders of NCB Shares who receive ARH Shares in exchange for
                  the NCB Shares which they hold;

                                      A-47
<PAGE>

                     (iii)   the holding period of ARH Shares exchanged for NCB
                  Shares will include the holding period of the NCB Shares for
                  which they are exchanged, assuming the NCB Shares are capital
                  assets in the hands of the holder thereof at the Effective
                  Date;

                     (iv)    the basis of the ARH Shares received in the
                  exchange will be the same as the basis of the NCB Shares for
                  which they are exchanged, less any basis attributable to
                  fractional shares for which cash is received; and

                     (v)     an NCB shareholder who dissents to the Merger and
                  receives cash for his or her NCB Shares will be treated as
                  having received a distribution in redemption of his or her NCB
                  Shares, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section
                  302 of the IRC. Those NCB shareholders who receive solely
                  cash, who immediately after the Merger hold no ARH Shares
                  directly or through the application of Section 318 of the IRC,
                  and thus whose interests are completely terminated within the
                  meaning of Section 302(b)(3) of the IRC, will be treated as
                  receiving a cash distribution in full payment for the NCB
                  Shares as provided in Section 302(a) of the IRC. Gain or loss
                  will be recognized to such NCB shareholders measured by the
                  difference between the redemption price and the adjusted basis
                  of the NCB Shares. If the NCB shareholder holds such NCB
                  Shares as a capital asset, such gain or loss will be a capital
                  gain or loss.

                     (vi)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders
                  of nonqualified options to buy NCB Shares upon the conversion
                  of those options into nonqualified options to buy ARH Shares
                  under the same terms and conditions as in effect immediately
                  prior to the Merger.

                     (vii)   The substitution of incentive stock options to
                  acquire ARH Shares for incentive stock options to acquire NCB
                  Shares will not be a modification as defined in Section
                  424(h)(3) of the IRC, and will not result in the recognition
                  of income, gain, or loss to the holders of the incentive stock
                  options to acquire NCB Shares. Such options to acquire ARH
                  Shares will be incentive stock options as defined in Section
                  422(b) of the IRC.

                  k. ACCOUNTANT'S COMFORT LETTERS. On or prior to the date of
effectiveness of the ARH Registration Statement, ARH shall have received a
letter addressed to ARH from Perry-Smith LLP, independent public accountants for
NCB, in form and substance acceptable to ARH and its counsel and customary for
"comfort" letters prepared in accordance with the provisions of Statement of
Accounting Standards No. 71, Interim Financial Information. ARH shall also have
received from Perry-Smith LLP, a "comfort" letter dated the Effective Date, in
form and substance acceptable to ARH and its counsel, as to such matters, as of
a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the Effective
Date, as ARH may reasonably request.

                                      A-48
<PAGE>

                  l. DISSENTING SHARES. Holders of not more than nine percent
(9%) of the outstanding NCB Shares and ARH Shares shall have perfected
dissenter's rights (i) in the case of NCB Shares, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section
215a(b), (c) and (d) (by voting against the Merger at the NCB meeting of
shareholders or by giving notice in writing at or prior to such meeting that he
or she dissents from the Merger and thereafter submitting a timely request for
the value of his or her NCB Shares in the manner required by the National Bank
Act and the rules and regulations of the OCC) and (ii) in the case of the ARH
Shares, pursuant to Chapter 13 of the California General Corporation Law.

                  m. UNAUDITED FINANCIALS. Not later than five (5) business days
prior to the Effective Date, NCB shall have furnished ARH a copy of its most
recently prepared unaudited month-end consolidated financial statements,
including a balance sheet and statement of income of NCB, for the month ending
at least ten (10) business days prior to the Effective Date.

                  n. AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS. ARH shall have received signed
affiliate agreements on or before the date of this Merger Agreement, from each
person who, in the opinion of NCB's and ARH's counsel, might be deemed to be an
affiliate of NCB or ARH under Rule 144 or 145 of the 1933 Act. Said agreements
will include provisions restricting certain actions by an affiliate related to
NCB Shares or ARH Shares, including the sale, purchase, acquisition or transfer
of NCB Shares or ARH Shares in a manner which may render pooling of interests
accounting treatment unavailable in the Merger, and shall be substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibits B and D.

                  o. CLOSING DOCUMENTS. ARH shall have received such
certificates and other closing documents as counsel for ARH shall reasonably
request.

                  p. CONSENTS. NCB shall have received, or ARH shall have
satisfied itself that NCB will receive, all consents of third parties as may be
required including consents of other parties to and required by material
mortgages, notes, leases, franchises, agreements, licenses and permits
applicable to NCB, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
ARH and its counsel, and no such consent or license or permit shall have been
withdrawn or suspended.

                  q. FAIRNESS OPINION. The Board of Directors of ARH shall have
received an opinion of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated, dated the date of this
Merger Agreement and the date of mailing or a date within three (3) days prior
to the date of mailing the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, to the effect that
the Conversion Ratio in the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to
ARH and its shareholders.

                  r. ACCOUNTING TREATMENT. ARH shall have received a letter from
Perry-Smith LLP, subject to customary qualifications and receipt of such
certificates as may be reasonable and customary in connection with such letters,
acceptable in form and substance to ARH and its counsel, to the effect that the
Merger shall qualify for the pooling of interests method of accounting in

                                      A-49
<PAGE>

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and all applicable
rules, regulations and policies of the Commission. There shall have been no
determination by any court, tribunal, regulatory authority or other government
agency, that the Merger fails or will fail to qualify for pooling of interests
accounting treatment.

                  s. SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENTS. ARH and NCB shall have received
signed shareholder agreements from members of the Boards of Directors and the
executive officers of ARH and NCB on or before the date of this Merger
Agreement, pursuant to which each such person in their capacity as a shareholder
commits to vote their ARH Shares or NCB Shares in favor of the Merger and the
transactions contemplated thereby and pursuant to this Merger Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger, and to recommend to shareholders, subject to the exercise
of fiduciary duties, that they vote in favor of the Merger and the transactions
contemplated thereby and pursuant to this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger. Said agreements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibits C and E.

                  t. PERFORMANCE TESTS. As of the Determination Date, the
Closing Date and the Effective Date, NCB shall have (i) total shareholders'
equity and leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, respectively,
in amounts required to comply with the "well capitalized" category of applicable
federal banking regulations, (ii) total reserves for losses on outstanding loans
in compliance with the NCB loan loss policy and procedures described in Section
3.2.h. hereof and at a level which, in the reasonable determination of ARH, are
adequate for regulatory purposes and for purposes of generally accepted
accounting principles, (iii) total shareholders' equity of Four Million Thirty
Thousand Dollars ($4,030,000) and (iv) assets classified as "Substandard",
"Doubtful", and "Loss" shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of total
shareholders' equity.

8.       CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF NCB.

         The obligations of NCB under this Merger Agreement are, at its option,
subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Effective Time of the Merger of
each of the following conditions; provided, however, that any one or more of
such conditions may be waived by the Board of Directors of NCB, except where
contrary to applicable law, at any time at or prior to the Effective Time of the
Merger:

                  a. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The representations and
warranties of ARH in Section 5 hereof shall be true and correct in all material
respects on and as of the date of this Merger Agreement (except to the extent
that a representation or warranty is qualified as set forth in the ARH
Disclosure Schedule corresponding in number with the applicable section of such
representation or warranty), the Closing Date and the Effective Time of the
Merger, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had
been made on and as of each such date or time except as to any representation or
warranty which specifically relates to an earlier date or time.

                                      A-50
<PAGE>

                  b. COMPLIANCE AND PERFORMANCE UNDER AGREEMENTS. ARH shall have
performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, agreements,
covenants and conditions of this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger
required to be performed or complied with by ARH at or prior to the Effective
Time of the Merger.

                  c. MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. No material adverse change shall
have occurred since December 31, 1999, in the business, financial condition,
results of operations or assets of ARH, ARB and FSC, taken as a whole, other
than as set forth in the ARH Disclosure Schedule, and ARH shall not be a party
to or threatened with, and to the best of ARH's knowledge there is no reasonable
basis for, any legal action or other proceeding before any court, any arbitrator
of any kind or any government agency. No material adverse change shall have
occurred as a result of any subsequent legal action or proceeding, or any
subsequent developments in the legal actions or proceedings as set forth in the
NCB Disclosure Schedule, which in the reasonable judgment of NCB, could have a
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of
operations or assets of ARH, ARB and FSC, taken as a whole.

                  d. APPROVAL OF AGREEMENTS. The principal terms of the Merger,
this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger shall have been duly approved
by (i) the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding ARH Shares and (ii) the affirmative vote or consent of the holders
of a two-thirds majority of the outstanding NCB Shares.

                  e. OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE. NCB shall have received a
certificate, dated the Effective Date, signed on behalf of ARH by its President
and its Chief Financial Officer, in form and substance acceptable to NCB and its
counsel to the effect that the conditions set forth in Section 8, have been
satisfied.

                  f. OPINION OF COUNSEL. Coudert Brothers, ARH's counsel, shall
have delivered to NCB its opinion dated the Effective Date in form and substance
acceptable to NCB and its counsel.

                  g. ABSENCE OF PROCEEDINGS. No legal, administrative,
arbitration, investigatory or other proceeding by any government agency or
regulatory authority shall have been instituted or threatened to restrain or
prohibit the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement.

                  h. EFFECTIVENESS OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The ARH
Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto shall have
become effective under the 1933 Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of such Registration Statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for such
purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by or before the Commission. The
ARH Shares registered thereby shall have received all state securities and "blue
sky" permits or approvals required to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of Merger.

                                      A-51
<PAGE>

                  i. GOVERNMENT APPROVALS. All Government Approvals shall be in
effect, and all conditions or requirements prescribed by law or by any such
Approvals shall have been satisfied; provided, however, that no Government
Approval shall be deemed to have been received if it shall require the
divestiture or cessation of any of the present businesses or operations
conducted by any of the parties hereto or shall impose any other condition or
requirement, which condition or requirement NCB in its reasonable judgment shall
deem to be materially burdensome (in which case NCB shall promptly notify ARH).
For purposes of this agreement no condition or requirement shall be deemed to be
"materially burdensome" if such condition or requirement does not materially
differ from conditions or requirements regularly imposed in orders approving
transactions of the type contemplated by this Merger Agreement and compliance
with such condition or requirement would not:

                     (i)     require the taking of any action materially
                  inconsistent with the manner in which NCB, ARH, ARB or FSC has
                  conducted its business previously;

                     (ii)    result in a material adverse change on the
                  business, financial condition or results of operations of NCB
                  or ARH, ARB and FSC, taken as a whole; or

                     (iii)   preclude satisfaction of any of the conditions to
                  consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Merger
                  Agreement.

                  j. TAX OPINION. Perry-Smith LLP shall have delivered to ARH
and NCB a tax opinion subject to customary assumptions and exceptions included
in such opinions and the prior delivery of certificates or representation
letters from NCB and ARH, substantially to the effect that under federal income
tax law and California income and franchise tax law:

                     (i)     the Merger will not result in any recognized gain
                  or loss to NCB or ARH;

                     (ii)    except for any cash received in lieu of any
                  fractional share, no gain or loss will be recognized by
                  holders of NCB Shares who receive ARH Shares in exchange for
                  the NCB Shares which they hold;

                     (iii)   the holding period of ARH Shares exchanged for NCB
                  Shares will include the holding period of the NCB Shares for
                  which they are exchanged, assuming the NCB Shares are capital
                  assets in the hands of the holder thereof at the Effective
                  Date;

                     (iv)    the basis of the ARH Shares received in the
                  exchange will be the same as the basis of the NCB Shares for
                  which they are exchanged, less any basis attributable to
                  fractional shares for which cash is received; and

                                      A-52
<PAGE>

                     (v)     an NCB shareholder who dissents to the Merger and
                  receives cash for his or her NCB Shares will be treated as
                  having received a distribution in redemption of his or her NCB
                  Shares, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section
                  302 of the IRC. Those NCB shareholders who receive solely
                  cash, who immediately after the Merger hold no ARH Shares
                  directly or through the application of Section 318 of the IRC,
                  and thus whose interests are completely terminated within the
                  meaning of Section 302(b)(3) of the IRC, will be treated as
                  receiving a cash distribution in full payment for the NCB
                  Shares as provided in Section 302(a) of the IRC. Gain or loss
                  will be recognized to such NCB shareholders measured by the
                  difference between the redemption price and the adjusted basis
                  of the NCB Shares. If the NCB shareholder holds such NCB
                  Shares as a capital asset, such gain or loss will be a capital
                  gain or loss.

                     (vi)    No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders
                  of nonqualified options to buy NCB Shares upon the conversion
                  of those options into nonqualified options to buy ARH Shares
                  under the same terms and conditions as in effect immediately
                  prior to the Merger.

                     (vii)   The substitution of incentive stock options to
                  acquire ARH Shares for incentive stock options to acquire NCB
                  Shares will not be a modification as defined in Section
                  424(h)(3) of the IRC, and will not result in the recognition
                  of income, gain, or loss to the holders of the incentive stock
                  options to acquire NCB Shares. Such options to acquire ARH
                  Shares will be incentive stock options as defined in Section
                  422(b) of the IRC.

                  k. ACCOUNTANT'S COMFORT LETTERS. On or prior to the date of
effectiveness of the ARH Registration Statement, NCB shall have received a
letter addressed to NCB from Perry-Smith LLP, independent public accountants for
ARH, in form and substance acceptable to NCB and its counsel and customary for
"comfort" letters prepared in accordance with the provisions of Statement of
Accounting Standards No. 71, Interim Financial Information. NCB shall also have
received from Perry-Smith LLP a "comfort" letter dated the Effective Date, in
form and substance acceptable to NCB and its counsel, as to such matters, as of
a specified date not more than five (5) business days prior to the Effective
Date, as NCB may reasonably request.

                  l. DISSENTING SHARES. Holders of not more than nine percent
(9%) of the outstanding NCB Shares and ARH Shares shall have perfected
dissenter's rights (i) in the case of NCB Shares, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section
215a(b), (c) and (d) (by voting against the Merger at the NCB meeting of
shareholders or by giving notice in writing at or prior to such meeting that he
or she dissents from the Merger and thereafter submitting a timely request for
the value of his or her NCB Shares in the manner required by the National Bank
Act and the rules and regulations of the OCC) and (ii) in the case of ARH
Shares, pursuant to Chapter 13 of the California General Corporation Law.

                                      A-53
<PAGE>

                  m. UNAUDITED FINANCIALS. Not later than five (5) business days
prior to the Effective Date, ARH shall have furnished NCB a copy of its most
recently prepared unaudited month-end consolidated financial statements,
including a balance sheet and statement of income of ARH, for the month ending
at least ten (10) business days prior to the Effective Date.

                  n. AFFILIATE AGREEMENTS. NCB shall have received signed
affiliate agreements on or before the date of this Merger Agreement, from each
person who, in the opinion of NCB's and ARH's counsel, might be deemed to be an
affiliate of NCB or ARH under Rule 144 or 145 of the 1933 Act. Said agreements
will include provisions restricting certain actions by an affiliate related to
NCB Shares or ARH Shares, including the sale, purchase, acquisition or transfer
of NCB Shares or ARH Shares in a manner which may render pooling of interests
accounting treatment unavailable in the Merger, and shall be substantially in
the form attached hereto as Exhibits B and D.

                  o. CLOSING DOCUMENTS. NCB shall have received such
certificates and other closing documents as counsel for NCB shall reasonably
request.

                  p. CONSENTS. ARH shall have received, or NCB shall have
satisfied itself that ARH will receive, all consents of third parties as may be
required including consents of other parties to and required by material
mortgages, notes, leases, franchises, agreements, licenses and permits
applicable to ARH, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
NCB, and no such consent or license or permit shall have been withdrawn or
suspended.

                  q. FAIRNESS OPINION. The Board of Directors of NCB shall have
received an opinion of Carpenter & Company, dated the date of this Merger
Agreement and the date of mailing or a date within three (3) days prior to the
date of mailing the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, to the effect that the
Conversion Ratio in the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to NCB
and its shareholders.

                  r. ACCOUNTING TREATMENT. NCB shall have received a letter from
Perry-Smith LLP, subject to customary qualifications and receipt of such
certificates as may be reasonable and customary in connection with such letters,
acceptable in form and substance to NCB and its counsel, to the effect that the
Merger shall qualify for the pooling of interests method of accounting in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and all applicable
rules, regulations and policies of the Commission. There shall have been no
determination by any court, tribunal, regulatory authority or other government
agency, that the Merger fails or will fail to qualify for pooling of interests
accounting treatment.

                  s. SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENTS. NCB and ARH shall have received
signed shareholder agreements from members of the Boards of Directors and the
executive officers of NCB and ARH on or before the date of this Merger
Agreement, pursuant to which each such person in their capacity as a shareholder
commits to vote their NCB Shares or ARH Shares in favor of the Merger and the
transactions contemplated thereby and pursuant to this Merger Agreement and the

                                      A-54
<PAGE>

Agreement of Merger, and to recommend to shareholders, subject to the exercise
of fiduciary duties, that they vote in favor of the Merger and the transactions
contemplated thereby and pursuant to this Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger. Said agreements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibits C and E.

                  t. PERFORMANCE TESTS. As of the Determination Date, the
Closing Date and the Effective Date, ARH shall have (i) total shareholders'
equity and leverage, tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios, respectively,
in amounts required to comply with the "well capitalized" category of applicable
federal banking regulations, (ii) total reserves for losses on outstanding loans
in compliance with the ARH loan loss policy and procedures and at a level which,
in the reasonable determination of NCB, are adequate for regulatory purposes and
for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles, and (iii) total
shareholders' equity of Sixteen Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars
($16,700,000).

9.       CLOSING.

                  a. CLOSING DATE. The closing (the "Closing") shall, unless
another date, time or place is agreed to in writing by ARH and NCB, be held at
the offices of Coudert Brothers, 303 Almaden Boulevard, Fifth Floor, San Jose,
California 95110, at a time mutually agreed upon between the parties and on a
date as soon as practicable, but not less than five (5) business days following
the Determination Date and the last to occur of (i) the expiration of any
waiting periods under applicable law or regulation, and (ii) the date on which
all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger have
been satisfied (the "Closing Date").

                  b. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS. At the Closing, the parties shall
use their respective best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered the
opinions, certificates and other documents required to be delivered by this
Merger Agreement.

                  c. FILINGS. At the Closing, ARH and NCB shall instruct their
respective representatives to make or confirm such filings as shall be required
in the opinion of counsel to ARH and NCB to give effect to the Merger.

10.      POST-CLOSING MATTERS.

         ARH will prepare and file with the Commission on the appropriate form
as soon as practicable the results of combined operations of ARH, ARB and the
Resulting Association for the first full calendar quarter after the Effective
Date.

                                      A-55
<PAGE>

11.      EXPENSES.

         Each party hereto agrees to pay as incurred without capitalizing its
expenses incident to the Merger and transactions contemplated pursuant to this
Merger Agreement in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles,
without right of reimbursement from the other party and whether or not the
transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement or the Agreement of Merger
shall be consummated, relating to the payment of costs and expenses incurred by
such party incident to the performance of its obligations under this Merger
Agreement and the Agreement of Merger, including without limitation, costs
incident to the preparation of the Agreement of Merger, this Merger Agreement,
the ARH Registration Statement and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus (including
the audited financial statements of the parties contained therein) and incident
to the consummation of the Merger and of the other transactions contemplated
herein and in the Agreement of Merger, including the fees and disbursements of
counsel, accountants, consultants and financial advisers employed by such party
in connection therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall pay
one-half of (i) the printing costs of the Registration Statement and the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus, (ii) all fees and costs payable pursuant to state
"blue-sky" securities laws, (iii) fees and costs related to obtaining a tax
opinion, (iv) fees and costs related to obtaining a letter from Perry-Smith LLP,
regarding pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, (v) the fee required to be
paid to the Commission to register the ARH Shares, (vi) the fees and costs
related to any amendments to the ARH Stock Option Plan or for the preparation of
a new ARH Stock Option Plan including the cost of obtaining any permits or
approvals of government agencies and regulatory authorities and applicable
filing fees, and (vii) the fees related to preparation and filing of
applications with government agencies or regulatory authorities for approval of
the transactions contemplated by the Merger, this Merger Agreement and the
Agreement of Merger. Each party shall bear the costs of distributing the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and other information relating to these transactions
to its shareholders and of conducting a meeting of its shareholders.

12.      AMENDMENT; TERMINATION.

                  a. AMENDMENT. This Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger may be amended by ARH and NCB at any time prior to the Effective Time of
the Merger without the approval of the shareholders of ARH and shareholders of
NCB with respect to any of their terms except the terms relating to the
Conversion Ratio or the form or amount of consideration to be delivered to the
NCB shareholders in the Merger or otherwise as required by applicable law.

                  b. TERMINATION. This Merger Agreement and the Agreement of
Merger may be terminated as follows:

                     (i)     By the mutual consent of the Boards of Directors of
                  ARH and NCB at any time prior to the Effective Time of the
                  Merger.

                                      A-56
<PAGE>

                     (ii)    By the Boards of Directors of ARH or NCB upon the
                  failure of the shareholders of ARH or NCB to give the
                  requisite approval of this Merger Agreement and the
                  transactions contemplated hereby.

                     (iii)   By the Boards of Directors of ARH or NCB upon the
                  expiration of thirty (30) days after any government agency or
                  regulatory authority denies or refuses to grant any approval,
                  consent or qualification required to be obtained in order to
                  consummate the transactions contemplated by this Merger
                  Agreement unless, within said thirty (30) day period after
                  such denial or refusal, ARH and NCB agree to appeal such
                  denial or refusal or agree to amend and resubmit the
                  application to the government agency or regulatory authority
                  that has denied or refused to grant the approval, consent or
                  qualification requested.

                     (iv)    By the Board of Directors of ARH within three (3)
                  business days after receipt by ARH of the NCB Disclosure
                  Schedule.

                     (v)     By the Board of Directors of ARH on or after the
                  Termination Date, if any of the conditions in Section 7 to
                  which the obligations of ARH are subject have not been
                  fulfilled.

                     (vi)    By the Board of Directors of ARH if a material
                  adverse change shall have occurred since December 31, 1999, in
                  the business, financial condition, results of operations or
                  assets of NCB.

                     (vii)   By the Board of Directors of ARH in the event that
                  NCB or its affiliates enter into a Business Combination.

                     (viii)  By the Board of Directors of ARH upon the
                  expiration of forty-five (45) days from delivery of written
                  notice by ARH to NCB of NCB's breach of or failure to satisfy
                  any covenant or agreement contained in this Merger Agreement
                  resulting in a material impairment of the benefit reasonably
                  expected to be derived by ARH and its subsidiaries from the
                  performance or satisfaction of such covenant or agreement
                  (provided that such breach has not been waived by ARH or cured
                  by NCB prior to expiration of such forty-five (45) day
                  period).

                     (ix)    By the Board of Directors of NCB within three (3)
                  business days after receipt by NCB of the ARH Disclosure
                  Schedule.

                     (x)     By the Board of Directors of NCB if ARH fails to
                  comply with the provisions of Section 3.1.g.

                                      A-57
<PAGE>

                     (xi)    By the Board of Directors of NCB on or after the
                  Termination Date, if any of the conditions contained in
                  Section 8 to which the obligations of NCB are subject have not
                  been fulfilled.

                     (xii)   By the Board of Directors of NCB if a material
                  adverse change shall have occurred since December 31, 1999 in
                  the business, financial condition, results of operations or
                  assets of ARH and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                     (xiii)  By the Board of Directors of NCB upon the
                  expiration of forty-five (45) days from delivery of written
                  notice by NCB to ARH of ARH's breach of or failure to satisfy
                  any covenant or agreement contained in this Merger Agreement
                  resulting in a material impairment of the benefit reasonably
                  expected to be derived by NCB from the performance or
                  satisfaction of such covenant or agreement (provided that such
                  breach has not been waived by NCB or cured by ARH prior to
                  expiration of such forty-five (45) day period).

                     (xiv)   By the Board of Directors of ARH in the event that
                  NCB shall fail to deliver or cause to be delivered to ARH the
                  following signed documents, in form and substance reasonably
                  acceptable to ARH and its counsel: (a) the NCB affiliate
                  agreements to be delivered pursuant to Section 7(n) hereof;
                  (b) the NCB shareholder agreements to be delivered pursuant to
                  Section 7(s) hereof; (c) the NCB officer's certificate to be
                  delivered pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof; and (d) the opinion
                  of counsel to NCB to be delivered pursuant to Section 7(f)
                  hereof.

                     (xv)    By the Board of Directors of NCB in the event that
                  ARH shall fail to deliver or cause to be delivered to NCB the
                  following signed documents, in form and substance reasonably
                  acceptable to NCB and its counsel: (a) the affiliate
                  agreements to be delivered pursuant to Section 8(n) hereof;
                  (b) the ARH shareholder agreements to be delivered pursuant to
                  Section 8(s) hereof; (c) the ARH officer's certificate to be
                  delivered pursuant to Section 8(e) hereof; and (d) the opinion
                  of counsel to ARH to be delivered pursuant to Section 8(f)
                  hereof.

                  c. TERMINATION DATE. This Merger Agreement shall be terminated
if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before September 30, 2000 or such
other date approved by the Boards of Directors of ARH, NCB and the Interim Bank;
provided, however, that if the only conditions to the Closing which remain
unsatisfied at September 30, 2000 are the receipt of the Government Approvals or
the expiration of any waiting periods under applicable law or regulation, the
Closing Date shall be automatically extended to November 30, 2000, or such other
date as the parties may mutually agree upon (the "Termination Date"), for the
purpose of obtaining such Government Approvals or the expiration of such waiting
periods.

                                      A-58
<PAGE>

                  d. NOTICE. The power of termination hereunder may be exercised
by ARH or NCB, as the case may be, only by giving written notice of termination
to ARH or NCB, as applicable, signed on behalf of each such party by its
Chairman of the Board or President.

                  e. EFFECT OF TERMINATION; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

                     (i)     If this Merger Agreement is terminated for any
                  reason, the Agreement of Merger shall automatically terminate.
                  Termination of this Merger Agreement shall not terminate or
                  affect the obligations of the parties to pay expenses as
                  provided in Section 11, to maintain the confidentiality of the
                  each party's information obtained pursuant to this Merger
                  Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement between the
                  parties dated January 10, 1999, or the provisions of this
                  Section 12(e) or the applicable provisions of Section 14.

                     (ii)    If ARH terminates this Merger Agreement pursuant to
                  Section 12.b.(vii), NCB shall pay to ARH, on demand, the sum
                  of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). If ARH terminates this
                  Merger Agreement pursuant to Section 12.b.(viii) or Section
                  12.b.(xiv) as a result of NCB's willful or deliberate failure
                  to comply with Section 12.b.(viii) or Section 12.b.(xiv),
                  which compliance was not beyond the reasonable control of NCB,
                  NCB shall pay to ARH, on demand, the sum of Five Hundred
                  Thousand Dollars ($500,000). In each such case, the amount
                  indicated shall be deemed liquidated damages for expenses
                  incurred and the lost opportunity cost for time devoted to the
                  transactions contemplated by this Merger Agreement.

                     (iii)   If NCB terminates this Merger Agreement pursuant to
                  Section 12.b.(x), ARH shall pay to NCB, on demand, the sum of
                  One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). If NCB terminates this
                  Merger Agreement pursuant to Section 12.b.(xiii) or Section
                  12.b.(xv) as a result of ARH's willful or deliberate failure
                  to comply with Section 12.b.(xiii) or Section 12.b.(xv), which
                  compliance was not beyond the reasonable control of ARH, ARH
                  shall pay to NCB, on demand, the sum of Five Hundred Thousand
                  Dollars ($500,000). In each such case, the amount indicated
                  shall be deemed liquidated damages for expenses incurred and
                  the lost opportunity cost for time devoted to the transactions
                  contemplated by this Merger Agreement.

13.      INDEMNIFICATION.

                  a. BY ARH. ARH agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless
NCB, its respective officers and directors, attorneys, accountants, and each
person who controls NCB within the meaning of the 1933 Act from and against any
costs, damages, liabilities and expenses of any nature, insofar as such costs,
damages, liabilities and expenses arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the ARH

                                      A-59
<PAGE>

Registration Statement and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
ARH shall be liable in any such case only to the extent that any such cost,
damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in said
Registration Statement and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or amendments or
supplements thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with information
provided by and with respect to ARH used in preparing the Registration Statement
and the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. If and to the extent such agreement to
indemnify may be unenforceable for any reason, ARH shall make the maximum
contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified
liabilities which may be permitted under applicable law.

                  b. BY NCB. NCB agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless
ARH, its officers and directors, attorneys, accountants, and each person who
controls ARH within the meaning of the 1933 Act from and against any costs,
damages, liabilities and expenses of any nature, insofar as such costs, damages,
liabilities and expenses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the ARH Registration
Statement and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or any amendments or supplements
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that NCB shall be
liable in any such case only to the extent that any such cost, damage, liability
or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission made in said Registration Statement
and Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto, in
reliance upon and in conformity with information provided by and with respect to
NCB used in preparing the Registration Statement and Joint Proxy
Statement/Prospectus. If and to the extent such agreement to indemnify may be
unenforceable for any reason, NCB shall make the maximum contribution to the
payment and satisfaction of each of the indemnified liabilities which may be
permitted under applicable law.

                  c. NOTIFICATION. Promptly after receipt by any party to be
indemnified pursuant to this subarticle (the "Indemnified Party") of notice of
(i) any claim or (ii) the commencement of any action or proceeding, the
Indemnified Party will give the other party (the "Indemnifying Party") written
notice of such claim or the commencement of such action or proceeding. The
Indemnifying Party shall have the right, at its option, to compromise or defend,
by its own counsel, any such matter involving the Indemnified Party's asserted
liability. In the event that the Indemnifying Party shall undertake to
compromise or defend any such asserted liability, it shall promptly notify the
Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party agrees to
cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the compromise
of, or defense against, any such asserted liability. In any event, the
Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such
asserted liability.

                                      A-60
<PAGE>

14.      MISCELLANEOUS.

                  a. NOTICES. Any notice or other communication required or
permitted under this Merger Agreement shall be effective only if it is in
writing and delivered personally, or by Federal Express or similar overnight
courier, or by facsimile or sent by first class United States mail, postage
prepaid, registered or certified mail, addressed as follows:

   To ARH:                              To NCB:
   American River Holdings              North Coast Bank, National Association
   1545 River Park Drive, #107          50 Santa Rosa Avenue
   Sacramento, CA 95815                 Santa Rosa, CA 95404
   Attn:  President                     Attn:  President
   Telephone: (916) 565-6114            Telephone: (707) 528-9930
   Facsimile:  (916) 565-4758           Facsimile:  (707) 528-6399

   With a copy to:                      With a copy to:
   Glenn T. Dodd, Esq.                  R. Brent Faye, Esq.
   Coudert Brothers                     Lillick & Charles, LLP
   303 Almaden Blvd., Fifth Floor       Two Embarcadero Center
   San Jose, California 95110-2721      San Francisco, California 94111-3996
   Telephone: (408) 297-9982            Telephone: (415) 984-8200
   Facsimile:  (408) 297-3191           Facsimile:  (415) 984-8300


or to such other address as either party may designate by notice to the other,
and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt.

                  b. KNOWLEDGE. Whenever the term "knowledge" or "to the best
knowledge" or words of similar import are used in this Merger Agreement in
connection with a party's representations and warranties, it shall mean the
actual knowledge of a party after due inquiry of a party's directors and
executive officers including, without limitation, officers holding titles or
positions as President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and
Senior or Chief Credit or Loan Officer, or positions with the substantially
equivalent responsibilities.

                  c. BINDING AGREEMENT. This Merger Agreement is binding upon
and is for the benefit of ARH, the Interim Bank and NCB and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. This Merger Agreement is not made for the
benefit of any person, firm, corporation or association not a party hereto, and
no other person, firm, corporation or association shall acquire or have any
right under or by virtue of this Merger Agreement. No party may assign this
Merger Agreement or any of its rights, privileges, duties or obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party to this Merger
Agreement.

                                      A-61
<PAGE>

                  d. MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT. As used in this Merger Agreement,
any reference to any event, change or effect being "material" with respect to
any entity means an event, change or effect which is material in relation to the
condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, businesses,
results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and
the term "material adverse effect" means, with respect to any entity, a material
adverse effect (whether or not required to be accrued or disclosed under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5 ("SFAS No. 5")) (i) on the
condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, businesses,
results of operations of such entity and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (but
does not include any such effect resulting from or attributable to any action or
omission by ARH or NCB or any subsidiary of either of them taken with the prior
written consent of the other parties hereto, in contemplation of the
transactions contemplated hereby), or (ii) on the ability of such entity to
perform its obligations hereunder on a timely basis.

                  e. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. No
investigation by ARH or NCB made before or after the date of this Merger
Agreement shall affect the representations and warranties which are contained in
this Merger Agreement and such representations and warranties shall survive such
investigation, provided that, except with respect to covenants, agreements and
indemnification to be performed in whole or in part subsequent to the Effective
Time of the Merger (as to which the related representations and warranties shall
survive until their performance) which covenants, agreements and indemnification
shall survive the Effective Time of the Merger, the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements of ARH and NCB contained in this Merger Agreement shall
terminate upon the Effective Time of the Merger.

                  f. GOVERNING LAW. This Merger Agreement shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

                  g. ATTORNEYS' FEES. In any action at law or suit in equity in
relation to this Merger Agreement, the prevailing party in such action or suit
shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys' fees and all
other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

                  h. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. This Merger Agreement and
the documents, certificates, agreements, letters, schedules and exhibits
attached or required to be delivered pursuant hereto set forth the entire
agreement and understandings of the parties in respect of the transactions
contemplated hereby, and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements and
understanding relating to the subject matter hereof, excluding that certain
Confidentiality Agreement between the parties dated January 10, 2000. Each
provision of this Merger Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner to be
effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof shall be
prohibited or ruled invalid under applicable law, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not, except as otherwise
required by law, be affected or impaired as a result of such prohibition or
ruling.

                                      A-62
<PAGE>

                  i. COUNTERPARTS. This Merger Agreement may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ARH and NCB have caused this Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization and Merger to be signed by their duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS                       NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL
                                              ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ DAVID T. TABER                        By: /s/ KATHY A. PINKARD
    --------------------------------              -----------------------------
        David T. Taber                                Kathy A. Pinkard
        President and Chief                           President and Chief
        Executive Officer                             Executive Officer


By: /s/ MITCHELL A. DERENZO                   By: /s/ DEBBIE K. FAKALATA
   ---------------------------------              -----------------------------
        Mitchell A. Derenzo                           Debbie K. Fakalata
        Chief Financial Officer                       Chief Financial Officer

                                      A-63
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                               AGREEMENT OF MERGER


         THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the "Agreement of Merger ") is dated as of
_____________________, 2000, by and between North Coast Bank, National
Association, a national banking association chartered under the laws of the
United States, with its head office in Windsor, California ("NCB") and ARH
Interim National Bank ("New Bank"), an interim national banking association
formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of American River Holdings, a California
corporation and bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956, as amended ("ARH"), solely to facilitate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement of Merger as provided below.

         A.       This Agreement of Merger is being entered into pursuant to the
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated as of March 1, 2000 (the
"Merger Agreement") by and among ARH, NCB and New Bank.

         B.       NCB and New Bank are hereinafter sometimes collectively
referred to as the "Merging Institutions."

         In consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and
agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:



                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Except as otherwise provided herein, the capitalized terms set forth
below shall have the following meanings:

         Section 1.1. "Effective Date" means the date at which the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement of Merger become effective as determined by the
certificate approving the Merger to be issued by the Office of the Comptroller
of the Currency (the "OCC").

         Section 1.2. "New Bank Common Stock" means the common stock, par value
$4.00 per share, of New Bank owned by ARH.

         Section 1.3. "NCB Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $4.00
per share, of NCB.

<PAGE>

         Section 1.4. "The Merger" means the merger of NCB with and into New
Bank, as provided in Section 2.1 of this Agreement of Merger.

         Section 1.5. "Resulting Association" means New Bank as the institution
surviving the Merger.


                                    ARTICLE 2

                               TERMS OF THE MERGER

         Section 2.1. THE MERGER. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in the , on the Effective Date, NCB shall be merged with and into New Bank, with
New Bank as the Resulting Association, under the national bank charter number
and name of "North Coast Bank, National Association" as determined by the OCC,
and each of the outstanding shares of NCB Common Stock shall and without any
action on the part of NCB be canceled and be converted into shares of common
stock of the Resulting Association, all of which shall be owned by ARH.

         Section 2.2. ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, BYLAWS AND FACILITIES OF
RESULTING ASSOCIATION. On the Effective Date and until thereafter amended in
accordance with law, the Articles of Association of the Resulting Association
shall be the same as the Articles of Association of NCB as in effect on the
Effective Date. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Resulting
Association is attached hereto as Annex A. Until altered, amended or repealed as
provided herein and in the Articles of Association of the Resulting Association,
the Bylaws of the Resulting Association shall be the same as the Bylaws of NCB
as in effect on the Effective Date. The main office of the Resulting Association
shall be the main office of NCB as of the Effective Date, and all corporate
acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of NCB and New
Bank and their respective shareholders, boards of directors, committees elected
or appointed thereby, officers and agents, which were valid and effective
immediately prior to the Effective Date, shall be taken for all purposes as the
acts, plans, policies, contracts, approvals and authorizations of the Resulting
Association and shall be as effective and binding as of the Effective Date as
the same had been with respect to NCB and New Bank, respectively.

         Section 2.3. EFFECT OF MERGER. On the Effective Date of the Merger, the
corporate existence of NCB and New Bank shall be consolidated into and continued
in the Resulting Association, and the Resulting Association shall be deemed to
be a continuation in entity and identity of NCB and New Bank. All rights,
franchises and interests of NCB and New Bank, respectively, in and to any type
of property and chooses in action shall be transferred to and vested in the
Resulting Association by virtue of the Merger without any deed or other
transfer. Resulting Association, without any order or other action on the part
of any court or otherwise, shall hold and enjoy all rights of property,
franchises and interest, including appointments, designations and nominations,
and all other rights and interests as trustee, executor, administrator, transfer
agent or registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates, assignee, receiver
and committee of estates and lunatics, and in every other fiduciary capacity, in


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises and interests
were held or enjoyed by NCB and New Bank, respectively, as of the Effective
Date.

         Section 2.4. LIABILITIES OF THE RESULTING ASSOCIATION. On the Effective
Date, the Resulting Association shall be liable for all liabilities of NCB and
New Bank. All deposits, debts, liabilities and obligations of NCB and of New
Bank, respectively, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether or
not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of account or records
of NCB or New Bank, as the case may be, shall be those of the Resulting
Association and shall not be released or impaired by the Merger. All rights of
creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of either NCB or New Bank
shall be preserved unimpaired.


                                    ARTICLE 3

                              CONVERSION OF SHARES

         Section 3.1. CONVERSION OF NCB COMMON STOCK. On the Effective Date,
each share of NCB Common Stock, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Date (other than Dissenting Shares as hereinafter defined) shall, by
virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof,
be converted into the right to receive shares of Common Stock of American River
Holdings ("ARH Common Stock") in accordance with the .

         Section 3.2. EXCHANGE OF SHARES. On or immediately prior to the
Effective Date, in accordance with the , ARH shall make available shares of its
Common Stock in sufficient amount to effect the Merger. As soon as practicable
after the Closing Date (as defined in Section 9 of the ), the Exchange Agent (as
defined in the ) will send to each shareholder of NCB a letter of transmittal
for use in exchanging such holder's stock certificate(s) for shares of ARH
Common Stock. Each shareholder of NCB shall be entitled to receive ARH Common
Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares for such holder's shares only upon
surrender of the certificates representing such holder's shares of NCB Common
Stock or after providing an appropriate Affidavit of Lost Certificate and
Indemnity Agreement and/or a bond as may be required in each case by the
Exchange Agent. Until so surrendered, each NCB Common Stock certificate will be
deemed for all corporate purposes to represent and evidence solely the right to
receive the amount of ARH Common Stock to be exchanged therefor pursuant to the
 .

         Section 3.3. DISSENTING SHARES. Each share of NCB Common Stock issued
and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date, the holder of which has
not voted in favor of the Merger and who has properly perfected his dissenters'
rights of appraisal by following the procedures set forth in the National Bank
Act is referred to herein as a "Dissenting Share." Dissenting Shares owned by
each holder thereof who has not exchanged his certificates representing shares
of NCB Common Stock for the ARH Common Stock and otherwise has not effectively
withdrawn or lost his dissenter's rights, shall not be converted into or
represent the right to receive the ARH Common Stock pursuant to Section 3.1
hereof and shall be entitled only to such rights as are available to such holder
pursuant to the applicable provisions of the National Bank Act. Each holder of
Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to receive the value of such


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Dissenting Shares held by him or her in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the National Bank Act, provided such holder complies with the
procedures contemplated by and set forth in the applicable provisions of the
National Bank Act. If any holder of Dissenting Shares shall effectively withdraw
or lose his dissenter's rights under the applicable provisions of the National
Bank Act, such Dissenting Shares shall be converted into the right to receive
the ARH Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.

         Section 3.4. NEW BANK COMMON STOCK. On the Effective Date, the shares
of New Bank Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Date shall be converted automatically and without any action on the
part of the holders thereof into ______ shares of common stock of the Resulting
Association. The shares of common stock of the Resulting Association into which
such New Bank Common Stock are converted shall represent ownership of 100% of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Resulting Association, all of
which shall be owned by ARH.


                                    ARTICLE 4

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 4.1. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. The respective obligations of each
party under this Agreement of Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction, or
waiver by the party permitted to do so, of the conditions set forth in Articles
7 and 8 of the .

         Section 4.2. TERMINATION. This Agreement of Merger shall be terminated
upon the termination of the in accordance with Article 12 thereof; provided,
that any such termination of this Agreement of Merger shall not relieve any
party hereto from liability on account of a breach by such party of any of the
terms hereof or thereof.

         Section 4.3. AMENDMENTS. To the extent permitted by law, this Agreement
of Merger may be amended by a subsequent writing signed by all of the parties
hereto upon the approval of the Board of Directors of each of the parties
hereto.

         Section 4.4. SUCCESSORS. This Agreement of Merger shall be binding on
the successors of New Bank and NCB.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, New Bank and NCB have caused this Agreement of
Merger to be executed by their duly authorized officers and their corporate
seals to be hereunto affixed as of the date first above written.

Attest:                             ARH INTERIM NATIONAL BANK


                                    By:
- ------------------------                -------------------------------------

- ------------------------                -------------------------------------
Secretary                               President and Chief Executive Officer


                                    NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL
Attest:                             ASSOCIATION


                                    By:
- ------------------------                -------------------------------------

- ------------------------                -------------------------------------
Secretary                               President and Chief Executive Officer


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                             NCB AFFILIATE AGREEMENT


      I, the undersigned, have been advised that as of the date hereof I may be
deemed to be (but I do not hereby admit to being) an affiliate of North Coast
Bank, National Association ("NCB") for purposes of Rule 145 promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("Rule 145"). The following undertaking is given pursuant to and in compliance
with that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger among American
River Holdings ("ARH"), ARH Interim National Bank ("Interim Bank") and NCB dated
as of March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement"), which provides that NCB shall
merge with and into Interim Bank (the "Merger"), and the surviving national
banking association will continue as a wholly-owned subsidiary of ARH under the
national bank charter number and name of "North Coast Bank, National
Association." Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

      I understand that ARH is relying on the performance of the covenants
contained herein to insure that they obtain the desired pooling-of-interests
accounting treatment as a result of the Merger and to avoid any appearance of
improper manipulation of ARH's stock price or insider trading in the period
prior to the Merger.

      I hereby agree that I will not offer to sell or purchase, sell, transfer,
purchase or acquire, publicly or privately, any shares of ARH common stock ("ARH
Share" or "ARH Shares") or NCB common stock ("NCB Share" or "NCB Shares"), or
cause any other person to do any of the above, except as a result of the
conversion in the Merger of any NCB Shares or options to purchase NCB Shares
held by me, or my exercise by cash payment of the exercise price of any stock
option pursuant to NCB's stock option plan.

      I hereby also agree that during the period beginning on the date on which
the Effective Time of the Merger occurs and ending on the date of release and
publication to the general public of financial results covering at least thirty
(30) days of post-merger combined operations of ARH and NCB, I will not offer,
sell or transfer, publicly or privately, any ARH Shares, and that I will not
during such period commit or agree to sell or transfer any of such ARH Shares
after such period.

      I hereby also agree that at no time will I offer, sell or transfer,
publicly or privately, any ARH Shares acquired by me in the Merger, whether in
exchange for NCB Shares or for or upon exercise of options to purchase such NCB
Shares, except:

            Pursuant to a then current effective registration under the
      Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"); or

            Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 145(d) under the 1933 Act; or


<PAGE>

            If counsel representing me, satisfactory to ARH, shall have advised
      ARH in a written opinion letter in form and substance satisfactory to ARH
      and its counsel and upon which ARH and its counsel may rely, that no
      registration under the 1933 Act would be required in connection with the
      proposed sale, transfer or other disposition.

            I agree and confirm that:

            (i) the ARH Shares to be acquired by me upon consummation of the
      Merger (such ARH Shares being sometimes referred to for purposes of this
      Affiliate Agreement as "Acquired Shares") will not be acquired with a view
      to the sale or distribution thereof except as permitted by Rule 145;

            (ii) the certificate representing the Acquired Shares or any
      substitutions therefor, may be subject to stop transfer instructions
      and/or a legend which confirm that such securities representing ARH Shares
      have been issued or transferred to the registered holder as a result of a
      transaction to which Rule 145 under the 1933 Act applies and that such
      securities may not be sold, hypothecated, transferred or assigned, and the
      issuer or its transfer agent shall not be required to give effect to any
      attempted sale, hypothecation, transfer or assignment, except (i) pursuant
      to a then current effective registration statement under the 1933 Act,
      (ii) in a transaction permitted by Rule 145 as to which the issuer has, in
      the opinion of its counsel, received reasonably satisfactory evidence of
      compliance with the provisions of Rule 145, or (iii) in a transaction
      which, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the issuer or as
      described in a "no action" or interpretive letter from the staff of the
      Securities and Exchange Commission is not required to be registered under
      the 1933 Act.

      It is understood and agreed that any stop transfer instructions shall be
removed if the undersigned shall have delivered to ARH a written opinion letter
in form and substance satisfactory to ARH and its counsel and upon which ARH and
its counsel may rely, from counsel satisfactory to ARH, that no registration
under the 1933 Act would be required in connection with the proposed sale,
transfer or other disposition.

Date: March 1, 2000            Signed:
                                      ------------------------------------------

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                     NCB SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT


      This Shareholder Agreement (the "Shareholder Agreement") is made and
entered into on March 1, 2000, by and between American River Holdings ("ARH"),
and each of the other persons executing this Shareholder Agreement (each such
person is referred to individually as a "NCB Shareholder" and collectively
referred to as the "NCB Shareholders"), with reference to the following facts:

      A.    ARH, ARH Interim National Bank ("Interim Bank") and North Coast
Bank, National Association ("NCB") have entered into that certain Agreement and
Plan of Reorganization and Merger (the "Merger Agreement") dated as of March 1,
2000, pursuant to which NCB shall merge with and into Interim Bank (the
"Merger"), and the surviving national banking association will continue as a
wholly-owned subsidiary of ARH under the national bank charter number and name
of "North Coast Bank, National Association," and ARH will pay consideration to
NCB Shareholders in the form of ARH common stock.

      B.    Each of the NCB Shareholders is also a director or executive officer
of NCB.

      C.    In order to induce ARH to enter into the Merger Agreement, the NCB
Shareholders desire to enter into this Shareholder Agreement solely in their
capacity as NCB Shareholders.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the respective
representations, warranties and covenants, agreements and conditions contained
herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.   AGREEMENTS OF NCB SHAREHOLDERS.

           1.1    AGREEMENT TO VOTE. At any meeting of shareholders of NCB or in
connection with any solicitation of the written consent of the NCB Shareholders
to approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, each
of the NCB Shareholders shall vote or cause to be voted all shares of common
stock of NCB ("NCB Share" or "NCB Shares") owned by each such NCB Shareholder,
and any other NCB Shares hereafter acquired by each such NCB Shareholder, in
favor of, and to approve, the principal terms of the Merger and any other matter
contemplated by the Merger Agreement which requires the approval of the NCB
Shareholders.

           1.2    AGREEMENT TO RECOMMEND. Unless the Board of Directors of NCB
shall have determined that they have a fiduciary duty to the NCB Shareholders to
recommend that the NCB Shareholders not vote in favor of approval of the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each NCB Shareholder shall
recommend to the NCB Shareholders to vote in favor of, and to approve, the
principal terms of the Merger and any other matter contemplated by the Merger
Agreement.


<PAGE>


           1.3    AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER. Each NCB
Shareholder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Merger Agreement and
agrees to abide by its terms and to refrain from taking any action that would be
contrary to, or inconsistent with, any of the obligations of NCB as set forth in
the Merger Agreement.

      2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NCB SHAREHOLDERS.

      Each of the NCB Shareholders severally and not jointly, represents and
warrants to and agrees with ARH, solely with respect to himself or herself, as
follows:

           2.1    CAPACITY. Each such NCB Shareholder has all the requisite
capacity and authority to enter into and perform such NCB Shareholder's
obligations under this Shareholder Agreement.

           2.2    BINDING AGREEMENT. This Shareholder Agreement constitutes the
valid and legally binding obligation of each such NCB Shareholder.

           2.3    NON-CONTRAVENTION. The execution and delivery of this
Shareholder Agreement by each such NCB Shareholder does not, and the performance
by each such NCB Shareholder of his or her obligations hereunder and the
consummation by each such NCB Shareholder of the transactions contemplated
hereby will not, violate or conflict with or constitute a default under any
agreement, instrument, contract or other obligation or any order, arbitration
award, judgment or decree to which such NCB Shareholder is a party or by which
such NCB Shareholder is bound, or any statute, rule or regulation to which such
NCB Shareholder or any of such NCB Shareholder's property is subject.

           2.4    OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. Schedule 1 hereto correctly sets forth
the number of NCB Shares owned by each NCB Shareholder, or with respect to which
each NCB Shareholder has good title to all of the NCB Shares indicated as owned
by such NCB Shareholder in the capacity set forth on Schedule 1 as of the date
indicated on such Schedule 1, and such NCB Shares are so owned free and clear of
any liens, security interest, charges or other encumbrances, except as set forth
in such Schedule 1.

      3.   TERMINATION.


           3.1    TERMINATION DATE. This Shareholder Agreement shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect immediately upon the earlier of: (a)
consummation of the Merger; or (b) termination of the Merger Agreement in
accordance with the terms thereof.

           3.2    EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Upon the termination of this
Shareholder Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, the respective
obligations of the parties hereto shall immediately become void and have no
further force or effect.

      4.   SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

      The parties hereto recognize and agree that monetary damages will not
compensate adequately the parties hereto for nonperformance. Accordingly, each
party agrees that its or his or her obligations shall be enforceable by court
order requiring specific performance.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


      5.   MISCELLANEOUS.

           5.1    EXPENSES. Each party hereto shall pay its or his or her own
costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, those of its or his or her
attorneys and accountants, in connection with this Shareholder Agreement and
transactions covered and contemplated hereby.

           5.2    NOTICES. All notices, demands or other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
delivered in person, by telex, telecopy, facsimile transmission, or by United
States mail, certified or registered, with return receipt requested, or
otherwise actually delivered as follows:

                  (a)   If to an NCB Shareholder:

                        c/o North Coast Bank, National Association
                        50 Santa Rosa Avenue
                        Santa Rosa, CA 95404

                        Attn:     President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

                        Telephone:    (707) 528-9930
                        Facsimile:    (707) 528-6399

                  With a copy to:

                        Lillick & Charles LLP
                        Two Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700
                        San Francisco, CA 94111-3996
                        Attn:     R. Brent Faye, Esq.

                        Telephone:   (415) 984-8200
                        Facsimile:   (415) 984-8300

                  (b)   If to ARH:

                        American River Holdings
                        1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
                        Sacramento, CA 95815
                        Attn:     President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

                        Telephone:    (916) 565-6114
                        Facsimile:    (916) 565-4758


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                  With a copy to:

                        Coudert Brothers
                        303 Almaden Boulevard, Fifth Floor
                        San Jose, California  95110-2721
                        Attn:     Glenn T. Dodd, Esq.

                        Telephone:    (408) 297-9982
                        Facsimile:    (408) 297-3191



The persons or address to which mailings or deliveries shall be made may change
from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section
5.2. Any notice, demand or other communication given pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered or
three days following the date mailed, as the case may be.

           5.3    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All terms and provisions of this
Shareholder Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise contemplated herein, this
Shareholder Agreement and all rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the
parties hereto may not be assigned or delegated by any party hereto without the
prior written consent of the other parties to this Shareholder Agreement and any
purported assignment in violation of this Section 5.3 shall be null and void.

           5.4    THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Each party hereto intends that this
Shareholder Agreement shall not benefit, or create any right or cause of action
in or on behalf of, any person other than the parties hereto. As used in this
Shareholder Agreement, the term party or parties shall refer only to ARH and the
NCB Shareholders, or any of them.

           5.5    COUNTERPARTS. This Shareholder Agreement may be executed in
one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one
instrument.

           5.6    GOVERNING LAW. This Shareholder Agreement is made and entered
into in the State of California and the laws of the State of California shall
govern the validity and interpretation hereof and the performance of the parties
hereto of their respective duties and obligations hereunder.

           5.7    CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Shareholder Agreement
are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Shareholder
Agreement.

           5.8    WAIVER AND MODIFICATION. No waiver of any term, provision or
condition of this Shareholder Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any
one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or
continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition of this Shareholder
Agreement. This Shareholder Agreement may be modified or amended only by an
instrument of equal formality signed by the parties or their duly authorized
agents.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


           5.9    ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event any of the parties to this
Shareholder Agreement brings an action or suit against any other party by reason
of any breach of any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty or other
provision hereof, or any breach of any duty or obligation created hereunder by
such other party, the prevailing party in whose favor final judgment is entered
shall be entitled to have and recover of and from the losing party all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred or sustained by such prevailing party in
connection with such suit or action, including without limitation, legal fees
and court costs (whether or not taxable as such).

           5.10   ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The making, execution and delivery of this
Shareholder Agreement by the parties hereto have been encouraged by no
representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those herein
expressed. This Shareholder Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the
parties and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written
or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof,
unless expressly referred to by reference herein.

           5.11   SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this
Shareholder Agreement and every related document shall be interpreted in such
manner as to be valid under applicable law. However, if any provision of any of
the foregoing shall be invalid or prohibited under said applicable law, it shall
be construed, interpreted and limited to effectuate its purposes to the maximum
legally permissible extent. If it cannot be so construed and interpreted so as
to be valid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such invalidity or prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Shareholder Agreement, and this
Shareholder Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to carry
out its terms without such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion
thereof.

           5.12   SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS. All duties and obligations of each party
to this Shareholder Agreement shall be several and not joint.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Shareholder
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

By:    /S/ DAVID T. TABER
       ------------------
       David T. Taber, President and
       Chief Executive Officer


                                      -5-
<PAGE>



NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION SHAREHOLDERS:


- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE 1

NORTH COAST BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION            NUMBER
SHAREHOLDERS                   OF SHARES           ENCUMBRANCES
- ------------                   ---------           ------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D


                      ARH AFFILIATE AGREEMENT


      I, the undersigned, have been advised that as of the date hereof I may be
deemed to be (but I do not hereby admit to being) an affiliate of American River
Holdings ("ARH") for purposes of Rule 145 promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Rule 145").
The following undertaking is given pursuant to and in compliance with that
certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger among ARH Interim
National Bank ("Interim Bank") and North Coast Bank, National Association
("NCB") dated as of March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement"), which provides that
NCB shall merge with and into Interim Bank (the "Merger"), and the surviving
national banking association will continue as a wholly-owned subsidiary of ARH
under the national bank charter number and name of "North Coast Bank, National
Association." Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

      I understand that ARH is relying on the performance of the covenants
contained herein to insure that they obtain the desired pooling-of-interests
accounting treatment as a result of the Merger and to avoid any appearance of
improper manipulation of ARH's stock price or insider trading in the period
prior to the Merger.

      I hereby agree that I will not offer to sell or purchase, sell, transfer,
purchase or acquire, publicly or privately, any ARH common stock ("ARH Share" or
"ARH Shares") or NCB common stock ("NCB Share" or "NCB Shares"), or cause any
other person to do any of the above, except my exercise by cash payment of the
exercise price of any stock option pursuant to ARH's stock option plan.

      I hereby also agree that during the period beginning on the date on which
the Effective Time of the Merger occurs and ending on the date of release and
publication to the general public of financial results covering at least thirty
(30) days of post-merger combined operations of ARH and NCB, I will not offer,
sell or transfer, publicly or privately, any ARH Shares, and that I will not
during such period commit or agree to sell any of such ARH Shares after such
period.

Dated: March 1, 2000           Signed:
                                      ----------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                            ARH SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT

      This Shareholder Agreement (the "Shareholder Agreement") is made and
entered into on March 1, 2000, by and between North Coast Bank, National
Association ("NCB"), and each of the other persons executing this Shareholder
Agreement (each such person is referred to individually as an "ARH Shareholder"
and collectively referred to as the "ARH Shareholders"), with reference to the
following facts:

      A.    American River Holdings ("ARH"), ARH Interim National Bank ("Interim
Bank") and NCB have entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization and Merger (the "Merger Agreement") dated as of March 1, 2000,
pursuant to which NCB shall merge with and into Interim Bank (the "Merger"), and
the surviving national banking association will continue as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of ARH under the national bank charter number and name of "North
Coast Bank, National Association," and ARH will pay consideration to NCB
Shareholders in the form of ARH common stock.

      B.    Each of the ARH Shareholders is also a director or executive officer
of ARH.

      C.    In order to induce NCB to enter into the Merger Agreement, the ARH
Shareholders desire to enter into this Shareholder Agreement solely in their
capacity as ARH Shareholders.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the respective
representations, warranties and covenants, agreements and conditions contained
herein and in the Merger Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.    AGREEMENTS OF ARH SHAREHOLDERS.


            1.1   AGREEMENT TO VOTE. At any meeting of shareholders of ARH or in
connection with any solicitation of the written consent of ARH Shareholders to
approve the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, each of
the ARH Shareholders shall vote or cause to be voted all shares of ARH common
stock ("ARH Share" or "ARH Shares") owned by each such ARH Shareholder, and any
other ARH Shares hereafter acquired by each such ARH Shareholder, in favor of,
and to approve, the principal terms of the Merger and any other matter
contemplated by the Merger Agreement which requires the approval of the ARH
Shareholders.

            1.2   AGREEMENT TO RECOMMEND. Unless the Board of Directors of ARH
shall have determined that they have a fiduciary duty to the ARH Shareholders to
recommend that the ARH Shareholders not vote in favor of approval of the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each ARH Shareholder shall
recommend to the ARH Shareholders to vote in favor of, and to approve, the
principal terms of the Merger and any other matter contemplated by the Merger
Agreement.

<PAGE>


            1.3   AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND MERGER. Each ARH
Shareholder hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Merger Agreement and
agrees to abide by its terms and to refrain from taking any action that would be
contrary to, or inconsistent with, any of the obligations of ARH as set forth in
the Merger Agreement.

      2.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ARH SHAREHOLDERS.

            2.1   Each of the ARH Shareholders severally and not jointly,
represents and warrants to and agrees with NCB, solely with respect to himself
or herself, as follows:

            2.2   CAPACITY. Each such ARH Shareholder has all the requisite
capacity and authority to enter into and perform such ARH Shareholder's
obligations under this Shareholder Agreement.

            2.3   BINDING AGREEMENT. This Shareholder Agreement constitutes the
valid and legally binding obligation of each such ARH Shareholder.

            2.4   NON-CONTRAVENTION. The execution and delivery of this
Shareholder Agreement by each such ARH Shareholder does not, and the performance
by each such ARH Shareholder of his or her obligations hereunder and the
consummation by each such ARH Shareholder of the transactions contemplated
hereby will not, violate or conflict with or constitute a default under any
agreement, instrument, contract or other obligation or any order, arbitration
award, judgment or decree to which such ARH Shareholder is a party or by which
such ARH Shareholder is bound, or any statute, rule or regulation to which such
ARH Shareholder or any of such ARH Shareholder's property is subject.

            2.5   OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. Schedule 1 hereto correctly sets forth
the number of ARH Shares owned by each ARH Shareholder, or with respect to which
each ARH Shareholder has good title to all of the ARH Shares indicated as owned
by such ARH Shareholder in the capacity set forth on Schedule 1 as of the date
indicated on such Schedule 1, and such ARH Shares are so owned free and clear of
any liens, security interest, charges or other encumbrances, except as set forth
in such Schedule 1.

      3.    TERMINATION.

            3.1   TERMINATION DATE. This Shareholder Agreement shall
terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately upon
the earlier of:  (a) consummation of the Merger; or (b)
termination of the Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

            3.2   EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Upon the termination of this
Shareholder Agreement in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, the respective
obligations of the parties hereto shall immediately become void and have no
further force or effect.

      4.    SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

      The parties hereto recognize and agree that monetary damages will not
compensate adequately the parties hereto for nonperformance. Accordingly, each
party agrees that its or his or her obligations shall be enforceable by court
order requiring specific performance.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

      5.    MISCELLANEOUS.

            5.1   EXPENSES. Each party hereto shall pay its or his or her own
costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, those of its or his or her
attorneys and accountants, in connection with this Shareholder Agreement and
transactions covered and contemplated hereby.

            5.2   NOTICES. All notices, demands or other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
delivered in person, by telex, telecopy, facsimile transmission, or by United
States mail, certified or registered, with return receipt requested, or
otherwise actually delivered as follows:

                  (a) If to an ARH Shareholder:

                      c/o American River Holdings
                      1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
                      Sacramento, CA 95815

                      Attn:       President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

                      Telephone:    (916) 565-6114
                      Facsimile:    (916) 565-4758

                  With a copy to:

                      Coudert Brothers
                      303 Almaden Boulevard, Fifth Floor
                      San Jose, California  95110-2721
                      Attn:       Glenn T. Dodd, Esq.

                      Telephone:    (408) 297-9982
                      Facsimile:    (408) 297-3191

                 (b)  If to NCB:

                      North Coast Bank, National Association
                      50 Santa Rosa Avenue
                      Santa Rosa, CA 95404

                      Attn:       President and
                                  Chief Executive Officer

                      Telephone:    (707) 528-9930
                      Facsimile:    (707) 528-6399


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                  With a copy to:

                      Lillick & Charles, LLP
                      Two Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700
                      San Francisco, CA 94111-3996
                      Attn:       R. Brent Faye, Esq.

                      Telephone:    (415) 984-8200
                      Facsimile:    (415) 984-8300


The persons or address to which mailings or deliveries shall be made may change
from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section
5.2. Any notice, demand or other communication given pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered or
three days following the date mailed, as the case may be.

            5.3   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. All terms and provisions of this
Shareholder Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective transferees, successors and assigns;
provided, however, that, except as otherwise contemplated herein, this
Shareholder Agreement and all rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the
parties hereto may not be assigned or delegated by any party hereto without the
prior written consent of the other parties to this Shareholder Agreement and any
purported assignment in violation of this Section 5.3 shall be null and void.

            5.4   THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Each party hereto intends that this
Shareholder Agreement shall not benefit, or create any right or cause of action
in or on behalf of, any person other than the parties hereto. As used in this
Shareholder Agreement, the term party or parties shall refer only to NCB and the
ARH Shareholders, or any of them.

            5.5   COUNTERPARTS. This Shareholder Agreement may be executed in
one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one
instrument.

            5.6   GOVERNING LAW. This Shareholder Agreement is made and entered
into in the State of California and the laws of the State of California shall
govern the validity and interpretation hereof and the performance of the parties
hereto of their respective duties and obligations hereunder.

            5.7   CAPTIONS. The captions contained in this Shareholder Agreement
are for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Shareholder
Agreement.

            5.8   WAIVER AND MODIFICATION. No waiver of any term, provision or
condition of this Shareholder Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any
one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or
continuing waiver of any such term, provision or condition of this Shareholder
Agreement. This Shareholder Agreement may be modified or amended only by an
instrument of equal formality signed by the parties or their duly authorized
agents.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            5.9   ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event any of the parties to this
Shareholder Agreement brings an action or suit against any other party by reason
of any breach of any covenant, agreement, representation, warranty or other
provision hereof, or any breach of any duty or obligation created hereunder by
such other party, the prevailing party in whose favor final judgment is entered
shall be entitled to have and recover of and from the losing party all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred or sustained by such prevailing party in
connection with such suit or action, including without limitation, legal fees
and court costs (whether or not taxable as such).

            5.10  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The making, execution and delivery of this
Shareholder Agreement by the parties hereto have been encouraged by no
representations, statements, warranties or agreements other than those herein
expressed. This Shareholder Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the
parties and there are no further or other agreements or understandings, written
or oral, in effect between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof,
unless expressly referred to by reference herein.

            5.11  SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this
Shareholder Agreement and every related document shall be interpreted in such
manner as to be valid under applicable law. However, if any provision of any of
the foregoing shall be invalid or prohibited under said applicable law, it shall
be construed, interpreted and limited to effectuate its purposes to the maximum
legally permissible extent. If it cannot be so construed and interpreted so as
to be valid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such invalidity or prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Shareholder Agreement, and this
Shareholder Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to carry
out its terms without such invalid or unenforceable provision or portion
thereof.

            5.12  SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS. All duties and obligations of each party
to this Shareholder Agreement shall be several and not joint.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Shareholder
Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:
       -----------------------------

       -----------------------------
       Print or Type Name and Title


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

ARH SHAREHOLDERS:


- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------

- -----------------------------          -----------------------------


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1

                                NUMBER
ARH SHAREHOLDERS               OF SHARES            ENCUMBRANCES
- ----------------               ---------            ------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------

- ----------------------------   ---------     --------------------------


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX B



______________, 2000

Board of Directors
North Coast Bank, National Association
50 Santa Rosa Avenue
Santa Rosa, California  95404

Members of the Board:
With respect to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger signed and
entered into on March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement"), between North Coast
Bank, National Association (the "Company") and American River Holdings
("American"), pursuant to which the Company will merge with ARH Interim National
Bank, a national banking association to be formed as a wholly owned subsidiary
of American (the "Merger"), resulting in the Company being a wholly-owned
subsidiary of American, and the current shareholders of the Company to receive
American common stock, in a transaction in which the conversion ratio is .9644
of an American share for each Company share of common stock, you have asked our
opinion as to the fairness from a financial point of view to the shareholders of
the Company of the consideration to be paid in the Merger (the "Merger
Consideration").

In connection with our opinion, we have among other activities: (a) reviewed
certain publicly available financial and other data with respect to the Company,
and American, including the consolidated financial statements for recent years
through December 31, 1999, and certain other relevant financial and operating
data relating to the Company made available to us from published sources and
from the internal records of the Company; (b) reviewed the terms of the Merger
Agreement; (c) reviewed certain historical market prices and trading volume of
common stock of California banking companies; (d) compared the Company and
American from a financial point of view with certain other companies in the
industry which we deemed to be relevant; (e) considered the financial terms, to
the extent publicly available, of selected recent transactions which we deem to
be comparable, in whole or in part, to the Merger; (f) reviewed and discussed
with representatives of the management of the Company certain information of a
business and financial nature regarding the Company and American, including
financial forecasts and related assumptions of the Company and of American; (g)
made inquiries and held discussions on the Merger and the Merger Agreement and
other matters relating thereto with American River Holdings' counsel; and (h)
performed such other analyses and examinations and considered such other
information, financial analyses, and financial, economic and market criteria as
we have deemed appropriate and relevant.

In connection with our review, we have not independently verified any of the
foregoing information with respect to the Company, or American. We have relied
on all such information provided by the Company and have assumed that all such
information is complete and accurate in all material respects. We have assumed
that there have been no material changes in American River Holdings' or
American's assets, financial condition, results of operations, business or
prospects since the respective dates of their last financial statements made
available to us. We have relied on advice of counsel to the Company as to all
legal matters with respect to the Company, the Merger, and the Merger Agreement.
In addition, we have not made an independent evaluation, appraisal or physical
inspection of the assets or individual properties

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

of the Company or American, nor have we been furnished with any such appraisals.
We are not expressing any opinion as to the actual value of American's common
stock when issued to the Company shareholders pursuant to the Merger, or the
prices at which American common stock will trade subsequent to the Merger.
Further, our opinion is necessarily based upon economic, monetary, and market
conditions existing as of the date hereof.

This opinion is furnished pursuant to our engagement letter dated January 26,
2000, and is solely for the benefit of the Board of Directors and stockholders
of the Company. In furnishing this opinion, we do not admit that we are experts
with respect to any registration statement or other securities filing within the
meaning of the term "experts" as used in the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder. Nor do we admit that this opinion
constitutes a report or valuation within the meaning of Section 11 of the
Securities Act. Our opinion is directed to the Board of the Company, covers only
the fairness of the Merger Consideration from a financial point of view as of
the date hereof and does not constitute a recommendation to any holder of
Company common stock as to how such shareholder should vote concerning the
Merger. Except as provided in the engagement letter, this opinion may not be
used or referred to by the Company or quoted or disclosed to any person in any
manner without our prior written consent.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, it is our
opinion that, as of the date of this opinion, the Merger Consideration is fair
to the shareholders of the Company from a financial point of view.

Very truly yours,



SEAPOWER CARPENTER CAPITAL, INC.,
dba CARPENTER AND COMPANY

                                      B-2
<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX C


_________________________, 2000



Members of the Board of Directors
American River Holdings
1545 River Park Drive
Suite 107
Sacramento, CA  95815


Members of the Board:

You have requested our opinion as investment bankers as to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, to the holders of the outstanding shares of American
River Holdings ("ARH") Common Stock, no par value, of the Conversion Ratio, as
defined in Section 2.1 of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger
dated as of March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement"), that provides, among other
things, for the exchange of all the Common Stock of North Coast Bank, National
Association ("NCB") for the Common Stock of ARH by means of a merger of NCB with
and into ARH Interim National Bank, a subsidiary of ARH.

Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated, as part of its investment banking business, is
continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in
connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, competitive
biddings, secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private
placements and valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes. Hoefer &
Arnett Incorporated provides a full range of financial advisory and securities
services and, in the course of its normal trading activities, may from time to
time effect transactions and hold securities, of ARH or NCB for its own account
and for the accounts of customers. We are familiar with ARH having acted as its
financial advisor in connection with the Merger.

In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things, the
Merger Agreement; the Annual Report to Shareholders of ARH and NCB for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998; certain interim reports to shareholders of ARH
and NCB; certain other communications from ARH and NCB to the their respective
shareholders; and certain internal financial analyses and forecasts for ARH and
NCB prepared by their respective managements including forecasts for certain
costs savings and revenue opportunities (the "Synergies") expected to be
achieved as a result of the Merger. We also have held discussions with members
of the senior management of ARH and NCB regarding the strategic rationale for,
and the potential benefits of, the Merger and the past and current business
operations, regulatory relationships, financial condition and future prospects
of their respective companies. In addition, we have reviewed the reported price
and trading activity for the shares of ARH and NCB, compared certain financial
and stock market information for ARH and NCB with similar information for
certain other companies the securities of which are publicly traded, reviewed
the financial terms of certain recent business combinations in the commercial
banking industry and performed such other studies and analyses as we considered
appropriate.

We have relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and
other information reviewed by us and have assumed such accuracy and completeness
for purposes of rendering this opinion. In that

                                      C-1
<PAGE>

regard, we have assumed, with your consent, that the financial forecasts,
including, without limitation, the Synergies and projections regarding
under-performing and non-performing assets and net charge-offs have been
reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the best currently available judgments
and estimates of ARH and NCB and that such forecasts will be realized in the
amounts and at the times contemplated thereby. We are not experts in the
evaluation of loan and lease portfolios for purposes of assessing the adequacy
of the allowances for losses with respect thereto and have assumed, with your
consent, that such allowances for each of ARH and NCB are in the aggregate
adequate to cover all such losses. In addition, we have not reviewed individual
credit files nor have we made an independent evaluation or appraisal of the
assets and liabilities of ARH, NCB or any of their subsidiaries and we have not
been furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal. We also have assumed, with
your consent, that the Merger will be accounted for as a pooling of interests
under generally accepted accounting principles and that obtaining any necessary
regulatory approvals and third party consents for the Merger or otherwise will
not have a material adverse effect on ARH, NCB or the combined company pursuant
to the Merger. In addition, our opinion does not address the relative merits of
the Merger as compared to any alternative business transaction that might be
available to ARH.

Our advisory services and the opinion expressed herein are provided for the
information and assistance of the Board of Directors of ARH in connection with
its consideration of the Merger and such opinion does not constitute a
recommendation as to how any holder of shares of ARH should vote with respect to
such transaction.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and based upon such other matters as we
consider relevant, it is our opinion that as of the date hereof the Conversion
Ratio pursuant to the Merger Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to
the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of American River
Holdings.

Very truly yours,



HOEFER & ARNETT INCORPORATED

                                      C-2
<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX D

CHAPTER 13. DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.

SS. 1300. REORGANIZATION OR SHORT-FORM MERGER; DISSENTING SHARES; CORPORATE
PURCHASE AT FAIR MARKET VALUE; DEFINITIONS--

(a)      If the approval of the outstanding shares (Section 152) of a
corporation is required for a reorganization under subdivisions (a) and (b) or
subdivision (e) or (f) of Section 1201, each shareholder of the corporation
entitled to vote on the transaction and each shareholder of a subsidiary
corporation in a short-form merger may, by complying with this chapter, require
the corporation in which the shareholder holds shares to purchase for cash at
their fair market value the shares owned by the shareholder which are dissenting
shares as defined in subdivision (b). The fair market value shall be determined
as of the day before the first announcement of the terms of the proposed
reorganization or short-form merger, excluding any appreciation or depreciation
in consequence of the proposed action, but adjusted for any stock split, reverse
stock split, or share dividend which becomes effective thereafter.

(b)      As used in this chapter, "dissenting shares" means shares which come
within all of the following descriptions:

         (1) Which were not immediately prior to the reorganization or
short-form merger either (A) listed on any national securities exchange
certified by the Commissioner of Corporations under subdivision (o) of Section
25100 or (B) listed on the National Market System of the Nasdaq Stock Market,
and the notice of meeting of shareholders to act upon the reorganization
summarizes this section and Sections 1301, 1302, 1303 and 1304; provided,
however, that this provision does not apply to any shares with respect to which
there exists any restriction on transfer imposed by the corporation or by any
law or regulation; and provided, further, that this provision does not apply to
any class of shares described in subparagraph (A) or (B) if demands for payment
are filed with respect to 5 percent or more of the outstanding shares of that
class.

         (2) Which were outstanding on the date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to vote on their organization and (A) were not voted in
favor of the reorganization or, (B) if described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of
paragraph (1) (without regard to the provisos in that paragraph), were voted
against the reorganization, or which were held of record on the effective date
of a short-form merger; provided, however, that subparagraph (A) rather than
subparagraph (B) of this paragraph applies in any case where the approval
required by Section 1201 is sought by written consent rather than at a meeting.

         (3) Which the dissenting shareholder has demanded that the corporation
purchase at their fair market value, in accordance with Section 1301.

         (4) Which the dissenting shareholder has submitted for endorsement, in
accordance with Section 1302.

(c)      As used in this chapter, "dissenting shareholder" means the
recordholder of dissenting shares and includes a transferee of record.

SS. 1301. NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF DISSENTING SHARES IN REORGANIZATIONS; DEMAND FOR
PURCHASE; TIME; CONTENTS--

                                      D-1
<PAGE>

(a)      If, in the case of a reorganization, any shareholders of a corporation
have a right under Section 1300, subject to compliance with paragraphs (3) and
(4) of subdivision (b) thereof, to require the corporation to purchase their
shares for cash, such corporation shall mail to each such shareholder a notice
of the approval of the reorganization by its outstanding shares (Section 152)
within 10 days after the date of such approval, accompanied by a copy of
Sections 1300, 1302, 1303, 1304 and this section, a statement of the price
determined by the corporation to represent the fair market value of the
dissenting shares, and a brief description of the procedure to be followed if
the shareholder desires to exercise the shareholder's right under such sections.
The statement of price constitutes an offer by the corporation to purchase at
the price stated any dissenting shares as defined in subdivision (b) of Section
1300, unless they lose their status as dissenting shares under Section 1309.

(b)      Any shareholder who has a right to require the corporation to purchase
the shareholder's shares for cash under Section 1300, subject to compliance with
paragraphs (3) and (4) of subdivision (b) thereof, and who desires the
corporation to purchase such shares shall make written demand upon the
corporation for the purchase of such shares and payment to the shareholder in
cash of their fair market value. The demand is not effective for any purpose
unless it is received by the corporation or any transfer agent thereof (1) in
the case of shares described in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1300 (without regard to the provisos in that
paragraph), not later than the date of the shareholders' meeting to vote upon
the reorganization, or (2) in any other case within 30 days after the date on
which the notice of the approval by the outstanding shares pursuant to
subdivision (a) or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was
mailed to the shareholder.

(c)      The demand shall state the number and class of the shares held of
record by the shareholder which the shareholder demands that the corporation
purchase and shall contain a statement of what such shareholder claims to be the
fair market value of those shares as of the day before the announcement of the
proposed reorganization or short-form merger. The statement of fair market value
constitutes an offer by the shareholder to sell the shares at such price.

SS. 1302. SUBMISSION OF SHARE CERTIFICATES FOR ENDORSEMENT; UNCERTIFICATED
SECURITIES--

Within 30 days after the date on which notice of the approval by the outstanding
shares or the notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to
the shareholder, the shareholder shall submit to the corporation at its
principal office or at the office of any transfer agent thereof, (a) if the
shares are certificated securities, the shareholder's certificates representing
any shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase, to be
stamped or endorsed with a statement that the shares are dissenting shares or to
be exchanged for certificates of appropriate denomination so stamped or endorsed
or (b) if the shares are uncertificated securities, written notice of the number
of shares which the shareholder demands that the corporation purchase. Upon
subsequent transfers of the dissenting shares on the books of the corporation,
the new certificates, initial transaction statement, and other written
statements issued therefor shall bear a like statement, together with the name
of the original dissenting holder of the shares.

SS. 1303. PAYMENT OF AGREED PRICE WITH INTEREST; AGREEMENT FIXING FAIR MARKET
VALUE; FILING; TIME OF PAYMENT--

(a)      If the corporation and the shareholder agree that the shares are
dissenting shares and agree upon the price of the shares, the dissenting
shareholder is entitled to the agreed price with interest thereon at the legal
rate on judgments from the date of the agreement. Any agreements fixing the fair
market value of any dissenting shares as between the corporation and the holders
thereof shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation.

                                      D-2
<PAGE>

(b)      Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, payment of the fair market
value of dissenting shares shall be made within 30 days after the amount thereof
has been agreed or within 30 days after any statutory or contractual conditions
to the reorganization are satisfied, whichever is later, and in the case of
certificated securities, subject to surrender of the certificates therefor,
unless provided otherwise by agreement.

SS. 1304. ACTION TO DETERMINE WHETHER SHARES ARE DISSENTING SHARES OR FAIR
MARKET VALUE; LIMITATION; JOINDER; CONSOLIDATION; DETERMINATION OF ISSUES;
APPOINTMENT OF APPRAISERS--

(a)      If the corporation denies that the shares are dissenting shares, or the
corporation and the shareholder fail to agree upon the fair market values of the
shares, then the shareholder demanding purchase of such shares as dissenting
shares or any interested corporation, within six months after the date on which
notice of the approval by the outstanding shares (Section 152) or notice
pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder, but
not thereafter, may file a complaint in the superior court of the proper county
praying the court to determine whether the shares are dissenting shares or the
fair market value of the dissenting shares or both or may intervene in any
action pending on such a complaint.

(b)      Two or more dissenting shareholders may join as plaintiffs or be joined
as defendants in any such action and two or more such actions may be
consolidated.

(c)      On the trial of the action, the court shall determine the issues. If
the status of the shares as dissenting shares is in issue, the court shall first
determine that issue. If the fair market value of the dissenting shares is in
issue, the court shall determine, or shall appoint one or more impartial
appraisers to determine, the fair market value of the shares.

SS. 1305. REPORT OF APPRAISERS; CONFIRMATION; DETERMINATION BY COURT; JUDGMENT;
PAYMENT; APPEAL; COSTS--

(a)      If the court appoints an appraiser or appraisers, they shall proceed
forthwith to determine the fair market value per share. Within the time fixed by
the court, the appraisers, or a majority of them, shall make and file a report
in the office of the clerk of the court. Thereupon, on the motion of any party,
the report shall be submitted to the court and considered on such evidence as
the court considers relevant. If the court finds the report reasonable, the
court may confirm it.

(b)      If a majority of the appraisers appointed fail to make and file a
report within 10 days from the date of their appointment or within such further
time as may be allowed by the court or the report is not confirmed by the court,
the court shall determine the fair market value of the dissenting shares.

(c)      Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, judgment shall be rendered
against the corporation for payment of an amount equal to the fair market value
of each dissenting share multiplied by the number of dissenting shares which any
dissenting shareholder who is a party, or who has intervened, is entitled to
require the corporation to purchase, with interest thereon at the legal rate
from the date on which judgment was entered.

(d)       Any such judgment shall be payable forthwith with respect to
uncertificated securities and, with respect to certificated securities, only
upon the endorsement and delivery to the corporation of the certificates for the
shares described in the judgment. Any party may appeal from the judgment.

                                      D-3
<PAGE>

(e)      The costs of the action, including reasonable compensation to the
appraisers to be fixed by the court, shall be assessed or apportioned as the
court considers equitable, but, if the appraisal exceeds the price offered by
the corporation, the corporation shall pay the costs (including in the
discretion of the court attorneys' fees, fees of expert witnesses and interest
at the legal rate on judgments from the date of compliance with Sections 1300,
1301 and 1302 if the value awarded by the court for the shares is more than 125
percent of the price offered by the corporation under subdivision (a) of Section
1301).

SS. 1306. PREVENTION OF IMMEDIATE PAYMENT; STATUS AS CREDITORS; INTEREST--

To the extent that the provisions of Chapter 5 prevent the payment to any
holders of dissenting shares of their fair market value, they shall become
creditors of the corporation for the amount thereof together with interest at
the legal rate on judgments until the date of payment, but subordinate to all
other creditors in any liquidation proceeding, such debt to be payable when
permissible under the provisions of Chapter 5.

SS. 1307. DIVIDENDS ON DISSENTING SHARES--

Cash dividends declared and paid by the corporation upon the dissenting shares
after the date of approval of the reorganization by the outstanding shares
(Section 152) and prior to payment for the shares by the corporation shall be
credited against the total amount to be paid by the corporation therefor.

SS. 1308. RIGHTS OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS PENDING VALUATION; WITHDRAWAL OF
DEMAND FOR PAYMENT--

Except as expressly limited in this chapter, holders of dissenting shares
continue to have all the rights and privileges incident to their shares, until
the fair market value of their shares is agreed upon or determined. A dissenting
shareholder may not withdraw a demand for payment unless the corporation
consents thereto.

SS. 1309. TERMINATION OF DISSENTING SHARE AND SHAREHOLDER STATUS--

Dissenting shares lose their status as dissenting shares and the holders thereof
cease to be dissenting shareholders and cease to be entitled to require the
corporation to purchase their shares upon the happening of any of the following:

(a)      The corporation abandons the reorganization. Upon abandonment of the
reorganization, the corporation shall pay on demand to any dissenting
shareholder who has initiated proceedings in good faith under this chapter all
necessary expenses incurred in such proceedings and reasonable attorneys' fees.

(b)      The shares are transferred prior to their submission for endorsement in
accordance with Section 1302 or are surrendered for conversion into shares of
another class in accordance with the articles of incorporation.

(c)      The dissenting shareholder and the corporation do not agree upon the
status of the shares as dissenting shares or upon the purchase price of the
shares, and neither files a complaint or intervenes in a pending action as
provided in Section 1304, within six months after the date on which notice of
the approval by the outstanding shares or notice pursuant to subdivision (i) of
Section 1110 was mailed to the shareholder.

                                      D-4
<PAGE>

(d)      The dissenting shareholder, with the consent of the corporation,
withdraws the shareholder's demand for purchase of the dissenting shares.

SS. 1310. SUSPENSION OF RIGHT TO COMPENSATION OR VALUATION PROCEEDINGS;
LITIGATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' APPROVAL--

If litigation is instituted to test the sufficiency or regularity of the votes
of the shareholders in authorizing a reorganization, any proceedings under
Sections 1304 and 1305 shall be suspended until final determination of such
litigation.

SS. 1311. EXEMPT SHARES--

This chapter, except Section 1312, does not apply to classes of shares whose
terms and provisions specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to
such shares in the event of a reorganization or merger.

SS. 1312. RIGHT OF DISSENTING SHAREHOLDER TO ATTACK, SET ASIDE OR RESCIND MERGER
OR REORGANIZATION; RESTRAINING ORDER OR iNJUNCTION; CONDITIONS--

(a)      No shareholder of a corporation who has a right under this chapter to
demand payment of cash for the shares held by the shareholder shall have any
right at law or in equity to attack the validity of the reorganization or
short-form merger, or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside
or rescinded, except in an action to test whether the number of shares required
to authorize or approve the reorganization have been legally voted in favor
thereof; but any holder of shares of a class whose terms and provisions
specifically set forth the amount to be paid in respect to them in the event of
a reorganization or short-form merger is entitled to payment in accordance with
those terms and provisions or, if the principal terms of the reorganization are
approved pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 1202, is entitled to payment in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the approved reorganization.

(b)      If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, subdivision (a) shall not
apply to any shareholder of such party who has not demanded payment of cash for
such shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter; but if the shareholder
institutes any action to attack the validity of the reorganization or short-form
merger or to have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or
rescinded, the shareholder shall not thereafter have any right to demand payment
of cash for the shareholder's shares pursuant to this chapter. The court in any
action attacking the validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to
have the reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded shall not
restrain or enjoin the consummation of the transaction except upon 10 days'
prior notice to the corporation and upon a determination by the court that
clearly no other remedy will adequately protect the complaining shareholder or
the class of shareholders of which such shareholder is a member.

(c)      If one of the parties to a reorganization or short-form merger is
directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common control with, another
party to the reorganization or short-form merger, in any action to attack the
validity of the reorganization or short-form merger or to have the
reorganization or short-form merger set aside or rescinded, (1) a party to a
reorganization or short-form merger which controls another party to the
reorganization or short-form merger shall have the burden of proving that the
transaction is just and reasonable as to the shareholders of the controlled
party, and (2) a person who controls two or more parties to a reorganization
shall have the burden of proving that the transaction is just and reasonable as
to the shareholders of any party so controlled.

                                      D-5
<PAGE>
                                     ANNEX E

TITLE 12, UNITED STATES CODE, SECTION 215a (b),(c) AND (d):

DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS

(b)      If a merger shall be voted for at the called meetings by the necessary
majorities of the shareholders of each association or State bank participating
in the plan of merger, and thereafter the merger shall be approved by the
Comptroller, any shareholder of any association or State bank to be merged into
the receiving association who has voted against such merger at the meeting of
the association or bank of which he is a stockholder, or has given notice in
writing at or prior to such meeting to the presiding officer that he dissents
from the plan of merger, shall be entitled to receive the value of the shares so
held by him when such merger shall be approved by the Comptroller upon written
request made to the receiving association at any time before thirty days after
the date of consummation of the merger, accompanied by the surrender of his
stock certificates.

VALUATION OF SHARES

(c)      The value of the shares of any dissenting shareholder shall be
ascertained, as of the effective date of the merger, by an appraisal made by a
committee of three persons, composed of (1) one selected by the vote of the
holders of the majority of the stock, the owners of which are entitled to
payment in cash; (2) one selected by the directors of the receiving association;
and (3) one selected by the two so selected. The valuation agreed upon by any
two of the three appraisers shall govern. If the value so fixed shall not be
satisfactory to any dissenting shareholder who has requested payment, that
shareholder may, within five days after being notified of the appraised value of
his shares, appeal to the Comptroller, who shall cause a reappraisal to be made
which shall be final and binding as to the value of the shares of the appellant.

      APPLICATION TO SHAREHOLDERS OF MERGING ASSOCIATIONS; APPRAISAL BY
      COMPTROLLER; EXPENSES OF RECEIVING ASSOCIATION; SALE AND RESALE OF SHARES;
      STATE APPRAISAL AND MERGER LAW


(d)      If, within ninety days from the date of consummation of the merger, for
any reason one or more of the appraisers is not selected as herein provided, or
the appraisers fail to determine the value of such shares, the Comptroller shall
upon written request of any interested party cause an appraisal to be made which
shall be final and binding on all parties. The expenses of the Comptroller in
making the reappraisal or the appraisal, as the case may be, shall be paid by
the receiving association. The value of the shares ascertained shall be promptly
paid to the dissenting shareholders by the receiving association. The shares of
stock of the receiving association which would have been delivered to such
dissenting shareholders had they not requested payment shall be sold by the
receiving association at an advertised public auction, and the receiving
association shall have the right to purchase any of such shares at such public
auction, if it is the highest bidder therefor, for the purpose of reselling such
shares within thirty days thereafter to such person or persons and at such price
not less than par as its board of directors by resolution may determine. If the
shares are sold at public auction at a price greater than the amount paid to the
dissenting shareholders, the excess in such sale price shall be paid to such
dissenting shareholders. The appraisal of such shares of stock in any State bank
shall be determined in the manner prescribed by the law of the State in such
cases, rather than as provided in this section, if such provision is made in the
State law; and no such merger shall be in contravention of the law of the State
under which such bank is incorporated. The provisions of this subsection shall
apply only to shareholders of (and stock owned by them in) a bank or association
being merged into the receiving association.

                                      E-1
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To:    Chief Executive Officers of National Banks, Deputy Comptrollers
       (District), Department and Division Heads, and Examining Personnel

PURPOSE

This banking circular informs all national banks of the valuation methods used
by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) to estimate the value of
a bank's shares when requested to do so by a shareholder dissenting to the
conversion, merger, or consolidation of its bank. The results of appraisals
performed by the OCC between January 1, 1985 and September 30, 1991 are
summarized.

References: 12 U.S.C. 214a, 215 and 215a; 12 CFR 11.590 (Item 2)

BACKGROUND

Under 12 U.S.C. Section 214a, a shareholder dissenting from a conversion,
consolidation, or merger involving a national bank is entitled to receive the
value of his or her shares from the resulting bank. A valuation of the shares
shall be made by a committee of three appraisers (a representative of the
dissenting shareholder, a representative of the resulting bank, and a third
appraiser selected by the other two). If the committee is formed and renders an
appraisal that is acceptable to the dissenting shareholder, the process is
complete and the appraised value of the shares is paid to the dissenting
shareholder by the resulting bank. If, for any reason, the committee is not
formed or if it renders an appraisal that is not acceptable to the dissenting
shareholder, an interested party may request an appraisal by the OCC. 12 U.S.C.
Section 215 provides these appraisal rights to any shareholder dissenting to a
consolidation. Any dissenting shareholder of a target bank in a merger is also
entitled to these appraisal rights pursuant to 12 U.S.C. Section 215a.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 1 of 7

                                      E-2
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The above provides only a general overview of the appraisal process. The
specific requirements of the process are set forth in the statutes themselves.

METHODS OF VALUATION USED

Through its appraisal process, the OCC attempts to arrive at a fair estimate of
the value of a bank's shares. After reviewing the particular facts in each case
and the available information on a bank's shares, the OCC selects an appropriate
valuation method, or combination of methods, to determine a reasonable estimate
of the shares' value.

MARKET VALUE

The OCC uses various methods to establish the market value of shares being
appraised. If sufficient trading in the shares exists and the prices are
available from direct quotes from the WALL STREET JOURNAL or a market-maker,
those quotes are considered in determining the market value. If no market value
is readily available, or if the market value available is not well established,
the OCC may use other methods of estimating market value, such as the investment
value and adjusted book value methods.

INVESTMENT VALUE

Investment value requires an assessment of the value to investors of a share in
the future earnings of the target bank. Investment value is estimated by
applying an average price/earnings ratio of banks with similar earnings
potential to the earnings capacity of the target bank.

The peer group selection is based on location, size, and earnings patterns. If
the state in which the subject bank is located provides a sufficient number of
comparable banks using location, size and earnings patterns as the criteria for
selection, the price/earnings ratios assigned to the banks are applied to the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 2 of 7

                                      E-3
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

earnings per share estimated for the subject bank. In order to select a
reasonable peer group when there are too few comparable independent banks in a
location that is comparable to that of the subject bank, the pool of banks from
which a peer group is selected is broadened by including one-bank holding
company banks in a comparable location, and/or by selecting banks in less
comparable locations, including adjacent states, that have earnings patterns
similar to the subject bank.

ADJUSTED BOOK VALUE

The OCC also uses an "adjusted book value" method for estimating value.
Historically, the OCC has not placed any weight on the bank's "unadjusted book
value", since that value is based on historical acquisition costs of the bank's
assets, and does not reflect investors' perceptions of the value of the bank as
an ongoing concern. Adjusted book value is calculated by multiplying the book
value of the target bank's assets per share times the average market price to
book value ratio of comparable banking organizations. The average market price
to book value ratio measures the premium or discount to book value, which
investors attribute to shares of similarly situated banking organizations.

Both the investment value method and the adjusted book value method present
appraised values which are based on the target bank's value as a going concern.
These techniques provide estimates of the market value of the shares of the
subject bank.

OVERALL VALUATION

The OCC may use more than one of the above-described methods in deriving the
value of shares of stock. If more than one method is used, varying weights may
be applied in reaching an overall valuation. The weight given to the value by a
particular valuation method is based on how accurately the given method is
believed to represent market value. For example, the OCC may give more weight to

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 3 of 7

                                      E-4
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

a market value representing infrequent trading by shareholders than to the value
derived from the investment value method when the subject bank's earnings trend
is so irregular that it is considered to be a poor predictor of future earnings.

PURCHASE PREMIUMS

For mergers and consolidations, the OCC recognizes that purchase premiums do
exist and may, in some instances, be paid in the purchase of small blocks of
shares. However, the payment of purchase premiums depends entirely on the
acquisition or control plans of the purchasers, and such payments are not
regular or predictable elements of market value. Consequently, the OCC's
valuation methods do not include consideration of purchase premiums in arriving
at the value of shares.

STATISTICAL DATA

The chart below lists the results of appraisals the OCC performed between
January 1, 1985 and September 30, 1991. The OCC provides statistical data on
book value and price/earnings ratios for comparative purposes, but does not
necessarily rely on such data in determining the value of the banks' shares.
Dissenting shareholders should not view these statistics as determinative for
future appraisals.

In connection with disclosures given to shareholders under 12 CFR 11.590 (Item
2), banks may provide shareholders a copy of this banking circular or disclose
the information in the banking circular, including the past results of OCC
appraisals. If the bank discloses the past results of the OCC appraisals, it
should advise shareholders that: (1) the OCC did not rely on all the information
set forth in the chart in performing each appraisal; and, (2) the OCC's past
appraisals are not necessarily determinative of its future appraisals of a
particular bank's shares.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 4 of 7

                                      E-5
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

APPRAISAL RESULTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     OCC                                    Average Price/
Appraisal      Appraisal          Price           Book      Earnings Ratio
Date *             Value        Offered          Value       of Peer Group
- ---------          -----        -------          -----       -------------
1/1/85            107.05         110.00         178.29                 5.3
1/2/85             73.16             NA          66.35                 6.8
1/15/85            53.41          60.00          83.95                 4.8
1/31/85            22.72          20.00          38.49                 5.4
2/1/85             30.63          24.00          34.08                 5.7
2/25/85            27.74          27.55          41.62                 5.9
4/30/85            25.98          35.00          42.21                 4.5
7/30/85         3,153.10       2,640.00       6,063.66                  NC
9/1/85             17.23          21.00          21.84                 4.7
11/22/85          316.74         338.75         519.89                 5.0
11/22/85           30.28             NA          34.42                 5.9
12/16/85           66.29          77.00          89.64                 5.6
12/27/85           60.85          57.00         119.36                 5.3
12/31/85           61.77             NA          73.56                 5.9
12/31/85           75.79          40.00          58.74                12.1
1/12/86            19.93             NA          26.37                 7.0
3/14/86            59.02         200.00         132.20                 3.1
4/21/86            40.44          35.00          43.54                 6.4
5/2/86             15.50          16.50          23.69                 5.0
7/3/86            405.74             NA         612.82                 3.9
7/31/86           297.34         600.00         650.63                 4.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   * - The "Appraisal Date" is the consummation date for the conversion,
consolidation, or merger.

   NA - Not Available

   NC - Not Computed

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 5 of 7

                                      E-6
<PAGE>

                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

APPRAISAL RESULTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     OCC                                    Average Price/
Appraisal      Appraisal          Price           Book      Earnings Ratio
Date *             Value        Offered          Value       of Peer Group
- ---------          -----        -------          -----       -------------
8/22/86           103.53         106.67         136.23                  NC
12/26/86           16.66             NA          43.57                 4.0
12/31/86           53.39          95.58          69.66                 7.1
5/1/87            186.42             NA         360.05                 5.1
6/11/87            50.46          70.00          92.35                 4.5
6/11/87            38.53          55.00          77.75                 4.5
7/31/87            13.10             NA          20.04                 6.7
8/26/87            55.92          57.52          70.88                  NC
8/31/87            19.55          23.75          30.64                 5.0
8/31/87            10.98             NA          17.01                 4.2
10/6/87            56.48          60.00          73.11                 5.6
3/15/88           297.63             NA         414.95                 6.1
6/2/88             27.26             NA          28.45                 5.4
6/30/88           137.78             NA         215.36                 6.0
8/30/88           768.62         677.00       1,090.55                10.7
3/31/89           773.62             NA         557.30                 7.9
5/26/89           136.47         180.00         250.42                 4.5
5/29/90             9.87             NA          11.04                 9.9

   * - The "Appraisal Date" is the consummation date for the conversion,
consolidation, or merger.

   NA - Not Available

   NC - Not Computed

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 6 of 7

                                      E-7
<PAGE>


                                                                     BC-259

                                                                BANKING ISSUANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comptroller of the Currency
Administrator of National Banks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Type:  Banking Circular

Subject:  Stock Appraisals

For more information regarding the OCC's stock appraisal process, contact the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Bank Organization and Structure.

/s/ Frank Maguire
- --------------------------------------
Frank Maguire
Acting Senior Deputy Comptroller
Corporate Policy and Economic Analysis


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:  March 5, 1992                                                 Page 7 of 7

                                      E-8
<PAGE>
                                     ANNEX F

                 AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX F
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         PAGE

PURPOSE....................................................................3

ADMINISTRATION.............................................................3

ELIGIBILITY................................................................4

THE SHARES.................................................................4

OPTION GRANTS..............................................................4
      Grant of Options.....................................................4
      Option Price.........................................................5
      Duration of Options..................................................5
      Termination of Director, Employment or Consultant Status.............5

TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL OPTIONS.............................6
      Exercise of Options..................................................6
      Transferability of Option and Shares.................................7
      Withholding..........................................................7
      Other Terms and Conditions...........................................7

ADJUSTMENT OF, AND CHANGES IN, THE SHARES..................................8
      Changes in Capitalization............................................8
      Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale or Merger.............................8
      Notice of Adjustments; Fractional Shares.............................8

AMENDMENT, EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.......................9

INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES...................................................9

PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE...................9

NOTICE OF SALE............................................................10

INDEMNIFICATION...........................................................10


                                        F-i
<PAGE>

                 AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                     PURPOSE

         The purpose of this American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan (the
"2000 Plan") is to provide a method whereby those key employees, directors and
consultants of American River Holdings and its affiliates (collectively referred
to as the "Company"), who are primarily responsible for the management and
growth of the Company's business and who are presently making and are expected
to make substantial contributions to the Company's future management and growth,
may be offered incentives in addition to those presently available, and may be
stimulated by increased personal involvement in the fortunes and success of the
Company to continue in its service, thereby advancing the interests of the
Company and its shareholders.

         The word "affiliate," as used in the 2000 Plan, means any bank or
corporation in any unbroken chain of banks or corporations beginning or ending
with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an option, each such bank or
corporation other than the last in that chain owns stock possessing fifty
percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
in one of the other banks or corporations in the chain.

                                 ADMINISTRATION

         The following provisions shall govern the administration of the 2000
Plan:

         (a) Subject to paragraphs (b),(c) and (d) below, the 2000 Plan shall be
administered by the Board of Directors (the "Board").

         (b) Acts of the Board (i) at a meeting, held at a time and place and in
accordance with rules adopted by the Board, at which a quorum of the Board is
present and acting, or (ii) reduced to and approved in writing by all members of
the Board, shall be the valid acts of the Board.

         (c) Options granted to employees or directors of the Company subject to
Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act") shall be approved by the Board or shall be approved or ratified, in
compliance with Section 14 of the Exchange Act, by the affirmative votes of the
holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company present or
represented and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders duly called and
held pursuant to law, provided that any such ratification shall occur not later
than the date of the next annual meeting of shareholders following the grant.

         (d) The grant of options under the 2000 Plan shall be affected by
execution of instruments in writing in a form approved by the Board. Subject to
the express terms and conditions of the 2000 Plan, the Board shall have full
power to construe the 2000 Plan and the terms of any option granted under the
2000 Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the
2000 Plan or such options and to make all other determinations necessary or
advisable for the 2000 Plan's administration, including, without limitation, the
power to (i) determine which persons meet the requirements of Section 3 hereof
for selection as participants in the 2000 Plan; (ii) determine to whom of the
eligible persons, if any, options shall be granted under the 2000 Plan; (iii)
establish the terms and conditions required or permitted to be included in every
option agreement or any amendments thereto, including whether options to be
granted shall be "incentive stock options," as defined in Section 422 of the
Internal

                                       F-1
<PAGE>

Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC") or nonstatutory stock options not
described in Section 422; (iv) specify the number of shares to be covered by
each option; (v) determine the fair market value of shares of the Company's
common stock for any purpose under the 2000 Plan; (vi) grant options in exchange
for cancellation of options granted earlier under the 2000 Plan or the Company's
1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan") at different exercise prices; (vii)
take appropriate action to amend any option under the 2000 Plan, provided that
no such action may be taken without the written consent of the affected
optionee; and (viii) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable
for administering the 2000 Plan. The Board's determination on the foregoing
matters shall be conclusive.

                                   ELIGIBILITY

         The persons who shall be eligible to receive the grant of options under
this 2000 Plan shall be those key employees and officers of the Company
(including officers who may also be directors of the Company), persons who
became employees of the Company within thirty days of the date of grant of an
option, independent contractor consultants of the Company who render bona fide
services to the Company other than in connection with the offer or sale of
securities in a capital raising transaction ("Consultants"), and directors.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2000 Plan, no person shall be
granted options to purchase more than an aggregate of 100,000 shares under this
2000 Plan.

                                   THE SHARES

         The shares of stock subject to options authorized to be granted under
the 2000 Plan shall consist of __________ shares of the Company's no par value
common stock, less such number of shares (not to exceed _______ shares) which
are subject to options outstanding under the 1995 Plan and which are acquired by
exercise of such options (the "Shares"), or the number and kind of shares of
stock or other securities which shall be substituted for such Shares or to which
such Shares shall be adjusted as provided in Section 7 hereof.

         Upon the expiration or termination for any reason of an outstanding
option under the 2000 Plan (or under the 1995 Plan) which has not been exercised
in full, all unissued Shares thereunder shall again become available for the
grant of options under the 2000 Plan. Shares of the Company's common stock which
are (i) delivered by an optionee in payment of the exercise price of an option
pursuant to Section 7(a), or (ii) delivered by an optionee, or withheld by the
Company from the shares otherwise due upon exercise of a nonstatutory stock
option, in satisfaction of applicable withholding taxes as permitted by Section
7(c), shall again become available for the grant of options under the 2000 Plan
only to those eligible participants who are not subject to Section 16 of the
Exchange Act.

                                  OPTION GRANTS

         Options, in the discretion of the Board, may be granted at any time
prior to the termination of the 2000 Plan to persons included among the eligible
classes of persons specified in Section 3. Options granted by the Board shall be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

         GRANT OF OPTIONS

         Options granted to employees pursuant to the 2000 Plan may be either
incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. If the aggregate fair
market value of the shares issuable upon exercise of incentive stock options
which are exercisable for the first time during any one calendar year under all

                                       F-2
<PAGE>

incentive stock options held by an optionee exceeds $100,000 (determined at the
time of the grant of the options), such options shall be treated as nonstatutory
stock options to the extent of such excess. Options granted to Directors who are
"non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time and as interpreted by the SEC
("Rule 16b-3"), and to Consultants, shall be nonstatutory stock options.

         OPTION PRICE

         The purchase price under each option shall not be less than one hundred
percent of the fair market value of the Shares subject thereto on the date the
option is granted; provided, however, that the purchase price of an option
granted to an individual who owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%)
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company shall
not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the
Shares subject thereto on the date the option is granted. For any purposes under
this 2000 Plan, fair market value per share shall mean, where there is a public
market for the Company's common stock, the mean of the bid and asked prices (or
the closing price if listed on a stock exchange or the Nasdaq National Market)
of the Company's common stock for the date of grant, as reported in the Wall
Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the Nasdaq
Stock Market or the National Quotation Bureau). If such information is not
available for the date of grant, then such information for the last preceding
date for which such information is available shall be considered as the fair
market value.

         DURATION OF OPTIONS

         Each option shall be for a term determined by the Board; provided,
however, that the term of any option may not exceed ten (10) years and, provided
further, that the term of any incentive stock option granted to an individual
who owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company shall not exceed five (5)
years. Each option shall vest in such manner and at such time as the Board shall
determine and the Board may accelerate the time of exercise of any option;
provided, however, that no option shall vest for exercise at a rate of less than
twenty percent (20%) per year during the five (5) year period following the date
of grant of an option.

         TERMINATION OF DIRECTOR, EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANT STATUS

         Upon the termination of an optionee's status as an employee or
Consultant or member of the Board, his or her rights to exercise an option then
held shall be only as follows:

                  DEATH OR DISABILITY: If an optionee's employment or consulting
         relationship or tenure on the Board of Directors is terminated by death
         or disability, such optionee or such optionee's qualified
         representative (in the event of the optionee's mental disability) or
         the optionee's estate (in the event of optionee's death) shall have the
         right for a period of twelve (12) months (or such longer period as the
         Board may determine at the date of grant or during the term of the
         option) following the date of such death or disability to exercise the
         option to the extent the optionee was entitled to exercise such option
         on the date of the optionee's death or disability; provided the actual
         date of exercise is in no event after the expiration of the term of the
         option. To the extent the option is not exercised within such period
         the option will terminate. An optionee's "estate" shall mean the
         optionee's legal representative or any person who acquires the right to
         exercise an option by reason of the optionee's death.

                                       F-3
<PAGE>

                  CAUSE: If by determination of the Board an optionee's
         employment or consulting relationship is terminated (1) because such
         optionee has committed an act of embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty,
         breach of fiduciary duty to the Company, or deliberately disregarded
         the rules of the Company which resulted in loss, damage or injury to
         the Company, or (2) because the optionee has made any unauthorized
         disclosure of any of the secrets or confidential information of the
         Company, induced any client or customer of the Company to break any
         contract with the Company or induced any principal for whom the Company
         acts as agent to terminate such agency relations, or engaged in any
         conduct which constitutes unfair competition with the Company, or (3)
         if an optionee (including an optionee who is a director) is removed
         from any office of the Company or from the Company's Board by any bank
         regulatory agency, the optionee shall have the right for a period of
         thirty (30) days to exercise the option to the extent the option was
         exercisable on the date of termination; provided that the date of
         exercise is in no event after the expiration of the term of the option.
         To the extent the option is not exercised within such period the option
         will terminate. In making any determination pursuant to this paragraph,
         the Board shall act fairly and shall give the optionee whose employment
         or Consultant status has been terminated an opportunity to appear and
         be heard at a hearing before the full Board and present evidence on the
         optionee's behalf. For the purpose of this paragraph, termination of
         employment or Consultant status shall be deemed to occur when the
         Company dispatches notice or advice to the optionee that the optionee's
         employment or status as a Consultant is terminated, and not at the time
         of optionee's receipt thereof.

                  OTHER REASONS: If an optionee's employment or consulting
         relationship or tenure on the Board of Directors is terminated for any
         reason other than those mentioned above under "Death or Disability" and
         "Cause," the optionee may, within three (3) months (or such longer
         period as the Board may determine at the date of grant or during the
         term of the option) following such termination, exercise the option to
         the extent such option was exercisable on the date of termination of
         the optionee's employment or status as a director or Consultant;
         provided the date of exercise is in no event after the expiration of
         the term of the option and provided further that any option which is
         exercised more than three (3) months following termination shall be
         treated as a nonstatutory option whether or not it was designated as
         such at the time it was granted. To the extent the option is not
         exercised within such period the option will terminate.

                 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL OPTIONS

         The following terms and conditions shall apply to all options granted
pursuant to the 2000 Plan:

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

         To the extent the right to purchase Shares has vested under an
optionee's stock option agreement, options may be exercised from time to time by
delivering payment therefor in cash, certified check, official bank check, or
the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company, together with written notice
to the Secretary of the Company, identifying the option or part thereof being
exercised and specifying the number of Shares for which payment is being
tendered. In addition, an option may also be exercised by (1) the delivery and
surrender of shares of Company common stock which have been owned by the
optionee for at least six (6) months or such other period as the Board may
require and have an aggregate fair market value on the date of surrender equal
to the exercise price; or (2) by delivery to the Company of an exercise notice
instructing the Company to deliver the certificates for the Shares purchased to
a designated brokerage firm and a copy of irrevocable instructions delivered to
the brokerage firm to sell

                                       F-4
<PAGE>

the Shares acquired upon exercise of the option and to deliver to the Company
from the sale proceeds sufficient cash to pay the exercise price and any
applicable withholding taxes arising as a result of the exercise.

         The Company shall deliver to the optionee, which delivery shall be not
less than fifteen (15) days and not more than thirty (30) days after the giving
of such notice, without transfer or issue tax to the optionee (or other person
entitled to exercise the option), at the principal office of the Company, or
such other place as shall be mutually acceptable, a certificate or certificates
for such Shares dated the date the options were validly exercised; provided,
however, that the time of such delivery may be postponed by the Company for such
period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any
requirements of law.

TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION AND SHARES

         Each option shall be transferable only by will or the laws of descent
and distribution or as may otherwise be permitted under Rule 16b-3 or Section
422 of the IRC and shall be exercisable during the optionee's lifetime only by
the optionee, or in the event of disability, the optionee's qualified
representative. In addition, in order for Shares acquired upon exercise of
incentive stock options to receive the tax treatment afforded such Shares, the
Shares may not be disposed of within two (2) years from the date of the option
grant nor within one (1) year after the date of transfer of such Shares to the
option.

WITHHOLDING

         The Company shall have the right to condition the issuance of Shares in
connection with the exercise of an option upon payment by the optionee of any
applicable taxes required to be withheld under federal, state or local tax laws
or regulations in connection with such exercise. An optionee may elect to pay
any such tax by (1) requesting the Company to withhold a sufficient number of
Shares from the total number of Shares issuable upon exercise of the option, or
(2) delivering a sufficient number of shares of Company common stock which have
been held by the optionee for at least six (6) months (or such other period as
the Board may require) to the Company. The value of shares withheld or delivered
for such purpose shall be the fair market value of such shares on the date the
exercise becomes taxable as determined by the Board. Such an election is subject
to approval or disapproval by the Board, and if the optionee is subject to
Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the timing of the election must satisfy the
requirements of Rule 16b-3.

OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         Options may also contain such other provisions, which shall not be
inconsistent with any of the foregoing terms, as the Board shall deem
appropriate. No option, however, nor anything contained in the 2000 Plan, shall
confer upon any optionee any right to continue in the employ or in the status as
a director or Consultant of the Company, nor limit in any way the right of the
Company to terminate an optionee's employment or status as a Consultant at any
time.

                                       F-5
<PAGE>

                    ADJUSTMENT OF, AND CHANGES IN, THE SHARES

CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

         In the event the shares of common stock of the Company, as presently
constituted, shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind
of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another corporation
(whether by reason of reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares, or
otherwise), or if the number of shares of common stock of the Company shall be
increased through the payment of a stock dividend, there shall be substituted
for or added to each Share of common stock of the Company theretofore
appropriated or thereafter subject or which may become subject to an option
under the 2000 Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities
into which each outstanding share of common stock of the Company shall be so
changed, or for which each Share shall be exchanged, or to which each such Share
shall be entitled, as the case may be. In addition, appropriate adjustment shall
be made in the number and kind of Shares as to which outstanding options, or
portions thereof then unexercised, shall be exercisable, so that any optionee's
proportionate interest in the Company by reason of his or her rights under
unexercised portions of such options shall be maintained as before the
occurrence of such event. Such adjustment in outstanding options shall be made
without change in the total price of the unexercised portion of the option, and
with a corresponding adjustment in the option price per share.

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, SALE OR MERGER

         In the event of a proposed (i) dissolution or liquidation of the
Company; (ii) reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company, with the
result that (A) the Company is not the surviving corporation, or (B) the Company
becomes a subsidiary of another corporation, which shall be deemed to have
occurred if another corporation shall own, directly or indirectly, eighty
percent (80%) or more of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding equity
securities of the Company; or (iii) sale of substantially all the assets of the
Company to another corporation; or (iv) sale of the equity securities of the
Company representing eighty percent (80%) or more of the aggregate voting power
of all outstanding equity securities of the Company to any person or entity, or
any group of persons and/or entities acting in concert, then in those events,
the Company will deliver to each optionee no less than thirty (30) days prior to
each event, written notification of the event and the optionee's right to
exercise all options granted under the 2000 Plan, whether or not vested under
the 2000 Plan or applicable stock option agreement, and all outstanding options
granted under the 2000 Plan will completely vest and become immediately
exercisable prior to the occurrence of the event. This right of exercise will be
conditional upon execution of a final plan of dissolution or liquidation, or a
definitive agreement of reorganization, merger or consolidation. Upon occurrence
of the event, all outstanding options and the 2000 Plan will terminate;
provided, however, that any outstanding options not exercised as of the
occurrence of the event will not terminate if a successor corporation assumes
the outstanding options or substitutes for the options, new options covering
shares of the successor corporation's stock with appropriate adjustments as to
the number, kind and prices of shares, and substantially on the same terms as
the outstanding options.

                                       F-6
<PAGE>

NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENTS; FRACTIONAL SHARES

         To the extent the adjustments specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) above
relate to stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made by
the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and
conclusive. No right to purchase fractional shares shall result from any
adjustment in options pursuant to this Section 8. In case of any such
adjustment, the shares subject to the option shall be rounded down to the
nearest whole share. Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Company to
each holder of an option which is so adjusted, and such adjustment (whether or
not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the
2000 Plan.

         Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of any class, shall not affect the number or price of
shares of common stock subject to the option, and no adjustment by reason
thereof shall be made. The grant of an option pursuant to the 2000 Plan shall
not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments,
reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business
structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or
transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

              AMENDMENT, EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

         The Board shall have complete power and authority to terminate or amend
the 2000 Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the approval
of the shareholders of the Company, amend the 2000 Plan in a manner that
requires shareholder approval for continued compliance with the terms of Rule
16b-3 as promulgated or amended under the Exchange Act, Section 422 of the IRC,
any successor rules, or other regulatory authority. Except as provided in
Section 8, no termination, modification or amendment of the 2000 Plan may
adversely affect the rights of an optionee to whom an option was previously
granted under the 2000 Plan, without the consent of such optionee. Any consent
required by the preceding sentence may be obtained in any manner deemed
appropriate by the Board.

         The 2000 Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board, and
subject to the approval by the shareholders of the Company and consummation of
the merger and the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization and Merger dated March 1, 2000 by and among American River
Holdings, ARH Interim National Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A.

         The 2000 Plan, unless sooner terminated, shall terminate on
______________, ten (10) years from the date the 2000 Plan was originally
adopted by the Board. An option may not be granted under the 2000 Plan after the
2000 Plan is terminated.

                            INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES

         The Company shall provide to each optionee, during the period for which
he or she has one or more outstanding options, copies of all annual reports and
all other information which is provided to shareholders of the Company. The
Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose
duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent
information.

            PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

                                       F-7
<PAGE>

         No optionee shall be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership as
to any Shares not actually issued and delivered to the optionee. The Company
shall diligently endeavor to comply with all securities laws applicable to the
2000 Plan.

                                 NOTICE OF SALE

         An optionee shall give the Company notice of any sale or other
disposition of any Shares acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option,
not more than five days after such sale or disposition.

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         To the extent permitted by applicable law in effect from time to time,
no member of the Board Of Directors or the Board of Directors itself shall be
liable for any action or omission of any other member of the Board of Directors
or the Board of Directors itself nor for any act or omission on the member's own
part, excepting only the member's own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
The Company shall pay expenses incurred by, and satisfy a judgment or fine
rendered or levied against, a present or former director or member of the Board
of Directors in any action against such person (whether or not the Company is
joined as a party defendant) to impose liability or a penalty on such person for
an act alleged to have been committed by the Company or by such person while a
director or member of the Board of Directors arising with respect to the 2000
Plan or administration thereof or out of membership on the Board of Directors,
or all or any combination of the preceding; provided the director or member of
the Board of Directors was acting in good faith, within what such director or
member of the Board of Directors reasonably believed to have been the scope of
his or her employment or authority and for a purpose which he or she reasonably
believed to be in the best interests of the Company or its shareholders.
Payments authorized hereunder include amounts paid and expenses incurred in
settling any such action or threatened action. This section does not apply to
any action instituted or maintained in the right of the Company by a shareholder
or holder of a voting trust certificate representing shares of the Company. The
provisions of this section shall apply to the estate, executor, administrator,
heirs, legatees or devisees of a director or member of the Board of Directors,
and the term "person" as used in this section shall include the estate,
executor, administrator, heirs, legatees or devisees of such person.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Date of Grant:  ______________

         American River Holdings, a California corporation (the "Company"), has
granted to (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to purchase a total of
_______________ shares of Common Stock, at the price determined as provided
herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of
American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan"). The terms
defined in the 2000 Plan shall have the same defined meanings herein.

         1.       NATURE OF THE OPTION.

         This Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as
defined in Section 422 of the IRC.

         2.       EXERCISE PRICE.

         The exercise price is $______________ for each share of Common Stock,
which price is not less than the fair market value per share of the Common Stock
on the date of grant.

         3.       EXERCISE OF OPTION.

         This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the
provisions of section 5 of the 2000 Plan as follows:

         (a) RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

             (i)      This Option shall vest cumulatively from the date of grant
                      of the Option, exercisable during a period of _________
                      months after the date of grant as follows: ______% of the
                      Shares subject to the Option shall be vested on the first
                      anniversary of the date of grant, and an additional
                      _______% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on
                      each anniversary of the date of grant thereafter.

             (ii)     This Option may not be exercised for less than ten (10)
                      shares nor for a fraction of a share.

             (iii)    In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
                      termination of employment, the exercisability of the
                      Option is governed by Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 below.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>

         (b) METHOD OF EXERCISE. This Option shall be exercisable by written
notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of
shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other
representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the
provisions of the 2000 Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee
and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the
Company accompanied by payment of the exercise price, as applicable.

         No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon
which the Shares may then be listed or quoted. Assuming such compliance, the
Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares. An Optionee shall have no
rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares until the
issuance of a stock certificate to the Optionee for such Shares.

         4.       METHOD OF PAYMENT.

         Payment of the exercise price shall be by cash, certified check,
official bank check, or by the delivery of previously owned shares of the
Company's Common Stock held for the requisite period to avoid a charge to the
Company's reported earnings and with a fair market value on the date of
surrender equal to the exercise price. In addition, the Option may be exercised
by delivery to the Company of (i) a copy of irrevocable written instructions
provided by the Optionee to a designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate
sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds
available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate
exercise price payable for the purchased Shares plus all applicable federal,
state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the
Company by reason of such purchase and (ii) written instructions to the Company
to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage
firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

         5.       TERMINATION OF STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN
CAUSE.

         If Optionee ceases to serve as an Employee, he may, but only within
three (3) months after the date he ceases to be an Employee of the Company,
exercise this Option to the extent that the Option was vested as of the date of
such termination; provided that in no event is the date of exercise beyond
expiration of the Option. To the extent that the Option was not vested as of the
date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within
the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

         6.       TERMINATION OF STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE FOR CAUSE.

         If Optionee's status as an Employee is terminated for Cause, as
provided in Section 5(d) of the 2000 Plan, this Option shall terminate on the
thirtieth (30th) day after the date of termination of employment. "Cause" may
consist of an act of embezzlement; fraud; dishonesty; breach of fiduciary duty
to the Company; deliberate disregard of the rules of the Company which results
in loss, damage or injury to the Company; the unauthorized disclosure of any of
the secrets or confidential information of the Company; the inducement of any
client or customer of the Company to break any contract with

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

the Company or the inducement of any principal for whom the Company acts as
agent to terminate such agency relations; engagement in any conduct which
constitutes unfair competition with the Company; or the removal of Optionee from
any office of the Company by any bank regulatory agency.

         7.       DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, if Optionee is
unable to continue his or her employment with the Company as a result of his or
her disability (as defined below), he or she may, within twelve (12) months from
the date of termination of employment, exercise his or her Option to the extent
the Option was vested as of the date of such termination; provided that in no
event is the date of exercise beyond expiration of the Option; and, provided
further, that, in certain situations, an exercise after three (3) months
following such termination may preclude favorable tax treatment normally
accorded incentive stock options (i.e., the Option will be taxed as a
nonstatutory stock option). To the extent that the Option was not vested as of
the date of termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option within the
time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. For purposes of this
provision, "disability" shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment and shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the
Committee on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board of Directors or
Committee deems warranted under the circumstances.

         8.       DEATH OF OPTIONEE.

         In the event of the death of Optionee while Optionee is an Employee of
the Company or during the three (3) month period referred to in Section 5 above,
the Option may be exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months following the
date of death, by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to
exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Option
was vested as of the date of death; provided that in no event is the date of
exercise beyond expiration of the Option.

         9.       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.

         This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will
or by the laws of descent or distribution or as permitted under the 2000 Plan,
and may be exercised during the Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee. The
terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of the Optionee.

         10.      TERM OF OPTION.

         Subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2000 Plan, this
Option shall terminate years from the date of grant of this Option, and may be
exercised during such term only in accordance with the 2000 Plan and the terms
of this Option.

         11.      EARLY DISPOSITION OF STOCK.

         Optionee understands that if he or she disposes of any shares received
under this Option within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement or
within one (1) year after such shares were transferred to him, he will be
treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at
the

                                       F-11
<PAGE>

time of such disposition in an amount generally measured by the difference
between the exercise price and the lower of the fair market value of the shares
at the date of the exercise or the fair market value of the shares at the date
of disposition. Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing within 5 days
after the date of any disposition of the Shares acquired by exercise of this
Option. Optionee understands that if he or she disposes of such shares at any
time after the expiration of such two (2) year and one (1) year holding periods,
any gain on such sale will be taxed as long-term capital gain.

         12.      QUALIFICATION AS AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION.

         Optionee understands that the Option is intended to qualify as an
"incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the IRC. Optionee
understands, further, that the exercise price for the shares subject to this
Option has been determined in accordance with the 2000 Plan at a price not less
than 100% (or, if Optionee owned at the time of grant more than 10% of the
voting securities of the Company, 110%) of the fair market value of the shares
at the time of grant. The Company believes that the methodology by which the
fair market value was determined at such time represented a good faith attempt,
as defined in the IRC and the regulations thereunder, at reaching an accurate
appraisal of the fair market value of the shares. Optionee understands and
acknowledges, however, that the Company shall not be responsible for any
additional tax liability incurred by Optionee in the event that the Internal
Revenue Service were to determine that the Option does not qualify as an
incentive stock option, for any reason, including a determination that the
valuation did not represent a good faith attempt to value the shares.

                                       AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                                       By: /s/
                                           ------------------------------


         Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all
decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors or the Committee upon any
questions arising under the 2000 Plan.

                                       OPTIONEE

Dated:                                 -----------------------------------------
      -----------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       [TYPE OR PRINT NAME]

                                       F-12
<PAGE>

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                       NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Date of Grant:  ___________________


         American River Holdings, a California corporation (the "Company"), has
granted to (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to purchase a total of
____________ shares of Common Stock, at the price determined as provided herein,
and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of American
River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan"). The terms defined in
the 2000 Plan shall have the same defined meanings herein.

         1.       NATURE OF THE OPTION.

         This Option is intended by the Company and the Optionee to be a
nonstatutory stock option and does not qualify for any special tax benefits to
the Optionee. This Option is not an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of
Section 422 of the IRC.

         2.       EXERCISE PRICE.

         The exercise price is $_________________ for each share of Common
Stock, which price is not less than the fair market value per share of the
Common Stock on the date of grant.

         3.       EXERCISE OF OPTION.

         This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the
provisions of Section 5 of the 2000 Plan as follows:

         (a) RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

             (i)      This Option shall vest cumulatively from the date of grant
                      of the Option, exercisable during a period of _____ months
                      after the date of grant as follows: _______% of the Shares
                      subject to the Option shall be vested on the first
                      anniversary of the date of grant, and an additional
                      __________% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest
                      on each anniversary of the date of grant thereafter.

             (ii)     This Option may not be exercised for less than ten (10)
                      shares nor for a fraction of a share.

             (iii)    In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
                      termination of employment, the exercisability of the
                      Option is governed by Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 below.

          (b) METHOD OF EXERCISE. This Option shall be exercisable by written
notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of
shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other
representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the
provisions of the 2000 Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee
and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the
Company accompanied by payment of the exercise price, as applicable.

                                       F-13
<PAGE>

         No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law
and the requirements of any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon
which the Shares may then be listed or quoted. Assuming such compliance, the
Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares. An Optionee shall have no
rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares until the
issuance of a stock certificate to the Optionee for such Shares.

         4.       METHOD OF PAYMENT.

         Payment of the exercise price shall be by cash, certified check,
official bank check, or by the delivery of previously owned shares of the
Company's Common Stock held for the requisite period to avoid a charge to the
Company's reported earnings and with a fair market value on the date of
surrender equal to the exercise price. In addition, the Option may be exercised
by delivery to the Company of (i) a copy of irrevocable written instructions
provided by the Optionee to a designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate
sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds
available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate
exercise price payable for the purchased Shares plus all applicable federal,
state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the
Company by reason of such purchase and (ii) written instructions to the Company
to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage
firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

         5.       TERMINATION OF STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE OR DIRECTOR FOR ANY
REASON OTHER THAN CAUSE.

         If an Optionee ceases to serve as an Employee or Director, he may, but
only within three (3) months [or such longer period as the committee determines]
after the date he ceases to be an Employee or Director of the Company, exercise
this Option to the extent that the Option was vested as of the date of such
termination; provided that in no event is the date of exercise beyond expiration
of the Option. To the extent that the Option was not vested as of the date of
such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time
specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

         6.       TERMINATION OF STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE FOR CAUSE; REMOVAL FROM
BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

         If an Optionee's status as an Employee is terminated for Cause, as
provided in Section 5(d) of the 2000 Plan, this Option shall terminate on the
thirtieth (30th) day after the date of termination of employment. "Cause" may
consist of an act of embezzlement; fraud; dishonesty; breach of fiduciary duty
to the Company; deliberate disregard of the rules of the Company which result in
loss, damage or injury to the Company; the unauthorized disclosure of any of the
secrets or confidential information of the Company; the inducement of any client
or customer of the Company to break any contract with the Company or the
inducement of any principal for whom the Company acts as agent to terminate such
agency relations; engagement in any conduct which constitutes unfair competition
with the Company; or the removal of Optionee from any office of the Company by
any bank regulatory agency.

         If an Optionee's status as a director of the Company is terminated
because the Optionee is removed from the Board of Directors by any bank
regulatory agency, this Option shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) day after
such removal.

                                       F-14
<PAGE>

         7.       DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, if Optionee is
unable to continue his or her employment with or status as a director of the
Company as a result of his or her disability (as defined below), he or she may,
within twelve (12) months from the date of termination of employment or
membership on the Board of Directors (or such longer period as the Board of
Directors or Committee determines), exercise his or her Option to the extent the
Option was vested as of the date of such termination; provided that in no event
is the date of exercise beyond expiration of the Option. To the extent that the
Option was not vested as of the date of termination, or if Optionee does not
exercise such Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall
terminate. For purposes of this provision, "disability" shall mean the inability
of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by
the Board of Directors or the Committee on the basis of such medical evidence as
the Board of Directors or Committee deems warranted under the circumstances.

         8.       DEATH OF OPTIONEE.

         In the event of the death of Optionee while Optionee is an Employee or
Director or during the period referred to in Section 5 above, the Option may be
exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (or
such longer period as the Committee determines), by Optionee's estate or by a
person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance,
but only to the extent the Option was vested as of the date of death; provided
that in no event is the date of exercise beyond the date of expiration of the
Option.

         9.       NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.

         This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will
or by the laws of descent or distribution or as permitted under the 2000 Plan,
and may be exercised during the Optionee's lifetime only be the Optionee. The
terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of the Optionee.

         10.      TERM OF OPTION.

         Subject to earlier termination as provided in the 2000 Plan, this
Option shall terminate ____________ years from the date of grant of this Option,
and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the plan and the
terms of this Option.

         11.      TAXATION UPON EXERCISE OF OPTION.

         Optionee understands that upon exercise of this Option, he or she will
generally recognize income for tax purposes in an amount equal to the excess of
the then fair market value of the Shares over the exercise price. The Company
will be required to withhold tax from Optionee's current compensation with
respect to such income; to the extent that Optionee's current compensation is
insufficient to satisfy the withholding tax liability, the Company may require
the Optionee to make a cash payment to cover such liability as a condition of
exercise of this Option. (The Optionee may elect to pay such tax by (i)
requesting the Company to withhold a sufficient number of shares from the shares
otherwise due upon exercise or (ii) by delivering a sufficient number of shares
of the Company's Common Stock which have been previously held by the Optionee
for such period of time as the Board of Directors or Committee may require. The
aggregate value of the shares withheld or delivered, as determined by the Board
of Directors or Committee, must be sufficient to satisfy all such applicable
taxes, except as otherwise permitted by the Board of Directors or Committee. If
the Optionee is subject to Section 16 of the

                                       F-15
<PAGE>

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Optionee's election must be
made in compliance with rules and procedures established by the Committee.)

                                        AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                                        By: /s/
                                            --------------------------------


         Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all
decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors or the Committee upon any
questions arising under the 2000 Plan.

                                       OPTIONEE

Dated:                                 -----------------------------------------
      -----------------------

                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       [TYPE OR PRINT NAME]

                                       F-16
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX G

TEXT OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS ARTICLES OF
INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS TO PROVIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS

         The articles of incorporation of American River Holdings shall be
amended by adding thereto a new Article Seven which shall read as set forth
below:
         Seven:   CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
         (a)      The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board
                  of directors of this corporation shall be specified in the
                  bylaws of the corporation.

         (b)      In the event that the authorized number of directors shall be
                  fixed at nine (9) or more, the board of directors shall be
                  divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III,
                  each consisting of a number of directors equal as nearly as
                  practicable to one-third the total number of directors.
                  Directors in Class I shall initially serve for a term expiring
                  at the 2001 annual meeting of shareholders, directors in Class
                  II shall initially serve for a term expiring at the 2002
                  annual meeting of shareholders, and directors in Class III
                  shall initially serve for a term expiring at the 2003 annual
                  meeting of shareholders. Thereafter, each director shall serve
                  for a term ending at the third annual shareholders meeting
                  following the annual meeting at which such director was
                  elected. In the event that the authorized number of directors
                  shall be fixed with at least six (6) but less than nine (9),
                  the board of directors shall be divided into two classes,
                  designated Class I and Class II, each consisting of one-half
                  of the directors or as close an approximation as possible. At
                  each annual meeting, each of the successors to the directors
                  of the class whose term shall have expired at such annual
                  meeting shall be elected for a term running until the second
                  annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until
                  his or her successor shall have been duly elected and
                  qualified. The foregoing notwithstanding, each director shall
                  serve until his or her successor shall have been duly elected
                  and qualified, unless he or she shall resign, die, become
                  disqualified or disabled, or shall otherwise be removed.

         (c)      At each annual election, the directors chosen to succeed those
                  whose terms then expire shall be identified as being of the
                  same class as the directors they succeed, unless, by reason of
                  any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors,
                  the board of directors shall designate one or more
                  directorships whose term then expires as directorships of
                  another class in order more nearly to achieve equality in the
                  number of directors among the classes. When the board of
                  directors fills a vacancy resulting from the resignation,
                  death, disqualification or removal of a director, the director
                  chosen to fill that vacancy shall be of the same class as the
                  director he or she succeeds, unless, by reason of any previous
                  changes in the authorized number of directors, the board of
                  directors shall designate the vacant directorship as a
                  directorship of another class in order more nearly to achieve
                  equality in the number of directors among the classes.

         (d)      Notwithstanding the rule that the classes shall be as nearly
                  equal in number of directors as possible, in the event of any
                  change in the authorized number of directors, each director
                  then continuing to serve as such will nevertheless continue as
                  a director of the class of which he or she is a member, until
                  the expiration of his current term or his or her earlier
                  resignation, death, disqualification or removal. If any newly
                  created directorship or vacancy on the board of directors,
                  consistent with the rule that the three classes shall be as
                  nearly equal in number of directors as possible, may be
                  allocated to one or two or

                                      G-1
<PAGE>

                  more classes, the board of directors shall allocate it to that
                  of the available class whose term of office is due to expire
                  at the earliest date following such allocation.

Section 3.4 of Article III of the American River Holdings bylaws shall be
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  SECTION 3.4. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The directors shall
be elected annually by the shareholders at the annual meeting of the
shareholders; provided, that if for any reason, the annual meeting or an
adjournment thereof is not held or the directors are not elected thereat, then
the directors may be elected at any special meeting of the shareholders called
and held for that purpose. The term of office of the directors shall, except as
provided in Section 3.5, begin immediately after their election and shall
continue until their respective successors are elected and qualified. In the
event that the authorized number of directors shall be fixed at nine (9) or
more, the board of directors shall be divided into three classes, designated
Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist of one-third of the
directors or as close an approximation as possible. The initial term of office
of the directors of Class I shall expire at the annual meeting to be held during
fiscal year 2001, the initial term of office of the directors of Class II shall
expire at the annual meeting to be held during fiscal year 2002 and the initial
term of office of the directors of Class III shall expire at the annual meeting
to be held during fiscal year 2003. At each annual meeting, commencing with the
annual meeting to be held during fiscal year 2001, each of the successors to the
directors of the class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting
shall be elected for a term running until the third annual meeting next
succeeding his or her election until his or her successor shall have been duly
elected and qualified. In the event that the authorized number of directors
shall be fixed with at least six (6) but less than nine (9), the board of
directors shall be divided into two classes, designated Class I and Class II.
Each class shall consist of one-half of the directors or as close an
approximation as possible. At each annual meeting, each of the successors to the
directors of the class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting
shall be elected for a term running until the second annual meeting next
succeeding his or her election and until his or her successor shall have been
duly elected and qualified. Notwithstanding the rule that the classes shall be
as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, in the event of any change
in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as
such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she
is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her prior
death, resignation or removal. At such annual election, the directors chosen to
succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the
directors they succeed, unless, by reason of any intervening changes in the
authorized number of directors, the board of directors shall designate one or
more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in
order more nearly to achieve equality of number of directors among the classes.

                  This Section 3.4 may be amended or repealed only by approval
of the board of directors and the outstanding shares (as defined in Section 152
of the California General Corporation Law) voting as a single class,
notwithstanding Section 903 of the California General Corporation Law.

                                      G-2
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX H

TEXT OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
AND BYLAWS TO ELIMINATE CUMULATIVE VOTING IN THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

                  The articles of incorporation of American River Holdings shall
be amended by adding thereto a new Article Eight which shall read as set forth
below:

                  EIGHT:            CUMULATIVE VOTING.

                  No holder of any class of stock of the corporation shall be
entitled to cumulative votes in connection with any election of directors of the
corporation.

                  Section 2.8 of Article II of the American River Holdings
bylaws shall be amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  SECTION 2.8. VOTING. The shareholders entitled to notice of
any meeting or to vote at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name
shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date
determined in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Article II.

                  Voting of shares of the corporation shall in all cases be
subject to the provisions of Sections 700 through 711, inclusive, of the Code.

                  The shareholders' vote may be by voice or ballot; provided,
however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any
shareholder before the voting has begun. On any matter other than election of
directors, any shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal
and refrain from voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal
(other than the election of directors), but, if the shareholder fails to specify
the number of shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be
conclusively presumed that the shareholder's approving vote is with respect to
all shares that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the
affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and
entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) shall be
the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by
classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.

                  No holder of any class of stock of the corporation shall be
entitled to cumulate votes in connection with any election of directors of the
corporation.

In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of
affirmative votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them, up to the number
of directors to be elected, shall be elected. Votes against the director and
votes withheld shall have no legal effect.

                                      H-1
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Section 317 of the California Corporations Code authorizes a court to
award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors,
officers, employees and other agents of the corporation ("Agents") in terms
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for
liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         Article Five of the Registrant's articles of incorporation, as amended,
authorizes the Registrant to indemnify its Agents, through bylaw provisions,
agreements, votes of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in
excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the
California Corporations Code, subject to the applicable limits set forth in
Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect to actions for
breach of duty to the Registrant and its shareholders. Section 5.1 through 5.11
of Article V of the Registrant's bylaws provides for mandatory indemnification
of each director of the Registrant except as prohibited by law.

         The Registrant maintains a directors' and officers' liability insurance
policy that indemnifies the Registrant's directors and officers against certain
losses in connection with claims made against them for certain wrongful acts. In
addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements
with its directors and officers that require the Registrant, among other things,
(i) to maintain directors' and officers' insurance in reasonable amounts in
favor of those individuals, and (ii) to indemnify them against certain
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as Agents of the
Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by California law.

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
    (A)   Exhibits.

  Exhibit
  Number                             Document Description
  ------                             --------------------
    2.1        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger by and among the
               Registrant, ARH Interim National Bank and North Coast Bank, N.A.,
               dated as of March 1, 2000 (included as Annex A to the joint proxy
               statement/prospectus).

    3.1        Articles of Incorporation, as amended.

    3.2        Bylaws, as amended.

    4.1        Specimen of the Registrant's common stock certificate.

    5.1        Opinion of Coudert Brothers.

    8.1        Form of Tax Opinion of Perry-Smith LLP.

   10.1        Lease agreement between American River Bank and Spieker
               Properties, L.P., a California limited partnership, dated April
               1, 2000, related to 1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento,
               California.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

   10.2        Lease agreement and addendum between American River Bank and
               Bradshaw Plaza Group each dated January 31, 2000, related to 9750
               Business Park Drive, Sacramento, California.

   10.3        Lease agreement between American River Bank and Marjorie G.
               Taylor dated April 5, 1984, and addendum dated July 16, 1997,
               related to 10123 Fair Oaks Boulevard, Fair Oaks, California.

   10.4        Lease agreement between American River Bank and Sandalwood Land
               Company dated August 28, 1996, related to 2240 Douglas Boulevard,
               Suite 100, Roseville, California.

   10.5        Lease agreement between American River Holdings and Union Bank of
               California dated June 29, 1999, related to 1540 River Park Drive,
               Suite 108, Sacramento, California.

  *10.6        American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan.

  *10.7        Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1995 Stock
               Option Plan.

  *10.8        Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1995 Stock
               Option Plan.

  *10.9        American River Bank 401(k) Plan and amendment no. 1 dated April
               1, 1998.

  *10.10       American River Holdings Stock Option Gross-Up Plan and Agreement,
               as amended, dated May 20, 1998.

  *10.11       American River Bank Deferred Compensation Plan dated May 1, 1998.

  *10.12       American River Bank Deferred Fee Plan dated April 1, 1998.

  *10.13       Employment agreement with David T. Taber dated May 29, 1996, and
               amendment dated July 18, 1996.

  *10.14       Employment agreement with William L. Young dated May 29, 1996,
               and amendment dated July 18, 1996.

  *10.15       American River Bank Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive
               Management dated July 17, 1996.

  *10.16       American River Bank Employee Severance Policy dated March 18,
               1998.

  *10.17       American River Bank Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

   21.1        The Registrant's only subsidiaries are American River Bank and
               First Source Capital.

   23.1        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP (American River Holdings).

   23.2        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP (North Coast Bank, N.A.).

   23.3        Consent of Richardson & Company (North Coast Bank, N.A.)


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

   23.4        Consent of Coudert Brothers (included in Exhibit 5.1).

   23.5        Consent of Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba Carpenter and
               Company

   23.6        Consent of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated.

   23.7        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP.

   24.1        Power of Attorney (see Page II-5).

   99.1        Form of proxy to be used in soliciting shareholders of American
               River Holdings for the annual meeting.

   99.2        Form of proxy to be used in soliciting shareholders of North
               Coast Bank, N.A. for the special meeting.

  *99.3        Employment agreement with Kathy A. Pinkard dated December 16,
               1999.

  *99.4        Change of control employment agreement with Debbie K. Fakalata
               dated December 16, 1999.

  *99.5        Change of control employment agreement with David A. Wattell
               dated December 16, 1999.

   99.6        Lease agreement and addenda between Windsor Oaks National Bank
               (predecessor to North Coast Bank, N.A.) and Hotel St. Paul
               Partnership, each dated April 30, 1992, related to 8733 Lakewood
               Drive, Windsor, California.

   99.7        Lease agreement and addendum between North Coast Bank, N.A. and
               Rosario LLC, each dated September 1, 1998, related to 50 Santa
               Rosa Avenue, Santa Rosa, California.

   *   Denotes management contracts, compensatory plans or arrangements.

    (B)   Financial Statement Schedules:  Not applicable.

ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS

         (1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (a) To file, during
any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment
to this registration statement: (i) To include any prospectus required by
section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (ii) To reflect in
the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the
registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof)
which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the
information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the
total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum
offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,
the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement; (iii) To include any
material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement; (b) That, for the

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof; (c) To remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
unsold at the termination of the offering.

         (2) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each
filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing
of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior
to any public re-offering of the securities registered hereunder through use of
a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or
party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the
issuer undertakes that such re-offering prospectus will the contain information
called for by the applicable registration form with respect to re-offerings by
persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called
for by the other Items of the applicable form.

         (4) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed
pursuant to paragraph (3) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet
the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415,
will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will
not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

         (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

         (6) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests
for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant
to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of Form S-4, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.

         (7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of
a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant has duly caused the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sacramento,
State of California, on the 4th day of May 2000.

                                       AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS



                                       By /s/ DAVID T. TABER
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                              David T. Taber
                                              President and
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David T. Taber and Mitchell A. Derenzo, and each
of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and
agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Signature                        Title                                 Date
           ---------                        -----                                 ----

<S>                                  <C>                                      <C>
/s/ DAVID T. TABER                   Director, President and Chief            May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------      Executive Officer (Principal
    David T. Taber                   Executive Officer) and Director



/s/ MITCHELL A. DERENZO              Chief Financial Officer (Principal       May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------      Financial Officer and Principal
    Mitchell A. Derenzo              Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

           Signature                        Title                     Date
           ---------                        -----                     ----

/s/ SAM J. GALLINA                   Chairman and Director         May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    Sam J. Gallina



/s/ JAMES O. BURPO                   Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    James O. Burpo



/s/ CHARLES D. FITE                  Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    Charles D. Fite



/s/ WAYNE C. MATTHEWS                Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    Wayne C. Matthews, M.D.



                                     Director                      May  , 2000
- -------------------------------
    Marjorie J. Taylor



/s/ ROGER J. TAYLOR                  Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S.



/s/ STEPHEN H. WAKS                  Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    Stephen H. Waks



/s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG                 Director                      May 4, 2000
- -------------------------------
    William L. Young


                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

           Exhibit
           Number                       Document Description
           ------                       --------------------

              2.1        Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger by and
                         among the Registrant, ARH Interim National Bank and
                         North Coast Bank, N.A., dated as of March 1, 2000
                         (included as Annex A to the joint proxy
                         statement/prospectus).

              3.1        Articles of Incorporation, as amended.

              3.2        Bylaws, as amended.

              4.1        Specimen of the Registrant's common stock certificate.

              5.1        Opinion of Coudert Brothers.

              8.1        Form of Tax Opinion of Perry-Smith LLP.

             10.1        Lease agreement between American River Bank and Spieker
                         Properties, L.P., a California limited partnership,
                         dated April 1, 2000, related to 1545 River Park Drive,
                         Suite 107, Sacramento, California.

             10.2        Lease agreement and addendum between American River
                         Bank and Bradshaw Plaza Group each dated January 31,
                         2000, related to 9750 Business Park Drive, Sacramento,
                         California.

             10.3        Lease agreement between American River Bank and
                         Marjorie G. Taylor dated April 5, 1984, and addendum
                         dated July 16, 1997, related to 10123 Fair Oaks
                         Boulevard, Fair Oaks, California.

             10.4        Lease agreement between American River Bank and
                         Sandalwood Land Company dated August 28, 1996, related
                         to 2240 Douglas Boulevard, Suite 100, Roseville,
                         California.

             10.5        Lease agreement between American River Holdings and
                         Union Bank of California dated June 29, 1999, related
                         to 1540 River Park Drive, Suite 108, Sacramento,
                         California.

           *10.6         American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan.

           *10.7         Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the
                         1995 Stock Option Plan.

           *10.8         Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1995
                         Stock Option Plan.

           *10.9         American River Bank 401(k) Plan and amendment no. 1
                         dated April 1, 1998.

           *10.10        American River Holdings Stock Option Gross-Up Plan and
                         Agreement, as amended, dated May 20, 1998.

           *10.11        American River Bank Deferred Compensation Plan dated
                         May 1, 1998.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

           *10.12        American River Bank Deferred Fee Plan dated April 1,
                         1998.

           *10.13        Employment agreement with David T. Taber dated May 29,
                         1996, and amendment dated July 18, 1996.

           *10.14        Employment agreement with William L. Young dated May
                         29, 1996, and amendment dated July 18, 1996.

           *10.15        American River Bank Incentive Compensation Plan for
                         Executive Management dated July 17, 1996.

           *10.16        American River Bank Employee Severance Policy dated
                         March 18, 1998.

           *10.17        American River Bank Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

             21.1        The Registrant's only subsidiaries are American River
                         Bank and First Source Capital.

             23.1        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP (American River Holdings).

             23.2        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP (North Coast Bank, N.A.).

             23.3        Consent of Richardson & Company (North Coast Bank,
                         N.A.)

             23.4        Consent of Coudert Brothers (included in Exhibit 5.1).

             23.5        Consent of Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc., dba
                         Carpenter and Company

             23.6        Consent of Hoefer & Arnett Incorporated.

             23.7        Consent of Perry-Smith LLP.

             24.1        Power of Attorney (see Page II-5).

             99.1        Form of proxy to be used in soliciting shareholders of
                         American River Holdings for the annual meeting.

             99.2        Form of proxy to be used in soliciting shareholders of
                         North Coast Bank, N.A. for the special meeting.

            *99.3        Employment agreement with Kathy A. Pinkard dated
                         December 16, 1999.

            *99.4        Change of control employment agreement with Debbie K.
                         Fakalata dated December 16, 1999.

            *99.5        Change of control employment agreement with David A.
                         Wattell dated December 16, 1999.

             99.6        Lease agreement and addenda between Windsor Oaks
                         National Bank (predecessor to North Coast Bank, N.A.)
                         and Hotel St. Paul Partnership, each dated April 30,
                         1992, related to 8733 Lakewood Drive, Windsor,
                         California.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

             99.7        Lease agreement and addendum between North Coast Bank,
                         N.A. and Rosario LLC, each dated September 1, 1998,
                         related to 50 Santa Rosa Avenue, Santa Rosa,
                         California.

             * Denotes management contracts, compensatory plans or arrangements.



                                      II-9


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

         ONE:    NAME

         The name of the corporation is:

                  American River Holdings

         TWO:    PURPOSE

         The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporations
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.

         THREE:  AUTHORIZED STOCK

         The corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of
stock, designated "Common Stock," and the total number of shares which the
corporation is authorized to issue is 20,000,000.

         FOUR:   DIRECTOR LIABILITY

         The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

         FIVE:   INDEMNIFICATION

         The corporation is authorized to indemnify its agents (as defined from
time to time in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) to the fullest
extent permissible under California law. Any amendment, repeal or modification
of the provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of an agent of the corporation existing at the time of such
amendment, repeal or modification.

         SIX:    AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

         The name and address in this State of this corporation's initial agent
for service of process is:

                           Gary Steven Findley
                           1470 North Hundley Street
                           Anaheim, California 92806


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, for the purpose of forming this corporation under
the laws of the State of California, the undersigned, constituting the
incorporator of this corporation, has executed these Articles of Incorporation.

Dated:  January 23, 1995





                                                   /s/ GARY STEVEN FINDLEY
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       Gary Steven Findley

         I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing
Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.


                                                   /s/ GARY STEVEN FINDLEY
                                                   --------------------------
                                                       Gary Steven Findley



                                       2
<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

The undersigned, David T. Taber and Patricia Thaxter, certify that:

1.       They are the president and the assistant corporate secretary,
         respectively, of American River Holdings, a California corporation.

2.       Article 3 (three) of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation
         is amended to read as follows:

                  The corporation is authorized to issue only one class of
                  shares of stock, "Common Stock," and the total number of
                  shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is
                  20,000,000. Upon the amendment of this article, each
                  outstanding share of Common Stock is split into 1.50 shares.

3.       The foregoing amendment of the Articles of Incorporation has been duly
         approved by the Board of Directors at their regular meeting held April
         21, 1999.

4.       The corporation has only one class of shares outstanding and the
         amendment affects only a stock split.


/s/ David T. Taber                                 /s/ Patricia Thaxter
- ------------------------                           -----------------------------
David T. Taber                                     Patricia Thaxter
President                                          Assistant Corporate Secretary
Chief Executive Officer

Dated: May 7, 1999


David T. Taber and Patricia Thaxter further declare under penalty of perjury
under the laws of the State of California that they have read the foregoing
certificate, and know the contents thereof and that the same is true of their
own knowledge.

/s/ David T. Taber                                 /s/ Patricia Thaxter
- ------------------------                           -----------------------------
David T. Taber                                     Patricia Thaxter

Dated May 7, 1999


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

SECTION 1.1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal executive office of the corporation
is hereby located at such place as the board of directors (the "board") shall
determine. The board is hereby granted full power and authority to change said
principal executive office from one location to another.

SECTION 1.2. OTHER OFFICES. Other business offices may, at any time, be
established by the board at such other places as it deems appropriate.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders may be held at such
place within or outside the state of California designated by the board. In the
absence of any such designation, shareholders' meetings shall be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation.

SECTION 2.2. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held
for the election of directors on a date and at a time designated by the board.
The date so designated shall be within fifteen (15) months after the last annual
meeting. At such meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper
business within the power of the shareholders may be transacted.

SECTION 2.3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
called at any time by the board, the chairperson of the board, the president, or
by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the
votes at such meeting. If a special meeting is called by any person or persons
other than the board, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of
such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted,
and shall be delivered personally or by registered mail to the chairperson of
the board, the president, any vice president or the secretary of the
corporation. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly
given to the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time
requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than 35 nor
more than 60 days after receipt of the request. If the notice is not given


<PAGE>
within 20 days after receipt of the request, the person or persons requesting
the meeting may give the notice. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as
limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by
action of the board may be held.

SECTION 2.4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice, in accordance with Section 2.5
of this Article II, of each annual or special meeting of shareholders shall be
given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to
each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place,
date and hour of the meeting and (a) in the case of a special meeting, the
general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be
transacted, or (b) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the
board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action
by the shareholders, but, subject to the provisions of applicable law, any
proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any
meeting at which directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees
intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the board for election.

If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (a) a contract
or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest,
pursuant to Section 310 of the California Corporations Code, as amended (the
"Code"), (b) an amendment of the articles of incorporation, pursuant to Section
902 of the Code, (c) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section
1201 of the Code, (d) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to
Section 1900 of the Code, or (e) a distribution in dissolution other than in
accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section
2007 of the Code, the notice shall also state the general nature of that
proposal.

SECTION 2.5. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Notice of a shareholders' meeting shall be
given either personally or by first-class mail or telegraphic or other written
communication, charges prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address
appears on the corporation's books or is given, notice shall be deemed to have
been given if sent to that shareholder by first-class mail or telegraphic or
other written communication to the corporation's principal executive office or
if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county
in which the principal executive office is located. Notice shall be deemed to
have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail
or sent by telegram or other means of written communication. An affidavit of
mailing or other means of giving any notice in accordance with the above
provisions, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer
agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.


                                       2
<PAGE>

If any notice addressed to the shareholder at the address of such shareholder
appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the
United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal
Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at such address, all
future notices shall be deemed to have been duly given without further mailing
if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the
shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a period of
one year from the date of the giving of the notice to all other shareholders.

SECTION 2.6. QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders.
The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is
present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action
taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares
required to constitute a quorum.

SECTION 2.7. ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any shareholders' meeting,
whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the
vote of a majority of the shares represented either in person or by proxy at the
meeting, but in the absence of a quorum (except as provided in Section 2.6 of
this Article II) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to
another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
However, when any shareholders' meeting is adjourned for more than 45 days from
the date set for the original meeting, or, if after adjournment a new record
date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall
be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At any
adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have
been transacted at the original meeting.

SECTION 2.8. VOTING. The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to
vote at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.9 of this Article II.

Voting of shares of the corporation shall in all cases be subject to the
provisions of Sections 700 through 711, inclusive, of the Code.

The shareholders' vote may be by voice or ballot; provided, however, that any
election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any shareholder before
the voting has begun. On any matter other than election of directors, any
shareholder may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain
from


                                       3
<PAGE>

voting the remaining shares or vote them against the proposal (other than the
election of directors), but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of
shares which the shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively
presumed that the shareholder's approving vote is with respect to all shares
that the shareholder is entitled to vote. If a quorum is present, the
affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and
entitled to vote on any matter (other than the election of directors) shall be
the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by
classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.

Subject to the following sentence and the provisions of Section 708 of the Code,
every shareholder entitled to vote at any election of directors may cumulate
such shareholder's votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the
number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the
shareholder's shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder's votes on the
same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit. No
shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any candidate or candidates
pursuant to the preceding sentence unless such candidate's or candidates' names
have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has given
notice at the meeting and prior to the voting of the shareholder's intention to
cumulate the shareholder's votes. If any one shareholder has given such notice,
all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.

In any election of directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of
affirmative votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them, up to the number
of directors to be elected, shall be elected. Votes against the director and
votes withheld shall have no legal effect.

SECTION 2.9. RECORD DATE. The board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or allotment of any
rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action. The
record date so fixed shall be not more than 60 days nor less than 10 days prior
to the date of the meeting nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. When
a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of record on that date are entitled
to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend,
distribution, or allotment of rights, or to exercise rights, as the case may be,
notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the
record date. A record date for a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting unless the board fixes a new record date for the
adjourned meeting. The board shall fix a new record date if the meeting is
adjourned for more than 45 days.

If no record date is fixed by the board, the record date for determining
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a


                                       4
<PAGE>

meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the business day
next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if notice is
waived, the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held. The record date for determining shareholders for any
purpose other than as set forth in this Section 2.9 or Section 2.11 of this
Article II shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board
adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth day prior to the date of
such other action, whichever is later.

SECTION 2.10. CONSENT OF ABSENTEES. The transactions of any meeting of
shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as
though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is
present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the
meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, who was not present in person or
by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to the holding of the
meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of and presence at such meeting, except when the person
objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that
attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the
consideration of matters required by the Code to be included in the notice but
not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, consent to
the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes of the meeting, except
that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of those
matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of this Article II, the
waiver of notice, consent or approval shall state the general nature of the
proposal.

SECTION 2.11. ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Subject to Section
603 of the Code, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting
of shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders
of the outstanding shares, or their proxies, having not less than the minimum
number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All
such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation and shall be
maintained in the corporate records; provided, however, that (1) unless the
consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been solicited in writing,
notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting by less than unanimous
consent shall be given, as provided by Section 603(b) of the Code, and (2) in
the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective only if
signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote

                                       5
<PAGE>
for the election of directors; provided, however, that subject to applicable
law, a director may be elected at any time to fill a vacancy on the board that
has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of
directors. Any written consent may be revoked by a writing received by the
secretary of the corporation prior to the time that written consents of the
number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with
the secretary.

Unless a record date for voting purposes be fixed as provided in Section 2.9 of
this Article II, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give
consent pursuant to this Section 2.11, when no prior action by the board has
been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given.

SECTION 2.12. PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote shares or execute written
consents has the right to do so either in person or by one or more persons
authorized by a written proxy executed and dated by such shareholder and filed
with the secretary of the corporation prior to the convening of any meeting of
the shareholders at which any such proxy is to be used or prior to the use of
such written consent. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is
irrevocable continues in full force and effect unless: (1) revoked by the person
executing it prior to the vote pursuant thereto, by a writing delivered to the
corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed
by the person executing the prior proxy and presented to the meeting, or as to
any meeting of shareholders, by attendance at such meeting and voting in person
by the person executing the proxy; or (2) written notice of the death or
incapacity of the maker of the proxy is received by the corporation before the
vote pursuant thereto is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date of its execution unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

SECTION 2.13. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of shareholders,
the board may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors
of election to act at such meeting and any adjournment thereof. If no inspectors
of election are so appointed, or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or
refuse to act, the chairperson of any such meeting may, and on the request of
any shareholder or shareholder's proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at
the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If
inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders
or proxies, the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present shall
determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

The duties of such inspectors shall be as prescribed by Section 707(b) of the
Code and shall include: determining the number of shares outstanding and the
voting power of each; determining the shares represented at the meeting;
determining the existence of a quorum; determining the authenticity, validity
and the effect of


                                       6
<PAGE>

proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining when the polls
shall close; determining the result; and doing such acts as may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. If there are
three inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is
effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

SECTION 2.14. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The president shall preside at all meetings
of the shareholders and shall conduct each such meeting in a businesslike and
fair manner, but shall not be obligated to follow any technical, formal or
parliamentary rules or principles of procedure. The presiding officer's rulings
on procedural matters shall be conclusive and binding on all shareholders,
unless at the time of ruling a request for a vote is made to the shareholders
entitled to vote and represented in person or by proxy at the meeting, in which
case the decision of a majority of such shares shall be conclusive and binding
on all shareholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
presiding officer shall have all the powers usually vested in the presiding
officer of a meeting of shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1. POWERS. Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations
in the articles of incorporation and these bylaws relating to actions required
to be approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business
and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall
be exercised by or under the direction of the board. The board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operations of the business of the corporation to a
management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under
the ultimate direction of the board. Without prejudice to such general powers,
but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the
board shall have the following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated
in these bylaws:

(a)  to select and remove all the other officers, agents and employees of the
     corporation, prescribe any qualifications, powers and duties for them that
     are consistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, fix
     their compensation, and require from them security for faithful service;

(b)  to conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the corporation
     and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law,
     the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, as they may deem best;


                                       7
<PAGE>

(c)  to adopt, make and use a corporate seal, to prescribe the forms of
     certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of such
     certificates from time to time as in their judgment they may deem best;

(d)  to authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation from time
     to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may be lawful;

(e)  to borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the corporation,
     and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the corporate name,
     promissory and capital notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,
     pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor
     and any agreements pertaining thereto;

(f)  to prescribe the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any or
     all of the checks, drafts, notes, contracts and other corporate instruments
     shall be executed;

(g)  to appoint and designate, by resolution adopted by a majority of the
     authorized number of directors, one or more committees, each consisting of
     two or more directors, including the appointment of alternate members of
     any committee who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the
     committee; and

(h)  generally, to do and perform every act or thing whatever that may pertain
     to or be authorized by the board of directors of a corporation incorporated
     under the laws of this state.

SECTION 3.2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. The authorized number of
directors of the corporation shall not be less than eight (8) nor more than
fifteen (15) until changed by an amendment of the articles of incorporation or
by a bylaw amending this Section 3.2 duly adopted by the vote or written consent
of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. The exact
number of directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the range specified
in the articles of incorporation or in this Section 3.2: (i) by a resolution
duly adopted by the board; (ii) by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by
the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held
meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders
of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; or (iii) by approval
of the shareholders (as defined in Section 153 of the Code.

SECTION 3.3. NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS. Nominations for election of members of
the board may be made by the board or by any holder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Notice of intention to make any nominations (other than for persons named in the
notice of the meeting called for the election of directors) shall be made in
writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the


                                       8
<PAGE>

president of the corporation by the later of: (i) the close of business
twenty-one (21) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the
election of directors; or (ii) ten (10) days after the date of mailing of notice
of the meeting to shareholders. Such notification shall contain the following
information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name and
address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each proposed
nominee; (c) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation owned by
each proposed nominee; (d) the name and residence address of the notifying
shareholder; (e) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation owned
by the notifying shareholder; (f) the number of shares of capital stock of any
bank, bank holding company, savings and loan association or other depository
institution owned beneficially by the nominee or by the notifying shareholder
and the identities and locations of any such institutions; and (g) whether the
proposed nominee has ever been convicted of or pleaded nolo contendere to any
criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust, filed a petition in
bankruptcy or been adjudged bankrupt. The notification shall be signed by the
nominating shareholder and by each nominee, and shall be accompanied by a
written consent to be named as a nominee for election as a director from each
proposed nominee. Nominations not made in accordance with these procedures shall
be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his or her
instructions, the inspectors of election shall disregard all votes cast for each
such nominee. The foregoing requirements do not apply to the nomination of a
person to replace a proposed nominee who has become unable to serve as a
director between the last day for giving notice in accordance with this
paragraph and the date of election of directors if the procedure called for in
this paragraph was followed with respect to the nomination of the proposed
nominee.

A copy of the preceding paragraph shall be set forth in the notice to
shareholders of any meeting at which directors are to be elected.

SECTION 3.4. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The directors shall be elected at each
annual meeting of shareholders, but if any annual meeting is not held or the
directors are not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any special
meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. Each director shall hold office
until the next annual meeting and until a successor has been elected and
qualified.

SECTION 3.5. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the board, except for a vacancy created by
the removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining
directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. A vacancy on the board
created by the removal of a director may only be filled by the vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at
which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of all of
the outstanding shares.


                                       9
<PAGE>

The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the chairperson
of the board, the president, secretary, or the board, unless the notice
specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the board
accepts the resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time,
the board or the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take
office when the resignation is to become effective.

A vacancy or vacancies on the board shall be deemed to exist in case of the
death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the authorized number of
directors is increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any annual or special
meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are elected, to elect
the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at that meeting.

The board may declare vacant the office of a director who has been declared of
unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of
removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's term of office.

SECTION 3.6. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Regular or special meetings of the board shall
be held at any place within or outside the state of California which has been
designated in the notice of meeting or if there is no notice, at the principal
executive office of the corporation, or at a place designated by resolution of
the board or by the written consent of the board. Any regular or special meeting
is valid wherever held if held upon written consent of all members of the board
given either before or after the meeting and filed with the secretary of the
corporation.

SECTION 3.7. REGULAR MEETINGS. Immediately following each annual meeting of
shareholders, the board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of
organization, any desired election of officers and the transaction of other
business. Notice of this meeting shall not be required.

Other regular meetings of the board shall be held without notice either on the
third Wednesday of each month at the hour of 7:00 p.m., or at such different
date and time as the board may from time to time fix by resolution; provided,
however, should said day fall upon a legal holiday observed by the corporation
at its principal executive office, then said meeting shall be held at


                                       10
<PAGE>

the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day of the
corporation. Call and notice of all regular meetings of the board are hereby
dispensed with.

SECTION 3.8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board for any purpose or
purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board, the
president, any vice president, the secretary or by any two directors.

Special meetings of the board shall be held upon four days' written notice by
mail or 48 hours' notice delivered personally or by telephone, telegraph, telex
or other similar means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or
delivered to each director at the director's address as shown upon the records
of the corporation or as given to the corporation by the director for purposes
of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not readily
ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are regularly
held. Such notice may, but need not, specify the purpose of the meeting, or the
place if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation.

Notice by mail shall be deemed to have been given at the time a written notice
is deposited in the United States mails, postage prepaid. Any other written
notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered
to the recipient or is delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or
actually transmitted by the person giving the notice by electronic means or by
facsimile transmission, to the recipient. Oral notice shall be deemed to have
been given at the time it is communicated, in person or by telephone or
wireless, to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient whom
the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it
to the recipient.

SECTION 3.9. QUORUM. A majority of the authorized number of directors
constitutes a quorum of the board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as hereinafter provided. Every act or decision done or made by a
majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is
present shall be regarded as the act of the board, unless a greater number be
required by the articles of incorporation and subject to the provisions of
Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a
director has a direct or indirect material financial interest) and Section
317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors). A meeting at which a
quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding
the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a
majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

SECTION 3.10. PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the
board may participate in a meeting through use of a conference telephone or
similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such
meeting can hear one


                                       11
<PAGE>

another. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.10 constitutes
presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 3.11. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any
director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an
approval of the minutes of the meeting, whether before or after the meeting, or
who attends the meeting without protesting, before the meeting or at its
commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents or
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting.

SECTION 3.12. ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a
quorum is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place.
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given,
unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, in which case
notice of the time and place shall be given before the time of the adjourned
meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

SECTION 3.13. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be
taken by the board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board
shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such
written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings
of the board. Such action by written consent shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote of the board.

SECTION 3.14. FEES AND COMPENSATION. Directors and members of committees may
receive such compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement
for expenses, as may be fixed or determined by the board. This Section 3.14
shall not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in
any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving
compensation for those services.

SECTION 3.15. RIGHTS OF INSPECTION. Every director of the corporation shall have
the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records
and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the
corporation and also of its subsidiary corporations, domestic or foreign. Such
inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the
right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

SECTION 3.16. REMOVAL OF DIRECTOR WITHOUT CAUSE. Any or all of the directors of
the corporation may be removed without cause if the removal is approved by the
outstanding shares, subject to the following:

(a)  Except if the corporation has a classified board, no director may be
     removed (unless the entire board is removed) when the votes cast against
     removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient
     to elect the director if


                                       12
<PAGE>

     voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes
     were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares
     entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized
     at the time of the director's most recent election were then being elected.

(b)  When by the provisions of the articles the holders of the shares of any
     class or series, voting as a class or series, are entitled to elect one or
     more directors, any director so elected may be removed only by the
     applicable vote of the holders of the shares of that class or series.

(c)  When the corporation has a classified board, a director may not be removed
     if the votes cast against removal of the director, or not consenting in
     writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect the director if voted
     cumulatively (without regard to whether shares may otherwise be voted
     cumulatively) at an election at which the same total number of votes were
     cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to
     vote were voted) and either the number of directors elected at the most
     recent annual meeting of shareholders, or if greater, the number of
     directors for whom removal is being sought, were then being elected.

SECTION 3.17. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS BY SHAREHOLDER'S SUIT. The superior court of
the proper county may, at the suit of the shareholders holding at least 10
percent of the number of outstanding shares of any class, remove from office any
director in case of fraudulent or dishonest acts or gross abuse of authority or
discretion with reference to the corporation and may bar from reelection any
director so removed for a period prescribed by the court. The corporation shall
be made a party to such action.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

SECTION 4.1. OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a
secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the
discretion of the board, a chairperson of the board, a vice chairperson of the
board, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or
more assistant financial officers and such other officers as may be elected or
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of this Article IV.
One person may hold two or more offices, except those of president and
secretary.

SECTION 4.2. APPOINTMENT. The officers of the corporation, except such officers
as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 or Section
4.5 of this Article IV, shall be chosen by, and shall serve at the pleasure of,
the board, and shall hold their respective offices until their resignation,


                                       13
<PAGE>

removal or other disqualification from service, or until their respective
successors shall be appointed, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer
under any contract of employment.

SECTION 4.3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The board may appoint, or may empower the
president to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may
require, each to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform
such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board may from time to
time determine.

SECTION 4.4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Subject to the rights, if any, of an
officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either
with or without cause, by the board at any time, or, except in the case of an
officer chosen by the board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may
be conferred by the board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation
without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract
to which the officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the
date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 4.5. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these bylaws for regular appointment to such office.

SECTION 4.6. CHAIRPERSON. The chairperson of the board, if there shall be such
an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the board and exercise
and perform such other powers and duties as may be assigned from time to time by
the board.

SECTION 4.7. VICE CHAIRPERSON. The vice chairperson of the board, if there shall
be such an officer, shall, in the absence of the chairperson of the board,
preside at all meetings of the board and exercise and perform such other powers
and duties as may be assigned from time to time by the board.

SECTION 4.8. PRESIDENT. Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given by the
board to the chairperson of the board, if there shall be such an officer, the
president is the general manager and chief executive officer of the corporation
and has, subject to the control of the board, general supervision, direction and
control of the business and affairs of the corporation. The president shall
preside at all meetings of the shareholders and in the absence of both the
chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson, or if there be none, at all
meetings of the board. The president has the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of president and chief executive officer
of a corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the
board.


                                       14
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.9. VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence or disability of the president, the
vice presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the board or, if not ranked,
the vice president designated by the board, shall perform all the duties of the
president and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to
all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed for them respectively by the bylaws, the board, the president or the
chairperson of the board.

SECTION 4.10. SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the
principal executive office or such other place as the board may order, a book of
minutes of all meetings of shareholders, the board and its committees, with the
time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how
authorized, the notice or waivers of notice thereof given, the names of those
present at the board and committee meetings, the number of shares present or
represented at shareholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a copy of the bylaws of the
corporation at the principal executive office or business office in accordance
with Section 213 of the Code. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at
the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation's transfer
agent or registrar, if one is appointed, a record of its shareholders, or a
duplicate record of its shareholders, giving the names and addresses of all
shareholders and the number and class of shares held by each.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of
the shareholders, of the board and of any committees thereof required by these
bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe
custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may
be prescribed by the board.

SECTION 4.11. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The assistant secretary or the assistant
secretaries, in the order of their seniority, shall, in the absence or
disability of the secretary, or in the event of such officer's refusal to act,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall have such
additional powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time
by the president or by the board.

SECTION 4.12. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The chief financial officer shall keep
and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and
records of the properties and financial and business transactions of the
corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts,
disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares, and shall
send or cause to be sent to the shareholders of the corporation such financial
statements and reports that by law or these bylaws are required to be sent to
them. The books of


                                       15
<PAGE>

account shall at all times be open to inspection by any director of the
corporation.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the
name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be
designated by the board. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the board, shall render to the president
and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all transactions engaged
in as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation,
and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by the board.

SECTION 4.13. ASSISTANT FINANCIAL OFFICER. The assistant financial officer or
the assistant financial officers, in the order of their seniority, shall, in the
absence or disability of the chief financial officer, or in the event of such
officer's refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
chief financial officer, and shall have such additional powers and discharge
such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the president or by the
board.

SECTION 4.14. SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to
time by the board and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary
by reason of the fact that such officer is also a director of the corporation.

SECTION 4.15. OFFICERS HOLDING MORE THAN ONE OFFICE. Any two or more offices,
except those of president and secretary, may be held by the same person, but no
officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one
capacity.

SECTION 4.16. INABILITY TO ACT. In the case of absence or inability to act of
any officer of the corporation and of any person herein authorized to act in his
or her place, the board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of
such officer to any other officer, or any director or other person whom it may
select.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 5.1. DEFINITIONS. For use in this Article V, certain terms are defined
as follows:

(a)  "Agent": A director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or a
     person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
     director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
     (including service with respect to employee benefit plans and service on
     creditors' committees with respect to any proceeding under


                                       16
<PAGE>

     the Bankruptcy Code, assignment for the benefit of creditors or other
     liquidation of assets of a debtor of the corporation), or a person who was
     a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation
     which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another
     enterprise at the request of the predecessor corporation.

(b)  "Loss": All expenses, liabilities, and losses including attorneys' fees,
     judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be
     paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed
     thereon, and any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed on any
     Agent as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under
     this Article.

(c)  "Proceeding": Any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
     proceeding including any and all appeals, whether civil, criminal,
     administrative or investigative.

SECTION 5.2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to or is involved (as a party, witness or
otherwise) in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person
of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an Agent, is entitled
to indemnification. Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
corporation to the fullest extent authorized by law. The right to
indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right. It is the
corporation's intention that these bylaws provide indemnification in excess of
that expressly permitted by Section 317 of the Code, as authorized by the
corporation's articles of incorporation.

SECTION 5.3. AUTHORITY TO ADVANCE EXPENSES. The right to indemnification
provided in Section 5.2 of these bylaws shall include the right to be paid, in
advance of a Proceeding's final disposition, expenses incurred in defending that
Proceeding, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if required by the California General
Corporation Law, as amended, the payment of expenses in advance of the final
disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the
corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Agent to repay such amount
if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be
indemnified by the corporation as authorized under this Article V or otherwise.
The Agent's obligation to reimburse the corporation for advances shall be
unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

SECTION 5.4. RIGHT OF CLAIMANT TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under Section 5.2 or
5.3 of these bylaws is not paid in full by the corporation within thirty (30)
days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the claimant
may at any time there-after bring suit against the corporation to recover the
unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant
shall be entitled to be paid also the expenses (including attorneys' fees) of
prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense


                                       17
<PAGE>

to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses
incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that the
claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the
California General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant
for the amount claimed. The burden of proving such a defense shall be on the
corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of
directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that the indemnification
of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the California General Corporation
Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of
directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has
not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or
create a presumption that claimant has not already met the applicable standard
of conduct.

SECTION 5.5. PROVISIONS NONEXCLUSIVE. The rights conferred on any person by this
Article V shall not be exclusive of any other rights that such person may have
or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the articles of
incorporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or
otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office. To the extent that any provision of the
articles of incorporation, agreement, or vote of the shareholders or
disinterested directors is inconsistent with these bylaws, the provision,
agreement, or vote shall take precedence.

SECTION 5.6. AUTHORITY TO INSURE. The corporation may purchase and maintain
insurance to protect itself and any Agent against any Loss asserted against or
incurred by such person, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify the Agent against such Loss under applicable law or the provisions of
this Article V. If the corporation owns all or a portion of the shares of the
company issuing the insurance policy, the company and/or the policy must meet
one of the two sets of conditions set forth in Section 317 of the Code.

SECTION 5.7. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights provided by this Article V shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Agent and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

SECTION 5.8. SETTLEMENT OF CLAIMS. The corporation shall not be liable to
indemnify any Agent under this Article V: (a) for any amounts paid in settlement
of any action or claim effected without the corporation's written consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (b) for any judicial award, if
the corporation was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its
expense, to participate in the defense of such action.

SECTION 5.9. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. Any amendment, repeal or modification of


                                       18
<PAGE>

this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any Agent
existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

SECTION 5.10. SUBROGATION. Upon payment under this Article V, the corporation
shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of
recovery of the Agent, who shall execute all papers required and shall do
everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution
of such documents necessary to enable the corporation effectively to bring suit
to enforce such rights.

SECTION 5.11. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The corporation shall not be liable
under this Article V to make any payment in connection with any claim made
against the Agent to the extent the Agent has otherwise actually received
payment (under any insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise) of the
amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                OTHER PROVISIONS

SECTION 6.1.  INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.

(a)  A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five
     percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the
     corporation or who hold at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting
     shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and
     Exchange Commission relating to the election of directors of the
     corporation shall have an absolute right to do either or both of the
     following:

     (i)  inspect and copy the record of shareholders' names and addresses and
          shareholdings during usual business hours upon five business days'
          prior written demand upon the corporation; or

     (ii) obtain from the transfer agent, if any, for the corporation, upon
          written demand and upon the tender of its usual charges for such a
          list (the amount of which charges shall be stated to the shareholder
          by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the shareholders' names
          and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of directors
          and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which
          it has been compiled, or as of a date specified by the shareholder
          subsequent to the date of demand. The corporation shall have a
          responsibility to cause the transfer agent to comply with this Section
          6.1;

(b)  The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by
     any shareholder or holder of a voting trust


                                       19
<PAGE>

     certificate at any time during usual business hours upon written demand on
     the corporation, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder's interest
     as a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate. A written demand
     for such inspection shall be accompanied by a statement in reasonable
     detail of the purpose of the inspection.

(c)  The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the
     shareholders and the board and committees of the board shall be open to
     inspection upon written demand on the corporation by any shareholder or
     holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual
     business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder's interest
     as a shareholder or as a holder of such voting trust certificate. The right
     of inspection created by this Section 6.1(c) shall extend to the records of
     each subsidiary of the corporation. A written demand for such inspection
     shall be accompanied by a statement in reasonable detail of the purpose of
     the inspection.

(d)  Any inspection and copying under this Section 6.1 may be made in person or
     by agent or attorney.

SECTION 6.2. INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. The corporation shall keep at its principal
executive office in California the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended
to date, which shall be open to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable
times during office hours.

SECTION 6.3. EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTS. Subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any note, mortgage, evidence of indebtedness, contract, share
certificate, initial transaction statement or written statement, conveyance or
other instrument in writing and any assignment or endorsement thereof executed
or entered into between the corporation and any other person, when signed by the
chairperson of the board, the president or any vice president and the secretary,
any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant financial
officer of the corporation, or when stamped with a facsimile signature of such
appropriate officers in the case of share certificates, shall be valid and
binding upon the corporation in the absence of actual knowledge on the part of
the other person that the signing officers did not have authority to execute the
same. Any such instruments may be signed by any other person or persons and in
such manner as from time to time shall be determined by the board, and unless so
authorized by the board, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or
authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its
credit or to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

SECTION 6.4. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Every holder of shares of the corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by
the chairperson or the vice chairperson of the board or the president or a vice
president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary or the chief financial


                                       20
<PAGE>

officer or an assistant financial officer, certifying the number of shares and
the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. The signatures on the
certificates may be facsimile signatures. If any officer, transfer agent or
registrar who has signed a certificate or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon the certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Except as provided in this Section 6.4, no new certificate for shares shall be
issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered and
cancelled at the same time. The board may, however, in case any certificate for
shares is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance
of a new certificate in lieu thereof, and the corporation may require that the
corporation be given a bond or other adequate security sufficient to indemnify
it against any claim that may be made against it (including any expense or
liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer in the stock transfer
book of the corporation, the registered owner shall be treated as the person
exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise
all the rights and powers of an owner, except as expressly provided otherwise by
the laws of the state of California.


                                       21
<PAGE>

SECTION 6.5. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. The president or
any other officer or officers authorized by the board or the president are each
authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all
rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of any other
corporation or corporations standing in the name of the corporation. The
authority herein granted may be exercised either by any such officer in person
or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly
executed by said officer.

SECTION 6.6. SEAL. The corporate seal of the corporation shall consist of two
concentric circles, between which shall be the name of the corporation, and in
the center shall be inscribed the word "Incorporated" and the date of its
incorporation.

SECTION 6.7. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the
first day of January and end on the 31st day of December of each year.

SECTION 6.8. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. Unless the context otherwise
requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions
contained in the Code and the California General Corporation Law shall govern
the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this
provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes
the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural
person.

SECTION 6.9. BYLAW PROVISIONS CONTRARY TO OR INCONSISTENT WITH PROVISIONS OF
LAW. Any article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause or phrase
of these bylaws which, upon being construed in the manner provided in this
Section 6.9, shall be contrary to or inconsistent with any applicable provision
of the Code or other applicable laws of the state of California or of the United
States shall not apply so long as said provisions of law shall remain in effect,
but such result shall not affect the validity or applicability of any other
portions of these bylaws, it being hereby declared that these bylaws would have
been adopted and each article, section, subsection, subdivision, sentence,
clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more
articles, sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses or phrases is
or are illegal.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   AMENDMENTS

SECTION 7.1. AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS. New bylaws may be adopted or these
bylaws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written consent of holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if
the articles of incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of
authorized directors of the corporation, the authorized number of directors may
be changed only by an amendment of the articles of incorporation and provided
also that a bylaw reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors
to a number less than five cannot be adopted if the votes cast against adoption
at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of action by written
consent, are equal to more than 16 2/3 percent of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote.

SECTION 7.2. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of the shareholders
as provided in Section 7.1 of this Article VII, bylaws, other than a bylaw
specifying or changing a fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum
number or changing from a fixed to a variable board or vice versa, may be
adopted, amended or repealed by the board.


                                       23
<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

          I,   the undersigned, do hereby certify:

          1.   That I am the duly elected and acting secretary of American River
               Holdings, a California corporation; and

          2.   That the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 22 pages, constitute the
               Bylaws of American River Holdings as duly adopted by action of
               the board of directors of American River Holdings duly taken on,
               February 15, 1995.



                                                       -------------------------
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Secretary


                                       24
<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                                   RESOLUTION
                               AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

WHEREAS Article III, Section 3.2. provides that the exact number of directors
can be fixed from time to time within the range specified in this section, the
Board of Directors of American River Holdings hereby adopts this resolution to
fix the number of directors to 10 (ten) until changed by an amendment of the
articles of incorporation or by a resolution duly adopted by the board, as
specified in Article III, Section 3.2.

In witness thereof, the undersigned, Marjorie G. Taylor, Corporate Secretary of
American River Holdings, has executed this resolution.




Marjorie G. Taylor
Corporate Secretary
January 21, 1998


<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                                   RESOLUTION

                               AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

WHEREAS Article III, Section 3.2. provides that the exact number of directors
can be fixed from time to time within the range specified in this section, the
Board of Directors of American River Holdings hereby adops this resolution to
fix the number of directors to nine (9) until changed by an amendment of the
articles of incorporation or by a resolution duly adopted by the board, as
specified in Article III, Section 3.2.

In witness thereof, the undersigned, Marjorie G. Taylor, Corporate Secretary of
American River Holdings, has executed this resolution.




Marjorie G. Taylor
Corporate Secretary
January 20, 1999


063502
================================================================================
COMMON STOCK                                                        COMMON STOCK

              [GRAPHIC LOGO         AMERICAN
               OMITTED]              RIVER
                                    HOLDINGS

[ 10            ]                                           [                  ]


INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                             SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN
OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA                              DEFINITIONS AND A
                                                        STATEMENT AS TO THE
                                                        RIGHTS, PREFERENCES,
                                                        PRIVILEGES AND
                                                        RESTRICTIONS OF SHARES

                                                        CUSIP 029326 10 5

THIS CERTIFIES THAT



IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF


           FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

                            AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof, in person or
by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly
endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer
Agent and registered by the Registrar.

         Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile
signatures of its dually authorized officers.

                               CERTIFICATE STOCK


Dated
                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS
                                  INCORPORATED
                                      JAN.
                                       24,
                                      1995
                                   CALIFORNIA
                                        *
/s/ M. TAYLOR                                    /s/ DAVID T. TABER
SECRETARY                                        PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                 OFFICER


                                                 COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
                                                 U.S. STOCK TRANSFER CORPORATION
                                                 (GLENDALE, CA)
                                                 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

                                                 BY:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                            AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

================================================================================
<PAGE>

[REVERSE SIDE OF STOCK CERTIFICATE]

    A statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preference
and/or rights as established, from time to time, by the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation and by any certificate of determination, the
number of shares constituting each class and series, and the designations
therefore, may be obtained by the holder hereof upon request and without charge
at the principal office of the Corporation.


    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out if full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>                              <C>                    <C>
TEN COM   -- as tenants in common          UNIF GIFT MIN ACT       Custodian
TEN ENT   -- as tenants by the entireties                   ---------------------------------
JT TEN    -- as joint tenants with right                    (Cust)                (Minor)
             of survivorship and not as                     Under Uniform Gifts to Minors
             tenants in common                              Act
                                                               ------------------------------
                                                                        (State)
                                           UNIF TRF MIN ACT        Custodian (Until age......)
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                            (Cust)

                                                                       Under Uniform Transfer
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                              (Minor)
                                                            To Minors Act
                                                                         --------------------
                                                                             (State)
</TABLE>

    ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS MAY ALSO BE USED THOUGH NOT IN THE ABOVE LIST.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED_________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
   IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation will
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:
      -------------------


                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 NOTICE:  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
                                          CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN
                                          UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN
                                          EVERY PARTICULARLY, WITHOUT ALTERATION
                                          OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.


SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:




- --------------------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS
AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP
IN AND APPROVED MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE PROGRAM),
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad 15.


                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                        [LETTERHEAD OF COUDERT BROTHERS]



_______________, 2000

American River Holdings
1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
Sacramento, California  95815

         Re:      American River Holdings-- Registration Statement on Form S-4



Ladies and Gentlemen:

         With reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by
American River Holdings, a California corporation, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, of ____________ shares of American River Holdings Common
Stock, no par value per share (the "ARH Shares"), to be issued in connection
with the merger contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and
Merger, dated as of March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement"), among North Coast
Bank, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the
United States, and ARH Interim National Bank, a national banking association to
be formed at the direction of American River Holdings, which Agreement is
described therein and filed as an exhibit thereto:

         We are of the opinion that the ARH Shares have been duly authorized
and, when issued in accordance with the Merger Agreement, will be legally
issued, fully paid and nonassessable. We hereby consent to the filing of this
opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and the use of our name
under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement and in the Joint
Proxy Statement/Prospectus included therein.

Very truly yours,



/s/  COUDERT BROTHERS






                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1

                         [LETTERHEAD OF PERRY-SMITH LLP]

__________________, 2000               FORM OF OPINION TO BE RENDERED AT CLOSING

American River Holdings
1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
Sacramento, California  95815


North Coast Bank, National Association
50 Santa Rosa Avenue
Santa Rosa, California  95404

                       MERGER OF ARH INTERIM NATIONAL BANK
                  INTO NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         You have asked for our opinion as to certain federal and California
income tax consequences of the proposed reorganization transaction that will
result in the merger of North Coast Bank, N.A., a national banking association
("NCB") with and into ARB Interim National Bank, an interim national banking
association ("Interim Bank") and a wholly-owned subsidiary of American River
Holdings, a California corporation ("ARH"), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization and Merger dated as of March 1, 2000 (the "Merger Agreement").
This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Sections 7.j and 8.j of the Merger
Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this letter without definition have the
respective meanings given them in the Merger Agreement.

         The Merger Agreement provides that at the Effective Time of the Merger,
NCB will be merged with and into Interim Bank, with Interim Bank as the
surviving national banking association. In the Merger, each share of NCB common
stock will be exchanged for the right to receive .9644 of a share of ARH common
stock. No fractional shares of ARH common stock will be issued in the Merger,
but NCB shareholders who would otherwise be entitled to receive fractional
shares will receive cash in lieu thereof. NCB has only common stock outstanding.

         In rendering the opinions expressed in this letter, we have assumed
that the transactions described in the Merger Agreement will be carried out in
all respects as provided therein. In addition, we have examined and are relying
upon (without any independent investigation or review) the truth, correctness
and completeness at all relevant times of the statements, covenants,
representations and warranties contained in the Merger Agreement, letters dated
2000 delivered to us by ARH and NCB (the "Tax Representation Letters"), the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated 2000 delivered to NCB shareholders in
connection with the solicitation of proxies for the NCB vote on the Merger (the
"Proxy Statement/Prospectus"), and such other instruments and documents as we
have deemed necessary.

         Based upon our understanding of the transaction as described above and
the above information, representations and assumptions, and upon existing
statutes, regulations, court decisions and published rulings of the Internal
Revenue Service, it is our opinion that, for purposes of federal income tax law
and California income and franchise tax law:
<PAGE>

         1. The merger of NCB with and into Interim Bank and the issuance of ARH
common stock in the transaction as described in the Agreement will qualify as a
reorganization under Sections 368(a)(1)(A) and 368(a)(2)(D) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC").

         2. The Merger will not result in the recognition of gain or loss by ARH
or NCB.

         3. No gain or loss will be recognized by holders of NCB stock on the
exchange of NCB stock for ARH common stock, except to the extent gain is
recognized with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares.

         4. The holding period of ARH stock received in exchange for NCB stock
(including any fractional share prior to its conversion into cash) will include
the holding period of the NCB stock for which it is exchanged, assuming that the
shares of NCB stock are capital assets in the hands of the holder at the
Effective Time of the Merger.

         5. The aggregate adjusted tax basis of the shares of ARH stock received
by an NCB shareholder in the Merger (including any fractional share prior to its
conversion into cash) will be the same as the aggregate adjusted tax basis of
the NCB shares surrendered in exchange therefor.

         6. An NCB shareholder who dissents to the Merger and receives cash for
his or her NCB stock will be treated as having received a distribution in
redemption of his or her NCB shares, subject to the provisions and limitations
of Section 302 of the IRC.

                  Those NCB shareholders who receive solely cash, who
immediately after the Merger hold no ARH shares directly or through the
application of Section 318 of the IRC, and thus whose interests are completely
terminated within the meaning of Section 302(b)(3) of the IRC, will be treated
as receiving a cash distribution in full payment for the NCB shares as provided
in Section 302(a) of the IRC. Gain or loss will be recognized to such NCB
shareholders measured by the difference between the redemption price and the
adjusted basis of the NCB shares. If the NCB shareholder holds such NCB shares
as a capital asset, such gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss.

         7. No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of nonqualified
options to buy NCB shares upon the conversion of those options into nonqualified
options to buy ARH shares under the same terms and conditions as in effect
immediately prior to the Merger.

         8. The substitution of incentive stock options to acquire ARH shares
for incentive stock options to acquire NCB shares will not be a modification as
defined in Section 424(h)(3) of the IRC, and will not result in the recognition
of income, gain, or loss to the holders of the incentive stock options to
acquire NCB shares. Such options to acquire ARH shares will be incentive stock
options as defined in Section 422(b) of the IRC.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the reference to the name of our firm therein and
under the caption "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences."

                                 Very truly yours,



                                 ---------------------------
                                 PERRY-SMITH LLP


                             BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
                                  OFFICE GROSS

LEASE DATE:                          March 22, 2000
TENANT:                              American River Bank
TENANT'S NOTICE ADDRESS:             1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
                                     Sacramento, CA 95815

TENANT'S BILLING ADDRESS:            1545 River Park Drive, Suite 107
                                     Sacramento, CA 95815

TENANT CONTACT:    Richard Borst     PHONE NUMBER:          (916) 565-6100
                                     FAX NUMBER:            (916) 641-1262

LANDLORD:                            Spieker Properties, L.P., a California
                                     limited partnership
LANDLORD'S NOTICE ADDRESS:           1610 Arden Way, Suite 298
                                     Sacramento, CA 95815

LANDLORD'S REMITTANCE ADDRESS:       P.O. BOX 45587- DEPARTMENT 10751
                                     SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94145

PROJECT DESCRIPTION:                 1545 River Park Drive, commonly known as
                                     Point West Commercentre

BUILDING DESCRIPTION:                A five story office building commonly known
                                     as the Point West Commercentre.

PREMISES:                            Approximately 9,241
                                     rentable square feet;
                                     consisting of 8,735
                                     rentable square feet of
                                     suite 107, and a portion
                                     of suite 200, consisting
                                     of approximately 506
                                     rentable square feet.

PERMITTED USE:                       General office, retail bank branch,
                                     financial services and related services
                                     thereto.

OCCUPANCY DENSITY:                   At levels that are customary and usual for
                                     office space in the Sacramento Area.

PARKING DENSITY:                     Four-(4) spaces per 1,000 rentable square
                                     feet of the Project.
PARKING AND PARKING CHARGE:          N/A

SCHEDULED TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:    April 1, 2000

SCHEDULED LENGTH OF TERM:            One hundred and twenty-(120) months

SCHEDULED TERM EXPIRATION DATE:      March 31, 2010

RENT:

   BASE RENT:                        04/01/00 - 03/31/01    $16,634.00 per month
                                     04/01/01 - 03/31/02    $17,003.00 per month
                                     04/01/02 - 03/31/03    $17,373.00 per month
                                     04/01/03 - 03/31/04    $17,743.00 per month
                                     04/01/04 - 03/31/05    $18,112.00 per month
                                     04/01/05 - 03/31/06    $18,482.00 per month
                                     04/01/06 - 03/31/07    $18,852.00 per month
                                     04/01/07 - 03/31/08    $19,221.00 per month
                                     04/01/08 - 03/31/09    $19,591.00 per month
                                     04/01/09 - 03/31/10    $19,961.00 per month
                                     (subject to adjustment as provided in
                                     Paragraph 39 hereof)
   BASE YEAR FOR OPERATING EXPENSES: 2000

SECURITY DEPOSIT:                    None

TENANT'S NAICS CODE:                 52212

TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:

     OF BUILDING:                    8.00%
     OF PROJECT:                     8.00%

                                       1
<PAGE>

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is incorporated into and made a part of
this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Information
shall mean the respective information above and shall be construed to
incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular Lease paragraph
pertaining to such information. In the event of any conflict between the Basic
Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall control.

LANDLORD                                    TENANT

Spieker Properties, L.P.,                   American River Bank,
a California limited partnership            a commercial bank organized under
                                            the laws of the State of California

By:   Spieker Properties, Inc.,
      a Maryland corporation,
      its general partner


      By: /s/ PETER C. THOMPSON             By: /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
          ---------------------------           --------------------------------
          Peter C. Thompson                      William L. Young
          Its:  Senior Vice President            Its:  Chief Executive Officer


                                       2

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

     Basic Lease Information.................................................1
     Table of Contents.......................................................3
1.   Premises................................................................4
2.   Possession and Lease Commencement.......................................4
3.   Term....................................................................4
4.   Use.....................................................................4
5.   Rules and Regulations...................................................5
6.   Rent....................................................................5
7.   Operating Expenses......................................................5
8.   Insurance and Indemnification...........................................8
9.   Waiver of Subrogation...................................................8
10.  Landlord's Repairs and Maintenance......................................8
11.  Tenant's Repairs and Maintenance........................................8
12.  Alterations.............................................................8
13.  Signs..................................................................10
14.  Inspection/Posting Notices.............................................10
15.  Services and Utilities.................................................10
16.  Subordination..........................................................11
17.  Financial Statements...................................................11
18.  Estoppel Certificate...................................................12
19.  .......................................................................12
19.  Limitation of Tenant's Remedies........................................12
20.  Assignment and Subletting..............................................12
21.  Authority of Tenant....................................................13
22.  Condemnation...........................................................13
23.  Casualty Damage........................................................13
24.  Holding Over...........................................................14
25.  Default................................................................14
26.  Liens..................................................................15
27.  Substitution...........................................................16
28.  Transfers by Landlord..................................................16
29.  Right of Landlord to Perform Tenant's Covenants........................16
30.  Waiver.................................................................16
31.  Notices................................................................16
32.  Attorney's Fees........................................................16
33.  Successors and Assigns.................................................17
34.  Force Majeure..........................................................17
35.  Surrender of Premises..................................................17
36.  Parking................................................................17
37.  Miscellaneous..........................................................17
38.  Flood Zone.............................................................18
39.  After Hours Heating and Air Conditioning...............................18
40.  Temporary Space........................................................19
41.  Satellite Dish.........................................................19
42.  Option to Renew........................................................19
43.  Expansion Option.......................................................20
44.  Jury Trial Waiver......................................................21
     Signatures.............................................................21


Exhibits:
     Exhibit A.............................................Rules and Regulations
     Exhibit B...................................Site Plan, Property Description
     Exhibit C.......................................Lease Improvement Agreement
     Additional Exhibits as Required


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                      LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the twenty second day of March, 2000, by and between
Spieker Properties, L.P., a California limited partnership (hereinafter called
"LANDLORD"), and American River Bank, a commercial bank organized under the laws
of the State of California (hereinafter called "TENANT").

                                   1. PREMISES

     Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord, upon the terms
and conditions hereinafter set forth, those premises (the "PREMISES") outlined
in red on EXHIBIT B and described in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises
shall be all or part of a building (the "BUILDING") and of a project (the
"PROJECT"), which may consist of more than one building and additional
facilities, as described in the Basic Lease Information. The Building is
outlined in blue on EXHIBIT B.

                      2. POSSESSION AND LEASE COMMENCEMENT

A.       CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS. If this Lease pertains to a Building to
be constructed or improvements to be constructed within a Building, the
provisions of this Paragraph 2. A shall apply in lieu of the provisions of
Paragraph 2.A above and the term commencement date ("TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE")
shall be the earlier of the date on which: (1) Tenant takes possession of some
or all of the Premises; or (2) the improvements to be constructed or performed
in the Premises by Landlord (if any) shall have been substantially completed in
accordance with the plans and specifications, if any, described on EXHIBIT C.
Tenant's taking of possession of the Premises or any part thereof shall
constitute Tenant's confirmation of substantial completion for all purposes
hereof, whether or not substantial completion of the Building or Project shall
have occurred. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the
Premises to Tenant on the scheduled Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall not
be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall Landlord be in default hereunder
nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, and Tenant agrees to
accept possession of the Premises at such time as such improvements have been
substantially completed, which date shall then be deemed the Term Commencement
Date. Tenant shall not be liable for any Rent for any period prior to the Term
Commencement Date (but without affecting any obligations of Tenant under any
improvement agreement appended to this Lease). In the event of any dispute as to
substantial completion of work performed or required to be performed by
Landlord, the certificate of Landlord's architect or general contractor shall be
conclusive. Substantial completion shall have occurred notwithstanding Tenant's
submission of a punchlist to Landlord, which Tenant shall submit, if at all,
within three (3) business days after the Term Commencement Date or otherwise in
accordance with any improvement agreement appended to this Lease. Upon
Landlord's request, Tenant shall promptly execute and return to Landlord a
"Start-Up Letter" in which Tenant shall agree, among other things, to acceptance
of the Premises and to the determination of the Term Commencement Date, in
accordance with the terms of this Lease, but Tenant's failure or refusal to do
so shall not negate Tenant's acceptance of the Premises or affect determination
of the Term Commencement Date.

                                     3. TERM

     The term of this Lease (the "TERM") shall commence on the Term Commencement
Date and continue in full force and effect for the number of months specified as
the Length of Term in the Basic Lease Information or until this Lease is
terminated as otherwise provided herein. If the Term Commencement Date is a date
other than the first day of the calendar month, the Term shall be the number of
months of the Length of Term in addition to the remainder of the calendar month
in which the Term Commencement Date occurs.

                                     4. USE

A.       GENERAL. Tenant shall use the Premises for the permitted use specified
in the Basic Lease Information ("PERMITTED USE") and for no other use or
purpose. Tenant shall control Tenant's employees, agents, customers, visitors,
invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees and subtenants (collectively,
"TENANT'S PARTIES") in such a manner that Tenant and Tenant's Parties
cumulatively do not exceed the occupant density (the "OCCUPANCY DENSITY") or the
parking density (the "PARKING DENSITY") specified in the Basic Lease Information
at any time. So long as Tenant is occupying the Premises, Tenant and Tenant's
Parties shall have the nonexclusive right to use, in common with other parties
occupying the Building or Project, the parking areas, driveways and other common
areas of the Building and Project, subject to the terms of this Lease and such
rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time prescribe. Landlord
reserves the right, without notice or liability to Tenant, and without the same
constituting an actual or constructive eviction, to alter or modify the common
areas from time to time, including the location and configuration thereof, and
the amenities and facilities which Landlord may determine to provide from time
to time.

B.       LIMITATIONS. Tenant shall not permit any odors, smoke, dust, gas,
substances, noise or vibrations to emanate from the Premises or from any portion
of the common areas as a result of Tenant's or any Tenant's Party's use thereof,
nor take any action which would constitute a nuisance or would disturb, obstruct
or endanger any other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project or
elsewhere, or interfere with their use of their respective premises or common
areas. Storage outside the Premises of materials, vehicles or any other items is
prohibited. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any
immoral, improper or unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause or maintain or
permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or
suffer the commission of any waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall
not allow any sale by auction upon the Premises, or place any loads upon the
floors, walls or ceilings which could endanger the structure, or place any
harmful substances in the drainage system of the Building or Project. No waste,
materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain outside the
Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-compliance by
any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project with any of the
above-referenced rules or any other terms or provisions of such tenant's or
occupant's lease or other contract. Landlord shall, however, use commercially
reasonable efforts to require Tenants and occupants of the Building or Project
to comply with the above-referenced rules and regulations of such Tenant's
Lease.

C.       COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS. By entering the Premises, Tenant accepts
the Premises in the condition existing as of the date of such entry. Tenant
shall at its sole cost and expense strictly comply with all existing or future
applicable municipal, state and federal and other governmental statutes, rules,
requirements, regulations, laws and ordinances, including zoning ordinances and
regulations, and covenants, easements and restrictions of record governing and
relating to the use, occupancy or possession of the Premises, to Tenant's use of
the common areas, or to the use, storage, generation or disposal of Hazardous
Materials (hereinafter defined) (collectively "REGULATIONS"). Tenant shall at
its sole cost and expense obtain any and all licenses or permits necessary for
Tenant's use of the Premises. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly
comply with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar
body now or hereafter constituted. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be
done in, on, under or about the Project or bring or keep anything which will in
any way increase the rate of any insurance upon the Premises, Building or
Project or upon any contents therein or cause a cancellation of said insurance
or otherwise affect said insurance in any manner. Tenant shall indemnify, defend
(by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord
harmless from and against any loss, cost, expense, damage, attorneys' fees

                                       4
<PAGE>

or liability arising out of the failure of Tenant to comply with any Regulation.
Tenant's obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

D.       HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. As used in this Lease, "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall
include, but not be limited to, hazardous, toxic and radioactive materials and
those substances defined as "hazardous substances," "hazardous materials,"
"hazardous wastes," "toxic substances," or other similar designations in any
Regulation. Tenant shall not cause, or allow any of Tenant's Parties to cause,
any Hazardous Materials to be handled, used, generated, stored, released or
disposed of in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or
surrounding land or environment in violation of any Regulations. Tenant must
obtain Landlord's written consent prior to the introduction of any Hazardous
Materials onto the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle,
store, use and dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous
Materials for "general office purposes" (such as toner for copiers) to the
extent customary and necessary for the Permitted Use of the Premises; provided
that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous
Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials
to contaminate the Premises, Building, or Project or surrounding land or
environment. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of any
Hazardous Materials' contamination of any portion of the Project of which Tenant
becomes aware, whether or not caused by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right at
all reasonable times and if Landlord determines in good faith that Tenant may
not be in compliance with this Paragraph 4.D to inspect the Premises and to
conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance
with the foregoing provisions, the costs of all such inspections, tests and
investigations to be borne by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend), protect
and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities,
losses, costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses (including
attorneys' and consultants' fees and court costs), demands, causes of action, or
judgments directly or indirectly arising out of or related to the use,
generation, storage, release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or
any of Tenant's Parties in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the
Project or surrounding land or environment, which indemnity shall include,
without limitation, damages for personal or bodily injury, property damage,
damage to the environment or natural resources occurring on or off the Premises,
losses attributable to diminution in value or adverse effects on marketability,
the cost of any investigation, monitoring, government oversight, repair,
removal, remediation, restoration, abatement, and disposal, and the preparation
of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or
necessary prior to or following the expiration or earlier termination of this
Lease. Neither the consent by Landlord to the use, generation, storage, release
or disposal of Hazardous Materials nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all
laws pertaining to Hazardous Materials shall excuse Tenant from Tenant's
obligation of indemnification pursuant to this Paragraph 4.D. Tenant's
obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease.

                            5. RULES AND REGULATIONS

     Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the building rules and
regulations attached hereto as EXHIBIT A and any other rules and regulations and
any modifications or additions thereto which Landlord may from time to time
prescribe in writing for the purpose of maintaining the proper care,
cleanliness, safety, traffic flow and general order of the Premises or the
Building or Project. Tenant shall cause Tenant's Parties to comply with such
rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the
non-compliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building or Project with
any of such rules and regulations, any other tenant's or occupant's lease or any
Regulations. Landlord shall, however, use commercially reasonable efforts to
require Tenants and occupants of the Building or Project to comply with the
rules and regulations of such Tenant's Lease.

                                     6. RENT

A.       BASE RENT. Tenant shall pay to Landlord and Landlord shall receive,
without notice or demand throughout the Term, Base Rent as specified in the
Basic Lease Information, payable in monthly installments in advance on or before
the first day of each calendar month, in lawful money of the United States,
without deduction or offset whatsoever, at the Remittance Address specified in
the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as Landlord may from time to
time designate in writing. Base Rent for the first full month of the Term shall
be paid by Tenant upon Tenant's execution of this Lease. Nothwithstanding the
foregoing, Landlord shall apply Tenant's Security Deposit in the amount of
$14,210.00 to the first month's rent and Landlord shall be paid $2,433.00 for
the remaining balance of the first month's rent upon Tenant's execution of this
Lease. If the obligation for payment of Base Rent commences on a day other than
the first day of a month, then Base Rent shall be prorated and the prorated
installment shall be paid on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding
the Term Commencement Date. The Base Rent payable by Tenant hereunder is subject
to adjustment as provided elsewhere in this Lease, as applicable. As used
herein, the term "Base Rent" shall mean the Base Rent specified in the Basic
Lease Information as it may be so adjusted from time to time.

B.       ADDITIONAL RENT. All monies other than Base Rent required to be paid by
Tenant hereunder, including, but not limited to, Tenant's Proportionate Share of
Operating Expenses, as specified in Paragraph 7 of this Lease, charges to be
paid by Tenant under Paragraph 15, the interest and late charge described in
Paragraphs 26.D and E, and any monies spent by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph
30, shall be considered additional rent ("ADDITIONAL RENT"). "RENT" shall mean
Base Rent and Additional Rent.

                              7. OPERATING EXPENSES

A.       OPERATING EXPENSES. In addition to the Base Rent required to be paid
hereunder, beginning with the expiration of the Base Year specified in the Basic
Lease Information (the "BASE YEAR"), Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent,
Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Building and/or Project (as applicable), as
defined in the Basic Lease Information, of increases in Operating Expenses
(defined below) over the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base
Year (the "BASE YEAR OPERATING EXPENSES"), in the manner set forth below. Tenant
shall pay the applicable Tenant's Proportionate Share of each such Operating
Expenses. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that if the number of buildings which
constitute the Project increases or decreases, or if physical changes are made
to the Premises, Building or Project or the configuration of any thereof,
Landlord may at its reasonable discretion adjust Tenant's Proportionate Share of
the Building or Project to reflect the change. Landlord's determination of
Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Building shall be conclusive so long as it
is reasonably and consistently applied. "OPERATING EXPENSES" shall mean all
expenses and costs of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become
obligated to pay, because of or in connection with the ownership, management,
maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Building and
its supporting facilities and such additional facilities now and in subsequent
years as may be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the
Building (as determined in a reasonable manner) other than those expenses and
costs which are specifically attributable to Tenant or which are expressly made
the financial responsibility of Landlord or specific tenants of the Building
pursuant to this Lease. Operating Expenses shall include, but are not limited
to, the following:

         (1) TAXES. All real property taxes and assessments, possessory interest
         taxes, sales taxes, personal property taxes, business or license taxes
         or fees, gross receipts taxes, service payments in lieu of such taxes
         or fees, annual or periodic license or use fees, excises, transit
         charges, and other impositions, general and special, ordinary and
         extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind (including
         fees "in-lieu" of any such tax or assessment) which are now or
         hereafter assessed, levied, charged, confirmed, or imposed by any
         public authority upon the Building or Project, its operations or the
         Rent (or any portion or component thereof), or any tax, assessment or
         fee imposed in substitution, partially or totally, of any of the above.
         Operating Expenses shall also include any taxes, assessments,
         reassessments, or other fees or impositions with respect to the
         development, leasing, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use
         or occupancy of the Premises, Building or Project or any portion

                                       5
<PAGE>

         thereof, including, without limitation, by or for Tenant, and all
         increases therein or reassessments thereof whether the increases or
         reassessments result from increased rate and/or valuation (whether upon
         a transfer of the Building or Project or any portion thereof or any
         interest therein or for any other reason). Operating Expenses shall not
         include inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against
         the interest of any person in the Project, or taxes computed upon the
         basis of the net income of any owners of any interest in the Project.
         If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for all or
         any part of such taxes, the monthly rental payable to Landlord under
         this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same net rental after
         imposition of any such taxes by Landlord as would have been payable to
         Landlord prior to the payment of any such taxes.

         (2) INSURANCE. All insurance premiums and costs, including, but not
         limited to, any deductible amounts, premiums and other costs of
         insurance incurred by Landlord, including for the insurance coverage
         set forth in Paragraph 8.A herein.

         (3) COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE.

             (A) Repairs, replacements, and general maintenance of and for the
             Building and Project and public and common areas and facilities of
             and comprising the Building and Project, including, but not limited
             to, the roof and roof membrane, windows, elevators, restrooms,
             conference rooms, health club facilities, lobbies, mezzanines,
             balconies, mechanical rooms, building exteriors, alarm systems,
             pest extermination, landscaped areas, parking and service areas,
             driveways, sidewalks, loading areas, fire sprinkler systems,
             sanitary and storm sewer lines, utility services,
             heating/ventilation/air conditioning systems, electrical,
             mechanical or other systems, telephone equipment and wiring
             servicing, plumbing, lighting, and any other items or areas which
             affect the operation or appearance of the Building or Project,
             which determination shall be at Landlord's discretion, except for:
             those items to the extent paid for by the proceeds of insurance;
             and those items attributable solely or jointly to specific tenants
             of the Building or Project.

             (B) Repairs, replacements, and general maintenance shall include
             the cost of any improvements made to or assets acquired for the
             Project or Building that in Landlord's discretion may reduce any
             other Operating Expenses, including present or future repair work,
             are reasonably necessary for the health and safety of the occupants
             of the Building or Project, or for the operation of the Building
             systems, services and equipment, or are required to comply with any
             Regulation, such costs or allocable portions thereof to be
             amortized over such reasonable period as determined by GAAP ,
             together with interest on the unamortized balance at the publicly
             announced "prime rate" charged by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (San
             Francisco) or its successor at the time such improvements or
             capital assets are constructed or acquired, plus two (2) percentage
             points, or in the absence of such prime rate, then at the U.S.
             Treasury six-month market note (or bond, if so designated) rate as
             published by any national financial publication selected by
             Landlord, plus four (4) percentage points, but in no event more
             than the maximum rate permitted by law, plus reasonable financing
             charges.

             (C) Payment under or for any easement, license, permit, operating
             agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant or instrument relating
             to the Building or Project.

             (D) All expenses and rental related to services and costs of
             supplies, materials and equipment used in operating, managing and
             maintaining the Premises, Building and Project, the equipment
             therein and the adjacent sidewalks, driveways, parking and service
             areas, including, without limitation, expenses related to service
             agreements regarding security, fire and other alarm systems,
             janitorial services, window cleaning, elevator maintenance,
             Building exterior maintenance, landscaping and expenses related to
             the administration, management and operation of the Project,
             including without limitation salaries, wages and benefits and
             management office rent.

             (E) The cost of supplying any services and utilities which benefit
             all or a portion of the Premises, Building or Project, including
             without limitation services and utilities provided pursuant to
             Paragraph 15 hereof.

                  .

             (G) A management and accounting cost recovery fee equal to five
             percent (5%) of the sum of the Project's revenues.

If the occupied rentable area of the Building falls below ninety-five percent
(95%) during the Base Year, an adjustment shall be made in computing the
Operating Expenses for such year so that Tenant pays its prorata share of all
variable items (e.g., utilities, janitorial services and other component
expenses that are affected by variations in occupancy levels) of Operating
Expenses, as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however, that in no
event shall Landlord be entitled to collect in excess of one hundred percent
(100%) of the total Operating Expenses from all of the tenants in the Building
or Project, as the case may be.

Operating Expenses shall not include the cost of providing tenant improvements
or other specific costs incurred for the account of, separately billed to and
paid by specific tenants of the Building or Project, the initial construction
cost of the Building, or debt service on any mortgage or deed of trust recorded
with respect to the Project other than pursuant to Paragraph 7.A(3)(b) above.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any instance wherein
Landlord, in Landlord's reasonable determination, deems Tenant to be responsible
for any amounts greater than Tenant's Proportionate Share, Landlord shall have
the right to allocate costs in any manner Landlord deems appropriate.

The above enumeration of services and facilities shall not be deemed to impose
an obligation on Landlord to make available or provide such services or
facilities except to the extent if any that Landlord has specifically agreed
elsewhere in this Lease to make the same available or provide the same. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it
shall be responsible for providing adequate security for its use of the
Premises, the Building and the Project and that Landlord shall have no
obligation or liability with respect thereto, except to the extent if any that
Landlord has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same.

B.       PAYMENT OF ESTIMATED OPERATING EXPENSES. "ESTIMATED OPERATING EXPENSES"
for any particular year shall mean Landlord's estimate of the Operating Expenses
for such fiscal year made with respect to such fiscal year as hereinafter
provided. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to revise its fiscal
year and interim accounting periods so long as the periods as so revised are
reconciled with prior periods in a reasonable manner. During the last month of
each fiscal year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord
shall give Tenant written notice of the Estimated Operating Expenses for the
ensuing fiscal year. Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and Base Year Operating Expenses
with installments of Base Rent for the fiscal year to which the Estimated
Operating Expenses applies in monthly installments on the first day of each
calendar month during such year, in advance. Such payment shall be construed to
be Additional Rent for all purposes hereunder. If at any time during the course
of the fiscal year, Landlord determines that Operating Expenses are projected to
vary from the then Estimated Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%),
Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise the Estimated Operating
Expenses for the balance of such fiscal year, and Tenant's monthly installments
for the remainder of such year shall be adjusted so that by the end of such
fiscal year

                                        6
<PAGE>

Tenant has paid to Landlord Tenant's Proportionate Share of the revised
difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and Base Year Operating Expenses
for such year, such revised installment amounts to be Additional Rent for all
purposes hereunder.

C.       COMPUTATION OF OPERATING EXPENSE ADJUSTMENT. "OPERATING EXPENSE
ADJUSTMENT" shall mean the difference between Estimated Operating Expenses and
actual Operating Expenses for any fiscal year, over Base Year Operating
Expenses, determined as hereinafter provided. Within one hundred twenty (120)
days after the end of each fiscal year, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of actual Operating Expenses for
the fiscal year just ended, accompanied by a computation of Operating Expense
Adjustment. If such statement shows that Tenant's payment based upon Estimated
Operating Expenses is less than Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual increases
in Operating Expenses over the Base Year Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall
pay to Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
statement, such payment to constitute Additional Rent for all purposes
hereunder. If such statement shows that Tenant's payments of Estimated Operating
Expenses exceed Tenant's Proportionate Share of actual increases in Operating
Expenses over the Base Year Operating Expenses, then (provided that Tenant is
not in default under this Lease) Landlord shall pay to Tenant the difference
within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement to Tenant. If this
Lease has been terminated or the Term hereof has expired prior to the date of
such statement, then the Operating Expense Adjustment shall be paid by the
appropriate party within thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the
statement. Tenant's obligation to pay increases in Operating Expenses over the
Base Year Operating Expenses shall commence on January 1 of the year succeeding
the Base Year. Should this Lease terminate at any time other than the last day
of the fiscal year, Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Expense
Adjustment shall be prorated based on a month of 30 days and the number of
calendar months during such fiscal year that this Lease is in effect. Tenant
shall in no event be entitled to any credit if Operating Expenses in any year
are less than Base Year Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in Paragraph 7.A or 7.B, Landlord's failure to provide any
notices or statements within the time periods specified in those paragraphs
shall in no way excuse Tenant from its obligation to pay Tenant's Proportionate
Share of increases in Operating Expenses.

D.       GROSS LEASE. The provisions for payment of increases in Operating
Expenses and the Operating Expense Adjustment are intended to pass on to Tenant
and reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses of the nature described in
Paragraph 7.A incurred in connection with the ownership, management,
maintenance, repair, preservation, replacement and operation of the Building
and/or Project and its supporting facilities and such additional facilities, in
excess of the Base Year Operating Expenses, now and in subsequent years as may
be determined by Landlord to be necessary or desirable to the Building and/or
Project.

E.       TENANT AUDIT. If Tenant shall dispute the amount set forth in any
statement provided by Landlord under Paragraph 7.B or 7.C above, Tenant shall
have the right, not later than ninety (90) days following receipt of such
statement and upon the condition that Tenant shall first deposit with Landlord
the full amount in dispute, to cause Landlord's books and records with respect
to Operating Expenses for such fiscal year to be audited by certified public
accountants selected by Tenant and subject to Landlord's reasonable right of
approval. The Operating Expense Adjustment shall be appropriately adjusted on
the basis of such audit. If such audit discloses a liability for a refund in
excess of ten percent (10%) of Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating
Expenses previously reported, the cost of such audit shall be borne by Landlord;
otherwise the cost of such audit shall be paid by Tenant. If Tenant shall not
request an audit in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph 7.E within
ninety (90) days after receipt of Landlord's statement provided pursuant to
Paragraph 7.B or 7.C, such statement shall be final and binding for all purposes
hereof. Tenant shall not in any manner disclose, provide or make available any
information revealed by the audit to any person or entity without Landlord's
prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and
absolute discretion. The information disclosed by the audit will be used by
Tenant solely for the purpose of evaluating Landlord's books and records in
connection with this Paragraph 7.E.

F.       OPERATING EXPENSE EXCLUSIONS. In addition, notwithstanding anything in
the definition of Operating Expenses in this Lease to the contrary, Operating
Expenses shall not include the following.

         (i)      Any ground lease rental;

         (ii)     Costs of capital improvements, replacements or equipment and
                  any depreciation or amortization expenses thereon, except to
                  the extent included in Operating Expenses in Paragraph 7A 3.b
                  of this Lease;

         (iii)    Rentals for items (except when needed in connection with
                  normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems) which if
                  purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital
                  improvement which is specifically excluded in clause (ii)
                  above (excluding, however, equipment not affixed to the
                  Building or Project which is used in providing janitorial or
                  similar services);

         (iv)     Costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the
                  Building or Project, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed
                  by insurance proceeds or from any other source;

         (v)      Costs, including permit, license and inspection costs,
                  incurred with respect to the installation of tenant or other
                  occupant improvements made for tenants or other occupants in
                  the Building or the Project or incurred in renovating or
                  otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating
                  vacant space for or the premises of other tenants or other
                  occupants of the Building;

         (vi)     Marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys'
                  fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation or
                  enforcement of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases,
                  subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other
                  costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease
                  and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present
                  or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building or
                  the Project;

         (vii)    Costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of
                  the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building
                  or the Project;

         (viii)   Except to the extent included in Operating Expenses in
                  Paragraph 7.A(3) above, interest, principal, points and fees
                  on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or deed of
                  trust or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or
                  Project or the land on which the Building or Project is
                  situated;

         (ix)     Except for making repairs or keeping permanent systems in
                  operation while repairs are being made, rentals and other
                  related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems,
                  elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a
                  capital nature, except equipment not affixed to the Building
                  or Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar
                  services;

         (x)      Advertising and promotional expenditures (except for retail
                  property promotions);

                                       7
<PAGE>

         (xi)     Costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Building or
                  Project to comply with disability, life, fire and safety codes
                  in effect prior to the issuance of the temporary certificate
                  of occupancy for the Building;

         (xii)    Interest, fines or penalties incurred as a result of
                  Landlord's failure to make payments when due unless such
                  failure is commercially reasonable under the circumstances;

         (xiii)   Costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political
                  contributions;

         (xiv)    Costs for acquisition of sculpture, paintings or other objects
                  of art in common areas;

         (xv)     The depreciation of the Building and other real property
                  structures in the Project;

         (xvi)    Landlord's general corporate overhead and general
                  administrative expenses which are not related to the operation
                  of the Building or the Project, except as specifically set
                  forth in Paragraph 7.A of this Lease;

         (xvii)   Any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent
                  loss, or reserves for equipment or capital replacement.

                        8. INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

A.       LANDLORD'S INSURANCE. All insurance maintained by Landlord shall be for
         the sole benefit of Landlord and under Landlord's sole control.

         (1) PROPERTY INSURANCE. Landlord agrees to maintain property insurance
         insuring the Building against damage or destruction due to risk
         including fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief in an amount not less
         than the replacement cost thereof, in the form and with deductibles and
         endorsements as selected by Landlord. At its election, Landlord may
         instead (but shall have no obligation to) obtain "All Risk" coverage,
         and may also obtain earthquake, pollution, and/or flood insurance in
         amounts selected by Landlord.

         (2) OPTIONAL INSURANCE. Landlord, at Landlord's option, may also (but
         shall have no obligation to) carry (i) insurance against loss of rent,
         in an amount equal to the amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent that
         Landlord could be required to abate to all Building tenants in the
         event of condemnation or casualty damage for a period of twelve (12)
         months; and (ii) liability insurance and such other insurance as
         Landlord may deem prudent or advisable, in such amounts and on such
         terms as Landlord shall determine. Landlord shall not be obligated to
         insure, and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any damage to,
         any furniture, machinery, goods, inventory or supplies, or other
         personal property or fixtures which Tenant may keep or maintain in the
         Premises, or any leasehold improvements, additions or alterations
         within the Premises.

B.       TENANT'S INSURANCE. Tenant shall procure at Tenant's sole cost and
         expense and keep in effect from the date of this Lease and at all times
         until the end of the Term the following:

         (1) PROPERTY INSURANCE. Insurance on all personal property and fixtures
         of Tenant and all improvements, additions or alterations made by or for
         Tenant to the Premises on an "All Risk" basis, insuring such property
         for the full replacement value of such property.

         (2) LIABILITY INSURANCE. Commercial General Liability insurance
         covering bodily injury and property damage liability occurring in or
         about the Premises or arising out of the use and occupancy of the
         Premises and the Project, and any part of either, and any areas
         adjacent thereto, and the business operated by Tenant or by any other
         occupant of the Premises. Such insurance shall include contractual
         liability insurance coverage insuring all of Tenant's indemnity
         obligations under this Lease. Such coverage shall have a minimum
         combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars
         ($2,000,000.00), and a minimum general aggregate limit of Three Million
         Dollars ($3,000,000.00), with an "Additional Insured - Managers or
         Lessors of Premises Endorsement." All such policies shall be written to
         apply to all bodily injury (including death), property damage or loss,
         personal and advertising injury and other covered loss, however
         occasioned, occurring during the policy term, shall be endorsed to add
         Landlord and any party holding an interest to which this Lease may be
         subordinated as an additional insured, and shall provide that such
         coverage shall be "PRIMARY" and non-contributing with any insurance
         maintained by Landlord, which shall be excess insurance only. Such
         coverage shall also contain endorsements including employees as
         additional insureds if not covered by Tenant's Commercial General
         Liability Insurance. All such insurance shall provide for the
         severability of interests of insureds; and shall be written on an
         "OCCURRENCE" basis, which shall afford coverage for all claims based on
         acts, omissions, injury and damage, which occurred or arose (or the
         onset of which occurred or arose) in whole or in part during the policy
         period.

         (3) WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY INSURANCE. Workers'
         Compensation Insurance as required by any Regulation, and Employers'
         Liability Insurance in amounts not less than One Million Dollars
         ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident; One Million
         Dollars ($1,000,000) policy limit for bodily injury by disease; and One
         Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each employee for bodily injury by
         disease.

         (4) COMMERCIAL AUTO LIABILITY INSURANCE. Commercial auto liability
         insurance with a combined limit of not less than One Million Dollars
         ($1,000,000) for bodily injury and property damage for each accident.
         Such insurance shall cover liability relating to any auto (including
         owned, hired and non-owned autos).

         (5) ALTERATIONS REQUIREMENTS. In the event Tenant shall desire to
         perform any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to
         commencing such Alterations (i) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that
         Tenant carries "Builder's Risk" insurance covering construction of such
         Alterations in an amount and form approved by Landlord, (ii) such other
         insurance as Landlord shall nondiscriminatorily require, and (iii) a
         lien and completion bond or other security in form and amount
         satisfactory to Landlord.

         (6) GENERAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. All coverages described in this
         Paragraph 8.B shall be endorsed to (i) provide Landlord with thirty
         (30) days' notice of cancellation or change in terms; and (ii) waive
         all rights of subrogation by the insurance carrier against Landlord. If
         at any time during the Term the amount or coverage of insurance which
         Tenant is required to carry under this Paragraph 8.B is, in Landlord's
         reasonable judgment, materially less than the amount or type of
         insurance coverage typically carried by owners or tenants of properties
         located in the general area in which the Premises are located which are
         similar to and operated for similar purposes as the Premises or if
         Tenant's use of the Premises should change with or without Landlord's
         consent, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to increase
         the amount or change the types of insurance

                                       8
<PAGE>

         coverage required under this Paragraph 8.B. All insurance policies
         required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease shall be written by
         companies rated A X or better in "Best's Insurance Guide" and
         authorized to do business in the State of California. In any event
         deductible amounts under all insurance policies required to be carried
         by Tenant under this Lease shall not exceed Five Thousand Dollars
         ($5,000.00) per occurrence. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord on or
         before the Term Commencement Date, and thereafter at least thirty (30)
         days before the expiration dates of the expired policies, certified
         copies of Tenant's insurance policies, or a certificate evidencing the
         same issued by the insurer thereunder; and, if Tenant shall fail to
         procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates,
         Landlord may, at Landlord's option and in addition to Landlord's other
         remedies in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder, procure the
         same for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to
         Landlord as Additional Rent.

C.       INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably
acceptable to Landlord, protect and hold Landlord, Spieker Properties, Inc., and
each of their respective directors, shareholders, partners, lenders, members,
managers, contractors, affiliates and employees (collectively, "LANDLORD
INDEMNITEES") harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses,
costs, loss of rents, liens, damages, injuries or expenses, including reasonable
attorneys' and consultants' fees and court costs, demands, causes of action, or
judgments, directly or indirectly arising out of or related to: (1) claims of
injury to or death of persons or damage to property or business loss occurring
or resulting directly or indirectly from the use or occupancy of the Premises,
Building or Project by Tenant or Tenant's Parties, or from activities or
failures to act of Tenant or Tenant's Parties; (2) claims arising from work or
labor performed, or for materials or supplies furnished to or at the request or
for the account of Tenant in connection with performance of any work done for
the account of Tenant within the Premises or Project; (3) claims arising from
any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant
contained in this Lease; and (4) claims arising from the negligence or
intentional acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant's Parties. The foregoing
indemnity by Tenant shall not be applicable to claims to the extent arising from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or from any other breach
or default on the part of Landlord of any covenant contained in this Lease.
Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims
against Landlord for any injury to or death of, or damage to any person or
property or business loss in or about the Premises, Building or Project by or
from any cause whatsoever (other than Landlord's gross negligence or willful
misconduct) and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether
caused by water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other
portion of the Premises, Building or Project, or caused by gas, fire, oil or
electricity in, on or about the Premises, Building or Project, acts of God or of
third parties, or any matter outside of the reasonable control of Landlord. The
provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination
of this Lease.

                            9. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

     Landlord and Tenant each waives any claim, loss or cost it might have
against the other for any injury to or death of any person or persons, or damage
to or theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property (a "LOSS"), to
the extent the same is insured against (or is required to be insured against
under the terms hereof) under any property damage insurance policy covering the
Building, the Premises, Landlord's or Tenant's fixtures, personal property,
leasehold improvements, or business, regardless of whether the negligence of the
other party caused such Loss.

                     10. LANDLORD'S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

     Landlord shall maintain in a first class, good, clean and secure condition,
reasonable wear and tear excepted, the structural soundness of the roof,
foundations, and exterior walls of the Building. The term "exterior walls" as
used herein shall not include windows, glass or plate glass, doors, special
store fronts or office entries. Any damage caused by or repairs necessitated by
any negligence or act of Tenant or Tenant's Parties may be repaired by Landlord
at Landlord's option and Tenant's expense. Tenant shall immediately give
Landlord written notice of any defect or need of repairs in such components of
the Building for which Landlord is responsible, after which Landlord shall have
a reasonable opportunity and the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable
times to repair same. Landlord's liability with respect to any defects, repairs,
or maintenance for which Landlord is responsible under any of the provisions of
this Lease shall be limited to the cost of such repairs or maintenance, and
there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of
any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of
repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises, the
Building or the Project or to fixtures, appurtenances or equipment in the
Building, except as provided in Paragraph 23. By taking possession of the
Premises, Tenant accepts them "as is," as being in good order, condition and
repair and the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them and
suitable for the Permitted Use and Tenant's intended operations in the Premises,
whether or not any notice of acceptance is given.

                      11. TENANT'S REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

     Tenant shall at all times during the Term at Tenant's expense maintain all
parts of the Premises and such portions of the Building as are within the
exclusive control of Tenant in a first-class, good, clean and secure condition
and promptly make all necessary repairs and replacements, as determined by
Landlord, with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality
as the original. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the
Building or Project resulting from or caused by any negligence or act of Tenant
or Tenant's Parties.

                                 12. ALTERATIONS

A.       Tenant shall not make, or allow to be made, any alterations, physical
additions, improvements or partitions, including without limitation the
attachment of any fixtures or equipment, in, about or to the Premises
("ALTERATIONS") without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to proposed Alterations
which: (a) comply with all applicable Regulations; (b) are, in Landlord's
opinion, compatible with the Building or the Project and its mechanical,
plumbing, electrical, heating/ventilation/air conditioning systems, and will not
cause the Building or Project or such systems to be required to be modified to
comply with any Regulations (including, without limitation, the Americans With
Disabilities Act); and (c) will not interfere with the use and occupancy of any
other portion of the Building or Project by any other tenant or its invitees.
Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord
shall have the right of written consent for all plans and specifications for the
proposed Alterations, construction means and methods, all appropriate permits
and licenses, any contractor or subcontractor to be employed on the work of
Alterations, and the time for performance of such work, and may impose rules and
regulations for contractors and subcontractors performing such work. Tenant
shall also supply to Landlord any documents and information reasonably requested
by Landlord in connection with Landlord's consideration of a request for
approval hereunder. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be accomplished in a
first-class, good and workmanlike manner, and to comply with all applicable
Regulations and Paragraph 26 hereof. Tenant shall at Tenant's sole expense,
perform any additional work required under applicable Regulations due to the
Alterations hereunder. No review or consent by Landlord of or to any proposed
Alteration or additional work shall constitute a waiver of Tenant's obligations
under this Paragraph 12, nor constitute any warranty or representation that the
same complies with all applicable Regulations, for which Tenant shall at all
times be solely responsible. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs which
Landlord may incur in connection with granting approval to Tenant for any such
Alterations, including any costs or expenses which Landlord may incur in
electing to have outside architects and engineers review said plans and
specifications, and shall pay Landlord an administration fee of fifteen percent
(15%) of the cost of the Alterations as Additional Rent hereunder. All such
Alterations shall remain the property of Tenant until the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease, at which time they shall be and become the property
of Landlord. If Tenant fails to remove such

                                       9
<PAGE>

Alterations or Tenant's trade fixtures or furniture or other personal property,
Landlord may keep and use them or remove any of them and cause them to be stored
or sold in accordance with applicable law, at Tenant's sole expense. In addition
to and wholly apart from Tenant's obligation to pay Tenant's Proportionate Share
of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay prior to
delinquency any taxes or governmental service fees, possessory interest taxes,
fees or charges in lieu of any such taxes, capital levies, or other charges
imposed upon, levied with respect to or assessed against its fixtures or
personal property, on the value of Alterations within the Premises, and on
Tenant's interest pursuant to this Lease, or any increase in any of the
foregoing based on such Alterations. To the extent that any such taxes are not
separately assessed or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as
invoiced to Tenant by Landlord.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord's option (but without obligation),
all or any portion of the Alterations shall be performed by Landlord for
Tenant's account and Tenant shall pay Landlord's estimate of the cost thereof
(including a reasonable charge for Landlord's overhead and profit) prior to
commencement of the work. In addition, at Landlord's election and
notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of
removing any such Alterations and restoring the Premises to their original
condition such cost to include a reasonable charge for Landlord's overhead and
profit as provided above, and such amount may be deducted from the Security
Deposit or any other sums or amounts held by Landlord under this Lease.

B.       In compliance with Paragraph 26hereof, at least ten (10) business days
before beginning construction of any Alteration, Tenant shall give Landlord
written notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit
Landlord to post and record a notice of non-responsibility. Upon substantial
completion of construction, if the law so provides, Tenant shall cause a timely
notice of completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of the county
in which the Building is located. Within thirty (30) days following substantial
completion of any Alteration, Tenant shall deliver two (2) complete sets of
as-built drawings certified by Tenant and Tenant's contractor as being true and
correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this
Lease.

                                    13. SIGNS

Tenant shall not place, install, affix, paint or maintain any signs, notices,
graphics or banners whatsoever or any window decor which is visible in or from
public view or corridors, the common areas or the exterior of the Premises or
the Building, in or on any exterior window or window fronting upon any common
areas or service area without Landlord's prior written approval which Landlord
shall have the right to withhold in its absolute and sole discretion; provided
that Tenant's name shall be included in any Building-standard door and directory
signage, if any, in accordance with Landlord's Building signage program,
including without limitation, , which fee shall constitute Additional Rent
hereunder. Any installation of signs, notices, graphics or banners on or about
the Premises or Project approved by Landlord shall be subject to any Regulations
and to any other requirements imposed by Landlord. Tenant shall remove all such
signs or graphics by the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.
Such installations and removals shall be made in such manner as to avoid injury
to or defacement of the Premises, Building or Project and any other improvements
contained therein, and Tenant shall repair any injury or defacement including
without limitation discoloration caused by such installation or removal.

Tenant shall maintain the right to display its existing "eye brow" and lobby
sign at no additional charge. Additionally, Tenant shall be entitled to install
one sign on the north west corner of the fifth (5th) floor parapet of the
building throughout the term of the Lease and any option period. The attached
sign shall be subject to Landlord's approval, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed and approval of any public authorities having jurisdiction.
Tenant shall be responsible for electrical energy used in connection with its
signs, repairs and maintenance necessary to maintain the signs in their original
condition. Additionally, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs associated
with the installation, removal and maintenance of building signage which shall
be maintained and repaired to standards acceptable to Landlord. All of Tenant's
signs shall at all times remain the property of Tenant and Tenant must remove
its signs at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord, at
Landlord's sole discretion, reserves the right to determine the exact size of
the sign. Tenant shall repair any damage caused in the removal of its sign.

                         14. INSPECTION/POSTING NOTICES

After reasonable notice, except in emergencies where no such notice shall be
required, Landlord and Landlord's agents and representatives, shall have the
right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to clean, to perform such work
as may be permitted or required hereunder, to make repairs, improvements or
alterations to the Premises, Building or Project or to other tenant spaces
therein, to deal with emergencies, to post such notices as may be permitted or
required by law to prevent the perfection of liens against Landlord's interest
in the Project or to exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers,
encumbrancers or to others, or for any other purpose as Landlord may deem
necessary or desirable; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable
efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant's business operations. Tenant
shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent by reason of the exercise of any
such right of entry. Tenant waives any claim for damages for any injury or
inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy
or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby.
Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of
the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant's vaults and safes
or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the
right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to
open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the
Premises, and any entry to the Premises or portions thereof obtained by Landlord
by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not be construed to be a forcible or
unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or
constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof. At any time
within six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Term or following any
earlier termination of this Lease or agreement to terminate this Lease, Landlord
shall have the right to erect on the Premises, Building and/or Project a
suitable sign indicating that the Premises are available for lease.

                           15. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

A.       Provided Tenant shall not be in default hereunder, and subject to the
provisions elsewhere herein contained and to the rules and regulations of the
Building, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises during ordinary business hours
of generally recognized business days, to be determined by Landlord (but
exclusive, in any event, of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays), water for
lavatory and drinking purposes and electricity, heat and air conditioning as
usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises for reasonable and normal
office use as of the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises as determined
by Landlord (but not including above-standard or continuous cooling for
excessive heat-generating machines, excess lighting or equipment), janitorial
services during the times and in the manner that such services are, in
Landlord's judgment, customarily furnished in comparable office buildings in the
immediate market area, and elevator service, which shall mean service either by
nonattended automatic elevators or elevators with attendants, or both, at the
option of Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected and accepts
the water, electricity, heat and air conditioning and other utilities and
services being supplied or furnished to the Premises as of the date Tenant takes
possession of the Premises, as being sufficient for use of the Premises for
reasonable and normal office use in their present condition, "as is," and
suitable for the Permitted Use, and for Tenant's intended operations in the
Premises. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide additional or after-hours
electricity, heating or air conditioning, but if Landlord elects to provide such
services at Tenant's request, Tenant shall pay upon demand to Landlord a
reasonable charge for such services as determined by Landlord. Tenant also
agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all of the
regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper
functioning and protection of electrical, heating, ventilating and air
conditioning systems. Wherever heat-generating machines, excess lighting or
equipment are used in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise
maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord reserves the right to
install supplementary air conditioning

                                       10
<PAGE>

units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation
and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to
Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

B.       Tenant shall not without written consent of Landlord use any apparatus,
equipment or device in the Premises, including without limitation, computers,
electronic data processing machines, copying machines, and other machines, using
excess lighting or using electric current, water, or any other resource in
excess of or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity, water, or
any other resource being furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises for
reasonable and normal office use, in each case as of the date Tenant takes
possession of the Premises and as determined by Landlord, or which will require
additions or alterations to or interfere with the Building power distribution
systems; nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical
outlets in the Premises or water pipes, any apparatus, equipment or device for
the purpose of using electrical current, water, or any other resource. If Tenant
shall require water or electric current or any other resource in excess of that
being furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as of the date Tenant
takes possession of the Premises as determined by Landlord, Tenant shall first
procure the written consent of Landlord which Landlord may refuse, to the use
thereof, and Landlord may cause a special meter to be installed in the Premises
so as to measure the amount of water, electric current or other resource
consumed for any such other use. Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord upon
demand as an addition to and separate from payment of Operating Expenses the
cost of all such additional resources, energy, utility service and meters (and
of installation, maintenance and repair thereof and of any additional circuits
or other equipment necessary to furnish such additional resources, energy,
utility or service). Landlord may add to the separate or metered charge a
recovery of additional expense incurred in keeping account of the excess water,
electric current or other resource so consumed. Following receipt of Tenant's
request to do so, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to restore any service
specifically to be provided under Paragraph 15 that becomes unavailable and
which is in Landlord's reasonable control to restore; provided, however, that
Landlord shall in no case be liable for any damages directly or indirectly
resulting from nor shall the Rent or any monies owed Landlord under this Lease
herein reserved be abated by reason of: (a) the installation, use or
interruption of use of any equipment used in connection with the furnishing of
any such utilities or services, or any change in the character or means of
supplying or providing any such utilities or services or any supplier thereof;
(b) the failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such utilities or services
when such failure or delay is caused by acts of God or the elements, labor
disturbances of any character, or otherwise or because of any interruption of
service due to Tenant's use of water, electric current or other resource in
excess of that being supplied or furnished for the use of the Premises as of the
date Tenant takes possession of the Premises; (c) the inadequacy, limitation,
curtailment, rationing or restriction on use of water, electricity, gas or any
other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the
Premises or Project, whether by Regulation or otherwise; or (d) the partial or
total unavailability of any such utilities or services to the Premises or the
Building or the diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, whether by
Regulation or otherwise; or (e) any interruption in Tenant's business operations
as a result of any such occurrence; nor shall any such occurrence constitute an
actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or a breach of an implied warranty by
Landlord. Landlord shall further have no obligation to protect or preserve any
apparatus, equipment or device installed by Tenant in the Premises, including
without limitation by providing additional or after-hours heating or air
conditioning. Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily and in a
reasonable manner with the efforts of national, state or local governmental
agencies or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption.
The obligation to make services available hereunder shall be subject to the
limitations of any such voluntary, reasonable program. In addition, Landlord
reserves the right to change the supplier or provider of any such utility or
service from time to time. Tenant shall have no right to contract with or
otherwise obtain any electrical or other such service for or with respect to the
Premises or Tenant's operations therein from any supplier or provider of any
such service. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any supplier or provider
of such services designated by Landlord from time to time to facilitate the
delivery of such services to Tenant at the Premises and to the Building and
Project, including without limitation allowing Landlord and Landlord's suppliers
or providers, and their respective agents and contractors, reasonable access to
the Premises for the purpose of installing, maintaining, repairing, replacing or
upgrading such service or any equipment or machinery associated therewith.

C.       Tenant shall pay, upon demand, for all utilities furnished to the
Premises, or if not separately billed to or metered to Tenant, Tenant's
Proportionate Share of all charges jointly serving the Project in accordance
with Paragraph 7. All sums payable under this Paragraph 15 shall constitute
Additional Rent hereunder.

D.       Tenant may contract separately with providers of telecommunications or
cellular products, systems or services for the Premises. Even though such
products, systems or services may be installed or provided by such providers in
the Building, in consideration for Landlord's permitting such providers to
provide such services to Tenant, Tenant agrees that Landlord and the Landlord
Indemnitees shall in no event be liable to Tenant or any Tenant Party for any
damages of any nature whatsoever arising out of or relating to the products,
systems or services provided by such providers (or any failure, interruption,
defect in or loss of the same) or any acts or omissions of such providers in
connection with the same or any interference in Tenant's business caused
thereby. Tenant waives and releases all rights and remedies against Landlord and
the Landlord Indemnitees that are inconsistent with the foregoing.

                                16. SUBORDINATION

Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for
the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be and is hereby
declared to be subject and subordinate at all times to: (a) all ground leases or
underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the
Premises and/or the land upon which the Premises and Project are situated, or
both; and (b) any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or be placed
upon the Building, the Project and/or the land upon which the Premises or the
Project are situated, or said ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord's
interest or estate in any of said items which is specified as security, which
shall be subject to nondisturbance as to future liens and interests.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or
cause to be subordinated any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such
liens to this Lease. If any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any
reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of
foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any
subordination, attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to
Landlord provided that Tenant shall not be disturbed in its possession under
this Lease by such successor in interest so long as Tenant is not in default
under this Lease. Within fifteen (15) business days after request by Landlord,
Tenant shall execute and deliver any additional documents evidencing Tenant's
attornment or the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground
leases or underlying leases or any such mortgage or deed of trust, in the form
requested by Landlord or by any ground landlord, mortgagee, or beneficiary under
a deed of trust, subject to such nondisturbance requirement. If requested in
writing by Tenant, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement for the benefit of
Tenant reflecting the foregoing from any ground landlord, mortgagee or
beneficiary, at Tenant's expense, subject to such other terms and conditions as
the ground landlord, mortgagee or beneficiary may require.

                            17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At the request of Landlord from time to time, Tenant shall provide to Landlord
Tenant's and any guarantor's current financial statements or other information
discussing financial worth of Tenant and any guarantor, which Landlord shall use
solely for purposes of this Lease and in connection with the ownership,
management, financing and disposition of the Project.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                            18. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant agrees from time to time, within fifteen (15) business days after request
of Landlord, to deliver to Landlord, or Landlord's designee, an estoppel
certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, that this Lease
has not been modified (or stating all modifications, written or oral, to this
Lease), the date to which Rent has been paid, the unexpired portion of this
Lease, that there are no current defaults by Landlord or Tenant under this Lease
(or specifying any such defaults), that the leasehold estate granted by this
Lease is the sole interest of Tenant in the Premises and/or the land at which
the Premises are situated, and such other matters pertaining to this Lease as
may be reasonably requested by Landlord or any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser
or prospective purchaser of the Building or Project or any interest therein.
Failure by Tenant to execute and deliver such certificate shall constitute an
acceptance of the Premises and acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements
included are true and correct without exception. Tenant agrees that if Tenant
fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such fifteen (15) business
days Landlord may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant's behalf and
that such certificate shall be binding on Tenant. Landlord and Tenant intend
that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph may be relied upon by
any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Building
or Project or any interest therein. The parties agree that Tenant's obligation
to furnish such estoppel certificates in a timely fashion is a material
inducement for Landlord's execution of this Lease.

                       19. LIMITATION OF TENANT'S REMEDIES

The obligations and liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord
under the terms of this Lease are not personal obligations of Landlord or of the
individual or other partners of Landlord or its or their partners, directors,
officers, or shareholders, and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's
interest in the Project for the recovery of any amount from Landlord, and shall
not look to other assets of Landlord nor seek recourse against the assets of the
individual or other partners of Landlord or its or their partners, directors,
officers or shareholders. Any lien obtained to enforce any such judgment and any
levy of execution thereon shall be subject and subordinate to any lien, mortgage
or deed of trust on the Project. Under no circumstances shall Tenant have the
right to offset against or recoup Rent or other payments due and to become due
to Landlord hereunder except as expressly provided in this Lease, which Rent and
other payments shall be absolutely due and payable hereunder in accordance with
the terms hereof. In no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any lost
profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential
damage on account of any breach of this Lease or otherwise, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Lease.

                          20. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

A.       (1) GENERAL. This Lease has been negotiated to be and is granted as an
         accommodation to Tenant. Accordingly, this Lease is personal to Tenant,
         and Tenant's rights granted hereunder do not include the right to
         assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, or to receive any excess,
         either in installments or lump sum, over the Rent which is expressly
         reserved by Landlord as hereinafter provided, except as otherwise
         expressly hereinafter provided. Tenant shall not assign or pledge this
         Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, whether voluntarily
         or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises
         or any part thereof by anyone other than Tenant, or suffer or permit
         any such assignment, pledge, subleasing or occupancy, without
         Landlord's prior written consent except as provided herein which
         consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant desires to assign
         this Lease or sublet any or all of the Premises, Tenant shall give
         Landlord written notice (the "TRANSFER NOTICE") at least sixty (60)
         days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed assignment
         or sublease, which shall contain all of the information reasonably
         requested by Landlord to address Landlord's decision criteria specified
         hereinafter. Landlord shall then have a period of thirty (30) days
         following receipt of the Transfer Notice to notify Tenant in writing
         that Landlord consents to the proposed assignment or sublease, subject,
         however, to Landlord's prior written consent of the proposed assignee
         or subtenant and of any related documents or agreements associated with
         the assignment or sublease. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in
         writing of such election within said period, Landlord shall be deemed
         to have waived option (i) above, but written consent by Landlord of the
         proposed assignee or subtenant shall still be required. Consent to any
         assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent
         transaction to which this Paragraph 20 applies.

(2)      CONDITIONS OF LANDLORD'S CONSENT. Without limiting the other instances
         in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold Landlord's
         consent to an assignment or subletting, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge
         that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold Landlord's consent
         in the following instances: if the proposed assignee does not agree to
         be bound by and assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease in
         form and substance satisfactory to Landlord; the use of the Premises by
         such proposed assignee or subtenant would not be a Permitted Use or
         would violate any exclusivity or other arrangement which Landlord has
         with any other tenant or occupant or any Regulation or would increase
         the Occupancy Density or Parking Density of the Building or Project, or
         would otherwise result in an undesirable tenant mix for the Project as
         determined by Landlord; the proposed assignee or subtenant is not of
         sound financial condition as determined by Landlord in Landlord's sole
         discretion; the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental
         agency; the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have a good
         reputation as a tenant of property or a good business reputation; the
         proposed assignee or subtenant is a person with whom Landlord is
         negotiating to lease space in the Project or is a present tenant of the
         Project; the assignment or subletting would entail any Alterations
         which would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the
         Premises or use of any Hazardous Materials or other noxious use or use
         which may disturb other tenants of the Project; or Tenant is in default
         of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, or Tenant has defaulted
         under this Lease on three (3) or more occasions during any twelve (12)
         months preceding the date that Tenant shall request consent. Failure by
         or refusal of Landlord to consent to a proposed assignee or subtenant
         shall not cause a termination of this Lease. At the option of Landlord,
         a surrender and termination of this Lease shall operate as an
         assignment to Landlord of some or all subleases or subtenancies.
         Landlord shall exercise this option by giving notice of that assignment
         to such subtenants on or before the effective date of the surrender and
         termination. In connection with each request for assignment or
         subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord's standard fee for
         approving such requests, as well as all costs incurred by Landlord or
         any mortgagee or ground lessor in approving each such request and
         effecting any such transfer, including, without limitation, reasonable
         attorneys' fees.

(3)      PERMITTED TRANSFERS. An "Affiliate" means any entity that (i) controls,
         is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, (ii) results
         from the transfer of all or substantially all of Tenant's assets or
         stock, or (iii) results from the merger or consolidation of Tenant with
         another entity. "Control" means the direct or indirect ownership of
         more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of an entity or
         possession of the right to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the
         voting interest in the ordinary direction of the entity's affairs.
         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease,
         Landlord's consent is not required for and Landlord's recapture rights
         shall not apply to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or a
         portion of the Premises to an Affiliate so long as the following
         conditions are met: (a) at least ten (10) business days before any such
         assignment or sublease, Landlord receives written notice of such
         assignment or sublease (as well as any documents or information
         reasonably requested by Landlord regarding the proposed intended
         transfer and the transferee); (b) Tenant has not been in default under
         this Lease more than two times in a one year period of the Lease; (c)
         if the transfer is an assignment or any other transfer to an Affiliate
         other than a sublease, the intended assignee assumes in writing all of
         Tenant's obligations under this Lease relating to the Premises in form
         satisfactory to Landlord or, if the transfer is a sublease, the
         intended sublessee accepts the sublease in form satisfactory to
         Landlord; (d) the intended transferee has a tangible net worth, as
         evidenced by financial

                                       12
<PAGE>

         statements delivered to Landlord and certified by an independent
         certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles that are consistently applied; (e) the Premises
         shall continue to be operated solely for the use specified in the Basic
         Lease Information; and (f) Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord's
         standard fee for approving assignments and subleases and all costs
         reasonably incurred by Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor for
         such assignment or subletting, including, without limitation,
         reasonable attorneys' fees. No transfer to an Affiliate in accordance
         with this subparagraph shall relieve Tenant named herein of any
         obligation under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant
         named herein for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any
         other obligation to be performed by Tenant, including the obligations
         contained in Paragraph 25 with respect to any Affiliate.

B.       BONUS RENT. Any Rent or other consideration realized by Tenant under
any such sublease or assignment in excess of the Rent payable hereunder, after
amortization of a reasonable brokerage commission incurred by Tenant, shall be
divided and paid, fifty percent (50%) to Tenant, fifty percent (50%) to
Landlord. In any subletting or assignment undertaken by Tenant, Tenant shall
diligently seek to obtain the maximum rental amount available in the marketplace
for comparable space available for primary leasing.

C.       CORPORATION. If Tenant is a corporation, a transfer of corporate shares
by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, operation of law or other disposition
(including such a transfer to or by a receiver or trustee in federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceedings) resulting in a change in the
present control of such corporation or any of its parent corporations by the
person or persons owning a majority of said corporate shares, shall constitute
an assignment for purposes of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, the transfer of outstanding capital stock or other
listed equity interests, or the purchase of outstanding capital stock or other
listed equity interests, or the purchase of equity interests issued in an
initial public offering of stock, by persons or parties other than "insiders"
within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through
the "over-the-counter" market or any recognized national or international
securities exchange shall not be included in determining whether control has
been transferred.

D.       UNINCORPORATED ENTITY. If Tenant is a partnership, joint venture,
unincorporated limited liability company or other unincorporated business form,
a transfer of the interest of persons, firms or entities responsible for
managerial control of Tenant by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance,
operation of law or other disposition, so as to result in a change in the
present control of said entity and/or of the underlying beneficial interests of
said entity and/or a change in the identity of the persons responsible for the
general credit obligations of said entity shall constitute an assignment for all
purposes of this Lease.

E.       LIABILITY. No assignment or subletting by Tenant, permitted or
otherwise, shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease or any
guarantor of this Lease of any liability under its guaranty or alter the primary
liability of the Tenant named herein for the payment of Rent or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Tenant, including
obligations contained in Paragraph 25 with respect to any assignee or subtenant.
Landlord may collect rent or other amounts or any portion thereof from any
assignee, subtenant, or other occupant of the Premises, permitted or otherwise,
and apply the net rent collected to the Rent payable hereunder, but no such
collection shall be deemed to be a waiver of this Paragraph 21, or the
acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of
Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of the obligations of Tenant under
this Lease or any guarantor of this Lease of any liability under its guaranty.
Any assignment or subletting which conflicts with the provisions hereof shall be
void.

                                  21. AUTHORITY

Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter
into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord's obligations hereunder and that
all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do. Tenant and
the person or persons, if any, signing on behalf of Tenant, jointly and
severally represent and warrant that Tenant has full right and authority to
enter into this Lease, and to perform all of Tenant's obligations hereunder, and
that all persons signing this Lease on its behalf are authorized to do so.

                                22. CONDEMNATION

A.       CONDEMNATION RESULTING IN TERMINATION. If the whole or any substantial
part of the Premises should be taken or condemned for any public use under any
Regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu
thereof, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the Permitted
Use of the Premises, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease
at its option. If any material portion of the Building or Project is taken or
condemned for any public use under any Regulation, or by right of eminent
domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, either party may terminate this
Lease at its option. In either of such events, the Rent shall be abated during
the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of said
Premises shall have occurred.

B.       CONDEMNATION NOT RESULTING IN TERMINATION. If a portion of the Project
of which the Premises are a part should be taken or condemned for any public use
under any Regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in
lieu thereof, and the taking prevents or materially interferes with the
Permitted Use of the Premises, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in
Paragraph 22.A above, the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of
this Lease shall be reduced, beginning on the date when the physical taking
shall have occurred, to such amount as may be fair and reasonable under all of
the circumstances, but only after giving Landlord credit for all sums received
or to be received by Tenant by the condemning authority. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, if the temporary use or
occupancy of any part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated under power
of eminent domain during the Term, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by
such taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue to pay in full all Rent
payable hereunder by Tenant during the Term; in the event of any such temporary
appropriation or taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive that portion of any
award which represents compensation for the use of or occupancy of the Premises
during the Term.

C.       AWARD. Landlord shall be entitled to (and Tenant shall assign to
Landlord) any and all payment, income, rent, award or any interest therein
whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or
conveyance and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for any
sums paid by virtue of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the
value of any unexpired portion of this Lease, except as expressly provided in
this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any compensation specifically and
separately awarded Tenant for Tenant's personal property and moving costs, shall
be and remain the property of Tenant.

D.       WAIVER OF CCP SS. 1265.130. Each party waives the provisions of
California Civil Code Procedure Section 1265.130 allowing either party to
petition the superior court to terminate this Lease as a result of a partial
taking.

                               23. CASUALTY DAMAGE

A.       GENERAL. If the Premises or Building should be damaged or destroyed by
fire, tornado, or other casualty (collectively, "CASUALTY"), Tenant shall give
immediate written notice thereof to Landlord. Within thirty (30) days after
Landlord's receipt of such notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether in
Landlord's estimation material restoration of the Premises can reasonably be
made within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such notice and
receipt of required permits for such restoration. Landlord's determination shall
be binding on Tenant.

B.       WITHIN 180 DAYS. If the Premises or Building should be damaged by
Casualty to such extent that material restoration can in Landlord's estimation
be reasonably completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of
such notice and receipt of required

                                       13
<PAGE>

permits for such restoration, this Lease shall not terminate. Provided that
insurance proceeds are received by Landlord to fully repair the damage, Landlord
shall proceed to rebuild and repair the Premises diligently and in the manner
determined by Landlord, except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild,
repair or replace any part of any Alterations which may have been placed on or
about the Premises or paid for by Tenant. If the Premises are untenantable in
whole or in part following such damage, the Rent payable hereunder during the
period in which they are untenantable shall be abated proportionately, but only
to the extent Premises are unfit for occupancy.

C.       GREATER THAN 270 DAYS. If the Premises or Building should be damaged by
Casualty to such extent that rebuilding or repairs cannot in Landlord's
estimation be reasonably completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after
receipt of required permits for rebuilding or repair, and such damage materially
and adversely interferes with the conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises,
then either party shall have the right to cancel this Lease by giving the other
party written notice within ten (10) days from the date of Landlord's notice
that material restoration of the Premises cannot be made within such two hundred
seventy (270) day period or notice that Landlord has elected not to rebuild or
repair the Premises. Said cancellation shall be effective [thirty (30)] days
from the first day that either party gives its notice to cancel. If neither
party elects to so cancel this Lease, Landlord shall proceed to rebuild and
repair the Premises diligently and in the manner determined by Landlord, except
that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of
any Alterations which may have been placed on or about the Premises by Tenant.
If the Premises are untenantable in whole or in part following such damage, the
Rent payable hereunder during the period in which they are untenantable shall be
abated proportionately, but only to the extent the Premises are unfit for
occupancy.

D.       TENANT'S FAULT. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the
Premises or any other portion of the Building are damaged by Casualty resulting
from the fault, negligence, or breach of this Lease by Tenant or any of Tenant's
Parties, Base Rent and Additional Rent shall not be diminished during the repair
of such damage and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the cost and expense
of the repair and restoration of the Building caused thereby to the extent such
cost and expense is not covered by insurance proceeds.

E.       INSURANCE PROCEEDS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if
the Premises or Building are damaged or destroyed and are not fully covered by
the insurance proceeds received by Landlord or if the holder of any indebtedness
secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises requires that the
insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then in either case Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of
termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to
Landlord that said damage or destruction is not fully covered by insurance or
such requirement is made by any such holder, as the case may be, whereupon this
Lease shall terminate.

F.       WAIVER. This Paragraph 24 shall be Tenant's sole and exclusive remedy
in the event of damage or destruction to the Premises or the Building. As a
material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives
any rights it may have under Sections 1932, 1933(4), or 1942 of the Civil Code
of California with respect to any destruction of the Premises, Landlord's
obligation for tenantability of the Premises and Tenant's right to make repairs
and deduct the expenses of such repairs, or under any similar law, statute or
ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

G.       TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY. In the event of any damage or destruction
of the Premises or the Building, under no circumstances shall Landlord be
required to repair any injury or damage to, or make any repairs to or
replacements of, Tenant's personal property, excepting Landlord's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

                                24. HOLDING OVER

Unless Landlord expressly consents in writing to Tenant's holding over, Tenant
shall be unlawfully and illegally in possession of the Premises, whether or not
Landlord accepts any rent from Tenant or any other person while Tenant remains
in possession of the Premises without Landlord's written consent. If Tenant
shall retain possession of the Premises or any portion thereof without
Landlord's consent following the expiration of this Lease or sooner termination
for any reason, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each day of such retention
one hundred and fifty percent (150%) the amount of daily rental as of the last
month prior to the date of expiration or earlier termination. Tenant shall also
indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, liability
or cost, including consequential and incidental damages and reasonable
attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord resulting from delay by Tenant in
surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation, any claims made by the
succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord
following expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or following demand
by Landlord for possession of the Premises, shall not constitute a renewal of
this Lease, and nothing contained in this Paragraph 25 shall waive Landlord's
right of reentry or any other right. Additionally, if upon expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease, or following demand by Landlord for possession of the
Premises, Tenant has not fulfilled its obligation with respect to repairs and
cleanup of the Premises or any other Tenant obligations as set forth in this
Lease, then Landlord shall have the right to perform any such obligations as it
deems necessary at Tenant's sole cost and expense, and any time required by
Landlord to complete such obligations shall be considered a period of holding
over and the terms of this Paragraph 24 shall apply. The provisions of this
Paragraph 24 shall survive any expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

                                   25. DEFAULT

A.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The occurrence of any of the following shall
constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant:

         (1) ABANDONMENT. Abandonment or vacation of the Premises and non
         payment of rent for a continuous period in excess of five (5) days.
         Tenant waives any right to notice Tenant may have under Section 1951.3
         of the Civil Code of the State of California, the terms of this
         Paragraph 26.A being deemed such notice to Tenant as required by said
         Section 1951.3.

         (2) NONPAYMENT OF RENT. Failure to pay any installment of Rent or any
         other amount due and payable hereunder within 5 business days of the
         date when said payment is due, as to which time is of the essence.

         (3) OTHER OBLIGATIONS. Failure to perform any obligation, agreement or
         covenant under this Lease other than those matters specified in
         subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this Paragraph 25.A, and in Paragraphs 8,
         16, 18 and 24, such failure continuing for thirty (30) business days
         after written notice of such failure, as to which time is of the
         essence.

         (4) GENERAL ASSIGNMENT.  A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit
         of creditors.

         (5) BANKRUPTCY. The filing of any voluntary petition in bankruptcy by
         Tenant, or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant's creditors,
         which involuntary petition remains undischarged for a period of thirty
         (30) days. If under applicable law, the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant
         has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the
         obligations of Tenant hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such
         time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having
         jurisdiction, cure all

                                       14
<PAGE>

         defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the
         affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord such adequate
         assurances as may be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued
         performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

         (6) RECEIVERSHIP. The employment of a receiver to take possession of
         substantially all of Tenant's assets or Tenant's leasehold of the
         Premises, if such appointment remains undismissed or undischarged for a
         period of fifteen (15) days after the order therefor.

         (7) ATTACHMENT. The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
         all or substantially all of Tenant's assets or Tenant's leasehold of
         the Premises, if such attachment or other seizure remains undismissed
         or undischarged for a period of fifteen (15) days after the levy
         thereof.

         (8) INSOLVENCY. The admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to
         pay its debts as they become due.

B.       REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.

         (1) TERMINATION. In the event of the occurrence of any event of
         default, Landlord shall have the right to give a written termination
         notice to Tenant, and on the date specified in such notice, Tenant's
         right to possession shall terminate, and this Lease shall terminate
         unless on or before such date all Rent in arrears and all costs and
         expenses incurred by or on behalf of Landlord hereunder shall have been
         paid by Tenant and all other events of default of this Lease by Tenant
         at the time existing shall have been fully remedied to the satisfaction
         of Landlord. At any time after such termination, Landlord may recover
         possession of the Premises or any part thereof and expel and remove
         therefrom Tenant and any other person occupying the same, including any
         subtenant or subtenants notwithstanding Landlord's consent to any
         sublease, by any lawful means, and again repossess and enjoy the
         Premises without prejudice to any of the remedies that Landlord may
         have under this Lease, or at law or equity by any reason of Tenant's
         default or of such termination. Landlord hereby reserves the right, but
         shall not have the obligation, to recognize the continued possession of
         any subtenant. The delivery or surrender to Landlord by or on behalf of
         Tenant of keys, entry codes, or other means to bypass security at the
         Premises shall not terminate this Lease.

         (2) CONTINUATION AFTER DEFAULT. Even though an event of default may
         have occurred, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as
         Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession under
         Paragraph 26.B(1) hereof. Landlord shall have the remedy described in
         California Civil Code Section 1951.4 ("Landlord may continue this Lease
         in effect after Tenant's breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it
         becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only
         to reasonable limitations"), or any successor code section.
         Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on
         account of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord may enforce all of
         Landlord's rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to
         recover Rent as it becomes due. Acts of maintenance, preservation or
         efforts to lease the Premises or the appointment of a receiver under
         application of Landlord to protect Landlord's interest under this Lease
         or other entry by Landlord upon the Premises shall not constitute an
         election to terminate Tenant's right to possession.

         (3) INCREASED SECURITY DEPOSIT. If Tenant is in default under Paragraph
         26.A(2) hereof and such default remains uncured for ten (10) days after
         such occurrence or such default occurs more than three times in any
         twelve (12) month period, Landlord may require that Tenant provide a
         Security Deposit to the amount of the current month's Rent at the time
         of the most recent default.

C.       DAMAGES AFTER DEFAULT. Should Landlord terminate this Lease pursuant to
the provisions of Paragraph 26.B(1) hereof, Landlord shall have the rights and
remedies of a Landlord provided by Section 1951.2 of the Civil Code of the State
of California, or any successor code sections. Upon such termination, in
addition to any other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled
under applicable law or at equity, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from
Tenant: (1) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent and other amounts
which had been earned at the time of termination, (2) the worth at the time of
award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other amounts that would have
been earned after the date of termination until the time of award exceeds the
amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;
(3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and
other amounts for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the
amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and
(4) any other amount and court costs necessary to compensate Landlord for all
detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform Tenant's obligations
under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to
result therefrom. The "worth at the time of award" as used in (1) and (2) above
shall be computed at the Applicable Interest Rate (defined below). The "worth at
the time of award" as used in (3) above shall be computed by discounting such
amount at the Federal Discount Rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
at the time of award plus one percent (1%). If this Lease provides for any
periods during the Term during which Tenant is not required to pay Base Rent or
if Tenant otherwise receives a Rent concession, then upon the occurrence of an
event of default, Tenant shall owe to Landlord the full amount of such Base Rent
or value of such Rent concession, plus interest at the Applicable Interest Rate,
calculated from the date that such Base Rent or Rent concession would have been
payable.

D.       LATE CHARGE. In addition to its other remedies, Landlord shall have the
right without notice or demand to add to the amount of any payment required to
be made by Tenant hereunder, and which is not paid and received by Landlord on
or before the third business day of each calendar month, an amount equal to an
amount equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, , for each month or
portion thereof that the delinquency remains outstanding to compensate Landlord
for the loss of the use of the amount not paid and the administrative costs
caused by the delinquency, the parties agreeing that Landlord's damage by virtue
of such delinquencies would be extremely difficult and impracticable to compute
and the amount stated herein represents a reasonable estimate thereof. Any
waiver by Landlord of any late charges or failure to claim the same shall not
constitute a waiver of other late charges or any other remedies available to
Landlord.

E.       INTEREST. Interest shall accrue on all sums not paid when due hereunder
at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum interest rate
allowed by law ("APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE") from the due date until paid.

F.       REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. All rights, privileges and elections or remedies
of the parties are cumulative and not alternative, to the extent permitted by
law and except as otherwise provided herein.

G.       REPLACEMENT OF STATUTORY NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. When this Lease requires
service of a notice, that notice shall replace rather than supplement any
equivalent or similar statutory notice, including any notice required by
California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor
statute. When a statute requires service of a notice in a particular manner,
service of that notice (or a similar notice required by this Lease) in the
manner required by this Paragraph 26 shall replace and satisfy the statutory
service-of-notice procedures, including those required by California Code of
Civil Procedure Section 1162 or any similar or successor statute.

                                    26. LIENS

Tenant shall at all times keep the Premises and the Project free from liens
arising out of or related to work or services performed, materials or supplies
furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf

                                       15
<PAGE>

of Tenant or in connection with work made, suffered or done by or on behalf of
Tenant in or on the Premises or Project. If Tenant shall not, within ten (10)
days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of
record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition
to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the
obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as Landlord shall
deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums
paid by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and all expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection therefor shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with
interest at the Applicable Interest Rate as Additional Rent. Landlord shall have
the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices
permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the
protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Project and any other party having an
interest therein, from mechanics' and materialmen's liens, and Tenant shall give
Landlord not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice of the
commencement of any work in the Premises or Project which could lawfully give
rise to a claim for mechanics' or materialmen's liens to permit Landlord to post
and record a timely notice of non-responsibility, as Landlord may elect to
proceed or as the law may from time to time provide, for which purpose, if
Landlord shall so determine, Landlord may enter the Premises. Tenant shall not
remove any such notice posted by Landlord without Landlord's consent, and in any
event not before completion of the work which could lawfully give rise to a
claim for mechanics' or materialmen's liens.

                                27. SUBSTITUTION

                            28. TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building or a
foreclosure by any creditor of Landlord, the same shall operate to release
Landlord from any liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or
implied, herein contained in favor of Tenant, to the extent required to be
performed after the passing of title to Landlord's successor-in-interest. In
such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the
successor-in-interest of Landlord under this Lease with respect to the
performance of the covenants and duties of "Landlord" to be performed after the
passing of title to Landlord's successor-in-interest. This Lease shall not be
affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or
assignee. Landlord's successor(s)-in-interest shall not have liability to Tenant
with respect to the failure to perform any of the obligations of "Landlord," to
the extent required to be performed prior to the date such
successor(s)-in-interest became the owner of the Building.

               29. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM TENANT'S COVENANTS

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of
this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and
without any abatement of Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money,
other than Base Rent, required to be paid by Tenant hereunder or shall fail to
perform any other act on Tenant's part to be performed hereunder, including
Tenant's obligations under Paragraph 11 hereof, and such failure shall continue
for fifteen (15) days after notice thereof by Landlord, in addition to the other
rights and remedies of Landlord, Landlord may make any such payment and perform
any such act on Tenant's part. In the case of an emergency, no prior
notification by Landlord shall be required. Landlord may take such actions
without any obligation and without releasing Tenant from any of Tenant's
obligations. All sums so paid by Landlord and all incidental costs incurred by
Landlord and interest thereon at the Applicable Interest Rate, from the date of
payment by Landlord, shall be paid to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent.

                                   30. WAIVER

If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant or
condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or
condition contained herein, or constitute a course of dealing contrary to the
expressed terms of this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord (including,
without limitation, through any "lockbox") shall not constitute a waiver of any
preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease,
regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord
accepted such Rent. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants
or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive
or decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance
by Tenant. Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition contained in
this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord, based upon
full knowledge of the circumstances.

                                   31. NOTICES

Each provision of this Lease or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances,
regulations and other requirements with reference to sending, mailing, or
delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by Landlord or Tenant to the
other shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are
taken:

A.       RENT. All Rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to
Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at Landlord's Remittance Address
set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or at such other address as Landlord
may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance
herewith. Tenant's obligation to pay Rent and any other amounts to Landlord
under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such Rent and
other amounts have been actually received by Landlord.

B.       OTHER. All notices, demands, consents and approvals which may or are
required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing
and either personally delivered, sent by commercial overnight courier, mailed,
certified or registered, postage prepaid or sent by facsimile with confirmed
receipt (and with an original sent by commercial overnight courier), and in each
case addressed to the party to be notified at the Notice Address for such party
as specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as the party
to be notified may from time to time designate by at least fifteen (15) days
notice to the notifying party. Notices shall be deemed served upon receipt or
refusal to accept delivery. Tenant appoints as its agent to receive the service
of all default notices and notice of commencement of unlawful detainer
proceedings the person in charge of or apparently in charge of occupying the
Premises at the time, and, if there is no such person, then such service may be
made by attaching the same on the main entrance of the Premises.

C.       REQUIRED NOTICES. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing
of any notice of a violation or a potential or alleged violation of any
Regulation that relates to the Premises or the Project, or of any inquiry,
investigation, enforcement or other action that is instituted or threatened by
any governmental or regulatory agency against Tenant or any other occupant of
the Premises, or any claim that is instituted or threatened by any third party
that relates to the Premises or the Project.

                               32. ATTORNEYS' FEES

If Landlord places the enforcement of this Lease, or any part thereof, or the
collection of any Rent due, or to become due hereunder, or recovery of
possession of the Premises in the hands of an attorney, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord, upon demand, Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs,
whether incurred without trial, at trial, appeal or review. In any action which
Landlord or Tenant brings to enforce its respective rights hereunder, the
unsuccessful party shall pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party
including reasonable attorneys' fees, to be fixed by the court, and said costs
and attorneys' fees shall be a part of the judgment in said action.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                           33. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its
successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
Tenant, its successors, and to the extent assignment is approved by Landlord as
provided hereunder, Tenant's assigns.

                                34. FORCE MAJEURE

If performance by a party of any portion of this Lease is made impossible by any
prevention, delay, or stoppage caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts
of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable
substitutes for those items, government actions, civil commotions, fire or other
casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated
to perform, performance by that party for a period equal to the period of that
prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused. Tenant's obligation to pay Rent,
however, is not excused by this Paragraph 34.

                            35. SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Tenant shall, upon expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, surrender the
Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed on the commencement date
Tenant originally took possession thereof reasonable wear and tear expected.
Tenant shall remove all of its debris from the Project. At or before the time of
surrender, Tenant shall comply with the terms of Paragraph 12.A hereof with
respect to Alterations to the Premises and all other matters addressed in such
Paragraph. If the Premises are not so surrendered at the expiration or sooner
termination of this Lease, the provisions of Paragraph 25 hereof shall apply.
All keys to the Premises or any part thereof shall be surrendered to Landlord
upon expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Tenant shall give written
notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating the Premises and
shall meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Premises at the time of
vacating, but nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the
Term or as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. In the event of
Tenant's failure to give such notice or participate in such joint inspection,
Landlord's inspection at or after Tenant's vacating the Premises shall
conclusively be deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant's
responsibility for repairs and restoration. Any delay caused by Tenant's failure
to carry out its obligations under this Paragraph 35 beyond the term hereof,
shall constitute unlawful and illegal possession of Premises under Paragraph 25
hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall remove all trade
fixtures and vacate the premises in broom clean condition.

                                   36. PARKING

     So long as Tenant is occupying the Premises, Tenant and Tenant's Parties
shall have the right to use up to the number of parking spaces, if any,
specified in the Basic Lease Information on an unreserved, nonexclusive, first
come, first served basis, for passenger-size automobiles, in the parking areas
in the Project designated from time to time by Landlord for use in common by
tenants of the Building. The parking rights granted under this Paragraph 36 are
personal to Tenant and are not transferable except upon the express written
consent of Landlord.

     Tenant may request additional parking spaces from time to time and if
Landlord in its sole discretion agrees to make such additional spaces available
for use by Tenant, such spaces shall be provided on a month-to-month unreserved
and nonexclusive basis (unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord), and
subject to such parking charges as Landlord shall determine, and shall otherwise
be subject to such terms and conditions as Landlord may require.

     Tenant shall at all times comply and shall cause all Tenant's Parties and
visitors to comply with all Regulations and any rules and regulations
established from time to time by Landlord relating to parking at the Project,
including any keycard, sticker or other identification or entrance system, and
hours of operation, as applicable.

      Landlord shall have no liability for any damage to property or other items
located in the parking areas of the Project, nor for any personal injuries or
death arising out of the use of parking areas in the Project by Tenant or any
Tenant's Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, if Landlord arranges for the
parking areas to be operated by an independent contractor not affiliated with
Landlord, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability for claims
arising through acts or omissions of such independent contractor. In all events,
Tenant agrees to look first to its insurance carrier and to require that
Tenant's Parties look first to their respective insurance carriers for payment
of any losses sustained in connection with any use of the parking areas.

     Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve
spaces for visitors, small cars, disabled persons or for other tenants or
guests, and Tenant shall not park and shall not allow Tenant's Parties to park
in any such assigned or reserved spaces. Tenant may validate visitor parking by
such method as Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time
generally applicable to visitor parking. Landlord also reserves the right to
alter, modify, relocate or close all or any portion of the parking areas in
order to make repairs or perform maintenance service, or to restripe or renovate
the parking areas, or if required by casualty, condemnation, act of God,
Regulations or for any other reason deemed reasonable by Landlord.

                                37. MISCELLANEOUS

A.       GENERAL. The term "Tenant" or any pronoun used in place thereof shall
indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number,
individuals, firms or corporations, and their respective successors, executors,
administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.

B.       TIME. Time is of the essence regarding this Lease and all of its
provisions.

C.       CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws
of the State of California.

D.       ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, together with its Exhibits, addenda and
attachments and the Basic Lease Information, contains all the agreements of the
parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no
representations made by the Landlord or understandings made between the parties
other than those set forth in this Lease and its Exhibits, addenda and
attachments and the Basic Lease Information.

E.       MODIFICATION. This Lease may not be modified except by a written
instrument signed by the parties hereto. Tenant accepts the area of the Premises
as specified in the Basic Lease Information as the approximate area of the
Premises for all purposes under this Lease, and acknowledges and agrees that no
other definition of the area (rentable, usable or otherwise) of the Premises
shall apply. Tenant shall in no event be entitled to a recalculation of the
square footage of the Premises, rentable, usable or otherwise, and no
recalculation, if made, irrespective of its purpose, shall reduce Tenant's
obligations under this Lease in any manner, including without limitation the
amount of Base Rent payable by Tenant or Tenant's Proportionate Share of the
Building and of the Project.

                                       17
<PAGE>

F.       SEVERABILITY. If, for any reason whatsoever, any of the provisions
hereof shall be unenforceable or ineffective, all of the other provisions shall
be and remain in full force and effect.

G.       RECORDATION. Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form
memorandum hereof.

H.       EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission of this Lease to Tenant does not
constitute an option or offer to lease and this Lease is not effective otherwise
until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

I.       ACCORD AND SATISFACTION. No payment by Tenant of a lesser amount than
the total Rent due nor any endorsement on any check or letter accompanying any
check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction of full
payment of Rent, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to
Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or to pursue other
remedies. All offers by or on behalf of Tenant of accord and satisfaction are
hereby rejected in advance.

J.       EASEMENTS. Landlord may grant easements on the Project and dedicate for
public use portions of the Project without Tenant's consent; provided that no
such grant or dedication shall materially interfere with Tenant's Permitted Use
of the Premises. Upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to Landlord documents, instruments, maps and plats necessary to
effectuate Tenant's covenants hereunder.

K.       DRAFTING AND DETERMINATION PRESUMPTION. The parties acknowledge that
this Lease has been agreed to by both the parties, that both Landlord and Tenant
have consulted with attorneys with respect to the terms of this Lease and that
no presumption shall be created against Landlord because Landlord drafted this
Lease. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, with respect to
any consent, determination or estimation of Landlord required or allowed in this
Lease or requested of Landlord, Landlord's consent, determination or estimation
shall be given or made solely by Landlord in Landlord's good faith opinion. If
Landlord fails to respond to any request for its consent within the time period,
if any, specified in this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved
such request.

L.       EXHIBITS. The Basic Lease Information, and the Exhibits, addenda and
attachments attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein by this reference and
made a part of this Lease as though fully set forth herein.

M.       NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENT. Any diminution or shutting off of
light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to or
in the vicinity of the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any
liability on Landlord.

N.       NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT. This Lease is a contract between Landlord and
Tenant and nothing herein is intended to create any third party benefit.

O.       QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent, and upon the
observance and performance of all of the other covenants, terms and conditions
on Tenant's part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and
quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the term hereby demised without
hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or
equitably claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to all
of the other terms and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable
for any hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance by other tenants or
third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any obligations under this
Lease because of such hindrance, interruption, interference or disturbance.

P.       COUNTERPARTS. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original.

Q.       MULTIPLE PARTIES. If more than one person or entity is named herein as
Tenant, such multiple parties shall have joint and several responsibility to
comply with the terms of this Lease.

R.       PRORATIONS. Any Rent or other amounts payable to Landlord by Tenant
hereunder for any fractional month shall be prorated based on a month of 30
days. As used herein, the term "fiscal year" shall mean the calendar year or
such other fiscal year as Landlord may deem appropriate.

                                 38. FLOOD ZONE

Tenant acknowledges that the Premises may be subject to flooding hazards due to
the location of the building within a one hundred year flood plain. The
boundaries of the flood plain are described in the Preliminary Flood Insurance
Rate Map dated May 1, 1989 prepared b the Federal Emergency Management Agency
("FEMA") and the Preliminary Working Map dated January, 1989 prepared by the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (collectively, "Flood Maps"). The Flood Maps
indicate that the majority of the City and parts of the County of Sacramento lie
within a one hundred year flood plain. Property located in the flood plain may
be inundated in the event flooding occurs at a level reached on the average once
every one hundred years (a one percent chance of occurring in any given year).
Under the provisions of the National Flood Insurance Program, such property is
deemed subject to special flood hazards. Tenant expressly acknowledges and
assumes the risk that the Premises may be subject to flooding due to their
location in a one hundred year flood plain. Tenant unconditionally waives any
flood-related property damage claim asserting liability on the part of the
County of Sacramento or its officers, agents, or employees premised on the
issuance of a permit for the construction of tenant improvements within the
Premises, whether or not the issuance of such a permit is due to the negligence
of the County or its officers, agents or employees. Further, Tenant
unconditionally waives any flood related property damage claim against Landlord.
The term "claim" as used in this paragraph shall include all direct or class
actions or subrogation or inverse condemnation lawsuits brought by any person,
entity or governmental agency.

                  39. AFTER HOURS HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

Landlord, at Landlord's expense, shall furnish normal heating, ventilating and
air conditioning, (HVAC), electrical power and use of all other building
services and amenities Monday through Friday, from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. during
generally recognized business days, as determined by Landlord.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant's use of Premises outside of
generally recognized business days and hours imposes additional burden on the
project's janitorial services, fluorescent light tubes, HVAC and electrical
services, and other common area amenities. Accordingly, after hours use of
services will be made available and will be billed as an after hours rent
assessment. Such costs plus an administrative fee will be payable by Tenant to
Landlord upon demand. The hourly cost of after hours utilities is $20.00 per
hour during the initial year of the lease term and shall not increase at rates
greater than those charged by local utility companies serving the project.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                               40. TEMPORARY SPACE

During the construction period, which Landlord anticipates to be no more than
ninety (90) days from issuance of a building permit from the City of Sacramento,
Landlord shall provide space within the building to Tenant free of charge.
Should Tenant delay cause the tenant improvement work to exceed the initial
construction schedule, which shall be determined upon completion of the
construction drawings, Tenant shall be responsible for the rental obligation of
the then occupied space plus the rental obligation for Suite 107 at a rate equal
to $1.80 per square foot of the then occupied space.

                               41. SATELLITE DISH

1.       During the Term, Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to install on
         the roof of the Building one (1) satellite dish(s) which is no more
         than thirty six (36) inches in diameter and does exceed fifty (50)
         pounds installed, which shall be enclosed by a screen and the
         nonexclusive right to run connecting lines or cables thereto from the
         Premises (such satellite dish/antennae and such connecting lines and
         related equipment herein referred to collectively as the "Equipment").
         Tenant shall not penetrate the roof in connection with any installation
         or reinstallation of the Equipment without Landlord's prior written
         consent, which may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion. The plans
         and specifications for all the Equipment shall be delivered by Tenant
         to Landlord for Landlord's review and approval. Such plans and
         specifications, including, without limitation, the location of the
         Equipment, shall be approved by Landlord in writing prior to any
         installation. In no event shall the Equipment or any portion thereof be
         visible from street level. Prior to the commencement of any
         installation or other work performed on or about the Building, Landlord
         shall approve all contractors and subcontractors which shall perform
         such work. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the roof,
         conduit systems or other portions of the Building or Building systems
         as a result of Tenant's installation, maintenance and/or removal of the
         Equipment.

2.       Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall comply with all
         Regulations regarding the installation, construction, operation,
         maintenance and removal of the Equipment and shall be solely
         responsible for obtaining and maintaining in force all permits,
         licenses and approvals necessary for such operations.

3.       Tenant shall be responsible for and promptly shall pay all taxes,
         assessments, charges, fees and other governmental impositions levied or
         assessed on the Equipment or based on the operation thereof.

4.       Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to
         relocate the Equipment during the Term to a location approved by
         Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
         or delayed. Tenant shall not change the location of, or alter or
         install additional Equipment or paint any of the other Equipment
         without Landlord's prior written consent.

5.       Operation of the Equipment shall not interfere in any manner with
         equipment systems or utility systems of other tenants of the Project,
         including without limitation, telephones, dictation equipment,
         lighting, heat and air conditioning, computers, electrical systems and
         elevators. If operation of the Equipment causes such interference, as
         determined by Landlord in Landlord's reasonable discretion, Tenant
         immediately shall suspend operation of the Equipment until Tenant
         eliminates such interference.

6.       Tenant shall maintain the Equipment in good condition and repair, at
         Tenant's sole cost and expense. Landlord may from time to time require
         that Tenant repaint the satellite dishes at Tenant's expense to keep
         the same in an attractive condition. In the event that Tenant fails to
         repair and maintain the Equipment in accordance with this Lease,
         Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such repairs or
         perform any maintenance to the Equipment and Tenant shall reimburse
         Landlord upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in
         connection therewith, plus a reasonable administrative fee.

7.       Tenant may access the roof for repair and maintenance of the Equipment,
         only during normal business hours, on not less than 24 hours prior
         written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall designate in writing to
         Landlord all persons whom Tenant authorizes to have access to the roof
         for such purposes. Upon such designation and prior identification to
         Landlords' building security personnel, such authorized persons shall
         be granted access to the roof by Landlord's building engineer. Tenant
         shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in
         connection with Tenant's access to the roof pursuant to this Paragraph.
         Landlord or Landlord's agent may accompany Tenant during such access.

8.       Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from
         and against any and all claims related to the Equipment or operation of
         the same as if the Equipment were located wholly within the Premises.
         Tenant shall provide evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant's
         property and liability insurance policies required under this Lease
         include coverage for the Equipment and any claim, loss, damage, or
         liability relating to the Equipment.

9.       Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever relating
         to (i) maintenance or repair of the Equipment, (ii) damage to the
         Equipment; (iii) damage to persons or property relating to the
         Equipment or the operation thereof; or (iv) interference with use of
         the Equipment arising out of utility interruption or any other cause,
         except for injury to persons or damage to property caused solely by the
         active negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, its agents or
         any other parties related to Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be
         responsible for consequential damages. Upon installation of the
         Equipment, Tenant shall accept the area where the Equipment is located
         in its "as is" condition. Tenant acknowledges that the roof location of
         the Equipment is suitable for Tenant's needs, and acknowledges that
         Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to improve, maintain or
         repair the area in which the Equipment will be installed.

10.      Tenant shall use the Equipment solely for Tenant's operations
         associated with the Permitted Use and within Tenant's Premises and
         shall not use or allow use of the Equipment, for consideration or
         otherwise, for the benefit of other tenants in the Building or any
         other person or entity.

11.      Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, remove such portions
         of the Equipment as Landlord may designate upon the expiration or
         earlier termination of this Lease, and restore the affected areas to
         their condition prior to installation of the Equipment. If Tenant fails
         to so remove the Equipment, Landlord reserves the right to do so, and
         the expense of the same shall be immediately due and payable from
         Tenant to Landlord as additional rent, together with interest and late
         charges as provided in this Lease, plus a reasonable administrative
         fee.

                               42. OPTION TO RENEW

Tenant shall, provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not
and has not been in default more than two times during any twelve month period
under any of the terms and conditions of this Lease, have one successive option
to renew this Lease for a term of five

                                       19
<PAGE>

(5) years each, for the Premises in "as is" condition and on the same terms and
conditions set forth in this Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants
and conditions set forth below:

(1)      If Tenant elects to exercise such option, then Tenant shall provide
         Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is 270 days
         prior to the expiration of the then current term of this Lease, but no
         later than 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Standard Time) on the date which is 180
         days prior to the expiration of the then current term of this Lease. If
         Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further or
         additional right to extend or renew the term of this Lease.

(2)      The Base Rent in effect at the expiration of the then current term of
         this Lease shall be increased to reflect the current fair market rental
         for comparable space in the Building or Project and in other similar
         buildings in the same rental market as of the date the renewal term is
         to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of this Lease
         which will remain constant, and the Building amenities, location,
         identity, quality, age, condition, term of lease, tenant improvements,
         services provided, and other pertinent items.

 (3)     Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Base Rent for the Premises for
         the applicable renewal term based on Landlord's determination of fair
         market rental value, as well as the terms and conditions for the
         renewal term, no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice
         of Tenant's exercise of its option to renew.

(4)      Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to agree on the fair
         market rental value of the Premises and terms and conditions for each
         renewal term. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually
         acceptable rental rate for any renewal term within thirty (30) days
         after notification by Landlord to Tenant of Landlord's determination of
         the new Base Rent for the applicable renewal term, but in any event no
         later than the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the expiration
         of the then current term, then on or before such date Landlord and
         Tenant shall each appoint a licensed real estate broker with at least
         ten (10) year's experience in leasing office space in the area in which
         the Building is located to act as arbitrators. The two (2) arbitrators
         so appointed shall determine the fair market rental value for the
         Premises for the applicable renewal term based on the above criteria
         and each shall submit his or her determination of such fair market
         rental value to Landlord and Tenant in writing, within sixty (60) days
         after their appointment.

         If the two (2) arbitrators so appointed cannot agree on the fair market
         rental value for the applicable renewal term within such 60-day period,
         the two (2) arbitrators shall within five (5) days thereafter appoint a
         third arbitrator who shall be a licensed real estate broker with at
         least ten (10) year's experience in leasing office space in the area in
         which the Building is located. The third arbitrator so appointed shall
         independently determine the fair market rental value for the Premises
         for the renewal term within thirty (30) days after appointment, by
         selecting from the proposals submitted by each of the first two
         arbitrators the one that most closely approximates the third
         arbitrator's determination of such fair market rental value. The third
         arbitrator shall have no right to adopt a compromise or middle ground
         or any modification of either of the proposals submitted by the first
         two arbitrators. The proposal chosen by the third arbitrator as most
         closely approximating the third arbitrator's determination of the fair
         market rental value shall constitute the decision and award of the
         arbitrators and shall be final and binding on the parties.

         Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator appointed
         by such party and one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of the third
         arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Base Rent
         is found to be within five percent (5%) of the original rate quoted by
         Landlord, then Tenant shall bear the full cost of the arbitration
         process.

         If either party fails to appoint an arbitrator, or if either of the
         first two arbitrators fails to submit his or her proposal of fair
         market rental value to the other party, in each case within the time
         periods set forth above, then the decision of the other party's
         arbitrator shall be considered final and binding.

         In the event the third arbitrator fails to present a fair market rental
         value within such 30-day period, then by mutual consent of the Landlord
         and Tenant:

(a)      the time period will be extended, or

(b)      If either Landlord or Tenant do not wish to extend the time period, a
         fourth arbitrator shall be selected by the first two arbitrators and a
         new thirty (30) day period shall begin.

(5)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph,
         in no event shall the Base Rent for any renewal term be less than the
         Base Rent in effect at the expiration of the previous term plus expense
         escalations over the previous years. In addition, Landlord shall have
         no obligation to provide or pay for any tenant improvements or
         brokerage commissions during any renewal term.

(6)      Tenant's right to exercise any option(s) to renew under this Paragraph
         shall be conditioned upon Tenant occupying the entire Premises and the
         same not being occupied by any assignee, subtenant or licensee other
         than Tenant or its Affiliate as defined in Paragraph 20 A.3 at the time
         of exercise of any option and commencement of the renewal term.
         Tenant's exercise of the option to renew shall constitute a
         representation by Tenant to Landlord that as of the date of exercise of
         the option and the commencement of the renewal term, Tenant does not
         intend to seek to assign this Lease in whole or in part, or sublet all
         or any portion of the Premises.

(7)      Any exercise by Tenant of any option to renew under this Paragraph
         shall be irrevocable. If requested by Landlord, Tenant agrees to
         execute a lease amendment or, at Landlord's option, a new lease
         agreement on Landlord's then standard lease form for the Building,
         reflecting the foregoing terms and conditions, prior to the
         commencement of the renewal term. The option(s) to renew granted under
         this Paragraph is/are not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge
         and agree that they intend that each option to renew this Lease under
         this Paragraph shall be "personal" to the specific Tenant named in this
         Lease and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any
         rights to exercise such option(s) to renew. Except an Affiliate as
         defined in 20.A.3.

                              43. EXPANSION OPTION

Provided Tenant is not, and has not been, in default if its obligations under
this Lease, if Landlord receives an offer to lease any portion of suite 200,
which consists of approximately 10,096 rentable square feet for a lease term
(including renewal option) greater than three [3] years, Tenant shall have a one
time first right of refusal to lease such premises, or any part thereof,
notwithstanding provisions to the contrary in this Paragraph.

                                       20
<PAGE>

In the event Landlord receives a bona fide offer to lease from an initial third
party for a lease term exceeding 3 years from receipt of such notice, Landlord
will notify Tenant and Tenant shall have 48 hours to notify Landlord of Tenant's
desire to exercise its first right of refusal, on the same terms and conditions
as the offer to lease that Landlord has received. In the event Tenant fails to
give Landlord notice of Tenant's election to lease the adjacent space within
such time period, Landlord shall be free to lease the premises to a third party
and Tenant shall have no further right, title or interest in such additional
space and this first right of refusal shall terminate. If, on the other hand,
Tenant exercises its first right of refusal in the manner provided above, Tenant
shall immediately deliver to Landlord payment for the first month's rent and
security deposit for the expansion premises (in the same manner as provided for
in this Lease), and the lease of such expansion premises shall be consummated
without delay in accordance with the terms set forth in the lease offer. Such
expansion premises shall be leased to Tenant in "as is" condition and Landlord
shall have no obligation to improve such expansion premises or grant Tenant any
improvement allowance thereon.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant's right to the
expansion premises shall be conditioned upon the following: (i) at the time
Tenant agrees to accept the expansion premises and at the time of the
commencement of the term for the expansion premises, Tenant shall be in
possession of and occupying the primary premises for the conduct of its business
therein and the same shall not be occupied by any assignee, subtenant or
licensee and, provided further, that the option for additional space shall be
applicable hereunder only if the expansion premises will actually be occupied by
Tenant and (ii) the agreement of acceptance shall constitute a representation by
Tenant to Landlord, effective as of the date of the agreement of acceptance and
as of the date of commencement of the lease for the expansion premises, that
Tenant does not intend to assign the lease for the expansion premises, in whole
or in part or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, the election to expand
being for the purpose of utilizing the expansion premises for Tenant's purposes
in the conduct of Tenant's business therein.

                              44. JURY TRIAL WAIVER

EACH PARTY HERETO (WHICH INCLUDES ANY ASSIGNEE, SUCCESSOR HEIR OR PERSONAL
REPRESENTATIVE OF A PARTY) SHALL NOT SEEK A JURY TRIAL, HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY
JURY, AND HEREBY FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN THE COUNTY IN WHICH
THE BUILDING IS LOCATED, AND AGREES AND CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE
COURTS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY
MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE
RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT'S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES,
OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY
STATUTE, EMERGENCY OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER ANY OF THE FOREGOING IS BASED ON THIS
LEASE OR ON TORT LAW. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO
CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL CONCERNING THE EFFECT OF THIS PARAGRAPH 44. THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH 44 SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER
TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day
and the year first above written.

                                    LANDLORD

                                    Spieker Properties, L.P.,
                                    a California limited partnership

                                    By: Spieker Properties, Inc.,
                                        a Maryland corporation,
                                        its general partner


                                        By: /s/ PETER C. THOMPSON
                                            -------------------------------
                                            Peter C. Thompson
                                      Its:  Senior Vice President

                                      Date: 4/27/2000
                                            -------------------------------

                                    TENANT

                                    American River Bank,
                                    a commercial bank organized under the laws
                                    of the State of California


                                    By: /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
                                        --------------------------------
                                        William L. Young
                                  Its:  Chief Executive Officer

                                  Date: --------------------------------




                           STANDARD OFFICE LEASE-GROSS

                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

1.  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS ("Basic Lease Provisions")

       1.1 PARTIES: This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only,____ January
31, 2000_______ is made by and between Bradshaw Plaza Group (herein called
"Lessor") and American River Bank doing business under the name of American
River Bank herein called "Lessee").

       1.2 PREMISES: Suite Number(s)___100___ (floors, consisting of
approximately 4,590 feet more or less as defined in paragraph 2 and as shown on
Exhibit "A" hereto (the "Premises").

       1.3 BUILDING: Commonly described as being located at 9750 BUSINESS PARK
DRIVE
In the City of   Sacramento
County of        Sacramento
State of California as more particularly described in Exhibit A-1 hereto, and
as defined in paragraph 2.

       1.4 USE: General Office and Commercial Banking Operations
subject to paragraph 6.

       1.5 TERM: 84 months commencing December 1, 1999 ("Commencement Date")and
ending November 30, 2006, as defined in Paragraph 3.

       1.6 BASE RENT; See Addendum per month, payable on the 1st day of each
month per paragraph 4.1

       1.7 BASE RENT INCREASE: On see Addendum the monthly Base Rent payable
under paragraph 1.6 above shall be adjusted as provided in paragraph 4.3 below.

       1.8 RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION; N/A for _________________________________

       1.9  SECURITY DEPOSIT -  N/A

       1.10 Lessee's Share of Operating Expense increase: 6.63% as defined in
paragraph 4.2.

2.  PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.

       2.1 PREMISES: The Premises are a portion of a building, herein sometimes
referred to as the "Building" identified in paragraph 1.3 of the Basic Lease
Provisions. "Building" shall include adjacent parking structures used in
connection therewith. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land
upon which the same are located, along with all other buildings and Improvements
thereon or thereunder, are herein collectively referred to a as the "Office
Building Project" Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor
for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions t forth herein, the
real property referred to in the Basic Lease Provisions, paragraph 1.2, as the
"Premises:' Including rights to the Common Areas as hereinafter specified.

       2.2   DELETED BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT.

       2. 2.1 If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited
activities described in the Lease or the rules then In effect, then Lessor shall
have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies
that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost
to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by lessor.

       2.2.2  DELETED BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT.

       2.3 COMMON AREAS-DEFINITION. The term "Common Areas" is defined as all
areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the Office Building Project that are provided and designated by the Lessor
from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and of
other lessees of the Office Building Project and their respective employees,
suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees, Including but not limited to common
entrances, lobbies, corridors,

<PAGE>

stairways and stairwells. public restrooms, elevators, escalators, parking areas
to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Lease, loading and unloading
areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, ramps, driveways,
landscaped areas and decorative walls.

       2.4 COMMON AREAS-RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessee agrees to abide by and
conform to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 8 with respect
to the Office Building Project and Common Areas, and to cause its employees,
suppliers, shippers, customers, and Invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor or
such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and
management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to
modify amend and enforce said rules and regulations. Lessor shall not be
responsible to Lessee for the noncompliance with said rules and regulations by
other lessees, their agents, employees and Invitees of the Office Building
Project.

       2.5 COMMON AREAS-CHANGES. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole
discretion, from time to time:

         (a) To make changes to the Building Interior and exterior and Common
Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape,
number, and appearance thereof, including but not limited to the lobbies,
windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways.
entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, Ingress,
egress, direction of traffic, decorative walls, landscaped areas and walkways;
provided, however, Lessor shall at all times provide the parking facilities
required by applicable law;
         (b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance
purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;
         (c) To designate other land and improvements outside the boundaries of
the Office Building Project to be a part of the Common Areas, provided that such
other land and Improvements have a reasonable and functional relationship to the
Office Building Project;
         (d) To add additional buildings and Improvements to the Common Areas;
         (e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional
improvements. repairs or alterations to the office Building Project, or any
portion thereof;
         (f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes In,
to or with respect to the Common Areas and Office Building Project as Lessor
may, In the exercise of sound business judgment deem to be appropriate.

3.  TERM.

       3.1 TERM. The term and Commencement Date of this Lease shall be as
specified In paragraph 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

       3.2 DELAY IN POSSESSION. Notwithstanding said Commencement Date, if for
any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee on said
date and subject to paragraph 3.2.2, Lessor shall not be subject to any
liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or
the obligations of Lessee hereunder or extend the term hereof; but, In such
case, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation
of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, except as may be otherwise provided in
this Lease, until possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee, as
hereinafter defined; provided, however. that if Lessor shall not have delivered
possession of the Premises within sixty (60) days following said Commencement
Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of a Work Letter executed by
Lessor and Lessee, Lessee may, at Lessee's option by notice in writing to Lessor
within ten (10 days thereafter, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties
shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder, provided, however, that, as
to Lessee's obligation, Lessee first reimburses Lessor for all costs incurred
for Non-Standard improvements and, as to Lessor's obligation, Lessor shall
return any money previously deposited by lessee (less any offsets due Lessor for
Non-Standard improvements); and provided further, that if such written notice by
Lessee is not received by lessor within said ten (10) day period, lessee's right
to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect.

       3.2.1 POSSESSION TENDERED - DEFINED. Possession of the Premises shall be
deemed tendered to Lessee ("Tender of Possession") when (1) the improvements to
be provided by Lessor under this Lease are substantially completed, (2) the
Building utilities are ready for use in the Premises, (3) lessee has reasonable
access to the Premises, and (4) ten (10) days shall have expired following
advance written notice to Lessee of the occurrence of the matters described in
(1), (2) and (3), above of this paragraph 3.2.1.

       3.2.2 DELAYS CAUSED BY LESSEE. There shall be no abatement of rent, and
the sixty (60) day period following the Commencement Date before which Lessee's
right to cancel this Lease accrues under paragraph 3.2, shall be deemed extended
to the extent of any delays caused by acts or omissions of Lessee, Lessee's
agents, employees and contractors.

       3.3 EARLY POSSESSION. If Lessee occupies the Premises prior to said
Commencement Date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions of this
Lease, such occupancy shall not change the termination date, and lessee shall
pay rent for such occupancy.

<PAGE>

       3.4 UNCERTAIN COMMENCEMENT. In the event commencement of the Lease term
is defined as the completion of the improvements, Lessee and Lessor shall
execute an amendment to this Lease establishing the date of Tender of Possession
(as defined in paragraph 3.2.1) or the actual taking of possession by Lessee,
whichever first occurs, as the Commencement Date.

4.  RENT

       4.1 BASE RENT. Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph
4.3 and except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the Base Rent for the Premises set forth in paragraph 1.6 of
the Basic Lease Provisions, without offset or deduction. Lessee shall pay Lessor
up[on execution hereof the advance Base Rent described in paragraph 1.8 of the
Basic Lease Provisions. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for
less than one month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of
the calendar month involved. Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United
States to Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at
such other places as Lessor may designate in writing.

       4.2 OPERATING EXPENSE INCREASE. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the
term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, lessee's Share, as hereinafter
defined, of the amount by which all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined,
for each Comparison Year exceeds the amount of all Operating Expenses for the
Base Year, such excess being hereinafter referred to as the "Operating Expense
Increase," in accordance with the following provisions:

         (a) "Lessee's Share" is defined for purposes of this Lease, as the
percentage set forth in paragraph 1.10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which
percentage has been determined by dividing the approximate square footage of the
Premises by the total approximate square footage of the rentable space contained
in the Office Building Project. It is understood and agreed that the square
footage of the rentable space contained in the Office Building project. It is
understood and agreed that the square footage figures set forth in the Basic
lease Provisions are approximations which lessor and Lessee agree are reasonable
and shall not be subject to revision except in connection with an actual change
in the size of the premises or a change in the space available for lease in the
Office Building Project.
         (b) "Base Year" is defined as the calendar year 2000.
         (c) "Comparison Year" is defined as each calendar year during the term
of this Lease subsequent to the Base Year; provided, however, Lessee shall have
no obligation to pay a share of the Operating Expense Increase applicable to the
first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (other than such as are mandated by a
governmental authority, as to which government mandated expenses lessee shall
pay Lessee's Share, notwithstanding they occur during the first twelve (12)
months). Lessee's Share of the Operating Expense increase for the first and last
Comparison Years of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion
of such Comparison Year as to which lessee is responsible for a share of such
increase.
          (d) "Operating Expenses" is defined, for purposes of this Lease, to
include all costs, if any, incurred by lessor in the exercise of its reasonable
discretion, for:
             (i) The operation, repair, maintenance, and replacement, in neat,
clean, safe, good order and condition, of the Office Building project, including
but not limited to the following:
                   (aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings,
decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking
areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways,
stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation
systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences
and gates;
                   (bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical
systems, life safety equipment, telecommunication and other equipment used in
common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Office Building
Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection
systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.
             (ii) Trash disposal, common area janitorial and security
services;
             (iii)Any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere
in this Lease stated to be an "Operating Expense";
             (iv) The cost of the premiums for the liability and property
insurance policies to be maintained by Lessor under paragraph 8 hereof;
             (v)  The amount of the real property taxes to be paid by Lessor
under paragraph 10.1 hereof;
             (vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly
mandated services to the Office Building Project;
             (vii)Labor, salaries and applicable fringe benefits and costs,
materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Office
Building Project and accounting and a management fee attributable to the
operation of the Office Building Project;
             (viii)Replacing and/or adding improvements mandated by any repairs
or removals necessitated thereby amortized over its useful life according to
Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including
interest on the unamoritized balance as is then reasonable in the judgment of
Lessor's accountants);
             (ix) Replacements of equipment or improvements that have a useful
life for depreciation purposes according to Federal income tax guidelines of
five (5) years or less, as amortized over such life.

<PAGE>

         (e) Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of replacements of
equipment or improvements that have a useful life for Federal income tax
purposes in excess of five (5) years unless it is of the type described in
paragraph 4.2(d)(viii), in which case their cost shall be included as above
provided.
         (f) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any
lessee directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed
by any third party, other tenant or by insurance proceeds.
         (g) Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase shall be payable by
Lessee within ten (10) days after reasonably detailed statement of actual
expenses is presented to lessee by Lessor At Lessor's operation, however, an
amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time in advance of Lessee's Share
of the Operating Expense increase for any Comparison Year, and the same shall be
payable monthly or quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each Comparison
Year of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. In
the event that Lessee pays Lessor's estimate of Lessee's Share of Operating
Expense Increase as aforesaid, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee within sixty (60)
days after the expiration of each Comparison Year a reasonably detailed
statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual Operating Expense increase
incurred during such year. If Lessee's payments under this paragraph 4.2(g)
during said comparison Year exceed Lessee's Share as indicated on said
statement, lessee shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment
against Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase next falling due. If
Lessee's payments under this paragraph during said comparison Year were less
than Lessee's Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall pay to Lessor
the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Lessor to
Lessee of said statement. Lessor and Lessee shall forthwith adjust between them
by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of
the last Comparison Year for which Lessee is responsible as to Operating Expense
increases, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the
end of such Comparison Year.

4.3 RENT INCREASE.

       4.3.1  -  4.3.3   DELETED BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT.

       4.3.4 Lessee shall continue to pay the rent at the rate previously In
effect until the Increase, if any, is determined. Within five (5) days following
the date on which the increase is determined, Lessee shall make such payment to
Lessor as will bring the increased rental current, commencing wing the effective
dale of such increase through the date of any rental installments then due.
Thereafter the rental shall be paid at the increased rate.

       4.3.5 At such time as the amount of any change in rental required by this
Lease is known or determined, Lessor and Lessee shall execute an amendment to
this Lease setting forth such change.

5.  SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the
security deposit set forth in paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions as
security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations hereunder. If
Lessee falls to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults
with respect to any provision of this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all
or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any rent or other charge In
default for the payment of any other sum to which Lessor may become obligated by
reason of Lessee's default, or to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage which
Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so uses or applies all or any portion of
said deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor
deposit cash with Lessor In an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the
full amount then required of Lessee. If the monthly Base Rent shall, from time
to time, increase during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, at the time of
such increase, deposit with Lessor additional money as a security deposit so
that the total amount of the security deposit held by Lessor shall at all times
bear the same proportion to the then current Base Rent as the initial security
deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth In paragraph 1.6 of the Basic
Lease Provisions. Lessor shall not be required to keep said security deposit
separate from its general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's
obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much thereof as has not heretofore
been applied by Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other
increment for its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignee,
it any, of Lessee's interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof,
and after Lessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created
herein between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6.  USE.

       6.1 USE. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the purpose set
forth in paragraph 1.4 of the Basic Lease Provisions or any other use which Is
reasonably comparable to that use and for no other purpose.

       6.2  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

         (a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in the state existing
on the date that the Lease term commences, but without regard to alterations or
improvements made by Lessee or the use for which Lessee will occupy the
Premises, does not violate any covenants or restrictions of record, or any
applicable building code, regulation or ordinance in effect on such Lease

<PAGE>

term Commencement Date In the event it Is determined that this warranty has been
violated, then it shall be the obligation of the Lessor, after written notice
from Lessee, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost and expense, rectify any such
violation.
         (b) Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(a) Lessee shall, at Lessee's
expense, promptly comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders, covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements of
any fire insurance underwriters or rating bureaus, now in effect or which may
hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy from
that now existing, during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in
any manner to the Premises and the occupation and use by Lessee of the Premises.
Lessee shall conduct its business in a lawful manner and shall not use or permit
the use of the Premises or the Common Areas In any manner that will tend to
create waste or a nuisance or shall tend to disturb other occupants of the
Office Building Project.

       6.3  CONDITION OF PREMISES.

         (a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in clean condition on
the Lease Commencement Date (unless Lessee is already in possession) and Lessor
warrants to Lessee that the plumbing, lighting, air conditioning, and heating
system in the Premises shall be in good operating condition. In the event that
It is determined that this warranty has been violated, then it shall be the
obligation of Lessor, after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth
with specificity the nature of the violation, to promptly, at Lessor's sole
cost, rectify such violation.
         (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee hereby accepts
the Premises and the Office Building Project in their condition EXISTING AS of
the Lease Commencement Date or the date that Lessee takes possession of the
Premises, whichever is earlier, subject to all applicable ZONING, municipal,
county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the
use of the Premises, and any easements, covenants or restrictions of record, and
accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by
any exhibits attached hereto. Lessee acknowledges that it has satisfied itself
by its own independent investigation that the Premises are suitable for its
intended use, and that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent or agents has made any
representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the
Premises, Common Areas, or Office Building Project for the conduct of Lessee's
business.

7.  MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND COMMON AREA SERVICES.

       7.1 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Lessor shall keep the Office Building Project,
including the Premises. Interior and exterior windows, walls, roof, and common
area and the equipment whether used exclusively for the Premises or in common
with other premises, in good condition and repair; provided, however, Lessor
shall not be obligated to paint, repair or replace wall coverings, or to repair
or replace any improvements that are not ordinarily a part of the Building or
are above then Building standards. Except as provided in paragraph 9.5, there
shall be no abatement of rent or liability of Lessee on account of any injury or
interference with Lessee's business with respect to any improvements,
alterations or repairs made by Lessor to the Office Building Project or any part
thereof. Lessee expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in
effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's
expense.

       7.2. LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

         (a) Notwithstanding Lessor's obligation to keep the Premises in good
condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost
thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any
maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that
serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to
causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of
painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any
Premises improvements that are not ordinarily a part of the Building or that are
above then Building standards. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable
notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs
the cost of which is otherwise Lessee's responsibility hereunder.
         (b) On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination,
Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of debris. Any damage or
deterioration of the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary WEAR and tear if the
same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices by Lessee. Lessee
shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or
removal of Lessee's trade fixtures, alterations, furnishings and equipment.
Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines,
power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air
conditioning, window coverings, wall coverings, carpets, wall ling, ceilings and
plumbing on the Premises and in good operating condition. (Note: Lessor, at its
sole discretion, reserves the right to have Lessee remove the bank vault at
Lessee's cost and expense, without the requirement of restoring walls enclosing
vault.)

       7.3  ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

         (a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations, improvements, additions, Utility Installations or repairs In, on or
about the Premises, or the Office Building Project. As used in this paragraph
7.3 the term
<PAGE>

"Utility Installation" shall mean carpeting, window and wall coverings, power
panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air conditioning,
plumbing, and telephone and telecommunication wiring and equipment. At the
expiration of the term, Lessor may require the removal of any or all of said
alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations, and the
restoration of the Premises and the Office Building Project to their prior
condition, at Lessee's expense. (Note: With the initial improvements
substantially in place, Tenant shall not be required under any circumstances to
return space to shell condition.) Should Lessor permit Lessee to make its own
alterations, improvements. additions or Utility Installations, Lessee shall use
only such contractor as has been expressly approved by Lessor, and Lessor may
require Lessee to provide Lessor, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, a lien and
completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost
of such improvements, to Insure Lessor against any liability for mechanic's and
materialmen's liens and to insure completion of the work. Should Lessee make any
alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations without the prior
approval of Lessor, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Lessor, Lessor
may, at any time during the term of this Lease, require that Lessee remove any
part or all of the same.
         (b) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
in or about the Premises or the Office Building Project that Lessee shall desire
to make shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with proposed detailed
plans. If Lessor shall give its consent to Lessee's making such alteration,
improvement, addition or Utility Installation, the consent shall be deemed
conditioned upon Lessee acquiring a permit to do so from the applicable
governmental agencies, furnishing a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the
commencement of the work, and compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.
         (c) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in
the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or
materialmen's lien against the Premises, the Building or the Office Building
Project. or any interest therein.
         (d) Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior
to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Lessee, and Lessor shall have
the right to post notices of non- responsibility in or on the Premises or the
Building as provided by law. If Lessee shall,. in good faith, contest the
validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole
expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement
thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. the Building or the Office Building
Project, upon the condition that it Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish
to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such
contested lien claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against liability for the
same and holding the Premises, the Building and the Office Building Project free
from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition , Lessor may require Lessee
to pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys' fees and costs in participating in such
action it Lessor shall decide it is to Lessor's best interest so to do.
         (e) All alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee),
which may be made to the Premises by Lessee, including but not limited to, floor
coverings, panelings, doors, drapes, built-ins, moldings, sound attenuation,
and lighting and telephone or communication systems, conduit, wiring and
outlets, shall be made and done in a good and workmanlike manner and of good and
sufficient quality and materials and shall be the properly of Lessor and remain
upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease term.
unless Lessor requires their removal pursuant to paragraph 7.3(a). Provided
Lessee is not in default, notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph
7.3(e), Lessee's personal property and equipment, other than that which is
affixed to the Premises so that it cannot be removed without material damage to
the Premises or the Building, and other than Utility Installations, shall remain
the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of
paragraph 7.2.
         (f) Lessee shall provide Lessor with as-built plans and specifications
for any alterations, Improvements, additions or Utility Installations.

       7.4 UTILITY ADDITIONS. Lessor reserves the right to install new or
additional utility facilities throughout the Office Building Project for the
benefit of Lessor or Lessee, or any other lessee of the Office Building Project,
including, but not by way of limitation, such utilities as plumbing. electrical
systems, communication systems, and fire protection and detection systems, so
long as such installations do not unreasonably interfere with Lessee's use of
the Premises.

8.  INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

       8.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE-LESSEE. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain
and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of Comprehensive
General Liability insurance utilizing an Insurance Services Office standard form
with Broad Form General Liability Endorsement (GL0404), or equivalent, in an
amount of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence of bodily Injury and property
damage combined or in a greater amount as reasonably determined by Lessor and
shall insure Lessee with Lessor as an additional insured against liability
arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises. Compliance
with the above requirement shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee
hereunder.

       8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE-LESSOR. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury
and Broad Form Property Damage Insurance, plus coverage against such other risks
Lessor deems


<PAGE>

advisable from time to time, insuring Lessor, but not Lessee, against liability
arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Office
Building Project in an amount not less than $5,000,000-00 per occurrence.

       8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE-LESSEE. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, obtain
and keep in force during the term of this Lease for the benefit of Lessee,
replacement cost fire and extended coverage Insurance, with vandalism and
malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and earthquake sprinkler leakage
endorsements, in an amount sufficient to cover not less than 100% of the full
replacement cost, as the same may exist from time to time, of all of Lessee's
personal property, fixtures, equipment and tenant improvements.

       8.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE-LESSOR. Lessor shall obtain and keep In force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or
damage to the Office Building Project improvements, but not Lessee's personal
property, fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements, in the amount of the full
replacement cost thereof, as the same may exist from time to time, utilizing
Insurance Services Office standard form, or equivalent. providing protection
against all perils Included within the classification of fire, extended
coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, plate glass, and such other perils as
Lessor deems advisable or may be required by a lender having a lien on the
Office Building Project. In addition, Lessor shall obtain and keep In force,
during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental value insurance covering a
period of one year, with loss payable to Lessor, which insurance shall also
cover all Operating Expenses for said period. Lessee will not be named in any
such policies carried by Lessor and she" have no right to any proceeds
therefrom. The policies required by these paragraphs 8.2 and 8.4 shall contain
such deductibles as Lessor or the aforesaid lender may determine. In the event
that the Premises shall suffer an insured loss as defined In paragraph 9.1(f)
hereof, the deductible amounts under the applicable insurance policies shall be
deemed an Operating Expense. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything
which shall Invalidate the insurance policies carried by Lessor. Lessee shall
pay the entirety of any increase in the property Insurance premium for the
Office Building Project over what It was immediately prior to the commencement
of the term of this Lease It the increase Is specified by Lessor's insurance
carrier as being Caused by the nature of Lessee's occupancy or any act or
omission of Lessee.

       8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of
liability insurance policies required under paragraph 8.1 or certificates
evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance within seven (7) days
after the Commencement Date of this Lease. No such policy shall be cancelable or
subject to reduction of coverage or other modification except after thirty (30)
days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days
prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals thereof.

       8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and
relieve the other, and waive their entire right of recovery against the other
for direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or Incident to the
perils covered by properly insurance carried by such party, whether due to the
negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors and/or
invitees. If necessary all property insurance policies required under this Lease
shall be endorsed to so provide.

       8.7 INDEMNITY. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor and its
agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and lenders, from and against
any and all claims for damage to the person or property of anyone or any entity
arising from Lessee's use of the Office Building Project, or from the conduct of
Lessee's business or from any activity, work or things done. permitted or
suffered by Lessee In or about the Premises or elsewhere and shall further
Indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all claims, costs
and expenses arising from any breach or default In the performance of any
obligation on Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or
arising from any act or omission of Lessee, or any of Lessee's agents,
contractors, employees, or invitees, and from and against all costs, attorney's
fees, expenses and liabilities incurred by Lessor as the result of any such use,
conduct, activity, work, things done, permitted or suffered, breach, default or
negligence, and in dealing reasonably therewith, including but not limited to
the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved
therein; and In case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by
reason of any such matter, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same
at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor
shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so Indemnified. Lessee, as a material part of the
consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property of Lessee
or injury to persons in, upon or about the Office Building Project arising from
any cause and Lessee hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.
(Note: Except claims arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
Lessor or its agents and employees.)

       8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's business or any loss of Income
therefrom or for loss of or damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other
property of Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person
In or about the Premises or the Office Building Project, nor shall Lessor be
liable for injury to the person of Lessee, Lessee's employees. agents or
contractors, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from theft,
fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage,
obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing,
air conditioning or lighting fixtures. or from any other cause, whether said
damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other
portions of the Office Building Project, or from other sources or places, or
from new construction or the repair, alteration or improvement of any part of
the Office Building Project. or of the equipment, fixtures or appurtenances
applicable thereto, and regardless of whether the cause of such


<PAGE>

damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is Inaccessible, Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee, occupant or user of the Office Building Project, nor from the failure of
Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease of any other lessee of the
Office Building Project. (Note: The foregoing exemption of Lessor from liability
shall not apply to any loss, injury or damage arising from the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents and employees.)

       8.9 NO REPRESENTATION OF ADEQUATE COVERAGE. Lessor makes no
representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified in
this paragraph 8 are adequate to cover Lessee's property or obligations under
this Lease.

9.  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

       9.1 DEFINITIONS.

         (a) "Premises Damage" shall mean If the Premises are damaged or
destroyed to an
         (b) "Premises Building Partial Damage" shall mean if the Building of
which the Premises are a part Is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the
cost to repair is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost of
the building.
         (c) "Premises Building Total Destruction" shall mean if the Building of
which the Premises are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the
cost to repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of
the Building.
         (d) "Office Building Project Buildings" shall mean all of the buildings
on the Office Building Project site.
         (e) "Office Building Project Buildings Total Destruction" shall mean if
the Office Building Project Buildings are damaged or destroyed to the extent
that the cost of repair Is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement
Cost of the Office Building Project Buildings.
         (f) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction which was caused by
an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8. The
fact that an Insured Loss has a deductible amount shall not make the loss an
uninsured loss.
         (g) "Replacement Cost" shall mean the amount of money necessary to be
spent in order to repair or rebuild the damaged area to the condition that
existed immediately prior to the damage occurring, excluding all improvements
made by lessees, other than those installed by Lessor at Lessee's expense.

       9.2  PREMISES DAMAGE; PREMISES BUILDING PARTIAL DAMAGE

         (a) Insured Loss: Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5.
if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage which is an Insured
Loss and which falls into the classification of either Premises Damage or
Premises Building Partial Damage, then Lessor shall, as soon as reasonably
possible and to the extent the required materials and labor are readily
available through usual commercial channels, at LESSOR'S EXPENSE, repair such
damage (but not Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements originally
paid for by Lessee) to its condition existing at the time of the damage, and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.
         (b) Uninsured Loss: Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and
9.5, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage which is not
an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification of Premises Damage or
Premises Building Partial Damage, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense). which
damage prevents Lessee from making any substantial use of the Premises, Lessor
may at Lessor's option either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably
possible at Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days
after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's intention to cancel
and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage, in
which event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence of such
damage,

       9.3 PREMISES BUILDING TOTAL DESTRUCTION; OFFICE BUILDING PROJECT TOTAL
DESTRUCTION. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9 4 and 9.5, it at any time
during the term of this Lease there is damage, whether or not it Is an Insured
Loss, which falls into the classifications of either (i) Premises Building Total
Destruction, or (ii) Office Building Project Total Destruction, then Lessor may
at Lessor's option either (i) repair such damage or destruction as soon as
reasonably possible at Lessor's expense (to the extent the required materials
are readily available through usual commercial channels) to its condition
existing at the time of the damage, but not Lessee's fixtures equipment or
tenant improvements, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or
(ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of
occurrence of such damage of Lessor's intention to cancel and terminate this
Lease, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence
of such damage.

       9.4  DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM

         (a) Subject to paragraph 9.4(b), if at any time during the last twelve
(12) months of the term of this Lease there is substantial damage to the
Premises, Lessor or Lessee may at their respective option cancel and terminate
this Lease as of the


<PAGE>

date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessor or Lessee
its election to do so within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such
damage.
         (b) Notwithstanding paragraph 9.4(a), in the event that Lessee has an
option to extend or renew this Lease, and the time within which said option may
be exercised has not yet expired, Lessee shall exercise such option, If It Is to
be exercised at all, no later than twenty (20) days after the occurrence of an
Insured Loss failing within the classification of Premises Damage during the
last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease. If Lessee duly exercises such
option during said twenty (20) day period, Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,
repair such damage, but not Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements,
as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option during said twenty (20) day
period. then Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate and cancel this Lease as of
the expiration of said twenty (20) day period by giving written notice to Lessee
of Lessor's election to do so within ten (10) days after the expiration of said
twenty (20) day period, notwithstanding any term or provision in the grant of
option to the contrary.

       9.5 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

         (a) In the event Lessor repairs or restores the Building or Premises
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 9, and any part of the Premises are
not usable (including loss of use due to loss of access or essential services),
the rent payable hereunder (including Lessee's Share of Operating Expense
increase) for the period during which such damage repair or restoration
continues shall be abated, provided (1) the damage was not the result of the
negligence of Lessee and (2) such abatement shall only be to the extent the
operation and profitability of Lessee's business as operated from the Premises
is adversely affected. Except for said abatement of rent, if any, Lessee shall
have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such
damage, destruction, repair or restoration. (Note: Except claims arising from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents and
employees.)
         (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the premises of
the Building under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence
such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days of such occurrence, or if
Lessor shall not complete the restoration and repair within six (6) months after
such occurrence, Lessee may at Lessee's option cancel and terminate this Lease
by giving Lessor written notice of Lessee's election to do so at any time prior
the commencement or completion, respectively of such repair or restoration. In
such event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice.
          (c) Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor in connection with any such
restoration and repair, including but not limited to the approval and/or
execution of plans and specifications required.

       9.6 TERMINATION-ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance
rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in
addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's security deposit as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

       9.7 WAIVER. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statute which
relate to termination of leases when leased property Is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10.  REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

       10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessor shall pay the real property tax, as defined
in paragraph 10.3, applicable to the Office Building Project subject to
reimbursement by Lessee of Lessee's Share of such taxes in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 4.2, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 10.2.

       10.2 ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS. Lessee shall not be responsible for paying
any increase in real property tax specified in the tax assessor's records and
work sheets as being caused by additional Improvements placed upon the Office
Building Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of
any other lessee. Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time that
Operating Expenses are payable under paragraph 4.2(c) the entirety of any
Increase in real property tax if assessed solely by reason of additional
improvements placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

       10.3 DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAX." As used herein, the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental lax,
Improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income
or estate taxes) imposed on the Office Building Project or any portion thereof
by any authority having the direct or indirect power to is)(. Including any
city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural,
sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as
against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Office Building Project
or in any portion thereof, as against Lessor's right to rent or other income
therefrom, and as against Lessor's business of leasing the Office Building
Project. The term "real property tax" shall also include any tax, fee, levy
assessment or charge (1) in substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee,
levy. assessment or charge hereinabove included within the definition of "real
property tax:* or (it) the nature of which was hereinbefore included within the
definition of "real property tax:' or (III) which is imposed for a service or
right not charged prior to June 1, 1978, or,


<PAGE>

if previously charged, has been increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which Is
imposed as a result of a change in ownership, as defined by applicable local
statutes for property tax purposes, of the Office Building Project or which Is
added to a tax or charge hereinbefore Included within the definition of real
property tax by reason of such change of ownership, or (v) which is imposed by
reason of this transaction, any modifications or changes hereto, or any
transfers hereof.

       10.4 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the improvements or property, the taxes for
which are to be paid separately by Lessee under paragraph 10.2 or 10.5 are not
separately assessed, Lessee's portion of that tax shall be equitably determined
by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets
or such other information (which may include the cost of construction) as may be
reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

       10.5 PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.

         (a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against
and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere.
         (b) It any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the taxes attributable to
Lessee within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth
the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

11. UTILITIES.

       11.1 SERVICES PROVIDED BY LESSOR. Lessor shall provide heating,
ventilation, air conditioning, and janitorial service as reasonably required,
reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines, water
for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use, and replacement light bulbs
and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures.

       11.2 SERVICES EXCLUSIVE TO LESSEE. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas,
heat. light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or
exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee,
together with any taxes thereon- It any such services are not separately metered
to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor's option, either Lessee's Share or a
reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges jointly metered
with other premises In the Building.

       11.3 HOURS OF SERVICE. Said services and utilities shall be provided
during generally accepted business days and hours or such other days or hours as
may hereafter be set forth. Utilities and services required at other times shall
be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost
thereof.

       11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee. Lessee shall not make connection to the
utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not Install or use
machinery or equipment in or about the Promises that uses excess water, lighting
or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the
utilities or services. including but not limited to security services. over
standard office usage for the Office Building Project. Lessor shall require
Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out
of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion,
install at Lessee's expense supplemental equipment and/or separate metering
applicable to Lessee's excess usage or loading.

       11.5 INTERRUPTIONS. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall
not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage,
interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike,
labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor's
reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

       12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by
operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all or any part of Lessee's interest in the Lease or in the Premises,
without Lessor's prior written consent, which Lessor shall not unreasonably
withhold. Lessor shall respond to Lessee's request for consent hereunder in a
timely manner and any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance or
subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a material
default and breach of this Lease without the need for notice to Lessee under
paragraph 13.1 "Transfer" within the meaning of this paragraph 12 shall include
the transfer or transfers aggregating: (a) If Lessee is a corporation, more than
twenty- live percent (25%) of the voting stock of such corporation, or (b) it
Lessee is a partnership, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the profit and
loss participation in such partnership.

       12.2 LESSEE AFFILIATE. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 12.1
hereof, Lessee may assign or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof,
without Lessor's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with Lessee, or to any corporation resulting from the
merger or consolidation with Lessee, or to any person or entity which acquires
all the assets of Lessee as a going concern of the business that is being
conducted on the Premises, all of which are referred to as "Lessee Affiliate";
provided that before such assignment shall be effective, (a) said assignee shall
assume. in full, the obligations of Lessee under this Lease and (b) Lessor shall
be given written notice of such assignment and assumption. Any


<PAGE>

such assignment shall not, in any way, affect or limit the liability of Lessee
under the terms of this Lease even If after such assignment or subletting the
terms of this Lease are materially changed or altered without the consent of
Lessee, the consent of whom shall not be necessary.

       12.3 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

         (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, no assignment or subletting shall
release Lessee of Lessee's obligations hereunder or alter the primary liability
of Lessee to pay the rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder including Lessee's
Share of Operating Expense Increase, and to perform all other obligations to be
performed by Lessee hereunder.
         (b) Lessor may accept rent from any person other than Lessee pending
approval or disapproval of such assignment.
         (c) Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment
or subletting, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel
of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the breach of any of the terms or
conditions of this paragraph 12 or this Lease.
         (d) If Lessee's obligations under this Lease have been guaranteed by
third parties, then an assignment or sublease, and Lessor's consent thereto,
shall not be effective unless said guarantors give their written consent to such
sublease and the terms thereof.
         (e) The consent by Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However,
Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or
any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else
liable on the Lease or sublease and without obtaining their consent and such
action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or said
sublease; however, such persons shall not be responsible to the extent any such
amendment or modification enlarges or increases the obligations of the Lessee or
sublessee under this Lease at such sublease.
         (f) In the event of any default under this Lease, Lessor may proceed
directly against Lessee, any guarantors or any one else responsible for the
performance of this Lease, Including the sublessee, without first exhausting
Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to
Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.
         (g) Lessor's written consent to any assignment or subletting of the
Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgement that no default then
exists under this Lease of the obligations to be performed by Lessee nor shall
such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing default, except as may be
otherwise stated by Lessor at the time.
         (h) The discovery of the fact that any financial statement relied upon
by Lessor in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially
false shall, at Lessor's election, render Lessor's said consent null and void.

       12.4 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. Regardless
of Lessor's consent, the following terms arid conditions shall apply to any
subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed
included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated
therein:

         (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income at arising from any sublease heretofore of
hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and income and apply
same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however. that until
a default shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this
Lease, Lessee may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such
sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such
sublease to Lessor nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a
sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to
perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee under such
sublease Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee.
upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a default exists in
the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the
rents due and to become due under the sublease. Lessee agrees that Such
sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from
Lessor, and that such sublessee shall pay such rents to Lessor without any
obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and
notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary Lessee
shall have no right or claim against said sublessee or Lessor for any such rents
so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.
         (b) No sublease entered into by Lessee shall be effective unless and
until it has been approved in writing by Lessor. In entering into any sublease,
Lessee shall use only such form of sublessee as is satisfactory to Lessor, and
once approved by Lessor, such sublease shall not be changed or modified without
Lessor's prior written consent. Any sublease shall, by reason of entering into a
sublease under this Lease, be deemed, for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed
and agreed to conform and comply With each and every obligation herein to be
performed by Lessee other than such obligations as are contrary to or
inconsistent with provisions contained In a sublease to which Lessor has
expressly consented In writing.
         (c) In the event Lessee shall default in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease. Lessor at its option and without any obligation to
do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor
shall undertake the obligations of Lessee tinder such sublease from the time of
the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided,
however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit
paid by such subleases to Lessee or for any other prior defaults of Lessee under
such sublease.
         (d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.
<PAGE>

         (e) With respect to any subletting to which Lessor has consented.
Lessor agrees to deliver a copy of any notice of default by Lessee to the
sublessee. Such sublessee shall have the right to cure a default of Lessee
within three (3) days after service of said notice of default upon such
sublessee, and the sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from
and against Lessee for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

       12.5 LESSOR'S EXPENSES. In the event Lessee shall assign or sublet the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting or if
Lessee shall request the consent of Lessor for any act Lessee proposes to do
then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable costs and expenses incurred in
connection therewith, including attorneys: architects: engineers' or other
consultants' fees.

       12.6 CONDITIONS TO CONSENT. Lessor reserves the right to condition any
approval to assign or sublet upon Lessor's determination that (a) the proposed
assignee OF sublessee shall conduct a business on the Premises of a quality
substantially equal to that of Lessee and consistent with the general character
of the other occupants of the Office Building Project and not in violation of
any exclusives or rights then held by other tenants, and (b) the proposed
assignee or sublessee be at least as financially responsible as Lessee was
expected to be at the time of the execution of this Lease or of such assignment
or subletting, whichever is greater.

13. DEFAULT; REMEDIES.

       13.1. DEFAULT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default of this lease by Lessee:

         (a) The vacation or abandonment of the premises by Lessee. Vacation of
the Premises shall include the failure to occupy the Premises for a coetaneous
period of sixty (60) days o more, whether or not the rent is paid.
         (b) The breach by Lessee of any of the covenants, conditions or
provisions of paragraphs 13.1(e) (insolvency), 13.1(f) (false statement), 33
(auctions), all of which are hereby deemed to be material, non-curable defaults
without the necessity of any notice by Lessor to lessee thereof.
         (c) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a
Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes
such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by
this subparagraph.
          (d) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee
other than those referenced in subparagraphs (b) and (c), above, where such
failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof from Lessor to Lessee provided, however, that If the nature of Lessee's
noncompliance Is such that more than thirty (30) days ARE reasonably required
for its cure. then Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default If Lessee
commenced such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently
pursues such cure to completion. To the extent permitted by law. such thirty
(30) day notice shall constitute the sole and exclusive notice required to be
given to Lessee under applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes.
         (e) (1) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becoming a "debtor" as
defined in 11 U.S.C~ ss.101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the
case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60)
days; (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty
(30) days. or (iv) the attachment. execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days. In the event that any provision of this paragraph 13.1(e) is contrary to
any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.
         (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee, or Its successor In Interest or by any guarantor of Lessee's
obligation hereunder, was materially false,

       13.2 REMEDIES. In the event of any material default or breach of this
Lease by Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or
demand and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which
Lessor may have by reason of such default:

         (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages incurred by
Lessor by reason of Lessee's default including, but not limited to, the cost of
recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting, Including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees,
and any real estate commission actually paid; the worth at the time of award by
the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for
the balance of the term after the time of such award


<PAGE>

exceeds the amount of such rental loss for the same period that Lessee proves
could be reasonably avoided; that portion of the leasing commission paid by
Lessor pursuant to paragraph 15 applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease.
         (b) Maintain Lessee's right to possession in which case this Lease
shall continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have vacated or abandoned
the Premises. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease, Including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due hereunder.
         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.
Unpaid Installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Lessee
under the terms of this Lease shall bear Interest from the date due at the
maximum rate then allowable by law.

       13.3 DEFAULT BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor
fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but In
no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor
and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises
whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee in
writing, specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligation;
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more
than thirty (30) days are required for performance then Lessor shall not be In
default if Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter
diligently pursues the same to completion.

       13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of Base Rent, Lessee's Share of Operating Expense Increase or other
sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such
costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and
late charges which may be Imposed on Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or
trust deed covering the Office Building Project. Accordingly, if any installment
of Base Rent, Operating Expense Increase, or any other sum due from Lessee shall
not be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to 6% of such overdue amount. The
parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable
estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee.
Acceptance such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of
Lessee's default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from
exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof or the Office Building
Project are taken under the power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of
the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this
Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning
authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that if so
much of the Premises or the Office Building Project are taken by such
condemnation as would substantially and adversely affect the operation and
profitability of Lessee's business conducted from the Premises, Lessee shall
have the option, to be exercised only in writing within thirty (30) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or In the absence
of such notice, within thirty (30) days after the condemning authority shall
have taken possession), to terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority takes such possession. It Lessee does not terminate this Lease in
accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the rent and Lessee's
Share of Operating Expense Increase shall be reduced in the proportion that the
floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total floor area of the Premises.
Common Areas taken shall be excluded from the Common Areas usable by Lessee and
no reduction of rent shall occur with respect thereto or by reason thereof.
Lessor shall have the option In its sole discretion to terminate this Lease as
of the taking of possession by the condemning authority, by giving written
notice to Lessee of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of
notice of a taking by condemnation of any part of the Premises or the Office
Building Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises or
the Office Building Project under the power of eminent domain or any payment
made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor,
whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the
leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided,
however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any separate award for loss of or
damage to Lessee's trade fixtures, removable personal property and unamortized
tenant Improvements that have been paid for by Lessee. For that purpose the cost
of such improvements shall be amortized over the original term of this Lease
excluding any options. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason
of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received
by Lessor in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the
Premises caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been
reimbursed therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall pay any amount in
excess of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. BROKER'S FEE.
         (a) The brokers Involved in this transaction are
_____N/A______________________________________ as "listing broker"
and______N/A_______________________________________________ as "cooperating
broker," licensed real estate broker(s). A "cooperating broker" is defined as
any broker other than the listing broker entitled to a share of any commission
arising under this Lease. Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Lessor
shall pay to said brokers jointly, or In such separate shares as they may
mutually designate in writing, a fee as set forth In a separate agreement
between Lessor and said broker(s), or in the event there Is no separate
agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), the sum of
<PAGE>

$______N/A______________________________for brokerage services rendered by said
broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.
          (b) Lessor further agrees that (i) if Lessee exercises any Option, as
defined in paragraph 39.1 of this Lease, which Is granted to Lessee under this
Lease, or any subsequently granted option which is substantially similar to an
Option granted to Lessee under this Lease, or (ii) If Lessee acquires any rights
to the Premises or other premises described in this Lease which are
substantially similar to what Lessee would have acquired had an Option herein
granted to Lessee been exercised, or (iii) if Lessee remains in possession of
the Premises after the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed
to exercise an Option, or (iv) If said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any
other lease or sale entered into between the parties pertaining to the Premises
and/or any adjacent property in which Lessor has an Interest, or (v) if the Base
Rent is Increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause
contained herein, then as to any of said transactions or rent Increases, Lessor
shall pay said broker(s) a fee In accordance with the schedule of said broker(s)
in effect at the time of execution of this Lease. Said fee shall be paid at the
time such increased rental Is determined.
         (c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also
on behalf of any person, corporation, association, or other entity having an
ownership interest in said real property or any part thereof, when such fee Is
due hereunder. Any transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether such
transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed
Lessor's obligation under this paragraph 15. Each listing and cooperating broker
shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of this paragraph 15 to the
extent of their interest in any commission arising under this Lease and may
enforce that right directly against Lessor; provided, however, that all brokers
having a right to any part of such total commission shall be a necessary party
to any suit with respect thereto.
         (d) Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that
neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than
the person(s), If any, whose names are set forth in paragraph 15(a), above) in
connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the
transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or other person, firm or
entity is entitled to any commission or finder's fee In connection with said
transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby Indemnity and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees or liability for
compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder
or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying
party.

16. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE.

         (a) Each party (as "responding party") shall at any time upon not less
than ten (10) days' prior written notice from the other party ("requesting
party") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement In
writing (1) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or, It modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying
that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to
which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii)
acknowledging that there are not, to the responding party's knowledge, any
uncured defaults on the part of the requesting party, or specifying such
defaults if any are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon
by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Office Building Project or
of the business of Lessee.
          (b) At the requesting party's option, the failure to deliver such
statement within such time shall be a material default of this Lease by the
party who is to respond, without any further notice to such party, or it shall
be conclusive upon such party that (I) this Lease is in full force and effect,
without modification except as may be represented by the requesting party, (ii)
there are no uncured defaults in the requesting party's performance, and (III)
if Lessor is the requesting party, not more than one month's rent has been paid
in advance.
         (c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Office
Building Project, or any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any
tender or purchaser designated by Lessor Such financial statements of Lessee as
may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall
include the past three (3) years' financial statements of Lessee. All such
financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such tender or purchaser in
confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner or owners, at the time in question. of the fee title or a lessee's
interest in a ground lease of the Office Building Project, and except as
expressly provided in paragraph 15, in the event of any transfer of such title
or interest, Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers then
the grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of all
liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed, provided
that any funds in the hands of Lessor or the then grantor at the time of such
transfer, in which Lessee has an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee.
The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject
as aforesaid, be binding on Lessor's successors and assigns, only during their
respective periods of ownership.

18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by
a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Except as expressly herein provided, any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate
then allowable by law or judgments from the date due. Payment of such interest
shall not excuse


<PAGE>

or cure any default by Lessee under this Lease; provided, however, that interest
shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any amounts upon
which late charges are paid by Lessee.

20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the obligations to
be performed under this Lease.

21. ADDITIONAL RENT. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease, Including but not limited to Lessee's Share of Operating
Expense Increase and any other expenses payable by Lessee hereunder shall be
deemed to be rent.

22. INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS; AMENDMENTS. This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. No prior
or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter
shall be effective. This Lease may be modified In writing only, signed by the
parties In interest at the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated
in this Lease, Lessee hereby acknowledges that neither the real estate broker
listed. in paragraph 15 hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction
nor the Lessor or any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any
oral or written warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the
condition or use by Lessee of the Premises or the Office Building Project and
Lessee acknowledges that Lessee assumes all responsibility regarding the
Occupational Safety Health Act, the legal use and adaptability of the Premises
and the compliance thereof with all applicable laws and regulations in effect
during the term of this Lease.

23. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified or registered
mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below or adjacent to the signature of the
respective parties, as the case may be. Mailed notices shall be deemed given
upon actual receipt at the address required, or forty-eight hours following
deposit In the mail, postage prepaid, whichever first occurs. Either party may
by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except
that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall
constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required
or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted
to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time
hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof shall be deemed a
waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Lessee of
the same or any other provision. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision
hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless of Lessor's knowledge OF such preceding breach at the time of
acceptance of such rent.

25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a "short form" memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes.

26. HOLDING OVER. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of the
Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, except that the rent payable
shall be one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the rent payable immediately
preceding the termination date of this Lease, and all Options, if any, granted
under the terms of this lease shall be deemed terminated and be of no further
effect during said month to month tenancy.

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. Each provision of this Lease performable by Lessee
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the provisions of paragraph
17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
where the Office Building Project is located and any litigation concerning this
Lease between the parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the
Office Building Project is located.

30.  SUBORDINATION.

         (a) This Lease, and any Option or right of first refusal granted
hereby, at Lessor's option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage,
deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed
upon the Office Building Project and to any and all advances made on the
security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations.
replacements and extensions thereof, Notwithstanding such subordination,
Lessee's right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if
Lessee Is not in default and so long as Lessee shall pay the rent and observe
and perform all of the

<PAGE>

provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to
its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this
Lease and any Options granted hereby prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of
trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this
Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or
ground lease, whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or subsequent
to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of
recording thereof.
         (b) Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate an
attornment, a subordination, or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein
prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case
may be. Lessee's failure to execute such documents within ten (10) days after
written demand shall constitute a material default by Lessee hereunder without
further notice to Lessee or, at Lessor's option, Lessor shall execute such
documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's attorney-in-fact. Lessee does hereby
make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee's attorney-in-fact and
in Lessee's name, place and stead, to execute such documents in accordance with
this paragraph 30(b).

31. ATTORNEYS' FEES.

       31.1 It either party or the broker(s) named herein bring an action to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party In
any such action, trial or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to his reasonable
attorneys' fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same
or a separate suit, and whether or not such action Is pursued to decision or
judgment. The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the
broker named herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

       31.2 The attorneys' fee award shall not be computed in accordance with
any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys'
fees reasonably Incurred In good faith.

       31.3 Lessor shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees and all other
costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notice of default
and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal transaction is
subsequently commenced In connection with such default.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS.

       32.1 Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the
Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, performing
any services required of Lessor, showing the same to prospective purchasers,
lenders, or lessees, taking such safety measures, erecting such scaffolding or
other necessary structures, making such alterations, repairs, improvements or
additions to the Premises or to the Office Building Project as Lessor may
reasonably deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining
of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other
Premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee's use of the
Premises. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or the Building
any ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time during the last 120
days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease"
signs.

       32.2 All activities of Lessor pursuant to this paragraph shall be without
abatement of rent, nor shall Lessor have any liability to Lessee for the same.

       32.3 Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to
unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and sales,
and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate
means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible or unlawful entry or
detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages
or injuries or interference with Lessee's property or business in connection
therewith.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily. any auction upon the Premises of the Common Areas
without first having obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Lease. Lessor shall not be obligated to
exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such
consent. The holding of any auction on the Premises or Common Areas in violation
of this paragraph shall constitute a material default of this Lease.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises or the Office
Building Project without Lessor's prior written consent. Under no circumstances
shall Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Office Building Project.

35. MERGER. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
of any or all of such subtenancies.
<PAGE>

36. CONSENTS. Except for paragraphs 33 (auctions) and 34 (signs) hereof,
wherever in this Lease the consent of one party is required to an act of the
other party such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

37. GUARANTOR. In the event that there is a guarantor of this Lease, said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part
to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet possession of
the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this
Lease. The individuals executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor represent and
warrant to Lessee that they are fully authorized and legally capable of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an ownership interest in the Office Building Project.

39. OPTIONS.

       39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this paragraph the word "Option" has the
following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or
to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other
property of Lessor; (2) the option of I ht of first refusal to lease the
Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first
refusal to lease other space within the Office Building Project or other
property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other space within the
Office Building Project or other property of Lessor; (3) the right or option to
purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project, or the right of first
refusal to purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project or the right of
first offer to purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project, or the
right or option to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first
refusal to purchase other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to
purchase other property of Lessor.

       39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is
personal to the original Lessee and may be exercised only by the original Lessee
while occupying the Premises who does so without the intent of thereafter
assigning this Lease or subletting the Premises or any portion thereof, and may
not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any
person or entity other than Lessee; provided, however, that an Option may be
exercised by or assigned to any Lessee Affiliate as defined In paragraph 12.2 of
this Lease. The Options, if any, herein granted to Lessee are not assignable
separate and apart from this Lease. nor may any Option be separated from this
Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

       39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options
to extend or renew this Lease a later option cannot be exercised unless the
prior option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

       39.4  EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

         (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (I) during the Wile
commencing from the date Lessor gives to Lessee a notice of default pursuant to
paragraph 13.1(c) or 13.1(d) and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in
said notice of default is cured, or (it) during the period of time commencing on
the day after a monetary obligation to Lessor Is due from Lessee and unpaid
(without any necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) and continuing until the
obligation is paid, or (III) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
or more notices of default tinder paragraph 13.1(c), or paragraph 13.1 (d),
whether or not the defaults are cured, during the 12 month period of time
immediately prior to the time that Lessee attempts to exercise the subject
Option, (iv) if Lessee has committed any non-curable breach, including without
limitation those described in paragraph 13.1(b), or is otherwise in default of
any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.
         (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's Inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).
         (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, it, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (1) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessee falls to
commence to cure a default specified in paragraph 13.1(d) within thirty (30)
days after the date that Lessor gives notice to Lessee of such default and/or
Lessee fails thereafter to diligently prosecute said cure to completion, or
(111) Lessor gives to Lessee three or more notices of default under paragraph
13.1 (c), or paragraph 13.1 (d), whether or not the defaults are cured, or (iv)
It Lessee has committed any non-curable breach, including without limitation
those described in paragraph 13.1 (b), or is otherwise in default of any of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

40. SECURITY MEASURES-LESSOR'S RESERVATIONS.

       40.1 Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor shall have no obligation
whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit
of the Premises or the Office Building Project. Lessee assumes all
responsibility for the protection of

<PAGE>

Lessee, its agents, and invitees and the property of Lessee and of Lessee's
agents and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall
prevent Lessor, at Lessor's sole option, from providing security protection for
the Office Building Project or any part thereof, in which event the cost thereof
shall be included within the definition of Operating Expenses, as set forth in
paragraph 4.2(b).

       40.2  Lessor shall have the following rights:

         (a) To change the name, address or title of the Office Building Project
or building In which the Premises are located upon not less than 90 days prior
written notice. The current owner, Bradshaw Plaza Group, will not change the
name or address of the building;
         (b) To, at Lessee's expense, provide and install Building standard
graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as
Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate;
         (c) To permit any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as
long as such exclusive does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein;
         (d) To place such signs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems
necessary or advisable upon the root, exterior of the buildings or the Office
Building Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas;

       40.3 Lessee shall not:

         (a) Use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or
the Office Building Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee's
business;
         (b) Suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof
of the Building.

41. EASEMENTS.

       41.1 Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant
such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable.
and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so long as such
easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do not unreasonably
interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned documents upon request of Lessor and failure to do so shall
constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee without the need for
further notice to Lessee.

       41.2 The obstruction of Lessee's view, air, or light by any structure
erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties,
shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

42. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money Is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part
of said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be
adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum
or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of
this Lease.

43. AUTHORITY. If Lessee Is a corporation. trust, or general or limited
partnership, Lessee, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity represent and warrant that such individual is duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity. If Lessee is a corporation,
trust or partnership. Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of
this Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

44. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions, Exhibits or Addenda
of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions, it any, shall be
controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. NO OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and
submission of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to Lessee to lease.
This Lease shall become binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed
by both parties.

46. LENDER MODIFICATION. Lessee agrees to make such reasonable modifications to
this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Office
Building Project.

47. MULTIPLE PARTIES. If more than one person or entity Is named as either
Lessor or Lessee herein, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
obligations of the Lessor or Lessee herein shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee,
respectively
<PAGE>

48. WORK LETTER. This Lease is supplemented by that certain Work Letter of even
date executed by Lessor and Lessee, attached hereto as Exhibit C, and
incorporated herein by this reference.

49. ATTACHMENTS. Attached hereto are the following documents which constitute a
part of this Lease:

                                 Addendum
                     Exhibit A -      Site Plan
                     Exhibit A-1      Floor Plan
                     Exhibit B        Rules and Regulations

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND
EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR
ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE
AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKER OR ITS
AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION RELATING THERETO; THE PARTIES
SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

         LESSOR                                        LESSEE

Bradshaw Plaza Group                          American River Bank
by /s/ CHARLES D. FITE                        By /s/ DAVID TABER
   --------------------------------              ------------------------------
   Charles D. Fite                               David Taber
its Agent                                        its Executive Vice President
                                                 and Chief Operation Officer

Executed at Sacramento, California            Executed at Sacramento, California
on 2/11/2000                                  on 2/10/2000
   --------------------------------              -------------------------------
Address: 9857 Horn Road, Sacramento, CA 95827 Address: 1545 River Park Drive,
                                              Suite 107
                                              Sacramento, California 95815


<PAGE>

                                    ADDENDUM

This Lease Addendum ("Addendum") is dated this 3 1st day of January, 2000, to
that CERTAIN LEASE dated January 31, 2000, by and between BRADSHAW PLAZA GROUP
as "Lessor," herein, and AMERICAN RIVER BANK as "Lessee", regarding Suite 100 at
9750 Business Park Dive, Sacramento, CA 95827.

1.   RELEASE FROM OTHER LEASE OBLIGATIONS. This lease is intended to replace the
     original Lease dated October 22, 1984 and therefore, concurrent with the
     commencement of this new lease agreement, Lessee will be released from the
     remainder of its obligations under the original lease dated October 22,
     1984, subsequently amended on April 20, 1988, April 11, 1990, and May 1,
     1995.

     For and in consideration of Lessee's recent remodel of the leased premises,
     at Lessee's sole cost and expense, Lessor and Lessee have negotiated this
     new 7-year term lease to commence upon Lessee's completion of those
     improvements. Said commencement date is hereby mutually agreed to be
     December 1, 1999.

2.   BASE MONTHLY RENT:

     Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the premises, monthly payments as
     follows:

             Months                    Base                Monthly Rent

             1- 12            $ 7,100.00 per month       ($1.547 per sf)
             13-24            $ 7,100.00 per month       ($1.547 per sf)
             25-36            $ 7,100.00 per month       ($1.547 per sf)
             37-48            $ 7,300.00 per month       ($1.59 per sf)
             49-60            $ 7,500.00 per month       ($1.63 per sf)
             61 72            $ 7,700.00 per month       ($1.68 per sf)
             73-84            $ 7,900.00 per mouth       ($1.72 per sf)

3.   OPERATING EXPENSES. Lessor shall be responsible for all Base Year ("2000")
     operating expenses associated with the operation of the office park
     (excepting Lessee's janitorial which Lessee contracts directly for). Lessee
     will pay its proportionate share of increases in the operating expenses for
     subsequent years. "Base Year" is defined as the calendar year 2000.

4.   SERVICES AND UTILITIES . Lessor shall pay the appropriate Supplier directly
     for utilities (i.e. electricity and gas.) Lessee shall provide its own
     janitorial services for its leased premises at its own cost and expense.

5.   SIGNAGE: Lessee does hereby agree to conform to the sign criteria which has
     been established for the office park. Any modifications or deviations
     thereto must be approved in writing by Lessor, prior to fabrication or
     installation. Lessee shall be responsible for all costs associated with its
     signage, including the removal and repairs upon Tenant's vacating the
     premises.

6.   CONDITION OF PREMISES. Lessee ACCEPTS THE PREMISES IN "as is" condition and
     no improvements are required or being installed by Lessor at (his time. Any
     future improvements, cosmetic or otherwise, will be at the Lessee's sole
     cost and expense and must be approved in writing prior to any work being
     done.

7.   OPTION TO RENEW. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to renew this
     lease for one (1) additional five (5) year term under the same terms and
     conditions of this primary lease, except for the monthly rent which shall
     be negotiated to then current market rates. Said option shall be subject to
     the following conditions:

     a) This lease shall be in full force and effect at the time of notice of
     exercise of option is given and on die last day of the term;

     b) Lessee shall not be in default under any provision of this Lease at the
     time notice of exercise is given, or any time during the term of the Lease
     for a cumulative period of more than sixty (60) days; and

     c) Lessee shall give Lessor written notice, six (6) months prior to the
     last day of the term, irrevocably exercising die option to extend.

8.   OCCUPANCY: Should any governmental authority require any additional
     improvements, modifications,


<PAGE>

     licenses and/or permits of any kind, including but not limited to a
     conditional use permit due to Lessee's use and/or occupancy of the
     premises, it shall be provided by Lessee, at Lessee's sole expense.

9.   LESSEE ACCESS AND PARKING RIGHTS:

     a) Lessee shall have full and unimpaired access to the premises;
     b) Lessee shall have the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others
     entitled therewith, the common areas and car parking areas of the lot on
     which the premises are located subject to all the rules and regulations for
     use thereof as prescribed from time to time by Lessor.

10.  IDENTIFICATION OF LESSEE: If more than one person executes this Lease and
     Lessee, (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping,
     observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions,
     provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed
     by Lessee, and (b) the term "Lessee" as used in THIS Lease shall mean and
     include each of them jointly and severally. The act of or notice from, or
     notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with
     respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any
     renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease,
     shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as
     Lessee with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so
     acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

11.  TERMS AND HEADINGS: The words "Lessor" and "Lessee", and "Landlord" and
     "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular.
     Words used in any gender include other genders. The Paragraph headings of
     this lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the
     construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

12.  ACCORD AND SATISFACTION: No payment by Lessee or receipt by Lessor of a
     lesser amount than the rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be
     other than on account of the rent, nor shall nay endorsement or statement
     on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be
     deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Lessor may accept such check or
     payment without prejudice to Lessor's right to recover the balance of such
     rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

13.  RENEWAL REPRESENTATION: It shall be Lessee's sole obligation to pay any
     brokers commissions should Lessee retain a broker to represent Lessee in
     negotiating the renewal of this Lease.

14.  EXCLUSIVE USE: During the term, Lessor shall not, without Lessee's written
     consent, rent any part of the building or office park in which premises are
     located, to another commercial bank.


LESSEE:      AMERICAN RIVERBANK

By: /s/ DAVID TABER
    -----------------------------
    David Taber, Executive Vice President and
    Chief Operation Officer

Date: 2-10-00


LESSOR:     BRADSHAW PLAZA GROUP

By: /s/ CHARLES D. FITE
    ------------------------------
    Charles D. Fite, Agent

Date:
      ----------------------------

<PAGE>

                            RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
                              STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Dated:__________________________________

By and Between___________________________________________________

                                  GENERAL RULES

1.   Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas,
     Including DRIVEWAYS, WALKWAYS AND STAIRWAYS.

2.   Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good
     faith judges to be a threat to the safety, reputation, or property of the
     Office Building Project and Its occupants.

3.   Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or Interfere
     with other lessees or persons having business within the Office Building
     Project.

4.   Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Office Building Project,
     and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas not
     designated as authorized for same.

5.   Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit litter except In appropriate
     receptacles for that purpose.

6.   Lessee shall not alter any lock or Install new or additional locks or
     bolts.

7.   Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms,
     plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be
     inserted therein.

8.   Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the
     premises or Office Building Project.

9.   Lessee shall not puffer or permit any thing in or around the Premises or
     Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading In any part of
     the Office Building Project.

10.  Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of
     the building only with the Lessor's knowledge and consent, and subject to
     such reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as may be designated by
     Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building
     Project arising from any such activity.

11.  Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to
     be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

12.  Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays,
     Sundays and legal holidays, and ON OTHER DAYS BETWEEN THE HOURS of
     ________P.M. and ________ A.M. of the following day. If Lessee uses the
     Premises during such periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely
     locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13.  Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be
     responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14.  No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by
     Lessee.

15.  NO LESSEE, EMPLOYEE or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

16.  Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or
     cigarettes In areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable
     governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

17.  Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than
     as provided by Lessor.

18.  Lessee shall not Install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon the
     Premises without Lessor's written consent.

19.  The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, cooking or
     food preparation.
<PAGE>

20.  Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
     regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

21.  Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations,
     and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not
     constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent
     application thereof to such Lessee.

22.  Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep Its
     Premises locked as may be required.

23.  Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and
     regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate
     operation and safety of the Office Building Project and its occupants.
     Lessee agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

                                  PARKING RULES

1.   Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than
     full size, passenger automobiles herein called "Permitted Size Vehicles"
     Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as
     "Oversized Vehicles".

2.   Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are
     controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,
     or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked In areas other than those
     designated by Lessor for such activities.

3.   Parking stickers or Identification devices shall be the property of Lessor
     and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the
     holder's parking privileges. Lessee will pay such replacement charge as Is
     reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

4.   Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification
     devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the
     applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

5.   Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from
     floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite
     location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard
     size spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances
     and regulations.

6.   Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the
     areas designated for vehicle parking.

7.   Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area Is
     required to park and lock his own vehicle.Lessor will not be responsible
     for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of
     which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

8.   Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or
     methods as Lessor and/or its licensee may establish at rates generally
     applicable to visitor parking.

9.   The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles In the parking
     structure or Common Areas Is prohibited.

10.  Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents
     and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws
     and agreements.

11.  Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other
     reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem
     necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

12.  Such parking use as Is herein provided Is Intended merely as a license only
     and no bailment Is Intended or shall be created hereby

                                                        INITIALS________________

                               FULL SERVICE-GROSS
                                    EXHIBIT B

                                PAGE 1 OF I PAGES


LEASE EXTENSION AGREEMENT



This document is intended to be an addendum to the lease agreement executed
April 5, 1984 between Majorie G. Wood, a.k.a. Marjorie G. Taylor, (lessor), and
American River Bank, (lessee).

This document, entered into on July 16, 1997 outlines the terms of the lease
extension. All other terms of the above-referenced lease agreement remain intact
except for those outlined below.

TERM
Lessor and Lessee agree to extend the aforementioned lease to 12:01 a.m. on
March 1, 2009 unless sooner terminated as provided by existing lease or the
exercise of the early cancellation clause outlined below.

BASIC RENT
Lessee agrees to pay lessor a basic monthly rent to be set annually on March 1st
as follows: the rental rate will be increased by a fixed percentage of 2.5%
above the rate in effect in February 1999. This increased rent will be effective
March 1, 1999 and thereafter on each March 1st through the year 2008, the rate
in effect in the month of February will be increased by 2.5% and be effective
from March 1st of that year through February of the following year.

EARLY CANCELLATION CLAUSE
Beginning March 1st, 2005 lessee has unilateral right to cancel the lease at any
time by providing lessor with a 90-day written notice. Within 15 days of lessee
vacating the premises, lessee is responsible for a cash payment equal to 6
months rent at the thencurrent rental rate. This early cancellation payment is
acknowledged by both parties as the entire amount due and, upon payment, lessee
is absolved from the obligations outlined in this document and by reference, in
the lease agreement dated April 5, 1984.

Agreed upon and executed this 16th day of July 1997 in Sacramento, California.

Lessor:                                       Lessee:



/s/ MARJORIE G. TAYLOR                        /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
- ----------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Marjorie G. Taylor,                           William L.Young
    a.k.a. Marjorie G. Wood                       President & CEO
                                                  American River Bank
<PAGE>

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                       EXTINGUISHMENT OF THE OLD AGREEMENT

         Marjorie G. Wood, and American River Bank, a California corporation,
having entered into a certain Lease Agreement, on March 1, 1983, and on Addendum
thereto on April 20, 1983, a copy of which is attached and incorporated by
reference, do hereby extinguish this agreement and addendum and replace it with
the following contract.

                   NEW CONTRACT AND CLARIFICATION OF AGREEMENT

                         PREAMBLE - PARTIES AND PREMISES

         Marjorie G. Wood, herein called "Lessor," hereby leases to American
River Bank, a California corporation, herein called "Lessee," those certain
premises, herein called "said premises," specified in Description of Property
attached hereto and made a part hereof as "Exhibit A" on the following terms and
conditions:

                                      TERM

         1. The term of this lease shall be for the period of sixteen (16) years
commencing at 12:01 a.m. on March 1, 1983, and ending at 12:01 a.m. on March 1,
1999, unless sooner terminated as herein provided.

                                   BASIC RENT

         2. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor as the basic rent for the use and
occupancy of said premises the sum of $.40 per square foot for 2380 square feet
being $952.00 per month payable on the first day of each and every month
commencing March 1, 1983. Commencing March 1, 1988, the rental payment provided
by paragraph 2 of this Lease may be adjusted by the change in "Consumer Price
Index, Urban Consumer Component, San Francisco/Oakland Bay Area" by cumulating
changes occurring each year since the inception of this lease. A calculation
shall be done for each of the first five (5) years and an adjustment may be made
reflecting this calculation in the sixth (6th) year and every year thereafter,
provided however, that the monthly rental payment for said premises shall not be
less than $.40 per square foot or $952.00 per month. Said rent includes the
right to additional parking space as set forth in Exhibit A.

                              TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

         3. This Lease shall be what is called a triple net lease. All taxes,
assessments, fees, permits, licenses and costs associated with said premises
shall be paid by Lessee.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PREMISES

         4. Said premises shall be used for banking operations by Lessee and for
such other and further uses permissible under state and local zoning laws.

                                 PROHIBITED USES

         5. Lessee shall not commit or permit the commission of any acts on said
premises nor use or permit the use of said premises in any way that:

            (a) Will increase the existing rates for or cause cancellation of
                any fire, casualty, liability, or other insurance policy
                insuring the premises or its contents;

            (b) Violates or conflicts with any law, statute, ordinance, or
                governmental rule or regulation, whether now in force or
                hereinafter enacted, governing said premises;

            (c) Constitutes the commission of waste on said premises or the
                commission or maintenance of a nuisance as defined by the laws
                of the State of California.

                                   ALTERATIONS

         6. Lessee shall make or cause to be made alterations to said premises
sufficient to render the premises suitable for banking operations. The
alterations shall be made at the sole cost and expense of Lessee by a contractor
or other person selected by Lessee. Any and all alterations, additions, or
improvements made to said premises shall on expiration or sooner termination of
this lease become the property of Lessor and remain on said premises; provided,
however, that on expiration or sooner termination of this lease and written
demand being given him by Lessor, if commercially reasonable, Lessee shall at
Lessee's sole cost and expense remove all alterations, additions, and
improvements made to said premises by Lessee and pay all costs of repairing any
damages to said premises caused by their removal.

                            ALTERATIONS BY SUBLESSEE

         7. In the event the Lessee subleases said premises, all plans and
specifications for any alterations by any sublessee must be approved in writing
prior to commencement of any alterations by sublessee. The alterations shall be
made at the sole cost and expense of sublessee by a contractor or other person
selected by sublessee. Any and all alterations additions, or improvements made
to said premises shall on the expiration or sooner termination of this lease
become the property of Lessor and remain on said premises; provided, however,
that an expiration or sooner termination of this lease and written demand being
given him be Lessor, if commercially reasonable, sublessee shall at Sublessee's
sole cost and expense remove all alterations, additions, and improvements made
to said premises

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

by sublessee and pay all costs of repairing any damages to said premises caused
by their removal.

                             MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

         8. Lessee admits, by entering into possession under this lease, that
said premises are suitable for rehabilitating into a bank. Lessee shall, at all
times during the term of this lease and any renewal or extension thereof,
maintain, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, said premises, and every part of
said premises, in a good, clean and safe condition, and shall on expiration or
sooner termination of this lease surrender said premises to lessor in good
condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by the elements
excepted. Lessee hereby waives any right to make repairs to said premises at the
expense of Lessor as provided by any law or statute now or hereafter enacted.

                                  IMPROVEMENTS

         9. In the event the County of Sacramento requires additional
improvements to Parcel 2, Lessee will be responsible for said improvements.
Lessee agrees that they will accomplish said future requirements by the County
of Sacramento only if the Lessee is in use of the parking area and in occupancy
of the leased building. Any other development program that the owner
contemplates that requires additional County Improvements shall be the
responsibility of the owner/developer, that being the Lessor or her assignee.

                              INSPECTION BY LESSOR

         10. Lessee shall permit Lessor or Lessor's agents, representatives or
employees to enter said premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of
inspecting said premises to determine whether Lessee is complying with the terms
of this lease and for the purpose of doing other lawful acts that may be
necessary to protect Lessor's interest in said premises under this lease.

                          SERVICES FURNISHED BY LESSEE

         11. Lessee shall, at Lessee's own cost and expense, maintain the
exterior walls, exterior windows, roof and structural supports of the building
of which said premises are a part in good order and repair, excepting any
repairs caused by the negligent or willful act of Lessor, or Lessor's agents or
servants, and shall furnish to said premises during reasonable hours on regular
business days, to be determined by Lessee, at Lessee's sole cost and expense:

             (a) Water and electricity suitable for the intended use of said
                 premises;

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

             (b) Heating and air conditioning suitable, in Lessee's judgment,
                 for the comfortable use and occupancy of said premises for the
                 uses for which they are hereby leased;

                             DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

         12. Should said premises or the building of which they are a part be
damaged or destroyed by any cause not the fault of Lessee, Lessee shall at
Lessee's sole cost and expense promptly repair the same and the rent payable
under this lease shall be abated for the time and to the extent Lessee is
prevented from occupying said premises in their entirety; provided, however,
that should the cost of repairing the damage or destruction exceed thirty (30)
percent of the full replacement cost of said premises or the building of which
said premises are a part, Lessee may, in lieu of making the repairs required by
this paragraph, terminate this lease by giving Lessee thirty (30) days' written
notice of such termination.

                            CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES

         13. (a) If more than thirty percent (30%) of the area of said premises
is taken for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law,
ordinance or regulation or by right of eminent domain or by private purchase in
lieu thereof, or if any such action renders said premises unsuitable for the
operation of Lessee's business thereon, this Lease shall terminate and the rent
shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective on the
date the Lessee ceases his operation of business.

             (b) If less than thirty percent (30%) of the area of said premises
should be taken as aforesaid, and if said premises are not rendered unsuitable
for the continuation of Lessee's business operations, the Lease shall not
terminate; however, the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of
this lease shall be reduced in proportion to the area taken, effective on the
date the Lessee ceases to use that portion of the premises taken.

             (c) Lessor and Lessee agree to request that any compensation award
for any taking (or the proceeds of private sale in lieu thereof) of the said
premises be made in separate awards to Lessor and Lessee.

                            ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASING

         14. Lessee may encumber, assign or otherwise transfer this lease, any
right or interest in this lease, or any right or interest in said premises
without the express written consent of Lessor. In addition, Lessee may sublet
said premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Lessor.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

                                    INDEMNITY

         15. Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor and the property of Lessor,
including said premises and the Building of which said premises are a part, free
and harmless from any and all liability, claims, loss, damages or expenses,
including counsel fees and costs, arising by reason of the death or injury of
any person, including Lessee or any person who is an employee or agent of
Lessee, or by reason of damage to or destruction or any property, including
property

owned by Lessee or any person who is an employee or agent of Lessee, caused or
allegedly caused by:

             (a) Any cause whatsoever while such person or property is in or on
                 said premises or in any way connected with said premises or
                 with any personal property on said premises;

             (b) Dangerous condition created on said premises by Lessee;

             (c) Some act or omission on said premises of Lessee or any person
                 in, on, or about said premises with the permission of Lessee;
                 or

             (d) Any matter connected with Lessee's occupation and use of said
                 premises.

                      ACTS CONSTITUTING BREACHES BY LESSEE

         16. Lessee shall be in material default and breach of this lease
should:

             (a) Any rent be unpaid when due and remain unpaid for thirty (30)
                 days after written notice to pay such rent or surrender
                 possession of said premises has been given to Lessee by Lessor;

             (b) Lessee default in the performance or breach any provision,
                 covenant, or condition of this lease other than one for the
                 payment of rent and such default or breach is not cured within
                 thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given by
                 Lessor to Lessee;

             (c) Lessee breach this lease and abandon said premises before
                 expiration of the term of this lease;

             (d) A receiver be appointed to take possession of all or
                 substantially all of Lessee's property and not be discharged
                 within sixty (60) days after his appointment;

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

             (e) Lessee make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
                 or

             (f) Execution or attachment be levied on all or substantially all
                 of Lessee's property and assets and not be discharged with
                 sixty (60) days.

                     LESSOR'S REMEDIES FOR LESSEE'S DEFAULT

         17. Should Lessee be in material default and breach of this lease as
defined in Paragraph 15 of this lease, Lessor, in addition to any other remedies
given Lessor by law or equity; may:

             (a) Continue this lease in effect by not terminating Lessee's right
                 to possession of said premises and thereby be entitled to
                 enforce all Lessor's rights and remedies under this lease
                 including the right to recover the rent specified in this lease
                 as it becomes due under this lease; or

             (b) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of said premises,
                 thereby terminating this lease, and recover from Lessee:

                 (1) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had
                     been earned at the time of termination of the lease;

                 (2) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
                     unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination
                     of the lease until the time of award exceeds the amount of
                     rental loss that Lessee proves could have been reasonably
                     avoided;

                 (3) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
                     unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of
                     award exceeds the amount of rental loss that Lessee proves
                     could be reasonably avoided; and

                 (4) Any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all
                     detriment proximity caused by Lessee's failure to perform
                     Lessee's obligations under this lease; or

             (b) In lieu of, or in addition to, bringing an action for any or
                 all of the remedies described in subparagraph (b) of this
                 paragraph, bring an action to recover and regain possession of
                 said premises in the manner provided by the laws of unlawful
                 detainer of the State of California then in effect.

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

               RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE LEASED PREMISES

         18. Should Lessor, during the lease term elect to sell all or any
portion of the leased premises, Lessee shall have the right of first refusal to
meet any bona fide offer of sale on the same terms and conditions of such offer,
and a failure to meet such bona fide offer within sixty (60) days after written
notice thereof from Lessor, Lessor shall be free to sell the premises or portion
thereof to such third person in accordance with the terms and conditions of his
offer.

                                     PARKING

         19. For so long as Lessee occupies said premises, Lessor shall provide
an additional seven parking spaces as indicated in Exhibit A. However, if Lessee
sublets said premises and discontinues to occupy said premises, Lessee may
substitute the existing parking spaces with others located on site and
sufficient to meet state and local ordinances pertaining to the minimum number
of parking spaces per square footage of said premises.

                                     NOTICES

         20. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, any and all notices
or other communications required or permitted by this lease or by law to be
served on or given to either party hereto by the other party hereto shall be in
writing and shall be deemed duly served and given when personally delivered to
the party. Lessor or Lessee, to whom it is directed or any managing employee of
such party, in lieu of such personal service, when deposited in the United
States mail, first-class postage prepaid, addressed to Lessor at 2133 Danbury
Way, Rancho Cordova, California 95670, or to Lessee at 10120 Fair Oaks Blvd.,
Fair Oaks, California 95628. Either party, Lessor or Lessee, may change his
address for purposes of this paragraph by giving written notice of the change to
the other party in the manner provided in this paragraph.

                                 ATTORNEY'S FEES

         21. Should any litigation be commenced between the parties to this
lease concerning said premises, this lease, or the rights and duties of either
in relation thereto, the party, Lessor or Lessee, prevailing in such litigation
shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to a
reasonable sum as and for attorney's fees in the litigation which shall be
determined by the court in such litigation or in a separate action brought for
that purpose.

                         BINDING ON HEIRS AND SUCCESSORS

         22. This lease shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the parties,
Lessor and Lessee, hereto, but nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as a
consent by Lessor to any assignment of this lease or any interest therein by
Lessee except as provided in Paragraph 12 of this lease.

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                                 TIME OF ESSENCE

         23. Time is expressly declared to be the essence of this lease.

                                     WAIVER

         24. The waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this lease by
Lessor shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent
breach by Lessee either of the same or of another provision of this lease.

                             SOLE AND ONLY AGREEMENT

         25. It is understood by both parties that the former contract is
completely at an end, and that all contract rights will henceforth flow from the
new agreement alone. The new agreement is not merely a supplement or alteration
of the old, but is a complete replacement for it and constitutes the sole and
only agreement between Lessor and Lessee respecting said premises or the leasing
of said premises to Lessee and correctly sets forth the obligations of Lessor
and Lessee to each other. Any agreements or representation respecting said
premises or their leasing by Lessor to Lessee not expressly set forth in this
instrument are null and void.

         EXECUTED on April 5, 1984 at Rancho Cordova, California

  LESSOR                                   LESSEE

                                           American River Bank

  /s/ MARJORIE G. WOOD                     By: /s/ ROBERT H. DANEKE
  ---------------------------                  -----------------------------
  Marjorie G. Wood                             Robert H. Daneke, President


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                             DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         Parcel 2 (two), of that certain parcel map entitled "Lots 6 and 7,
Block 23 Fair Oaks City" filed in the office of the County Recorder of
Sacramento County, on September 30, 1982, in Book 73 of Parcel Maps, at page 3.

                     Property address 10123 Fair Oaks Blvd.

         Including seven parking spaces located on Parcel 1 (one) of that
certain parcel map entitled "Lots 6 and 7, Block 23 Fair Oaks City" filed in the
office of the County Recorder of Sacramento County, on September 30, 1982, in
Book 73 of Parcel Maps, at page 3.

                     Property address 10119 Fair Oaks Blvd.


                                  OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 28th day of August, 1996, by and between Landlord
and Tenant.
                                   WITNESSETH:

1.       TERMS AND DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Lease, the following
terms shall have the following definitions and meanings:

Landlord:       LUM KIP KEE, LIMITED, a Hawaii Corporation, and SAN TEI COMPANY,
                a Hawaii limited partnership, doing business as Sandalwod Land
                Company

Landlord's Address:        C/O KCS Properties, Inc.
                           7919 Folsom Boulevard, Suite 300
                           Sacramento, California 95826

Tenant:                    AMERICAN RIVER BANK, a California corporation

Building Address:          2240 Douglas Boulevard
                           Roseville, California

Suite Number:              100

Premises:                  Those certain premises defined in Subparagraph 2(a)
                           hereinbelow

Rentable Area of Premises: Agreed to be 3790 square feet

Floor upon which the
Premises are located:      First

Term:                      Ten (10) years

Allowance Work:            All the work to be done at Landlord's expense in the
                           Premises pursuant to the provisions of the Work
                           Letter Agreement described in Paragraph 2 below.

Above-Allowance Work:      All the work to be done in the Premises by Landlord
                           pursuant to the provisions of the Work Letter
                           Agreement other than Allowance Work

Leasehold Improvements:    The aggregate of Allowance Work and Above-Allowance
                           Work

Commencement Date:         See Paragraph 3

Annual Basic Rent:
                           Months 1-30     $6253.50      (Annual = $75,042.00)
                           Months 31-60     6897.80      (Annual =  82,773.60)
                           Months 61-90     7428.40      (Annual =  89,140.80)
                           Months 91-120    8034.80      (Annual =  96,417.60)


<PAGE>



Direct Expenses Base:      Actual expenses for 1997 (subject to the provisions
                           of Paragraph 6)

Tenant's Percentage:       8.89% (subject to provisions of Paragraph 6)

Security Deposit:          No security deposit has been paid.

Landlord's Broker.         Aguer Pipgras Associates

Tenant's Broker:           Colliers Iliff Thorn

Applicable Transportation  Placer County and City of Roseville
Management Agreement(s) Ordinance(s):

2.       PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS LEASED.

(a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the
Premises contained within the suite designated in Paragraph 1, outlined on the
Floor Plan attached hereto and marked EXHIBITS "A" and "A-1" and incorporated
herein by this reference, and improved by Landlord with the Leasehold
Improvements described in the Work Letter Agreement, a copy of which is attached
hereto and marked EXHIBIT "B" and incorporated herein by this reference, said
Premises being agreed, for the purposes of this Lease, to have an area
approximately the number of square feet designated in Paragraph 1 and being
situated on the Floor(s) designated in Paragraph 1, of that certain office
building located at the address designated in Paragraph 1 (hereinafter called
"Building"). The definition of the Premises specifically includes the automatic
teller machine and night depository (collectively, "ATM") to be installed by
Tenant outside the Suite designated on page 1 of this Lease in the location
shown on EXHIBIT "A". The Premises exclude the common stairways, stairwells,
hallways, accessways, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts,
conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures serving exclusively for or in common
with other parts of the Building. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant
accepts the Leasehold Improvements as completed or as substantially completed,
and in the latter case, any incomplete or corrective items will be completed by
Landlord in accordance with the procedure for "punchlist" items set forth in the
Work Letter Agreement.

The parties hereto agree that said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the
terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and Tenant covenants as a
material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and
all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and
that this Lease is made upon on the condition of such performance.

         Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Lease shall be subject and
subordinate to the terms and conditions of any and all covenants, conditions or
restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Building (the "COVENANTS, CONDITIONS
& RESTRICTIONS").

         (b) Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right to use in common with
other tenants in the Building and subject to the Rules and Regulations referred
to in Paragraph 30 below, the following areas appurtenant to the Premises:

                  (1) The common entrances, lobbies, restrooms, elevators,
stairways, and accessways, loading docks, ramps, drives and platforms and any
passageways and serviceways thereto, and the common pipes, conduits, wires and
appurtenant equipment serving the Premises (except to the extent exclusively
leased by Landlord to other tenants);

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                  (2) Common walkways and sidewalks Pals necessary for access to
the Building maintained by Landlord.

         (c) Landlord reserves the right from time to time without unreasonable
interference with Tenant's use:

                  (1) To install, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes,
ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to other
parts of the Building above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces,
within the walls and in the central core areas, and to relocate any pipes,
ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment included in the
Premises which are located in the Premises or located elsewhere outside the
Premises, and to expand the Building;

                  (2)      To alter or relocate any other common facility.

         (d) The "USABLE AREA" of the Premises, measured in accordance with the
American National Standard Method of Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings,
ANSI Z65.1-1980, published by the Building Owners and Managers Association
International, is agreed to be 3,445 square feet. The term "RENTABLE AREA" as
used in this Lease is agreed to be as provided in Section 1, above, determined
by multiplying the Usable Area by 10%.

         (e) Tenant agrees to cooperate with any private or governmental efforts
to reduce the traffic generated by the Building as required by any applicable
Ridesharing Ordinance, Transportation Management Agreement, or Building
Transportation Management Plan (collectively the "TRANSPORTATION PLAN") and any
similar or successor ordinances, laws or agreements. Before signing this Lease,
Tenant shall have reviewed the applicable Transportation Plan documents
referenced in Paragraph 1 above and agrees to comply with the provisions thereof
which are relevant to Tenant and its employees. Tenant further agrees that upon
Landlord's request it will designate one of its employees to act as a liaison
with Landlord to facilitate and coordinate the administration of the
aforementioned traffic reduction efforts.

         3. TERM. The term of this Lease shall commence (the "Commencement
Date") on the earlier of (a) the date possession of the Premises is delivered to
Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements (but not including the ATM) substantially
completed; or (b) the date Tenant commences business operations from the
Premises. For purposes of this Lease, substantial completion of the Leasehold
Improvements is deemed to occur on the issuance of a temporary certificate of
occupancy by the City of Roseville permitting Tenant to occupy the Premises.
Landlord agrees to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on a Thursday.
The Lease shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Commencement Date of
the Lease, unless the term hereby demised shall be sooner terminated as
hereinafter provided.

         4. POSSESSION. Landlord agrees that in the event of the inability of
Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before December
19, 1996, Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease by sending written
notice to Landlord, which notice shall be effective ten (10) days from receipt
by Landlord unless Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant with
the Leasehold Improvements substantially competed during the ten (10)-day
period. The December 19, 1996 date shall be extended for each day of Tenant
delay as described in paragraph 12 of the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto
as Exhibit B. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage
resulting from failure to deliver the Premises to Tenant.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

         5. ANNUAL BASIC RENT. (As used in Paragraph 5, "Annual" and "YEAR"
refer to twelve (12)-month periods based on the lease term commencement date and
each anniversary thereof, and not to calendar year.)

         Tenant agrees to pay Landlord as Annual Basic Rent for the Premises the
Annual Basic Rent designated in Paragraph 1 (subject to adjustment as
hereinafter provided) in twelve (12) equal monthly INSTALLMENTS, each in advance
on the first (1st) day of each and every calendar month during said term, except
that the first month's rent shall be paid upon the execution hereof. In the
event the term of this Lease commences or ends on a day other than the first
(1st) day of a calendar month, then the rental for such periods shall be
prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect
during such periods bears to thirty (30), and such rental shall be paid at the
commencement of such periods. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall not
send monthly statements and invoices as a condition to Tenant paying any rent
due under this lease. All amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord
under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as "rent" shall be
considered rent for purposes of this Lease and for purposes of Section 502(b)(6)
of the Bankruptcy Code (Title II U.S.C.). In addition to said Annual Basic Rent,
Tenant agrees to pay the amount of the rental adjustments as and when
hereinafter provided in this lease. Said rental shall be paid to Landlord,
without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or offset whatsoever
in lawful money of the United States of America, which shall be legal tender at
the time of payment, at the address of Landlord designated in Paragraph 1 or to
such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time
designate in writing. Tenant agrees to pay as additional rent to Landlord, upon
demand, Tenant's Percentage of any parking charges, utilities, surcharges, or
any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of or
resulting from statutes or regulations, or interpretations thereof, promulgated
by any federal, state, regional, municipal or local government authority in
connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the Premises or the
parking facilities serving the Building or the Premises. Rent for the purposes
of Section 365(d)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 U.S.C.) shall be prorated
for any partial month in which the Tenant is a debtor in a case under the
Bankruptcy Code and such prorated rent shall be deemed arising from and after
the order for relief and shall be due in advance on the day after the day of
filing the bankruptcy petition.

         6.       RENTAL ADJUSTMENT.

                  (a) CALCULATION OF DIRECT EXPENSES. For the purpose of this
Subparagraph 6(a), the following terms are defined as follows:

         LEASE YEAR: The calendar year 1996, and each calendar year thereafter.

         TENANT'S PERCENTAGE: Tenant's portion of the total rentable area of the
Building as set forth as a percentage in Paragraph 1 above subject to
proportionate increase or decrease if the rentable area of the Building is
increased or decreased, but without regard to minor deviations between the
actual footage and those used to compute Tenant's Percentage. If such increase
or decrease occurs during any Lease Year of the term of this Lease, then the
Tenant's Percentage shall be determined on the basis of the number of days
during such Lease Year at each such percentage.

         DIRECT EXPENSES BASE: The amount of the annual Direct Expenses for the
Building which Landlord has utilized in establishing the Tenant's Annual Basic
Rent and which amount is set forth in Paragraph 1 above as the "DIRECT EXPENSES
BASE."

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                  DIRECT EXPENSES: All direct costs of operation and maintenance
of the Building ("DIRECT EXPENSES"), including the following costs by way of
illustration, but not limitation: Real property taxes and assessments (as
hereinafter defined) and any taxes or assessments hereafter imposed in lieu
thereof; the net cost and expense of insurance for which Landlord is responsible
hereunder or which Landlord or any first mortgagee with a lien affecting the
Premises reasonably deems necessary in connection with the operation of the
Building, including rent interruption insurance; utilities; janitorial services;
security; labor; costs incurred in the management of the Building, if any,
including wages and salaries of employees used in the management, operation,
repair and maintenance of the Building, and payroll taxes and similar
governmental charges with respect thereto; air-conditioning; waste disposal;
heating; ventilating; elevator maintenance; supplies; materials; equipment;
tools; maintenance, costs, and upkeep of all parking and common areas; and costs
of Landlord's compliance with Laws referred to in Subparagraph 8(d), below.
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord pays an allocated portion of the
maintenance and landscaping expenses pursuant to the Covenants, Conditions and
Restrictions and that such expenses are included in the Direct Expenses.

                  Direct Expenses shall not include the following:

                  (1) Depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except
with respect to items considered capital repairs, improvements and equipment
("CAPITAL ITEMS") acquired to reduce Direct Expenses, amortized over the useful
life of such items; and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type
equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord
might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation,
amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the
charge for such third party's services; and except as provided below in
paragraph 6(b)(5);

                  (2) Marketing costs including, without limitation, leasing
commissions, attorneys' fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation
of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments,
space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with
lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or
prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

                  (3) Costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by
Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the
Building;

                  (4) Interest, principal, points and' fees on debts or
amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument
encumbering the Building (except as permitted in paragraph 6(a)(1) above).

                  As used herein, the "BUILDING" means the building in which
Tenant's premises are located. If any item of the Building's costs is not
assessed, billed or charged separately from other leasable buildings owned or
controlled by Landlord, then any such "common cost" shall be reasonably
apportioned by Landlord between the Building and the other buildings subject to
the "common cost." The Direct Expenses that vary with occupancy and that are
attributable to any Lease Year in which less than ninety-five percent (95%) of
the rentable area of the Building is occupied by tenants will be adjusted by
Landlord to the amount that Landlord reasonably believes they would have been

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

if ninety-five percent (95%) of the rentable area of the Building had been
occupied. Direct Expenses shall also include: (i) administrative fees not to
exceed ten percent (10%) of the annual Direct Expenses excluding therefrom such
administrative fees; or (ii) actual management fees paid to a property manager
unrelated to Landlord.

                  Provided that a given cost of operating or maintaining the
Building was not actually incurred in the Lease Year used to calculate the
Direct Expenses Base, the fact that such cost was not included in the Direct
Expenses Base shall not preclude Landlord from including such cost in Direct
Expenses for subsequent Lease Years.

                  For purposes of the above paragraph, real property taxes and
assessments shall include, but not be limited to, any and all taxes,
assessments, water and sewer charges and other similar governmental charges
levied on or attributable to the Building or the land on which the Building is
located (including appurtenant property) or their operation, ordinary and
extraordinary, substitute and additional, unforeseen as well as foreseen,
present and future, of any kind and nature whatsoever, including without
limitation, (i) real property taxes or assessments levied or assessed against
the Building or the land on which the Building is located (including any
appurtenant property interest subject to real property tax which, for purposes
of this paragraph is deemed part of "the land"), (ii) assessments or charges
levied or assessed against the Building or the land on which the Building is
located by any redevelopment agency, (iii) any tax measured by gross rentals
received from the leasing of the Premises, Building or the land on which the
Building is located, excluding any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate
or inheritance taxes imposed by the state or federal government or their
agencies, branches or departments; provided that if at any time during the Term
any governmental entity levies, assesses or imposes on Landlord any (1) general
or special, ad valorem or specific, excise, capital levy or other tax,
assessment, levy or charge directly on the Rent received under this Lease or on
the rent received under any other leases of space in the Building or any project
wherein the Building is located, or (2) any license fee, excise or franchise
tax, assessment, levy or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part upon
such rent, or (3) any transfer, transaction, or similar tax, assessment, levy or
charge based directly or indirectly upon the transaction represented by this
Lease or such other leases, or (4) any occupancy, use, per capita or other tax,
assessment, levy or charge based directly or indirectly upon the use or
occupancy of the Premises or other premises within the Building or any project
wherein the Building is located, then any such taxes, assessments, levies and
charges shall be deemed to be included in real property taxes and assessments.

                  EXCESS EXPENSES. Tenant's Percentage of any increases in
Direct Expenses over the Direct Expenses Base paid or incurred by Landlord
during the current Lease Year in excess of the Direct Expenses Base. Tenant's
Percentage of such increases is hereinafter referred to as the "EXCESS
EXPENSES."

         (b) Payment of Excess Expenses. Tenant's Percentage of any increases in
Direct Expenses over the Direct Expenses Base shall be payable by Tenant to
Landlord as follows:

                  (1) Beginning January 1, 1998, Tenant shall pay Landlord an
         amount equal to the Excess Expenses.
                  (2) To provide for current payments of Excess Expenses, Tenant
         shall, at Landlord's request, pay as additional rent


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

commencing with the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and every Lease
Year thereafter an amount equal to the Excess Expenses payable during such Lease
Year, as estimated by Landlord from time to time. Such payment shall be made in
monthly installments, commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following
the month in which Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount it is to pay hereunder
and continuing until the first (1st) day of the month following the month in
which Landlord gives Tenant a new notice of estimated Excess Expenses. It is the
intention hereunder to estimate from time to time the amount of the Excess
Expenses for each Lease Year, and then to make an adjustment in the following
Lease Year based on the actual Excess Expenses paid or incurred for the prior
Lease Year.

                  (3) On or before April 1 of each Lease Year, Landlord shall
deliver to Tenant a statement setting forth the actual Excess Expenses for the
preceding Lease Year; provided, however, that the failure of Landlord to supply
such statement shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to collect for
such Excess Expenses. If the actual Excess Expenses for the previous Lease Year
exceed the total of the estimated monthly payments made by Tenant for such Lease
Year, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30)
days after the receipt of the statement. If such total of the estimated monthly
payments made by Tenant exceeds the actual Excess Expenses for such Lease Year,
then Landlord shall credit against Tenant's next ensuing monthly installment(s)
of such estimated Excess Expenses for the then current Lease Year an amount
equal to the difference until the credit is exhausted. If a credit is due from
Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall
promptly pay Tenant the amount of such credit. With respect to the Lease Year in
which the Lease expires or is terminated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days
of Landlord's demand therefor, pay to LANDLORD a reasonable estimate, as
determined by Landlord of the actual Excess Expenses for any partial Lease Year
in excess of Tenant's payment for such Lease Year to date. Even though the term
of this Lease has expired or the Lease is sooner terminated and Tenant has
vacated the Premises when the actual Excess Expenses are determined for the
final Lease Year or partial Lease Year, Tenant shall immediately pay any
deficiency in excess of the total estimated monthly payments and Landlord shall
immediately refund to Tenant any overpayment in excess of the actual Excess
Expenses. Landlord and Tenant intend that the obligations of the preceding
sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The
Excess Expenses in any partial Lease Year shall be prorated on a daily basis
utilizing a three hundred sixty-five (365)-day year.

                  (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph
6, the rental payable by Tenant shall in no event be less than the rental
specified in Paragraph 5 hereof.

                  (5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph
6, Landlord has agreed with Tenant that annual expenditures for capital
improvements (including without limitation, capital improvements for compliance
with governmental laws including Americans with Disabilities Act) shall be
amortized over the life of the improvement with the amortized portion included
as a Direct Expense, provided, however, the annual amortized portion shall not
exceed $10,000. The $10,000 figure shall be increased annually commencing
January 1, 1999 by the increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban
Consumers, All Items (San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose Metropolitan Area,
1982-84=100) ("INDEX"), as published by the United States Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, using September 1996 as the base month and September
of the year preceding

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

the change as the comparison month. Should said bureau discontinue the
publication of the above Index, or publish the same less frequently, or alter
the same in some other manner, then Landlord shall adopt a substitute index or
substitute procedure which reasonably reflects and monitors consumer prices.

                  (6) In the event of any dispute regarding the amount due as
Tenant's Percentage of Direct Expenses, for a period of one hundred eighty (180)
days following Landlord's delivery of the statement setting forth Tenant's
Percentage of Direct Expenses, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, after
reasonable notice and at reasonable times, inspect and photocopy Landlord's
accounting records at Landlord's Manager's office. The results of Tenant's audit
shall be delivered to Landlord. Tenant's election to conduct an audit shall not
excuse or delay Tenant's obligation to timely pay the Excess Expenses. If
Tenant's audit reveals a discrepancy, Landlord shall refund any overpayment to
Tenant or Tenant shall pay any underpayment to Landlord, each within thirty (30)
days of receipt of notice of the completion of Tenant's audit. If Tenant's audit
discloses Landlord has overcharged Tenant by more than 15% for the audited
period, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of the audit.
Tenant shall keep the results of the audit confidential and shall not disclose
the results to any person or entity not employed by Tenant.

         7.       SECURITY DEPOSIT. Intentionally deleted.

         8.       USE OF PREMISES; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

                  (a) Tenant shall use the Premises for retail banking and
related financial services, including retail and commercial lending, investments
and securities, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any
other purpose. Medical or dental offices, retail facilities or sales offices
(other than retail banking), and similar customer/patient related offices are
specifically excluded. As long as Tenant is using the Premises for a retail
banking operation, Landlord agrees not to enter into any new lease for any
portion of the Building with any tenant whose primary business is retail
banking. Tenant's exclusive use shall be limited to retail banking and shall not
include an exclusive use for the related financial services conducted on the
Premises. In addition, nothing in this Paragraph 8(a) shall limit the ability of
Landlord to consent to a proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer of
space under any lease, sublease or other occupancy agreement that was in effect
before the date this Lease is effective, regardless of the business of the
proposed transferee or its contemplated use of the space in question. This
exclusive right is personal to American River Bank, a California corporation,
and cannot be assigned or transferred. This exclusive right shall automatically
terminate upon Tenant's default with any applicable cure period having expired
or if Tenant's use of the Premises for retail banking is discontinued or if all
or any portion of this Lease is assigned or sublet. As an exception to the
foregoing, Landlord hereby agrees to a transfer of Tenant's exclusive right for
the first two transfers of the Lease to assignees engaged in retail banking
operations following a merger, consolidation, sale or other transfer of assets
by Tenant provided as follows: (1) On the first assignment, the assignee has
total assets equal to a minimum of $135,343,000 adjusted for inflation and total
equity capital equal to 125% of Tenant's total equity capital at the time of
execution of the Lease adjusted for inflation, and (2) On the second assignment,
the assignee has total assets equal to a minimum of $135,343,000 adjusted for
inflation and total equity capital equal to 200% of Tenant's total equity
capital at the time of execution of the Lease adjusted for inflation. For
purposes of the foregoing, Tenant's current total equity capital is $11,991,000.
Adjustments for inflation will be based on an increase in the

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

Index using September 1996 as the base month and the Index last published prior
to the assignment as the. comparison month.

                  (b) Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders,
regulations, rules, resolutions and other governmental requirements relating to
the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises which may now or hereafter be in
force, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990 (collectively, the "LAWS"). The cost of compliance with any of the Laws
(including, without limitation, capital expenditures) shall be borne by Tenant.
Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any Law or of the
certificate of occupancy issued for the Building of which the Premises are a
part, and shall, upon five (5) days' written notice from Landlord, discontinue
any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having
jurisdiction to be a violation of Law or of the certificate of occupancy. Tenant
shall not use or occupy the Premises in any manner which is: (i) potentially
injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the
Premises; or (ii) in a manner which creates a basis for liability of Landlord to
any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common
law theory. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any governmental authority
having jurisdiction which shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant's use or
occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect
to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof. Tenant shall
not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost
of any fire, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the
Building and/or property located therein and shall comply with all rules,
orders, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau or any
other organization performing a similar function. Tenant shall promptly upon
demand reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any additional premium charged
for such policy by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of
this Paragraph 8. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about
the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of
other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them, or use or
allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or
objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance
in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed
any waste in or upon the Premises and shall keep the Premises in first class
repair and appearance.

                  (c) Tenant shall comply with all federal, state and local
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relating to environmental protection or
the use, analysis, generation, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or
transportation of any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined). Tenant shall
not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used,
generated, released, stored or disposed in, on, under or about the Building or
Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, without the
prior written consent of Landlord. The term "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" as used in
this Lease includes any hazardous, toxic, contaminated the United States
Government, including any material or substance which is: (i) designated as a
"hazardous waste," "hazardous material," "hazardous substance," "extremely
hazardous waste" or "restricted hazardous waste"; (ii or polluting substance,
material or waste which is regulated by any local governmental authority or
special district, the State of California or) flammables or explosives; (iii)
petroleum; (iv) asbestos; (v) polychlorinated biphenyls; (vi) radioactive
materials; or (vii) stated to be known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity.
In addition, the term "HAZARDOUS WASTE OR SUBSTANCES" shall also include those
materials and substances which are deemed to be hazardous under applicable case
law and/or common law theories including, without limitation, theories of
nuisance and tort liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without
Landlord's prior consent, use any ordinary and customary materials

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of Tenant's office
operation on the Premises, so long as such use is in compliance with all
applicable law and does not expose the Premises or any neighboring properties to
any material risk of contamination or damage or expose Landlord to any liability
therefor.

                  (d) Landlord shall be responsible for any structural
alterations, nonstructural alterations in portions of the Building or the parcel
on which the Building is situated which are not reserved for the exclusive use
of any tenant, and any equipment changes required by any Laws. The expense of
Landlord's compliance with Laws shall be a Direct Expense, all of which shall be
an expense in the year when Landlord makes the alteration or equipment change;
provided, however, that in the case of capital improvements, the currently
amortized portion shall be a Direct Expense during the year when Landlord makes
the alteration or equipment change and the balance of the amortization shall be
a Direct Expense in subsequent years subject to the limitation set forth in
subparagraph 6(b)(5). As an exception to the foregoing, if any alterations are
required to the Building or the parcel on which the Building is located as a
result of any alterations or equipment changes made to the Premises by or on
behalf of Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of the
alterations to the Building or the parcel or the equipment changes.

         9.       PAYMENTS AND NOTICES. All rents and other sums payable by
Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the address designated
by Landlord in Paragraph 1 above or at such other places as Landlord may
hereafter designate in writing. Any notice required or permitted to be given
hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by mail,
and if given by mail shall be deemed sufficiently given if sent by registered or
certified mail addressed to Tenant at the Building of which the Premises are a
part, or to Landlord at its address designated in Paragraph 1. Either party may
by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes
except that Landlord may in any event use the Premises as Tenant's address for
notice purposes. If more than one tenant is named under this Lease, service of
any notice upon any one of said Tenants shall be deemed as service upon all of
said tenants. Notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, notices
required by law regarding unlawful detainer and other legal proceedings need be
given only in the manner required by law. Notices personally delivered hereunder
shall be deemed given when delivered and notices mailed hereunder shall be
deemed given on the third (3rd) calendar day after deposit in the United States
Mail.

         10.      BROKERS. The parties recognize that the brokers who negotiated
this Lease are the brokers whose names are stated in Paragraph 1. Landlord shall
pay Landlord's broker and Tenant's broker a commission pursuant to a separate
agreement between Landlord and Landlord's broker. Tenant shall indemnify,
protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims for
commissions or finder's fees from any broker or commission arising out of any
agreement, act or conduct of Tenant, except any claims from the brokers whose
names are stated in paragraph 1.

         11.      HOLDING OVER. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or
earlier termination of the term hereof without the express written consent of
Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only at a rental rate equal
to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the rent in effect upon the date of
such expiration (subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 6 hereof and
prorated on a daily basis), and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and
conditions herein specified, so far as applicable. Acceptance by Landlord of
rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a
holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this
Paragraph 11 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord's

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

right of re-entry or any rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided
by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this
Lease despite written demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify,
PROTECT, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including
without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant founded on or
resulting from such failure to surrender.

         12.      TAXES ON TENANT'S PROPERTY. Tenant shall be liable for and
shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or
trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on
Tenant's personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or
Landlord's property or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the
inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade
fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the
taxes based upon such increased assessments, which Landlord shall have the right
to do regardless of the validity thereof, but only under proper protest if
requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes levied
against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase
in the assessment; provided that in any such event at Tenant's sole cost and
expense, Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with
Landlord's full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of competent
jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, any
amount so recovered to belong to Tenant.

         13.      CONDITION OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges that neither
Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with
respect to the condition of the Premises or the Building or with respect to the
suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant's business. The taking of
possession of the Premises by Tenant subsequent to substantial completion of the
Leasehold Improvements shall establish that the Premises and the Building were
at such time in satisfactory condition and that Tenant has accepted the
condition of the Premises, except for those items of construction identified on
the punchlist described in paragraph 13 of the Work Letter attached hereto as
Exhibit B, and the Building.

         14.      ALTERATIONS.

                  (a) Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or
improvements in or to the Premises (collectively, "ALTERATIONS") without
Landlord's prior written consent, and then only by a contractor, engineer or
mechanic designated by Landlord. Landlord may withhold its consent to such
Alterations in its sole discretion if the proposed Alterations would adversely
affect the structure or safety of the Building or its electrical, plumbing,
HVAC, mechanical or safety systems; in all other circumstances, Landlord agrees
not to unreasonably withhold its consent to proposed Alterations. Tenant agrees
that there shall be no construction of partitions or other obstructions which
might interfere with Landlord's free access to mechanical installations or
service facilities serving the Building or the moving of Landlord's equipment to
or from the enclosures containing said installations or facilities or proper
sprinkler coverage in the Premises. All such work shall be done at such times
and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants
and agrees that all work done by Tenant or at Tenant's request shall be
performed in full compliance with all Laws, and in full compliance with the
rules, orders, directions, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire
Rating Bureau, or of any similar body. All such Alterations must conform to the
Building's then-existing standards for leasehold improvements (such standards
are, as of the execution hereof, set forth in Exhibit "A-3" attached hereto, but
are subject to modification from time to time). Tenant shall pay Landlord all
reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed
Alterations (including, but not limited to, costs incurred in reviewing the
plans and specifications therefor and in administering or managing the
construction of the Alterations); at Landlord's

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

option and prior to the commencement of the Alterations, Tenant shall deposit
with Landlord the estimated cost of the foregoing along with the cost of making
any alterations to the Building or the parcel if such costs are Tenant's expense
pursuant to Subparagraph 8(d) above, it being agreed that any surplus shall be
returned to Tenant following the completion of the Alterations in compliance
with this Subparagraph 14(a). Neither Landlord's approval or supervision of any
Alterations, nor Landlord's designation or recommendation of any contract or
supplier in connection therewith, shall be deemed a warranty as to the design,
workmanship, or quality of materials or the compliance of the Alterations with
any governmental requirements. Before commencing any work, Tenant shall give
Landlord at least five (5) days' written notice of the proposed commencement of
such work and shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenant's own cost and
expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for
said work. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic's lien filed
against the Premises or against the Building for work claimed to have been done
for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged
by Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the filing thereof,
at the cost and expense of Tenant. All alterations, decorations, additions or
improvements upon the Premises, made by either party including (without limiting
the generality of the foregoing) all wall covering, built-in cabinet work,
paneling and the like, shall, unless Landlord elects otherwise (which election
shall be made, if at all, at the time Landlord gives its prior written consent
as required by the first sentence of this paragraph 14(a)), become the property
of Landlord, and shall remain upon, and be surrendered with the Premises, as a
part thereof, at the end of the term hereof. If Landlord elects to have Tenant
remove all partitions, counters, railings and the like installed by Tenant,
Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from such removal or, at
Landlord's option, shall pay to the Landlord the reasonable costs of such
removal and repair. The provisions of this paragraph 14(a) do not apply to the
Leasehold Improvements to be constructed by Landlord as described in the Work
Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                  (b) All articles of personal property and all business and
trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture and movable partitions owned
by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises shall be and
remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during
the lease term provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, and provided further
that Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal. If Tenant shall fail
to remove all of its effects from said Premises upon termination of this Lease
for any cause whatsoever, Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in a
reasonable manner that Landlord shall choose, and store said effects without
liability to Tenant for loss thereof, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord upon
demand any and all expenses incurred in such removal, including court costs and
attorneys' fees and storage charges on such effects for any length of time that
the same shall be in Landlord's possession, or Landlord may, at its option,
without notice, sell said effects, or any of the same, at private sale and
without legal process, for such reasonable price as Landlord may obtain and
apply the proceeds of such sale upon any amounts due under this Lease from
Tenant to Landlord and upon the expense incident to the removal, storage and
sale of said effects. Landlord and Tenant agree that the obligations and rights
set forth in this Subparagraph 14(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.

                  (c) Tenant shall be permitted to install the ATM in the
location shown on Exhibit "A" pursuant to the terms and conditions described in
the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "B". Prior to expiration of
the term, Tenant shall remove the ATM and shall restore, at Tenant's sole cost
and expense, the exterior wall to the same condition as existed prior to such
installation to Landlord's satisfaction. The removal and restoration work shall
be performed by a contractor acceptable to Landlord

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

and is otherwise subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 14. Tenant shall be
responsible for the operation, repair and maintenance of the ATM and
acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever
with respect to the ATM,

                  (d) Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to
time, without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and
without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor or otherwise affecting
Tenant's obligations under this Lease, to make such changes, alterations,
additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Building
(including the Premises if required so to do by any Law) and the fixtures and
equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages and
stairways thereof, to change the name by which the Building is commonly known,
as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Nothing contained in this
Subparagraph 14(d) shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or
liability of Tenant with respect to making any repair, replacement or
improvement or complying with any Law and nothing contained in this Subparagraph
14(d) shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation,
responsibility or liability whatsoever, for the care, supervision or repair of
the Building or any part thereof other than as otherwise provided in this Lease.

         15.      REPAIRS.

                  (a) As of the Commencement Date, Tenant accepts the Premises
as being in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, except for those
items of construction identified on the punchlist described in paragraph 13 of
the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B. Tenant shall, when and if needed
or whenever requested by Landlord to do so, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,
make all repairs to the Premises and every part thereof, including all interior
doors and the ATM, to keep, maintain and preserve the Premises in first class
condition and repair. Tenant shall upon the expiration or sooner termination of
the term hereof surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when
received, reasonable and ordinary wear and tear thereof excepted. Except as
provided in Subparagraph 15(b) hereof, Landlord shall have no obligation to
alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part
thereof, the Building or the common areas, and the parties hereto affirm that
Landlord has made no representations to Tenant respecting the condition of the
Premises or the Building.

                  (b) Anything contained in Subparagraph 15(a) above to the
contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall repair and maintain the common areas
described in Subparagraph 2(b) and the structural portions of the Building,
including the windows, exterior doors of the Building, basic plumbing, heating,
ventilating, air conditioning and electrical systems installed or furnished by
Landlord. If the maintenance and repairs are caused in part or in whole by the
act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty by Tenant, its agents, servants,
employees, customers or invitees (including, without limitation, any maintenance
or repair as a result of the operation or use of the ATM by Tenant, its agents,
servants, employees, customers or invitees), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as
additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs. The
janitorial services to be provided by Landlord shall be comparable to those
provided in other first class office buildings in the Roseville area. Landlord
shall not be liable for any failure to make any such repairs or to perform any
maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after
written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord
by Tenant. Except as provided in Paragraph 23 hereof there shall be no abatement
of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference
with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or
improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in or to
fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant hereby waives California
Civil Code

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and any other applicable existing or future law,
ordinance or governmental regulation permitting Tenant to make repairs at
Landlord's expense. Landlord shall have no responsibility for the repair or
maintenance of the ATM even though it is located within the common area.

                  (c) Anything to the contrary in Subparagraphs 15(a) and (b)
above notwithstanding, Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall make any
and all improvements, changes, maintenance or repairs to the Premises, which are
required for compliance with Laws.

                  (d) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation
to maintain, repair or replace any telecommunications or computer cabling or
wiring which is located in the Premises or which exclusively serves the Premises
(collectively, the "CABLING"). Tenant, at Tenant's expense, shall contract with
Pacific Bell or another reputable contractor approved by Landlord to maintain
the Cabling. Landlord shall provide Tenant access to the Building's main
telephone room, and, to the extent needed, other premises in the Building in
order to pull the telephone wires to the Premises.

         16.      LIENS. Tenant shall not permit any mechanic's, materialman's
or other liens to be filed against the real property of which the Premises form
a part nor against the Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises. Landlord
shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the
Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If
any such liens are filed, Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies
based on such breach of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any of its
obligations, send written notice to Tenant. Tenant shall have ten (10) days from
receipt of the notice to post security for payment of the lien. If Tenant fails
to timely take action, Landlord may cause such liens to be released by any means
it shall deem proper, including without limitation payment in satisfaction of
the claim giving rise to such lien. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at once upon
notice by Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with
interest at the maximum rate per annum permitted by law from the date of such
payment by Landlord.

         17.      ENTRY BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves and shall have the right
to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply janitor service and any
other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to submit said
Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants, to post notices of
nonresponsibility, to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion
of the Building, and/or to perform any acts required of but not done by Tenant
as provided in Paragraph 35 hereof, all without being deemed guilty of any
eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent, and may, in order to carry out
such purposes, erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably
required by the character of the work to be performed, provided that the
business of Tenant shall be interfered with as little as is reasonably
practicable. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or
inconvenience to or interference with Tenant's business, any loss of occupancy
or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For
each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a
key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon or about the Premises,
excluding Tenant's vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the right to use
any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an
emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the
Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not
under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful
entry into, or a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the
Premises or any portion thereof, and any damages caused on account thereof shall
be paid by Tenant. It is understood and agreed that no provision of this Lease
shall be construed as obligating

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise
expressly agreed herein to be performed by Landlord.

         18.      UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

                  (a) Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises during the
hours of 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00
p.m. on Saturdays subject to the conditions of and in accordance with the
standards set forth in writing by Landlord from time to time during the term of
this Lease and delivered to Tenant, reasonable quantities of electric current
for normal lighting and fractional horsepower office machines, water for
lavatory and drinking purposes, heat and air conditioning required to operate a
first class office building in the Douglas Boulevard corridor of Johnson Ranch,
janitorial service and elevator service by non-attended automatic elevators.
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for
the use of any additional or unusual janitorial services required by Tenant's
carelessness or the nature of Tenant's business. Landlord's obligation regarding
any heating, ventilation and air conditioning ("HVAC") and electrical systems
shall be limited to the Building's standard central HVAC and electrical systems,
and Landlord shall have no obligation to maintain or repair any HVAC or
electrical system that has been installed to accommodate Tenant's specific use
of the Premises (provided, however, that any contractor retained by Tenant to
maintain or repair any such HVAC or electrical system shall be subject to
Landlord's reasonable approval). Landlord shall not be obligated to service,
maintain, repair or replace any system or improvement in the Premises that has
not been installed by Landlord at Landlord's expense, or which is a specialized
improvement requiring additional or extraordinary maintenance or repair (by way
of example only, if the standard premises in the Building contain fluorescent
light fixtures, Landlord's obligation shall be limited to the replacement of
fluorescent light tubes, irrespective of any incandescent fixtures that may have
been installed in the Premises at Tenant's expense). Landlord shall not be
liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of
rent by reason of Landlord's failure to furnish any of the foregoing when such
failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other
labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character or for any other causes.
Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or
any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental
regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to the interruption or
failure of any services to be provided under this Lease. If Tenant requires or
utilizes more water or electric power than is considered reasonable or normal by
Landlord, Landlord may at its option require Tenant to pay, as additional rent,
the cost, as fairly determined by Landlord, incurred by such extraordinary
usage. In addition, Landlord may install separate meter(s) for the Premises, at
Tenant's sole expense, and Tenant thereafter shall pay all charges of the
utility providing service.

                  (b) If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of
the Premises by the HVAC systems of the Building is affected by reason of any
lights, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Premises, or by the
occupancy of the Premises by more persons than are contemplated by the design
criteria of the HVAC systems, then Landlord shall have the right to install
machines or equipment that Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore
temperature balance, including modifications to the standard airconditioning
equipment and electrical systems serving the Premises. The cost of any such
equipment and modifications, including the cost of installation and any
additional cost of operation and maintenance of the same, shall be paid by
Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

                  (c) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant's use of the
Premises outside the generally recognized business days and hours for the
Building will impose an additiona burden on Building services such as

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

janitorial service, elevator service, fluorescent tube replacement and HVAC
service, the cost of which services shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant as
"after hours rent" upon demand.

         19.      BANKRUPTCY If Tenant shall file a petition in bankruptcy under
any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Act as then in effect, or if Tenant be adjudicated
a bankrupt in involuntary bankruptcy proceedings and such adjudication shall not
have been vacated within sixty (60) days from the date thereof, or if a receiver
or trustee be appointed of Tenant's property and the order appointing such
receiver or trustee not be set aside or vacated within thirty (30) days after
the entry thereof, or if the Tenant shall assign Tenant's estate or effects for
the benefit of creditors, or if this Lease shall otherwise by operation of law
devolve or pass to any person or persons other than Tenant, then and in any such
event Landlord may, if Landlord so elects, with or without notice of such
election and with or without entry or action by Landlord, forthwith terminate
this Lease, and notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease, Landlord, in
addition to any and all rights and remedies allowed by law or equity, shall upon
such termination be entitled to recover damages in the amount provided in
Subparagraph 25(b) below and neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or
under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or order of any court shall be entitled
to possession of the Premises but shall forthwith quit and surrender the
Premises to Landlord. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the
right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages by reason of any such
termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law
in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages
are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than
the amount of damages recoverable under the provisions of this Paragraph 19.

         20.      INDEMNIFICATION. Tenant shall, during the entire term hereof
and during any rent-free period of prior occupancy, indemnify, defend, protect
and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all claims arising from (i)
Tenant's use of the Premises or the conduct of its business or from any
activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the
Premises, (ii) any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on
Tenant's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, (iii) the presence
of Hazardous Materials in the Premises or Building caused or permitted to be
caused by Tenant, (iv) any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, or of its
agents or employees, and/or (v) the operation of the ATM, whether such claims
arise from Tenant, its employees or its customers. Tenant shall further
indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against all
costs, attorneys' fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in or about any such
claims or any action or proceeding brought thereon; and in case any action or
proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claim, Tenant upon
notice from Landlord shall defend the same at Tenant's expense by counsel
approved in writing by Landlord. Landlord's approval of counsel shall be waived
if the defense of such claim is insured by Tenant's insurance and the insurance
carrier requires the selection of counsel be made by the insurance carrier.
Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby assumes all
risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises,
including without limitation, the ATM or any security devices installed by or on
behalf of Tenant, from any cause whatsoever except that which is caused by
Landlord's willful misconduct, gross negligence or failure to observe any of the
terms and conditions of this Lease and such failure has persisted for an
unreasonable period of time after written notice of such failure, and Tenant
hereby waives all its claims in respect thereof against Landlord.

         21.      DAMAGE TO TENANT'S PROPERTY. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Paragraph 20 to the contrary, Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any
damage to property entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for loss of or
damage to any property by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, contaminated
air, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from or flow into any part
of the Building or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects in
any pipes, appliances, sprinklers, wires, HVAC, fixtures or plumbing works
whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises
or upon other portions of the Building or from other sources except as may be
due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or its agents,
contractors or employees. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising
from any act or neglect of any other tenant in the Building. Tenant shall give
prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the
Building or of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment.

         22.      INSURANCE

                  (a) Tenant shall, during the entire term hereof and during any
rent-free period or period of prior occupancy, at its sole cost and expense,
obtain, maintain and keep in full force and effect, with Tenant, Landlord, the
mortgagees of Landlord, the fee owners of the property if such fee owners are
not Landlord and the property manager, named as additional insureds therein as
their respective interests may appear, the following insurance:

                           (1) Property Insurance covering loss or damage by
fire and all other perils covered by "all risk" insurance as such term is used
in the insurance industry and vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements,
which insurance shall cover property of every description and kind owned by
Tenant and located in the Building, including, without limitation, furniture,
fittings, installations, fixtures and any other personal property, in an amount
not less than the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant shall also insure its
loss of use value in the Leasehold Improvements.

                           (2) Commercial General Liability insurance applying
to the use and occupancy of the Premises, and the business operated by Tenant or
any other occupant. Such insurance shall include Broad Form Contractual
liability insurance coverage insuring all of Tenant's indemnity obligations
under this Lease. Such coverage shall have a minimum combined single limit of
liability of at least ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000), and a general aggregate
limit of at least TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000) with a FIVE MILLION DOLLAR
($5,000,000) umbrella policy. All such policies shall be written to apply to all
bodily injury, property damage, personal injury and other covered loss, however
occasioned, occurring during the policy term, and shall be endorsed to provide
that such coverage shall be primary and that any insurance maintained by
Landlord shall be excess insurance only. Such coverage shall also contain
endorsements: (i) including employees as additional insureds; (ii) deleting any
liquor liability exclusion; (iii) providing for coverage of employer's
automobile non-ownership liability; (iv) adding fire legal liability coverage;
(v) deleting any work/product exclusion, so that coverage will exist for damage
resulting from work performed on the Premises or the Building or common areas
whether by Landlord, Tenant or contractors or subcontractors working directly or
indirectly for either; and (vi) to the extent available, a specific endorsement
insuring Tenant's indemnity obligations to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20.
The insurance required by the foregoing provisions of this Subparagraph 22(a)(2)
shall provide for severability of interests; shall provide that an act or
omission of one of the named or additional insureds shall not reduce or avoid
coverage to the other named or additional insureds; and shall afford coverage
for all claims based on acts, omissions, injury and damage, which claims
occurred or arose

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

(or the onset of which occurred or arose) in whole or in part during the policy
period.

                           (3) Extra expense insurance in such amounts as will
reimburse Tenant for the costs of relocating Tenant's business to another
location following a casualty until Tenant can reoccupy the Premises.

                           (4) Worker's Compensation and Employer's liability
insurance in the amount required by law, and in a form satisfactory to Landlord.

                           (5) Any other form or forms of insurance as Land&" or
mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time in form, in
amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant would protect
itself.

                  (b) All policies shall be taken out with insurers licensed to
do business in California acceptable to Landlord and in form satisfactory from
time to time to Landlord. Tenant agrees that certified copies of each insurance
policy will be delivered to Landlord as soon as practicable after the placing of
the required insurance, but in no event later than the day on which Tenant takes
possession of all or any part of the Premises, including possession taken under
the last sentence of Paragraph 4 hereof. All policies shall contain an
undertaking by the insurers to notify Landlord and the mortgagees of Landlord in
writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any material change, reduction
in coverage, cancellation, or other termination thereof. Tenant shall furnish
Landlord with proof of renewal or binders for new insurance at least thirty (30)
days before the expiration date of each policy.

                  (c) In the event of damage to or destruction of the Building
entitling Landlord to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 23 hereof,
Tenant will deliver the Premises to Landlord, in accordance with the provisions
of this Lease.

                  (d) Landlord covenants and agrees that throughout the term it
will insure the Building (excluding any property with respect to which Tenant is
obliged to insure pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 22(a) above)
against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils and public
liability insurance in such reasonable amounts with such reasonable deductibles
as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the metropolitan
area in which the Premises are located. Landlord may, but shall not be obliged
to, take out and carry any other form or forms of insurance as it or the
mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably determine advisable. Notwithstanding any
contribution by Tenant to the cost of insurance premiums, as provided herein,
Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any such
insurance policies carried by Landlord. Landlord will not be required to (but
may) carry insurance of any kind on Tenant's furniture, furnishings, trade
fixtures or equipment of Tenant under this Lease; and Landlord shall not be
obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.

                  (e) Tenant agrees that it will not keep, use, sell or offer
for sale in or upon the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any
insurance policy in force from time to time covering the Allowance Work. In the
event Tenant's occupancy or conduct of business in or on the Premises, whether
or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums
for the insurance carried from time to time by Landlord with respect to the
Building, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as additional rent
within ten (10) days after being billed therefor by Landlord. In determining
whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant's use or occupancy of the
Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

the insurance rate on the Building or the Leasehold Improvements showing the
various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several
items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all
reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer now or
hereafter in effect relating to the Premises.

                  (f) If any insurance policy carried by Landlord, as provided
in Subparagraph 22(d) above, shall be cancelled or cancellation shall be
threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced, in
any way by reason of the use of occupation of the Premises or any part thereof
by Tenant or by any assignee or sub-tenant of Tenant or by anyone permitted by
Tenant to be upon the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition
giving rise to cancellation, threatened cancellation or reduction of coverage
within forty-eight (48) hours after notice thereof, Landlord may, at its option,
either terminate this Lease or enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy
such condition and Tenant shall forthwith pay the cost thereof to Landlord as
additional rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to
any property of Tenant or of others located in the Premises as a result of such
entry. In the event that Landlord shall be unable to remedy such condition, then
Landlord shall have all of the remedies provided for in this Lease in the event
of a default by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Subparagraph 22(f), if Tenant fails to remedy as aforesaid, Tenant shall be in
default of its obligation hereunder and Landlord shall have no obligation to
attempt to remedy such default.

                  (g) Any policy or policies of fire, extended coverage or
similar casualty insurance, which either party obtains in connection with the
Premises shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of
subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the
insured prior to the occurrence of injury or loss. Landlord and Tenant waive any
rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered
by insurance containing such a waiver of subrogation clause or endorsement to
the extent of the injury or loss covered thereby.

         23.      DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

                  (a) In the event the Building and/or the Premises is damaged
by fire or other perils covered by Landlord's extended coverage insurance,
Landlord shall:

                           (1) In the event of total destruction, at Landlord's
option within a period of ninety (90) days thereafter, commence repair,
reconstruction and restoration of said Building and/or Premises and prosecute
the same diligently to completion in which event this Lease shall remain in full
force and effect; or within said ninety (90)-day period elect not to so repair,
reconstruct or restore, said Building and/or Premises, in which event this Lease
shall terminate. In either event, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of
its intention within said ninety (90)-day period. In the event Landlord elects
not to restore said Building and/or Premises, this Lease shall be deemed to have
terminated as of the date of such total destruction.

                           (2) In the event of a partial destruction of the
Building and/or the Premises, to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent
(25%) of the full insurable value thereof and if the damage thereto is such that
the Building and/or the Premises may be repaired, reconstructed or restored
within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of the happening of such
casualty and Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the
cost of such repairs, Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the
work of repair, reconstruction and restoration and the Lease shall continue in
full force and effect. If such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

is such as to require a period longer than ninety (90) days or exceeds
twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, or if said
insurance proceeds will not be sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs,
Landlord either may elect to so repair, reconstruct or restore and the Lease
shall continue in full force and effect or Landlord may elect not to repair,
reconstruct or restore and the Lease shall in such event terminate. Under any of
the conditions of this Subparagraph 23(a)(2), Landlord shall give written notice
to Tenant of its intention within said ninety (90)-day period. In the event
Landlord elects not to restore said Building and/or Premises, this Lease shall
be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such partial destruction. In the
event Landlord elects to restore said Building and/or Premises, Landlord shall
endeavor to complete the work within one hundred eighty (180) days after the
commencement thereof.

                  (b) Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the
provisions of this Paragraph 23, the parties shall be released thereby without
further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is
surrendered to Landlord except for items which have theretofore accrued and are
then unpaid and/or for insurance and indemnity obligations pertaining to events
occurring prior to lease termination.

                  (c) In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration by
Landlord as herein provided, the rental provided to be paid under this Lease
shall be abated proportionately with the degree of objective interference with
the reasonable use of the Premises, during the period of such repair,
reconstruction or restoration. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation
or damages for loss in the use of the whole or any part of the Premises and/or
any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction
or restoration.

                  (d) Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations
under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated
in this Paragraph 23. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Paragraph 23, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from repairing or
restoring the damaged Premises within one (1) year after the occurrence of such
damage or destruction by reason of acts of God, war, governmental restrictions,
inability to procure the necessary labor or materials, or other cause beyond the
control of Landlord, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such
repairs or restoration and this lease shall be deemed terminated as of the end
of said one (1) year period.

                  (e) In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by a
risk not covered by Landlord's insurance, then Landlord shall have the option
either to (1) repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force
and effect, but the rent to be proportionately abated as hereinabove provided,
or (2) give notice to Tenant at any time within ninety (90) days after such
damage terminating this Lease. In the event of the giving of such notice of
termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises
shall terminate and the rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction based upon
the extent, if any, to which said damage interfered WITH the use and occupancy
of Tenant, shall be paid to the date of such termination. In the event Landlord
elects to restore said Building and/or Allowance Work, Landlord shall endeavor
to complete the work within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement
thereof. Landlord agrees to refund the Tenant any rent theretofore paid in
advance for any period of time subsequent to such date.

                  (f) It is hereby understood that if Landlord is obligated to
or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated
to make repairs or restoration only of those portions of the Building and the
Premises which were insured by Landlord pursuant to paragraph 22(d).

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

                  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Paragraph 23, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair,
reconstruct or restore the Premises when the damage resulting from any casualty
covered under this Paragraph 23 occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the
term of this Lease or any extension hereof.

                  (h) Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of
California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), and any other applicable
existing or future law, ordinance or regulation with respect to damage or
destruction of leased premises or with respect to the termination of a lease
AGREEMENT in the event of such damage or destruction.

         24.      EMINENT DOMAIN. In case the whole of the Premises, or sum part
thereof as shall substantially interfere with the reasonable use of the
Premises, shall be taken for any public or. quasi-public purpose by any lawful
power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or
eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, either party shall have the
right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to
be surrendered to said authority. In the event the amount of property or the
type of estate taken shall not substantially interfere with the reasonable use
of the Premises, Landlord at its option may terminate this Lease. In the event
of termination of the Lease, Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord
or the taking authority for any compensation for the taking of the Premises and
Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of the award without
deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant, except that Tenant shall be
entitled to a proportionate share of that portion of the award allocated to the
Leasehold Improvements in the Premises. Tenant's proportionate share shall be
determined by multiplying the portion of the award allocated to the Leasehold
Improvements by the percentage of the Above-Allowance paid by Tenant to the
overall cost of the Leasehold Improvements, and then multiplying that product by
a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the remaining months in the initial
term and the denominator of which shall be 120. If Landlord does not elect to
terminate the Lease, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises to
substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking, to the extent
possible by application of the condemnation proceeds only, and a proportionate
allowance shall be made to Tenant for the rent corresponding to the time during
which, and to the part of the Premises of which Tenant shall be so deprived on
account of such taking and restoration. Nothing contained in this Paragraph
shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in any award made to Tenant for
the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant. Each party
waives the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130
allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in
the event of a partial taking of the premises.

         25.      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

                  (a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

                           (1) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by
Tenant. Abandonment is herein defined to include, but is not limited to, any
absence by Tenant from the Premises for five (5) days or longer while in default
of any material provision of this Lease.

                           (2) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent
or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder,
within ten (10) days after demand.

                           (3) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any
of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed
or performed by Tenant, other than as SPECIFIED in

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

in Subparagraph (25(a) or (2) above where such failure shall continue for a
period of ten (10) business days after the giving of written notice thereof from
Landlord to Tenant, unless the default is of such a character as to require more
than ten (10) business days to cure, and Tenant shall have commenced such cure
within such ten (10)-day period and is pursuing such cure with reasonable
diligence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord notifies Tenant that a
particular failure endangers persons or property, Tenant shall be in default
unless Tenant immediately cures the failure.

                           (4) (i) The making by Tenant of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of
a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization
or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a
petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days);
(iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty
(30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days.

                  (b) In the event of any such default by Tenant, in addition to
any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall
have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant
hereunder. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease
then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

                           (1) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent
which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

                           (2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent which would have been reasonably earned after termination
until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant
proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

                           (3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably
avoided; plus

                           (4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord
for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform his
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom.

         As used in Subparagraphs 25(b)(1) and (2) above, the "worth at the time
of award" is computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law
per annum. As used in Subparagraph 25(b)(3) above, the `.worth at the time of
award" is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent
(1%).

                  (c) In the event of any such default by Tenant, Landlord shall
also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the
Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property
may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and
for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by
Landlord pursuant to this Subparagraph 25(c) shall be construed as an election
to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

such 'intention 'be -given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be
decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

                  (d) Landlord shall also have the remedy described in
California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (i.e., the right to continue the Lease in
effect and recover rent as it becomes due). In such event, Landlord may continue
this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease will continue in effect as
long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession, and Landlord
shall have the right to collect rent when due. During the period Tenant is in
default, Landlord can enter the Premises and relet them, or any part of them, to
third parties for Tenant's account. Tenant shall be liable immediately to
Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises including,
without limitation, brokers' commissions, expenses of remodeling the Premises
required by the reletting, and like costs. Reletting can be for a period shorter
or longer than the remaining term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay to Landlord
the rent due under this Lease on the dates the rent is due, less the rent
Landlord receives from any reletting. No act by Landlord allowed by this
Subparagraph 25(d) shall terminate this Lease unless Landlord notifies Tenant
that Landlord elects to terminate this Lease.

                  If Landlord elects to relet the Premises as provided in this
Subparagraph 25(d), rent that Landlord receives from reletting shall be applied
to the payment of:

                           (1) First, any indebtedness from Tenant to Landlord
other than rent due from Tenant;

                           (2) Second, all costs, including for maintenance,
incurred by Landlord in reletting;

                           (3) Third, rent due and unpaid under this Lease.
After deducting the payments referred to in this Paragraph, any sum remaining
from the rent Landlord receives from reletting shall be held by Landlord and
applied in payment of future rent as rent becomes due under this Lease. In no
event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess rent received by Landlord. If, on
the date rent is due under this Lease, the rent received from the reletting is
less than the rent due on that date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition
to the remaining rent due, all costs, including for maintenance, Landlord
incurred in reletting that remain after applying the rent received from the
reletting as provided in this Subparagraph 25(d).

                  (e) All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in
this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them
shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any
one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided
by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any
default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of
any rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any
action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated. Any
waiver must be in writing and such express waiver shall not affect defaults
other than as specified in the waiver. The consent or approval of Landlord to or
of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be
deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's consent or approval to or of
any subsequent similar acts by Tenant.

                  (f) As used in this Lease, the term "rent" shall refer to
Annual Basic Rent, Excess Expenses and any other sum required to be paid to
Landlord under this Lease.

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

         26.      ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

         No assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or any part of the
Premises shall be permitted, except as provided in this Paragraph 26.

                  (a) Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign or
hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part
thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any party other than Tenant. Any
of the foregoing acts without such consent shall be void and shall, at the
option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. This Lease shall not, nor shall any
interest of Tenant herein, be assignable by operation of law without the written
consent of Landlord. If Tenant is a corporation which, under the laws of
California, is not deemed a public corporation, or is an unincorporated
association or partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any
stock or interest in such corporation, association or partnership in the
aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) shall be deemed an assignment
for the purposes of this Paragraph 26. As an exception to the foregoing, Tenant
may assign the Lease twice without the Landlord's consent to an entity engaged
in retail banking operations following a merger, consolidation, sale or other
transfer of assets by Tenant provided as follows: (1) On the first assignment,
the assignee has total assets equal to a minimum of $135,343,000 adjusted for
inflation and total equity capital equal to 125% of Tenant's total equity
capital at the time of execution of the Lease adjusted for inflation, and (2) On
the second assignment, the assignee has total assets equal to a minimum of
$135,343,000 adjusted for inflation and total equity capital equal to 200% of
Tenant's total equity capital at the time of execution of the Lease adjusted for
inflation. For purposes of the foregoing, Tenant's current total equity capital
is $11,991,000. Adjustments for inflation will be based on an increase in the
Index using September 1996 as the base month and the Index last published prior
to the assignment as the comparison month.

                  (b) If at any time or from time to time during the Term Tenant
desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises, Tenant
shall give notice to Landlord setting forth the terms and provisions of the
proposed assignment or sublease, and the identity of the proposed assignee or
subtenant. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with such information
concerning the business background, type of office use and operation and
financial condition of such proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord may
reasonably request. Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by notice given
to Tenant within twenty (20) days after Tenant's notice is given, either to
sublet such space from Tenant at the lower of the rental offered by Tenant to
the proposed subtenant, or the rental set forth in this LEASE, FOR THE TERM set
forth in Tenant's notice, or, in the case of an assignment, to terminate this
Lease.

                  (c) Landlord shall be permitted to consider any reasonable
factor in determining whether or not to withhold its consent to a proposed
assignment or sublease. Without limiting the other instances in which it may be
reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to assignment or sublease, it
shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if any of the following
conditions are not satisfied.

                           (1) The proposed transferee shall be at least as
creditworthy as is Tenant as of the date of this Lease and shall have the
financial strength and stability to perform all obligations under this Lease to
be performed by Tenant;

                           (2) The proposed use of the Premises by the
transferee shall (i) comply with the provisions of Paragraph 8 hereof, (ii) be
consistent with the general character of businesses carried on by tenants of a
first-class office building, (iii) not increase the likelihood of damage

                                      -24-

<PAGE>

or destruction, (iv) not increase the density of occupancy of the Premises or
increase the amount of pedestrian and other traffic through the Building, (v)
not be likely to cause an increase in insurance premiums for insurance policies
applicable to the Building, (vi) not require new tenant improvements
incompatible with thenexisting Building systems and components, (vii) not
require Landlord to make modifications to the Building, (viii) not increase the
electrical or HVAC usage in the Premises, and (ix) not otherwise have or cause a
material adverse impact on the Premises, the Building, the Property, or
Landlord's interest therein;

                           (3) Tenant or such transferee shall, prior to
occupancy, deliver to Landlord any increase in the Security Deposit required by
Landlord's then-current standards for delivery of security deposits by tenants;

                           (4) The proposed transferee shall not be an existing
tenant or occupant of the Building or a person or entity with whom Landlord is
then dealing, or with whom Landlord has had any dealings within the previous six
(6) months, with respect to the leasing of space in the Building;

                           (5) Any ground lessor or mortgagee whose consent to
such transfer is required fails to consent thereto;

                           (6) Any proposed subletting shall not result in more
than two (2) subleases of portions of the Premises being in effect at any one
time during the Term;

                           (7) At the time of the request, no event of default
under this Lease, or under any other lease between Tenant and Landlord or any
affiliate of Landlord, shall have occurred and be continuing;

                           (8) In the case of a sublease, the monthly rental per
square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises offered to the sublessee shall be
not less than the monthly base rent per square foot of Rentable Area then being
offered by Landlord in connection with new leases of comparable space similarly
improved for terms of similar length, and Tenant shall not grant greater amounts
of "free rent" or other economic concessions in excess of the concessions then
being granted by Landlord in connection with similar new leases; and

                           (9) No sub-subleasing shall be permitted.

                           Tenant shall have the burden of demonstrating that
each of the foregoing conditions has been satisfied.

                  (d) Provided Landlord has consented to such assignment or
subletting in writing, Tenant may assign or sublet the Premises to any third
party subject to the following conditions:

                           (1) At the time of the transfer, no event of default
under this Lease, or under any other lease between Tenant and Landlord or any
affiliate of Landlord, shall have occurred and be continuing;

                           (2) The assignment or sublease shall be on the same
terms set forth in the notice given to Landlord;

                           (3) No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no
assignee or sublessee shall take possession of the Premises until an

                                      -25-

<PAGE>

executed counterpart of such assignment or sublease has been delivered to
Landlord;

                           (4) No assignee or sublessee shall have a further
right to assign or sublet without Landlord's consent thereto in each instance;
and

                           (5) (i) In the event Tenant sublets the entire
Premises or any part thereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord fifty percent
(50%) of any "excess rent" (as such term is hereinafter defined) within thirty
(30) days of Tenant's receipt thereof pursuant to such subletting. As used
herein, "EXCESS RENT" shall mean any sums or economic consideration per square
foot of the Premises received by Tenant pursuant to such subletting in excess of
the amount of the rent per square foot of the Premises payable by Tenant under
this Lease applicable to the part or parts of the Premises so sublet; provided,
however, that no such "excess rent" shall be payable until Tenant shall have
recovered therefrom the costs incurred by Tenant for brokerage commissions or
tenant improvements in conjunction with such subletting.

                                (ii)     In the event Tenant assigns this Lease,
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any "excess payment" (as
such term is hereinafter defined) within thirty (30) days of Tenant's receipt
thereof pursuant to such assignment. As used herein, "EXCESS PAYMENT" shall mean
the amount of payment received for such assignment of this Lease in excess of
the rent payable by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that no "excess
payment" shall be payable until Tenant shall have recovered therefrom the costs
incurred by Tenant for brokerage commissions or tenant improvements in
conjunction with such assignment.

                  (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subparagraphs 26(a) and
(b) above, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion
thereof, without Landlord's consent and without extending any recapture or
termination option to Landlord, to any corporation which controls, is controlled
by or is under common control with Tenant, provided that (i) the assignee or
sublessee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, (ii)
Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease, and (iii) the use of the Premises
under Paragraph 8 remains unchanged.

                  (d) No subletting or assignment shall release Tenant of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant
to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant
hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be
deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent to one
assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent
assignment or subletting. In the event of default by an assignee or subtenant of
Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof,
Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting
remedies against such assignee, subtenant or successor. Landlord may consent to
subsequent assignments of the Lease or sublettings or amendments or
modifications to the Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant,
or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto
and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

                  (e) If Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets the Premises or
requests the consent of Landlord to any assignment or subletting or if Tenant
requests the consent of Landlord for any act that Tenant proposes to do, then

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

Tenant shall, upon demand pay Landlord an administrative fee of Five Hundred and
00/100 Dollars ($500.00) plus any attorneys' fees reasonably incurred by
Landlord in connection with such act or request.

                  (f) Notwithstanding the requirement of Landlord's approval
prior to any assignment or subletting, if this Lease is assigned to any person
or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 75% of any excess
payment (as defined in subparagraph 26(d)(5)(ii)) shall be paid or delivered to
Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not
constitute property of Tenant or of any bankruptcy estate of Tenant. Any and all
monies or other considerations constituting Landlord's property under the
preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for
the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. Any
person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed
all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such
assignment. Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord
an instrument confirming such assumption.

         27.      SUBORDINATION. At the election of Landlord or any first
mortgagee with a lien on the Building or any ground lessor with respect to the
Building, Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all
times to: (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or
hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the land upon which the Building
is situated or both; and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may
now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which the Building, land,
ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord's interest or estate in any of
said items is specified as security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord
shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated any such ground
leases or underlying leases or any such liens to this Lease. In the event that
any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage
or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made
for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and
become the tenant of the successor-in-interest to Landlord, at the option of
such successor in interest. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver,
upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional
documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to
any such ground leases or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or
deed of trust. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as attorney-in-fact
of Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such documents in the name and on
behalf of Tenant.

         28.      ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

                  (a) Within ten (10) business days following the giving of any
written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute
and deliver to Landlord a statement certifying: (i) the date of commencement of
this Lease; (ii) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and
effect (or, if there have been modifications hereto, that this Lease is in full
force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such
modifications); (iii) the date to which the rental and other sums payable under
this Lease have been paid; (iv) the fact that there are no current defaults
under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's
statement; and (v) such other matters requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant
intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 28 may be relied
upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the
Building or any interest therein.

                  (b) Tenant's failure to deliver such statement within such
time shall be conclusive upon Tenant (i) that this Lease is in full force and
effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) that

                                      -27-

<PAGE>

there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance, and (iii) that not more
than one (1) month's rental has been paid in advance.

         29.      INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

         30.      RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall faithfully observe and
comply with the "Rules and Regulations," a copy of which is attached hereto and
marked Exhibit "C," and all reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications
thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord
according to Landlord's discretion. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant
for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the
Building of any of said Rules and Regulations.

         31.      CONFLICT OF LAWS; INTERPRETATION. This Lease shall be governed
by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California. The provisions
of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the fair meaning of the
language used and shall not be strictly construed against either party.

         32.      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise provided in this
Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be
binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

         33.      SURRENDER OF PREMISES The voluntary or other surrender of this
Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and
shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all
subleases or subtenancies.

         34.      ATTORNEYS' FEES. If Tenant or Landlord shall be in breach or
default under this Lease, such party (the "DEFAULTING PARTY") shall reimburse
the other party (the "NONDEFAULTING PARTY") upon demand for any costs or
expenses that the Nondefaulting Party incurs in connection with any breach or
default of the Defaulting Party under this Lease, including the expense of an
attorney engaged in efforts to enforce the provisions of this Lease against the
Defaulting Party, whether or not suit is commenced or judgment entered. Such
costs shall include legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a
settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for
breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Lease is commenced, the court in
such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a
reasonable sum as attorneys' fees and costs. The losing party in such action
shall pay such attorneys' fees and costs. Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord
against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and
liability Landlord may incur if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any claim
or action (a) instituted by Tenant against any third party, or by any third
party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding any interest under or
using the Property by license of or agreement with Tenant unless Landlord is
adjudicated as having been liable; (b) for foreclosure of any lien for labor or
material furnished to or for Tenant or such other person; (c) otherwise arising
out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or such other person;
or (d) necessary to protect Landlord's interest under this Lease in a bankruptcy
proceeding, or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as
amended. Tenant shall protect and defend Landlord against any such claim or
action at Tenant's expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or at
Landlord's election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any legal fees or costs
Landlord incurs in any such claim or action.

         35.      PERFORMANCE BY TENANT. All covenants and agreements to be
performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by
Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If
Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than

                                      -28-

<PAGE>

Annual Basic Rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform
any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall
continue for ten (10) days after notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord may,
without waiving or releasing Tenant from obligations of Tenant, but shall not be
obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant's
part to be made or performed as in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by
Landlord and all necessary incidental costs together with interest thereon at
the rate provided in Paragraph 53 below, from the date of such payment by
Landlord, until paid, shall be payable to Landlord on demand. Tenant covenants
to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or
remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment
thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the
Annual Basic Rent. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord
of any sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by
this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and
impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and
accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the
terms of any lease, encumbrance, note or other commitment covering the premises.
Therefore, if any payment due from Tenant is not received by Landlord when due,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the
overdue payment as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge
represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur
by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of any late charge shall not
constitute a waiver of Tenant default with respect to the overdue amount, or
prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available
to Landlord. Further, following any second consecutive late payment of rent,
Landlord shall have the option to require that beginning with the first payment
of rent due following the date such late payment was due, rent shall no longer
be paid in monthly installments but shall be payable three (3) months in
advance.

         36.      MORTGAGEE PROTECTION . In the event of any default on the part
of Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any
beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee under a mortgage covering the
Premises whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant, and shall offer such
beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including
time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial
foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. As used in this
Lease, mortgagee includes without limitation the beneficiary(ies) of any deed of
trust.

         37.      DEFINITION OF LANDLORD. The term "LANDLORD" as used in this
Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned,
shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in
question, of the fee of the Premises or if there is a ground lease or other
master lease then in effect, the owner of the leasehold tenant's rights under
such ground or master lease. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other
conveyance or transfers of any such title or leasehold, Landlord herein named
(and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall
be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer,
assignment or conveyance of all liability as respects the performance of any
covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease
thereafter to be performed and, without further agreement, the transferee of
such title shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any
and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises.
Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant
and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on
Landlord's part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

                                      -29-

<PAGE>

         38.      WAIVER. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any breach of
any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a
waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or
condition herein contained, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up
between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver
of, or in any way affect, the right of Landlord to insist upon the performance
by Tenant in strict accordance with said terms. The subsequent acceptance of
rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any breach by
Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of
Landlord's knowledge of such breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

         39.      IDENTIFICATION OF TENANT. If more than one person executes
this lease as Tenant, (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the
keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions,
provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by
Tenant, and (b) the term "TENANT" as used in this Lease shall mean and include
each of them jointly and severally and the act of or notice from, or notice or
refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the
tenancy or this Lease including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension,
expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon
each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force
and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such
notice or refund or so signed.

         40.      PARKING. TENANT shall have the right to park in the Building's
parking facilities in common with other tenants of the Building upon terms and
conditions as may from time to time be established by Landlord. Landlord agrees
to provide parking on the basis of four (4) stalls per 1,000 square feet of
leased space. There shall be no charge for parking during the term of the Lease,
including any options to extend unless required by any governmental authority.
Tenant shall be provided four (4) reserved parking spaces in the visitors
parking area of the Building as shown on the attached Exhibit D, subject to
current and future governmental requirements. At Tenant's request and at
Tenant's expense, Landlord shall mark the four spaces as "Reserved for Tenant."
Landlord shall not be responsible for policing the reserved parking spaces at
any time during the term of the Lease, including any options to extend. Tenant
agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with
Landlord and other Tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord
reserves the right in its absolute discretion to determine whether the parking
facilities are becoming crowded and to allocate and assign parking spaces among
Tenant and the other tenants, and to alter, relocate, reduce or otherwise change
the parking facilities and to take measures with respect to the parking area
from time to time in order to comply with the policies of any applicable
Transportation Plan.

         41.      TERMS AND HEADINGS. The words "LANDLORD" and "TENANT' as used
herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any
gender include other genders. The Paragraph headings of this Lease are not a
part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction and
interpretation of any part hereof.

         42.      EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission of this instrument for
examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or
option for Lease, and it is not effective as a Lease or otherwise until
execution ,by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

         43.      TIME. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance
of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor,
except for Landlord's obligation to deliver the Premises.

                                      -30-

<PAGE>

         44.      PRIOR AGREEMENTS; AMENDMENTS. This Lease contains all of the
agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned
in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such
matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease may be
amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties
hereto or their respective successors-in-interest.

         45.      SEPARABILITY. Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to
be invalid, void or illegal in no way affects, impairs or invalidates any other
provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain in full force and
effect.

         46.      RECORDING. Neither Landlord or Tenant shall record this Lease
nor a short form memorandum thereof without the consent of the OTHER.

         47.      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. In consideration of the benefits
accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree
that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder
by Landlord:

                  (a) Tenant's sole and exclusive recourse shall be against
Landlord's interest in the Premises and the Building. Tenant shall not have any
right to satisfy any judgment which it may have against Landlord from any other
assets of Landlord.

                  (b) No partner, stockholder, director, officer, employee or
beneficiary or trustee (collectively, "PARTNER") of Landlord shall be sued or
named as a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure
jurisdiction over Landlord).

                  (c) No service of process shall be made against any Partner of
Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction over Landlord).

                  (d) No Partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or
otherwise plead to any service of process.

                  (e) No judgment will be taken against any Partner of Landlord.

                  (f) Any judgment taken against any Partner of Landlord may be
vacated and set aside at any time nunc pro tunc.

                  (g) No writ of execution will ever be levied against the
assets of any Partner of Landlord.

                  (h) These covenants and agreements are enforceable both by
Landlord and also by any Partner of Landlord.

         48.      RIDERS Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord
and Tenant and affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.

         49.      SIGNS AND AUCTIONS. Tenant shall have the right to have its
name listed in the Building directory and Tenant shall also have the right to
place its name on the exterior upper fascia of the northwest side of the
Building facing Douglas Boulevard where the North American Title Insurance sign
is currently located. Tenant shall not be responsible for the removal of the
existing sign or for any costs associated with restoring the Building following
removal of the existing sign. The size of Tenant's listing in the Building
directory will be commensurate with the Tenant's Percentage. Tenant's sign on
the Building must be approved by Landlord, the City of Roseville Project Review
Committee and all other governmental agencies

                                      -31-

<PAGE>

having jurisdiction over the sign. In addition to complying with applicable law,
Tenant's sign must comply with all governmental rules, regulations and
ordinances governing Tenant's sign and with the Johnson Ranch Signage Criteria
for 2220, 2240, 2250, 2260 and 2270 Douglas Boulevard, Roseville, California.
Landlord will not deny Tenant's sign if Tenant's sign is in compliance with all
governmental rules, regulations and ordinances governing Tenant's sign and with
the Johnson Ranch Signage Criteria.

                  With respect to any sign installed by Tenant or on behalf of
Tenant, Tenant shall promptly perform and pay the cost of all of the following:
(i) design and fabrication; (ii) installation; (iii) maintenance of Tenant's
sign in good order and condition; (iv) repairs to Tenant's sign; (v) removal not
later than the last day of the Term whether by expiration OR EARLIER termination
of the Lease; and (vi) repairs of any damage to the Building or the monument
caused by Tenant's sign or the removal thereof; and to Landlord's reasonable
satisfaction, returning the Building or the monument to the condition which
existed prior to installation of Tenant's sign, including, without limitation,
patching holes and painting so that no visible evidence of the sign can be seen.
Any additional charge for the electricity for Tenant's sign shall be paid by
Tenant concurrently with the monthly rent payment. Tenant shall remove the sign
and make repairs required by this Paragraph 49 within five (5) days after
receipt of notice from LANDLORD terminating Tenant's right, and prior to
expiration of the Lease.

                  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any sign rights granted by
Landlord are not exclusive. Landlord may allow other tenants to place signs on
the Building or on the monument; provided, however, no other sign shall be
permitted on the northwest side of the Building. Any right to have a sign on the
Building or the monument shall cease and terminate if this Lease is assigned or
otherwise transferred, or the Premises or any part thereof are sublet, or if an
event of default occurs. As an exception to the foregoing, Landlord will allow
Tenant to transfer the right to the Building sign twice in connection with an
assignment of the Lease to an entity engaged in retail banking operations
following a merger, consolidation, sale or other transfer of assets by Tenant
provided as follows: (1) On the first assignment, the assignee has total assets
equal to a minimum of $135,343,000 adjusted for inflation and total equity
capital equal to 125% of Tenant's total equity capital at the time of execution
of the Lease adjusted for inflation, and (2) On the second assignment, the
assignee has total assets equal to a minimum of $135,343,000 adjusted for
inflation and total equity capital equal to 200% of Tenant's total equity
capital at the time of execution of the Lease adjusted for inflation. For
purposes of the foregoing, Tenant's current total equity capital is $11,991,000.
Adjustments for inflation will be based on an increase in the Index using
September 1996 as the base month and the Index last published prior to the
assignment as the comparison month

                  Tenant shall not conduct any auction on the Premises or in the
Building.

         50.      MODIFICATION FOR LENDER. If, in connection with obtaining
construction, interim or permanent financing for the Building, the lender shall
request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing,
Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto,
provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant
hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created
or Tenant's rights hereunder.

         51.      ACCORD AND SATISFACTION. No payment by Tenant or receipt by
Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent payment herein stipulated shall be
deemed to be other than on account of the rent, nor shall any endorsement or
statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent
be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord

                                      -32-

<PAGE>

may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to
recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this
Lease.

         52.      AUTHORITY. Each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf
of Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant is a duly organized and validly
existing entity, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this
Lease and that the persons signing on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so
and have the power to bind Tenant to this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord
upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the
foregoing representations.

         53.      INTEREST ON UNPAID RENT. Rent not paid when due shall bear
interest from the date due until paid at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per
annum or the maximum lawful rate that Landlord may charge to Tenant under
applicable laws, whichever is less.

         54.      DISPUTED SUMS. If Tenant disputes any amount due Landlord
under the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, Direct Expenses or
sums advanced by Landlord to cure Tenant's default, Tenant shall pay the amount
demanded by Landlord. Upon resolution of the dispute, whether by agreement,
settlement or judgment entered following litigation, any amount to be refunded
by Landlord shall be paid within thirty (30) days of resolution of the dispute.
Failure by Tenant to pay any disputed sum until resolution shall constitute a
default under this Lease.

         55.      OPTION TO EXTEND. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the right
and option to extend the term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of
five (5) years (the "Option Term"). Provided Tenant is not in default under the
Lease with any applicable cure period having expired, Tenant may exercise the
option by sending written notice to Landlord at least one hundred eighty (180)
days prior to the expiration of the term. Annual Basic Rent for the Option Term
shall be the Annual Basic Rent (adjusted for any allowances for tenant
improvements or other tenant concessions) being entered into for comparable
space in buildings located at 2220, 2240 and 2260 Douglas Boulevard, Roseville,
California, for the period of four (4) months prior to the date the Option Term
is to commence. In no event shall the Annual Basic Rent be less than the Annual
Basic Rent in effect at the time of exercise of the option. The Direct Expense
Base shall be the actual expenses for the calendar year in which the Option Term
commences. If Tenant is in default on the date the Option Term is to commence
with any applicable cure period having expired, at Landlord's option, the Option
Term shall not commence and this Lease shall expire at the end of the term as
described in Paragraph 3 above. This option to extend is personal to Tenant and
may not be exercised by any assignee or subtenant. If and only if Tenant is
represented by a broker during the discussions concerning Tenant's exercise of
its option to extend and a commission for the extension is actually paid by
Landlord to Landlord's broker, Tenant's broker shall receive one-half of the
commission paid to Landlord's broker.

         56.      EXPANSION RIGHTS. Suite 110 (comprised of 2,203 rentable
square feet) is currently leased to Countrywide Funding Corporation with a term
ending June 24, 1998. Countrywide has the option to extend the term for an
additional period of two (2) years. The Landlord is willing to give Tenant the
right to expand into Suite 110 upon the expiration of the Countrywide lease
term, either on June 24, 1998 or at the expiration of the two-year extended
term. Landlord shall send written notice to Tenant that Countrywide is not
exercising its option to extend its term, or, if applicable, prior to the
expiration of the two-year extended term. The lease terms for Suite 110 shall be
the same as the lease terms for Suite 100, other than the annual rental rate and
the provisions regarding the tenant improvement allowance. The annual rental
rate shall be the same rent (adjusted for any

                                      -33-

<PAGE>

allowances for tenant improvements or other tenant concessions) being entered
into for comparable space in buildings at 2220, 2240 and 2260 Douglas Boulevard
for the period of four (4) months prior to the date the expansion area is to be
occupied by Tenant. Tenant and Landlord shall have ninety (90) days from the
date of Landlord's notice to agree in good faith upon the rental rate and the
tenant improvement allowance to be granted by the Landlord with respect to the
expansion space, if any. If agreement is not reached before the end of the
ninety 90 days, Tenant's rights to expand into Suite 110 shall terminate. If and
only if Tenant is represented by a broker during the discussions concerning
Tenant's expansion and a commission for the expansion is actually paid by
Landlord to Landlord's broker, Tenant's broker shall received one-half of the
commission paid to Landlord's broker.

         Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall
be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this
Lease or imposed by any statute or at common law.

         EXHIBITS "A," "A-1," "A-2," "A-3," "B" and "C" attached hereto are
incorporated herein by reference.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease the day and
year first above written.

LANDLORD.                                        TENANT:

LUM YIP KEE, LIMITED,                            AMERICAN RIVER BANK, a
a Hawaii corporation                             California corporation

By: /s/                                          By: /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
    -----------------------------                -----------------------------
Its:                                             Name: William L. Young
Date:                                            Its:  President /CEO
                                                 Date: 8/29/96

SAN TEI COMPANY,                                 By: /s/ DAVID T. TABER
a Hawaii limited partnership                         -------------------------
                                                 Name:  David Taber
                                                 Its:   EVP
By:      TUNG TE CORPORATION,                    Date:  8/29/96
         General Partner
         By: /s/
             ----------------------------
         Its:
Date:

Doing business as Sandalwood Land Company

                                       34

<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A-2
                                   PRELIMINARY
                       TENANT IMPROVEMENT COST ITEMIZATION

TENANT:                    American River Bank
BUILDING:                  2240 Douglas Boulevard
SUITE NUMBER:              100
SQUARE FEET:               U-3,445; R-3,790
SPACE PLANNER:             Stafford Space Planning
PLAN NUMBER:               PSP - A.1
DATE OF PLANS:             March 14, 1996
                           March 26, 1996
ESTIMATED BY:              HMH
CHECKED BY:                TR
DATE:                      March 27, 1996

- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
ITEM                                           AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
General Conditions                             $14,092
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Demolition                                     5,550
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Casework Storage Room                          1,960
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Safety Deposit Viewing Room           260
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Employee Lounge                       1,930
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         ATM Storage                           1,585
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Angle Back Counter                    3,655
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Merchant Teller                       840
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Front Angle Counter                   16,650
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         3 Pass-through Gates                  4,950
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Partitions                            525
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Acoustical Ceiling - Repairs                   3,240
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Doors, Frames & Hardware                       6,020
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Carpentry                                      3,750
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Metal Studs/DrywalI/I nstallation              8,415
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Final Clean                                    425
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Interior Windows                               4,423
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Paint/Stain/Lacquer                            7,450
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Ceramic Tile                                   970
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Floor Covering                                 10,130
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Mechanical                                     2,510
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Electrical                                     17,176
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Plumbing                                       4,480
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Fire Protection                                2,160
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Vertical Blinds                                645
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Wall Covering - Allowance                      2,160
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Appliances                                     700
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Corridor Wallcover Remove and Re-Paint         1,680
                                               -----
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
         Sub-total                             128,331
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Contractor's Fee @ 8%                          10,266
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Contingency                                    2,500
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Space Planning, Construction Drawings,         5,903
Blueprint Allowance
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Permit Allowance                               1,500
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Construction Administration - SF               1,722
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                  TOTAL                        $150,222
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                               43.61 per usable square foot
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Total to be furnished and installed by         $103,350
Landlord's contractor
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
                                               $30.00 per usable square foot
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Total to be Installed by Landlord's contractor $46,872
and paid for In cash by Tenant In accordance
with Paragraph I I of the Work Letter Agreement,
"Payment for Above-Allowance Work".
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------

<PAGE>

NOTES:

1    All costs are based on the building standard specifications.
2.   Prices shown are based on allowances only, these costs are for budget
     purposes only.
3.   Prices shown are preliminary and are subject to adjustments due to final
     City approved drawings and final Contractor's estimates.
4.   Telephone and computer cabling furnished and Installed by Tenant.
5.   Wall cover Is an allowance only for fabric.
6.   Add for Bristol Point Carpet = $3,059.00.
7.   Add for Milano Carpet = $12,851.00.
8.   Add for upgraded site lights (ATM) = $3,223.00.
9.   Add for sheet metal backing at safe deposit = $900.00.
10.  Add for Face Frame construction at casework = $2,405.00.
11.  Add for HVAC unit for ATM Room = $6,900.00.


LANDLORD:                                     TENANT:

 LUM YIP KEE, LIMITED,                        AMERICAN RIVER BANK,
a Hawaii corporation                                   a California corporation

 By: /s/                                      By:   /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
     ------------------------------                 ----------------------------
 Its                                          Name: William L. Young
 Date:                                        Its:  President/CEO
                                              Date:   8/29/96

 SAN TEI COMPANY,                             By:   /s/ DAVID T. TABER
 a Hawaii limited partnership                       ----------------------------
                                              Name: David Taber
 By:     TUNG TE CORPORATION,                 Its:  EVP
         General Partner                      Date:   8/29/96
 Date:
 Doing business as Sandalwood Land Company


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-3
                        TENANT IMPROVEMENT SPECIFICATIONS
                               FOR ALLOWANCE WORK

 ITEM                                      SPECIFICATIONS

- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Partitioning:              3-5/8"  metal  studs  at 24" on  center  with  5/8"
                           drywall  9'2"  high.  Corridors  to be  fire  rated
                           drywall.  Walls  to  be  painted  to be  taped  and
                           textured.  Walls  to  receive  wallcovering  to  be
                           taped and sanded  smooth.  Walls to be sealed  with
                           foam  tape  where  wall   partition   joins  window
                           sections.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Doors:                     Calwood or equal prefinished solid core plain sliced
                           red oak doors with hardwood edges sized 3'0" x 8'10"
                           x 1-3/4". Corridor doors to be 20 minute labeled.
                           Door frames to be 9'0" high metal, 20 minute labeled
                           as approved by project architect.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Door Hardware:             ENTRY DOORS: Hardware to be two (2) pair ball bearing
                           hinges with closer, floor stops and Schlage Oly "D"
                           series or equal mortise lock, all with polished
                           chromium finish.
                           PASSAGE DOORS: Hardware to be two (2) pair hinges
                           with floor or wall stop as required and Schlage Oly
                           "D" series or equal passage or locking lock, all with
                           polished chromium finish.
                           DOOR CLOSERS: 4041 CUSH or equal.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Ceiling:                   T-BAR GRID: Donn DXL fire rated T-bar Grid suspension
                           system.
                           CEILING TILE: 2' x 4' Armstrong "Minaboard" flat
                           lay-in, nondirectional, fissured acoustical tile.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Floor Covering:            Carpet: Carpet: Designweave "Westbridge IT" DuPont
                           Antron, dense tufted cut pile, continuous filament
                           nylon with 30 ounce per square yard pile weight, .218
                           inch pile height, 11.0 stitches per inch, direct glue
                           down installation.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Exterior Window Covering:  Graber 3-1/2" PVC "Suntura" white vertical louvre
                           drapes suspended from a Graber G-71 2" x 1-3/4"
                           headrail.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Electrical Duplex ouytlets: OUTLETS:  Specification  grade  Hubbell CR series,
                            or equal.
                            WIRING: T.H.H.N. No. 12.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Elecgtrical Wall Switches: Specification grde Hubbell CS series, or equal
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Light Fixtures:            FLUORESCENT  FIXTURES:  2' x 4' Lithonia Model No.
                           2PM3GB340-186-ES-SLP,  18 cell, parabolic,  3 lamp
                           fixture, or equal.
                           FIXTURE LENS LIGHT BULBS:  Lithonia 1.10 lens with
                           cool white fluorescent tubes.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Wall Paint:                All walls to be painted with one finish coat.
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Fire Sprinklers:           Semi-recessed chrome heads with chrome ceiling
- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                              WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Gentlemen:

         You (hereinafter called "Tenant") and we (hereinafter called
"Landlord") are executing simultaneously with this Work Letter Agreement
("Agreement"), a written Standard Form Office Lease (the "Lease") covering those
certain premises more particularly described in Exhibits "A" and "A-I" to the
Lease (the "Premises") in the building addressed at 2240 Douglas Boulevard,
Roseville, California.

         To induce Tenant to enter into the Lease (which is hereby incorporated
by reference to the extent that the provisions of this agreement may apply
thereto) and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained,
Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

         1.  DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the
capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the
Lease.

         2.  REPRESENTATIVES. Landlord hereby appoints Todd Rudd as Landlord's
representative to act for Landlord in all matters covered by this Agreement.
Tenant hereby appoints David Taber as Tenant's representative to act for Tenant
in all matters covered by this Agreement. All inquiries, requests, instructions,
authorizations and other communications with respect to the matters covered by
this Agreement shall be related to Landlord's representative or Tenant's
representative, as the case may be. Tenant will not make any inquiries of or
request to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other
employee or agent of Landlord, including Landlord's architects, engineers, and
contractors or any of their agents or employees, with regard to matters covered
by this Agreement. Either Landlord or Tenant may change its representative at
any time by written notice to the other.

         3.  TENANT SPACE PLAN AND PRELIMINARY TENANT IMPROVEMENT COST
ITEMIZATION. Landlord and Tenant hereby approve the preliminary space layout and
improvement plan for the premises (the "Tenant Space Plan") attached to the
Lease as Exhibit "A-1" and Landlord's itemization of the cost of constructing
the improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant ("Tenant Improvement Cost
Itemization") attached to the Lease as Exhibit "A-2". The Tenant Improvement
Cost Itemization does not include the cost of the installation of the ATM, which
is discussed below in paragraph 7. Landlord agrees to cause the improvements to
be constructed for an amount not exceeding the Tenant Improvement Cost
Itemization, subject to increase caused by (i) any changes in the Tenant Working
Drawings required by the governmental authority issuing the building permits for
the leasehold improvements; or (ii) any changes, modifications, or change orders
requested by Tenant; or (iii) any delay by Tenant enumerated in Paragraph 12
below that increases the cost of construction.

         4.  TENANT WORKING DRAWINGS. Based upon the approved Tenant Space Plan,
Landlord will, through Landlord's architect or space planner, cause working
drawings for the improvements to the Premises ("Tenant Working Drawings") to be

<PAGE>

prepared and delivered to Tenant within a reasonable period of time after
execution of the Lease. The Tenant Working Drawings will include all
architectural, mechanical and electrical engineering plans required for the
issuance of permits and the completion of the leasehold improvements including
complete detailed plans and specifications for Tenant's partition layout,
reflected ceiling, heating and air conditioning, electrical outlets and
switches, telephone outlets, plumbing, fire sprinklers and finish
specifications. It is further agreed that all plans and specifications referred
to in this Paragraph 4 above are subject to Landlord's approval, which Landlord
agrees shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Tenant Working Drawings shall not
include the plans for the installation of the ATM. Landlord's preparation or
approval of the Tenant Working Drawings, the Tenant Space Plan and any other
plans or specifications shall not constitute any representation as to the
adequacy, efficiency, performance or desirability of any space plan or
improvements. Tenant shall furnish Landlord, within five (5) business days after
Landlord's request, all information necessary to enable Landlord to complete the
Tenant Working Drawings. Any interior design services, such as selection of
paint colors, wall coverings, fixtures, furnishings, carpeting or design of
millwork or other special items shall be provided by Tenant at its expense, but
shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Tenant shall furnish
Landlord, within five (5) business days after Landlord's request, all interior
design information necessary to enable Landlord to complete the Tenant Working
Drawings.

         5.  NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR CREDITS. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord requires that the Premises and
the Leasehold Improvements meet the specifications set forth on Exhibit "A-3"
attached to the Lease and by this reference made a part hereof. In order to
preserve uniformity and the construction standards of the Building, Tenant shall
be entitled to make no substitutions, or alterations to the specifications set
forth in Exhibit "A-3" to the Lease.

         6.  COST OF CONSTRUCTION AND PLANS. In connection with the Leasehold
Improvements to be constructed by Landlord, Landlord shall contribute the
following allowances (collectively, the "Allowance"): (i) $3445 for demolition
of the existing improvements; (ii) $3445 for preparation of the Tenant Space
Plan and Tenant Working Drawings; and (iii) $96,460 for construction of the
Leasehold Improvements. If the cost of any or all of the foregoing three
categories exceeds the specific amount designated as the Allowance for that
category, Tenant shall pay such excess (the "Above-Allowance"). If the actual
cost of any or all of the foregoing categories is less than the amount of the
Allowance, Landlord shall retain the excess. The cost to install the ATM by
Tenant's contractor and the cost to supervise the installation by Landlord's
contractor shall be at Tenant's sole expense and shall be included as part of
the Above-Allowance for purposes of paragraph 11.

        7.   INSTALLATION OF ATM. Tenant desires to install an ATM in connection
with the operation of its business in the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible
for all costs for the design, working drawings and installation of the ATM.
Tenant shall have Tenant's architect prepare working drawings for the
installation of the ATM. The ATM working drawings shall be subject to Landlord's
prior written approval. Landlord agrees to review the ATM working drawings
promptly upon receipt from Tenant. For the installation of the ATM, Tenant shall
have two options: (1) the ATM shall be installed by Landlord's general
contractor pursuant to a separate contract between Tenant and the general
contractor, or (2) if Tenant

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

chooses to use another contractor to install the ATM, that contractor shall be
considered a subcontractor of Landlord's general contractor and Tenant shall
provide Landlord a written change order for the work which shall include the
cost of Landlord's contractor's overhead and profit (not to exceed 10%) and
supervision. Once the cost of the installation of the ATM is determined by
execution of a contract with Landlord's contractor if option (1) is selected, or
by delivery of a change order if option (2) is selected, Tenant shall deposit
with the Escrow Holder (defined below in paragraph 11), (a) 50% of the cost of
the ATM installation no later than five (5) days prior to the commencement of
the ATM installation, (b) 25% of the cost of the ATM installation within five
(5) days of notice from Landlord's general contractor that 50% of the ATM
installation is completed, and (c) 25% of the cost of the ATM installation
within five (5) days of notice from Landlord's general contractor that the ATM
installation is completed. The monies deposited for the ATM installation shall
be disbursed by Escrow Holder to pay the contractor upon receipt of the items
(a) through (i) identified in paragraph 11 below.

         8.  APPROVAL OF TENANT WORKING DRAWINGS. Tenant will deliver to
Landlord written approval of the Tenant Working Drawings within five (5)
business days after Tenant receives such items.

         9.  MODIFICATIONS TO TENANT WORKING DRAWINGS. Tenant may reject the
Tenant Working Drawings if there is a variance in design from the Tenant Space
Plan. In such event, Landlord will promptly revise the Tenant Working Drawings.
Landlord will act in a reasonably diligent manner in approving or rejecting
modifications to the Tenant Working Drawings requested by Tenant and in causing
revised Tenant Working Drawings (reflecting approved modifications) and a
revised Tenant Improvement Cost to be prepared. Tenant shall approve or reject
(subject to the limitation set forth in the first sentence in this paragraph)
such revised Tenant Working Drawings and revised Tenant Improvement Cost within
a period of five (5) days after receipt. Each day after such five (5)-day period
until Tenant approves or rejects the revised Tenant Working Drawings and
executes and returns to Landlord a revised Tenant Itemization will constitute
delay chargeable to Tenant. Landlord shall resubmit the revised Tenant Working
Drawings until they are approved by the Tenant. The parties agree to act
diligently and in good faith in their dealings to approve the Tenant Working
Drawings as expeditiously as possible. If the Tenant Working Drawings are not
finally approved by September 27, 1996, either party may terminate the Lease or
the parties may mutually agree to extend the date set forth in paragraph 4 of
the Lease.

         10. EFFECT OF APPROVAL. Tenant's approval of Tenant Working Drawings
(initial or revised) will constitute Tenant's acknowledgment that such drawings
correctly depict the proper layout and design for any and all improvements to
the Premises desired by Tenant and will constitute authorization to Landlord to
proceed with and complete construction of Leasehold Improvements in the
Premises. All of the work called for by the Tenant Working Drawings will be
performed by one or more contractors engaged by Landlord. Following approval of
the Tenant Working Drawings, Landlord will submit the Tenant Working Drawings to
the appropriate governmental authorities for necessary approvals and building
permits.

         11. PAYMENT FOR ABOVE-ALLOWANCE WORK . The Above-Allowance shall be
paid in three installments. Upon Tenant's

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

approval of the Tenant Working Drawings, Tenant shall deposit fifty percent
(50%) of the actual cost of the Above-Allowance Work into an interest bearing
escrow account with North American Title Insurance Company, 2240 Douglas
Boulevard, Roseville, California (the "Escrow Holder") to be held in escrow
during the construction of the Leasehold Improvements. Twenty-five percent (25%)
of the Above-Allowance shall be deposited by Tenant with Escrow Holder within
five (5) days from notice by Landlord to Tenant that fifty percent (50%) of the
Leasehold Improvements have been completed. The balance of the Above-Allowance
shall be deposited by Tenant with Escrow Holder within five (5) days from notice
by Landlord to Tenant that the Leasehold Improvements are completed as evidenced
by the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy and the completion of
all punchlist items. The Above-Allowance shall be disbursed by Escrow Holder to
pay the contractor(s) upon receipt of the following by Escrow Holder:

                  a) A draw request signed by the contractor(s) accompanied by
invoices, receipts or other evidence documenting the draw request.

                  (b) An executed Conditional Waiver and Release Upon Progress
Payment from the contractor(s) and subcontractor for the amount of work
completed for which payment is sought.

                  (c) Written certification from the Landlord's space planner,
and the contractor(s) that the Leasehold Improvements as constructed to date
conform to the Working Drawings (as such term is defined in the Lease).

                  (d) Written approval from Landlord and Tenant to disburse the
requested amounts. A ten percent (10%) retention will be shown on each draw
request and will be disbursed following completion of the Leasehold
Improvements.

The ten percent (10%) retention amount shall be disbursed to the contractor(s)
when all of the following have occurred:

                  (e) At least sixty-five (65) days have elapsed following
recordation of a notice of completion of the Leasehold Improvements or, if
contractor(s) provides an Unconditional Waiver and Release upon Final Payment,
at least thirty-five (35) days have elapsed following recordation of the notice
of completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

                  (f) Written notice from Landlord and Tenant that contractor(s)
has completed the items of construction set forth in the punchlist and Tenant
has accepted possession of the Premises.

                  (g) Verification that no claim of lien has been recorded
against the Premises, the Building or the land on which the Building is
situated.

                  (h) The final certificate of occupancy for the Premises has
been received.

                  (i) Written instructions from the Landlord and Tenant
confirming that the funds deposited with Escrow Holder may be released in
accordance with these provisions.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         Upon request, Tenant shall execute escrow instructions incorporating
the disbursement procedures detailed in this paragraph 11.

         Interest earned on the Above-Allowance shall be paid to Tenant.

         Should Landlord waive any of the standard Building criteria set forth
in Exhibit "A-3" to the Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit
therefor. Landlord shall not be obligated to commence any construction
(including any ordering or purchasing of materials) of Tenant's improvements
until Tenant has approved the Tenant Working Drawings, and has paid Landlord
fifty percent (50%) of the cost of the Above-Allowance Work. All amounts payable
by Tenant under this Agreement shall constitute additional rent under the Lease,
and Landlord shall have the same remedies against Tenant for default in the
payment thereof as in the case of Tenant's failure to pay any other sum due
under the Lease.

        12.  COMPLETION AND RENTAL COMMENCEMENT DATE. Tenant's obligation for
the payment of rent pursuant to the Lease will commence on the Commencement Date
as set forth in the Lease; however, such payment of rent may be delayed in the
event the substantial completion of the leasehold improvements is delayed by
Landlord's actions. If, however, Tenant's occupancy and use of the Premises are
delayed as a result of:

                  (a) Tenant's failure to timely supply information necessary to
complete the Tenant Working Drawings (or revisions to such drawings), or to
timely review the Tenant Working Drawings (or revisions to such drawings); or

                  (b) Tenant's request for new work involving Above- Allowance
Work; or

                  (c) modifications, revisions and changes to the Tenant Space
Plan or Tenant Working Drawings requested by or on behalf of Tenant; or

                  (d) changes in the work requested by or on behalf of Tenant or
orders to halt or delay the work given by or on behalf of Tenant; or

                  (e) Any other delay of any kind or nature caused by Tenant or
its contractors, architects, space planners or other agents or employees,

then the Commencement Date of the Lease shall be shortened for each calendar day
of delay caused by Tenant and the Commencement Date shall be the date the
Leasehold Improvements would have been substantially completed (as defined in
paragraph 3 of the Lease) had a Tenant delay not occurred. Completion of the ATM
installation shall not be a condition to the commencement of the term of this
Lease.

         13. PUNCHLIST PROCEDURE. Following Landlord's substantial completion of
the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord and Tenant shall inspect the Premises and
jointly prepare a punchlist of agreed upon items of construction remaining to be
completed by Landlord. Landlord shall complete the items (except any long-lead
items) set forth in the punchlist within thirty (30) days after the preparation
of the punchlist.

         14. CHANGE ORDERS. Tenant may authorize changes in the work during
construction only by written instructions to Landlord's

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

representative on a form approved by Landlord. Also, such changes will be
subject to Landlord's prior written approval. Before commencing any change,
Landlord will prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant's approval, the change
order setting forth the cost of such change, which will include associated
architectural, engineering and construction fees, if any, costs due to any delay
in construction and ten percent (10%) of the cost of such change for Landlord's
contractor's overhead. If Tenant fails to approve such change order within three
(3) days, Tenant will be deemed to have withdrawn the proposed change and
Landlord will not proceed to perform that change. If Tenant timely approves such
change order, Tenant will within one (1) day of approval of the change order
deposit with Escrow Holder any amounts payable by Tenant in connection with the
change orders provided in this Paragraph.

         15. ACCESS TO PREMISES PRIOR TO DELIVERY. Landlord shall allow Tenant
and its contractors to enter the Premises to permit Tenant to install its
cabling for telephone and computers at the point of construction that Landlord's
contractor would install such items if it were Landlord's responsibility;
provided, however, that prior to such entry into the Premises, Tenant shall
provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the insurance required
to be carried by Tenant under Paragraph 22 ("Insurance") of the Lease shall be
in full force and effect at the time of such entry. Tenant and its
representatives shall not interfere with Landlord or Landlord's contractor in
completing the work required of Landlord under this Agreement and Tenant and its
representatives shall be subject to all directives of Landlord and Landlord's
contractors in connection with such entry as well as the use of the Building's
common areas, restrooms, elevators, truck loading areas and other facilities.
Tenant expressly agrees that its contractors shall not play radios, smoke
cigarettes, leave trash in the Premises or park their motor vehicles in any
portion of the Building's parking lot, except in the area designated by Landlord
for such vehicles. Prior to the commencement of any construction in the
Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord's representative a proposed work
schedule for Tenant's contractors and other representation, which schedule shall
be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval.

         Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any
injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant's property placed upon
or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at
Tenant's sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to
persons or property arising as a result of such entry of the Premises by Tenant
or its representatives.

         16. NO ROOF ACCESS. Tenant agrees that neither this Agreement nor the
Lease grants Tenant any right of access to the roof of the Building. Should
Landlord, in connection with this Agreement or the Lease, agree to mount
equipment of any nature on the Building roof, such equipment shall, at
Landlord's option, either be maintained and installed by Landlord, or maintained
and installed under Landlord's direction, unless this Agreement expressly
provides otherwise, all at Tenant's expense. Should this Agreement or the Lease
permit Tenant to install any equipment on the roof, any modifications to the
roof or the roof's structure to accommodate that equipment shall be made at
Tenant's sole cost and expense.

         17.  EXCESSIVE LOADS. Tenant agrees that should the nature of its
layout or any of its equipment, fixtures or furnishings to be placed in the
Premises place a burden in excess of the Building's designed

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

load, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the cost of any modifications to the
Building necessary to accommodate Tenant's furniture, furnishings or layout.

         18. ALTERATIONS. Any alterations or improvements desired by Tenant
after Landlord's delivery of the Premises shall be subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 14 ("Alterations") of the Lease.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign this
Agreement where indicated below.

LANDLORD:                                  TENANT:

LUM YIP KEE, LIMITED,                      AMERICAN RIVER BANK,
a Hawaii corporation                       a California Corporation

By: /s/                                    By:   /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
    ---------------------------                  -----------------------------
                                           Name: William L. Young
                                           Its:  President/CEO
                                           Date:   8/29/96

SAN TEI COMPANY,                           By:   /s/ DAVID T. TABER
a Hawaii limited partnership                     -----------------------------
                                           Name: David Taber
By: TUNG TE CORPORATION,                   Its:  EVP
    General Partner                        Date:  8/29/96
Date:
By:
Its:
Doing business as Sandalwood Land Company

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

         1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be
installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building or
the Premises, including without limitation, the windows and doors of the
Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the
right to remove, at Tenant's expense and without notice, any sign installed or
displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors
and walls shall be professionally printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the
expense of Tenant by a person chosen by Landlord.

         2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades,
screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in
connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately
discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.
Tenant shall not place anything against or near glass partitions or doors or
windows which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

         3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits,
entrances, elevators, escalators or stairways of the Building. The halls,
passages, exits, entrances, shopping malls, elevators, escalators and stairways
are not for the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right
to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the
judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation
and interests of the Building and its tenants; provided that nothing herein
contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any
tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such
persons are engaged in illegal activities. No tenant and no employee or invitee
of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

         4. Landlord will provide a central directory for the Building, and
ninety percent (90%) of such directory shall be available for the tenants
occupying the Building. The tenants' space on such directory shall be allocated
based upon the ratio between the Rentable Area occupied by each tenant and the
total Rentable Area within the Building. The directory of the Building will be
provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only,
and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

         5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the
Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord, except with the written
consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord
shall be employed by Tenant or permitted to enter the Building for the purpose
of cleaning the same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by
carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises.
Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of
property on the Premises, however occurring, or ft makor any damage to any
Tenant's property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

         6. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to each
door lock in the Premises. Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any
additional keys. Tenant shall noe or have made additional keys, and Tenant shall
not alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door of its
Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord
the keys of all doors which have been furnished to

<PAGE>

Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord
therefor.

         7. If Tenant requires telegraphic, telephonic, burglar alarm, antenna,
satellite dish or similar services, it shall first obtain, and comply with,
Landlord's instructions in their installation.

         8. Any freight elevator shall be available for use by all tenants in
the Building, subject to such reasonable scheduling as Landlord in its
discretion shall deem appropriate. No equipment, materials, furniture, packages,
supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or
carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as may
be designated by Landlord.

         9. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which
exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and
which is allowed by law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight,
size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property
brought into the Building. Heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by
Landlord, stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to
properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment
belonging to Tenant, which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to
the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be
objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants in the Building, shall be placed and
maintained by Tenant, at Tenant's expense, on vibration eliminators or other
devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. The persons employed to move
such equipment in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.
Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment
or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by
maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the
expense of Tenant.

         10. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline
or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited
quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office equipment.
Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious
gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a
manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building
by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in
or about the Premises any birds or animals.

         11. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning
other than supplied by Landlord.

         12. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air-conditioning and
agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation
of the Building's heating and air-conditioning and to comply with any
governmental energy-saving rules, laws or regulations of which Tenant has actual
notice, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust controls other than room
thermostats installed for Tenant's use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed,
and shall close window coverings at the end of each business day. Because the
Premises shall be used for retail banking and related financial services,
Landlord shall waive the requirement that the window coverings be closed at the
end of each business day.

         13. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without
liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

         14. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between
the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be
established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee
in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall
be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable
to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for
damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the
Building of any person. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the
Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by
closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

         15. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely
shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus before Tenant and its
employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or
injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord
for noncompliance with this rule.

         16. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, drinking
water, food, beverage, towel or other similar services or accept barbering or
bootblacking services upon the Premises, except at such hours and under such
regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.

         17. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus
shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were
constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown
therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the
violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or
invitees, shall have caused it.

         18. Tenant shall not sell, or permit the sale at retail, of newspapers,
magazines, periodicals, theater tickets or any other goods or merchandise to the
general public in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room
solicitation of business from other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall not
use the Premises for any business or activity other than that specifically
provided for in Tenant's Lease.

         19. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna,
loudspeaker or other devise on the roof or exterior walls of the Building.
Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception
from or in the Building or elsewhere.

         20. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the
partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part
thereof. Landlord reserves the right to direct electricians as to where and how
telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced to the Premises. Tenant shall
not cut or bore holes for wires. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to
the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant
shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

         21. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any
vending machine without written consent of Landlord.

         22. Canvassing, soliciting and distribution of handbills or any other
written material, and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant
shall cooperate to prevent same.

         23. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building
any person who, in Landlord's judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of
liquor or drugs or who is in violation of any of the Rules and Regulations of
the Building.

         24. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises.
Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot
be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance
with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.

         25. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held
for sale to the general public, or for lodging or for manufacturing of any kind,
nor shall the Premises be used for any improper, immoral or objectionable
purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises,
except that use by Tenant of Underwriters' Laboratory approved microwave ovens
and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall
be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all
applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and
regulations..

         26. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the
Building any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards
or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall
not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

         27. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the
name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the
business of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

         28. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

         29. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its
Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which includes keeping doors locked
and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

         30. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon
appropriate application to the office of the Building by an authorized
individual. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything
outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord,
and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any
office without specific instructions from Landlord.

         31. Tenant shall not park its vehicles in any parking areas designated
by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Building. Tenant shall not
leave vehicles in the Building parking areas overnight nor park any vehicles in
the Building parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or
non-motor driven bicycles or four-wheeled trucks.

         32. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations
for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord
shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant
or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such
Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

         33. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be
construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms,
covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of premises in the Building.

         34. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable Rules
and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety
and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building and for the preservation
of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations
hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         35. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the
foregoing rules by Tenant's employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and
guests.

  LANDLORD:                                  TENANT:

 LUM YIP KEE, LIMITED,                       AMERICAN RIVER BANK,
 a Hawaii corporation                        a California corporation

By: /s/                                      By:   /s/ WILLAIM L. YOUNG
    ------------------------------                 -----------------------------
Its:                                         Name: William L. Young
Date:                                        Its:  President /CEO
                                             Date:   8/29/96

 SAN TEI COMPANY,                            By:  /s/
 a Hawaii limited partnership                     ------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Its:
 By:  TUNG TE CORPORATION,                   Date:
      General Partner

      By: /s/
          ----------------------------
      Its:
          ----------------------------
      Date:
           ---------------------------
 Doing business as Sandalwood Land Company

                                      -5-


                              Office Building Lease

                                        CB Commercial Real Estate Group, Inc.
                                        Is now known as CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

CB  RICHARD ELLIS     CB COMMERCIAL Real Estate Group Inc.
                      BROKERAGE AND MANAGEMENT
                      LICENSED REAL ESTATE BROKER

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                         PAGE
Article 1     LEASE OF PREMISES ...........................................I
Article 2     DEFINITIONS .................................................1
Article 3     EXHIBITS AND ADDENDA ........................................2
Article 4     DELIVERY OF POSSESSION ......................................2
Article 5     RENT ........................................................2
Article 6     INTEREST AND LATE CHARGES ...................................4
Article 7     SECURITY DEPOSIT ............................................4
Article 8     TENANT'S USE OF THE PREMISES ................................4
Article 9     SERVICES AND UTILITIES ......................................5
Article 10    CONDITION OF THE PREMISES ...................................5
Article 11    CONSTRUCTION, REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE .......................5
Article 12    ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS ...................................6
Article 13    LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; TENANT'S PROPERTY ...................6
Article 14    RULES AND REGULATIONS .......................................7
Article 15    CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD .........................7
Article 16    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING ...................................7
Article 17    HOLDING OVER ................................................8
Article 18    SURRENDER OF PREMISES .......................................8
Article 19    DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE .......................................8
Article 20    EMINENT DOMAIN ..............................................8
Article 21    INDEMNIFICATION .............................................9
Article 22    TENANT'S INSURANCE ..........................................9
Article 23    WAIVER OF SUBROGATION ......................................10
Article 24    SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT ...............................10
Article 25    TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES ...............................10
Article 26    TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST ............................10
Article 27    DEFAULT ....................................................10
Article 28    BROKERAGE FEES .............................................11
Article 29    NOTICES ....................................................11
Article 30    GOVERNMENT ENERGY OR UTILITY CONTROLS ......................11
Article 31    RELOCATION OF PREMISES .....................................11
Article 32    QUIET ENJOYMENT ............................................12
Article 33    OBSERVANCE OF LAW ..........................................12
Article 34    FORCE MAJEURE...............................................12
Article 35    CURING TENANT'S DEFAULTS ...................................12
Article 36    SIGN CONTROL................................................12
Article 37    MISCELLANEOUS...............................................12

<PAGE>

              OFFICE BUILDING LEASE       CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC.
                                          IS NOW KNOWN AS CB RICHARD ELLIS, INC.

 CB  RICHARD ELLIS               CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC
                                 BROKERAGE AND MANAGEMENT
                                 LICENSED REAL ESTATE BROKER

This Lease between UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, TRUSTEE FOR AGNES M. BOURN AND
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
                   WILLIAM S.
                   ----------
                   Bourn Trusts a ("Landlord"),and First Source Capital, a
                   wholly owned subsidiary of
American River Holdings                              ("Tenant"),
is dated  June 29,                                   '1999

1.  LEASE OF PREMISES

In consideration of the Rent (as defined at Section 5.4) and the provisions of
this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the
Premises shown by diagonal lines on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit
"A," and further described at Section 21. The Premises are located within the
Building and Project described in Section 2m. Tenant shall have the
non-exclusive right (unless otherwise provided herein) in common with Landlord,
other tenants, subtenants and invitees, to use of the Common Areas (as defined
at Section 2e).

2.  DEFINITIONS

As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

a. Base Rent (initial): $      N/A                              per year

b. Base Year The calendar year of N/A

c. Broker(s)

      Landlord's:- CB RICHARD ELLIS, INC.
      Tenants:- CB RICHARD ELLIS. Inc.

In the event that CB Commercial Real Estate Group Inc. represents both Landlord
and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm that they were timely advised of
the dual presentation and that they consent to the same, and that they do not
expect said broker to disclose to either of them the confidential information of
the other party.

d. Commencement Date: July 8, 1999

e. Common Areas: the building lobbies, common corridors and hallways, restrooms,
garage and parking areas, stairways, elevators and other generally understood
public or common areas. Landlord shall have the right to regulate or restrict
the use of the Common Areas.

f. Expense Stop: (fill in if applicable): $ N/A

g. Expiration Date:- June 30, 2000 unless otherwise sooner terminated in
accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

h. Index (Section 5.2): United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor
Statistics Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers,  N/A
Average, Subgroup "All Items" (1967=100).

i - Landlord's Mailing Address:   RIVER PARK OFFICES C/O CB RICHARD ELLIS, INC.
                                  REMS
                                  555 CAPITOL MALL, SUITE 215, SACRAMENTO, CA
                                  95814

    Tenant's Mailing Address:     First Source Capital Attn: David T. Taber
                                  1545 RIVER PARK DRIVE, #107, SACRAMENTO, CA
                                  95815

    Monthly Installments of Base Rent (initial): $          533.40 per month.

k. Parking: Tenant shall be permitted, to park 2 cars on a non-exclusive basis
in the area(s) designated by Landlord for parking. Tenant shall abide by any and
all parking regulations and rules established from time to time by Landlord or
Landlord`s parking operator.

l. Premises: that portion of the Building containing approximately 381 square
feet of Rentable Area, shown by diagonal lines on Exhibit "A" located on the
FIRST floor of the Building and known as Suite 108.

m. Project: the building of which the Premises are a part (the "Building") and
any other buildings or improvements on the real property (the "Property")
located at 1540 River Park Drive.

   Project is known as RIVER PARK PROFESSIONAL OFFICES.

n. Rentable Area: as to both the Premises and the Project, the respective
measurements of floor area as may from time to time be subject to lease by
Tenant and all tenants of the Project, respectively, as determined by Landlord
and applies on a consistent basis throughout the Project. o. Security Deposit
(Section 7): $ 533.40

p. State: the State of CALIFORNIA

q. Tenant's First Adjustment Date (Section 5.2): the first day of the calendar
month following the Commencement Date plus   N/A  months.

r. Tenant's Proportionate Share: 1 / 2 %. Such share is a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises, and the denominator of
which is the Rentable Area of the Project, as determined by Landlord from time
to time. The Project consists of ________ building(s) containing a total
Rentable Area of 74,779 square feet.
<PAGE>

s. Tenant's Use Clause (Article 8): GENERAL OFFICE PURPOSES

t. Term: the period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring at midnight
on the Expiration Date.

3. EXHIBITS AND ADDENDA.
The exhibits and addenda listed below (unless lined out) are incorporated by
reference in this Lease:

a.       Exhibit "A"-Floor Plan showing the Premises.
b.       Deleted.
c.       Deleted.
d.       Exhibit "D"-Rules and regulations.
e.       Deleted.
f.       Addenda:
    ADDENDUM

4. DELIVERY OF POSSESSION.
If for any reason Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant
on the Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for
such failure, the Expiration Date shall not change and the validity of this
Lease shall not be impaired, but Rent shall be abated until delivery of
possession. "Delivery of possession" shall be deemed to occur on the date of
commencement. 'If Landlord permits Tenant to enter into possession of the
Premises before the Commencement Date, such possession shall be subject to the
provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment of Rent..

5. RENT.

5.1. Payment of Base Rent. Tenant agrees to pay the Base Rent for the Premises.
Monthly Installments of Base Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day
of each calendar month of the Term. If the Term begins (or ends) on other than
the first (or last) day of a calendar month, the Base Rent for the partial month
shall be prorated on a per diem basis. Tenant shall pay Landlord the first
Monthly Installment of Base Rent when Tenant executes the Lease.

5.4 Definition of Rent. All costs and expenses which Tenant assumes or agrees to
pay to Landlord under this Lease shall be deemed additional rent (which,
together with the Base Rent is sometimes referred to as the "Rent"). The Rent
shall be paid to the Building manager (or other person) and at such place, as
Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, without any prior demand
therefor and without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States
of America.

5.5 Rent Control. If the amount of Rent or any other payment due under this
Lease violates the terms of any governmental restrictions on such Rent or
payment, then the Rent or payment due during the period of such restrictions
shall be the maximum amount allowable under those restrictions. Upon termination
of the restrictions, Landlord shall, to the extent it is legally permitted,
recover from Tenant the difference between the amounts received during the
period of the restrictions and the amounts Landlord would have received had
there been no restrictions.

5.6 Taxes Payable by Tenant. In addition to the Rent and any other charges to be
paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any
and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) which are not
otherwise reimbursable under this Lease, whether or not now customary or within
the contemplation of the parties, where such taxes are upon, measured by or
reasonably attributable to (a) the cost or value of Tenant's equipment,
furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in the Premises, or the
cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for
Tenant, other than Building Standard Work made by Landlord, regardless of
whether title to such improvements is held by Tenant or Landlord; (b) the gross
or net Rent payable under this Lease, including, without limitation, any rental
or gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt
of the Rent hereunder; (c) the possession, leasing, operation, management,
maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or
any portion thereof; or (d) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is
a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; If it
becomes unlawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any costs as required
under this Lease, the Base Rent shall be revised to net Landlord the same net
Rent after imposition of any tax or other charge upon Landlord as would have
been payable to Landlord but for the reimbursement being unlawful.

6. INTEREST AND LATE CHARGES.

If Tenant fails to pay when due any Rent or other amounts or charges which
Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease, the unpaid amounts
shall bear interest at the maximum rate then allowed by law. Tenant acknowledges
that the late payment of any Monthly Installment of Base Rent will cause
Landlord to lose the use of that money and incur costs and expenses not
contemplated under this Lease, including without limitation, administrative and
collection costs and processing and accounting expenses, the exact amount of
which is extremely difficult to ascertain. Therefore, in addition to interest,
if any such installment is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days from
the date it is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a Late charge equal to ten percent
(10%) of such installment. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge
represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair
compensation to Landlord for the loss suffered from such nonpayment by Tenant.
Acceptance of any interest or late charge shall not constitute a waiver of
Tenant's default with respect to such nonpayment by Tenant nor prevent Landlord
from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this
Lease.

7. SECURITY DEPOSIT.

Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit set forth at Section
2.0 upon execution of this Lease, as security for Tenant's faithful performance
of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Security
Deposit may be commingled with funds of Landlord and Landlord shall have no
obligation or liability for payment of interest on such deposit. Tenant shall
not mortgage, assign, transfer or encumber the Security Deposit without the
prior written consent of Landlord and any attempt by Tenant to do so shall be
void, without force or effect and shall not be binding upon Landlord.

If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or other amount when due and payable under this
Lease, or fails to perform any of the terms hereof, Landlord may appropriate and
apply or use all or any portion of the Security Deposit for Rent payments or any
other amount then due and unpaid, for payment of any amount for which Landlord
has become obligated as a result of Tenant's default or breach, and for any loss
or damage sustained by Landlord as a result of Tenant's default or breach, and
Landlord may so apply or use this deposit without prejudice to any other remedy
Landlord may have by reason of Tenant's default or


<PAGE>

breach. If Landlord so uses any of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within
ten (10) days after written demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to the
full amount originally deposited; Tenant's failure to do so shall constitute an
act of default hereunder and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any
remedy provided for at Article 27 hereof. Within fifteen (15) days after the
Term (or any extension thereof) has expired or Tenant has vacated the Premises,
whichever shall last occur, and provided Tenant is not then in default on any of
its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant,
or, if Tenant has assigned its interest under this Lease, to the last assignee
of Tenant. If Landlord sells its interest in the Premises, Landlord may deliver
this deposit to the purchaser of Landlord's interest and thereupon be relieved
of any further liability or obligation with respect to the Security Deposit.

8. TENANT'S USE OF THE PREMISES.

Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes set forth in Tenant's Use
Clause. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of law or any
covenant, condition or restriction affecting the building or Project of the
certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or project, and shall, upon
notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue any use of the Premises which is
declared by any government authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of
law or the certificate of occupancy. Tenant, at Tenant's own cost and expense,
shall comply with al laws, ordinances, regulations, rules and/or any or
occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect
to the premises or its use or occupation. A judgment of any court of competent
jurisdiction or the admission by Tenant in any action or proceeding against
Tenant that Tenant has violated any such laws, ordinances, regulations, rules
and/or directions in the use of the Premises shall be deemed to be a conclusive
determination of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenants hall not do
or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any
fire, extended coverage or other insurance policy covering the Building or
Project and/or property located therein, and shall comply with all rules,
orders, regulations, requirements and recommendation of the insurance services
Office or any other organization performing a similar function. Tenant shall
promptly upon DEMAND REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR ANY ADDITIONAL PREMIUM CHARGED for
such policy by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this
Article. Tenant shall not do or PERMIT ANYTHING to be done in or about the
Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other
tenants or occupants of the Building or Project, or injure or annoy them, or use
or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or
objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance
in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed
any waste in or upon the Premises.

9. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, Landlord agrees to furnish to
the Premises during generally recognized business days, and during hours
determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, and subject to the Rules and
Regulations of the Building or Project, electricity for normal desk top office
equipment and normal copying equipment, and heating, ventilation and air
conditioning ("HVAC") as required in Landlord's judgment for the comfortable use
and occupancy of the Premises. If Tenant desires HVAC at any other time,
Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to furnish such service upon reasonable
notice from Tenant and Tenant shall pay Landlord's charges therefor on demand.
Landlord shall also maintain and keep lighted the common stairs, common entries
and restrooms in the Building. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be
liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the Rent
be abated by reason of (i) the installation, use or interruption of use of any
equipment in connection with the furnishing of any of the foregoing services,
(ii) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such services where such
failure or delay is caused by accident or any condition or event beyond the
reasonable control of Landlord, or by the making of necessary repairs or
improvements to the Premises, Building or Project, or (iii) the limitation,
curtailment or rationing of, or restrictions on, use of water, electricity, gas
or any other form of energy serving the Premises, Building or Project. Landlord
shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of or injury to property
or business, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to
failure to furnish any such services. If Tenant uses heat generating machines or
equipment in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by
the HVAC system, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air
conditioning units in the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of
installation, operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to
Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or
device in the Premises, including without limitation, electronic data processing
machines, punch card machines or machines using in excess of 120 volts, which
consumes more electricity than is usually furnished or supplied for the use of
premises as general office space, as determined by Landlord. Tenant shall not
connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical
outlets in the Premises. Tenant shall not consume water or electric current in
excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of premises as general
office space (as determined by Landlord), without first procuring the written
consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse, and in the event of consent,
Landlord may have installed a water meter or electrical current meter in the
Premises to measure the amount of water or electric current consumed. The cost
of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance and repair shall be paid
for by the Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly upon demand for
all such water and electric current consumed as shown by said meters, at the
rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional
expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so
consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for such water
and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility
company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant's expense.

Nothing contained in this Article shall restrict Landlord's right to require at
any time separate metering of utilities furnished to the Premises. In the event
utilities are separately metered, Tenant shall pay promptly upon demand for all
utilities consumed at utility rates charged by the local public utility plus any
additional expense incurred by Landlord in keeping account of the utilities so
consumed. Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any such
meters at its sole cost.

Landlord shall furnish elevator service, lighting replacement for building
standard lights, restroom supplies, window washing and janitor services in a
manner that such services are customarily furnished to comparable office
buildings in the area.

<PAGE>

10. CONDITION OF THE PREMISES.

Tenant's taking possession of the Premises shall be deemed conclusive evidence
that as of the date of taking possession the Premises are in good order and
satisfactory condition, except for such matters as to which Tenant gave Landlord
notice on or before the Commencement Date. No promise of Landlord to after,
remodel, repair or improve the Premises, the Building or the Project and no
representation, express or implied, respecting any matter or thing relating to
the Premises, Building, Project or this Lease (including, without limitation,
the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project) have been made to
Tenant by Landlord or its Broker or Sales Agent, other than as may be contained
herein or in a separate exhibit or addendum signed by Landlord and Tenant.

11. CONSTRUCTION, REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

a. Landlord's Obligations: Landlord shall maintain in good order, condition and
repair the Building and all other portions of the Premises not the obligation of
Tenant or of any other tenant in the Building.

b. Tenant's Obligations.

(1) Deleted.

(2) Tenant at Tenant's sole expense shall except for services furnished by
    Landlord pursuant to Article 9 hereof, maintain the Premises in good order,
    condition and repair, including the interior surfaces of the ceilings, walls
    and floors, all doors, all interior windows, all plumbing, pipes and
    fixtures, electrical wiring, switches and fixtures, Building Standard
    furnishings and special items and equipment installed by or at the expense
    of Tenant.

(3) Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs and alterations in and to the
    Premises, Building and Project and the facilities and systems thereof, the
    need for which arises out of (I) Tenant's use or occupancy of the premises,
    (ii) the installation, removal, use or operation of Tenant's Property (as
    defined in Article 13) in the Premises , (iii) the moving of Tenant's
    Property into or out of the Building, or (iv) the act, omission, misuse or
    negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees.

(4) If Tenant fails to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and
    repair, Landlord shall give Tenant notice to do such acts as are REASONABLY
    REQUIRED TO SO MAINTAIN THE PREMISES. If Tenant fails to promptly commence
    such work and diligently prosecute it to completion, then Landlord shall
    have the right to do such acts and expend such funds at the expense of
    Tenant as are reasonably required to perform such work. Any amount so
    expended by Landlord shall be paid by Tenant promptly after demand with
    interest at the prime commercial rate then being charged by Bank of America
    NT & SA plus two percent (2%) per annum, from the date of such work, but not
    to exceed the maximum rate then allowed by law. Landlord shall have no
    liability to Tenant for any damage, inconvenience, or interference with the
    use of the Premises by Tenant as a result of performing any such work.

c. Compliance with Law Landlord and Tenant shall each do all acts required to
comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and rules of any public authority
relating to their respective maintenance obligations as set forth herein.

d. Waiver by Tenant. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or
hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford the Tenant the right to make
repairs at Landlord's expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord's
failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

e. Load and Equipment Limits. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of
the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was
designed to carry, as determined by Landlord or Landlord's structural engineer.
The cost of any such determination made by Landlord's structural engineer shall
be paid for by Tenant upon demand. Tenant shall not install business machines or
mechanical equipment which cause noise or vibration to such a degree as to be
objectionable to Landlord or other Building tenants.

f. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no
liability to Tenant nor shall Tenant's obligations under this Lease be reduced
or abated in any manner whatsoever by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance,
interruption or injury to business arising from Landlord's making any repairs or
changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease or by any other
tenant's lease or required by law to make in or to any portion of the Project,
Building or the Premises. Landlord shall nevertheless use reasonable efforts to
minimize any interference with Tenant's business in the Premises.

g. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any damage to or defective
condition in any part or appurtenance of the Building's mechanical, electrical,
plumbing, HVAC or other systems serving, located in, or passing through the
Premises.

h. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall return
the Premises to Landlord clean and in the same condition as on the date Tenant
took possession, except for normal wear and tear. Any damage to the Premises,
including any structural damage, resulting from Tenant's use or from the removal
of Tenant's fixtures, furnishings and equipment pursuant to Section 13b shall be
repaired by Tenant at Tenant's expense.

12. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

a. Tenant shall not make any additions, alterations or improvements to the
Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord's
consent may be conditioned on Tenant's removing any such additions, alterations
or improvements upon the expiration of the Term and restoring the Premises to
the same condition as on the date Tenant took possession. All work with respect
to any addition, alteration or improvement shall be done in a good and
workmanlike manner by properly qualified and licensed personnel approved by
Landlord, and such work shall be diligently prosecuted to completion. Landlord
may, at Landlord's option, require that any such work be performed by Landlord's
contractor, in which case the cost of such work shall be paid for before
commencement of the work. Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon completion of any
such work by Landlord's contractor, an administrative fee of fifteen percent
(15%) of the cost of the work.

b. Tenant shall pay the costs of any work done on the Premises pursuant to
Section 12a, and shall keep the Premises, Building and Project free and clear of
liens of any kind. Tenant shall indemnity, defend against and keep Landlord free
and harmless from all liability, loss, damage, costs, attorneys' fees and any
other expense incurred on account of claims by any person performing work or
furnishing materials or supplies for Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant.
<PAGE>

Tenant shall keep Tenant's leasehold interest, and any additions or improvements
which are or become the property of Landlord under this Lease, free and clear of
all attachment or judgment liens. Before the actual commencement of any work for
which a claim or lien may be filed, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the
intended commencement date a sufficient time before that date to enable Landlord
to post notices of non-responsibility or any other notices which Landlord deems
necessary for the proper protection of Landlord's interest in the Premises,
Building or the Project, and Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises
and post such notices at any reasonable time.

c. Landlord may require, at Landlord's sole option, that Tenant provide to
Landlord, at Tenant's expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to
at least one and one-half (1-1/2) times the total estimated cost of any
additions, alternations or improvements to be made in or to the Premises, to
protect Landlord against any liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens
and to insure timely completion of the work. Nothing contained in this Section
12c shall relieve Tenant of its obligation under Section 12b to keep the
Premises, Building and Project free of all liens.

d. Unless their removal is required by Landlord as provided in Section 12a, all
additions, alterations and improvements made to the premises shall become the
property of landlord and be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration of
the Term; provided, however, Tenants equipment, machinery and trade fixtures
which can be removed without damage to the premises shall remain the property of
Tenant and may be removed, subject to the provisions, of Section 13b.

13. LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS; TENANT'S PROPERTY.

a. All fixtures, equipment improvements and appurtenances attached to or built
into the Premises at the commencement of or during the Term, whether or not by
or at the expense of Tenant ("leasehold Improvements"), shall be and remain a
par t of the premises, shall be the property of landlord and shall not be
removed by Tenant, except as expressly provided in Section 13b.

b. All movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment,
communications equipment and office equipment located in the Premises and
acquired by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, which can
be removed without structural damage to the Building, and all furniture,
furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and
located in the Premises (collectively "Tenant's Property") shall be and shall
remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during
the Term; provided that if any of Tenant's Property is removed, Tenant shall
promptly repair any damage to the Premises or to the Building resulting from
such removal.

14. RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Tenant agrees to comply with (and cause its agents, contractors, employees and
invitees to comply with) the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit
"D" and with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as
Landlord may from time to time make. Landlord shall not be responsible for any
violation of said rules and regulations by other tenants or occupants of the
Building or Project.

15. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD.

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without liability to Tenant
for (a) damage or injury to property, person or business, (b) causing an actual
or constructive eviction from the Premises, or (c) disturbing Tenant's use or
possession of the Premises:

a. To name the Building and Project and to change the name or street address of
the Building or Project;

b. To install and maintain all signs on the exterior and interior of the
Building and Project;

c. To have pass keys to the Premises and all doors within the Premises,
excluding Tenant's vaults and safes;

d. At any time during the Term, and on reasonable prior notice to Tenant, to
inspect the Premises, and to show the Premises to any prospective purchaser or
mortgagee of the Project, or to any assignee of any mortgage on the Project, or
to others having an interest in the Project or Landlord, and during the last six
months of the Term, to show the Premises to prospective tenants thereof; and

e. To enter the Premises for the purpose of making inspections, repairs,
alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building
(including, without limitation, checking, calibrating, adjusting or balancing
controls and other parts of the HVAC system), and to take all steps as may be
necessary or desirable for the safety, protection, maintenance or preservation
of the Premises or the Building or Landlord's interest therein, or as may be
necessary or desirable for the operation or improvement of the Building or in
order to comply with laws, orders or requirements of governmental or other
authority. Landlord agrees to use its best efforts (except in an emergency) to
minimize interference with Tenant's business in the Premises in the course of
any such entry.

16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

No assignment of this Lease or sublease of all or any part of the Premises shall
be permitted, except as provided in this Article 16.

a. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign or
hypothecate this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part
thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any party other than Tenant. Any
of the foregoing acts without such consent shall be void and shall, at the
option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. This Lease shall not, nor shall any
interest of Tenant herein, be assignable by operation of law without the written
consent of Landlord.

b. If at any time or from time to time during the Term Tenant desires to assign
this Lease or sublet all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice
to Landlord setting forth the terms and provisions of the proposed assignment or
sublease, and the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant. Tenant shall
promptly supply Landlord with such information concerning the business
background and financial condition of such proposed assignee or subtenant as
Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by
notice given to Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant's


<PAGE>

notice is given, either to sublet such space from Tenant at the rental and on
the other terms set forth in this Lease for the term set forth in Tenant's
notice, or, in the case of an assignment, to terminate this Lease. If Landlord
does not exercise such option, Tenant may assign the Lease or sublet such space
to such proposed assignee or sub tenant on the following further conditions:

(1) Landlord shall have the right to approve such proposed assignee or
subtenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(2) The assignment or sublease shall be on the same terms set forth in the
notice given to Landlord;

(2) No assignment or sublease shall be valid and no assignee or sublessee shall
take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of such assignment
or sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

(4) No assignee or sublessee shall have a further right to assign or sublet
except on the terms herein contained; and

(5) Any sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of
such assignment or subletting, however denominated under the assignment or
sublease, which exceed, in the aggregate (I) the total sums which Tenant is
obligated to pay Landlord under this lease (prorated to reflect obligations
allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased), plus (ii) any real estate
brokerage commissions or fees payable in connection with such assignment or
subletting, shall be paid to Landlord as additional rent under this Lease
without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder.

c.. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph a and b above, Tenant may assign
this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord's
consent and without extending any recapture or termination option to Landlord,
to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with Tenant, or to any corporation resulting from a merger or consolidation with
Tenant, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Tenant's
business as a going concern, provided that (I) the assignee or sublessee
assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this lease, (ii) Tenant
remains fully liable under this lease, and (iii) the use of the Premises under
Article 8 remains unchanged.

d. No subletting or assignment shall release Tenant of Tenant's obligations
under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to
perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The
acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a
waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof. Consent to one assignment or
subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or
subletting. In the event of default by an assignee or subtenant of Tenant or any
successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may
proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies
against such assignee, subtenant or successor. Landlord may consent to
subsequent assignments of the Lease or sublettings or amendments or
modifications to the Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant,
or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto
and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease.

e. Tenant assigns the Lease or sublets the Premises or requests the consent of
Landlord to any assignment or subletting or if Tenant requests the consent of
Landlord for any act that Tenant proposes to do, then Tenant shall. upon demand,
pay Landlord an administrative fee of ZERO DOLLARS plus any attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such act or request.

17. HOLDING OVER.

If after expiration of the Term, Tenant remains in possession of the Premises
with Landlord's permission (express or implied), Tenant shall become a tenant
from month to month only, upon all the provisions of this Lease (except as to
term and Base Rent), but the "Monthly Installments of Base Rent" payable by
Tenant shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly
Installments of Base Rent payable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term. Such
monthly rent shall be payable in advance on or before the first day of each
month. If either party desires to terminate such month to month tenancy, it
shall give the other party not less than thirty (30) days advance written notice
of the date of termination.

18. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

a. Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord on the Expiration
Date, in broom-clean condition and in as good condition as when Tenant took
possession, except for (i) reasonable wear and tear, (ii) loss by fire or other
casualty, and (iii) loss by condemnation. Tenant shall, on Landlord's request,
remove Tenant's Property on or before the Expiration Date and promptly repair
all damage to the Premises or Building caused by such removal.

b. If Tenant abandons or surrenders the Premises, or is dispossessed by process
of law or otherwise, any of Tenant's Property left on the Premises shall be
deemed to be abandoned, and, at Landlord's option, title shall pass to Landlord
under this Lease as by a bill of sale. If Landlord elects to remove all or any
part of such Tenant's Property, the cost of removal, including repairing any
damage to the Premises or Building caused by such removal, shall be paid by
Tenant. On the Expiration Date Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises.

19. DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE.

a. If the Premises or the portion of the Building necessary for Tenant's
occupancy is damaged by fire, earthquake, act of God, the elements of other
casualty, Landlord shall, subject to the provisions of this Article, promptly
repair the damage, if such repairs can, in Landlord's opinion, be completed
within (90) ninety days. If Landlord determines that repairs can be completed
within ninety (90) days, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect,
except that if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful
misconduct of Tenant or Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, licensees or
invitees, the Base Rent shall be abated to the extent Tenants use of the
Premises is impaired, commencing with the date of damage and continuing until
completion of the repairs required of Landlord under Section 19d.

b. If in Landlord's opinion, such repairs to the Premises or portion of the
Building necessary for Tenants occupancy cannot be completed within ninety (90)
days, Landlord may elect, upon notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days
after the date of such fire or other casualty, to repair such damage, in which
event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but the Base Rent
shall be partially abated as provided in Section 19a. If Landlord does not so
elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such
fire or other casualty.
<PAGE>

c. If any other portion of the Building or Project is totally destroyed or
damaged to the extent that in Landlord's opinion repair thereof cannot be
completed within ninety (90) days, Landlord may elect upon notice to Tenant
given within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, to
repair such damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect, but the Base Rent shall be partially abated as provided in Section 19a.
If Landlord does not elect to make such repairs, this Lease shall terminate as
of the date of such fire or other casualty.

d. If the Premises are to be repaired under this Article, Landlord shall repair
at its cost any injury or damage to the Building and Building Standard Work in
the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the
repair, restoration and replacement of any other Leasehold Improvements and
Tenant's Property. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business,
inconvenience or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion
of the Premises, Building or Project as a result of any damage from fire or
other casualty.

e. his Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of
damage to or destruction of the Premises, building or Project by fire or other
casualty, and any present or future law which purports to govern the rights of
Landlord and Tenant in such circumstances in the absence of express agreement,
shall have no application.

20. EMINENT DOMAIN.

a If the whole of the Building or Premises is lawfully taken by condemnation or
in any other manner for any public or quasipublic purpose, this lease shall
terminate as of the date of such taking, and Rent shall be prorated to such
date. If less than the whole of the building or Premises is so taken, this Lease
shall be unaffected by such taking, provided that (I) Tenant shall have the
right to terminate this lease by notice to Landlord given within ninety (90)
days after the date of such taking if twenty percent (20%) or more of the
Premises is taken and the remaining area of the premises is not reasonably
sufficient for Tenant to continue operation of its business, and (ii) Landlord
shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant given within
ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. If either Landlord or Tenant so
elects to terminate this lease the Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th)
day after either such notice. The Rent shall be prorated to the date of
termination. If this Lease continues in force upon such partial taking, the Base
Rent and Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be equitably adjusted according to
the remaining Rentable Area of the Premises and Project.

b. In the event of any taking, partial or whole, all of the proceeds of any
award, judgment or settlement payable by the condemning authority SHALL BE THE
EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF LANDLORD, AND TENANT hereby assigns to Landlord all of its
right, title and interest in any award, judgment or SETTLEMENT FROM THE
CONDEMNING AUTHORITY. Tenant, however, shall have the right, to the extent that
Landlord's award is not reduced or prejudiced, to claim from the condemning
authority (but not from Landlord) such compensation as may be recoverable by
Tenant in its own right for relocation expenses and damage to Tenant's personal
property.

c. In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a
termination of this Lease, Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the
Premises as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to the condemnation or
taking, but only to the extent of Building Standard Work. Tenant shall be
responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration and
replacement of any other Leasehold Improvements and Tenant's Property.

21. INDEMNIFICATION.

a. Tenant shall indemnity and hold Landlord harmless against and from liability
and claims of any kind for loss or damage to property of Tenant or any other
person, or for any injury to or death of any person, arising out of: (1)
Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises, or any work, activity or other
things allowed or suffered by Tenant to be done in, on or about the Premises;
(2) any breach or default by Tenant of any of Tenant's obligations under this
Lease; or (3) any negligent or otherwise tortious act or omission of Tenant, its
agents, employees, invitees or contractors. Tenant shall at Tenant's expense,
and by counsel satisfactory to Landlord, defend Landlord in any action or
proceeding arising from any such claim and shall indemnify Landlord against all
costs, attorneys' fees, expert witness fees and any other expenses incurred in
such action or proceeding. As a material part of the consideration for
Landlord's execution of this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage or
injury to any person or property in, on or about the Premises from any cause.

b. Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by
the person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees or customers, or any
other person in or about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam,
electricity, gas, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of
the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of
pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting
fixtures, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the
Premises or upon other portions of the Building or Project or from other
sources. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or
omission of any other tenant of the Building or Project.

22. TENANT'S INSURANCE.

a. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by
responsible insurance companies acceptable to Landlord and Landlord's lender and
qualified to do business in the State. Each policy shall name Landlord, and at
Landlord's request any mortgagee of Landlord, as an additional insured, as their
respective interests may appear. Each policy shall contain (i) a cross-liability
endorsement, (ii) a provision that such policy and the coverage evidenced
thereby shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any policies
carried by Landlord and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be excess
insurance, and (iii) a waiver by the insurer of any right of subrogation against
Landlord, its agents, employees and representatives, which arises or might arise
by reason of any payment under such policy or by reason of any act or omission
of Landlord, its agents, employees or representatives. A copy of each paid up
policy (authenticated by the insurer) or certificate of the insurer evidencing
the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder shall be
delivered to Landlord before the date Tenant is first given the right of
possession of the Premises, and thereafter within thirty (30) days after any
demand by Landlord therefor. Landlord may, at any time and from time to time,
inspect and/or copy any insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant
hereunder. No such policy shall be cancelable except after twenty (20) days
written notice to Landlord and Landlord's lender. Tenant shall furnish Landlord
with renewals or "binders" of any such policy at least ten (10) days prior to
the expiration thereof. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and
maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure
said insurance on Tenant's behalf and charge the Tenant the premiums together
with a twenty-five percent (25%) handling charge, payable upon demand. Tenant
shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket
policies obtained by the Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford
coverage to the Premises, Landlord, Landlord's mortgagee and Tenant as required
by this Lease.
<PAGE>

b. Beginning on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose
and continuing until expiration of the Term, Tenant shall procure, pay for and
maintain in effect policies of casualty insurance covering (i) all Leasehold
Improvements (including any alterations, additions or improvements as may be
made by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Article 12 hereof), and (ii) trade
fixtures, merchandise and other personal property from time to time in, on or
about the Premises, in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of
their actual replacement cost from time to time, providing protection against
any peril included within the classification "Fire and Extended Coverage"
together with insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism and malicious
mischief. The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the repair or
replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease following
a casualty as set forth herein, the proceeds under (i) shall be paid to
Landlord, and the proceeds under (ii) above shall be paid to Tenant.

c. Beginning on the date Tenant is given access to the Premises for any purpose
and continuing until expiration of the Term, Tenant shall procure, pay for and
maintain in effect workers' compensation insurance as required by law and
comprehensive public liability and property damage insurance with respect to the
construction of improvements on the Premises, the use, operation or condition of
the Premises and the operations of Tenant in, on or about the Premises.
Providing personal injury and broad form property damage coverage for not less
than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit for bodily
injury, death and property damage liability.

23. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.

Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other
and against the officers, employees, agents and representatives of the other, on
account of loss by or damage to the waiving party of its property or the
property of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is
insured against under any fire and extended coverage insurance policy which
either may have in force at the time of the loss or damage. Tenant shall, upon
obtaining the policies of insurance required under this Lease, give notice to
its insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of
subrogation is contained in this Lease.

24. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.

Upon written request of Landlord, or any first mortgagee or first deed of trust
beneficiary of Landlord, or ground lessor of Landlord, Tenant shall, in writing,
subordinate its rights under this Lease to the lien of any first mortgage or
first deed of trust, or to the interest of any lease in which Landlord is
lessee, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made thereunder. However,
before signing any subordination agreement, Tenant shall have the right to
obtain from any lender or lessor or Landlord requesting such subordination, an
agreement in writing providing that, as long as Tenant is not in default
hereunder, this Lease shall remain in effect for the full Term. The holder of
any security interest may, upon written notice to Tenant, elect to have this
Lease prior to its security interest regardless of the time of the granting or
recording of such security interest.

In the event of any foreclosure sale, transfer in lieu of foreclosure or
termination of the lease in which Landlord is lessee, Tenant shall attorn to the
purchaser, transferee or lessor as the case may be, and recognize that party as
Landlord under this Lease, provided such party acquires and accepts the Premises
subject to this Lease.

25. TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

Within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute
and deliver to Landlord or Landlord's designee, a written statement certifying
(a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full
force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of
Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and additional rent have been paid in
advance; (c) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; and (d) that
Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in
default, stating the nature of any CLAIMED default. Any such statement may be
relied upon by a purchaser, assignee or lender. Tenant's failure to execute and
deliver such statement within the time required shall at Landlord's election be
a default under this Lease and shall also be conclusive upon Tenant that: (1)
this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as
represented by Landlord; (2) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's
performance and that Tenant has no right of offset, counter-claim or deduction
against Rent; and (3) not more than one month's Rent has been paid in advance.

26. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD'S INTEREST.

In the event of any sale or transfer by Landlord of the Premises, Building or
Project, and assignment of this Lease by Landlord, Landlord shall be and is
hereby entirely freed and relieved of any and all liability and obligations
contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or
omission relating to the Premises, Building, Project or Lease occurring after
the consummation of such sale or transfer, providing the purchaser shall
expressly assume all of the covenants and obligations of Landlord under this
Lease. If any security deposit or prepaid Rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord
may transfer the security deposit or prepaid Rent to Landlord's successor and
upon such transfer, Landlord shall be relieved of any and all further liability
with respect thereto,

27. DEFAULT.

27. 1. Tenant's Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:

a. If Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises and stops paying rent

b. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or any other charges required to be paid by
Tenant under this Lease and such failure continues for five (5) days after such
payment is due and payable; or

c. If Tenant fails to promptly and fully perform any other covenant, condition
or agreement contained in this Lease and such failure continues for thirty (30)
days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

d. If a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease or on any of
Tenant's Property; or

e. If Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
provides for an arrangement, composition, extension or adjustment with its
creditors; or

f. If Tenant files a voluntary petition for relief or if a petition against
Tenant in a proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws or other insolvency
laws is filed and not withdrawn or dismissed within forty-five (45) days
thereafter, of if under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization
or winding up of corporations, any court of competent jurisdiction assumes
jurisdiction, custody or control of

<PAGE>

Tenant or any substantial part of its property and such jurisdiction, custody or
control remains in force unrelinquished, unstayed or unterminated for a period
of forty-five (45) days; or

g. If in any proceeding or action in which Tenant is a party, a trustee,
receiver, agent or custodian is appointed to take charge of the Premises or
Tenant's Property (or has the authority to do so) for the purpose of enforcing a
lien against the Premises or Tenant's Property; or

h. If Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one (1) person or entity,
if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is involved in any
of the acts or events described in subparagraphs d through g above.

27.2. Remedies. In the event of Tenant's default hereunder, then in addition to
any other rights or remedies Landlord may have under any law, Landlord shall
have the right, at Landlord's option, without further notice or demand of any
kind to do the following:

a.  Terminate this Lease and Tenant's right to possession of the Premises and
    reenter the Premises and take position thereof, and Tenant shall have no
    further claim to the Premises or under this Lease; or
b.  Continue this Lease in effect, reenter and occupy the Premises for the
    account of Tenant, and collect any unpaid rent or other charges which have
    or thereafter become due any payable; or
c.  Reenter the Premises under the provisions of subparagraph b, and thereafter
    elect to terminate this lease and Tenant's right to possession of the
    premises.

If Landlord reenters the Premises under the provisions of subparagraphs b or c
above, Landlord shall not be deemed to have terminated this Lease or the
obligation of Tenant to pay any Rent or other charges thereafter accruing,
unless Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of Landlord's election to terminate
this Lease. In the event of any reentry or retaking of possession by Landlord,
Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove all or any part
of Tenant's Property in the Premises and to place such property in storage at a
public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant. If Landlord elects to relet
the Premises for the account of Tenant, the rent received by Landlord from such
reletting shall be applied as follows: first, to the payment of any indebtedness
other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of
any costs of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any
alterations or repairs to the Premises; fourth to the payment of Rent due and
unpaid hereunder; and the balance, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied
in payment of future Rent as it becomes due. It that portion of rent received
from the reletting which is applied against the Rent due hereunder is less than
the amount of the Rent due, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord promptly
upon demand by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.
Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as determined, any costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord in connection with such reletting or in making alterations
and repairs to the Premises, which are not covered by the rent received from the
reletting.

Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease under the provisions of
subparagraph a or c above, Landlord may recover as damages from Tenant the
following:

      1. Past Rent The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent which
         had been earned at the time of termination; plus

      2. Rent Prior to Award. The worth at the time of the award of the amount
         by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination
         until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that
         Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

      3. Rent After Award. The worth at the time of the award of the amount by
         which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of
         award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that Tenant proves could be
         reasonably avoided; plus

      4. Proximately Caused Damages. Any other amount necessary to compensate
         Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to
         perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary
         course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but
         not limited to, any costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees),
         incurred by Landlord in (a) retaking possession of the Premises, (b)
         maintaining the Premises after Tenant's default, (c) preparing the
         Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including any repairs or
         alterations, and (d) reletting the Premises, including broker's
         commissions.

"The worth at the time of the award" as used in subparagraphs 1 and 2 above, is
to be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
"The worth at the time of the award" as used in subparagraph 3 above, is to be
computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve
Bank situated nearest to the Premises at the time of the award plus one percent
(1%).

The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant or condition of this
Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any
subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition.
Acceptance of Rent by Landlord subsequent to any breach hereof shall not be
deemed a waiver of any preceding breach other than the failure to pay the
particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of any breach at
the time of such acceptance of Rent. Landlord shall not be deemed to have waived
any term, covenant or condition unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of
such waiver.

27.3 Landlord's Default. If Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition or
agreement contained in this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of
written notice from Tenant specifying such default, or if such default cannot
reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, if Landlord fails to commence to
cure within that thirty (30) day period, then Landlord shall be liable to Tenant
for any damages sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord's breach; provided,
however, it is expressly understood and agreed that if Tenant obtains a money
judgment against Landlord resulting from any default or other claim arising
under this Lease, that judgment shall be satisfied only out of the rents,
issues, profits, and other income actually received on account of Landlord's
right, title and interest in the Premises, Building or Project, and no other
real, personal or mixed property of Landlord (or of any of the partners which
comprise Landlord, if any) wherever situated, shall be subject to levy to
satisfy such judgment. If, after notice to Landlord of default, Landlord (or any
first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord) fails to cure
the default as provided herein, then Tenant shall have the right to cure that
default at Landlord's expense. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this
Lease or to withhold, reduce or offset any amount against any payments of Rent
or any other charges due and payable under this Lease except as otherwise
specifically provided herein.

28. BROKERAGE FEES

Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker
or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation except those noted in
Section 2.c. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any cost,
expense or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys' fees)
for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any other real estate broker
or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation by reason of any act
of Tenant.
<PAGE>

29. NOTICES

ALL notices, approvals and demands permitted or required to be given under this
Lease shall be in writing and deemed duly served or given if personally
delivered or sent by certified or registered U.S. mail, postage prepaid, and
addressed as follows:

(A)   IF TO LANDLORD, TO LANDLORD'S MAILING ADDRESS AND TO THE Building manager,
      and (b) if to Tenant, to Tenant's Mailing address; provided, however,
      notices to Tenant shall be deemed duly served or given f delivered or
      mailed to Tenant at the Premises. Landlord and Tenant may from time to
      time by notice to the other designate another place for receipt of future
      notices.

30. GOVERNMENT ENERGY OR UTILITY CONTROLS

In the event of imposition of federal, state or local government controls,
rules, regulations, or restrictions on the use or consumption of energy or other
utilities during the Term, both landlord and Tenant shall be bound thereby. In
the event of a difference in interpretation by Landlord and Tenant of any such
controls, the interpretation of Landlord shall prevails, and Landlord shall have
the right to enforce compliance therewith, including the right of entry into the
Premises to effect compliance.

31. RELOCATION OF PREMISES

Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Premises to another part of the
Building in accordance with the following:

    a. The new premises shall be substantially the same in size, dimensions,
    configuration, decor and nature as the Premises described in this Lease, and
    if the relocation occurs after the Commencement Date, shall be placed in
    that condition by Landlord at its cost.
    b. Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days written notice of
    Landlord's intention to relocate the Premises.
    c. As nearly as practicable, the physical relocation of the Premises shall
    take place on a weekend and shall be completed before the following Monday.
    If the physical relocation has not been completed in that time, Base Rent
    shall abate in full from the time the physical relocation commences to the
    time it is completed. Upon completion of such relocation, the new premises
    shall become the "Premises" under this Lease.
    d. All reasonable costs incurred by Tenant as a result of the relocation
    shall be paid by Landlord.
    e. If the new premises are smaller than the Premises as it existed before
    the relocation, Base Rent shall be reduced proportionately.
    f. The parties hereto shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease
    setting forth the relocation of the Premises and the reduction of Base Rent,
    if any.

32. QUIET ENJOYMENT.
Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing all of its obligations under this
Lease, shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of
this Lease and to any mortgage, lease, or other agreement to which this Lease
may be subordinate.

33. OBSERVANCE OF LAW.
Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the
Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or
governmental rule or regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted
or promulgated. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with
all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or
requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force, and with the
requirements of any board of fire insurance underwriters or other similar bodies
now or hereafter constituted, relating to, or affecting the condition, use or
occupancy of the Premises, excluding structural changes not related to or
affected by Tenant's improvements or acts. The judgment of any court of
competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant,
whether Landlord is a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any law,
ordinance or governmental rule, regulation or requirement, shall be conclusive
of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

34. FORCE MAJEURE.
Any prevention, delay or stoppage of work to be performed by Landlord or Tenant
which is due to strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials,
equipment or reasonable substitutes therefor, acts of God, governmental
restrictions or regulations or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile
government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes
beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform hereunder, shall
excuse performance of the work by that party for a period equal to the duration
of that prevention, delay or stoppage. Nothing in this Article 34 shall excuse
or delay Tenant's obligation to pay Rent or other charges under this Lease.

35. CURING TENANT'S DEFAULTS.
If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this
Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) without waiving such
default, perform the same for the account at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall
pay Landlord all costs of such performance promptly upon receipt of a bill
therefor.

36. SIGN CONTROL.
Tenant shall not affix, paint, erect or inscribe any sign, projection, awning,
signal or advertisement of any kind to any part of the Premises, Building or
Project, including without limitation, the inside or outside of windows or
doors, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to
remove any signs or other matter, installed without Landlord's permission,
without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal, and to charge the cost
of removal to Tenant as additional rent hereunder, payable within ten (10) days
of written demand by Landlord.

37. MISCELLANEOUS.
a. Accord and Satisfaction; Allocation of Payments. No payment by Tenant or
receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent provided for in this Lease
shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent, nor shall
any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any check or
payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept
such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the
balance of the Rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease. In
connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall have the absolute right in its
sole discretion to apply any payment received from Tenant to any account or
other payment of Tenant then not current and due or delinquent.
b. Addenda. If any provision contained in an addendum to this Lease is
inconsistent with any other provision herein, the provision contained in the
addendum shall control, unless otherwise provided in the addendum.
<PAGE>

c Attorneys' Fees. If any action or proceeding is brought by either party
against the other pertaining to or arising out of this Lease, the finally
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover al costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred on account of such action or proceeding.

a.   Captions, Articles and Section Numbers. The captions appearing within the
     body of this Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for
     reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning
     of this lease. All references to Article and Section numbers refer to
     Articles and Sections in this Lease.
b.   Changes Requested by Lender Neither landlord or Tenant shall unreasonably
     withhold its consent to change or amendments to this lease requested by the
     Lender on Landlord's interest, so long as these changes do not alter the
     basis business terms of this lease or otherwise materially diminish any
     rights or materially increase any obligations of the party from whom
     consent to such change or amendment is requested.
c.   Choice of law. This lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance
     with the laws of the State. Consent. Notwithstanding anything contained in
     this lease to the contrary. Tenant shall have no claim, and hereby waives
     the right to any claim against Landlord for money damages by reason of any
     refusal, withholding or delaying by Landlord of any consent, approval or
     statement of satisfaction, and in such event, Tenant's only remedies
     therefor shall be an action for specific performance, injunction or
     declaratory judgment to enforce any right to such consent, etc.

h. Corporate Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each individual signing this
Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he is duly AUTHORIZED TO
EXECUTE AND DELIVER THIS LEASE ON BEHALF OF THE CORPORATION, AND THAT this Lease
is binding on Tenant in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord's
request, deliver a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors
authorizing such execution.

i. Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of
which shall constitute one and the same Lease.
j. Execution of Lease; No Option. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall
be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a
reservation of or option for Tenant to lease, or otherwise create any interest
of Tenant in the Premises or any other premises within the Building or Project.
Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be
binding on Landlord notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in
tact signed and delivered this Lease to Tenant.
k. Furnishing of Financial Statements; Tenant's Representations. In order to
induce Landlord to enter into this Lease Tenant agrees that it shall promptly
furnish Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord's written request, with
financial statements reflecting Tenant's current financial condition. Tenant
represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information
furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct
and complete in all respects.
1. Further Assurances. The parties agree to promptly sign all documents
reasonably requested to give effect to the provisions of this Lease.
m. Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees to send by certified or registered mail
to any first mortgagee or first deed of trust beneficiary of Landlord whose
address has been furnished to Tenant, a copy of any notice of default served by
Tenant on Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the time
provided for in this Lease, such mortgagee or beneficiary shall have an
additional thirty (30) days to cure such default; provided that if such default
cannot reasonably be cured within that thirty (30) day period, then such
mortgagee or beneficiary shall have such additional time to cure the default as
is reasonably necessary under the circumstances.
n. Prior Agreements; Amendments. This Lease contains all of the agreements of
the parties with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and
no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be
effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease may be amended or added
to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties or their respective
successors in interest.
o. Recording. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written
consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and
acknowledge a "short form" memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.
p. Severability. A final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that
any provision of this Lease is invalid shall not affect the validity of any
other provision, and any provision so determined to be invalid shall, to the
extent possible, be construed to accomplish its intended effect.
q. Successors and Assigns. This Lease shall apply to and bind the heirs,
personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns of the parties.
r. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease.
s. Waiver. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of
Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be
construed as a waiver of such default.
t. Compliance. The parties hereto agree
to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, codes,
ordinances and administrative orders having jurisdiction over the parties,
property or the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to,
the 1964 Civil Rights Act and all amendments thereto, the Foreign Investment In
Real Property Tax Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
Liability Act, and The Americans With Disabilities Act.
The receipt and acceptance by Landlord of delinquent Rent shall not constitute a
waiver of any other default; it shall constitute only a waiver of timely payment
for the particular Rent payment involved.
No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, the acceptance of
keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the
Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only a written notice from
Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises
and accomplish a termination of the Lease.
Landlord's consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's
consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary
Landlord's consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. Any waiver by
Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any
other default concerning the same or any other provision of the Lease.
The parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the dates set forth below.

Date:        7/23/99                      Date:        7/8/99
Union Bank of California, Trustee         First Source Capital, a wholly owned
Landlord: for Agnes M. J. Bourn and       Tenant:: Subsidiary of American River
Holdings

       William B. Bourn Trusts

By: /s/ BRIAN T. MULLINS                  By: /s/ DAVID T. TABER
    --------------------------------          ----------------------------------
    Brian T. Mullins                          David T. Taber
Title:                                        President and C.E.O.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CONSULT YOUR ADVISORS - This document has been prepared for approval by your
  attorney. No representation or recommendation is made by CB Commercial as to
  the legal sufficiency or tax consequences of this document or the transaction
  to which it relates. These are questions for your attorney.

  In any real estate transaction, it is recommended that you consult with a
  professional, such as a civil engineer, industrial hygienist or other person,
  with experience in evaluating the condition of the property, including the
  possible presence of asbestos, hazardous materials and underground storage
  tanks.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                      ADDENDUM TO THE OFFICE BUILDING LEASE
                        DATED JUNE 29,1999 BY AND BETWEEN

                   UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., TRUSTEE FOR
          AGNES M. BOURN AND WILLIAM B. BOURN TRUSTS, AS LANDLORD, AND
            FIRST SOURCE CAPITAL, WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF AMERICAN
                            RIVER HOLDINGS, AS TENANT

I        EXCULPATION OF LANDLORD. It is understood and agreed by the Tenant that
         Landlord is executing this Lease in its fiduciary capacity only and
         Landlord and Landlord's officers, directors, employees and agents are
         not and shall not be liable hereunder, directly or indirectly, except
         for willful misconduct, under or by execution of this Lease. The rights
         and claims of Tenant shall be limited exclusively to such rights Tenant
         may have against the trust or other estate or entity represented herein
         by Landlord (the "Trust").

2.       EXCULPATION OF TRUST. Any liability of Landlord (including without
         limitation Landlord's shareholders, affiliates, agents, and employees)
         to Tenant or any other person shall be limited to the estate of the
         Trust in the Building. Tenant or any other person claiming through
         Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the recovery of any
         judgement against Landlord, it being intended by the parties that
         neither Landlord, it trustees or beneficiaries, nor any other assets of
         the Trust or of such trustees or beneficiaries shall be liable for any
         such judgment.

3.       PAINTING. Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, shall paint
         the Premises.

4.       CLEANING. At Landlord's sole cost and expenses will clean, including
         carpets.

CONSULT YOUR ADVISORS - This document (including its exhibits and addendums, if
any) has been prepared by Broker for approval by the undersigned respective
parties' legal counsel. Broker makes no representation or recommendation as to
the legal sufficiency or tax consequences of this document or the transaction to
which it relates.  These are questions for an attorney or accountant.

THE ABOVE TERMS ARE ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

LANDLORD                                    TENANT

Union Bank of California, Trustee for       First Source Capital, a wholly owned
Agnes M. Bourn and William B. Bourn Trusts  subsidiary of American River
                                            Holdings

By: /s/ BRIAN T. MULLINS                      By: /s/ DAVID T. TABER
    ---------------------------------             -----------------------------
    Brian T. Mullins                              David T. Taber
    Vice President/Senior Asset Manager           President and C.E.O.

Date:    7/23/99                              Date:   7/8/99

<PAGE>

                              EXHIBIT "Exhibit "D"
                              Rules and Regulations

1.       No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be
         inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the
         outside or inside of the Building without the written consent of
         Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to
         remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice
         without notice to and at the expense of Tenant.

         All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, painted,
         affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a persona approved of
         by landlord. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be
         placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may
         appear unsightly from outside the Premises; provided, however, that
         Landlord may furnish and install a Building standard window covering
         all exterior windows. Tenant shall not without prior written consent of
         Landlord cause or otherwise sunscreen any window.

2.       The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and
         stairways shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants or used by them
         for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from their respective
         Premises.

3.       Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks
         or any bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises.

4.       The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be
         used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed
         and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein
         and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the
         violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose
         employees or invitees shall have caused it.

5.       Tenant shall not overload the floor of the premises or in any way
         deface the premises or any part thereof.

6.       No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into
         the Building without the prior notice to Landlord and all moving of the
         same into or out of the Building shall be done at such time and in such
         manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to
         prescribe the weight, size and position of all sales and other heavy
         equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of
         moving the same in and out to the Building. Sales or other heavy
         objects shall, if considered necessary by landlord, stand on supports
         of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight.
         Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such sale
         of property from any cause and all damage done to the Building by
         moving or maintaining any such sale or other property shall be repaired
         at the expense of Tenant.

7.       Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or
         noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the
         Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive orobjectionable
         the Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise,
         odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or
         those having business herein, nor shall any animals or birds be brought
         in or kept in or about the Premises of the Building.

8.       No cooking shall be done with the exception of microwave oven or
         permitted by any Tenant on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used
         for the storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or
         for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes.

9.       Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any
         kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or
         use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplies
         by Landlord.

10.      Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone wires
         are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires will be allows
         without the consent of the Landlord. The location of telephones, call
         boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be
         subject to the approval of landlord.

11.      On Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the
         hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. the following day, access to the
         Building or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the
         Building, or to the premises may be refused unless the person seeking
         access is known to the person or employees of the Building in charge
         and has a pass or is properly identified. The landlord shall in no case
         be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or
         exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob,
         riot, public excitement, or other commotion, the Landlord reserves the
         right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the
         same by closing of the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the
         tenants and protection of property in the Building and the Building.

12.      Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any
         person who, in the judgment of landlord, is intoxicated or under the
         influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in
         violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

13.      No vending machine or machines of any description shall be installed,
         maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of
         the Landlord.

14.      Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without
         liability to Tenant, to change the name and street address of the
         Building of which the Premises are a part.

15.      Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the
         Building and shall cooperate to prevent same.

16.      Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name
         of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the
         business of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

17.      Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the public
         portions of the Building, and the public facilities, and heating and
         air conditioning, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of
         the tenants, in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the
         tenants generally.

18.      All entrance doors in the premises shall be left locked when the
         Premises are not in use, and all doors opening to public corridors
         shall be kept closed except for normal ingress and egress from the
         premises.

<PAGE>

                  CB RICHARD ELLIS, INC. SALE/LEASE DISCLOSURES

Property:  1555 River Park Drive, Sacramento, CA 95815

FLOOD ZONES. According to 060266-001 OE _[SPECIFY SOURCE], the Property X IS/ _
MAY OR MAY NOT be located in a flood zone. Many lenders require flood insurance
for properties located in flood zones, and government authorities may regulate
development and construction in flood zones. Whether or not located in a flood
zone, properties can be subject to flooding and moisture problems, especially
properties on a slope or in low-lying areas or in a dam inundation zone
(California Government Code Section 8589.5).

Buyers and tenants should have their experts confirm whether the Property is in
a flood zone and otherwise investigate and evaluate these matters. Flood Zone
Designation: Zone A99

EARTHQUAKES. Earthquakes occur throughout California. According to Fault-Rupture
Hazard Zones in California Special Publication 42 [specify source], the
Property_ is/ X MAY OR MAY NOT BE situated in an Earthquake Fault Zone and/or a
Seismic Hazard Zone (Sections 2621 et seq. and Sections 2690 et seq. of the
California Public Resources Code, respectively). Property development and
construction in such zones generally are subject to the findings of a geologic
report prepared by a state-registered geologist. Whether or not located in such
a zone, all properties in California are subject to earthquake risks and may be
subject to a variety of state and local earthquake-related requirements,
including retrofit requirements. Among other items, all new and existing water
heaters must be braced, anchored or strapped to resist falling or horizontal
displacement, and in sales transactions, sellers must execute a written
certification that the water heaters are so braced, anchored or strapped
(California Health and Safety Code Section 19211). Buyers and tenants should
have their experts confirm whether the Property is in any earthquake zone and
otherwise investigate and evaluate these matters.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS. Due to prior or current uses
of the Property or in the area or the construction materials used, the Property
may have hazardous or undesirable metals (including lead-based paint), minerals
(including asbestos), chemicals, hydrocarbons, petroleum-related compounds, or
biological or radioactive/emissive items (including electrical and magnetic
fields) in soils, water, building components, above or below-ground
tanks/containers or elsewhere in areas that may or may not be accessible or
noticeable. Such items may leak or otherwise be released. Asbestos has been used
in items such as fireproofing, heating/cooling systems, insulation, spray-on and
tile acoustical materials, floor tiles and coverings, roofing, drywall and
plaster. If the Property was built before 1978 and has a residential unit,
sellers/landlords must disclose all reports, surveys and other information known
to them regarding lead-based paint to buyers and tenants and allow for
inspections (42 United States Code Sections 4851 et seq.). Sellers/landlords are
required to advise buyers/tenants if they have any reasonable cause to believe
that any hazardous substance has come to be located on or beneath the Property
(California Health and Safety Code Section 25359.7), and sellers/landlords must
disclose reports and surveys regarding asbestos to certain persons, including
their employees, contractors, buyers and tenants (California Health and Safety
Code Sections 25915 et seq.); buyers/tenants have similar obligations. Have your
experts investigate and evaluate these matters.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). The Americans With Disabilities Act (42
United States Code Sections 12101 et seq.) and other federal, state and local
requirements may require changes to the Property. Have your experts investigate
and evaluate these matters.

Taxes. Sales, leases and other real estate transactions can have federal, state
and local tax consequences. In sales transactions, Internal Revenue Code Section
1446 requires buyers to withhold and pay to the IRS 10% of the gross sales price
within 10 days of the date of a sale unless the buyers can establish that the
sellers are not foreigners, generally by having the sellers sign a Non-Foreign
Seller Affidavit. Depending on the structure of the transaction, the tax
withholding liability can exceed the net cash proceeds to be paid to the sellers
at closing. California imposes an additional withholding requirement equal to 3
1/3% of the gross sales price not only on foreign sellers but also out-of-state
sellers and sellers leaving the state if the sales price exceeds $100,000.
Withholding generally is required if the last known address of a seller is
outside California, if the proceeds are disbursed outside of California or if a
financial intermediary is used. Have your experts investigate and evaluate these
matters.

Fires. California Public Resources Codes Sections 4125 et seq. require sellers
of real property located within state responsibility areas to advise buyers that
the property is located within such a wildland zone, that the state does not
have the responsibility to provide fire protection services to any structure
within such a zone and that such zones may contain substantial forest/wildland
fire risks. Government Code Sections 51178 et seq. require sellers of real
property located within certain fire hazard zones to disclose that the property
is located in such a zone. Sellers must disclose that a property located in a
wildland or fire hazard zone is subject to the fire prevention requirements of
Public Resources Code Section 4291 and Government Code Section 51182,
respectively. Sellers must make such disclosures if either the sellers have
actual knowledge that a property is in such a zone or a map showing the property
to be in such a zone has been provided to the county assessor. Properties,
whether or not located in such a zone, are subject to fire/life safety risks and
may be subject to state and local fire/life safety-related requirements,
including retrofit requirements. Have your experts investigate and evaluate
these matters.

BROKER REPRESENTATION. C13 Richard Ellis, Inc. is a national brokerage firm
representing a variety of clients. Depending on the circumstances, CB Richard
Ellis, Inc. may represent both the seller/landlord and the buyer/tenant in a
transaction, or you may be interested in a property that may be of interest to
other CB Richard Ellis, Inc. clients. If CB Richard Ellis, Inc. represents more
than one party with respect to a property, CB Richard Ellis, Inc. will not
disclose the confidential information of one principal to the other.

SELLER/LANDLORD DISCLOSURE, DELIVERY OF REPORTS, PEST CONTROL REPORTS AND
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Sellers/land lords are hereby requested to disclose
directly to buyers/tenants all information known to sellers/landlords regarding
the Property, including but not limited to, hazardous materials, zoning,
construction, design, engineering, soils, title, survey, fire/life safety, and
other matters, and to provide buyers/tenants with copies of all reports in the
possession of or accessible to sellers/landlords regarding the Property.
Sellers/landlords and buyers/tenants Must comply with all applicable federal
state and local laws regulations, codes, ordinances and administrative orders,
including but not limited to, the 1964 Civil Rights Act and all amendments
thereto, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, and the Americans with
Disabilities Act. If a pest control report is a condition of the purchase
contract, buyers are entitled to receive a copy of the report any certification
and notice of work completed.

Property Inspections and Evaluations. Buyers/tenants should have the Property
thoroughly inspected and all parties should have the transaction thoroughly
evaluated by the experts of their choice. Ask your experts what investigations
and evaluations may be appropriate as well as the risks of not performing any
such investigations or evaluations. Information regarding the Property supplies
by the real estate brokers has been received from third party sources and has
not been independently verified by the brokers. Have your experts verify all
information regarding the Property, including any linear or area measurements
and the availability of all utilities. All work should be inspected an evaluated
by your experts, as they deem appropriate. Any projections or estimates are for
example only, are based on assumptions that may not occur and do not represent
the current or future performance of the property. Real estate brokers are not
experts concerning nor can they determine if any expert is qualified to provide
advice on legal, tax, design, ADA, engineering, construction, soils, title,
survey, fire/life safety, insurance, hazardous material, or other such matters.
Such areas require special education and, generally, special licenses not
possessed by real estate brokers. Consult with the experts of your choice
regarding these matters.


                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.    PURPOSE

      The purpose of the American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan") is to strengthen American River Holdings (the "Corporation") and those
corporations which are or hereafter become subsidiary corporations of the
Corporation by providing an additional means of attracting and retaining
competent directors, officers and management level employees and by providing to
participating directors, officers and management level employees added incentive
for high levels of performance. The Plan seeks to accomplish these purposes and
achieve these results by providing a means whereby such directors, officers and
management level employees may purchase shares of the common stock of the
Corporation pursuant to options granted in accordance with the Plan.

      Options granted pursuant to the Plan are intended to be either "incentive
stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code"), or "nonqualified stock
options", as shall be determined and designated upon the grant of each option
hereunder.

2.    ADMINISTRATION

      The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors (the "Board").
The Board in its sole discretion may from time to time appoint a committee (the
"Stock Option Committee") to administer the Plan and exercise all of the powers,
authority and discretion of the Board under the Plan. The Board may from time to
<PAGE>

time remove members from, or add members to, the Stock Option Committee, and
vacancies on the Stock Option Committee shall be filled by the Board. The Board
may abolish the Stock Option Committee at any time and/or revest in the Board
the administration of the Plan.

      Any action of the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable,
with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken pursuant to a
majority vote, or the unanimous written consent, of its members. Subject to the
express provisions of the Plan, the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, define
the terms used therein, prescribe, amend and rescind, the rules and regulations
relating to administration of the Plan, and make all other determinations
necessary or advisable for administration of the Plan.

      All decisions, determinations, interpretations or other actions by the
Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, shall be final, conclusive
and binding on all persons, optionees, grantees, subsidiary corporations of the
Corporation and any successors-in-interest to such parties.

      With regard to the granting of a stock option to a member of the Board, or
the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, such member must abstain from voting.

3.    INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

      All options granted which are designated at the time of grant as an
"incentive stock option" shall be deemed an incentive stock option.

                                       2
<PAGE>

      (a) Incentive stock options granted under the Plan are intended to be
qualified under Section 422 of the Code.

      (b) Full-time salaried officers and management level employees of the
Corporation or a subsidiary corporation (as that term is defined in Section
424(f) of the Code), shall be eligible for selection to participate in the
incentive stock option portion of the Plan. No director of the Corporation who
is not also a full-time salaried officer or employee of the Corporation or a
subsidiary corporation, may be granted an incentive stock option hereunder.
Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board, or the Stock Option
Committee, if applicable, shall (i) select from the eligible class of employees
to whom incentive stock options shall be granted and make recommendations to the
Board concerning the individuals to whom incentive stock options shall be
granted, (ii) determine the discretionary terms and provisions of the respective
incentive stock option agreements (which need not be identical), (iii) determine
the times at which such incentive stock options shall be granted, and (iv)
determine the number of shares subject to each incentive stock option. An
individual who has been granted an incentive stock option may, if he or she is
otherwise eligible under the Plan, be granted additional incentive stock options
if the Board shall so determine.

      (c) The Board shall determine the individuals who shall receive incentive
stock options and the terms and provisions of the incentive stock options, and
shall grant such incentive stock options to such individuals. Notwithstanding

                                       3
<PAGE>

the above sentence, however, the Board may delegate to the Stock Option
Committee the power to determine the individuals who shall receive incentive
stock options and the terms and provisions of such incentive stock options, and
the power to grant incentive stock options to such individuals.

      (d) Except as described in subsection (f) below, the Board, or the Stock
Option Committee, if applicable, shall not grant an incentive stock option to
purchase shares of the Corporation's common stock to any individual who, at the
time of the grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined
voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a subsidiary
corporation. The attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in
the determination of ownership of stock for these purposes.

      (e) The aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the
incentive stock option is granted) of stock with respect to which incentive
stock options are exercisable for the first time by an individual during any
calendar year (under all plans of the Corporation and its subsidiary
corporations, if any) shall not exceed $100,000, plus any greater amount as may
be permitted under subsequent amendments to the Code.

      (f) The purchase price of stock subject to each incentive stock option
shall be determined by the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable,
but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value
of such stock at the time such option is granted, except, in the case of
optionees who at the time of the grant own more than ten percent (10%) of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a

                                       4
<PAGE>

subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 422 of the Code), in which case
the purchase price of the stock shall not be less than one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the fair market value of such stock at the time such option is granted
and the term of such option shall be for no more than five (5) years. The fair
market value of such stock shall be determined in accordance with any reasonable
valuation method, including the valuation methods described in Treasury
Regulation Section 20.2031-2.

4.    NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

      (a) All options granted which are (i) in excess of the aggregate fair
market value limitations set forth in Section 3(e) hereof, (ii) designated at
the time of the grant as "nonqualified", or (iii) intended to be incentive stock
options but do not meet the requirements of incentive stock options, shall be
deemed nonqualified stock options. Nonqualified stock options granted hereunder
shall be so designated in the nonqualified stock option agreement entered into
between the Corporation and the optionee.

      (b) Directors, full-time salaried officers and management level employees
of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation shall be eligible for selection
to participate in the nonqualified stock option portion of the Plan. Subject to
the express provisions of the Plan, the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, shall (i) select from the eligible class of individuals to whom
nonqualified stock options shall be granted and make recommendations to the
Board concerning the individuals to whom nonqualified stock options shall be
granted, (ii) determine the discretionary terms and provisions of the respective

                                       5
<PAGE>

nonqualified stock option agreements (which need not be identical), (iii)
determine the times at which such nonqualified stock options shall be granted,
and (iv) determine the number of shares subject to each nonqualified stock
option. An individual who has been granted a nonqualified stock option may, if
he or she is otherwise eligible under the Plan, be granted additional
nonqualified stock options if the Board shall so determine.

      (c) The Board shall determine the individuals who shall receive
nonqualified stock options and the terms and provisions of the nonqualified
stock options, and shall grant such nonqualified stock options to such
individuals. Notwithstanding the above sentence, however, the Board may delegate
to the Stock Option Committee the power to determine the individuals who shall
receive nonqualified stock options and the terms and provisions of such
nonqualified stock options, and the power to grant nonqualified stock options to
such individuals.

      (d) The purchase price of stock subject to each nonqualified stock option
shall be determined by the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable,
but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value
of such stock at the time such option is granted. The fair market value of such
stock shall be determined in accordance with any reasonable valuation method,
including the valuation methods described in Treasury Regulation 20.2031-2.

5.    STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

      Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 12, hereof, the stock to be
offered under the Plan shall be shares of the Corporation's authorized but

                                       6
<PAGE>

unissued common stock (hereinafter called "stock") and the aggregate amount of
stock to be delivered upon exercise of all options granted under the Plan shall
not exceed 240,000 shares. If any option shall be cancelled, surrendered or
expire for any reason without having been exercised in full, the underlying
shares subject thereto shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.

6.    CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT

      Nothing contained in the Plan (or in any option agreement) shall obligate
the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation to employ any optionee for any
period or interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary
corporation to reduce the optionee's compensation. However, the Corporation may
not reduce the terms of any option without the approval of the optionee.

7.    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

      No option shall be exercisable until all necessary regulatory and
shareholder approvals of the Plan are obtained. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, each option shall be exercisable in such installments, which need
not be equal, and upon such contingencies as the Board, or the Stock Option
Committee, if applicable, shall determine; provided, however, that if an
optionee shall not in any given installment period purchase all of the shares
which the optionee is entitled to purchase in such installment period, the

                                       7
<PAGE>
optionee's right to purchase any shares not purchased in such installment period
shall continue until expiration or termination of such option. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the options shall vest at the rate of at least 20% per year over
a five year period from the date the option is granted.

      Fractional share interests shall be disregarded, except that they may be
accumulated. Not less than ten (10) shares may be purchased at any one time
unless the number of shares purchased is the total number of shares which is
exercisable at such time. Options may be exercised by written notice delivered
to the Corporation stating the number of shares with respect to which the option
is being exercised, together with the full purchase price for such shares.
Payment of the option price in full, for the number of shares to be delivered,
must be made in cash, or subject to applicable law, with the Corporation's stock
previously acquired by the optionee. The equivalent dollar value of shares used
to effect a purchase shall be the fair market value of the shares on the date of
exercise. If the option is being exercised by any person other than the
optionee, said notice shall be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to counsel for
the Corporation, of the right of such person to exercise the option. Optionees
will have no rights as shareholders with respect to stock of the Corporation
subject to their stock option agreements until the date of issuance of the stock
certificate to them.

8.    NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

      Each option shall, by its terms, be nontransferable by the optionee other
than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and shall be

                                       8
<PAGE>

exercisable during his or her lifetime only by the optionee.

9.    CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP OR EMPLOYMENT

      Except as provided in Sections 10 and 20 hereof, if an optionee ceases to
be a director or an employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation for
any reason other than his or her disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of
the Code) or death, the optionee's option shall expire three (3) months after
the date of termination of such directorship or employment. During the period
after cessation of directorship or employment, such option shall be exercisable
only as to those installments, if any, which have accrued and/or vested as of
the date on which the optionee ceased to be a director or an employee of the
Corporation or a subsidiary corporation.

10.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE

      If the stock option agreement so provides and if an optionee's employment
by the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation is terminated for cause, the
optionee's option shall expire thirty (30) days from the date of such
termination. Termination for cause shall include, but not be limited to,
termination for malfeasance or gross misfeasance in the performance of duties or
conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude, and, in any event, the
determination of the Board with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive.

                                       9
<PAGE>

11.   DISABILITY OR DEATH OF OPTIONEE

      If any optionee dies while serving as a director or an employee of the
Corporation or a subsidiary corporation, the option shall expire one (1) year
after the date of such death, except as provided in Section 20 hereof. After
such death but before such expiration, the persons to whom the optionee's rights
under the option shall have passed by will or the applicable laws of descent and
distribution or the executor or administrator of optionee's estate shall have
the right to exercise such option to the extent that installments, if any, had
accrued and/or vested as of the date on which the optionee ceased to be a
director or an employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation.

      If the optionee shall terminate his or her directorship or employment
because of disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the optionee
may exercise this option to the extent he or she is entitled to do so at the
date of termination, at any time within one (1) year of the date of termination,
except as provided in Section 20 hereof.

      If any optionee dies during the three (3) month period referred to in
Section 9 hereof, the option shall expire one (1) year after the date of such
death, except as provided in Section 20 hereof.

12.   ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

      If the  outstanding  shares of the  stock of the  Corporation
are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or
kind of shares or securities of the Corporation through reorganization, merger,

                                       10
<PAGE>

recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, stock
consolidation or otherwise, without consideration to the Corporation, an
appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of
shares as to which options may be granted. A corresponding adjustment changing
the number or kind of shares and the exercise price per share allocated to
unexercised options or portions thereof, which shall have been granted prior to
any such change shall likewise be made. Any such adjustment, however, in an
outstanding option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to
the unexercised portion of the option, but with a corresponding adjustment in
the price for each share subject to the option. Any adjustment under this
Section 12 shall be made by the Board, whose determination as to what
adjustments shall be made, and the extent thereof, shall be final and
conclusive. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued or made available
under the Plan on account of any such adjustment, and fractional share-interests
shall be disregarded, except that they may be accumulated.

13.   TERMINATING EVENTS

      A Terminating Event shall be defined as any one of the following events:
(i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation; (ii) a reorganization,
merger or consolidation of the Corporation with one or more corporations, the
result of which (A) the Corporation is not the surviving corporation, or (B) the
Corporation becomes a subsidiary of another corporation (which shall be deemed
to have occurred if another corporation shall own directly or indirectly, over
80% of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding equity securities of the
Corporation); (iii) a sale of substantially all the assets of the Corporation to
another corporation; or (iv) a sale of the equity securities of the Corporation
representing more than 80% of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding

                                       11
<PAGE>

equity securities of the Corporation to any person or entity, or any group of
persons and/or entities acting in concert. When the Corporation knows that a
Terminating Event will occur (i) the Corporation shall deliver to each optionee
no less than thirty (30) days prior to the Terminating Event, written
notification of the Terminating Event and the optionee's right to exercise all
options granted pursuant to the Plan, whether or not vested under the Plan or
applicable stock option agreement, and (ii) all outstanding options granted
pursuant to the Plan shall completely vest and become immediately exercisable as
to all shares granted pursuant to the option immediately prior to such
Terminating Event. This right of exercise shall be conditional upon execution of
a final plan of dissolution or liquidation or a definitive agreement of
consolidation or merger. Upon the occurrence of the Terminating Event all
outstanding options and the Plan shall terminate; provided, however, that any
outstanding options not exercised as of the occurrence of the Terminating Event
shall not terminate if there is a successor corporation which assumes the
outstanding options or substitutes for such options, new options covering the
stock of the successor corporation with appropriate adjustments as to the number
and kind of shares and prices.

                                       12
<PAGE>

14.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

      The Board may at any time suspend, amend or terminate the Plan and may,
with the consent of the optionee, make such modification of the terms and
conditions of the option as it shall deem advisable; provided that, except as
permitted under the provisions of Sections 12 and 13 hereof, no amendment or
modification which would:

      (a)  increase the maximum number of shares which may be purchased pursuant
           to options granted under the Plan either in the aggregate or by an
           individual;

      (b)  change the minimum option price;

      (c)  increase  the  maximum  term  of  options  provided  for
           herein; or

      (d)  permit options to be granted to anyone other than directors,
           full-time salaried officers or management level employees of the
           Corporation or a subsidiary corporation;

may be adopted without the Corporation having first obtained any necessary
regulatory and shareholder approvals required by law.

      No option may be granted during any suspension or after termination of the
Plan. Amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not (except as
otherwise provided in Section 12 hereof), without the consent of the optionee,
alter or impair any rights or obligations under any option theretofore granted.

15.   TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS

      The time an option is granted, sometimes referred to as the date of grant,
shall be the day of the action of the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, described in Sections 3(c) and 4(c) hereof; provided, however, that
if appropriate resolutions of the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, indicate that an option is granted as of and on some future date,

                                       13
<PAGE>

the time such option is granted shall be such future date. If action by the
Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, is taken by unanimous
written consent of its members, the action of the Board, or the Stock Option
Committee, if applicable, shall be deemed to be at the time the last Board, or
Stock Option Committee, if applicable, member signs the consent.

16.   PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP;
      SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF SALE

      No optionee shall be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership as to
any shares of stock not actually issued. No shares shall be purchased upon the
exercise of any option unless and until the Corporation has fully complied with
all applicable requirements of any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over
the Corporation, and all applicable requirements of any exchange upon which
stock of the Corporation may be listed. The optionee shall give the Corporation
notice of any sale or disposition of any such shares not more than five (5) days
after such sale or disposition.

17.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN

      The Plan shall be deemed adopted by the Board as of March 15, 1995 and
shall be effective immediately subject to approval by the shareholders of the
Corporation within twelve months of the date the Plan is adopted, by the vote of
a majority of the outstanding shares represented and voting at a meeting of
shareholders at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent vote of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation's stock.

                                       14
<PAGE>

18.   TERMINATION

      Unless previously terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate at the
close of business on a date ten (10) years from the earlier of the date of
approval by the Corporation's outstanding shares or the date of adoption of the
Plan by the Board. No options shall be granted under the Plan thereafter, but
such termination shall not affect any option theretofore granted.

19.   OPTION AGREEMENT

      Each option shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement
executed by the Corporation and the optionee and shall contain each of the
provisions and agreements herein specifically required to be contained therein,
and such other terms and conditions as are deemed desirable and are not
inconsistent with the Plan. Each incentive stock option agreement shall contain
such terms and provisions as the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, may determine to be necessary in order to qualify such option as an
incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

20.   OPTION PERIOD

      Each option and all rights and obligations thereunder shall expire on such
date as the Board, or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, may determine,
but not later than ten (10) years from the date such option is granted, and
shall be subject to earlier termination as provided elsewhere in the Plan.

                                       15
<PAGE>
21.   EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

      To the extent permitted by applicable law in effect from time to time, no
member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee shall be liable for any act or
omission of any other member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee nor for
any act or omission on the member's own part, except the member's own willful
misconduct or gross negligence. The Corporation and its subsidiary corporations
shall pay expenses incurred by, and satisfy a judgment or fine rendered or
levied against, a present or former member of the Board or the Stock Option
Committee in any action brought by a third party against such person (whether or
not the Corporation is joined as a party defendant) to impose a liability or
penalty on such person while a member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee
arising with respect to the Plan or administration thereof or out of membership
on the Board or the Stock Option Committee, or all or any combination of the
preceding; provided, the Board determines in good faith that such member of the
Board or the Stock Option Committee was acting in good faith, within what such
member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee reasonably believed to be the
scope of his or her employment or authority, and for a purpose which he or she
reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation or its
shareholders. Payments authorized hereunder include amounts paid and expenses
incurred in settling any such action or threatened action. This Section 21 does
not apply to any action instituted or maintained in the right of the Corporation
by a shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate representing shares of
the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation thereof. The provisions of this

                                       16
<PAGE>

Section 21 shall apply to the estate, executor, administrator, heirs, legatees
or devisees of a member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee, and the term
"person" as used in this Section 21 shall include the estate, executor,
administrator, heirs, legatees or devisees of such person.

22.   AGREEMENT AND REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE

      Unless  the  shares  of stock  covered  by the Plan have been
registered with the Securities Exchange Commission, each optionee shall, by
accepting an option, represent and agree, for himself or herself and his or her
transferees by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, that all
stock will be acquired for investment and not for resale or distribution. Upon
such exercise of any portion of an option, the person entitled to exercise the
same shall, upon request of the Corporation, furnish evidence satisfactory to
the Corporation (including a written and signed representation) to the effect
that the stock is being acquired in good faith for investment and not for resale
or distribution. Furthermore, the Corporation, at its sole discretion, may take
all reasonable steps, including affixing the following legend (and/or such other
legend or legends as counsel shall require) on certificates embodying the
shares:

      The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under
      the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or
      otherwise transferred or offered for sale in the absence of an effective
      registration statement with respect to them under the Securities Act of
      1933 or a written opinion of counsel for the optionee which opinion shall
      be acceptable to counsel for American River Holdings that registration is
      not required.

to assure itself against any sale or distribution by the optionee which does not

                                       17
<PAGE>

comply with the Plan or any federal or state securities laws.

      The Corporation agrees to remove any legend affixed to the certificates
embodying the shares pursuant to this Section 22 when all of the restrictions on
the transfer of the shares, whether imposed by the Plan or federal or state law,
have terminated.

23.   INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES

      The Corporation shall provide optionees with financial statements of the
Corporation at least annually.

24.   NONEXEMPT PLAN UNDER SECTION 16B-3

      The Plan is not a Section 16b-3 exempt plan.


                                       18


NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, NO SHARES OF AMERICAN
RIVER HOLDINGS' COMMON STOCK SHALL BE ISSUED PURSUANT HERETO UNLESS THE AMERICAN
RIVER HOLDINGS 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN SHALL HAVE FIRST BEEN APPROVED BY THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS.

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                       NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

        This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of the ______ day of __________, ____, by and between American
River Holdings, a California corporation (the "Corporation"), and
________________________, ("Optionee");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan"), a copy of which is attached hereto, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (or the Stock Option Committee, if authorized by the Board of
Directors) has authorized granting to Optionee a nonqualified stock option to
purchase all or any part of _______________ (_________) authorized but unissued
shares of the Corporation's common stock for cash at the price of ________
Dollars and _____ Cents ($__.__) per share, such option to be for the term and
upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated;

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed:

        1. GRANT OF OPTION. Pursuant to said action of the Board of Directors,
or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, and pursuant to authorizations
granted by all appropriate regulatory and governmental agencies, the Corporation
hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase, upon and subject to the terms
and conditions of the Plan, as amended, which is incorporated in full herein by
this reference, all or any part of _______________ (______) shares of the

<PAGE>


Corporation's common stock (hereinafter called "stock") at the price of
________________ Dollars and _____ Cents ($__.__) per share, which price is not
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the stock as of
the date of action of the Board of Directors, or the Stock Option Committee, if
applicable, granting this option.

        2. EXERCISABILITY. This option shall be exercisable as to_______________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________ This
option shall remain exercisable as to all of such shares until __________, _____
(but not later than ten (10) years from the date this option is granted) unless
this option has expired or terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions
hereof. Shares as to which this option becomes exercisable pursuant to the
foregoing provision may be purchased at any time prior to expiration of this
option.

        3. EXERCISE OF OPTION. This option may be exercised by written notice
delivered to the Corporation stating the number of shares with respect to which
this option is being exercised, together with cash or shares of the
Corporation's stock, as applicable, in the amount of the purchase price of such
shares. Not less than ten (10) shares may be purchased at any one time unless
the number purchased is the total number which may be purchased under this
option and in no event may the option be exercised with respect to fractional
shares. Upon exercise, Optionee shall make appropriate arrangements and shall be

                                       2
<PAGE>

responsible for the withholding of any federal and state taxes then due.

        4. CESSATION OF DIRECTORSHIP OR EMPLOYMENT. Except as provided in
Paragraphs 2 and 5 hereof, if Optionee shall cease to be a director or an
employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation for any reason other
than Optionee's death or disability [as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")], this
option shall expire three (3) months thereafter. During the three (3) month
period this option shall be exercisable only as to those installments, if any,
which had accrued as of the date when Optionee ceased to be a director or an
employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation.

        5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE. If Optionee's employment with
the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation is terminated for cause, this option
shall expire thirty (30) days from the date of such termination. Termination for
cause shall include, but not be limited to, termination for malfeasance or gross
misfeasance in the performance of duties or conviction of a crime involving
moral turpitude, and, in any event, the determination of the Board of Directors
with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive.

                                       3
<PAGE>

        6. NONTRANSFERABILITY; DEATH OR DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. This option
shall not be transferable except by will or the applicable laws of descent and
distribution and shall be exercisable during Optionee's lifetime only by
Optionee. If Optionee dies while serving as a director or an employee of the
Corporation or a subsidiary corporation, or during the three (3) month period
referred to in Paragraph 4 hereof, this option shall expire one (1) year after
the date of Optionee's death or on the day specified in Paragraph 2 hereof,
whichever is earlier. After Optionee's death but before such expiration, the
persons to whom Optionee's rights under this option shall have passed by will or
the applicable laws of descent and distribution or the executor or administrator
of Optionee's estate shall have the right to exercise this option as to those
shares for which installments had accrued under Paragraph 2 hereof as of the
date on which Optionee ceased to be a director or an employee of the Corporation
or a subsidiary corporation.

        If Optionee terminates his or her directorship or employment because of
disability, (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may exercise
this option to the extent he or she is entitled to do so at the date of
termination, at any time within one (1) year of the date of termination, or
before the expiration date specified in Paragraph 2 hereof, whichever is
earlier.

        7. EMPLOYMENT. This Agreement shall not obligate the Corporation or a
subsidiary corporation to employ Optionee for any period, nor shall it interfere
in any way with the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation to

                                       4
<PAGE>

reduce Optionee's compensation.

        8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP. Optionee shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to the Corporation's stock subject to this option until
the date of issuance of stock certificates to Optionee. Except as provided in
the Plan, no adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificates are issued.

        9. MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION. The rights of Optionee are subject to
modification and termination upon the occurrence of certain events as provided
in Sections 13 and 14 of the Plan.

        10. NOTIFICATION OF SALE. Optionee agrees that Optionee, or any person
acquiring shares upon exercise of this option, will notify the Corporation not
more than five (5) days after any sale or other disposition of such shares.

        11. REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE. No shares issuable upon the exercise of
this option shall be issued and delivered unless and until the Corporation has
complied with all applicable requirements of California and federal law and of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the California Department of
Corporations pertaining to the issuance and sale of such shares, and all
applicable listing requirements of the securities exchanges, if any, on which

                                       5
<PAGE>

shares of the Corporation of the same class are then listed. Optionee agrees to
ascertain that such requirements shall have been complied with at the time of
any exercise of this option. In addition, if the Optionee is an "affiliate" for
purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, there may be additional restrictions on
the resale of stock, and Optionee therefore agrees to ascertain what those
restrictions are and to abide by the restrictions and other applicable federal
and state securities laws.

        Furthermore, the Corporation may, if it deems appropriate, issue stop
transfer instructions against any shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of
this option and affix to any certificate representing such shares the legends
which the Corporation deems appropriate.

        Optionee represents that the Corporation, its directors, officers,
employees and agents have not and will not provide tax advice with respect to
the option, and Optionee agrees to consult with his or her own tax advisor as to
the specific tax consequences of the option, including the application and
effect of federal, state, local and other tax laws.

        12. NOTICES. Any notice to the Corporation provided for in this
Agreement shall be addressed to it in care of its President or Chief Financial
Officer at its main office and any notice to Optionee shall be addressed to
Optionee's address on file with the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation, or
to such other address as either may designate to the other in writing. Any
notice shall be deemed to be duly given if and when enclosed in a properly
sealed envelope and addressed as stated above and deposited, postage prepaid,

                                       6
<PAGE>

with the United States Postal Service. In lieu of giving notice by mail as
aforesaid, any written notice under this Agreement may be given to Optionee in
person, and to the Corporation by personal delivery to its President or Chief
Financial Officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

OPTIONEE                            AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

By__________________________        By______________________________


                                    By______________________________

                                       7


NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, NO SHARES OF AMERICAN
RIVER HOLDINGS' COMMON STOCK SHALL BE ISSUED PURSUANT HERETO UNLESS THE AMERICAN
RIVER HOLDINGS 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN SHALL HAVE FIRST BEEN APPROVED BY THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS.

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

        This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of the ______ day of __________, _____, by and between American
River Holdings, a California corporation (the "Corporation"), and
___________________________ ("Optionee");

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the American River Holdings 1995 Stock Option Plan
(the "Plan"), a copy of which is attached hereto, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (or the Stock Option Committee, if authorized by the Board of
Directors) has authorized granting to Optionee an incentive stock option to
purchase all or any part of ______________ (_____) authorized but unissued
shares of the Corporation's common stock for cash at the price of ___________
Dollars and _______ Cents ($__.__) per share, such option to be for the term and
upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated;

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed:

        1. GRANT OF OPTION. Pursuant to said action of the Board of Directors,
or the Stock Option Committee, if applicable, and pursuant to authorizations
granted by all appropriate regulatory and governmental agencies, the Corporation
hereby grants to Optionee the option to purchase, upon and subject to the terms
and conditions of the Plan, as amended, which is incorporated in full herein by
this reference, all or any part of ______________ (_____) shares of the
<PAGE>

Corporation's common stock (hereinafter called "stock") at the price of
_______________ Dollars and _______ Cents ($__.__) per share, which price is not
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the stock (or
not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock for
Optionee-shareholders who own securities possessing more than ten percent (10%)
of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the
Corporation) as of the date of action of the Board of Directors, or the Stock
Option Committee, if applicable, granting this option.

        2. EXERCISABILITY. This option shall be exercisable as to

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------.

This option shall remain exercisable as to all of such shares until
_______________ __, _____ (but not later than ten (10) years from the date this
option is granted) unless this option has expired or terminated earlier in
accordance with the provisions hereof. Shares as to which this option becomes
exercisable pursuant to the foregoing provision may be purchased at any time
prior to expiration of this option.

        3. EXERCISE OF OPTION. This option may be exercised by written notice
delivered to the Corporation stating the number of shares with respect to which
this option is being exercised, together with cash or shares of the
Corporation's stock, as applicable, in the amount of the purchase price of such

                                       2
<PAGE>

shares. Not less than ten (10) shares may be purchased at any one time unless
the number purchased is the total number which may be purchased under this
option and in no event may the option be exercised with respect to fractional
shares. Upon exercise, Optionee shall make appropriate arrangements and shall be
responsible for the withholding of any federal and state taxes then due.

        4. CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Except as provided in Paragraphs 2 and 5
hereof, if Optionee shall cease to be an employee of the Corporation or a
subsidiary corporation for any reason other than Optionee's death or disability
[as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time (the "Code")], this option shall expire three (3) months
thereafter. During the three (3) month period this option shall be exercisable
only as to those installments, if any, which had accrued as of the date when
Optionee ceased to be an employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary
corporation.

        5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE. If Optionee's employment with
the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation is terminated for cause, this option
shall expire thirty (30) days from the date of such termination. Termination for
cause shall include, but not be limited to, termination for malfeasance or gross
misfeasance in the performance of duties or conviction of a crime involving
moral turpitude, and, in any event, the determination of the Board of Directors
with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive.

                                       3
<PAGE>

        6. NONTRANSFERABILITY; DEATH OR DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. This option
shall not be transferable except by will or the applicable laws of descent and
distribution and shall be exercisable during Optionee's lifetime only by
Optionee. If Optionee dies while serving as an employee of the Corporation or a
subsidiary corporation, or during the three (3) month period referred to in
Paragraph 4 hereof, this option shall expire one (1) year after the date of
Optionee's death or on the day specified in Paragraph 2 hereof, whichever is
earlier. After Optionee's death but before such expiration, the persons to whom
Optionee's rights under this option shall have passed by will or the applicable
laws of descent and distribution or the executor or administrator of Optionee's
estate shall have the right to exercise this option as to those shares for which
installments had accrued under Paragraph 2 hereof as of the date on which
Optionee ceased to be an employee of the Corporation or a subsidiary
corporation.

        If Optionee terminates his or her employment because of disability, (as
defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may exercise this option to
the extent he or she is entitled to do so at the date of termination, at any
time within one (1) year of the date of termination, or before the expiration
date specified in Paragraph 2 hereof, whichever is earlier.

        7. EMPLOYMENT. This Agreement shall not obligate the Corporation or a
subsidiary corporation to employ Optionee for any period, nor shall it interfere
in any way with the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation to

                                       4
<PAGE>

reduce Optionee's compensation.

        8. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP. Optionee shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to the Corporation's stock subject to this option until
the date of issuance of stock certificates to Optionee. Except as provided in
the Plan, no adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such stock certificates are issued.

        9. MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION. The rights of Optionee are subject to
modification and termination upon the occurrence of certain events as provided
in Sections 13 and 14 of the Plan.

        10. NOTIFICATION OF SALE. Optionee agrees that Optionee, or any person
acquiring shares upon exercise of this option, will notify the Corporation not
more than five (5) days after any sale or other disposition of such shares.

        11. REPRESENTATIONS OF OPTIONEE. No shares issuable upon the exercise of
this option shall be issued and delivered unless and until the Corporation has
complied with all applicable requirements of California and federal law and of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the California Department of
Corporations pertaining to the issuance and sale of such shares, and all
applicable listing requirements of the securities exchanges, if any, on which
shares of the Corporation of the same class are then listed. Optionee agrees to
ascertain that such requirements shall have been complied with at the time of

                                       5
<PAGE>

any exercise of this option. In addition, if the Optionee is an "affiliate" for
purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, there may be additional restrictions on
the resale of stock, and Optionee therefore agrees to ascertain what those
restrictions are and to abide by the restrictions and other applicable federal
and state securities laws.

        Furthermore, the Corporation may, if it deems appropriate, issue stop
transfer instructions against any shares of stock purchased upon the exercise of
this option and affix to any certificate representing such shares the legends
which the Corporation deems appropriate.

        Optionee represents that the Corporation, its directors, officers,
employees and agents have not and will not provide tax advice with respect to
the option, and Optionee agrees to consult with his or her own tax advisor as to
the specific tax consequences of the option, including the application and
effect of federal, state, local and other tax laws.

        12. NOTICES. Any notice to the Corporation provided for in this
Agreement shall be addressed to it in care of its President or Chief Financial
Officer at its main office and any notice to Optionee shall be addressed to
Optionee's address on file with the Corporation or a subsidiary corporation, or
to such other address as either may designate to the other in writing. Any
notice shall be deemed to be duly given if and when enclosed in a properly
sealed envelope and addressed as stated above and deposited, postage prepaid,

                                       6
<PAGE>

with the United States Postal Service. In lieu of giving notice by mail as
aforesaid, any written notice under this Agreement may be given to Optionee in
person, and to the Corporation by personal delivery to its President or Chief
Financial Officer.

        13. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. This Agreement is intended to be an
incentive stock option agreement as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

OPTIONEE                                AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

By_______________________               By_________________________


                                        By_________________________


                                        7


                     PUTNAM PROFIT SHARING AND 401 (K) PLAN

                               PLAN AGREEMENT #001

This is the Plan Agreement for a Putnam prototype profit sharing plan with
optional Section 401(k) provisions. Please consult a tax or legal advisor and
review the entire form before you sign it. If you fail to fill out this Putnam
Plan Agreement properly, the Plan may be disqualified. You can get further
information to help you complete the Plan Agreement from your investment dealer,
or from Putnam at:

                        Putnam Defined Contribution Plans
                              One Putnam Place E2B
                               859 Willard Street
                                Quincy, MA 02269
                              Phone: 1-800-752-9894

                                      * * *

By executing this Plan Agreement, the Employer establishes a profit sharing plan
and trust upon the terms and conditions of Putnam Basic Plan Document #05, as
supplemented and modified by the provisions elected by the Employer in this Plan
Agreement. THIS PLAN AGREEMENT MUST BE ACCEPTED BY PUTNAM IN ORDER FOR THE
EMPLOYER TO RECEIVE FUTURE AMENDMENTS TO THE PUTNAM PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k)
PLAN.

                                      * * *


All Employers complete items 1-11 below. Employers who wish to adopt Section
401(k) provisions also complete item 12.

1.      Business Information The Employer adopting this Plan is:

        A.     BUSINESS NAME:       American River Bank
                                    ---------------------
        B.     BUSINESS ADDRESS:    1545 River Park Drive
                                    ---------------------
                                    Suite 107
                                    ---------------------
                                    Sacramento, CA 95815
                                    ---------------------
               SIC Code:            6090
                                    ---------------------

               Person for Putnam to
               Contact:             Anneliese Hein
                                    ---------------------
               Phone:               (916) 368-3410
                                    ---------------------

<PAGE>


        C.     Federal Tax
               Identification Number: 94-2893864
                                      ------------------

        D.     Form of Organization (check one):

               [ ]  Sole proprietorship     [X] Corporation       [ ] Other

               [ ]  Partnership             [ ] S Corporation

        E.     Plan Name: AMERICAN RIVER BANK 401 (k) PLAN

        F.     Plan Number: 002

        G.     TAXABLE YEAR OF BUSINESS:

               [X]    (1)    Calendar Year.


               [ ]    (2)    Fiscal year ending on____________________

2.      PLAN INFORMATION

        A.     Plan Year. Check one:

               [X]    (1)    The Plan Year will be the same as the Taxable Year
                             of the Business shown in 1.F. above. If the Taxable
                             Year of the Business changes, the Plan Year will
                             change accordingly

               [ ]    (2)    The Plan Year will be the period of 12 months
                             beginning on the first day of ___________(month)
                             and ending on the last day of _________(month).

               The Plan Year will also be your Plan's Limitation Year for
               purposes of the contribution limitation rules in Article 6 of the
               Plan.

        B.     EFFECTIVE DATE OF ADOPTION OF PLAN.

               Are you adopting this Plan to replace an existing plan?

               [X]     (1)    Yes.

               [ ]     (2)    No.

<PAGE>

               IF YOU ANSWERED YES IN 2.B. above, the Effective Date of your
               adoption of this Plan will be the first day of the current Plan
               Year UNLESS you elect a later date below. Please complete the
               following:

               California Bankers Association Profit Sharing & Salary Deferral
               401 (k) Plan
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                Name of the plan you are replacing

               l/l/93
               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                       Original Effective Date of the plan you are replacing


               ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Effective Date of amendment


               IF YOU ANSWERED No in 2.B. above, the Effective Date of your
               adoption of this Plan will be the day you select below (not
               before the first day of the current Plan Year, and not before the
               day your Business began):

                      The Effective Date is:____________________________________
                                                         month/day/year

        C.     IDENTIFYING HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES. Check One:

               [X]    (1)    The Plan will use the regular method under Plan
                             Section 2.60(a) for identifying Highly Compensated
                             Employees.

                             If your Plan Year is the calendar year, do you wish
                             to make the regular method's "calendar year
                             election" for identifying your Highly Compensated
                             Employees?

                             [X]     (a)    Yes

                             [ ]     (b)    No

               [ ]    (2)    The Plan will use the simplified method under Plan
                             Section 2.60(b) for identifying Highly Compensated
                             Employees.

<PAGE>


3.      ELIGIBILITY FOR PLAN PARTICIPATION (PLAN SECTION 3.1). Employees will be
        eligible to participate in the Plan when they complete the requirements
        you select in A, B and C below.

        A.     CLASSES OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. The Plan requires coverage of all
               classes of employees of the Employer and any Affiliated Employer,
               except for union employees and nonresident aliens without U.
               S.-source income. The general rules of the Plan exclude employees
               in those two groups, but if you want employees in one or both
               categories to be eligible for your Plan, check the appropriate
               space below.

               The following employees WILL BE ELIGIBLE to participate in the
               Plan:

               [ ]     (1)   Members of the following collective bargaining
                             unit(s) (give names of unions):

                             ---------------------------------------------------

                             ---------------------------------------------------

                             ---------------------------------------------------

                       (2)   Nonresident aliens with no U. S.-source income.

        B.     AGE REQUIREMENT (check and complete one):

               [X]     (1)   No minimum age required for participation.

                       (2)   Employees must reach age _   (not over 21 ) to
                             participate.

        C.     SERVICE REQUIREMENTS.

               A 6-month Eligibility Period is a 6-month period beginning either
               on an employee's first day of work with the Employer or on the
               date 6 months following the employee's first day of work, and
               anniversaries of those dates. A 12-month Eligibility Period is
               the 12-month period beginning on an employee's first day of work
               with the Employer, and anniversaries of that date. You may also
               select another Eligibility Period consisting of a number of
               months of your choice and each successive period of that number
               of months.

               (1)     To become eligible, an employee must complete (choose
                       one):

                       [X]  (a)  No minimum service required. Skip to (5) below.

                       [ ]  (b)  One 6-month Eligibility Period.

<PAGE>

                       [ ]  (c)  One ___ month Eligibility Period (must be less
                                 than 12).

                       [ ]  (d)  One 12-month Eligibility Period.

                       [ ]  (e)  Two 12-month Eligibility Periods (may not be
                                 chosen if you adopt EITHER the Section 401 (k)
                                 provisions under item 12 or a vesting schedule
                                 other than the first choice under item 8.A(l),
                                 which provides for 100% full and immediate
                                 vesting).

               (2)     If the Employer acquires a business, will the Eligibility
                       Period for employees of the acquired business be the
                       period selected in (1) above, beginning on the first day
                       of work for the acquired business?

                       [ ]  (a)  Yes.

                       [ ]  (b)  No.

               (3)     HOURS OF SERVICE FOR ELIGIBILITY PERIODS.

                       (a)   To receive credit for a 6-month Eligibility Period,
                             an employee must complete during it at least:

                             [ ](i)   500 Hours of Service.

                             [ ](ii)               Hours of Service.
                                      ------------
                                      (under 500)

                      (b)    Complete only if (1)(c) above is selected. To
                             receive credit for the Eligibility Period selected
                             in (1)(c) above, an employee must complete during
                             it at least:

                             [ ](i)                Hours of Service.
                                      ------------
                                      (under 1000)

                       (c)   To receive credit for a 12-month Eligibility
                             Period, an employee must complete during it at
                             least:

                             [ ](i)   1,000 Hours of Service.

                             [ ](ii)               Hours of Service.
                                      ------------
                                      (under 1,000)

<PAGE>

               (4)    Hours of Service will be credited to an employee by the
                      following method (check one):

                      [ ]   (a)   Actual hours for which an employee is paid.
                      [ ]   (b)   Any employee who has one actual paid hour in
                                  the following period will be credited with the
                                  number of Hours of Service indicated (check
                                  one):

                                      [ ]   (i)    Day (10 Hours of Service).

                                      [ ]   (ii)   Week (45 Hours of Service).

                                      [ ]   (iii)  Semi-monthly payroll period
                                                   (95 Hours of Service).

                                      [ ]   (iv)   Month 190 Hours of Service).

               (5)    ENTRY DATES. Each Employee in an eligible class who
                      completes the age and service requirements specified above
                      will begin to participate in the Plan on (check one):

                      [ ]    (a)    The first day of the month in which he
                                    fulfills the requirements.

                      [X]    (b)    The first of the following dates occurring
                                    after he fulfills the requirements (or, if
                                    earlier, the first day of the first Plan
                                    Year that begins after the date he fulfills
                                    the requirements) (check one):

                                    [X] (1)   The first day of the month
                                              following the date he fulfills the
                                              requirements (monthly).

                                    [ ] (ii)  The first day of the first,
                                              fourth, seventh and tenth months
                                              in a Plan Year (quarterly).

                                    [ ] (iii) The first day of the first month
                                              and the seventh month in a Plan
                                              Year (semiannually).

<PAGE>

        D.     (For New Plans Only) Will all eligible Employees be required to
               meet the age and service requirements specified in B and C above?

               [ ]   (1)    Yes.

               [ ]   (2)    No; all Employees on the Effective Date will be
                            eligible as of the Effective Date, even if they have
                            not met the age and service requirements.

4.      COMPENSATION (PLAN SECTION 2.8).

        A.     AMOUNT.Compensation for purposes of the Plan will be the amount
               of the following that is actually paid by your Business to an
               employee during the Plan Year (check one):

               [ ]   (1)    Form W-2 earnings as defined in Section 2.8 of the
                            Plan.

               [ ]   (2)    Form W-2 earnings as defined in Section 2.8 of the
                            Plan, plus any amounts withheld from the employee
                            under a 401 (k) plan, cafeteria plan, SARSEP, tax
                            sheltered 403(b) arrangement, or Code Section 457
                            deferred compensation plan, and contributions
                            described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are picked
                            up by a governmental employer.

               [ ]   (3)    All compensation included in the definition of Code
                            Section 415 Compensation in Section 6.5(b) of the
                            Plan.

               [X]   (4)    All compensation included in the definition of Code
                            Section 415 Compensation in Section 6.5(b) of the
                            Plan, plus any amounts withheld from the employee
                            under a 401 (k) plan, cafeteria plan, SARSEP, tax
                            sheltered 403(b) arrangement, or Code Section 457
                            deferred compensation plan, and contributions
                            described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are picked
                            up by a governmental employer.

        B.     MEASURING PERIOD.    Compensation will be based on the Plan Year.
                                    However, for an employee's initial year of
                                    participation in the Plan, compensation
                                    shall be recognized as of:

               [ ]   (1)    The first day of the Plan Year.

               [X]   (2)    The date the Participant entered the Plan.

<PAGE>


5.      CONTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTIONS 4. 1 AND 4.2).

        A.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - PROFIT LIMITATION.Will Employer
               contributions to the Plan be limited to the current and
               accumulated profits of your Business? Check one:

               [X]   (1)    Yes.

               [ ]   (2)    No.

        If you will make contributions only under the Section 401(k) provisions
        in item 12 of this Plan Agreement, skip to part 5D.

        B.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS - AMOUNT

               (1) The Employer will contribute to the Plan for each Plan Year
                   (check one):

                   [ ] (a)  An amount chosen by the Employer from year to year.

                   [ ] (b)  ___ % of the Earnings of all Qualified Participants
                            for the Plan Year.

                   [ ] (c)  $________ for each Qualified Participant per (enter
                            time period, ex. payroll period, plan year)

               (2) Will Forfeitures for a Plan Year be applied to reduce the
                   amount of the contribution otherwise required?

                   [ ] (a)  Yes.

                   [ ] (b)  No.

               (3) Will Forfeitures that are not applied to reduce the amount of
                   contribution otherwise required for the Plan Year be applied
                   to reduce the required Employer Matching Contribution for the
                   Plan Year described in 12.B.(1)?

                   [ ] (a)  Yes.

                   [ ] (b)  No.

               If you check No to both (2) and (3) above, Forfeitures will be
               allocated as though they were additional Profit Sharing
               Contributions.

<PAGE>

C.            Employer Contributions - Allocations to Participants

               (1)    ALLOCATION TO QUALIFIED PARTICIPANTS. Any Employee who has
                      met the eligibility requirements in item 3 of this Plan
                      Agreement is a Qualified Participant UNLESS for reasons
                      other than his death or Retirement, he is not an active
                      Employee on the last day of the Plan Year, AND HE is not
                      credited with more than 500 Hours of Service in the Plan
                      Year.

                      How will contributions be allocated:

                      [ ] (a)   Pro rata

                      [ ] (b)   Uniform Dollar Amount

                      [ ] (c)   Integrated With Social Security (complete (2)
                                and (3) below).

               (2)    INTEGRATION WITH SOCIAL SECURITY (Complete only if you
                      have elected in 5.C.1 to integrate your Plan with Social
                      Security.) Contributions under paragraph B will be
                      allocated to Qualified Participants as you check below:

                      [ ] (a)   Contributions will be allocated according to the
                                Top-Heavy Integration Formula in Section
                                4.2(c)(1) of the Basic Plan Document in every
                                Plan Year, whether or not the Plan is topheavy.

                      [ ] (b)   Contributions will be allocated according to the
                                Top-Heavy Integration Formula in Section
                                4.2(c)(1) of the Basic Plan Document only in
                                Plan Years in which the Plan is top-heavy. In
                                all other Plan Years, contributions will be
                                allocated according to the Non-Top-Heavy
                                Integration Formula in Section 4.2(c)(2) of the
                                Basic Plan Document.

               (3)    INTEGRATION LEVEL. (Complete only if you have elected in
                      5.C. I to integrate your Plan with Social Security.) The
                      Integration Level will be (check one):

                      [ ] (a)   The Social Security Wage Base in effect at the
                                beginning of the Plan Year.

                      [ ] (b)   ___% (not more than 100%) of the Social Security
                                Wage Base in effect at the beginning of the Plan
                                Year.

                      [ ] (c)   $___ (not more than the Social Security Wage
                                Base).

               NOTE: The Social Security Wage Base is indexed annually to
               reflect increases in the cost of living.

<PAGE>

        D.     PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.2(e)). Will your Plan
               allow Participants to make after-tax contributions?

                      [ ]    (a)    Yes.

                      [X]    (b)    No.

6.      INVESTMENTS (PLAN SECTIONS 13.2 AND 13.3). The Employer selects in part
        A below the Investment Products that will be available under the Plan
        (in addition to Policies selected under Plan Article 14, if any). All
        Investment Products must be sponsored, underwritten, managed or
        expressly agreed to in writing by Putnam. From the group of available
        Investment Products selected by the Employer, each Participant chooses
        the investments for his own Accounts unless the Employer elects
        differently in B below.

        A.     AVAILABLE INVESTMENT PRODUCTS (PLAN SECTION 13.2). The following
               investments will be available under the Plan (check one):

       (1)     Mutual Funds

               [X]    The group of funds made available by Putnam, selected by
                      the Employer and communicated to Participants in writing.
                      A current list of the funds selected by the Employer from
                      time to time shall be kept with the records of the Plan.
                      The initial list of funds is a FOLLOWS:

               1)     Daily Dividend Trust
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               2)     Putnam Fund For Growth & Income
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               3)     U.S. Government Income Trust
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               4)     Putnam Voyager Fund
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               5)     Putnam Fund For Growth & Income
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               6)     Putnam New Opportunity Fund  A
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

        (2)    Other Investment Options

               [X]    (a)    Putnam Stable Value Fund.

               [ ]    (b)    Other Investment Products (as defined in Section
                             2.28 of the Plan).

If there is any amount in the Trust Fund for which no instructions or unclear
instructions are delivered, it will be invested in the default option selected
by the Employer in its Service Agreement with Putnam (or if the Employer makes
no such selection, by execution of the Plan Agreement, the Employer shall
affirmatively elect to have such amounts invested in the Putnam Money Market
Fund) until instructions are received in good order, and the Employer will be
deemed to have selected the option indicated in its Service Agreement with
Putnam (or if none, The Putnam Money Market Fund) as an available Investment
Product for that purpose.

<PAGE>

        B.     INSTRUCTIONS (PLAN SECTION 13.3). Investment instructions for
               amounts held under the Plan generally will be given by each
               Participant for his own Accounts and delivered to Putnam as
               indicated in the Service Agreement between Putnam and the
               Employer. Check below ONLY if the Employer will make investment
               decisions under the Plan with respect to the following
               contributions made to the Plan.
               (Check all applicable options.)

               [ ]  (1)      The Employer will make all investment decisions
                             with respect to all employee contributions,
                             including Elective Deferrals, Participant
                             Contributions, Deductible Employee Contributions
                             and Rollover Contributions.

               [ ]  (2)      The Employer will make all investment decisions
                             with respect to all Employer contributions,
                             including Profit Sharing Contributions, Employer
                             Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching
                             Contributions and Qualified Nonelective
                             Contributions.

               [ ]  (3)      The Employer will make investment decisions with
                             respect to Employer Matching Contributions and
                             Qualified Matching Contributions made pursuant to
                             Section 12.B and C of this Plan Agreement.

               [ ]  (4)      The Employer will make investment decisions with
                             respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions made
                             pursuant to Section 12.D) of this Plan Agreement.

               [ ]  (5)      The Employer will make investment decisions with
                             respect to Profit Sharing Contributions made
                             pursuant to Section 5.B. of this Plan Agreement.

        C.     CHANGES. Investment instructions may be changed (check one):

               [X]  (1)    on any Valuation Date (daily).

               [ ]  (2)    on the first day of any month (monthly).

               [ ]  (3)    on the first day of the first, fourth, seventh and
                           tenth months in a Plan Year (quarterly).

<PAGE>


        D.     EMPLOYER STOCK. (Skip this paragraph if you did not designate
               Employer Stock as an investment under the Service Agreement.)

               (1)    VOTING.Section 13.8 of the Plan provides that Employer
                      Stock held as an investment under the Plan will be voted
                      in accordance with the Employer's instructions UNLESS the
                      Employer elects that Participants will direct the voting
                      of Employer Stock to the extent described in Section 13.8.
                      Check below ONLY IF Participants will direct the voting of
                      Employer Stock.

                      [ ]    Participants are hereby appointed named fiduciaries
                             for the purpose of the voting of Employer Stock in
                             accordance with Section 13.8. (NOTE: To the extent
                             a Participant fails to direct the voting of
                             Employer Stock credited to his Account, the Trustee
                             shall not vote such Employer Stock. Unallocated
                             shares of Employer Stock will be voted by the
                             Trustee as directed by the Plan Administrator.)

               (2)    TENDERING. Section 13.8 of the Plan provides that Employer
                      Stock held as an investment under the Plan will be
                      tendered in accordance with the Employer's instructions
                      UNLESS the Employer elects that Participants will direct
                      the tendering of Employer Stock to the extent described in
                      Section 13.8. Check below ONLY IF Participants will direct
                      the tendering of Employer Stock. (NOTE: Unallocated shares
                      of Employer Stock will be tendered in proportion to the
                      percentage of allocated shares which are tendered.)

                      [ ]    Participants are hereby appointed named fiduciaries
                             for the purpose of the tendering of Employer Stock
                             in accordance with Section 13.8. NOTE: To the
                             extent a Participant fails to direct the tendering
                             of Employer Stock credited to his Account, the
                             Trustee shall not tender such Employer Stock.)

        E.     VOTING OF NON-PUTNAM SHARES. Section 13.10 of the Plan provides
               that shares of registered investment companies held under the
               Plan other than Putnam mutual funds shall be voted in accordance
               with the Employer's instructions UNLESS the Employer elects that
               Participants will direct the voting of such non-Putnam investment
               company shares to the extent described in Section 13.10. Check
               below ONLY IF Participants will direct the voting of such
               non-Putnam investment company shares:

                      [ ]    Participants are hereby appointed named fiduciaries
                             for the purpose of voting shares of registered
                             investment companies other than Putnam mutual funds
                             in accordance with Section 13.10.

<PAGE>

               NOTE: Shares of non-Putnam investment companies for which the
               Trustee receives no voting instructions shall be voted in the
               same proportion as it votes such shares for which it has received
               instructions.

7.      DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS.

        A.     RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTIONS,

               (1)    NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE (PLAN SECTION 7. 1). Normal
                      retirement age will be 65 (not over age 65).
                                             --

               (2)    EARLY RETIREMENT (PLAN SECTION 7.1). Check and complete
                      the item below only if you want Participants to become
                      fully vested upon fulfilling specified age and service
                      requirements before reaching normal retirement age:



                      [ ] Early retirement will be permitted at age ________
                          with at least___________ Years of Service.

                (3)   ANNUITIES (PLAN SECTION 9.31. Will your Plan permit a
                      Participant to select a life annuity form of distribution?
                      YOU MUST CHECK YES if this Plan replaces an existing Plan
                      that permits distributions in a life annuity form.

                      [ ] (a) Yes.
                      [X] (b) No.

        B.      HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTION 12.2). Will your Plan
                permit hardship distributions from Employer Contribution
                Accounts?

                [X]   (1) Yes.
                [ ]   (2) No.

        C.      WITHDRAWALS AFTER AGE 59 1/2(PLAN SECTION 12.3). Will your Plan
                permit employees over age 59 1/2 to withdraw amounts upon
                request? YOU MUST CHECK YES if this Plan replaces an existing
                Plan that permits withdrawals after age 59 1/2.

                [X]   (1) Yes.

                [ ]   (2) No.

<PAGE>

        D.      LOANS. (Plan Section 12.4). Will your Plan permit loans to
                employees from their Accounts?

                [X]   (1) Yes.

                [ ]   (2) No.

        E.      AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION OF SMALL ACCOUNTS (PLAN SECTION 9.1).
                Will your Plan automatically distribute vested account balances
                not exceeding $3,500, within 60 days after the end of the Plan
                Year in which a Participant separates from employment?

                [X]   (1) Yes.

                [ ]   (2) No.

                Note: The time for distribution cannot be left to the discretion
                of the Employer or the Plan Administrator. If you check No
                above, small accounts will be distributable at the time selected
                by the Participant.

8.      VESTING (PLAN ARTICLE 8).

        A.     TIME OF VESTING.

               (1)    The provision checked below will determine a Participant's
                      vested percentage in the Profit Sharing Contribution
                      portion of his Employer Contribution Account:

                      [ ]  (a)   100% vesting immediately upon participation in
                                 the Plan.

                      [X]  (b)   Five-Year Graded Schedule:

                                 Vested Percentage  20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
                                                    --- --- --- --- ----
                                 Years of Service    1   2   3   4    5

                      [ ]  (c)   Six-Year Graded Schedule:

                                 Vested Percentage  20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
                                                    --- --- --- --- ----
                                 Years of Service    2   3   4   5    6

<PAGE>

                      [ ]  (d)   Seven-Year Graded Schedule:

                                 Vested Percentage  20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
                                                    --- --- --- --- ----
                                 Years of Service    3   4   5   6    7

                      [ ]  (e)   Three-Year Cliff Schedule:

                                 Vested Percentage   0%   100%

                                 Years of Service   0-2    3

                      [ ]  (f)   Five-Year Cliff Schedule:

                                 Vested Percentage   0%   100%

                                 Years of Service   0-4    5

                      [ ]  (g)   Other Schedule (must be at least as favorable
                                 as Seven-Year Graded Schedule or Five-Year
                                 Cliff Schedule):

                                 Vested Percentage  ___% ___% ___%  ___%  ___%

                                 Years of Service   ___  ___  ___   ___   ___

               If you selected above an "Other Schedule," specify in the space
               below the schedule that will apply after the Plan is top-heavy.
               The schedule you specify must be (i) the Six-Year Graded
               Schedule, or (ii) the Three-Year Cliff Schedule, or (iii) any
               other schedule that is at least as favorable to employees, at all
               years of service, as either the Six-Year Schedule or the
               Three-Year Cliff Schedule.

                      The top-heavy vesting schedule will be:

                      [ ] (a)  the same "Other Schedule" selected above.

                      [ ] (b)  Vested Percentage  ___% ___%  ___%  ___% ___%

                               Years of Service   ___  ___   ___   ___  ___

               (2)    If you adopt the Section 401(k) provisions in item 12 and
                      will make Employer Matching Contributions, check the
                      provision below that will determine a Participant's vested
                      percentage in his Employer Matching Contribution Account
                      (check one):

                      [ ] (a)  100% vesting immediately upon participation in
                               the Plan.

<PAGE>

                      [X] (b)  Five-Year Graded Schedule:

                               Vested Percentage  20%  40%  60%  80%  100%

                               Years of Service   1     2    3    4    5

                      [ ] (c)  Six-Year Graded Schedule:

                               Vested Percentage  20%  40%  60%  80%  100%

                               Years of Service    2    3    4   5     6

                      [ ] (d)  Seven-Year Graded Schedule:

                               Vested Percentage  20%  40%  60%  80%  100%

                               Years of Service    3    4    5   6     7


                      [ ] (e)  Three-Year Cliff Schedule:

                               Vested Percentage    0%    100%

                               Years of Service    0-2     3


                      [ ] (f)  Five-Year Cliff Schedule:

                               Vested Percentage      0%   100%

                               Years of Service      0-4    5

                      [ ] (g)  Other Schedule (must be at least as favorable as
                               Seven-Year Graded Schedule or Five-Year Cliff
                               Schedule):

                               Vested Percentage  ___%  ___%  ___% ___% ___%

                               Years of Service   ___   ___   ___  ___  ___

               If you selected "Other Schedule" above, the vesting schedule that
               will apply to the Employer Matching Contribution Account after
               the Plan becomes top-heavy will be the top-heavy vesting schedule
               applicable to the Employer Contribution Account, as specified in
               Section 8.A.(1).

<PAGE>


        B.     SERVICE FOR VESTING. Skip this part B if your Plan will include
               all of an employee's service in determining his Years of Service
               for vesting.

               Years of Service for vesting will exclude (check one or more):

               [ ] (1)  Service before the Effective Date of the Plan, if this
                        is a new plan, or service before the effective date of
                        your existing plan, if this Plan replaces an existing
                        plan.

               [ ] (2)  Service before the Plan Year in which an employee
                        reached age 18.

               [ ] (3)  Service for a business acquired by the Employer, before
                        the date of acquisition.

        C.     HOURS OF SERVICE FOR VESTING. The number of Hours of Service
               required for crediting a Year of Service for vesting will be
               (check one):

               [X] (1)  1,000 Hours of Service.

               [ ] (2)  _____________Hours of Service.
                        (under l,000)

        D.     YEAR OF SERVICE MEASURING PERIOD FOR VESTING (PLAN SECTION 2.54).
               The periods of 12 months used for measuring Years of Service will
               be (check one):

               [ ] (1)  Plan Years.

               [X] (2)  12-month Eligibility Periods.

               NOTE: If you are adopting this Plan to replace an existing plan,
               employees will be credited under this Plan with all service
               credited to them under the plan you are replacing.

        9.     TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM CONTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTION 15.3). For any Plan
               Year in which the Plan is top-heavy, you must provide for each
               Participant who is a non-key employee and who is employed on the
               last day of the Plan Year an allocation equal to 3% of his
               Earnings (or if less, the highest percentage allocated to any key
               employee). Neither Elective Deferrals, nor Employer Matching
               Contributions nor Qualified Matching Contributions for a non-key
               employee may be taken into account for purposes of this
               requirement. If you have adopted Putnam paired plans, for any
               Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy, the top-heavy minimum
               contribution will be provided under the Putnam Money Purchase
               Pension Plan.

               Skip paragraphs A and B below if you have Putnam paired plans or
               if you do not maintain any other qualified plan in addition to
               this Plan.

        A.     If you maintain another qualified plan in addition to this Plan,
               specify below

<PAGE>

               whether a non-key employee who participates in both plans will
               receive a top-heavy minimum contribution (or benefit) in this
               Plan or the other plan.

               The top-heavy minimum contribution (or benefit) for non-key
               employees participating both in this Plan and another qualified
               plan maintained by the Employer will be provided in (check one):

               [ ] (1) This Plan.

               [ ] (2) The plan named here:  ___________________________

        B.     (Skip this paragraph if you do not maintain a defined benefit
               plan.) If you maintain a defined benefit plan in addition to this
               Plan, and the Top-Heavy Ratio (as defined in Plan Section
               15.2(c)) for the combined plans is between 60% and 90%, you may
               elect to provide an increased minimum allocation or benefit
               pursuant to Plan Section 15.4. Specify your election by
               completing the statement below:

               The Employer will provide an increased (specify contribution or
               benefit) ____________ in its (specify defined contribution or
               defined benefit) ____________ plan as permitted under Plan
               Section 15.4.

10.     OTHER PLANS. YOU MUST COMPLETE THIS SECTION IF you maintain or ever
        maintained another qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan
        is (or was) a participant or could become a participant.

        The Plan and your other plan(s) combined will meet the contribution
        limitation rules in Article 6 of the Plan as you specify below:

        A.  If a Participant in the Plan is covered under another qualified
            defined contribution plan maintained by your Business, other than a
            master or prototype plan (check one):

            [ ] (1)    The provisions of Section 6.2 of the Plan will apply as
                       if the other plan were a master or prototype plan.

            [ ] (2)    The plans will limit total annual additions to the
                       maximum permissible amount, and will properly reduce any
                       excess amounts, in the manner you describe below.


                       ---------------------------------------------------------

                       ---------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


        B.     If a Participant in the Plan is or has ever been a participant in
               a defined  benefit plan  maintained by your  Business,  the plans
               will meet the  limits of  Article 6 in the  manner  you  describe
               below:

               -----------------------------------------------------------------

               -----------------------------------------------------------------

        NOTE: Your description under A or B above cannot be left to discretion
        and changed from year to year. If you want to amend it from year to
        year, you must execute a new plan agreement.

               If your Business has ever maintained a defined benefit plan,
               state below the interest rate and mortality table to be used in
               establishing the present value of any benefit under the defined
               benefit plan for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio:

                             Interest rate:                             %
                                             ----------------------------

                             Mortality Table:
                                             ----------------------------
11.     ADMINISTRATION

        A.     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR  (PLAN SECTION 16.1). You may appoint a person
               or a committee to serve as Plan Administrator. You may remove and
               replace anyone you have appointed,  and anyone you have appointed
               may  resign,  without  the need to  amend  this  Plan  Agreement,
               provided  that you  notify  Participants  in  writing of any such
               change.  If you do not  appoint  a Plan  Administrator,  the Plan
               provides that the Employer will be the Plan Administrator.

               The initial Plan Administrator will be (check one):

               [ ]  This person:  __________________________

               [X]  A committee composed of these people:

                    William L. Young
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                    David T. Taber
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

                    Anneliese Hein
                    ------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
        B.     RECORDKEEPER (PLAN SECTION 16.4). UNLESS Putnam expressly permits
               otherwise,  you must appoint  Putnam as  Recordkeeper  to perform
               certain routine  services  determined upon execution of a written
               Service Agreement between Putnam and you.

               The initial Recordkeeper will be:

               Putnam Investments
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                      Name

               859 Willard Street Quincy, MA 02269
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                      Address

COMPLETE ITEM 12 BELOW IF YOUR PLAN WILL ALLOW EMPLOYEES TO ELECT PRE-TAX
CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER SECTION 401(k) OF THE CODE.

12.     SECTION 401(k) PLAN PROVISIONS (PLAN ARTICLE 5).

A.      ELECTIVE DEFERRALS (PLAN SECTION 5.2).

        (1)    A Participant may make Elective Deferrals for each year in an
               amount not to exceed (check one):

               [X]   (a)    15   % of his Earnings (specify a percentage).
                         -------
               [ ]   (b)         % of his Earnings not to exceed $
                         -------                                  ----------
                         (specify a percentage and a dollar amount).

               [ ]   (c) $           (specify a dollar amount).
                          ----------

        Note:  Elective  Deferrals  may not exceed the annual dollar limit under
        Section 402(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.

        (2)    A Participant may begin to make Elective Deferrals, or change the
               amount of his Elective Deferrals, as of the following dates
               (check one):

               [X]   (a) First business day of each month (monthly)

               [ ]   (b) First  business day of the first,  fourth,  seventh and
                         tenth months of the Plan Year (quarterly).

               [ ]   (c) First  business day of the first and seventh  months of
                         the Plan Year (semiannually).

               [ ]   (d) First  business  day of the Plan Year only (annually).
<PAGE>

        (3)    May Participants make Elective Deferrals of bonuses?

               [X]   (a) Yes.

               [ ]   (b) No.

        NOTE: You may choose to make Employer Matching Contributions or
        Qualified Matching Contributions, or neither, or both. Qualified
        Matching Contributions are always fully vested and cannot be distributed
        from the Plan before a Participant reaches age 59 1/2 or leaves
        employment. They will be used, to the extent needed, to help the Plan
        pass the ADP test explained on page _ of the Qs & As. Employer Matching
        Contributions are subject to the vesting schedule elected in item 8 of
        this Plan Agreement, and can be withdrawn during employment in the event
        of financial hardship (as defined in Section 12.2 of the Plan) if you so
        elect in part F below.

        B.     EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTION 5.8). Skip this
               part B if you will not make Employer Matching Contributions.

               (1)    The Employer will contribute and will allocate to each
                      Participant's Employer Matching Account an amount equal
                      to:

                      (Check the provision(s) desired, and fill in the % and/or
                      $ limitation blank(s) in each provision you check. If you
                      wish to determine the amount of Employer Matching
                      Contributions from year to year instead of specifying a
                      fixed percentage, write "V" for variable in the % blank at
                      the beginning of each provision you check. Also write "V"
                      for variable in the % blank for Earnings.)

                      [ ]  (a)        % of Elective Deferrals
                               -----

                      [X]  (b) 50% of Elective Deferrals that do not exceed
                               6% of Earnings.

                      [ ]  (c)       % of Participant Contributions.
                               -----

                      [ ]  (d) In applying the above election Elective Deferrals
                               shall not exceed $__________.

                (2)   Will forfeited Employer Matching Contributions be applied
                      to reduce the total contribution specified in B (1) above?

                      [ ]  (a) Yes.

                      [X]  (b) No.

<PAGE>

               (3)    Will forfeited Employer Matching Contributions that are
                      not applied to reduce required Employer Matching
                      Contributions specified in B(l) above be applied to reduce
                      required Employer Contributions for the Plan Year
                      described in 5.B?

                      [ ]  (a) Yes.

                      [X]  (b) No.

                      If you check No to both (2) and (3) above, forfeited
                      Employer Matching Contributions will be allocated as
                      though they were additional Employer Matching
                      Contributions.

        C.     QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTION 2.62). Skip this
               part C if you will not make Qualified Matching Contributions.

               (1)    Qualified Matching Contributions will be made with respect
                      to (check one):

                      [ ]  (a) Elective Deferrals by all Participants.

                      [ ]  (b) Elective Deferrals only by Non-Highly Compensated
                               Participants.

               (2)    The amount of Qualified Matching Contributions made with
                      respect to a Participant will be:

                      (Check the provision desired and fill in the % and/or $
                      limitation blank(s) in the provision you check. If you
                      wish to determine the amount of Qualified Matching
                      Contributions from year to year instead of specifying a
                      fixed percentage, write "V" for variable in the % blank at
                      the beginning of each provision you check. Also write "V"
                      for variable in the % blank for Earnings.)

                      [ ]  (a) ____% of his Elective Deferrals.

                      [ ]  (b) ____% of his Elective Deferrals that do not
                               exceed ____% of his Earnings.

                      [ ]  (c) ____% of Participant Contributions.

                      [ ]  (d) In applying the above election, Elective
                               Deferrals shall not exceed $_____________.

<PAGE>


        D.     QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (PLAN SECTION 2.64). Skip
               this part D if you will not make Qualified Nonelective
               Contributions.

               (1)  Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be made on behalf
                    of (check one):

                    [ ]  (a)  All Participants.

                    [ ]  (b)  Only Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                              Employees.

               (2)  The amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions for a Plan
                    Year will be (check one):

                    [ ]  (a)  ____% (not over 15%) of the Earnings of
                              Participants on whose behalf Qualified Nonelective
                              Contributions are made.

                    [ ]  (b)  An amount determined by the Employer from year to
                              year, to be shared in proportion to their Earnings
                              by Participants on whose behalf Qualified
                              Nonelective Contributions are made.

               NOTE: Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be used, to the
               extent needed, to help the Plan pass the ADP test, explained in
               the Nondiscrimination Package.

        E.     ACP TEST. Every plan that has after-tax Participant
               Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions or Qualified
               Matching Contributions must pass an annual test called the ACP
               test, which is explained in the Nondiscrimination Package.
               Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will
               be used to help the Plan pass the ACP test, to the extent needed.

        F.     HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS FROM 401(k) ACCOUNTS (PLAN SECTIONS 12.2
               AND 5.14).

               (1)    Will your Plan permit hardship distributions from Elective
                      Deferral Accounts?

                      [X] (a)    Yes.

                      [ ] (b)    No.

               (2)    If your Plan has Employer Matching Contributions, will it
                      permit hardship distributions from Employer Matching
                      Accounts?

                      [X] (a)    Yes.

                      [ ] (b)    No.

<PAGE>

13. Reliance on Opinion Letter. If you ever maintained or you later adopt any
plan (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
Code, which provides post-retirement medical benefits allocated to separate
accounts for key employees, as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code; or an
individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code) in
addition to this plan, YOU MAY NOT rely on an opinion letter issued to Putnam by
the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is
qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. If you maintain or
adopt multiple plans, in order to obtain reliance with respect to plan
qualification of the Plan, you must receive a determination letter from the
appropriate Key District Office of Internal Revenue. Putnam will prepare an
application for such a letter upon your request at a fee agreed upon by the
parties.

The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National Office of
the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this plan is qualified under
Section 401 of the Code UNLESS the terms of the plan, as herein adopted or
amended, that pertain to the requirements of Section 401 (a)(4), 401 (a)(5), 401
(a)(17), 401(l), 410(b) and 414(s) of the Code, as amended by the Tax Reform Act
of 1986 or later laws, (a) are made effective retroactively to the first day of
the first Year beginning after December 31, 1988 (or such later date on which
these requirements first become effective with respect to this plan); or (b) are
made effective no later than the first day on which the Employer is no longer
entitled, under regulations, to rely on a reasonable, good faith interpretation
of these requirements, and the prior provisions of the plan constitute such an
interpretation.

Putnam will inform you of all amendments it makes to the prototype plan. If
Putnam ever discontinues or abandons the prototype plan, Putnam will inform you.
This Plan Agreement #001 may be used only in conjunction with Putnam's basic
Plan document #05.


<PAGE>




                                    * * * * *

                          EMPLOYER'S ADOPTION OF PUTNAM

                         PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN

The Employer named below hereby adopts a PUTNAM PROFIT SHARING AND 401(k) PLAN,
and appoints PUTNAM FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY to serve as Trustee of the Plan.
(NOTE: you may appoint a trustee other than Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company only
with Putnam's express permission.) The Employer acknowledges that it has
received copies of the current prospectus for each Investment Product available
under the Plan, and represents that it will deliver copies of the then current
prospectus for each such Investment Product to each Participant before each
occasion on which the Participant makes an investment instruction as to his
Account. The Employer further acknowledges that the Plan will be acknowledged by
Putnam as a Putnam Profit Sharing and 401 (k) Plan only upon Putnam's acceptance
of this Plan Agreement.

Employer signature(s) to adopt plan:                   Date of signature:

/s/ David T. Taber                                         04-12-96
- --------------------------------------------           ------------------


/s/ William L. Young                                       04-12-96
- --------------------------------------------           ------------------


Please print name(s) ,of authorized person(s) signing above:

David T. Taber,      Executive Vice President          Telephone: (916) 565-6100
- -----------------------------------------------------            ---------------
                     Chief Operating Officer

William L. Young, President & Chief Executive Officer  Telephone: (916) 565-6100
- -----------------------------------------------------            ---------------

A new Plan must be signed by the last day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is
to be effective.

                          INVESTMENT DEALER INFORMATION

Firm:    Financial Network Investment Center
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Branch:  Pleasant Hill
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Address: 3478 Buskirk Ave., Suite 300 Pleasant Hill, CA 94523
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Registered Representative:  John Brackett
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                             Name
                           (510)944-9644
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                             Telephone

<PAGE>

                                    * * * * *


             ACCEPTANCE OF PUTNAM FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY AS TRUSTEE



The Trustee accepts appointment in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Plan, effective as of the date of execution by the Employer set forth above.

Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company, Trustee

By  /s/ Arthur R. Abelson
   ------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                    * * * * *


                           ACCEPTANCE OF OTHER TRUSTEE


Complete this part ONLY IF you have appointed a Trustee other than Putnam
Fiduciary Trust Company. (NOTE: You may appoint a trustee other than Putnam
Fiduciary Trust Company only with Putnam's express permission, and Putnam may
impose an annual maintenance fee as a condition of its acceptance of this plan
as a Putnam Prototype 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan.)

                                            , Trustee
- --------------------------------------------


By:                                      Trustee's Tax I.D. Number
    ----------------------------------                            --------------
                Trustee


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address of Trustee

Person for Putnam to Contact:                        Telephone:
                             ----------------------             ----------------

<PAGE>

                                    * * * * *


                              ACCEPTANCE BY PUTNAM


Putnam hereby accepts this Employer's Plan as a prototype established under
Putnam Basic Plan Document #05.

Putnam Mutual Funds Corp.

By: /s/Bonnie Mallin
   ----------------------------

<PAGE>

PLAN: AMERICAN RIVER BANK 401(k) PLAN

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

Employer signature(s) to adopt plan:             Date of Signature:

  /s/ David T. Taber                                 07-29-99
- ------------------------------------              ------------------

  /s/ Mitchell A. Derenzo                            07-29-99
- ------------------------------------              ------------------


Please print name(s) of authorized person(s) signing above:

DAVID T. TABER, PRESIDENT & CEO
- ---------------------------------------------

MITCHELL A. DERENZO, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
- ---------------------------------------------

A new Plan must be signed by the last day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is
to be effective.

<PAGE>


PLAN: AMERICAN RIVER BANK 401(k) PLAN

FIRST SOURCE CAPITAL

Employer  signature(s) to adopt plan:                         Date of Signature:

       /s/David T. Taber                                           07-29-99
- ---------------------------------------------------           ------------------


       /s/Mitchell A. Derenzo                                      07-29-99
- ---------------------------------------------------           ------------------


Please print name(s) of authorized person(s) signing above:

DAVID T. TABER, PRESIDENT & CEO
- -----------------------------------------------

MITCHELL A. DERENZO, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
- -----------------------------------------------

A new Plan must be signed by the last day of the Plan Year in which the Plan is
to be effective.

<PAGE>

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

                         AMERICAN RIVER BANK 401(K) PLAN

American River Bank (the "Employer") having heretofore adopted the American
River Bank 401(k) Plan, a prototype plan document consisting of the Plan
Agreement #001 and the Putnam Basic Plan Document #05 (the "Plan") effective as
of January 1, 1993, pursuant to the power reserved to the Employer in Section
18.1 of the Plan, hereby amends the Plan Agreement as set forth below:

1.      Subsection A(1) of section 12. is amended in its entirety effective as
        of April 1,1998 to read as follows:

        12.   SECTION 401(K) PLAN PROVISIONS (PLAN ARTICLE 5).

               A.     Elective Deferrals (Plan Section 5.2).

                      (1)    A Participant may make Elective Deferrals for each
                             year in an amount not to exceed (check one);

                             [X]    (a)     18 % of his Earnings (specify a
                                            percentage)

                             [ ]    (b)     ___% of his Earnings not to exceed
                                            $___________(specify a percentage
                                            and a dollar amount)

                             [ ]    (c)     $_____ (specify a dollar amount)


                      Note: Elective Deferrals may not exceed the annual dollar
                      limit under Section 402(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.

In all other respects, the Plan provisions remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS, WHEREOF, the Employer has caused the First Amendment to the Plan to
be duly executed in its name and behalf and its corporate seal to be affixed
this 19th day of March 1998.

ATTEST.        American River Bank

               By:  /s/William L. Young     By: /s/David T. Taber
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               Title: President & CEO       Title:  EVP/Chief Operating Officer
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               Date:   03-20-98             Date:    03-20-98
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

ATTEST: Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company

               By:  /s/Jan Gill
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               Title: Vice President
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
               Date:  04-14-98
               -----------------------------------------------------------------


AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS/AMERICAN RIVER BANK



STOCK OPTIONS GROSS UP PLAN



           Our company encourages Board and management to be owners and as such
           we have minimums on Board members' shares, we have stock options as a
           method of increasing ownership, as well as a stock purchase plan for
           the employee base.

           One challenge for those exercising non-qualified stock options is
           that they pay an ordinary income tax on the difference between the
           fair market value and the option consideration. In some cases, this
           puts a financial burden upon the optionee whereby they are forced to
           sell their shares in order to pay the ordinary income tax. The
           company, however, is benefited upon the exercise. First, a real tax
           deduction is created upon the exercise, saving taxes for the company.
           Secondly, the exercise of the option provides significant new capital
           resources to be used in furthering our strategic plan.

           The Board of Directors, at their regular meeting held June 18, 1997
           has adopted a Stock Options Gross Up Plan whereby, upon exercising a
           non-qualified stock option, the optionee receives a gross up, in
           cash, equal to the result of multiplying the company's tax deduction
           by the company's effective tax rate. The optionees eligible are
           limited to those listed on Schedule A (see attached). The gross up
           payment is subject to executing an agreement whereby the optionee
           agrees to hold the shares for a period of not less than a year or
           they will be obligated to reimburse the company for the payment made.
           For example, 10,000 shares with an exercise price of $10.50 and a
           current market value of $18.50, assuming the options were fully
           vested would be $80,000 which is the income that accrues to the
           optionee and is the tax deduction for the company; therefore, the
           benefit to the company is $80,000 times 40% (our current tax rate)
           which equals $32,000.

           May 20, 1998

<PAGE>

                     GROSS UP PLAN ADOPTED ON JUNE 18, 1997

                              AMENDED: MAY 20, 1998



                      James O. Burpo
                      Robert H. Daneke
                      Charles D. Fite
                      Sam J. Gallina
                      Wayne C. Matthews, MD
                      David T. Taber
                      Marjorie G. Taylor
                      Roger J. Taylor, DDS
                      Stephen H. Waks
                      William L. Young
                      William Badham
                      Richard Borst
                      Mitchell Derenzo
                      Donald Sager
                      Kevin Bender
                      Mary Johnson
                      Adrian Jones
                      Michael O'Reilly
                      Patricia Thaxter

<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

STOCK OPTIONS GROSS UP AGREEMENT

The Board of Directors of American River Holdings (the Company), at their
regular meeting held June 18, 1997 has adopted a Stock Options Gross Up Plan
whereby, upon exercising a non-qualified stock option, as described in the 1995
AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS STOCK OPTION PLAN, the Optionee is entitled to receive a
gross up, subject to the provisions of this agreement, in cash, net of
applicable taxes, equal to the result of multiplying the Company's tax deduction
by the Company's effective tax rate, as calculated by the Company's Chief
Financial Officer.

The undersigned, ____________________________ (the Optionee) is desirous of
exercising non-qualified stock options per the Stock Option Agreement dated
____________and per the Stock Options Gross Up Plan dated June 18, 1997, and,
hereby agrees to retain these shares for 12 months from the date of exercise. As
an inducement to hold these shares, the Company agrees to pay the corresponding
gross up to the Optionee which is calculated by taking the difference between
the fair market value (as defined by the bid minus 10% due to the fact that they
are restricted shares) less the option price, and multiplying this figure by the
Company's current tax rate, as calculated by the Company's Chief Financial
Officer just prior to payment. Payment will be made by the Company to the
optionee between December 15th and December 31st of the same calendar year the
options are exercised.

The Optionee agrees also that the herein mentioned shares will be retained by
the Company for 12 months from the date of exercise.

Should the Optionee sell, transfer or otherwise assign these shares prior to 12
months from the date of the execution of this agreement, the Optionee must
reimburse the Company for the total amount of the gross up as defined herewith,
prior to the Company releasing said shares.

Should the Optionee die during the 12 month holding period and the shares be
transferred to the estate of the deceased no reimbursement of the gross up is
required.

Should the Company be acquired and the shares be transferred or sold, no
reimbursement of the gross up is required.

Number of fully-vested stock options exercised:_______________
Exercise price:_____________
Current market value (bid price):________________
Bid price minus 10%:_________________________
Company's tax deduction: __________________
Company's current tax rate:__________________
Gross Up amount paid to optionee:_____________________

Dated:                                     Dated:
For the Optionee:                          For the Company:



- ------------------------                   ----------------------
                                           David T. Taber
                                           President & CEO



                               AMERICAN RIVER BANK

                         1998 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

American River Bank, a California state-chartered bank, hereby establishes an
unfunded plan for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select
group of management and highly compensated employees.

                                    RECITALS

WHEREAS, Employees eligible to participate in this Plan are employed by
Employer; and

WHEREAS, Employer desires to adopt the Plan and the Employees desire the
Employer to pay deferred compensation to or for the benefit of Employees, or a
designated Beneficiary, or both;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby establishes this Plan.

                                    SECTION 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.1 "Account" shall mean the separate account(s) established under this
Plan for each participating Employee. Employer shall furnish each Employee with
a statement of his or her account balance at least annually.

         1.2 "Beneficiary" shall mean the Beneficiary designated by the Employee
to receive Employee's deferred compensation benefits in the event of his or her
death.

         1.3 "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1
of the Plan.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

         1.4 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         1.5 "Committee" shall mean the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Employer or any other committee designated by the Board of
Directors of the Employer to administer this Plan in accordance with Section 8
hereof.

         1.6 "Compensation" shall mean the base salary and cash bonuses
described in Section 3.1.

         1.7 "Effective Date" shall mean May 1, 1998, unless otherwise specified
by the Employer in a resolution approving and adopting this Plan.

         1.8 "Eligible Compensation" shall mean projected annual compensation
from the Employer, determined on an annual basis by the Employer at or before
the beginning of the Plan Year, which may consist of salary, bonus, and/or
incentive payments, determined before any deductions under any qualified plan of
the Employer and excluding any special or non-recurring compensatory payments
such as moving or relocation bonuses or automobile allowances.

         1.9 "Employee" shall mean each employee of Employer who is selected to
participate in this Plan by the Committee and references to Employee herein
shall include references to an Employee's Beneficiary where the context so
requires.

         1.10 "Employer" shall mean American River Bank and any successor
organization thereto.

         1.11 "Hardship" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of the
Plan.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         1.12 "Plan Year" shall mean the year beginning each January 1 and
ending December 31; notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial Plan Year shall
mean the period beginning with the Effective Date and ending on December 31,
1998.

         1.13 "Plan" shall mean the American River Bank 1998 Deferred
Compensation Plan.

         1.14 "Permanent Disability" shall mean that the Employee is unable to
engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medical determinable
physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or
otherwise meets the definition of "Permanent Disability" as set forth the in
Employer's Disability Plan. An Employee will not be considered to have a
Permanent Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such condition
sufficient to satisfy the Employer, in its sole discretion.

                                    SECTION 2

                                   ELIGIBILITY

         2.1 ELIGIBILITY. Eligibility to participate in the Plan shall be
limited to full-time, executive and senior management officers of the Employer
with the title of chief executive officer, president, executive vice-president,
or senior vice president, and who have been selected by the Committee to
participate in the Plan. The Committee shall designate Employees who shall be
covered by this Plan in a separate Acknowledgment (in the form attached hereto
as Appendix 1) for each such Employee. Participation in the Plan shall commence
as of the date such Acknowledgment is signed by the Employee and delivered to
the Employer, provided that deferral of compensation under the Plan shall not
commence until the Employee has complied with the election procedures set forth
in Section 3.3. Nothing in the Plan or in the Acknowledgment shall be construed
to require any contributions to the Plan on behalf of the Employee by Employer.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                              DEFERRED COMPENSATION

         3.1 DEFERRED COMPENSATION. (a) Each participating Employee may elect,
in accordance with Section 3.3 of this Plan, to defer annually the receipt of a
portion of the Compensation for active service otherwise payable to him or her
by Employer during each year or portion of a year that the Employee shall be
employed by the Employer. Any Compensation deferred by Employee pursuant to
Section 3.3 shall be recorded by the Employer in an Account, maintained in the
name of the Employee, which Account shall be credited with a dollar amount equal
to the total amount of Compensation deferred during each Plan Year under the
Plan, together with earnings thereon credited in accordance with Section 3.8,
less taxes payable by Employer on account of such earnings. The amount or
percentage of Compensation that Employee elects to defer under Section 3.3 will
remain constant for the year of the election and should not be subject to change
during such year; each such election or discontinuance of election will continue
in force for each successive year until or unless suspended or modified by the
filing of a subsequent election with the Employer by the Employee in accordance
with Section 3.3 of the Plan. All deferrals pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall
be fully vested at all times. Deferral elections shall be subject to a minimum
dollar and maximum percentage amounts as follows: (i) the minimum annual
deferral amount is $5,000 which shall be withheld from the employee's "base
salary" or "cash bonus", and (ii) the maximum deferral percentage amount is 80%
of the Employee's "base salary" and 100% of the Employee's "cash bonus". For
purposes of this Section and Appendix 3 hereto, "base salary" means an
Employee's regular annual compensation for a Plan Year, determined as of this
first day of that year, excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, incentive
payments, non-monetary awards, compensation deferred pursuant to any other plans
of the Employer and other special compensation. For purposes of this Section and
Appendix 3 hereto, "cash bonus" shall mean amounts (if any) awarded under the
bonus policies maintained by the Employer.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

         (b) Amounts deferred under the Plan shall be calculated and withheld
from the Employee's base salary and/or cash bonus after such compensation has
been reduced to reflect salary reduction contributions to the Employer's Code
Section 401(k) (savings) plan.

         3.2 PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES. (a) The Employee shall elect whether
he or she will receive distribution of his or her entire Account, subject to tax
withholding requirements, (i) upon reaching a specified age; (ii) upon passage
of a specified number of years; (iii) upon termination of employment of Employee
with Employer, or (iv) upon the earlier to occur of (A) termination of
employment of Employee with Employer or (B) passage of a specified number of
years, as elected by Employee in accordance with the form attached hereto as
Appendix 2. A designation of the date of distribution shall be required as a
condition of participation under this Plan. The Employee shall also elect to
receive all amounts payable to him or her in a lump sum or in equal monthly
installments over a designated period of sixty (60), one hundred twenty (120) or
one hundred eighty (180) months, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2(e). A
separate election form regarding the timing and form of distribution shall be
required of the Employee for each year of participation in the Plan. These
elections shall be made in accordance with Section 3.4 of this Plan.

         (b) Distributions shall be made to the maximum extent allowable under
the election made by Employee, except that no distribution shall be made to the
extent that the receipt of such distribution, when combined with the receipt of
all other "applicable employee remuneration" (as defined in Code Section
162(m)(4)), would cause any remuneration received by the Employee to be
nondeductible by the Employer under Code Section 162(m)(1). The portion of any
distribution amount that is not distributed by operation of this Section 3.2(b)
shall be distributed in subsequent years in the manner elected by the Employee
until the Employee's Account has been fully liquidated. For Employees who have
elected to receive payment in a lump sum or over sixty (60), one hundred twenty
(120) or one hundred eighty (180) months, the commencement date of the lump sum
payment or the sixty (60)-, one hundred twenty (120)- or one hundred eighty
(180)- month period

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

(whichever is applicable) shall be automatically extended, when necessary to
satisfy the requirements of this subsection, for twelve (12) month periods until
all Account balances have been distributed in the manner elected by the
Employee.

         (c) Upon termination of Employee's employment with Employer by reason
of Permanent Disability prior to the date when payment of Account balances
otherwise would commence under the provisions of Section 3.2(a), Employee or
Employee's designated Beneficiary will be entitled to receive all amounts
credited to the Account of Employee as of the date of his or her Permanent
Disability (notwithstanding any contrary election to receive distributions under
the first sentence of Section 3.2(a)). Said amounts shall be payable pursuant to
the provisions of Section 3.2(e).

         (d) In the event that Employee dies while employed by Employer and
prior to commencement of distributions pursuant to this Plan, or upon the death
of Employee after the date of termination of employment with Employer and prior
to complete distribution of the entire balance of Employee's Account, the
balance of the Account on the date of death shall be payable to Employee's
designated Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2(e).

         (e) The Employer shall distribute or direct distribution of the balance
of amounts previously credited to Employee's Account, in a lump sum or in
monthly installments over a period of sixty (60), one hundred twenty (120) or
one hundred eighty (180) months as Employee shall designate. A designation of
the form of distribution shall be required as a condition of participation under
this Plan. Distribution of the lump sum or the first installment shall be made
or commence within thirty (30) days following the date specified in the first
sentence of Section 3.2(a). Subsequent installments, if any, shall be made on
the first day of each month following the first installment as determined by
Employer. The amount of each installment shall be calculated by dividing the
Account balance as of the date of the distribution by the number of installments
remaining pursuant to the Employee's distribution election. Each such
installment, if any, shall take into account earnings credited

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

to the balance of the Account remaining unpaid. The Employee's distribution
election shall be in the form attached hereto as Appendix 2.

         (f) Upon termination of Employee's employment with Employer by reason
other than death or Permanent Disability prior to the date when payment of
Account balances otherwise would commence under the provisions of Section
3.2(a), the Employer may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, distribute to
Employee or Employee's designated Beneficiary all amounts credited to the
Employee's Account as of the date of such termination (notwithstanding any
contrary election to receive distributions under the first sentence of Section
3.2(a)).

         3.3 ELECTION TO DEFER COMPENSATION. Each election of an Employee to
defer compensation as provided in Section 3.1 of this Plan shall be in writing,
signed by the Employee, and delivered to Employer, together with all other
documents required under the provisions of this Plan, at least twenty (20) days
prior to the beginning of the Plan Year with respect to which the compensation
to be deferred is otherwise payable to Employee; provided, however, that an
Employee who is hired or promoted during a Plan Year to a position of
eligibility and who is selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan
shall have twenty (20) days from the date of such selection in which to submit
the required election documents for the then-current Plan Year. For the Plan
Year beginning on the Effective Date, each Employee shall have until April 30,
1998, in which to make an election for that Plan Year. Any deferral election
made by Employee shall be irrevocable with respect to any Compensation covered
by such election, including Compensation payable in the Plan Year in which the
election suspending or modifying the prior deferral election is delivered to
Employer. The Employer shall withhold the amount or percentage of base salary
specified to be deferred in equal amounts for each payroll period and shall
withhold the amount or percentage of cash bonus specified to be deferred at the
time or times such bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Employee. The
election to defer compensation shall be in the form attached as Appendix 3.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         3.4 DISTRIBUTION ELECTION. Each distribution election of an Employee as
provided in Section 3.2 of this Plan shall be in writing, signed by the Employee
and delivered to Employer, together with all documents required under the
provisions of this Plan, at least twenty (20) days prior to the beginning of the
Plan Year with respect to which the distribution election is to apply; provided,
however, that an Employee who is hired or promoted during a Plan Year to a
position of eligibility and who is selected by the Committee for participation
in the Plan shall have twenty (20) days from the date of such selection in which
to submit the required election documents for the then-current Plan Year. For
the Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date, each Employee shall have until
April 30, 1998, in which to make a distribution election for that Plan Year. Any
distribution election made by Employee shall be irrevocable with respect to any
Compensation covered by such election. Employee's distribution election shall be
in the form attached hereto as Appendix 2.

         3.5 PAYMENT UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Plan, the aggregate balances credited to and held in the
Employees' Accounts shall be distributed to Employees in a lump sum within
thirty (30) days of a Change in Control, as defined in Section 5.1.
Alternatively, an Employee may elect to continue to participate in the Plan
following a Change in Control if the Plan remains in effect thereafter and the
Employee notifies the Employer in writing not less than twenty (20) days prior
to the effective date of the Change in Control of Employee's election to remain
a participant in the Plan.

         3.6 HARDSHIP. (a) An Employee may apply for distributions from his or
her Account to the extent that the Employee demonstrates to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Committee that he or she needs the funds due to Hardship.
For purposes of this Section 3.6, a distribution is made on account of Hardship
only if the distribution is made on account of an unforeseeable immediate and
heavy financial need of the Employee and is necessary to satisfy that financial
need. Whether an Employee has an immediate and heavy financial need

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

shall be determined by the Committee based on all relevant facts and
circumstances, and shall include, but not be limited to (i) the need to pay
funeral expenses of a family member; (ii) the need to pay expenses for medical
care for Employee, the Employee's spouse or any dependent of Employee; or (iii)
payments necessary to prevent the eviction of Employee from Employee's principal
residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence. A Hardship
distribution shall not exceed the amount required to relieve the financial need
of the Employee, nor shall a Hardship distribution be made if the need may be
satisfied from other resources reasonably available to the Employee. For
purposes of this paragraph, an Employee's resources shall be deemed to include
those assets of the Employee's spouse and minor children that are reasonably
available to the Employee. Prior to approving a Hardship distribution, Employer
shall require the Employee to certify in writing that the Employee's financial
need cannot reasonably be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by
insurance or otherwise; or (ii) by cessation of elective contributions under the
Plan; or (iii) by other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of the loan)
loans from plans maintained by the Employer or by any other employer, or by
borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms, in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the need.

         (b) Any Employee receiving a Hardship distribution under this Section
3.6 shall be ineligible to defer any additional compensation under the Plan
until the first day of the Plan Year following the second anniversary of the
date of the distribution. In addition, a new Election of Deferral must be
submitted to the Employer as a condition of participation in the Plan.

         3.7 EMPLOYEE'S RIGHTS UNSECURED. The right of the Employee or his or
her designated Beneficiary to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an
unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employer, and neither the
Employee nor his or her designated Beneficiary shall have any rights in or
against any amount credited to his or her Account or any other specific assets
of the Employer. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to
its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a
fiduciary relationship between the Plan and the Employer or any other person.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

         3.8 INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNT. The balance held in the Account shall accrue
interest at a rate per annum during a Plan Year equal to four percent (4%)
greater than the yield on five (5) year United States Treasury Bond as of the
beginning of each Plan Year, which interest should be determined and added to
the Account at the end of each calendar month during a Plan Year.

                                    SECTION 4

                           DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

         4.1 Employee may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive
any amount due hereunder by Employee via written notice thereof to Employer at
any time prior to his or her death and may revoke or change the Beneficiary
designated therein without the Beneficiary's consent by written notice delivered
to Employer at any time and from time to time prior to Employee's death. If
Employee is married and a resident of a community property state, one half of
any amount due hereunder which is the result of an amount contributed to the
Plan during such marriage is the community property of the Employee's spouse and
Employee may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive only the
Employee's one-half interest. If Employee shall have failed to designate a
Beneficiary, or if no such Beneficiary shall survive him or her, then such
amount shall be paid to his or her estate. Designations of Beneficiaries shall
be in the form attached hereto as Appendix 4.

                                    SECTION 5

                                CHANGE IN CONTROL

         5.1 CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control"
means the occurrence of any of the following:

         (i) When any "person", as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act") (other than
the Employer, a subsidiary thereof or an employee benefit plan of Employer,
including any trustee of such

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Employer representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power
of the Employer's then outstanding securities, where such person's beneficial
ownership of the Employer's securities was not initiated by the Employer or
approved by the Employer's Board of Directors; or

         (ii) The occurrence of a transaction requiring shareholder approval,
and involving the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer
or the merger of the Employer with or into another corporation, where such
merger was not initiated by the Employer and in which Employer is not the
surviving entity; or

         (iii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the
Employer, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are
Incumbent Directors. "Incumbent Directors" shall mean directors who either (A)
are directors of the Employer as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or
nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Employer with the
affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time
of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose
election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy
contest relating to the election of directors to the Employer); or

         (iv) Any liquidation or dissolution of the Employer.

                                    SECTION 6

                          UNSECURED GENERAL OBLIGATION

         6.1 NO ACCOUNT SEGREGATION. No special or separate fund shall be
established and no other segregation of assets shall be made to assure the
payment of any benefits hereunder. All Account balances shall be subject to the
claims of general creditors of the Employer in the event the Employer becomes
insolvent. The obligations of the Employer to pay benefits under the Plan
constitute an unfunded, unsecured general obligation and promise to pay and

                                      -11-
<PAGE>


Employees shall have no greater rights than general creditors of the Employer.

                                    SECTION 7

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         7.1 AMENDMENT. The Committee shall have the right to amend this Plan at
any time and from time to time, including a retroactive amendment, if required
to comply with applicable law or rules and regulations of governmental or
regulatory authorities, including, without limitation, the United States
Internal Revenue Service or Department of Labor, California State Franchise Tax
Board, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or California Commissioner of
Financial Institutions. Any such amendment shall become effective upon the date
stated therein, and shall be binding on all Employees, except as otherwise
provided in such amendment; provided, however, that said amendment shall not
affect adversely benefits payable to an affected Employee without the Employee's
written approval.

                                    SECTION 8

                                 ADMINISTRATION

         8.1 ADMINISTRATION. The Committee shall administer and interpret this
Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Any determination or
decision by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons who at
any time have or claim to have any interest whatever under this Plan.

         8.2 LIABILITY OF COMMITTEE; INDEMNIFICATION. To the maximum extent
permitted by law, the Committee shall not be liable to any person for any action
taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of
this Plan unless attributable to his or her own bad faith or willful misconduct.
The Committee may employ legal counsel, consultants, actuaries and agents as
they may deem desirable in the administration of the Plan and may rely on the
opinion of such counsel or the computations of such consultant engaged by the
Committee prior to their finalization.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         8.3 EXPENSES. The costs of the establishment of the Plan and the
adoption of the Plan by Employer, including but not limited to legal and
accounting fees, and the expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by
the Employer.

                                    SECTION 9

                            GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 NOTICES. All notices and other communications provided for in this
Plan shall be given or made by personal delivery or by certified or registered
mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or by a nationally
recognized overnight courier service, to the address set forth below. All such
notices or communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received
by Employer or Employee, or their respective authorized representatives at the
address set forth below in the case of the Employer and in Appendix 1 in the
case of the Employee, or such changed addresses as may be designated in writing
by either party to the other from time to time.

                                 American River Bank
                                 1545 River Park Drive, #107
                                 Sacramento, CA   95815
                                 Attn:  Chairman of the Board

         9.2 RIGHTS AGAINST EMPLOYER. Except as expressly provided by the Plan,
the establishment of this Plan shall not be construed as giving to any Employee
or to any person whomsoever, any legal, equitable or other rights against the
Employer, or against its officers, directors, agents or shareholders, or as
giving to any Employee or Beneficiary any equity or other interest in the
assets, business or shares of Employer stock or giving any Employee the right to
be retained in the employment of the Employer. Neither this plan nor any action
taken hereunder shall be construed as giving to any Employee the right to be
retained in the employ of the Employer or as affecting the right of the Employer
to dismiss any Employee. Any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be deemed
salary or other

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

compensation for the purpose of computing benefits under any employee benefit
plan or other arrangement of the Employer for the benefit of its Employees.

         9.3 ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER. No right, title or interest of any kind in
the Plan shall be transferable or assignable by any Employee or Beneficiary or
be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment,
execution or levy of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, nor subject to
the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Employee or
Beneficiary. Any attempt to alienate, anticipate, encumber, sell, transfer,
assign, pledge, garnish, attach or otherwise subject to legal or equitable
process or encumber or dispose of any interest in the Plan shall be void.

         9.4 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Plan shall be declared
illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining provisions of this Plan but shall be fully severable, and
this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid
provision had never been inserted herein.

         9.5 CONSTRUCTION. The article and section headings and numbers are
included only for convenience of reference and are not to be taken as limiting
or extending the meaning of any of the terms and provisions of this Plan.
Whenever appropriate, words used in the singular shall include the plural or the
plural may be rear as the singular. When used herein, the masculine gender
includes the feminine gender.

         9.6 GOVERNING LAW. The validity and effect of this Plan and the rights
and obligations of all persons affected hereby shall be construed and determined
in accordance with the laws of the State of California unless superseded by
federal law.

         9.7 PAYMENT DUE TO INCOMPETENCE. If the Committee receives evidence
that an Employee or Beneficiary entitled to receive any payment under the Plan
is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such payment, the Committee
may, in its sole and absolute discretion, direct the payment to any other person
or legal representative legally appointed by

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

a court of competent jurisdiction or to any other person determined by the
Employer to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to
payment, or any of them, in such manner and proportion as the Employer may deem
proper. Any such payment shall be in complete discharge of the Employer's
obligations under this Plan.

         9.8 TAXES. The Employer may withhold from any benefits payable under
this Plan, all federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant
to any law, regulation or ruling of any governmental authority. All amounts
deferred pursuant to this Plan shall constitute "wages" for social security,
medicare and related tax purposes during the year deferred.

         9.9 ARBITRATION. Unless settled by the parties to this Agreement, any
controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Plan, or the breach
hereof, or the interpretation hereof, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association; and judgment
upon the award rendered in such arbitration shall be final and may be entered in
any court having jurisdiction thereof. All of the provisions of Section 1283.05
of the California Code of Civil Procedure are hereby expressly made applicable
to any such arbitration. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in
writing with the other party to this Agreement and with the American Arbitration
Association. In no event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date
when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations. This agreement to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under
the then prevailing arbitration law.

         9.10 BINDING EFFECT. This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns and the Employee and the
Employee's Beneficiary designee, their respective heirs, personal
representatives, executors, administrators and legatees.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX 1

                                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The undersigned Employee hereby acknowledges that Employer has selected him or
her as a participant in the American River Bank 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan,
subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which has been
received, read, and understood by the Employee in conjunction with executing
this Acknowledgement. Employee acknowledges that he or she has had satisfactory
opportunity to ask questions regarding his or her participation in the Plan and
has received satisfactory answers to any questions asked. Employee also
acknowledges that he or she has sufficient knowledge and experience in financing
and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
participation in the Plan. Employee understands that his or her participation in
the Plan shall not begin until this Acknowledgement has been signed by Employee
and returned to Employer.


EMPLOYEE                                       AMERICAN RIVER BANK

Dated:  April ___, 1998                        Dated:  April ___, 1998



Signed:                                        Signed:
       ----------------------------                   --------------------------
                                                            Sam J. Gallina
                                                            Chairman of the
                                                            Board of Directors
           Employee's Address:

           ------------------
           ------------------
           ------------------

                                      -16-
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX 2

                              DISTRIBUTION ELECTION

Pursuant to Section 3.3 of the American River Bank 1998 Deferred Compensation
Plan (the "Plan"), I hereby elect to have all amounts credited to my Account
during the period of my participation in the Plan, together with any earnings
credited thereon, distributed to me on the terms elected below.

I elect to have any distribution of my Account paid to me:

         ------            upon reaching age:
                                              ----
         ------            upon the passage of       years
                                               ----
         ------            upon termination of employment

         ------            upon the earlier to occur of termination of
                           employment or passage of     years
                                                   ----

         ------            upon the later to occur of termination of employment
                           of passage of years
                                               ----

I elect to have any distribution of my Account paid to me in:


         ------            a lump sum

         ------            sixty (60) monthly installments determined as of each
                           installment date by dividing the entire amount in my
                           Account (including earnings) by the number of
                           installments then remaining to be paid, with the
                           final installment to be the entire remaining balance
                           in the Account.

         ------            one hundred twenty (120) monthly installments
                           determined as of each installment date by dividing
                           the entire amount in my Account (including earnings)
                           by the number of installments then remaining to be
                           paid, with the final installment to be the entire
                           remaining balance in the Account.

         ------            one hundred eighty (180) monthly installments
                           determined as of each installment date by dividing
                           the entire amount in my Account (including earnings)
                           by the number of installments then remaining to be
                           paid, with the final installment to be the entire
                           remaining balance in the Account.


         Dated:   April ___, 1998


         Signed:
                 -----------------------

                                      -17-
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX 3

                                DEFERRAL ELECTION

I understand that, under Section 3.1 of the American River Bank 1998 Deferred
Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), the minimum annual deferral amount is $5,000 of
base salary or cash bonus and the maximum annual deferral amount is 80% of base
salary and 100% of cash bonus for the Plan Year in question. I elect, pursuant
to section 3.1 of the Plan, to make the following deferral(s) with respect to
compensation earned during the Plan Year beginning May 1, 1998 and ending
December 31, 1998:

               %           of base salary or cash bonus (but not to exceed
        -------            eighty percent (80%) of base salary or one hundred
                           percent (100%) of cash bonus), payable to me by
                           Employer [minimum = $5,000], or

               $
        ------             of base salary or cash bonus payable to me by
                           Employer (but not to exceed eighty percent (80%) of
                           base salary or one hundred percent (100%) of cash
                           bonus) [minimum = $5,000],

                           and

               %           of any cash bonus payable to me by Employer, or
        ------
        $                  of any cash bonus payable to me by Employer, or
        ------
                           all of any cash bonus payable to me by Employer
                           except for $
                                       --------

This election shall take effect for the Plan Year beginning May 1, 1998. It may
be terminated or modified by me only with written notice. The election shall
remain in effect for each successive Plan Year until a termination, modification
or subsequent election is submitted. The deferral of compensation hereby elected
is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, a copy of which I
have been given by the Employer, and which I have read and understood.

         Dated:    April ___, 1998


         Signed:
                   -------------------------

                                      -18-
<PAGE>




                                   APPENDIX 4

                             BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In the event I should die prior to the receipt of all money accrued to my credit
under this election, I elect to have the balance paid to the following named
individual(s) in the following percentage(s):

         100% to my spouse
                          --------------------

              %
         -----            --------------------
              %
         -----            --------------------


         Dated:  April ___, 1998


         Signed: ------------------------

                                      -19-



                               AMERICAN RIVER BANK

                             DEFERRED FEE AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made as of April 1, 1998, by and between AMERICAN RIVER
BANK (the "Bank"), and ______________ (the "Director").

                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS, to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Bank's Board
of Directors, the Bank desires to provide to the Director an opportunity to
defer fees and obtain certain benefits related thereto.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be rendered by the
Director to the Bank in the future and for other good and valuable
consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as
follows:

                                    AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS.

     1.1 DEFINITIONS. Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and
phrases shall have the meanings specified:

         1.1.1 CHANGE IN CONTROL. The term "Change in Control" shall mean (i)
when any "person", as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act") (other than the
Bank, a subsidiary thereof or an employee benefit plan of the Bank, including
any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Bank representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined
voting power of the Bank's then outstanding securities, where such person's
beneficial ownership of the Bank's securities was not initiated by the Bank or
approved by the Bank's Board of Directors; or (ii) the occurrence of a
transaction requiring shareholder approval, and involving the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Bank or the merger of the Bank with or
into another corporation, where such merger was not initiated by the Bank and in
which Bank is not the surviving entity; or (iii) a change in the composition of
the Board of Directors of the Bank, as a result of which fewer than a majority
of the directors are Incumbent Directors (which "Incumbent Directors" shall mean
directors who either (A) are directors of the Bank as of the date hereof, or (B)
are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Bank
with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at
the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual
whose


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy
contest relating to the election of directors to the Bank)); or (iv) any
liquidation or dissolution of the Bank. As used in this subparagraph 1.1.1, the
term "Bank" shall include its parent holding company, American River Holdings.

         1.1.2 CODE. The term "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended. References to a Code section shall be deemed to be to that
section as it now exists and to any successor provision.

         1.1.3 DISTRIBUTION DATE. The term "Distribution Date" means the earlier
of five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or upon the Director's
Termination of Service as defined below.

         1.1.4 DEFERRAL ACCOUNT. The term "Deferral Account" means the account
established by the Bank on its books to record the amount of fees deferred by
the Director and interest accrued thereon.

         1.1.5 DEFERRAL PERIOD. The term "Deferral Period" means the period of
time beginning with the date of this Agreement and ending with the earlier of
the Distribution Date or the Director's Termination of Service.

         1.1.6 BENEFIT PERIOD. The term "Benefit Period" means the period of
time beginning with the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Director's
Termination of Service and ending with payment in full of the Director's
Deferral Account balance.

         1.1.7 ELECTION FORM. The term "Election Form" means the Form attached
as Exhibit A.

         1.1.8 FEES. The term "Fees" means the total fees payable to the
Director.

         1.1.9 TERMINATION OF SERVICE. The term "Termination of Service" means
the Director's ceasing to be a member of the Bank's Board of Directors for any
reason whatsoever.

ARTICLE 2.  DEFERRAL ELECTION.

     2.1 INITIAL DEFERRAL ELECTION. The Director shall make an initial deferral
election under this Agreement by completion and delivery to the Bank of the
Election Form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Election Form shall set forth
the amount of Fees to be deferred, the form of benefit payment and designation
of beneficiary. The Election Form shall be delivered to the Bank not later than
April 30, 1998 and effective to defer only those Fees earned for services
performed after April 30, 1998.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     2.2 DEFERRED ELECTION CHANGES.

         2.2.1 GENERALLY. The Director may modify the amount of Fees to be
deferred and/or form of benefit payment under Section 2.1 by filing a subsequent
signed Election Form with the Bank within twenty (20) days prior to the end of a
calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Fees are to be deferred
and/or the change in benefit payment is to apply and in each case by obtaining
written approval of the Board of Directors of the Bank. Such modified deferrals
and/or form of benefit payment shall not be effective until the calendar year
following the year in which the subsequent Election Form is received by the
Bank.

         2.2.2 HARDSHIP. If an unforeseeable financial emergency arising from
the death of a family member, divorce, sickness, injury, catastrophe or similar
event outside the control of the Director occurs, the Director, by written
instructions to the Bank may reduce and/or cease future deferrals under this
Agreement.

ARTICLE 3.  DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.

     3.1 DEFERRAL ACCOUNT. The Bank shall establish a Deferral Account on its
books for the Director, and shall credit to the Deferral Account the following
amounts:

         3.1.1 DEFERRALS. The Fees deferred by the Director on the first day of
the month following the month in which the Fees were earned.

         3.1.2 INTEREST. On the last day of each calendar month during the
Deferral Period only, and immediately prior to the payment of any benefits, the
Deferral Account will be credited with interest earned during that month.
Interest shall accrue at the rate equal to four percent (4%) greater than the
yield on a five (5) year United States Treasury Bond per annum through December
31, 1998, and, thereafter, at the same rate per annum until changed by
resolution of the Bank's Board of Directors, in its sole discretion. Interest
earned will be calculated by taking the applicable rate of interest multiplied
by the principal balance on the last day of each month, divided by 365 days,
multiplied by the number of days in the month. At the end of each calendar year,
the interest earned during the year will be posted to the account and only then
become principal and entitled to future interest accrual.

     3.2 STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS. The Bank shall provide to the Director as soon
as practicable following the end of each year, a statement setting forth the
Deferral Account balance.

     3.3 UNSECURED CREDITOR STATUS. The Deferral Account is solely an accounting
device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement. The Deferral
Account is not a trust fund of any kind and the director has no rights greater
than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank for purposes of the
payment of benefits under this Agreement. The


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Director's rights are not subject in any manner to the anticipation, alienation,
sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by
the Director or the Director's creditors or beneficiaries.

ARTICLE 4.  DEFERRAL BENEFITS.

     4.1 TERMINATION OF SERVICE BENEFIT. Upon the earlier of the Director's
Termination of Service at the Normal Termination Date or the Distribution Date,
the Bank shall pay to the Director the balance in the Deferral Account in the
form elected by the Director on the Election Form.

     4.2 CHANGE IN CONTROL BENEFIT. Upon termination of the Director's service
in connection with and either prior to or following a Change in Control, the
Bank shall pay to the Director the balance in the Deferral Account within thirty
(30) days after such occurrence.

     4.3 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. Upon the Bank's determination (following
petition by the Director) that the Director has suffered an unforeseeable
financial emergency as described in Section 2.2.2., the Bank shall distribute to
the Director all or a portion of the Deferral Account balance as determined by
the Bank, but in no event shall the distribution be greater than is necessary to
relieve the financial hardship.

     4.4 DEATH DURING DEFERRAL PERIOD. If the Director dies during the Deferral
Period, the Bank shall pay to the Director's beneficiary the balance in the
Deferral Account and any death benefits under any insurance policy(ies)
applicable to the Director at the same time and in the same amounts that would
have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

     4.5 DEATH DURING BENEFIT PERIOD. If the Director dies after benefit
payments have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such
payments, the Bank shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director's
beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been paid
to the Director had the Director survived.

ARTICLE 5.  BENEFICIARIES.

     5.1 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS. The Director shall designate a beneficiary by
filing a written designation with the Bank in the form attached as Exhibit A.
The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new
designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the
Director and accepted by the Bank during the Director's lifetime. The Director's
beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary
predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and
the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid
beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director's surviving
spouse, if any, and if none,


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

to the Director's surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child
by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the
Director's estate.

     5.2 FACILITY OF PAYMENT. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person
declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of
his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal
representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent
person or incapable person. The Bank may require proof of incompetency, minority
or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.
Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with
respect to such benefit.

ARTICLE 6.  CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES.

     6.1 CLAIMS PROCEDURE. The Bank shall notify the Director's beneficiary in
writing, within ninety (90) days of his or her written application for benefits,
of his or her eligibility or non-eligibility for benefits under the Agreement.
If the Bank determines that the beneficiary is not eligible for benefits or full
benefits, the notice shall set forth (i) the specific reasons for such denial,
(ii) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial
is based, (iii) a description of any additional information or material
necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why
it is needed, and (v) an explanation of the Agreement's claims review procedure
and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the beneficiary
wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Bank determines that there are special
circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Bank shall
notify the beneficiary of the special circumstances and the date by which a
decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional
ninety (90) day period.

     6.2 REVIEW PROCEDURE. If the beneficiary is determined by the Bank not to
be eligible for benefits, or if the beneficiary believes that he or she is
entitled to greater or different benefits, the beneficiary shall have the
opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Bank by filing a petition for
review with the Bank within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice issued
by the Bank. Such petition shall state the specific reasons which the
beneficiary believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different
benefits. Within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Bank of the petition, the
Bank shall afford the beneficiary (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to
present his or her position to the Bank orally or in writing, and the
beneficiary (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents.
The Bank shall notify the beneficiary of its decision in writing within the
sixty (60) day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written
in a manner calculated to be understood by the beneficiary and the specific
provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the
need for a hearing, the sixty (60) day period is not sufficient, the decision
may be deferred for up to another sixty (60) day period at the election of the
Bank, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the beneficiary.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 7.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

     The Bank may amend or terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the
Director's Termination of Service by written notice to the Director. In no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without payment to the Director of the
balance in the Deferral Account attributable to the Director's deferrals and
interest credited on such amounts.

ARTICLE 8.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     8.1 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Director and
the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and
transferees.

     8.2 NO GUARANTY OF EMPLOYMENT. This Agreement is not a contract for
services. It does not (i) give the Director the right to remain a director of
the Bank, (ii) require the Director to remain a director, (iii) interfere with
the shareholders' rights to replace the Director, or (iv) interfere with the
Director's rights to terminate services at any time.

     8.3 NON-TRANSFERABILITY. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold,
transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

     8.4 TAX WITHHOLDING. The Bank shall withhold any taxes that are required to
be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

     8.5 GOVERNING LAW. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed
by the laws of California, except to the extent preempted by federal law.

     8.6 UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT. The Director and beneficiary are general
unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this
Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such
benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to any manner to anticipation,
alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or
garnishment by creditors or beneficiaries of the Director. Any insurance on the
Director's life is a general asset of the Bank to which the Director and
beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and a duly authorized Bank officer have
signed this Agreement as of the above written date.

AMERICAN RIVER BANK                               DIRECTOR


By
  -------------------------------                 ------------------------------
    Sam J. Gallina
    Chairman of the
    Board of Directors


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                       TO

                             DEFERRED FEE AGREEMENT

                                DEFERRAL ELECTION

I elect to defer fees under my Deferred Fee Agreement with the American River
Bank, as follows:

================================================================================
Amount of Deferral          Frequency of Deferral    Duration
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Initial and Complete One]  [Initial One]            [Initial and Complete One]

    I elect to defer            Beginning of Year         This Year Only
- --- __________% of Fees     ---                       ---

    I elect to defer            Each fee period           For _____ years (not
- --- $__________ of Fees     ---                       --- to exceed 5 years)from
                                                          the date of the
    I elect not to              End of Year               Agreement
- --- defer Fees              ---
================================================================================

I understand that I may change the amount, frequency and duration of my
deferrals by filing a new election form with American River Bank and obtaining
written approval of the Board of Directors of the Bank; provided, however, that
any subsequent election will not be effective until the calendar year following
the year in which the new election is received by the Bank.

                                 FORM OF BENEFIT

I elect to receive benefits under the Agreement in the following form: [Initial
One]

     Lump sum
- ---

     Substantially equal monthly installments for:

     thirty-six (36) monthly installments with the amount of each installment
- ---  determined as of each installment date by dividing the entire amount in my
     Deferral Account by the number of installments then remaining to be paid,
     with the final installment to be the entire remaining balance in the
     Deferral Account.

     sixty (60) monthly installments with the amount of each installment
- ---  determined as of each installment date by dividing the entire amount in my
     Deferral Account by the number of installments then remaining to be paid,
     with the final installment to be the entire remaining balance in the
     Deferral Account.

     one hundred twenty (120) monthly installments with the amount of each
- ---  installment determined as of each installment date by dividing the entire
     amount in my Deferral Account by the number of installments then remaining
     to be paid, with the final installment to be the entire remaining balance
     in the Deferral Account.

     one hundred eighty (180) monthly installments with the amount of each
- ---  installment determined as of each installment date by dividing the entire
     amount in my Deferral Account by the number of installments then remaining
     to be paid, with the final installment to be the entire remaining balance
     in the Deferral Account.

I understand that I may not change the form of benefit elected, even if I later
change the amount of my deferrals under the Agreement without written approval
of the Board of Directors of American River Bank.


<PAGE>

                             BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

I designate the following as beneficiary of benefits under the Deferred Fee
Agreement payable following my death:

          Primary:
                  -----------------------------------------

          Contingent:
                     --------------------------------------

          NOTE: TO NAME A TRUST AS BENEFICIARY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE NAME OF THE
          TRUSTEE AND THE EXACT DATE OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new
written designation with American River Bank. I further understand that the
designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me,
or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary, in the event of the dissolution of
our marriage.

Signature:
          -----------------------------

As of April ____, 1998

Accepted by the American River Bank as of April ____, 1998.

AMERICAN RIVER BANK


By:
   -----------------------------
            Sam J. Gallina
            Chairman of the
            Board of Directors


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of May __, 1996 by and
between AMERICAN RIVER BANK, a California banking corporation ("Employer"), and
David T. Taber ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to enter into an agreement for
the purposes of engaging the services of Employee by reason of his experience,
training and ability in the commercial banking industry;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, the Employer and Employee agree as follows:

                                    AGREEMENT

         1.  TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Employer employs Employee and Employee hereby
accepts employment with Employer, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth, for a period of two (2) years from the date hereof. Upon the occurrence
of the second annual anniversary date of this Agreement, the term of this
Agreement shall be automatically extended for an additional two (2) year term,
and on each anniversary date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be
deemed extended for an additional one (1) year term upon the affirmative vote of
a majority of the Board of Directors of Employer, subject to the termination
provisions of paragraph 16.

         2.  DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall serve as the
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Employer and President
and Chief Executive Officer of American River Holdings, the parent holding
company of Employer, and shall perform the customary duties of such offices in
the commercial banking industry as may from time to time be reasonably requested
of him by the Board of Directors of Employer in addition to the following:

                  (a) Acting as a member of the Board of Directors and all other
board committees to which Employee may be appointed or elected;

                  (b) Participating in community affairs which are beneficial to
the Employer;

                  (c) Maintaining a good relationship with Employer's Board of
Directors and shareholders;

<PAGE>

                  (d) Maintaining a good relationship with regulatory agencies
and governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Employer;

                  (e) Providing leadership in planning and implementing the
conduct of business and the affairs of the Employer;

                  (f) Performing ongoing strategic planning and implementation
for Employer and its parent holding company;

                  (g) Evaluating potential merger and acquisition candidates for
Employer and its parent holding company;

                  (h) Working directly with Employer's Executive Committee on
strategic planning for mergers and acquisitions; and

                  (i) Actively soliciting merger and acquisition opportunities
for Employer and its parent holding company.

         3.  DEVOTION TO EMPLOYER'S BUSINESS.

                  (a) Employee shall devote his full business time, ability, and
attention to the business of Employer during the term of this Agreement and
shall not during the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent
of Employer's Board of Directors, engage in any other business activities,
duties, or pursuits whatsoever, or directly or indirectly render any services of
a business, commercial, or professional nature to any other person or
organization, whether for compensation or otherwise, which are in conflict with
Employer's business. However, the expenditure of reasonable amounts of time for
educational, charitable, or professional activities shall not be deemed a breach
of this Agreement if those activities do not materially interfere with the
services required of Employee under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement
shall be interpreted to prohibit Employee from making passive personal
investments. However, Employee shall not directly or indirectly acquire, hold,
or retain any material interest in any business competing with or similar in
nature to the business of Employer.

                  (b) Employee agrees to conduct himself at all times with due
regard to public conventions and morals. Employee further agrees not to do or
commit any act that will reasonably tend to shock or offend the community, or to
prejudice Employer or the banking industry in general.

                  (c) Employee hereby represents and agrees that the services to
be performed under the terms of this Agreement are of a special, unique,
unusual, extraordinary, and intellectual character that gives them a peculiar
value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in
damages in an action at law. Employee therefore expressly agrees that

                                       2
<PAGE>

Employer, in addition to any other rights or remedies that Employer may possess,
shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent or remedy
a breach of this Agreement by Employee.

         4.  NONCOMPETITION BY EMPLOYEE. Employee shall not, during the term of
this Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an employee, employer,
consultant, agent, principal, stockholder, officer, director, or in any other
individual or representative capacity, engage or participate in any competitive
banking or financial services business.

         5.  INDEMNIFICATION FOR NEGLIGENCE OR MISCONDUCT. Employee shall
indemnify and hold Employer harmless from all liability for loss, damage, or
injury to persons or property resulting from the gross negligence or intentional
misconduct of the Employee.

         6.  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. Employee shall not, either before or
after termination of this Agreement, disclose to anyone any information relating
to Employer or any financial information, trade or business secrets, customer
lists, computer software or other information not otherwise publicly available
concerning the business or operations of Employer. Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that any financial information concerning any of Employer's
customers, as it may exist from time to time, is strictly confidential and is a
valuable, special and unique asset of Employer's business. Employee shall not,
either before or after termination of this Agreement, disclose to anyone said
financial information or any part thereof, for any reason or purpose whatsoever.
This paragraph 6 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

         7.  WRITTEN OR PRINTED MATERIAL. All written or printed materials,
notebooks and records used by Employee in performing duties for Employer, other
than Employee's personal notes and diaries, are and shall remain the sole
property of Employer. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall promptly
return all such material (including all copies) to Employer. This paragraph 7
shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

         8.  SURETY BOND. Employee agrees that he will furnish all information
and take any other steps necessary from time to time to enable Employer to
obtain or maintain a fidelity bond conditional on the rendering of a true
account by Employee of all monies, goods, or other property which may come into
the custody, charge, or possession of Employee during the term of his
employment. The surety company issuing the bond and the amount of the bond must
be acceptable to Employer. All premiums on the bond shall be paid by Employer.
If Employee cannot qualify for a surety bond at any time during the term of this
Agreement, Employer shall have the option to terminate this Agreement

                                       3
<PAGE>

immediately without any obligation to pay severance benefits to Employee in
accordance with paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement.

         9.  BASE SALARY. In consideration for the services to be performed
hereunder, Employee shall receive a salary at the rate of One Hundred Seven
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($107,500) per annum, payable in installments
during the term of this Agreement of approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred
Seventy-Nine Dollars and Seventeen Cents ($4,479.17) on the first and fifteenth
days of each month, subject to applicable adjustments for withholding taxes and
prorations for any partial employment period. Employee shall receive such annual
adjustments in salary, if any, as may be determined by Employer's Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion, resulting from the Board of Directors annual
review of Employee's compensation on or about January 1 of each year during the
term of this Agreement.

         10. SALARY CONTINUATION DURING DISABILITY. If Employee for any reason
(except as expressly provided below) becomes temporarily or permanently disabled
so that he is unable to perform the duties under this Agreement, Employer agrees
to pay Employee the base salary otherwise payable to Employee pursuant to
paragraph 9 of this Agreement, reduced by the amounts received by Employee from
state disability insurance, or worker's compensation or other similar insurance
benefits through policies provided by Employer, for a period of six (6) months
from the date of disability.

         For purposes of this paragraph 10, "disability" shall be defined as
provided in Employer's disability insurance program. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, Employer shall have no obligation to make payments for a
disability resulting from the deliberate, intentional actions of Employee, such
as, but not limited to, attempted suicide or chemical dependence of Employee.

         11. INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. Employee shall be entitled to participate
in Employer's Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), a copy of which is
attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference, and receive
incentive compensation in accordance with the Plan, subject to the right of the
Board of Directors in its sole discretion to modify the terms and provisions of
the Plan each year during the term of this Agreement in connection with its
review of Employee's performance and Employer's results of operations. Under no
circumstance shall a right to receive incentive compensation exist in favor of
or accrue to or for the benefit of Employee prior to actual receipt of a
distribution, if any, under the Plan.

         12. STOCK OPTIONS. Employer has previously granted stock options to
Employee evidenced by one or more stock option agreements attached hereto as
Exhibit B and incorporated herein

                                       4
<PAGE>

by this reference. Employer may, but is not obligated to, grant additional stock
options to Employee in the future which grants, if any, shall be within the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors of Employer and subject to the terms and
provisions of Employer's stock option plan pursuant to which such grants are
effected. Any such grants shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement entered
into between Employer and Employee pursuant to such stock option plan and a copy
of each such stock option agreement shall be attached to this Agreement as an
exhibit. Notwithstanding any provision of any such stock option plan or any such
stock option agreement to the contrary, no rights of employment shall be
conferred upon Employee or result from any such stock option plan or any stock
option agreement entered into between Employer and Employee. Any employment
rights and corresponding duties of Employee pursuant to his employment by
Employer shall be limited to and interpreted solely in accordance with the terms
and provisions of this Agreement.

         13. OTHER BENEFITS. Employee shall be entitled to those employee
benefits adopted by Employer for all employees of Employer, subject to
applicable qualification requirements and regulatory approval requirements, if
any. Employee shall be further entitled to the following additional benefits
which shall supplement or replace, to the extent duplicative of any part or all
of the general employee benefits, the benefits otherwise provided to Employee:

                  (a) VACATION. Employee shall be entitled to four (4) weeks
annual vacation leave at his then existing rate of base salary each year during
the term of this Agreement. Employee may be absent from his employment for
vacation as long as such leave is reasonable and does not jeopardize his
responsibilities and duties specified in this Agreement. The length of vacation
should not exceed two (2) weeks without the approval of Employer's executive
committee of the Board of Directors. Employee shall take at least two (2)
consecutive weeks of vacation as required by the California Superintendent of
Banks. Accrual of vacation time, if any, shall be determined in accordance with
Employer's personnel policies.

                  (b) AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE AND INSURANCE. Employer shall acquire
or otherwise make available to Employee for his business and incidental personal
use an automobile, suitable to his position, and (i) maintain it in good
condition and repair; and (ii) provide public liability insurance and property
damage insurance policies with insurer(s) acceptable to Employer and with
coverages in such amounts as may be acceptable to Employer from time to time.

         14. ANNUAL PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. Employer shall pay or reimburse
Employee for the cost of an annual physical examination conducted by a
California licensed physician selected by Employee and reasonably acceptable to
Employer.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         15. BUSINESS EXPENSES. Employee shall be reimbursed for all ordinary
and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in connection with his employment.
Employee shall also be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in activities
associated with promoting the business of Employer, including expenses for
entertainment, travel, conventions, educational programs and similar items, and
with the prior approval of Employer's Executive Committee, club memberships.
Employer will pay for or will reimburse Employee for such expenses upon
presentation by Employee from time to time of receipts or other appropriate
evidence of such expenditures.

         16. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

                  (a) AUTOMATIC TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate
automatically without further act of the parties and immediately upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events, subject to either party's right,
without any obligation whatsoever, to waive an event reasonably susceptible of
waiver, and the obligation of Employer to pay the amounts which would otherwise
be payable to Employee under this Agreement through the end of the month in
which the event occurs, except that only in the event of termination based upon
subparagraphs (1), (4) or (12, to the extent of Employer's breach) below shall
Employee be entitled to receive severance payments based upon automatic
termination pursuant to paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement:

                      (1)  The occurrence of circumstances that make it
                           impossible or impractical for Employer to conduct or
                           continue its business.

                      (2)  The death of Employee.

                      (3)  The loss by Employee of legal capacity.

                      (4)  The loss by Employer of legal capacity to contract.

                      (5)  The willful, intentional and material breach of duty
                           by Employee in the course of his employment.

                      (6)  The habitual and continued neglect by Employee of his
                           employment duties and obligations under this
                           Agreement.

                      (7)  The continuous mental or physical incapacity of
                           Employee, subject to Employee's rights under
                           paragraph 10 of this Agreement.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                      (8)  Employee's willful and intentional violation of any
                           State of California or federal banking laws, or of
                           the Bylaws, rules, policies or resolutions of
                           Employer or its parent holding company, or of the
                           rules or regulations of the California Superintendent
                           of Banks or the Federal Deposit Insurance
                           Corporation, or other regulatory agency or
                           governmental authority having jurisdiction over
                           Employer or its parent holding company.

                      (9)  The determination by a state or federal banking
                           agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction
                           over Employer that Employee is not suitable to act in
                           the capacity for which he is employed by Employer.

                      (10) Employee is convicted of any felony or a crime
                           involving moral turpitude or commits a fraudulent or
                           dishonest act.

                      (11) Employee discloses without authority any secret or
                           confidential information concerning Employer or takes
                           any action which Employer's Board of Directors
                           determines, in its sole discretion and subject to
                           good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness,
                           constitutes unfair competition with or induces any
                           customer to breach any contract with Employer.

                      (12) Either party breaches the terms or provisions of this
                           Agreement.

                  (b) TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER. Employer may, at its election and
in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement for any reason, or for no
reason, by giving not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice of
termination to Employee, without prejudice to any other remedy to which Employer
may be entitled either at law, in equity or under this Agreement. Upon such
termination, Employee shall be entitled to receive any employment benefits which
shall have accrued prior to such termination and the severance pay specified in
paragraph 16 (d) below.

                  (c) TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. This Agreement may be terminated
by Employee for any reason, or no reason, by giving not less than thirty (30)
days' prior written notice of termination to Employer. Upon such termination,
all rights and obligations accruing to Employee under this Agreement shall
cease, except that such termination shall not prejudice Employee's rights
regarding employment benefits which shall have

                                       7
<PAGE>

accrued prior to such termination and any other remedy which Employee may have
at law, in equity or under this Agreement, which remedy accrued prior to such
termination.

                  (d) SEVERANCE PAY - TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER. In the event of
termination by Employer pursuant to paragraph 16 (b) or automatic termination
based upon paragraph 16 (a) (1), (4) or (12, to the extent of Employer's breach)
of this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to receive severance pay at
Employee's rate of salary immediately preceding such termination equal to six
(6) months' salary (in addition to incentive compensation or bonus payments due
Employee, if any), payable in lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event of a "change in control" as defined in subparagraph (e) below, Employee
shall not be entitled to severance pay pursuant to this subparagraph (d) and any
rights of Employee to severance pay shall be limited to such rights as are
specified in subparagraph (e) below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that
severance pay pursuant to this subparagraph (d) is in lieu of all damages,
payments and liabilities on account of the early termination of this Agreement
and the sole and exclusive remedy for Employee terminated at the will of
Employer pursuant to paragraph 16(b) or pursuant to certain provisions of
paragraph 16 (a) described herein.

                  (e) SEVERANCE PAY - CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a
"change in control" as defined herein and within a period of two (2) years
following consummation of such a change in control (i) Employee's employment is
terminated; or (ii) without Employee's consent there occurs (A) any adverse
change in the nature and scope of Employee's position, responsibilities, duties,
salary, benefits or location of employment, or (B) any event which reasonably
constitutes a demotion, significant diminution or constructive termination (by
resignation or otherwise) of Employee's employment, then Employee shall be
entitled to receive severance pay in addition to any bonus or incentive
compensation payments due Employee. Any such severance pay due Employee shall be
in an amount equal to one and one-half (1 1/2) times Employee's average annual
compensation for the five (5) years immediately preceding the change in control.
Employee's average annual compensation shall be the average of the aggregate
compensation paid by Employer to Employee which was includable in Employee's
gross income for federal income tax purposes for the five (5) tax years ending
immediately prior to the change in control divided by the number five (5).

                  If all or any portion of the amounts payable to Employee
pursuant to this paragraph 16 (e) alone or together with other payments which
Employee has the right to receive from Employer, constitute "excess parachute
payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), that are subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or similar tax and/or assessment),

                                       8
<PAGE>

such amounts payable hereunder shall be reduced to the extent necessary, after
first applying any similar reduction in payments to be received from any other
plan or program sponsored by Employer from which Employee has a right to receive
payments subject to Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, including without
limitation any Salary Continuation Agreement made between Employer and Employee,
so as to cause a reduction of any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the
Code to equal "zero".

                  Any such severance shall be payable in lump sum. Such
severance payment, if any, shall be in lieu of all damages, payments and
liabilities on account of the events described above for which such severance
payment, if any, may be due Employee and any severance payment rights of
Employee under paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement. This subparagraph (e) shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and any successors or
assigns or employer or any "person" as defined herein.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be entitled
to receive nor shall Employer, its successors, assigns or any "person" as
defined herein be obligated to pay severance payments pursuant to this
subparagraph (e) in the event of an occurrence described in paragraph 16,
subparagraphs (5), (6), (8), (10), (11) or (12, to the extent of an Employee
breach), or in the event of a determination pursuant to subparagraph (9)
thereof, or in the event Employee terminates employment in accordance with
paragraph 16 (c) and the termination is not a result of or based upon the
occurrence of any event described in paragraph 16 (e)(ii).

                  A "change in control" of Employer for purposes of this
Agreement and subparagraph (e) shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
events with respect to Employer (with the term "Employer" being defined for such
a change in control to include any parent holding company): (i) a change in
control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or in response to any other form
or report to the regulatory agencies or governmental authorities having
jurisdiction over Employer or any stock exchange on which Employer's shares are
listed which requires the reporting of a change in control; (ii) any merger,
consolidation or reorganization of Employer in which Employer does not survive;
(iii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition
(in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any assets of Employer
having an aggregate fair market value of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total value of the assets of Employer, reflected in the most recent balance
sheet of Employer; (iv) a transaction whereby any "person" (as such term is used
in the Exchange Act or any individual, corporation, partnership, trust or any
other entity) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of

                                       9
<PAGE>

securities of Employer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power
of Employer's then outstanding securities; (v) if in any one year period,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of
Directors of Employer cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by Employer's
shareholders, of each new director is approved by a vote of a least
three-quarters of the directors then still in office who were directors at the
beginning of the period; (iv) a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Employer in office prior to the happening of any event determines
in its sole discretion that as a result of such event there has been a change in
control.

         17. NOTICES. Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to the
other shall be in writing and may be transmitted by personal delivery or by U.S.
mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid with return receipt requested.
Mailed notices shall be addressed to the parties at the addresses listed as
follows:

         Employer:         Principal place of business

         Employee:         Principal place of business as shown in Employer's
                           Personnel Records and Employee's personal file.

Each party may change the address for receipt of notices by written notice in
accordance with this paragraph 17. Notices delivered personally shall be deemed
communicated as of the date of actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed
communicated as of three (3) days after the date of mailing.

         18. ARBITRATION. All claims, disputes and other matters in question
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation
thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in
its sole and absolute discretion, shall be resolved first by resort to
non-binding mediation with such mediation service or mediator as the parties may
mutually agree upon. If the parties cannot agree upon such mediation service or
mediator and submit the matter to mediation within thirty (30) days of notice of
demand to mediate given by a party to the other party, or if the matter is not
resolved in a manner satisfactory to the parties within sixty (60) days of
submission of the matter to the mediation service or mediator, then in that
event, the matter shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a
representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. ("JAMS"), presently located at
111 Pine Street, Suite 710, in San Francisco, California, in accordance with the
rules and procedures of JAMS then in effect. In the event JAMS is unable or
unwilling to conduct such arbitration, or has discontinued its business, the
parties agree that a

                                       10
<PAGE>

representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the
American Arbitration Association ("AAA"), presently located at 417 Montgomery
Street, in San Francisco, California, shall conduct such binding arbitration in
accordance with the rules and procedures of the AAA then in effect. Notice of
the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to
this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no event shall the
demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or
equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question
would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Any award rendered by
JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as applicable,
their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors
and assigns, and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The
obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to this clause shall be
specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be conducted consistently
with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the California Code of Civil
Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder shall be conducted in Sacramento,
California, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

         19. ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS. In the event of litigation, arbitration
or any other action or proceeding between the parties to interpret or enforce
this Agreement or any part thereof or otherwise arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs
related to any such action or proceeding and its reasonable fees of attorneys,
accountants and expert witnesses incurred by such party in connection with any
such action or proceeding. The prevailing party shall be deemed to be the party
which obtains substantially the relief sought by final resolution, compromise or
settlement, or as may otherwise be determined by order of a court of competent
jurisdiction in the event of litigation, an award or decision of one or more
arbitrators in the event of arbitration, or a decision of a comparable official
in the event of any other action or proceeding. Every obligation to indemnify
under this Agreement includes the obligation to pay reasonable fees of
attorneys, accountants and expert witnesses incurred by the indemnified party in
connection with matters subject to indemnification.

         20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement supersedes any and all other
agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the
employment of Employee by Employer and contains all of the covenants and
agreements between the parties with respect to the employment of Employee by
Employer. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other
representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have
been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not
set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not
contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.

                                       11
<PAGE>

         21. MODIFICATIONS. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective
only if it is in writing and signed by a party or its authorized representative.

         22. WAIVER. The failure of either party to insist on strict compliance
with any of the terms, provisions, covenants, or conditions of this Agreement by
the other party shall not be deemed a waiver of any term, provision, covenant,
or condition, individually or in the aggregate, unless such waiver is in
writing, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power at any one
time or times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of that right or power for
all or any other times.

         23. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any provision in this Agreement is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect
without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

         24. INTERPRETATION. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to
the party responsible for the preparation of the Agreement and shall be deemed
to have been prepared jointly by the parties. Any ambiguity or uncertainty
existing in this Agreement shall not be interpreted against either party, but
according to the application of other rules of contract interpretation, if an
ambiguity or uncertainty exists.

         25. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The laws of the State of California, other
than those laws denominated choice of law rules, shall govern the validity,
construction and effect of this Agreement. Any action which in any way involves
the rights, duties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be brought in
the courts of the State of California and venue for any action or proceeding
shall be in Sacramento County or in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of California, and the parties hereby submit to the personal
jurisdiction of said courts.

         26. PAYMENTS DUE DECEASED EMPLOYEE. If Employee dies prior to the
expiration of the term of his employment, any payments that may be due Employee
from Employer under this Agreement as of the date of death shall be paid to
Employee's executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives,
successors, or assigns.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement consisting
of thirteen pages in the City of Sacramento, County of Sacramento, State of
California as of the date set forth above.

EMPLOYER:                                       EMPLOYEE:

AMERICAN RIVER BANK

By: /s/ SAM J. GALLINA                          /s/ DAVID T. TABER
    -----------------------------               --------------------------------
    Sam J. Gallina                              David T. Taber
    Chairman of the Board


                         [ADD NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT]

                                       13
<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER BANK

                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                     7/18/96

Pursuant to the Board of Directors meeting held July 17, 1996, attached is the
Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive Management which has been updated per
decisions made at the stated Board of Directors meeting.

This constitutes the first amendment to the Employment Agreement made between
American River Bank and David T. Taber, duly executed on May 29, 1996.

This document and the Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive Management
hereto attached supersedes the plan outlined on page 4, paragraph 11 of the
Employment Agreement which is entitled "Incentive Compensation".

Furthermore, the last sentence in paragraph 11 which reads as follows: "Under no
circumstance shall a right to receive incentive compensation exist in favor of
or accrue to or for the benefit of Employee prior to actual receipt of a
distribution, if any, under the Plan" shall be superseded by the Payout
conditions stipulated in the Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive
Management hereto attached.

EMPLOYER:                                       EMPLOYEE:

AMERICAN RIVER BANK


By /s/ SAM J. GALLINA                           /s/ DAVID T. TABER
   -----------------------------                --------------------------------
   Sam J. Gallina                               David T. Taber
   Chairman of the Board


                                       14


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of May __, 1996 by and
between AMERICAN RIVER BANK, a California banking corporation ("Employer"), and
William L. Young ("Employee").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, Employer and Employee desire to enter into an agreement for
the purposes of engaging the services of Employee by reason of his experience,
training and ability in the commercial banking industry;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
contained herein, the Employer and Employee agree as follows:

                                    AGREEMENT

         1.  TERM OF EMPLOYMENT. Employer employs Employee and Employee hereby
accepts employment with Employer, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth, for a period of two (2) years from the date hereof. Upon the occurrence
of the second annual anniversary date of this Agreement, the term of this
Agreement shall be automatically extended for an additional two (2) year term,
and on each anniversary date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be
deemed extended for an additional one (1) year term upon the affirmative vote of
a majority of the Board of Directors of Employer, subject to the termination
provisions of paragraph 16.

         2.  DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall serve as the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer and shall perform the
customary duties of such office in the commercial banking industry as may from
time to time be reasonably requested of him by the Board of Directors of
Employer in addition to the following:

                  (a) Acting as a member of the Board of Directors and all other
board committees to which Employee may be appointed or elected;

                  (b) Participating in community affairs which are beneficial to
the Employer;

                  (c) Maintaining a good relationship with Employer's Board of
Directors and shareholders;

                  (d) Maintaining a good relationship with regulatory agencies
and governmental authorities having jurisdiction over Employer;

                  (e) Providing leadership in planning and implementing the
conduct of business and the affairs of the Employer; and
<PAGE>

                  (f) Hiring and firing of all employees, except Executive Vice
Presidents, subject at all times to the policies and directives set by the
Employer's Board of Directors.

         3.  DEVOTION TO EMPLOYER'S BUSINESS.

                  (a) Employee shall devote his full business time, ability, and
attention to the business of Employer during the term of this Agreement and
shall not during the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent
of Employer's Board of Directors, engage in any other business activities,
duties, or pursuits whatsoever, or directly or indirectly render any services of
a business, commercial, or professional nature to any other person or
organization, whether for compensation or otherwise, which are in conflict with
Employer's business. However, the expenditure of reasonable amounts of time for
educational, charitable, or professional activities shall not be deemed a breach
of this Agreement if those activities do not materially interfere with the
services required of Employee under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement
shall be interpreted to prohibit Employee from making passive personal
investments. However, Employee shall not directly or indirectly acquire, hold,
or retain any material interest in any business competing with or similar in
nature to the business of Employer.

                  (b) Employee agrees to conduct himself at all times with due
regard to public conventions and morals. Employee further agrees not to do or
commit any act that will reasonably tend to shock or offend the community, or to
prejudice Employer or the banking industry in general.

                  (c) Employee hereby represents and agrees that the services to
be performed under the terms of this Agreement are of a special, unique,
unusual, extraordinary, and intellectual character that gives them a peculiar
value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in
damages in an action at law. Employee therefore expressly agrees that Employer,
in addition to any other rights or remedies that Employer may possess, shall be
entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent or remedy a breach
of this Agreement by Employee.

         4.  NONCOMPETITION BY EMPLOYEE. Employee shall not, during the term of
this Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an employee, employer,
consultant, agent, principal, stockholder, officer, director, or in any other
individual or representative capacity, engage or participate in any competitive
banking or financial services business.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         5.  INDEMNIFICATION FOR NEGLIGENCE OR MISCONDUCT. Employee shall
indemnify and hold Employer harmless from all liability for loss, damage, or
injury to persons or property resulting from the gross negligence or intentional
misconduct of the Employee.

         6.  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. Employee shall not, either before or
after termination of this Agreement, disclose to anyone any information relating
to Employer or any financial information, trade or business secrets, customer
lists, computer software or other information not otherwise publicly available
concerning the business or operations of Employer. Employee recognizes and
acknowledges that any financial information concerning any of Employer's
customers, as it may exist from time to time, is strictly confidential and is a
valuable, special and unique asset of Employer's business. Employee shall not,
either before or after termination of this Agreement, disclose to anyone said
financial information or any part thereof, for any reason or purpose whatsoever.
This paragraph 6 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

         7.  WRITTEN OR PRINTED MATERIAL. All written or printed materials,
notebooks and records used by Employee in performing duties for Employer, other
than Employee's personal notes and diaries, are and shall remain the sole
property of Employer. Upon termination of employment, Employee shall promptly
return all such material (including all copies) to Employer. This paragraph 7
shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement.

         8.  SURETY BOND. Employee agrees that he will furnish all information
and take any other steps necessary from time to time to enable Employer to
obtain or maintain a fidelity bond conditional on the rendering of a true
account by Employee of all monies, goods, or other property which may come into
the custody, charge, or possession of Employee during the term of his
employment. The surety company issuing the bond and the amount of the bond must
be acceptable to Employer. All premiums on the bond shall be paid by Employer.
If Employee cannot qualify for a surety bond at any time during the term of this
Agreement, Employer shall have the option to terminate this Agreement
immediately without any obligation to pay severance benefits to Employee in
accordance with paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement.

         9.  BASE SALARY. In consideration for the services to be performed
hereunder, Employee shall receive a salary at the rate of One Hundred Fifteen
Thousand Dollars ($115,000) per annum, payable in installments during the term
of this Agreement of approximately Four Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-One
Dollars and Sixty-Six Cents ($4,791.66) on the first and fifteenth days of each
month, subject to applicable adjustments for withholding taxes and prorations
for any partial employment period. Employee shall receive such annual
adjustments in salary, if any, as may be determined by Employer's Board of
Directors, in its sole discretion, resulting from the

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Board of Directors annual review of Employee's compensation each year during the
term of this Agreement.

         10. SALARY CONTINUATION DURING DISABILITY. If Employee for any reason
(except as expressly provided below) becomes temporarily or permanently disabled
so that he is unable to perform the duties under this Agreement, Employer agrees
to pay Employee the base salary otherwise payable to Employee pursuant to
paragraph 9 of this Agreement, reduced by the amounts received by Employee from
state disability insurance, or worker's compensation or other similar insurance
benefits through policies provided by Employer, for a period of six (6) months
from the date of disability.

         For purposes of this paragraph 10, "disability" shall be defined as
provided in Employer's disability insurance program. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, Employer shall have no obligation to make payments for a
disability resulting from the deliberate, intentional actions of Employee, such
as, but not limited to, attempted suicide or chemical dependence of Employee.

         11. INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. Employee shall be entitled to participate
in Employer's Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), a copy of which is
attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference, and receive
incentive compensation in accordance with the Plan, subject to the right of the
Board of Directors in its sole discretion to modify the terms and provisions of
the Plan each year during the term of this Agreement in connection with its
review of Employee's performance and Employer's results of operations. Under no
circumstance shall a right to receive incentive compensation exist in favor of
or accrue to or for the benefit of Employee prior to actual receipt of a
distribution, if any, under the Plan.

         12. STOCK OPTIONS. Employer has previously granted stock options to
Employee evidenced by one or more stock option agreements attached hereto as
Exhibit B and incorporated herein by this reference. Employer may, but is not
obligated to, grant additional stock options to Employee in the future which
grants, if any, shall be within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of
Employer and subject to the terms and provisions of Employer's stock option plan
pursuant to which such grants are effected. Any such grants shall be evidenced
by a stock option agreement entered into between Employer and Employee pursuant
to such stock option plan and a copy of each such stock option agreement shall
be attached to this Agreement as an exhibit. Notwithstanding any provision of
any such stock option plan or any such stock option agreement to the contrary,
no rights of employment shall be conferred upon Employee or result from any such
stock option plan or any stock option agreement entered into between Employer
and Employee. Any employment rights and corresponding duties of Employee
pursuant to his employment by Employer shall be limited to

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

and interpreted solely in accordance with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.

         13. OTHER BENEFITS. Employee shall be entitled to those employee
benefits adopted by Employer for all employees of Employer, subject to
applicable qualification requirements and regulatory approval requirements, if
any. Employee shall be further entitled to the following additional benefits
which shall supplement or replace, to the extent duplicative of any part or all
of the general employee benefits, the benefits otherwise provided to Employee:

                  (a) VACATION. Employee shall be entitled to four (4) weeks
annual vacation leave at his then existing rate of base salary each year during
the term of this Agreement. Employee may be absent from his employment for
vacation as long as such leave is reasonable and does not jeopardize his
responsibilities and duties specified in this Agreement. The length of vacation
should not exceed two (2) weeks without the approval of Employer's executive
committee of the Board of Directors. Employee shall take at least two (2)
consecutive weeks of vacation as required by the California Superintendent of
Banks. Accrual of vacation time, if any, shall be determined in accordance with
Employer's personnel policies.

                  (b) AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE AND INSURANCE. Employer shall acquire
or otherwise make available to Employee for his business and incidental personal
use an automobile, suitable to his position, and (i) maintain it in good
condition and repair; and (ii) provide public liability insurance and property
damage insurance policies with insurer(s) acceptable to Employer and with
coverages in such amounts as may be acceptable to Employer from time to time.

         14. ANNUAL PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. Employer shall pay or reimburse
Employee for the cost of an annual physical examination conducted by a
California licensed physician selected by Employee and reasonably acceptable to
Employer.

         15. BUSINESS EXPENSES. Employee shall be reimbursed for all ordinary
and necessary expenses incurred by Employee in connection with his employment.
Employee shall also be reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in activities
associated with promoting the business of Employer, including expenses for
entertainment, travel, conventions, educational programs and similar items, and
with the prior approval of Employer's Executive Committee, expenses for club
memberships. Employer will pay for or will reimburse Employee for such expenses
upon presentation by Employee from time to time of receipts or other appropriate
evidence of such expenditures.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

         16. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

                  (a) AUTOMATIC TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate
automatically without further act of the parties and immediately upon the
occurrence of any one of the following events, subject to either party's right,
without any obligation whatsoever, to waive an event reasonably susceptible of
waiver, and the obligation of Employer to pay the amounts which would otherwise
be payable to Employee under this Agreement through the end of the month in
which the event occurs, except that only in the event of termination based upon
subparagraphs (1), (4) or (12, to the extent of Employer's breach) below shall
Employee be entitled to receive severance payments based upon automatic
termination pursuant to paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement:

                      (1)  The occurrence of circumstances that make it
                           impossible or impractical for Employer to conduct or
                           continue its business.

                      (2)  The death of Employee.

                      (3)  The loss by Employee of legal capacity.

                      (4)  The loss by Employer of legal capacity to contract.

                      (5)  The willful, intentional and material breach of duty
                           by Employee in the course of his employment.

                      (6)  The habitual and continued neglect by Employee of his
                           employment duties and obligations under this
                           Agreement.

                      (7)  The continuous mental or physical incapacity of
                           Employee, subject to Employee's rights under
                           paragraph 10 of this Agreement.

                      (8)  Employee's willful and intentional violation of any
                           State of California or federal banking laws, or of
                           the Bylaws, rules, policies or resolutions of
                           Employer or its parent holding company, or of the
                           rules or regulations of the California Superintendent
                           of Banks or the Federal Deposit Insurance
                           Corporation, or other regulatory agency or
                           governmental authority having jurisdiction over
                           Employer or its parent holding company.

                      (9)  The determination by a state or federal banking
                           agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction
                           over Employer that

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                           Employee is not suitable to act in the capacity for
                           which he is employed by Employer.

                      (10) Employee is convicted of any felony or a crime
                           involving moral turpitude or commits a fraudulent or
                           dishonest act.

                      (11) Employee discloses without authority any secret or
                           confidential information concerning Employer or takes
                           any action which Employer's Board of Directors
                           determines, in its sole discretion and subject to
                           good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness,
                           constitutes unfair competition with or induces any
                           customer to breach any contract with Employer.

                      (12) Either party breaches the terms or provisions of this
                           Agreement.

                  (b) TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER. Employer may, at its election and
in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement for any reason, or for no
reason, by giving not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice of
termination to Employee, without prejudice to any other remedy to which Employer
may be entitled either at law, in equity or under this Agreement. Upon such
termination, Employee shall be entitled to receive any employment benefits which
shall have accrued prior to such termination and the severance pay specified in
paragraph 16 (d) below.

                  (c) TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. This Agreement may be terminated
by Employee for any reason, or no reason, by giving not less than thirty (30)
days' prior written notice of termination to Employer. Upon such termination,
all rights and obligations accruing to Employee under this Agreement shall
cease, except that such termination shall not prejudice Employee's rights
regarding employment benefits which shall have accrued prior to such termination
and any other remedy which Employee may have at law, in equity or under this
Agreement, which remedy accrued prior to such termination.

                  (d) SEVERANCE PAY - TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER. In the event of
termination by Employer pursuant to paragraph 16 (b) or automatic termination
based upon paragraph 16 (a) (1), (4) or (12, to the extent of Employer's breach)
of this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to receive severance pay at
Employee's rate of salary immediately preceding such termination equal to six
(6) months' salary (in addition to incentive compensation or bonus payments due
Employee, if any), payable in lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event of a "change in control" as defined in subparagraph (e) below, Employee
shall not be entitled to severance pay pursuant to this subparagraph (d) and any
rights of Employee to severance pay shall be limited to such

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

rights as are specified in subparagraph (e) below. Employee acknowledges and
agrees that severance pay pursuant to this subparagraph (d) is in lieu of all
damages, payments and liabilities on account of the early termination of this
Agreement and the sole and exclusive remedy for Employee terminated at the will
of Employer pursuant to paragraph 16(b) or pursuant to certain provisions of
paragraph 16 (a) described herein.

                  (e) SEVERANCE PAY - CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of a
"change in control" as defined herein and within a period of two (2) years
following consummation of such a change in control (i) Employee's employment is
terminated; or (ii) without Employee's consent there occurs (A) any adverse
change in the nature and scope of Employee's position, responsibilities, duties,
salary, benefits or location of employment, or (B) any event which reasonably
constitutes a demotion, significant diminution or constructive termination (by
resignation or otherwise) of Employee's employment, then Employee shall be
entitled to receive severance pay in addition to any bonus or incentive
compensation payments due Employee. Any such severance pay due Employee shall be
in an amount equal to one and one-half (1 1/2) times Employee's average annual
compensation for the five (5) years immediately preceding the change in control.
Employee's average annual compensation shall be the average of the aggregate
compensation paid by Employer to Employee which was includable in Employee's
gross income for federal income tax purposes for the five (5) tax years ending
immediately prior to the change in control divided by the number five (5).

                  If all or any portion of the amounts payable to Employee
pursuant to this paragraph 16 (e) alone or together with other payments which
Employee has the right to receive from Employer, constitute "excess parachute
payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), that are subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or similar tax and/or assessment), such amounts
payable hereunder shall be reduced to the extent necessary, after first applying
any similar reduction in payments to be received from any other plan or program
sponsored by Employer from which Employee has a right to receive payments
subject to Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, including without limitation any
Salary Continuation Agreement made between Employer and Employee, so as to cause
a reduction of any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code to equal
"zero".

                  Any such severance shall be payable in lump sum. Such
severance payment, if any, shall be in lieu of all damages, payments and
liabilities on account of the events described above for which such severance
payment, if any, may be due Employee and any severance payment rights of
Employee under paragraph 16 (d) of this Agreement. This subparagraph (e) shall
be binding upon and

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

inure to the benefit of the parties and any successors or assigns or employer or
any "person" as defined herein.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be entitled
to receive nor shall Employer, its successors, assigns or any "person" as
defined herein be obligated to pay severance payments pursuant to this
subparagraph (e) in the event of an occurrence described in paragraph 16,
subparagraphs (5), (6), (8), (10), (11) or (12, to the extent of an Employee
breach), or in the event of a determination pursuant to subparagraph (9)
thereof, or in the event Employee terminates employment in accordance with
paragraph 16 (c) and the termination is not a result of or based upon the
occurrence of any event described in paragraph 16 (e)(ii).

                  A "change in control" of Employer for purposes of this
Agreement and subparagraph (e) shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
events with respect to Employer (with the term "Employer" being defined for such
a change in control to include any parent holding company): (i) a change in
control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or in response to any other form
or report to the regulatory agencies or governmental authorities having
jurisdiction over Employer or any stock exchange on which Employer's shares are
listed which requires the reporting of a change in control; (ii) any merger,
consolidation or reorganization of Employer in which Employer does not survive;
(iii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition
(in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any assets of Employer
having an aggregate fair market value of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total value of the assets of Employer, reflected in the most recent balance
sheet of Employer; (iv) a transaction whereby any "person" (as such term is used
in the Exchange Act or any individual, corporation, partnership, trust or any
other entity) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
securities of Employer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power
of Employer's then outstanding securities; (v) if in any one year period,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of
Directors of Employer cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by Employer's
shareholders, of each new director is approved by a vote of a least
three-quarters of the directors then still in office who were directors at the
beginning of the period; (iv) a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Employer in office prior to the happening of any event determines
in its sole discretion that as a result of such event there has been a change in
control.

         17. NOTICES. Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to the
other shall be in writing and may be transmitted by personal delivery or by U.S.
mail, registered or certified, postage

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

prepaid with return receipt requested. Mailed notices shall be addressed to the
parties at the addresses listed as follows:

         Employer:         Principal place of business

         Employee:         Principal place of business as shown in Employer's
                           Personnel  Records and  Employee's personal file.

Each party may change the address for receipt of notices by written notice in
accordance with this paragraph 17. Notices delivered personally shall be deemed
communicated as of the date of actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed
communicated as of three (3) days after the date of mailing.

         18. ARBITRATION. All claims, disputes and other matters in question
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation
thereof, other than those matters which are to be determined by the Employer in
its sole and absolute discretion, shall be resolved first by resort to
non-binding mediation with such mediation service or mediator as the parties may
mutually agree upon. If the parties cannot agree upon such mediation service or
mediator and submit the matter to mediation within thirty (30) days of notice of
demand to mediate given by a party to the other party, or if the matter is not
resolved in a manner satisfactory to the parties within sixty (60) days of
submission of the matter to the mediation service or mediator, then in that
event, the matter shall be resolved by binding arbitration before a
representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of the parties, of the
Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. ("JAMS"), presently located at
111 Pine Street, Suite 710, in San Francisco, California, in accordance with the
rules and procedures of JAMS then in effect. In the event JAMS is unable or
unwilling to conduct such arbitration, or has discontinued its business, the
parties agree that a representative member, selected by the mutual agreement of
the parties, of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"), presently located
at 417 Montgomery Street, in San Francisco, California, shall conduct such
binding arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of the AAA then
in effect. Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with
the other party to this Agreement and with JAMS (or AAA, if necessary). In no
event shall the demand for arbitration be made after the date when institution
of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter
in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Any award
rendered by JAMS or AAA shall be final and binding upon the parties, and as
applicable, their respective heirs, beneficiaries, legal representatives,
agents, successors and assigns, and may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction thereof. The obligation of the parties to arbitrate pursuant to
this clause shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with, and shall be
conducted consistently with, the provisions of Title 9 of Part 3 of the
California Code of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

shall be conducted in Sacramento, California, unless otherwise agreed to by the
parties.

         19. ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS. In the event of litigation, arbitration
or any other action or proceeding between the parties to interpret or enforce
this Agreement or any part thereof or otherwise arising out of or relating to
this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs
related to any such action or proceeding and its reasonable fees of attorneys,
accountants and expert witnesses incurred by such party in connection with any
such action or proceeding. The prevailing party shall be deemed to be the party
which obtains substantially the relief sought by final resolution, compromise or
settlement, or as may otherwise be determined by order of a court of competent
jurisdiction in the event of litigation, an award or decision of one or more
arbitrators in the event of arbitration, or a decision of a comparable official
in the event of any other action or proceeding. Every obligation to indemnify
under this Agreement includes the obligation to pay reasonable fees of
attorneys, accountants and expert witnesses incurred by the indemnified party in
connection with matters subject to indemnification.

         20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement supersedes any and all other
agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the
employment of Employee by Employer and contains all of the covenants and
agreements between the parties with respect to the employment of Employee by
Employer. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no other
representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, have
been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not
set forth herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not
contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party.

         21. MODIFICATIONS. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective
only if it is in writing and signed by a party or its authorized representative.

         22. WAIVER. The failure of either party to insist on strict compliance
with any of the terms, provisions, covenants, or conditions of this Agreement by
the other party shall not be deemed a waiver of any term, provision, covenant,
or condition, individually or in the aggregate, unless such waiver is in
writing, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of any right or power at any one
time or times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of that right or power for
all or any other times.

         23. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. If any provision in this Agreement is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect
without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         24. INTERPRETATION. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to
the party responsible for the preparation of the Agreement and shall be deemed
to have been prepared jointly by the parties. Any ambiguity or uncertainty
existing in this Agreement shall not be interpreted against either party, but
according to the application of other rules of contract interpretation, if an
ambiguity or uncertainty exists.

         25. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The laws of the State of California, other
than those laws denominated choice of law rules, shall govern the validity,
construction and effect of this Agreement. Any action which in any way involves
the rights, duties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be brought in
the courts of the State of California and venue for any action or proceeding
shall be in Sacramento County or in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of California, and the parties hereby submit to the personal
jurisdiction of said courts.

         26. PAYMENTS DUE DECEASED EMPLOYEE. If Employee dies prior to the
expiration of the term of his employment, any payments that may be due Employee
from Employer under this Agreement as of the date of death shall be paid to
Employee's executors, administrators, heirs, personal representatives,
successors, or assigns.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement consisting
of twelve pages in the City of Sacramento, County of Sacramento, State of
California as of the date set forth above.

EMPLOYER:                                EMPLOYEE:

AMERICAN RIVER BANK



By: /s/ SAM J. GALLINA                   /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
    --------------------------           ------------------------------
    Sam J. Gallina                       William  L. Young
    Chairman of the Board


                                      -12-
<PAGE>




                         [ADD NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT]


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

AMERICAN RIVER BANK

                        AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                     7/18/96

Pursuant to the Board of Directors meeting held July 17, 1996, attached is the
Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive Management which has been updated per
decisions made at the stated Board of Directors meeting.

This constitutes the first amendment to the Employment Agreement made between
American River Bank and William L. Young, duly executed on May 29, 1996.

This document and the Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive Management
hereto attached supersedes the plan outlined on page 4, paragraph 11 of the
Employment Agreement which is entitled "Incentive Compensation".

Furthermore, the last sentence in paragraph 11 which reads as follows: "Under no
circumstance shall a right to receive incentive compensation exist in favor of
or accrue to or for the benefit of Employee prior to actual receipt of a
distribution, if any, under the Plan" shall be superseded by the Payout
conditions stipulated in the Incentive Compensation Plan for Executive
Management hereto attached.

EMPLOYER:                                   EMPLOYEE:

AMERICAN RIVER BANK


By /s/ SAM J. GALLINA                    /s/ WILLIAM L. YOUNG
   ---------------------------           -------------------------------
   Sam J. Gallina                        William L. Young
   Chairman of the Board


                                      -14-


AMERICAN RIVER BANK
7/96

                         INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
                              EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

PURPOSE

American River Bank ("Bank") is desirous of establishing an incentive
compensation plan to reward executive management for productivity and high
performance. The program is also a tool to assure that the bank will meet ROE
and ROA goals for the subject year and for future years.

WHO IS ELIGIBLE?

The program is available to two members of Executive Management. The composition
of the Executive Management grouping shall be determined by the Executive
Committee of the Board of Directors, with ratification by the entire Board of
Directors. At this present date, the Executive Management group consists of
William L. Young, President & C.E.O. of American River Bank and David T. Taber,
President & C.E.O. of American River Holdings.

HOW DOES THE PLAN WORK?

The program is an incentive compensation program that shares rewards between
shareholders and plan participants. Plan participants would not be rewarded with
additional compensation unless the bank achieves a minimum level of performance.
Under the program, no incentive compensation would be provided until the Bank
achieved twelve percent (12%) net shareholder return on beginning equity for
each year the program is in effect. The amounts shall be adjusted as net
shareholders' return increases. For net shareholder return in excess of twelve
percent (12%) of beginning equity, such excess would be divided as follows:

          Net Shareholder Return                        12% to 14%
                   Shareholders                         80.50%
                   Executive Management                 19.50%

          Net Shareholder Return                        14% to 16%
                   Shareholders                         77.25%
                   Executive Management                 22.75%

          Net Shareholders Return                       16% plus
                   Shareholders                         74.00%
                   Executive Management                 26.00%


For purposes of calculating additional compensation, the following definitions
apply:

         BEGINNING EQUITY - shareholders equity from audited financial
         statements as of December 31st of the year prior to the performance
         year in question, adjusted for unrealized gain or loss on securities.

<PAGE>
AMERICAN RIVER BANK
ICP - 7/96

         EQUITY RETURN - determined by adding net addition to beginning equity,
         plus cash dividends, minus additional capital stock sold or converted.
         Joint venture income or loss will not be included in calculation of
         pre-incentive income. Income will be imputed on average funds invested
         in a project at a rate equal to the overall yield of earning assets for
         the period.

The calculation of additional compensation will be based upon audited financial
statements as performed by the certified public accountants for the Bank.

ADDITIONAL CRITERIA

In addition to the Bank achieving net shareholder return of 12% on beginning
equity for the incentive compensation program to become effective, the following
additional criteria must be met for any additional compensation to be paid to
plan participants:

         LOAN QUALITY - Loan quality for the Bank must remain satisfactory, with
         loan delinquency on an average basis for the entire year to be less
         than 2.5% of average gross loans.

         LOAN LOSSES - Loan losses for the Bank for the subject year shall not
         exceed 0.80% of beginning loans for that year.

         NET INCOME - Net income before loan loss reserves and taxes as a
         percentage of average assets shall be in excess of 1.50%

         REGULATORY EXAMINATIONS - The Bank shall receive a CAMEL rating from
         the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of a "1" or "2" for the
         condition of the entire Bank and the same, or better, rating from the
         State Banking Department.

PAYOUT

To assure the continued performance of the Bank, a portion of the payout shall
be deferred. The payment of the additional compensation to plan participants is
as follows:

         o  60% payment within five days of receipt of audited financial
            statements.

         o  40% payment within five days of receipt of audited financial
            statements for the following year.

The Bank shall accrue for the additional compensation on a monthly basis.

PAYOUT CONDITIONS

The payout for the deferred portions in the second year is subject to the
following conditions:

         o  Attainment of twelve percent (12%) net shareholder return on
            beginning equity for the second year.


                                       2
<PAGE>
AMERICAN RIVER BANK
ICP - 7/96


         o        Maintenance of the additional criteria standards previously
                  specified for each of the subsequent years.

Failure to achieve these criteria will return the deferred portions of the
additional compensation to the Bank.

The payout of the deferred portion to individual plan participants in the
Executive Management grouping is conditioned upon the continued employment with
the Bank. If an individual plan participant in the Executive Management grouping
is terminated for cause or resigns voluntarily from the Bank, such individual
plan participant shall lose all interest in the deferred portion of the
additional compensation.

If such individual plan participant in the Executive Management grouping is
terminated without cause, such individual shall be entitled to the deferred
portion of the additional compensation subject to attainment of the additional
criteria and payout conditions previously described.

However, in the event of the sale of the Bank, or a merger where the Bank is not
the surviving entity, the deferred portions shall be paid immediately upon the
occurrence of such an event.

PARTICIPANTS' DISTRIBUTION

The distribution of the additional compensation within the Executive Management
grouping is subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Bank. This
distribution will be broken down as follows:

                                                      PERCENTAGE

              William L. Young                            50%
              David T. Taber                              50%

              Total                                      100%


This Incentive Compensation Plan has been approved by The Board of Directors at
their regular Board Meeting on July 17, 1996.

                                       3


                                                                   Exhibit 10.16




                AMERICAN RIVER BANK EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE POLICY

     It is the policy of American River Bank (the "Bank"), which shall be
binding upon any successor, to pay severance to certain Bank employees
designated by resolu- tion of the Bank's Board of Directors, in the event of
termination of such employee in connection with and either prior to or within
one year following a "change in control" (as defined hereinafter) of the Bank. A
"change in control" for purposes of this policy shall mean any merger,
consolidation or reorganization of the Bank in which the Bank does not survive,
or where the Bank survives as a subsidiary of an acquiring entity other than a
bank holding company organized by or at the direction of the Bank.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no severance shall be payable to an employee
terminated "with cause" under applicable Bank personnel policies. Furthermore,
no Bank employee shall have rights of employment conferred by this Policy and
nothing contained in this Policy shall modify or amend (i) the "at will"
relationship between such employee and the Bank, or (ii) any rights the Bank may
have to terminate employees under applicable provisions of the Bank's personnel
policies. The only right conferred by this Policy to any such employee is the
right to receive severance payments in connection with a "change in control" and
in accordance with the provisions of this Policy.

     This Policy shall apply only to an employee who (i) is designated by
resolution of the Board of Directors to be covered thereby, (ii) is provided a
copy of the implementing resolutions and this Policy confirming such
designation, and (iii) signs the acknowledge- ment block set forth below.

<PAGE>


      The effective date of application of the foregoing Policy to such an
employee shall be the date of adoption of a resolution by the Board of Directors
designating such an employee as covered thereby subject to delivery of the
implementing resolutions and a copy of the Policy as stated above.

Dated:  March 18, 1998

Acknowledgment:

      The undersigned employee hereby acknowledges receipt of the foregoing
Policy and a copy of resolutions referenced therein. The undersigned further
acknowledges having read and understood the provisions of the Policy and in
particular the "at will" employment disclosure stated therein.


Dated: _________________            ________________________________

                                    ________________________________



                     A M E R I C A N   R I V E R   B A N K


            E M P L O Y E E   S T O C K   P U R C H A S E   P L A N

<PAGE>


The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is designed to provide employees of American
River Bank (Bank), who voluntarily elect to participate, a continued opportunity
to purchase American River Holdings (Parent Company of American River Bank)
(Company) stock through voluntary payroll deductions, thus making it easier for
them to acquire such shares and relieving them of the details of normal stock
transactions. The Bank believes that ownership of Company stock by employees
will foster greater employee interest in the Company's success, growth and
development and will be to the mutual benefit of both the employee and the
Company

The Plan will be administered by "Administrator" who shall be appointed by the
Bank. The Administrator shall maintain an account for each participant. The
Administrator makes no solicitation of participants and is not responsible for
enrollment. The Administrator is responsible only for the accounting of monies
or stock. The Administrator assumes no responsibility or liability for the
validity of these records.

The Bank will bear all costs of administering the Plan, including Broker's fees,
commissions, postage and other costs actually incurred.

ELIGIBILITY

All employees of the Bank are eligible to participate in the Plan. The word
"employee" includes officers, but not persons who are solely Directors.
Employees may elect to participate in the Plan by signing a payroll deduction
authorization form.

COMMENCEMENT OF DEDUCTIONS

Voluntary payroll deductions will start with the payroll date stated on the
payroll deduction authorization form. If no date is stated then the deduction
will start with the first pay period following receipt of the authorization.

TRANSFER OF FUNDS TO THE ADMINISTRATOR

A special Employee Stock Purchase Checking Account will be opened and maintained
by the Administrator. The Bank will remit employee payroll deductions directly
to this account.

STOCK PURCHASES

The Administrator will use the funds in the Employee Stock Purchase Account to
purchase company stock. Transactions will be executed as often as practicable
and full

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

shares only will be traded. Stock is purchased at fair market value as of date
of purchase.

STOCK ALLOCATIONS

The Administrator shall allocate shares to each employees account based on
deposits made to the account and prices paid for stock purchased by the Plan.

DIVIDENDS/INTEREST

The Administrator shall credit all interest and dividends (if any) paid to the
Plan for shares in the name of "American River Bank Employee Stock Purchase
Plan" directly into the Plan account. These monies deposited to the Plan account
will be used to purchase stock, thereby reducing the average price per share to
the employees.

REGISTRATION OF STOCK

The Administrator will maintain records, in writing, of the names, addresses and
social security number in which the stocks are to be registered.

ISSUANCE OF STOCKS

The Administrator will issue shares to the participants twice per year. Once in
July and again in January. There is a five share minimum. Twice a year, each
participant will receive a form stating the number of shares issued, the average
price paid per share, and the new account balance.

REPORTS TO PARTICIPANTS

The Administrator will report year-end the following information to each
participant:

  a.    Beginning balance.
  b.    Total contributions/deposits.
  c.    Withdrawals made from the account.
  d.    Total shares issued to the participant from the account.
  e.    Ending balance of the account in shares.
  f.    Total dollar value of the account.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

TERMINATING PARTICIPATION

A participant may direct the Bank, in writing, to cease payroll deductions at
any time. The participant needs to advise the Administrator as to what he/she
want done with the money/shares in this account. The participant has the right
to keep the money/shares in his/her account and have a certificate issued
(minimum 5 shares) for all or part. Any monies remaining in the account, after
the certificate is issued, will be sent to the participant. The Plan may
purchase shares back from participants at the current rate being quoted by the
brokerage house trading the Company's stock. Any participant terminating
participation from the plan must wait a minimum of six months before he/she is
eligible to participate again.

Upon termination of employment for any reason whatsoever, including but not
limited to death or retirement, the settlement of the account shall be made to
the participant or his/her estate.

PLAN TERMINATION

In the event of termination of the Plan, the Administrator will send to the
participant all monies and or shares in his/her account.

The Bank establishes this Plan with the bona fide intention that the Plan will
continue as long as sufficient employees are interested in participating to
justify its continuance. The Bank, however, is not and shall not be under any
obligation or liability whatsoever to continue to maintain the Plan for any
given length of time, and may in its sole and absolute discretion terminate the
Plan at any time, without any liability for such termination. The Bank in
reserving its rights to amend the Plan includes the right to change custodians
or Administrators at its discretion and at any time.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

TO:     PAYROLL DEPARTMENT

RE:     AUTHORIZATION TO MAKE PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS


In accordance with, and subject to, rules governing operation and distribution
of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth in the Plan document, receipt
of which is acknowledged:

I hereby authorize the Payroll Department to deduct from my paycheck each
payroll period, the sum of $____________($15.00 minimum). Payroll deductions
shall begin with the pay period ending _____________.

I direct my deductions to the Administrator for the purpose of buying American
River Holdings (Parent Company of American River Bank) Stock.



- -----------------------------                        --------------------------
Signature                                            Date


           DESIGNATION OR CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY FOR THE PLAN COMMITTEE

I hereby designate as my beneficiary to receive all proceeds under the Stock
Purchase Plan in the event of my death. -

This designation supersedes all previous beneficiary designation.


- ------------------------------                       --------------------------
Employee's Signature                                 Date


- ------------------------------
Social Security Number

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -5-
<PAGE>






                       STOCK TO BE REGISTERED AS FOLLOWS:
                                 (PLEASE PRINT)



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME(S)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAILING ADDRESS                          CITY                           ZIP CODE


NOTE:     If Stock is to be registered in more than one name, it must be as
          "Joint Tenants" or "Community Property". It must also be "John
          Doe AND Jane Doe, Joint Tenants," rather than "OR". This is a
          law, and for your protection.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             PLEASE NOTIFY SHAREHOLDER'S RECORDS OF ADDRESS CHANGE!!



                                      -6-


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 for
American River Holdings of our report dated February 24, 2000, except for Note
18, as to which the date is March 1, 2000, relating to the financial statements
of American River Holdings and Subsidiaries for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997, and to the reference to our Firm under the headings
"Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Experts" in the joint
proxy statement/prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

                                                /s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP


                                                May 3, 2000


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 for
American River Holdings of our report dated February 17, 2000, except for Note
15, as to which the date is March 1, 2000, relating to the financial statements
of North Coast Bank for the year ended December 31, 1999 and to the reference to
our Firm under the headings "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data"
and "Experts" in the joint proxy statement/prospectus, which is part of this
Registration Statement.

                                                /s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP


                                                May 3, 2000


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 for
American River Holdings of our report dated February 19, 1999, relating to the
financial statements of North Coast Bank, N.A. for the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1997, and to the reference to our Firm under the headings "Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Experts" in the joint proxy
statement/prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ RICHARDSON & COMPANY


May 3, 2000



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5

                  CONSENT OF SEAPOWER CARPENTER CAPITAL, INC.,
                            dba CARPENTER AND COMPANY

         We hereby consent to the inclusion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus
forming part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of American River
Holdings of our opinion attached thereto and to the reference to such opinion
and to our firm therein. We also confirm the accuracy in all material respects
of the description and summary of such fairness opinion, the description and
summary of our analyses, observations, beliefs and conclusions relating thereto
set forth under the heading "Opinion of North Coast Bank, N.A.'s Financial
Advisor" therein. In giving such consent, we do not admit (i) that we come
within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission issued thereunder or (ii) that we are experts with respect
to any part of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus within the meaning of the term
"experts" as used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

/s/ Seapower Carpenter Capital, Inc.,
dba Carpenter and Company

____________________, 2000



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.6

                     CONSENT OF HOEFER & ARNETT INCORPORATED

         We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter dated
____________, 2000, to the Board of Directors of American River Holdings as
Annex C to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus relating to the Agreement and
Plan of Reorganization and Merger dated March 1, 2000 and the transactions
contemplated thereby, among American River Holdings, ARH Interim National Bank
and North Coast Bank, N.A. contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to the references to
our firm and our opinion in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus. In giving our
consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose
consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission
thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such
Registration Statement within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

/s/ HOEFER & ARNETT INCORPORATED

May 3, 2000



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.7

                           CONSENT OF PERRY-SMITH LLP

         We consent to the reference to our firm and our tax opinion under the
caption "Legal Matters" and elsewhere in the Registration Statement on Form S-4
as filed by American River Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and to the filing of the form of our tax opinion as Exhibit 8.1 to the
Registration Statement.

                                                /s/ PERRY-SMITH LLP


                                                May 3, 2000



                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.1

                             AMERICAN RIVER HOLDINGS

                       SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                     FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                             ON ______________, 2000

         The undersigned holder of common stock acknowledges receipt of a copy
of the notice of annual meeting of shareholders of American River Holdings and
the accompanying joint proxy statement/prospectus dated ___________, 2000, and
revoking any proxy heretofore given, hereby constitutes and appoints Mitchell A.
Derenzo and David T. Taber, and each of them, with full power of substitution,
as attorneys and proxies to appear and vote all of the shares of common stock of
American River Holdings, a California corporation, outstanding in the name of
the undersigned which the undersigned could vote if personally present and
acting at the annual meeting of shareholders of American River Holdings, to be
held at the administrative office of American River Bank at 1545 River Park
Drive, Suite 107, Sacramento, California, on ______________, 2000, at ____:___
__.m. or at any postponements or adjournments thereof, upon the following items
as set forth in the notice of meeting and joint proxy statement/prospectus and
to vote according to their discretion on all matters which may be properly
presented for action at the meeting or any postponements or adjournments
thereof.

         PLEASE NOTE THAT PROPOSAL 1 AND 2 MUST BOTH BE APPROVED TO PERMIT
CONSUMMATION OF THE MERGER, SUBJECT TO SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER,
AS DESCRIBED IN THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.

         UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" THE
FOLLOWING ITEMS:

         1. To consider and vote on a proposal to approve the Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of March 1, 2000, among American River
Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A. and ARH Interim National Bank, the Agreement of
Merger attached as exhibit A to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and
Merger, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the merger of North
Coast Bank, N.A. into ARH Interim National Bank.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN

         2. To approve the American River Holdings 2000 Stock Option Plan.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN


         3. To approve amendments to the American River Holdings articles of
incorporation and bylaws to provide for the classification of the board of
directors.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN
<PAGE>

         4. To approve amendments to the American River Holdings articles of
incorporation and bylaws to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of
directors.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN

         5. To elect as directors of American River Holdings management's
nominees set forth below who will be elected (a) to the class designated in the
accompanying joint proxy statement/prospectus dated ____________, 2000 provided
that Proposal No. 3 above is approved and (b) in the event Proposal No. 3 is not
approved, as directors without classification:


[ ] FOR all nominees listed below (except     [ ] WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote
    as marked to the contrary below):             for all nominees listed below

INSTRUCTION: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee, strike a
line through the nominee's name in the list below:

James O. Burpo            Wayne C. Matthews, M.D.        Roger J. Taylor, D.D.S.
Charles D. Fite           David T. Taber                 Stephen H. Waks
Sam J. Gallina            Marjorie G. Taylor             William L. Young

         6. To ratify the appointment of Perry-Smith LLP as independent
accountants for the year 2000.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN

         7. In their discretion, to transact such other business as may properly
come before the annual meeting or any postponements or adjournments of the
annual meeting.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" PROPOSALS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
AND 6 SET FORTH ABOVE. THE PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED AS
DIRECTED. IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, IT WILL BE VOTED "FOR" PROPOSALS 1, 2, 3, 4,
5 AND 6 SET FORTH ABOVE.
<PAGE>
                                                    No. of Common Shares  ______

SHAREHOLDER(S)

__________________________

__________________________

Date:_________________, 2000               Please date and sign exactly as your
                                           name(s) appears. When signing as
                                           attorney, executor, administrator,
                                           trustee, or guardian, please give
                                           full title. If more than one trustee,
                                           all should sign. All joint owners
                                           should sign. WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN
                                           TO ATTEND THIS MEETING, PLEASE EITHER
                                           DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS PROXY AS
                                           PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN THE ENCLOSED
                                           POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.

                                               I/we do [ ] or do not [ ] expect
                                               to attend this meeting.


                THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY, AND ON BEHALF OF, THE
          BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MAY BE REVOKED PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE.

                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2

                     NORTH COAST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                       SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                     FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

                            ON _______________, 2000

         The undersigned holder of common stock acknowledges receipt of a copy
of the notice of special meeting of shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A. and
the accompanying joint proxy statement/prospectus dated ______________, 2000 and
revoking any proxy heretofore given, hereby constitutes and appoints Herbert C.
Steiner and Leo J. Becnel, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as
attorneys and proxies to appear and vote all of the shares of common stock of
North Coast Bank, N.A., a national banking association, outstanding in the name
of the undersigned which the undersigned could vote if personally present and
acting at the special meeting of shareholders of North Coast Bank, N.A., to be
held at the administrative office of the Bank, located at 50 Santa Rosa Avenue,
Santa Rosa, California, on ________________, 2000, at ___:___ __.m. or at any
postponements or adjournments thereof, upon the following items as set forth in
the notice of meeting and joint proxy statement/prospectus and to vote according
to their discretion on all matters which may be properly presented for action at
the meeting or any postponements or adjournments thereof.

         UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED "FOR" THE
FOLLOWING ITEMS:

         1. To consider and vote on a proposal to approve the Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of March 1, 2000, among American River
Holdings, North Coast Bank, N.A. and ARH Interim National Bank, the Agreement of
Merger attached as exhibit A to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and
Merger, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the merger of North
Coast Bank, N.A. into ARH Interim National Bank.

          [ ]   FOR           [ ]   AGAINST             [ ]   ABSTAIN

         2. In their discretion, to transact such other business as may properly
come before the annual meeting or any postponements or adjournments of the
annual meeting.

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" PROPOSAL 1 SET FORTH
ABOVE. THE PROXY, WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED, WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED. IF NO
DIRECTION IS MADE, IT WILL BE VOTED "FOR" PROPOSAL 1 SET FORTH ABOVE.
<PAGE>

                                                     No. of Common Shares ______

SHAREHOLDER(S)

_____________________________

_____________________________

Date: _________________, 2000

                                             Please date and sign exactly as
                                             your name(s) appears. When signing
                                             as attorney, executor,
                                             administrator, trustee, or
                                             guardian, please give full title.
                                             If more than one trustee, all
                                             should sign. All joint owners
                                             should sign. WHETHER OR NOT YOU
                                             PLAN TO ATTEND THIS MEETING, PLEASE
                                             EITHER DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THIS
                                             PROXY AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN
                                             THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.

                                                 I/we do [ ] or do not [ ]expect
                                                 to attend this meeting.

                THISPROXY IS SOLICITED BY, AND ON BEHALF OF, THE
          BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MAY BE REVOKED PRIOR TO ITS EXERCISE.



                                North Coast Bank

                       President & Chief Executive Officer

                              Employment Agreement

        This agreement made and entered into this SIXTEENTH day of DECEMBER,
1999, between North Coast Bank, Santa Rosa, California ("the Bank") and Kathy A.
Pinkard, ("Employee");

        WHEREAS, the Bank is a national bank, regulated by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and located in Santa Rosa, California; and

        WHEREAS, the Bank wants to employ the Employee as President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Bank; and

        WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this agreement setting forth
the terms and conditions of the employment relationship of the Bank and the
Employee;

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

A.      ESTABLISH RELATIONSHIP AND DUTIES

        1.     The Bank hereby will employ Employee as President and Chief
               Executive Officer, to hold the title of President and Chief
               Executive Officer, and to perform such services and duties as the
               Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate during the
               term hereof. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Employee
               will perform such duties and exercise such authority as are
               customarily performed and exercised by persons holding such
               office, subject to the general direction of the Board of
               Directors of the Bank, exercised in good faith in accordance with
               standards of reasonable business judgment and safety and
               soundness within the confines of the law.

        2.     Employee shall serve on the Board of Directors of the Bank
               subject to the terms hereof.

        3.     Employee accepts such employment and shall devote her full time,
               attention, and efforts to the due diligent performance of her
               duties herein specified and as an officer and director of the
               Bank and will not accept employment with any other individual,
               corporation, partnership, governmental authority, or any other
               entity, or engage in any other venture for profit which the Bank
               may consider to be in conflict with her or its best interest or
               to be in competition with the Bank's business, or which may
               interfere in any way with Employee's performance of her duties
               hereunder. Any exception to this must be made by written
               notification and approval of the Board.

B.      TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

        1.     The initial term of employment under this Agreement shall
               continue for three (3) years unless such agreement is terminated
               pursuant to the terms hereof or by the first to occur of the
               conditions to be stated hereinafter. This Agreement will be
               automatically extended each year after the initial term unless
               either party gives contrary written notice to the other 90 days
               prior to the renewal anniversary date. The terms previously
               stated notwithstanding, this contract will be terminated by the
               occurrence of any of the following:

               a.   The death of Employee;

               b.   The complete disability of Employee. "Complete disability"
                    as used herein shall mean the inability of Employee, due to
                    illness, accident, or other physical or mental incapacity to
                    perform the services provided for hereunder for an aggregate
                    of sixty days within any period of 120 consecutive days
                    during the term hereof, provided, however that said
                    disability shall not constitute a basis for discharge for
                    cause;

                                       1
<PAGE>

               c.   The discharge of Employee by the Bank for cause. "Cause" as
                    used herein shall mean:

                    1.     such negligence or misconduct as shall constitute, as
                           a matter of law, a breach of the covenants and
                           obligations of Employee hereunder;

                    2.     failure or refusal of Employee to comply with the
                           provisions of this agreement;

                    3.     employee being convicted by any duly constituted
                           court with competent jurisdiction of a crime
                           involving moral turpitude;

                    4.     at the discretion of the Board, this contract may be
                           terminated if there are acts the Board feels are
                           moral turpitude;

                    5.     at the discretion of the Board for failure to perform
                           at acceptable levels of deposit growth or asset
                           growth and other performance standards including
                           safety and soundness measures as determined by the
                           Board.

        Termination of employment shall constitute a tender by Employee of her
        resignation as an officer and director of the Bank. In the event of
        termination, the Employee is entitled to severance pay equal to one
        month's pay for each year employed by the Bank up to six month's salary.

C.      COMPENSATION

        1.     For all services which Employee may render to the Bank during the
               term hereof, the Bank shall pay to Employee, subject to such
               deductions as may be required by law:

               a.   BASE SALARY - An annual salary of $104,500 payable in equal
                    bimonthly installments and subject to such deductions as may
                    be required by law, for the first 12 months. Thereafter,
                    annual performance reviews will be completed during the
                    month of December each year, for a January 1 effective date
                    during the term of this Agreement. With the performance
                    evaluation, the Board will determine the annual salary to be
                    effective January 1 of each year during the term of the
                    Agreement. The Board has sole discretion as to the amount of
                    the CEO's compensation.

               b.   PERFORMANCE BONUS - Each year, a performance bonus, ranging
                    from 0% to 50% of CEO's annual base salary will be awarded,
                    based upon mutually agreed upon goals. The Board has sole
                    discretion as to the goals of the bonus program.

D.      OTHER BENEFITS

        1.     The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the
               Bank relating to stock options, stock purchases, profit sharing,
               thrift, group life insurance, medical coverage, education, or
               other bonus, retirement or employee benefits that the Bank may
               adopt for the benefit of its employees.

        2.     Employee shall be entitled to an annual vacation of four (4)
               weeks per year. The Employee shall schedule timing of vacations
               in a reasonable manner.

        3.     Employee shall be eligible to participate in any other benefits,
               which may be or become applicable to the Bank's executive
               officers. Employee shall be reimbursed for mileage associated
               with the business of the Bank at the then current reimbursable
               rate allowed by the IRS. Employer agrees the payment of
               reasonable expenses for attending annual and periodic meetings of
               trade associations, and any other benefits, which are
               commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be
               performed by the Employee under this Agreement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

E.      CHANGE OF CONTROL

        1.     If during the term of the Agreement there is a change of control
               (COC) of the Bank, the Employee shall be entitled to termination
               or severance pay in the event employment is terminated, except
               for just cause as defined in Section B, paragraph c, after the
               change in control. In the event the Employee is terminated as a
               result of the COC, the Employee shall be entitled to receive her
               salary through the last day of the calendar month of the
               termination, or payment in lieu of the notice period. In
               addition, the terminated Employee shall receive an amount equal
               to 2 (two) times her then existing annual base salary. This
               payment shall also be made in connection with, or within 3 years
               after, a change in control of the Bank results in termination of
               employment of Employee. This payment shall be in addition to any
               amount otherwise owed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement.
               This Agreement will be automatically extended each year after the
               initial term unless either party gives contrary written notice to
               the other 90 days prior to the renewal anniversary date.

               The term "control" shall refer to the acquisition of 25 percent
               or more of the voting securities of the Bank by any person, or
               persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of
               the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to such acquisition of a
               percentage between 10 percent and 25 percent if the Board of
               Directors of the Bank or the Comptroller of the Currency, the
               FDIC, or the Federal Reserve Bank have made a determination that
               such acquisition constitutes or will constitute control of the
               Bank. The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation,
               bank, bank holding company, or other entity.

        2.     The following items are automatically considered due and payable
               in the event that a change of control occurs:

               a.   Non-forfeitable deferred compensation shall be paid out in
                    full.

               b.   All earned compensation relative to the terms and conditions
                    of a bonus program in place at the time of the COC shall be
                    considered due and payable.

               c.   In the event that the Employee is a participant in a
                    restricted stock plan, or share option plan, and such plan
                    is terminated involuntarily as a result of the COC, all
                    stock and options shall be declared 100% vested, and
                    distributed.

F.      POST TERMINATION COVENANTS

        1.     If during the term hereof Employee shall cease employment
               hereunder for any reason other than a change of control, employee
               agrees that she will not, without prior written consent of the
               Bank:

               a.   furnish anyone with the name of, or any list or lists of,
                    customers of the Bank or utilize such list or information
                    himself for banking purposes; or


               b.   furnish, use or divulge to anyone any information acquired
                    by him from the Bank relating to the Bank's methods of doing
                    business.

        2.     It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the
               provisions of this section are independent of each other, and the
               invalidity of any such provision or portion thereof shall not
               affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of
               this agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

G.      WAIVER OF PROVISIONS

        Failure of any of the parties to insist, in one or more instances, on
        performance by the others in strict accordance with the terms and
        conditions of this agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or
        relinquishment of any right granted hereunder of the future performance
        of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this
        agreement, unless such waiver is contained in writing signed by or on
        behalf of all parties.

H.      GOVERNING LAW

        This agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
        accordance with the laws of the State of California. If for any reason
        any provision of this agreement shall be held by a court of competent
        jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the
        remaining provisions thereof.

I.      MODIFICATION AND AMENDMENT

        This agreement contains the sole and entire agreement among the parties
        hereto and supersedes all prior discussions and agreements among the
        parties, and any such prior agreements shall, from and after the date
        hereof, be null and void. This agreement shall not be modified or
        amended except by an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the
        parties hereto.

J.      NON-ASSIGNABLE CONTRACT

        This agreement may not be assigned or transferred by any party hereto,
        in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
year and date shown below.

Employee:


- --------------------------------                            --------------------
Kathy Pinkard, President & CEO                              Date
North Coast Bank



- -----------------------------------                         --------------------
M. Edgar Deas, Chairman of the Board                        Date
North Coast Bank

                                       4
<PAGE>


                                North Coast Bank
                       President & Chief Executive Officer
                              Employment Agreement
                                    Addendum

         This is an addendum to the Employment Agreement made and entered into
on the SIXTEENTH day of DECEMBER, 1999, between North Coast Bank, Santa Rosa,
California ("the Bank") and Kathy A. Pinkard, ("Employee") as follows:

         If all or any portion of the amounts payable to Employee pursuant to
paragraph E - Change of Control alone or together with other payments which
Employee has the right to receive from Employer, constitute "excess parachute
payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), that are subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or similar tax and/or assessment), such amounts
payable hereunder shall be reduced to the extent necessary, after first applying
any similar reduction in payment to be received from any other plan or program
sponsored by Employer from which Employee has a right to receive payment subject
to Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, including without limitation any Salary
Continuation Agreement made between Employer and Employee, so as to cause a
reduction of any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code to equal
"zero".



Employee:


- ------------------------------------                        --------------------
Kathy Pinkard, President & CEO                              Date
North Coast Bank

- ------------------------------------                        --------------------
M. Edgar Deas, Chairman of the Board                        Date
North Coast Bank

                                       5


                                North Coast Bank
                 Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
                     Change of Control Employment Agreement


         This agreement made and entered into this SIXTEENTH day of DECEMBER,
1999, between North Coast Bank, Santa Rosa, California ("the Bank") and Debbie
Fakalata, ("Employee");

         WHEREAS, the Bank is a national bank, regulated by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and located in Santa Rosa, California; and

         WHEREAS, the Bank wants to employ the Employee as Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this agreement setting forth
the terms and conditions of the employment relationship of the Bank and the
Employee;

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

A.       TERMS OF AGREEMENT

         1.    The initial term of this Agreement shall continue for three (3)
               years unless such agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms
               hereof or by the first to occur of the conditions to be stated
               hereinafter. This Agreement will be automatically extended each
               year after the initial term unless either party gives contrary
               written notice to the other 90 days prior to the renewal
               anniversary date. The terms previously stated notwithstanding,
               this contract will be terminated by the occurrence of any of the
               following:

               a.   The death of Employee;

               b.   The complete disability of Employee. "Complete disability"
                    as used herein shall mean the inability of Employee, due to
                    illness, accident, or other physical or mental incapacity to
                    perform the services provided for hereunder for an aggregate
                    of sixty days within any period of 120 consecutive days
                    during the term hereof, provided, however that said
                    disability shall not constitute a basis for discharge for
                    cause;

               c.   The discharge of Employee by the Bank for cause. "Cause" as
                    used herein shall mean:

                    1.     such negligence or misconduct as shall constitute, as
                           a matter of law, a breach of the covenants and
                           obligations of Employee hereunder;


                    2.     failure or refusal of Employee to comply with the
                           provisions of this agreement;


                    3.     employee being convicted by any duly constituted
                           court with competent jurisdiction of a crime
                           involving moral turpitude;


                    4.     at the discretion of the Board, this contract may be
                           terminated if there are acts the Board feels are
                           moral turpitude;


                    5.     at the discretion of the Board for failure to perform
                           at acceptable levels of deposit growth or asset
                           growth and other performance standards including
                           safety and soundness measures as determined by the
                           Board.

        Termination of employment shall constitute a tender by Employee of her
        resignation as an officer of the Bank. In the event of termination, the
        Employee is entitled to severance pay equal to one month's pay for each
        year employed by the Bank up to six month's salary.

                                       1
<PAGE>


B.      CHANGE OF CONTROL

        1.     If during the term of the Agreement there is a change of control
               (COC) of the Bank, the Employee shall be entitled to termination
               or severance pay in the event employment is terminated, except
               for just cause as defined in Section B, paragraph c, after the
               change in control. In the event the Employee is terminated as a
               result of the COC, the Employee shall be entitled to receive her
               salary through the last day of the calendar month of the
               termination, or payment in lieu of the notice period. In
               addition, the terminated Employee shall receive an amount equal
               to 1 (one) times her then existing annual base salary. This
               payment shall also be made in connection with, or within 180 days
               after, a change in control of the Bank results in termination of
               employment of Employee. This payment shall be in addition to any
               amount otherwise owed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement.

               The term "control" shall refer to the acquisition of 25 percent
               or more of the voting securities of the Bank by any person, or
               persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of
               the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to such acquisition of a
               percentage between 10 percent and 25 percent if the Board of
               Directors of the Bank or the Comptroller of the Currency, the
               FDIC, or the Federal Reserve Bank have made a determination that
               such acquisition constitutes or will constitute control of the
               Bank. The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation,
               bank, bank holding company, or other entity.

        2.     The following items are automatically considered due and payable
               in the event that a change of control occurs:

               a.   Non-forfeitable deferred compensation shall be paid out in
                    full.

               b.   All earned compensation relative to the terms and conditions
                    of a bonus program in place at the time of the COC shall be
                    considered due and payable.

               c.   In the event that the Employee is a participant in a
                    restricted stock plan, or share option plan, and such plan
                    is terminated involuntarily as a result of the COC, all
                    stock and options shall be declared 100% vested, and
                    distributed.

        C.     WAIVER OF PROVISIONS

               Failure of any of the parties to insist, in one or more
               instances, on performance by the others in strict accordance with
               the terms and conditions of this agreement shall not be deemed a
               waiver or relinquishment of any right granted hereunder of the
               future performance of any such term or condition or of any other
               term or condition of this agreement, unless such waiver is
               contained in writing signed by or on behalf of all parties.

        D.     GOVERNING LAW

               This agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
               accordance with the laws of the State of California. If for any
               reason any provision of this agreement shall be held by a court
               of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, the same
               shall not affect the remaining provisions thereof.

        E.     MODIFICATION AND AMENDMENT

               This agreement contains the sole and entire agreement among the
               parties hereto and supersedes all prior discussions and
               agreements among the parties, and any such prior agreements
               shall, from and after the date hereof, be null and void. This
               agreement shall not be modified or amended except by an
               instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the parties
               hereto.

                                       2
<PAGE>

        F.     NON-ASSIGNABLE CONTRACT

               This agreement may not be assigned or transferred by any party
               hereto, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of
               the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
year and date shown below.


Employee:


- --------------------------------------------                --------------------
Debbie Fakalata, Senior Vice President & CFO                Date
North Coast Bank



- --------------------------------------------                --------------------
M. Edgar Deas, Chairman of the Board                        Date
North Coast Bank

                                       3



                                North Coast Bank
                  Senior Vice President & Chief Credit Officer
                     Change of Control Employment Agreement

        This agreement made and entered into this SIXTEENTH day of DECEMBER,
1999, between North Coast Bank, Santa Rosa, California ("the Bank") and David
Wattell, ("Employee");

        WHEREAS, the Bank is a national bank, regulated by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and located in Santa Rosa, California; and

        WHEREAS, the Bank wants to employ the Employee as Senior Vice President
and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank; and

        WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this agreement setting forth
the terms and conditions of the employment relationship of the Bank and the
Employee;

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

A.      TERMS OF AGREEMENT

        1.     The initial term of this Agreement shall continue for three (3)
               years unless such agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms
               hereof or by the first to occur of the conditions to be stated
               hereinafter. This Agreement will be automatically extended each
               year after the initial term unless either party gives contrary
               written notice to the other 90 days prior to the renewal
               anniversary date. The terms previously stated notwithstanding,
               this contract will be terminated by the occurrence of any of the
               following:

               a.   The death of Employee;

               b.   The complete disability of Employee. "Complete disability"
                    as used herein shall mean the inability of Employee, due to
                    illness, accident, or other physical or mental incapacity to
                    perform the services provided for hereunder for an aggregate
                    of sixty days within any period of 120 consecutive days
                    during the term hereof, provided, however that said
                    disability shall not constitute a basis for discharge for
                    cause;

               c.   The discharge of Employee by the Bank for cause. "Cause" as
                    used herein shall mean:

                    1.     such negligence or misconduct as shall constitute, as
                           a matter of law, a breach of the covenants and
                           obligations of Employee hereunder;
                    2.     failure or refusal of Employee to comply with the
                           provisions of this agreement;
                    3.     employee being convicted by any duly constituted
                           court with competent jurisdiction of a crime
                           involving moral turpitude;
                    4.     at the discretion of the Board, this contract may be
                           terminated if there are acts the Board feels are
                           moral turpitude;
                    5.     at the discretion of the Board for failure to perform
                           at acceptable levels of deposit growth or asset
                           growth and other performance standards including
                           safety and soundness measures as determined by the
                           Board.

        Termination of employment shall constitute a tender by Employee of her
        resignation as an officer of the Bank. In the event of termination, the
        Employee is entitled to severance pay equal to one month's pay for each
        year employed by the Bank up to six month's salary.

                                       1
<PAGE>

B.      CHANGE OF CONTROL

        1.     If during the term of the Agreement there is a change of control
               (COC) of the Bank, the Employee shall be entitled to termination
               or severance pay in the event employment is terminated, except
               for just cause as defined in Section B, paragraph c, after the
               change in control. In the event the Employee is terminated as a
               result of the COC, the Employee shall be entitled to receive her
               salary through the last day of the calendar month of the
               termination, or payment in lieu of the notice period. In
               addition, the terminated Employee shall receive an amount equal
               to 1 (one) times her then existing annual base salary. This
               payment shall also be made in connection with, or within 180 days
               after, a change in control of the Bank results in termination of
               employment of Employee. This payment shall be in addition to any
               amount otherwise owed to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement.

               The term "control" shall refer to the acquisition of 25 percent
               or more of the voting securities of the Bank by any person, or
               persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of
               the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or to such acquisition of a
               percentage between 10 percent and 25 percent if the Board of
               Directors of the Bank or the Comptroller of the Currency, the
               FDIC, or the Federal Reserve Bank have made a determination that
               such acquisition constitutes or will constitute control of the
               Bank. The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation,
               bank, bank holding company, or other entity.

        2.     The following items are automatically considered due and payable
               in the event that a change of control occurs:

               a.   Non-forfeitable deferred compensation shall be paid out in
                    full.


               b.   All earned compensation relative to the terms and conditions
                    of a bonus program in place at the time of the COC shall be
                    considered due and payable.

               c.   In the event that the Employee is a participant in a
                    restricted stock plan, or share option plan, and such plan
                    is terminated involuntarily as a result of the COC, all
                    stock and options shall be declared 100% vested, and
                    distributed.

C.      WAIVER OF PROVISIONS

        Failure of any of the parties to insist, in one or more instances, on
        performance by the others in strict accordance with the terms and
        conditions of this agreement shall not be deemed a waiver or
        relinquishment of any right granted hereunder of the future performance
        of any such term or condition or of any other term or condition of this
        agreement, unless such waiver is contained in writing signed by or on
        behalf of all parties.

D.      GOVERNING LAW

        This agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
        accordance with the laws of the State of California. If for any reason
        any provision of this agreement shall be held by a court of competent
        jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the
        remaining provisions thereof.

E.      MODIFICATION AND AMENDMENT

        This agreement contains the sole and entire agreement among the parties
        hereto and supersedes all prior discussions and agreements among the
        parties, and any such prior agreements shall, from and after the date
        hereof, be null and void. This agreement shall not be modified or
        amended except by an instrument in writing signed by or on behalf of the
        parties hereto.

                                       2
<PAGE>

F.      NON-ASSIGNABLE CONTRACT

        This agreement may not be assigned or transferred by any party hereto,
        in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
year and date shown below.


Employee:

- ------------------------------------------                     -----------------
David Wattell, Senior Vice President & CCO                     Date
North Coast Bank

- ------------------------------------------                     -----------------
M. Edgar Deas, Chairman of the Board                           Date
North Coast Bank

                                       3

                                      LEASE
PARTIES

     THIS LEASE, executed in duplicate at Windsor, California this 30 day of
April, 1992, by and between TROWBRIDGE AND WRIGHT, INC. and WINDSOR OAKS
NATIONAL BANK hereinafter called respectively Lessor and Lessee, without regard
to number or gender,

USE AND PREMISES

     WITNESSETH: That Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hires from
Lessor, for the purpose of conducting therein banking or other office uses, and
for no other purpose, those certain premises with the appurtenances, situated in
WINDSOR, State of California, and more particularly described as follows, to
wit:

           8733 Lakewood Drive, Suite A (downstairs) to Suite E (upstairs)
           Windsor, CA 95492 approx. 4480 sq. ft. (HAND NOTE: not incl. conf.
           rm. or closet)

TERM

     The initial term shall be for 120 Months, commencing on the 1st day of
February, 1993, and ending on the 1st day of February, 2003.

RENTAL

     Lessee agrees to pay Lessor, without deduction or offset, at such place or
places as may be designated from time to time by Lessor, monthly installments of
$6,201.04 (includes load factors set forth in Exhibit "A" attached hereto) plus
its pro rata share of common area expenses INFRA in dollars, lawful money of the
United States of America.

     Fixed minimum rental during the primary term of lease shall be $1.20 per
square foot of leased space plus a proportionate share of the common area
expenses as follows: taxes, insurance, maintenance, (NOTE: does not include
capital improvements such as reroofing, paving or structural repairs) utilities,
cleaning, landscaping and garbage; based on the square footage of the space
actually occupied by Lessee.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     Lessee has deposited with Lessor $6,201.04 as security for the full and
faithful performance of each and every term, provision, covenant and condition
of this lease. In the event Lessee defaults in respect of any of the terms,
provisions, covenants or conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to
the payment of rent, Lessor may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of
such security for the payment of any rent in default or for any other sum which
Lessor may spend or be required to spend by reason of Lessee's default. Should
Lessee faithfully and fully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants
and conditions of this lease, the security or any balance thereof shall be
returned to Lessee or, at the option of Lessor, to the last assignee of Lessee's
interest in this lease at the expiration of the term hereof. Lessee shall be
entitled to 5% interest on said security deposit.

     It is further mutually agreed between the parties as follows:

POSSESSION

     1.   See addendum.

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES AND COVENANT TO SURRENDER

     2. By entry hereunder, the Lessee accepts the premises as being in good and
sanitary order, condition and repair, and accepts the building and other
improvements in their present condition. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be
submitted to the Lessor in written form, signed and dated by the Lessee, and
approved by the Lessor, prior to, or concurrently with, the execution of this
Lease provided there are no changes or alterations other than agreed upon tenant
improvements prior to occupancy by the Lessee. The Lessee agrees on the last day
of the term hereof, or on sooner termination of this lease, to surrender the
premises, together with all alterations, additions, and improvements which may
have been made in, or on the premises by Lessor or Lessee, unto Lessor in good
and sanitary order, condition and repair, excepting for such wear and tear as
would be normal for the period of the Lessee's occupancy. The Lessee, on or
before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, shall remove all
of his or its personal property and trade fixtures from the premises and all
property not so removed shall be deemed to be abandoned by the Lessee. If the
premises be not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this
lease, the Lessee shall indemnify the Lessor against loss or liability resulting
from delay by the Lessee in so surrendering the premises including, without
limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay.

USES PROHIBITED

3. Lessee  shall not  commit,  or suffer to be  committed,  any waste upon the
said  premises,  or any nuisance,  or other act or thing which may disturb the
quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in or around the

                                       1
<PAGE>
buildings in which the demised premises may be located, or allow any sale by
auction upon the premises, or allow the premises to be used for any improper,
immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, or place any loads upon the floor,
walls, or ceiling which endanger the structure, or place any harmful liquids in
the drainage system of the building. No waste materials or refuse shall be
dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the leased premises outside
of the building proper. No materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or
semi-finished products, raw materials or articles of any nature shall be stored
upon or permitted to remain on any portion of the leased premises outside of the
buildings proper.

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

     4. The Lessee shall not make, or suffer to be made, any alterations or
additions to the said premises, or any part thereof, without the written consent
of the Lessor first had and obtained by the Lessee; any addition or alteration
to the said premises, except movable furniture, the vault, and trade fixtures,
shall become at once a part of the realty and belong to the Lessor. Alterations
and additions which are not to be deemed as trade fixtures shall include
heating, lighting, electrical systems, air-conditioning, partitioning,
carpeting, or any other installation which has become an integral part of the
leased premises. The lessee will at all times permit notices of
non-responsibility to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of
alterations or additions which have been approved by the Lessor. Lessor and
Lessee may agree in advance to allow Lessee to remove certain tenant
improvements.

MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES

     5. Lessor shall, at his sole cost, keep and maintain said premises and
appurtenances and every part thereof, including, but not limited to, glazing,
sidewalks, parking areas, plumbing, electrical systems, heating and air
conditioning installations, any store front, and the interior of the premises in
good and sanitary order, condition, and repair. The Lessee hereby waives all
right to make repairs at the expense of Lessor as provided in Section 1942 of
the Civil Code of the State of California, and all rights provided for by
Section 1941 of said Civil Code.

FIRE AND EXTENDED COVERAGE INSURANCE AND SUBROGATION

     6. Lessee shall not use, or permit said premises, or any part thereof, to
be used, for any purpose other than that for which the said premises are hereby
leased; and no use shall be made or permitted to be made of the said premises,
nor acts done, which will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering
said building, or any part thereof, nor shall Lessee sell or permit to be kept,
used or sold, in or about said premises, any article which may be prohibited by
the standard form of fire insurance policies. Lessee shall, at his sole cost and
expense, comply with any and all requirements, pertaining to said premises, of
any insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of
reasonable fire and public liability insurance, covering said building and
appurtenances. The Lessor agrees to purchase and keep in force fire, earthquake
and extended coverage insurance covering the leased premises in amounts not to
exceed the actual insurable value of said premises as determined by insurance
company appraisers. The Lessee agrees to pay to the Lessor as additional rent,
on demand the full cost of said insurance as evidenced by insurance billings to
the Lessor. If said insurance billings cover the entire building, and this lease
does not cover the entire building, the insurance premiums allocated to the
leased premises shall be pro-rated on a square footage or other equitable basis,
as calculated by Lessor. It is understood and agreed that Lessee's obligation
under this paragraph will be pro-rated to reflect the commencement and
termination dates of this lease. Lessor and Lessee each hereby waives its rights
of subrogation on any loss or damage, caused by the negligence of the other, to
the herein demised premises or its contents to the extent said loss or damage is
covered by valid Fire, Extended Coverage, Vandalism or Malicious Mischief
Insurance, provided such waiver shall not offset the right of the insured to
recover thereunder.

ABANDONMENT

     7. Lessee shall not vacate or abandon the premises at any time during the
term; and if Lessee shall abandon, vacate or surrender said premises, or be
dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to
Lessee and left on the premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option
of Lessor, except such property as may be mortgaged to Lessor.

FREE FROM LIENS

     8. Lessee shall keep the demised premises and the property in which the
demised premises are situated, free from any liens arising out of any work
performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Lessee.

CQMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

     9. Lessee shall, at his sole cost and expense, comply with all of the
requirements of all Municipal, State and Federal authorities now in force, or
which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to the said premises, and shall
faithfully observe in the use of the premises all Municipal ordinances and State
and Federal statutes now in force or which may hereafter be in force.

                                       2
<PAGE>
INDEMNIFICATION OF LESSOR AND LESSEE'S LIABILITY INSURANCE.

     10. See addendum.

ADVERTISEMENTS AND SIGNS.

     11. See addendum.

UTILITIES

     12. See common area expenses under "rental" SUPRA.

ATTORNEY'S FEES

     13. In case suit should be brought for the possession of the premises, for
the recovery of any sum due hereunder, or because of the breach of any other
covenant herein, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party a reasonable
attorney's fee, which shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of
such action and shall be enforceable whether or not such action is prosecuted to
judgment.

INSOLVENCY OR BANKRUPTCY

     14. Either (a) the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or
substantially all of the assets of Lessee, or (b) a general assignment by Lessee
for the benefit of creditors, or (c) any action taken or suffered by Lessee
under any insolvency or bankruptcy act shall constitute a breach of this lease
by Lessee. Upon the happening of any such event this lease shall terminate ten
(10) days after written notice of termination from Lessor to Lessee.

DEFAULT

     15. In the event of any breach of this lease by the Lessee, which is not
cured within thirty (30) days of notification in writing by Lessor, or an
abandonment of the premises by the Lessee, the Lessor has the option of 1)
removing all persons and property from the premises and repossessing the
premises in which case any of the Lessee's property which the Lessor removes
from the premises may be stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost
of, and for the account of Lessee, or 2) allowing the Lessee to remain in full
possession and control of the premises. If the Lessor chooses to repossess the
premises, the lease will automatically terminate in accordance with provisions
of the California Civil Code, section 1951.2. In the event of such termination
of the lease, the Lessor may recover from the Lessee: 1) the worth at the time
of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination
including interest at 10% per annum; 2) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination
until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee
proves could have been reasonably avoided including interest at 10% per annum;
3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the
balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental
loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and 4) any other amount
necessary to compensate the Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by
the Lessee's failure to perform his obligations under the lease or which in the
ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom. If the Lessor
chooses not to repossess the premises, but allows the Lessee to remain in full
possession and control of the premises, then in accordance with provisions of
the California Civil Code, section 1951.4, the Lessor may treat the lease as
being in full force and effect, and may collect from the Lessee all rents as
they become due through the termination date of the lease as specified in the
lease. For the purposes of this paragraph, the following do not constitute a
termination of Lessee's right to possession:

         a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the
property.

         b) The appointment of a receiver on the initiative of the Lessor to
protect his interest under this lease.

SURRENDER OF LEASE

     16. The voluntary or other surrender of this lease by Lessee, or a mutual
cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of
Lessor, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the
option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to him of any or all such subleases
or subtenancies.

TAX INCREASES

     17. Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor on demand, as additional rental, any
increase in real estate taxes which are assessed to the leased premises in
excess of the amount of said taxes for the fiscal year save and except for those
increases caused by a sale of said premises, building or parcel. Lessee also
agrees to pay the yearly installments of any assessments levied against the
leased premises after the commencement date of this lease. If said taxes and
assessment installments are assessed against the entire building and building
site, and this lease does not cover the entire building and building site, the
taxes and assessment installments allocated to the leased premises shall be
pro-rated on a square footage basis on the area actually occupied by Lessee. It
is understood

                                       3
<PAGE>
and agreed that Lessee's obligation under this paragraph will be pro rated to
reflect the commencement and termination date of this lease.

NOTICES

     18. All notices to be given to Lessee may be given in writing personally or
by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed
to Lessee at the said premises, whether or not Lessee has departed from,
abandoned or vacated the premises.

ENTRY BY LESSOR

     19. Lessee shall permit Lessor and his agent to enter into and upon said
premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same or for
the purpose of maintaining the building in which said premises are situated, or
for the purpose of making repairs, alterations or additions to any other portion
of said building, including the erection and maintenance of such scaffolding,
canopies, fences and props as may be required, and shall permit Lessor and his
agents, at any time within ninety days prior to the expiration of this lease, to
place upon said premises any usual or ordinary "For Sale" or "to lease" signs
and exhibit the premises to prospective tenants at reasonable hours; provided at
least 24 hours' notice to Lessee is provided.

DESTRUCTION OF PREMISES

     20. In the event of a partial destruction of the said premises during the
said term from any cause, Lessor shall forthwith repair the same, provided such
repairs can be made within six (6) months under the laws and regulations of
State, Federal, County or Municipal authorities, but such partial destruction
shall in no way annul or void this lease, except that Lessee shall be entitled
to a proportionate reduction of rent while such repairs are being made, such
proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the making of such
repairs shall interfere with the business carried on by Lessee in the said
premises. In the event that Lessor does not so elect to make such repairs, or
such repairs cannot be made under such laws and regulations, this lease may be
terminated at the option of either party. In respect to any partial destruction
which Lessor is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of
this paragraph, the provision of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and of Section
1933, Subdivision 4, of the Civil Code of the State of California are waived by
Lessee. A total destruction of the building in which the said premises may be
situated shall terminate this lease. In the event of any dispute between Lessor
and Lessee relative to the provisions of this paragraph, they shall each select
an arbitrator, the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator
and the three arbitrators so selected shall hear and determine the controversy
and their decision thereon shall be final and binding upon both Lessor and
Lessee, who shall bear the cost of such arbitration equally between them.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     21. Lessee shall not assign this lease, or any interest therein, and shall
not sublet the said premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege
appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person (the agents and servants of
Lessee excepted) to occupy or use the said premises, or any portion thereof,
without the written consent of Lessor first had and obtained, and a consent to
one assignment, subletting, occupation or use by any other person, shah not be
deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or
use by another person. Any such assignment or subletting without such consent
shall be void, and shall, at the option of the Lessor, terminate this lease.
This lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable, as to the
interest of Lessee, by operation of law, without the written consent of Lessor.
The Lessor, however, cannot unreasonably withhold consent to sublet, assign, or
both.

CONDEMNATION

     22. If any part of the premises shall be taken for any public or
quasi-public use, under any statute or by right of eminent domain or private
purchase in lieu thereof, and a part thereof remains which is susceptible of
occupation hereunder, this lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of
the date title shall vest in the condemnor or purchaser, and the rent payable
hereunder shall be adjusted so that the Lessee shall be required to pay for the
remainder of the term only such portion of such rent as the value of the part
remaining after such taking bears to the value of the entire premises prior to
such taking; but in such event Lessor shall have the option to terminate this
lease as of the date when title to the part so taken vests in the condemnor or
purchaser. If all of the premises, or such part thereof be taken so that there
does not remain a portion susceptible for occupation hereunder, this lease shall
thereupon terminate. If a part or all of the premises be taken, all compensation
awarded upon such taking shah go to the Lessor and the Lessee shall have no
claim thereto, except for compensation pertaining to goodwill, loss of business
and relocation expenses pertaining to Lessee which shall be paid to Lessee.

EFFECT OF CONVEYANCE

     23. The term "Lessor" as used in this lease, means only the owner for the
time being of the land and building containing the premises, so that, in the
event of any sale of said land or building, or in the event of a lease of said
building, the Lessor shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved of all
covenants and obligations of the Lessor hereunder, and it shall be deemed and
construed, without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at
any such sale, or the lessee of the building, that the purchaser or Lessee of
the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and
obligations of the Lessor hereunder. If any security be given by the Lessee to
secure the faithful performance of all or any of the covenants of this

                                       4
<PAGE>
lease on the part of Lessee, the Lessor shall transfer and deliver the security,
as such, to the purchaser at any such sale or the Lessee of the building, and
thereupon the Lessor shall be discharged from any further liability in reference
thereto.

SUBORDINATION

     24. Lessee agrees that this lease may, at the option of Lessor, be subject
and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of security
which has been or shall be placed on the land and building or land or building
of which the premises form a part, and this subordination is hereby made
effective without any further act of Lessee. The Lessee shall, at any time
hereinafter, on demand, execute any instruments, releases, or other documents
that may be required by any mortgagee, mortgagor, or trustor or beneficiary
under any deed of trust for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this
lease to the lien of any such mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of
security, and the failure of the Lessee to execute any such instruments,
releases or documents, shall constitute a default hereunder.

INTEREST  UPON  FAILURE  TO  PAY

     25. If Lessee defaults in the payment of any amounts due to Lessor, such
amounts due shall bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum from the date it is
due until actually paid. All other obligations, benefits or monies which may
become due to Lessor from Lessee under the terms of this lease agreement or
which are paid by Lessor because of Lessee's default of this agreement shall
bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum from the due date until paid, or in
the case of sums paid by Lessor because of Lessee's default from the date such
payments were made by Lessor until the date Lessor is reimbursed by Lessee.

WAIVER

     26. The waiver by Lessor of any breach of any term, covenant or condition,
herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or
condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or
condition therein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of
any term, covenant or condition of this lease, other than the failure of Lessee
to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Lessor's knowledge of
such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

HOLDING OVER

     27. Any holding over after the expiration of the said term, with the
consent of Lessor, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, at a
rental to be negotiated by Lessor and Lessee prior to the expiration of said
term, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified, so
far as applicable.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     28. The covenants and conditions herein contained shall, subject to the
provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors,
administrators and assigns of all of the parties hereto; and all of the parties
hereto shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder.

TIME

     29. Time is of the essence of this lease.

MARGINAL CAPTIONS

     30. The marginal headings or titles to the paragraphs of this lease are not
a part of this lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or
interpretation of any part thereof. This instrument contains all of the
agreements and conditions made between the parties hereto and may not be
modified orally or in any other manner than by an agreement in writing signed by
all of the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

COST OF LIVING

     31. Minimum rent shall be adjusted every year (the "Adjustment Date") of
this Lease to reflect any upward change in the cost of living. The adjustment,
if any, shall be calculated upon the basis of the United States Department of
Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, entitled "CPI-W", San
Francisco Bay Area average. The index published for the month prior to the
Commencement Date shall be considered the '"base". Minimum rent for each period
shall be adjusted by the percentage increase, if any, in the index as of the
adjustment date over the "base". In no event shall minimum rent be less than the
amount specified, notwithstanding that the index may as of some adjustment date
be less than the base. If on any rental adjustment date there shall not exist
the CPI-W, we shall substitute any official index published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics or successor or similar governmental agency as may then be in
existence and most nearly equivalent thereto. Said annual adjustment shall be no
less than 3%, nor more than 7% per annum.

                                       5
<PAGE>
SAVINGS CLAUSE

     32. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this lease shall
not affect or impair the validity of any other provisions.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed these presents, the day
and year first above

written.

LESSOR                                  LESSEE

TROWBRIDGE   and  WRIGHT, INC.          WINDSOR  OAKS  NATIONAL   BANK



/s/ Philip A. Wright
- --------------------
Philip A. Wright
President

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                    ADDENDUM

         THIS ADDENDUM ("Addendum") is made to that certain Commercial Lease and
Deposit Receipt (the "Lease"), dated concurrently with this Addendum, between
Trowbridge and Wright ("Lessor") and Windsor Oaks National Bank ("Lessee").
Lessor is a corporation, organized under the laws of the state of California,
with principal offices at 8733 A Lakewood Drive, Windsor, California. Lessee is
a national bank with principal offices at 9101 Los Amigos, P.O. Box 946,
Windsor, California 95942. Lessee and Lessor hereby agree that, notwithstanding
anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below
will be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede, to the extent they
differ, any contrary provisions in the Lease. All references in the Lease and in
this Addendum to "Lease" shall be construed to mean the Lease and Exhibits, as
amended and supplemented by this Addendum. All terms used in this Addendum,
unless specifically defined in this Addendum, shall have the same meaning as the
terms used in the Lease.

1.       MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS. Notwithstanding any provision of
the Lease to the contrary:

     Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time if, for any
reason, Lessee does not receive all permits and entitlements to operate a
national bank on the premises in a commercially reasonable time using
commercially reasonable efforts.

2.       ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the
contrary, Lessor's rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to reenter
or to inspect the premises, shall be exercised in accordance with all applicable
State and Federal laws and regulations applicable to Lessee and, whether or not
Lessee is in default hereunder, Lessee shall have the sole right, at all times,
to possess and to remove the contents of Lessees' vault, safe deposit boxes,
money, papers and files.

3.       HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Lessor warrants that the premises do not contain
hazardous materials and that
the Lessor has complied with all applicable laws regarding the treatment and
disposition of such materials.

4.       INDEMNITY. Paragraph 10 of the Lease is amended to read as follows:

     10. Lessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Lessor harmless from
     all claims and liabilities which meet all the following criteria:

                                                                               1
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>
                  a. they are for personal injury, death, or property damage;

                  b. they are for incidents occurring in or about the premises
         or the Building; and

                  c. they are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of
         Lessee, its agents, employees, or invitees.

         When the claim or liability is caused by the joint negligence or wilful
         misconduct of Lessee and Lessor or Lessee and a third party unrelated
         to Lessee, except Lessee's agents, employees, or invitees, Lessee's
         duty to defend, indemnify, protect and hold Lessor harmless shall be in
         proportion to lessee's allocable share of the joint negligence or
         willful misconduct.

         Lessee shall maintain during the Term comprehensive (or commercial)
         general liability insurance, with limits of not less than $1,000,000
         combined single limit for personal injury, bodily injury or death, or
         property damage or destruction (including loss of use thereof) for any
         one occurrence. Lessee shall also maintain during the Term worker
         compensation insurance as required by statute, and primary,
         contributory, "all-risk" property damage insurance covering Lessee's
         personal property, business records, fixtures and equipment, for damage
         or other loss caused by fire or other casualty or cause including, but
         not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage
         of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of
         pipes, explosion, business interruption, and other insurable risks in
         amounts not less than the full insurable replacement value of such
         property and full insurable value of such other interests of Lessee
         (subject to reasonable deductible amounts). Lessee, shall maintain
         during the term comprehensive (or commercial) general liability
         insurance, with limits of not less than $1,000,000 combined single
         limit for personal injury, bodily injury or death, or property damage
         or destruction (including loss of use thereof) for any one occurrence.
         Lessor shall also maintain during the term worker compensation
         insurance as required by statute, and primary, non-contributory,
         extended coverage or "all-risk" property damage insurance, and subject
         to reasonable deductible amounts), or such other amount necessary to
         prevent Lessor from being a co-insured, and such other coverage as
         Lessor shall deem appropriate.

                                                                               2
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

         Lessee shall provide Lessor with certificates evidencing such coverage
         prior to the Commencement Date, which shall state that such insurance
         coverage may not be changed or cancelled without at least twenty (20)
         days' prior written notice to Lessor, and shall provide renewal
         certificates to lessor at least twenty (20) days prior to expiration of
         such policies. Except as provided to the contrary herein, any insurance
         carried by Lessor or Lessee shall be for the sole benefit of the party
         carrying such insurance. Any insurance policies hereunder may be
         "blanket policies." All insurance required hereunder shall be provided
         by responsible insurers. By this Paragraph, Lessor and Lessee intend
         that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by responsible
         insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Lessor and Lessee
         hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their
         respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the
         extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The
         parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for
         such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective
         insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the
         right of the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that
         their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such
         that said waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the
         insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional
         premium is charged therefor."

5.       POSSESSION. Paragraph 1 of the Lease is amended to read as follows:

         "1. POSSESSION: If Lessor is unable to deliver possession of the
         premises at the commencement hereof, Lessor shall be liable for any
         damage caused thereby. Lessee shall not be liable for any rent until
         possession is delivered. Lessee may terminate this lease if possession
         is not delivered within sixty days of the commencement date of the term
         hereof."

6.       SIGNS. Paragraph 11 of the Lease is amended to read as follows:
         "Signs: Lessee may place on the premises any sign allowed by applicable
         law. Lessor shall be responsible for the costs of removal of the
         outside sign on the southern side of the building which indicates
         'Wright Realty' at its expense to include repainting the area covered
         by said sign currently. Lessee shall be

                                                                               3
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

         responsible for erecting its sign 'Windsor Oaks National Bank' in that
         area at its sole expense. Lessor shall leave all wiring, hardware, and
         time clocks currently available for the operation of the outside sign
         in place.

         Lessor shall remove its sign from the primary monument sign for the
         building and Lessor shall be entitled to utilize that space for its
         primary sign."

7.   NONDISTURBANCE. On or before the commencement of the term hereof, Lessor
shall obtain commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreements in favor of
Lessee from each person or entity which is the mortgagee, beneficiary or ground
lessor under any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or other financing
against the premises which nondisturbance agreements shall provide that, so long
as Lessee is not in default hereunder, Lessee's rights hereunder shall not be
terminated or otherwise impaired by any foreclosure, termination or other remedy
exercised in connection with such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease.

8.   OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE TERM

     Lessee is hereby granted and shall, if not then in default under this
Lease, have an option to extend the term of this Lease for an additional period
of ten years from the original expiration date of this Lease in successive
periods of five years each on the same terms, covenants and conditions contained
in this Lease, provided however, that the minimum monthly rent to be paid by
Lessee to Lessor shall be as agreed upon by Lessee and Lessor, or if the parties
are unable to agree, fixed by appraisal in the following matter:

     (1) The successive options set forth herein shall be exercised only by a
Lessee delivering to Lessor one hundred eighty (180) days before the expiration
of the term hereof written notice of Lessee's election to renew the term of this
lease as provided in this Article.

     (2) On or before 90 days before the commencement of the extended term
Lessor and Lessee shall each appoint an appraiser and give written notice of the
name and address of that appraiser to the other party to this lease. The two
appraisers shall, within 30 days after appointment of the last of the two
appraiser to be appointed, appoint a third appraiser and serve written notice of
the name and address of that appraiser upon the Lessee and Lessor in the manner
prescribed by this Lease for service of notice on one party of the Lease by the
other. All appraisers appointed under this Article shall be, at the time of
their appointment, licensed Real Estate Appraiser, certified by the State of
California.

                                                                               4
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

     Within 30 days after the appointment of the third appraiser, the appraisers
shall confer and each submit in writing to the Lessor and the Lessee his or her
appraisal of the fair rental value of the leased premises which, in this case,
be defined as the "price a willing lessee would pay a willing lessor for the
leased premises for the uses, regardless of the highest and best potential use
of the premises, as specified in this lease. The appraised value agreed upon in
writing by any two of the three appointed appraisers shall be conclusive and
binding and shall establish the fair rental value of the leased premises. If no
two of the three appraisers are able to agree on the fair rental value of the
leased premises, both the highest appraisal and the lowest appraisal submitted
by any of the three appraisers shall be disregarded and the remaining appraisal
shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties to this lease.

     If either Lessor or Lessee fail to appoint an appraiser as required under
this Article, the appraiser so appointed by the other party shall act for both
Lessor and Lessee and his decision as to the determination of fair rental value
will be final and binding on both parties.

     Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fee and all expenses incurred by the
appraiser appointed by each of them and one-half of all expenses and the fee
incurred by the third appraiser appointed pursuant to this Article.

9.   OPTION TO LEASE ADDITIONAL SPACE

     Lessor hereby grants to Lessee the option to lease the following additional
square footage of rentable floor space located in the building of which the
leased premises are a part on the same terms and conditions of this lease in the
cumulative

                                                                               5

                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

amounts as hereinafter set forth and described as optional square footage:

                                                                    Additional/
                                                      Total          Optional
  Term of Lease                                  Square Footage   Square Footage

Third or Fourth                                        5670             1190
successive twelve
month period

Fifth successive                                       6948             1278
twelve month period

Sixth successive                                       8204             1256
twelve month period

     The successive options set forth herein shall be exercised by Lessee
delivering to Lessor ninety (90) days before the expiration of the prior
successive 12 month period written notice of Lessee's election to obtain the
additional/optional square footage as provided in this Article.

- ---------------------------------------
      1,2,3, - as designated on Exhibit B attached hereto.

                                                                               6

                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

10.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     In further consideration of the rents, covenants and conditions to be paid,
performed, and observed by Lessee hereunder, Lessor hereby grants to tenant a
right of first refusal to lease any additional space in the building in which
the leased premises are located in excess of the initial square footage or the
optional square footage previously referred to in this Lease. Said right of
first refusal would be on the same terms and conditions as the third party
offer. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of any offers including the amount
of rent offered and other terms and conditions of said offer. Lessee shall have
twenty (20) business days within which to notify Lessor in writing whether
Lessee agrees to the same terms and conditions as the third party offer. In the
event Lessee fails to give written notice of its election to lease the
additional space within the above-referenced time frame, Lessor shall be free to
accept the bona fide offer and lease additional space to the third party
offeror. If the additional space or other additional space subsequently becomes
available again during the term of this Lease or any options thereof, Tenant
shall have the same right of first refusal granted herein with respect to a
subsequent bona fide offer to lease the additional space by a subsequent third
party offeror.

11.  CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

     It is understood by and between Lessor and Lessee that Lessor shall
complete tenant improvements as agreed upon by both Lessor and Lessee. Said
agreement to tenant improvements shall be in the form of written specifications
executed by both parties hereto and attached as an Exhibit to this Lease
document.

12.  NONCOMPETITION

     The leased premises are a part of other real property owned by Lessor on
the same parcel. Lessor covenants and agrees that during the entire term of this
Lease and any extensions of the term, Lessor shall not rent or lease or


<PAGE>

permit occupation by Lessor or others of any portion of the adjoining property
for the purposes of operating or conducting the primary business of a banking
facility or other financial institution.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Lease, these covenants shall be
binding on the Lessor and each successive owner, if any, during his or her
ownership of the property or any portion of the property.

                                                                               7
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>


13.  PARCEL TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENTS

     Lessor and Lessee agree that Lessee may, at its cost, evaluate and study
the traffic and parking patterns of the parcel on which the premises are located
to include the entrances thereto; and that Lessor and Lessee will share equally
the cost of any improvements which are made to said parcel as a result of those
studies and/or evaluations.

14.  OCC APPROVAL

     The final acceptance of the terms and conditions of the lease are expressly
conditioned upon its approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date
first above written.

                                         LESSEE

      LESSOR

<PAGE>

Trowbridge and Wright, Inc.             Windsor Oaks National Bank

By /s/ PHILIP A. WRIGHT                 By /s/ JACK FITZPATRICK
   ---------------------------             -----------------------
   Philip A. Wright                        Jack Fitzpatrick
   President                               CEO


                                        By /s/ RICHARD C. CALETTI
                                           -----------------------
                                           Richard C. Caletti,
                                           Vice Chairman

                                                                               8

                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
<PAGE>

                                WONB - Rent Calcs

Downstairs         Sq. Feet        Rent & Extension       Rent / $1.20 % Calcs
Occupied Space    3462  100%       3462    $4,154.40
Load              1604   33%  527.48305      $632.98      0.32885476
                                      0        $0.00
Upstairs                              0        $0.00
Occupied Space    1018  l00.       1018    $1,221.60
Load              1655       10160.055618    $192.06      0.09670913

Totals                                     $6,201.04

                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                                                         /s/
                                    Exhibit A

<PAGE>

                           WINDSOR OAKS NATIONAL BANK
                     PHASED SECOND FLOOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT
                                DEVELOPMENT PLAN

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

EXHIBIT B
<PAGE>

                                   ADDENDUM II

The parties hereto agree to the leasing of additional space under item 10 of the
addendum (Right of First Refusal) to that certain commercial lease and deposit
receipt (hereinafter "lease") and Addendum (hereinafter "Addendum") concurrently
dated the 30th day of April, 1992, by and between Trowbridge & Wright
(hereinafter "Leasor") and Windsor Oaks National Bank (hereinafter "Leasee").
Leasor and Leasee hereby agree that, the bank shall lease as additional space
the conference room which is part of suite C, on the commencement date of said
lease and occupancy thereunder, and under the following terms and conditions:

TOTAL MONTHLY BASE RENT WITH COMMON AREA                    $ 445.20(1)
       LESS CREDIT MONTHLY FOR 12 MONTHS                    $-222.60
                                                            ---------
       TOTAL MONTHLY RENT LESS CREDIT (1st 12 months)       $ 222.60(2)

       TOTAL MONTHLY BASE RENT (13th and
           subsequent months - subject                      $ 445.20(2)
           to annual adjustments as outlined
           in primary lease)

- -------------

     l Common area allocations are set forth on Attachment A, which is affixed
hereto and made a part hereof.

     2 Cost of living adjustment shall commence, as to this additional monthly
base rent, following the 24th month of occupancy.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                  ATTACHMENT A

WRIGHT BUILDING - TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

A. WINDSOR OAKS NATIONAL BANK      USABLE AREA     322 SF   = 3.06%

B. TOTAL BUILDING USABLE AREA                   10,526 SF

COMMON AREA

   FIRST FLOOR RESTROOMS
   RESTROOM HALL
   TELEPHONE ROOM
   ELECTRICAL ROOM
   LOBBY
   ELEVATOR AND STAIRS

                                                  FIRST FLOOR
TOTAL COMMON AREA                                   1604.60

3.06% OF COMMON AREA                                    49 SF

TOTAL RENTABLE AREA                                    322 SF
                                                       ------
                                                       371 SF

MONTHLY RENT WITH COMMON AREA                       $ 445.20
LESS CREDIT MONTHLY FOR 12 MONTHS                    -222.60
                                                     -------
TOTAL RENT LESS CREDIT                              $ 222.60


<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed Addendum II as set forth
below.

Dated:                                       TROWBRIDGE & WRIGHT, INC.

                                             /s/ Philip A. Wright
                                             -------------------------
                                             By
                                             Leasor

Dated:                                       WINDSOR OAKS NATIONAL BANK

                                             /s/ Jack Fitzpatrick
                                             --------------------------
                                             By  Jack Fitzpatrick, CEO
                                             Leasee

Dated:                                       /s/ Richard C. Calletti,
                                             --------------------------
                                             By  Richard C. Calletti,
                                                 Vice Chairman

                                       2

         STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE MODIFIED NET
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
                                      AIR

1. BASIC PROVISIONS ("BASIC PROVISIONS").

    1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only,
September 1, 1998, is made by and between ROSARIO LLC. ("Lessor") and NORTH
COAST BANK ("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

    1.2(a) PREMISES: That certain portion of the Building, including all
improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
commonly known by the street address of 50 SANTA ROSA AVENUE located in the City
of SANTA ROSA, County of SONOMA , State of CALIFORNIA ,with zip code 95401 , as
outlined on Exhibit A attahed hereto ("Premises"). The "Building" is that
certain building containing the Premises and generally described as (describe
briefly the nature of the Building)

A FIVE STORY COMMERCIAL OFFICE BUILDING WITH LESSEE OCCUPYING THE ENTIRE
FIRST FLOOR SUITE OF APPROXIMATELY 7,072 RENTABLE SQUARE FEET.

In addition to Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter
specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as
defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any
rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any
other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common
Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and
improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the "Industrial
Center." (Also see Paragraph 2.)


    1.2(b) PARKING: ZERO (0) unreserved vehicle parking spaces ("UNRESERVED
PARKING SPACES"); and ZERO (0)reserved vehicle parking spaces ("RESERVED PARKING
SPACES"). (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)

    1.3 TERM: 10 years and 0 months ("Original Term") commencing
COMMENCEMENT Date") and ending OCTOBER 31 , 2008("EXPIRATION DATE"). (Also
see Paragraph 3.)

    1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: UPON SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF LANDLORD'S TENANT
IMPROVEMENT WORK AND PRIOR TO NOV. 1, 1998. (Also see. Paragraphs: 3.2 and 3.3)

    1.5 BASE RENT: $. 8,840 per month ("BASE RENT"), payable on the FIRST day of
each month commencing WITH MONTH ONE, NOVEMBER 1998 (Also see Paragraph 4.)

[X] If this box is checked, this Lease provides for the Base Rent to be adjusted
per Addendum 49 attached hereto.
             --

    1.6(a) BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $ 8,840 as Base Rent for the period
EQUAL TO MONTH ONE OF THE LEASE TERM

    1.6(b) LESSEE'S SHARE OF COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES: 18.73% percent
(18.73%) ("LESSEE'S SHARE") as determined by
[X] prorata square footage of the Premises as compared to the total square
footage of the Building or [ ] other criteria as described in Addendum
                                                                      ---------
    1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $ 8,000 ("SECURITY DEPOSIT"). (Also see Paragraph 5.)

    1.8 PERMITTED USE: GENERAL BANKING AND RELATED USES PERMITTED BY LAW
("PERMITTED USE") (Also see Paragraph 6.)

    1.9 INSURING PARTY. Lessor is the "Insuring Party." (Also see Paragraph 8.)

    1.10(a) REAL ESTATE BROKERS. The following real estate broker(s)
(collectively, the "Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this
transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):

[X] KEVIN CANADY OF KEEGAN & COPPIN CO., INC., represents Lessor exclusively
    ("Lessor's Broker");
[ ] represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's Broker"); or
[ ] represents both Lessor and Lessee ('"Dual Agency"). (Also see Paragraph 15.)

    1.10(b) PAYMENT TO BROKERS. Upon the execution of this Lease by both
Parties, Lessor shall pay to said Broker(s) jointly, or in such separate shares
as they may mutually designate in writing, a fee as set forth in a separate
written agreement between Lessor and said Broker(s) (or in the event there is no
separate written agreement between Lessor and said Broker(s), the sum of $ * )
for brokerage services rendered by said Broker(s) in connection with this
transaction.

    1.11 GUARANTOR. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be
guaranteed by N/A

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
("GUARANTOR"). (Also see Paragraph 37.)


    1.12 ADDENDA AND EXHIBITS. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda
consisting of Paragraphs 49 through 58 A through C, all of which constitute a
part of this Lease.

PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.

    2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from
Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms,
covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided
herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may
have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, is
an approximation which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and the rental and
Lessee's Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b)) based thereon is not subject to
revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

    2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of
debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Lessee that the existing
plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning
and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those
constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement
Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt
of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and
extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does
not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within
thirty(30) days after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance
shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.

    2.3 COMPLIANCE WITH COVENANTS, RESTRICTIONS AND BUILDING Code. Lessor
warrants that any improvements (other than those constructed by Lessee or at
Lessee's direction) on or in the Premises which have been constructed or
installed by Lessor or with Lessor's consent or at Lessor's direction shall
comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable
building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement Date.
Lessor further warrants to Lessee that Lessor has no knowledge of any claim
having been made by any governmental agency that a violation or violations of
applicable building codes, regulations, or ordinances exist with regard to the
Premises as of the Commencement Date. Said warranties shall not apply to any
Alterations or Utility Installations (defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be
made by Lessee. If the Premises do not comply with said warranties, Lessor
shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of
written notice from Lessee given within six (6) months following the
Commencement Date and setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of
such non-compliance, take such action, at Lessor's expense, as may be reasonable
or appropriate to rectify the non-compliance. Lessor makes no warranty that the
Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.8 is permitted for the Premises under Applicable
Laws (as defined in Paragraph 2.4).

    2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it has been
advised by the Broker(s) to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the
Premises' (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler
systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements,
and compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable zoning,
municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any
covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, "APPLICABLE LAWS") and the
present and future suitability of the Premises for Lessee's intended use; (b)
that Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to
such matters, is satisfied with reference thereto, and assumes all
responsibility therefore as the same ,relate to Lessee's occupancy of the
Premises and/or the terms of this Lease; and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of
Lessor's agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with
respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease.

    2.5 LESSEE AS PRIOR OWNER/OCCUPANT. The warranties made by Lessor in this
Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set
forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such
event, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, correct any
noncompliance of the Premises with said warranties.

*Per separate agreement between Lessor and Keegan & Coppin Co., Inc.

(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993 MULTI-TENANT -
MODIFIED NET

                                                               /s/ KP
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/ TM
<PAGE>

[SECTION 2.6 HAS BEEN DELETED AND INITIALED FROM ORIGINAL COPY.]

    2.6 VEHICLE PARKING, Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of
Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph
(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor
for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said
parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size
passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks herein called "PERMITTED SIZE VEHICLES"
Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or
unloaded as directed by Lessor in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in
paragraph 40) issued by Lessor. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)-

    (a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are
controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,
contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than
those designated by Lessor for such activities.

    (b)If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in
this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice in addition
to such other rights and remedies that it may have to remove or tow any of
the vehicles involved and charge the cost to Lessee which cost shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

    (c) Lessor shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the parking
facilities required by Applicable Law.

    2.7 COMMON AREAS - Definition. The term "COMMON AREAS" is defined as all
areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the Industrial Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that
are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general
non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other lessees of the Industrial Center
and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and
invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas,
roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

    2.8 COMMON AREAS - LESSEE'S RIGHTS. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for the
benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers
and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in
common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from
time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor
under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or
restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances
shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the
right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas.
Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor
or Lessor's designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the
event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the
right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may
have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

    2.9 COMMON AREAS - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessor or such other person(s) as
Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common
Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend
and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance
with Paragraph 40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and
Regulations, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,
contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be
responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by
other lessees of the industrial Center.

    2.10 COMMON AREAS - CHANGES. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's sole
discretion, from time to time:

         (a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation,
changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking
spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction
of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

         (b)To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance
purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

         (c)To designate other land outside the boundaries of the industrial
Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

         (d)To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

         (e)To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional
improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion
thereof; and

         (f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in,
to or with respect to the Common Areas and industrial Center as Lessor may, in
the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3.  Term.

    3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this
Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

    3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. If an Early Possession Date is specified in Paragraph
1.4 and if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises after the Early
Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base
Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All other terms of
this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay
Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to carry the insurance
required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early
possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original
Term.

    3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession
of the Premises to Lessee by the Early Possession Date, if one is specified in
Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified, by the Commencement
Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such
failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Lessee
hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not, except
as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other
obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor delivers
possession of the Premises to Lesseeo If possession of the Premises is not
delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee
may, at its option, by notice in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days after
the end of said sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the
parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided further,
however, that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor within
said ten (10) day period, Lessee's right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect. Except as may be otherwise
provided, and regardless of when the Original Term actually commences, if
possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does
not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay
Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the
date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to the period
during which the Lessee would have otherwise enjoyed under the terms hereof, but
minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. RENT.

    4.1 BASE RENT. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the
same may be adjusted from time to time, to Lessor in lawful money of the United
States, without offset or deduction, on or before the day on which it is due
under the terms of this Lease. Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any
period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be
prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of
Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein
or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Lessor may from time to
time designate in writing to Lessee.

    4.2 COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the
term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee's Share (as specified in
Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined,
during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the
following provisions:

         (a) "COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES" are defined, for purposes of this
Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation
of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

             (i)The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good
order and condition, of the following:

                (aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and
unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways,
driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area
lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.

                (bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

                (cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

             (ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service
the Common Areas.*

             (iii)Trash disposal, property management and security services and
the costs of any environmental inspections.

             (iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common Areas.

             (v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid
by Lessor for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

             (vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained
by Lessor under Paragraph 8 hereof.

             (vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the
Building or the Common Areas.

             (viii) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated
elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

         (b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are
specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the
Industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be
allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building. However, any
Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically
attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation,
repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all
buildings in the Industrial Center.

         (c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set
forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon
Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those
services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Lessor already
provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide
the same or some of them.

         (d) Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable
by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual
expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor. At Lessor's option, however, an
amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee's Share of ANNUAL
Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or
quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each 12-month period of THE Lease
term, on
                                                the same day as the Base Rent is
due hereunder. Lessor shall deliver to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the
expiration of each calendar year a REASONABLY detailed statement showing
Lessee's Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the
preceding year. If Lessee's payments UNDER this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said
preceding year exceed Lessee's Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee
shall be credited the amount of such over-

*and the building. All tenants will pay their pro rata share of all utility
costs and expenses per their PRO rata share per Paragraph 1.6(b) and Paragraph
4.2 of this lease.

MULTI-TENANT - MODIFIED NET
(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

payment against Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming
due. If Lessee's payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year
were less than Lessee's Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall pay
to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by
Lessor to Lessee of said statement.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee's execution
hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee's
faithful performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails
to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults
under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1 ), Lessor may use, apply or
retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount
due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, cost,
expense, loss or damage (including attorneys' fees) which Lessor may suffer or
incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said
Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request
therefore deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit
to the full amount required by this Lease. Any time the Base Rent increases
during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor,
deposit additional monies with Lessor as an addition to the Security Deposit so
that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same
proportion to the then current Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bears
to the initial Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 15. Lessor shall not be required
to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general
accounts. Lessor shall, al the expiration or earlier termination of the term
hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or, at
Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee's interest herein),
that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Unless
otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit
shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for
its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this
Lease.

6. USE.

   6.1   PERMITTED USE.

         (a) Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use
set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other legal use which is reasonably
comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the
use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance,
or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or
neighboring premises or properties.

         (b) Lessor hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay its
consent to any written request by Lessee, Lessee's assignees or subtenants, and
by prospective assignees and subtenants of Lessee, its assignees and subtenants,
for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair
the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building
or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, does not conflict with uses by
other lessees, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises or the
Building and the improvements thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to
this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to withhold such consent, Lessor shall within
five (5) business days after such request give a written notification of same,
which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's reasonable objections to
the change in use.

   6.2   HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

         (a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term "Hazardous Substance" as
used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or
waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use,
manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by
itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is
either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the
environment, or the Premises; (it) regulated or monitored by any governmental
authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any
governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law
theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons,
petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Lessee
shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a
Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the
express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance in a timely manner (at
Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in
Paragraph 6.3). "REPORTABLE USE" shall mean (i) the installation or use of any
above or below ground storage tank, (it) the generation, possession, storage,
use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit
from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan
is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence
in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any
Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying
the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee
may, without Lessor's prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and in compliance
with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials
reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the normal course of the Permitted
Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the
Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or
damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but
without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of
any Hazardous Substance by Lessee upon Lessee's giving Lessor such additional
assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect
itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage,
contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to
the installation (and, at Lessor's option, removal on or before Lease expiration
or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the
Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional
Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

         (b) DUTY TO INFORM LESSOR. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to
believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or
about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by
Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written notice thereof, together
with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit,
business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from,
any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill,
release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but
not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use
involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance
to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including,
without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

         (c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold
Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the
Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments,
costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys' and
consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought
onto the Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone under Lessee's control. Lessee's
obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to,
the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the
environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation
(including consultants' and attorneys' fees and testing), removal, remediation,
restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved,
and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No
termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee
shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to
Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the
time of such agreement.

   6.3   LESSEE'S COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole
cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all
"Applicable Requirements," which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws,
rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and
restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire
insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's
engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including
but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (it)
environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and
groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production,
installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release
of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into
effect. Lessee shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor's written
request, provide Lessor with copies of all documents and information, including
but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and
certificates, evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements
specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in
writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual
claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving
failure by Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

   6.4    INSPECTION; COMPLIANCE with Law. Lessor, Lessor's agents, employees,
contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages,
deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("LENDERS") shall have the right
to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at
reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises
and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease and all Applicable
requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and Lessor shall be entitled to
employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Lessor with
respect to Lessee's activities, including but not limited to Lessee's
installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any
Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such
inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same, unless a Default or
Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a
contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist
or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a
governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation
or contamination. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or
Lessor's Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such
inspections.

7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, UTILITY INSTALLATIONS, TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.

   7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.

         (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3
(Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code), 7.2 (Lessor's
Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at
Lessee's sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every
part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of
the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are
reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such
repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the
age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises,
such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting
facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if
within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior
walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but
excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph
7.2 below. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair,
shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Lessee's obligations
shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition
and state of repair.

         (b) Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, procure and
maintain a contract, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for
and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection,
maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system
for the Premises. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to
procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air conditioning and
ventilating systems, and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor,
upon demand, for the cost thereof.

         (c) If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under this
Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days' prior
written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no
notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf, and put
the Premises in good order, condition and repair; in accordance with Paragraph
13.2 below.

   7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2
(Condition), 2.3 (Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code),
4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's Obligations), 9
(Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement
pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the
foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls,
exterior roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the
Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm
and/or smoke

MULTI-TENANT--MODIFIED NET
(c) American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways,
parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the
Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which
there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall
not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls
nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or
plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute
now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right to make
repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this Lease because of Lessor's
failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order,
condition and repair.

   7.3  UTILITY INSTALLATIONS, TRADE FIXTURES, ALTERATIONS.

         (a) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED, The term "UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" is
used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical
distribution, security, fire protection systems, communications systems,
lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment,
plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term "TRADE FIXTURES"
shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment which can be removed without doing
material damage to the Premises. The term "ALTERATIONS" shall mean any
modification of the improvements on the Premises which are provided by Lessor
under the terms el this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade
Fixtures. "LESSEE-OWNED ALTERATIONS AND/OR UTILITY INSTALLATIONS" are defined as
Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned
by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make nor cause to be
made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make
non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding
the roof) without Lessor's consent but upon notice to Lessor, so long as they
are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve puncturing,
relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, or changing or
interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cumulative
cost thereof during the term of this Lease as extended does not exceed
$2,500.00.

         (b) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall
desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to
Lessor in written form with detailed plans. All consents given by Lessor,
whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall
be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all applicable permits
required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such
permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration
or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and
(iii) the compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permits in a prompt
and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations by Lessee
during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner,
with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable
Requirements. Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with
as-built plans and specifications therefor. Lessor may, (but without obligation
to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility
Installation that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee's providing Lessor with a
lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the
estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

         (c) LIEN PROTECTION. Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for
use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or
materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior to the commencement of any
work in, on, or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to pest
notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If
Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or
demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself,
Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such
adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof
against the Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall
furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one
and one-half limes the amount of such contested lien claim or demand,
indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same, as required by law for the
holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition,
Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs in
participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest
to do so.

   7.4  OWNERSHIP, REMOVAL, SURRENDER, AND RESTORATION.

         (a) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require their removal and
to cause Lessee to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this
Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by
Lessee shall be the property of and owned by Lessee, but considered a part of
the Premises. Lessor may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to
Lessee to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee-Owned
Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per
Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
become the property of Lessor and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered
with the Premises by Lessee.

         (b) REMOVAL. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require
that any or all Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by
the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that their
installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require the
removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility
Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

         (c) SURRENDER/RESTORATION. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the
end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, clean and
free of debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair,
ordinary wear and tear excepted. Ordinary wear and tear shall not include any
damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance
practice or by Lessee performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Except
as otherwise agreed or specified herein, the Premises, as surrendered, shall
include the Alterations and Utility Installations. The obligation of Lessee
shall include the repair of any damage occasioned by the installation,
maintenance or removal of Lessee's Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, as well as the removal of
any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal, replacement, or
remediation of any soil, material or ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as
may then be required by Applicable Requirements and/or good practice. Lessee's
Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by
Lessee subject to its obligation to repair and restore the Premises per this
Lease.

8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.

    8.1 PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies
maintained by Lessor under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating
Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing
prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be pro- rated to
coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

    8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.

         (a) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during
the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance
protecting Lessee, Lessor and any Lender(s) whose names have been provided to
Lessee in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury,
personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the
ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas
appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing
single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with
an "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises" endorsement and contain
the "Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion" endorsement for damage caused by
heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any
intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall
include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "Insured contract"
for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The
limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by Lessee shall
not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation
hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not
contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall
be considered excess insurance only.
         (b) CARRIED BY LESSOR. Lessor shall also maintain liability insurance
described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu of, the
insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an
additional insured therein.

    8.3  PROPERTY INSURANCE-BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.

         (a) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with
loss payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s), insuring against loss or damage to
the Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement cost, as the same
shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender(s), but in
no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value
thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved,
such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Lessee-Owned Alterations
and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Lessee's personal property shall
be insured by Lessee pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and
commercially appropriate, Lessor's policy or policies shall insure against all
risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or
earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for any additional
costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the
enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement
of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed
by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as
the result of a covered loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said
policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of
any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection
causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor
of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for
All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.
         (b) RENTAL VALUE. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable
to Lessor and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other
charges payable by all lessees of the Building to Lessor for one year (including
all Real Property Taxes. insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and
any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event
the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity
for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs
or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year's loss of rental
revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed
valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of
coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real
Property Taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise
payable, for the next 12-month period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall
include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.
         (c) ADJACENT PREMISES. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the
premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or
other buildings in the Industrial Center if said increase is caused by Lessee's
acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
         (d) LESSEE'S IMPROVEMENTS. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor
shall not be required to insure Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor
under the terms of this Lease.

    8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph
8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at Lessor's option,
by endorsement 1o a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all
of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned Alterations and
Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that
carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance
shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $1,000
per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by LESSEE for
the replacement of personal property and the restoration of Trade Fixtures and
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Upon request from Lessor,
Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in
force.

    8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
duly licensed to transact business in the slate where the Premises are located,
and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders Rating" of at
least B+, V, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender, as set forth
in the most current issue of "Beat's Insurance Guide," Lessee shall not do or
permit to be done anything which Shall invalidate the insurance policies
referred to in

(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

this Paragraph 8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor, within seven
(7) days after the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement
Date, verified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts
of, the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall
be cancellable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days' prior
written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or
"insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such
insurance and charge the cost thereof to LESSEE, WHICH amount shall be payable
by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

    8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or remedies,
Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their
entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort) against the
other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or incident to the
perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such
releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the
amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable
thereto. Lessor and Lessee agree to have their respective insurance companies
issuing property damage insurance waive any right to subrogation that such
companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the
insurance is not invalidated thereby.

    8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's negligence and/or breach of express
warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the
Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners and
Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages,
costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys' and consultants'
fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection
with, the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee's business,
any act, omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or
invitees, and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a
timely manner of any obligation on Lessee's part to be performed under this
Lease. The foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or
pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether
or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to
judgment. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason
of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the
same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor
shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so indemnified.

    8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other
person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or
results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires,
appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other
cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the
Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a
part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not. Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any
other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or
breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury
to Lessee's business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

   9.1   DEFINITIONS.

         (a) "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean damage or destruction to the
Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the
repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent (50%) of
the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.1(d)) of the Premises
(excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade
Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.
         (b) "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility  installations,
the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of
the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Lessee,ned Alterations
and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage
or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any
lessees of the Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is fifty
percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Lessee-Owned
Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the
Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed to be
Premises Total Destruction.
         (c) "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises,
other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade
Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance
described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage
limits involved.
         (d) "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the
improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition
existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or
laws, and without deduction for depreciation.
         (e) "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITION" shall mean the occurrence or
discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a
Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the
Premises.

    9.2 PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If Premises Partial Damage that
is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such
damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect. In the event, however, that there is a shortage of
insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to the fact that, by reason of the
unique nature of the improvements in the Premises, full replacement cost
insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall
have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully
restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with
the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days
following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If
Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10)
day period, Lessor shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this
Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such
funds or assurance within said period, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written
notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and
repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in
proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If
Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within such ten (10) day period,
and if Lessor does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall
terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction.
Unless otherwise agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right to
reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such
damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall
be subject to Paragraph 9.3 rather than Paragraph 9.2, notwithstanding that
there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance
shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

    9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If Premises Partial Damage that is not
an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee
(in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect), Lessor may at Lessor's option, either
(i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in
which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (it) give
written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of
knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's desire to terminate this
Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the
event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to terminate this
Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of
such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for
the repair of such damage totally at Lessee's expense and without reimbursement
from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory
assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment from Lessee.
In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor
shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the
required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide
the funds or assurance thereof within the times specified above, this Lease
shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

    9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if
Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any
authorized public authority), this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage
or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by
Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee
except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

    9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6) months
of the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds
one month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may, at Lessor's
option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60.) days following the date of
occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such
damage. Provided, however, it Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to
extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this
Lease by (a) exercising such option, and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage
in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs
on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Lessee's
receipt of Lessor's written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii)
the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly
exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or
adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor
shall, at Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise
such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this
Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this
Paragraph 9.5.

    9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.

         (a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous
Substance Condition for which Lessee is not legally responsible, the Base Rent,
Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Lessee
hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair,
remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion to the
degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of
proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except
for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if
any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed
by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered
by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.
         (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises
under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within
ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time
prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to
Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee's election
to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the
giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders
and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after
receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in
said notice. If Lessor or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the
Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect. "COMMENCE" as used in this Paragraph
9.6 shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the
required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever
occurs first.

    9.7 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITIONS. If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case LESSEE
shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable
Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject
                                                               /s/ KP
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/ TM

MULTI-TENANT--MODIFIED NET
(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may at
Lessor's option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance
Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in
which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the
estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12)
times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever is greater, give written
notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of
the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Lessor's desire to
terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such
notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor's intention to
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's commitment
to pay for the excess costs of (a} investigation and remediation of such
Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements,
over (b) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or
$100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the funds
required of Lessee or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days
following said commitment by Lessee. In such event this Lease shall continue in
full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and
remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are
available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or
assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

    9.8 TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance payment made by
Lessee to Lessor and so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as has not been, or is
not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

    9.9 WAIVER OF STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease
shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and THE
Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the
provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent
herewith.

10.   REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

    10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined
in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise
provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the
calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions
of Paragraph 4.2.

    10.2 REAL PROPERTY TAX DEFINITION. As used herein, the term "REAL PROPERTY
TAXES" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income
or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the
direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal
government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or
other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable
interest of Lessor in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Lessor's
right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's business of leasing the
Premises. The term "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" shall also include any tax, fee, levy,
assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events
occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of this
Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial
Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any
modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by
the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real
Properly Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation
of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days
which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

    10.3 ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not
include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor's records and work
sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Industrial
Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other
lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to
Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph
4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by
reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the
Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

    10.4 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real
Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the
Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax
parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective
valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as
may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good
faith, shall be conclusive.

    10.5 LESSEE'S PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property
of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center. When
possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.
If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor's real property,
Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within ten
(10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes
applicable to Lessee's property.

11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied
to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, telephone, security,
gas and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such
utilities or services are not separately metered to the Premises or separately
billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a reasonable proportion to be
determined by Lessor of all such charges jointly metered or billed with other
premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in
Paragraph 4.2(d).

12.   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

    12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.

         (a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign,
transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, "assign") or
sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises
without Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject to the terms of
Paragraph 36.
         (b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment
requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change
in control for this purpose.
         (c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or
series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing,
refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal
assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which
results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter
defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such
Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the time of full
execution and delivery of this Lease or at the time of the most recent
assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to
said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time
said Net Worth of Lessee was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of
this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may reasonably withhold its consent. "NET
WORTH OF LESSEE" for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee
(excluding any Guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.
         (d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee's interest in this Lease
without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a
Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without
the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects !o treat such
unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Lessor shall
have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30)
days' written notice ("LESSOR'S NOTICE"), increase the monthly Base Rent for the
Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as
reasonably determined by Lessor, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base
Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value,
if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in Lessor's Notice,
with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of Base Rent
coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective
date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination
thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the
purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be
subject to similar adjustment to be then fair market value as reasonably
determined by Lessor (without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any
deduction for depreciation or obsolesence, and considering the Premises at
its highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent
(1t0%) of the price previously in effect, (ii) any index-oriented rental or
price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require
that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable to the
time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during
the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new
rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment
specified in Lessor's Notice.
         (e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor
shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

   12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

         (a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting shall
not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or
sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of
any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for
the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder or for the
performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.
         (b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee's obligations
from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an
assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment
nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or
estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by
Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.
         (c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not
constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to
any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or
sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments
of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying
Lessee or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without
obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from
liability under this Lease or the sublease.
         (d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's obligation under
this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone
else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's obligations under this
Lease, including any sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies
against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any
security held by Lessor.

         (e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in
writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's determination as to the
financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed
assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or
required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable
deposit of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the monthly Base Rent applicable to
the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or
sublease, whichever is greater, as reasonable consideration for Lessor's
considering and processing the request for consent. Lessee agrees to provide
Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be
reasonably requested by Lessor.

         (f) Any assignee of, or subleases under, this Lease shall, by reason of
accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the
benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each
and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or
performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than
such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an
assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

(c)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
        [SUBSECTIONS (g) and (h) have been deleted from original copy.]

         (g) The occurrence of a transaction described in Paragraph 12.2(c)
shall give Lessor the right (but not the obligation) to require that the
Security Deposit be increased by an amount equal to six (6) times the then
monthly Base Rent, and Lessor may make the actual receipt by lessor of the
Security Deposit erease a condition to Lessor's consent to such transaction.

         (h) Lessor, as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment or
subletting, may require that the amount and adjustment schedule of the rent
payable under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the market value and/or
adjustment schedule for property similar to the Premisee as then constituted, as
determined by Lessor.

    12.3 Additional TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The following
terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part
of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease
whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

         (a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion
of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect
such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this
Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1)
shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, Lessee
may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive, collect and enjoy the
rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing
provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor, nor by reason of
the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee
for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee's obligations
to such sublessee under such Sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and
directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating
that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this
Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under
the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from
Lessor and shall pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any
obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists and
notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee
shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the Breach has
been cured, against Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said
sublessee to Lessor.

         (b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any obligation
to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor
shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the
time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease;
provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults
or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

         (c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor under a
sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

         (d) No sublessee under a sublease approved by Lessor shall further
assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written
consent.

         (e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by
Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee
within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall
have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such
Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13.     DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.

    13.1 DEFAULT; BREACH. Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is
consulted by Lessor in connection with a Lessee Default or Breach (as
hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said
notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. A "Default" by Lessee is
defined as a failure by Lessee to observe, comply with or perform any of the
terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A
"Breach" by Lessee is fined as the occurrence of any one or more of the
following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified
herein, the failure by Lessee to such Default prior to the expiration of the
applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set
forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:

         (a) The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

         (b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent, Lessee's Share of Common Area
Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Lessee
hereunder as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with
reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or
the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers
or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of
three (3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to
Lessee.

         (c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure
by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed
original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Requirements per
Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required
under Paragraph 7.1 (b), (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or
subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37,
(v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi)
the guaranty of the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease if
required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document
requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or
information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of
this lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

         (d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or
provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that
are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those
described in Subparagraphs 13.1 (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default
continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's
Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its
cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Lessee if
Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter
diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

         (e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by
Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(ii) Lessee's becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any
successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against
Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of
a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession
is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment,
execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets
located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the
event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any
applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not
affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

         (f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement of Lessee or
of any Guarantor, given to Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor, was materially
false.

         (g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is
guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (if) the termination of a Guarantor's
liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of
such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a
bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a
Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis,
and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event, to provide Lessor with written
alternative assurances of security, which, when coupled with the then existing
resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of
Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

    13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation
of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice to Lessee
in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option (but without
obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf,
including not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance
policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses
of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee to Lessor
upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be
honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its own option, may
require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made
only by cashier's check, In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee (as
defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand, and
without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may
have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

         (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and
Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such
event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time
of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of
termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have
been reasonably avoided: (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by
which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award
exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided: and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for
all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform its
obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be
likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary
renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that
portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease
applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award
of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding
sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of
the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District
in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%).
Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Default or Breach of
this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to recover damages under this
Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional
remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such
proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may
reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such
rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Subparagraph
13.1 (b), (c) or (d) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or
to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Lessee under any statute
authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute
the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Subparagraph
13.1(b),(c) or (d). In such case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful
detainer statue shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and
the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such
grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this
Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said
statute.

         (b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in effect (in
California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's Breach and
recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the right to sublet or
assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessor and Lessee agree that the
limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of
maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment
of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interest under this Lease, shall not
constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

         (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

                                                               /s/ KP
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/ TM
MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET
(C)American industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         (d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination
of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under
any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing
during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

    13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE IN EVENT OF BREACH. Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the
giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus,
inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions" shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence
of a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1) of this Lease by Lessee, any such
Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or
consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an
Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and recoverable by Lessor, as additional rent due under this Lease,
notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this
Paragraph 13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this
Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.

    13.4 LATE CHARGES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to
Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not
contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not
be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue
amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and
reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor
prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not
collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then
notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the
contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance.

    13.5 BREACH BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease
unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required
to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable
time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor,
and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee
in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such
obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the
nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such
notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in
breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day
period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

    14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or
possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor
area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of
the Common Areas designated for Lessee's parking, is taken by condemnation,
Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days
after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the
absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority
shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in
accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be
reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken
bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of Base
Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the
Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such
power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as
compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or  the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any compensation, separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's relocation
expenses and/or loss of Lessee's Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is
not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its
net severance damages received, over and above Lessee's Share of the legal and
other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage
to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Lessee shall be
responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance
damages required to complete such repair.

15. BROKERS' FEES.

    15.1 PROCURING CAUSE. The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the
procuring cause of this Lease.

    15.2 ADDITIONAL TERMS. Unless Lessor and Broker(s) have otherwise agreed in
writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option (as defined in
Paragraph 39.1) granted under this Lease or any Option subsequently granted, or
(b) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises in which
Lessor has an interest, or (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises
with the consent of Lessor after the expiration of the term of this Lease after
having failed to exercise an Option, or (d) if said Brokers are the procuring
cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the Parties pertaining to
the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Lessor has an interest, or
(e) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an
escalation clause herein, then as to any of said transactions, Lessor shall pay
said Broker(s) a fee in accordance with the schedule of said Broker(s) in effect
at the time of the execution of this Lease.

    15.3 ASSUMPTION OF OBLIGATIONS. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest
in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law,
shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor s obligation under this Paragraph 15.
Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of
Paragraph 1.10 and of this Paragraph 15 to the extent of its interest in any
commission arising from this Lease and may enforce that right directly against
Lessor and its successors.

    15.4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Lessee and Lessor each represent and
warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker
or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10{a) in connection with the
negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction
contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other
than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in
connection with said transaction. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to
indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against
liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. TENANCY AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

    16.1 TENANCY STATEMENT. Each Party (as "RESPONDING PARTY") shall within ten
(10) days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party")
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing
in a form similar to the then most current "Tenancy Statement" form published by
the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional
information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by
the Requesting Party.

    16.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENT. If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell
the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors
shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such
financial statements of Lessee and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required
by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial
statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be
received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used
only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "LESSOR" as used herein shall mean the owner
or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event
a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease,
Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any
unused Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or
assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or
assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor
shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or
covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to
the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by
the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18.   SEVERABILITY.  The  invalidity of any provision of this Lease,
as determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  shall in no way
affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder,
other than late charges, not received by Lessor within ten (10) days following
the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime
rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the state in which the
Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the
maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided
for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all
agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and
no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective.
Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made,
and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality,
character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as
to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no
responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach
hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary
of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. NOTICES.

    23.1 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. All notices required or permitted by this Lease
shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or
courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S.
Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission
during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served
in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a
Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or
mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other
specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Lessee's
taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's
address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Lessee. A copy of
all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be
concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

    23.2 DATE OF NOTICE. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the
receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by
regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the
same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices
delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees
next day
                                                               /s/
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET
(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or
delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the
transmission thereby, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail.
If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be
deemed received on the next business day.

24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant
or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term,
covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee
of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent
to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the
obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act
by LESSEE, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision
or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Lessor's
knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance
of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee of
any provision hereof. Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by
Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any
qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith,
which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect
whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the
time of deposit of such payment.

25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short form memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the
Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this Paragraph
26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to two hundred percent
(200%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such
expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed
as a consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other
remedies law or in equity.

28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties,
their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the
laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the
Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which
the Premises are located.

30.   SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE.

   30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject
and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
hypothecation or security device (collectively, "SECURITY DEVICE"), now or
hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee
agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this
Lease, but that in the event of Lessor's default with respect to any such
obligation, Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been
furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default pursuant
to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any
Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give
written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed
prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the
documentation or recordation thereof.

   30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3,
Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership
of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the
event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act
or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to
acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which
Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of
more than one month's rent.

   30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor
after the execution of this lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease shall be
subject to receiving assurance (a "non-disturbance agreement") from the Lender
that Lessee's possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the
term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and
attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

   30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however,
that upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale,
financing or refinancing of Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such
further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such
subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.

31. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be
entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same
suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding
is pursued to decision or judgment. The term "Prevailing Party" shall include,
without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the
relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment,
or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The
attorneys' fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee
schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably
incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses
incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in
connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in
connection with such Default or resulting Breach. Broker(s) shall be intended
third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.

32. LESSOR'S ACCESS; SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency,
and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to
prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations,
repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Lessor
may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time place on or about the
Premises or Building any ordinary "For Sale" signs and Lessor may at any time
during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or
about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs. All such activities of Lessor
shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. SIGNS. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or
the Building, except that Lessee may, with Lessor's prior written consent,
install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise
Lessee's own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by
Lessor and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria
established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The installation of any sign on
the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7
(Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations).
Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Lessor reserves all rights to the use
of the roof of the Building, and the right to install advertising signs on the
Building, including the roof, which do not unreasonably interfere with the
conduct of Lessee's business; Lessor shall be entitled to all revenues from such
advertising signs.

35. TERMINATION; MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach
by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the
Premises; provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender,
termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any
existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days following any
such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the
holder of any such lesser  erest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have
such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. CONSENTS.

         (a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise provided
herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by
or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not
limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees)
incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any
Lessor consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not
limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a
Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon receipt of an
invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit
described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Lessor may, as a condition to considering any
such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit with Lessor an amount of
money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Paragraph 5) reasonably
calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will incur in considering and
responding to Lessee's request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall! be
refunded to Lessee without interest. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of
this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an
acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor
shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach,
except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time
of such consent.

         (b) All conditions to Lessor's consent authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged by Lessee as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein ANY
particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the impositions by
Lessor at the lime of consent of such further or other conditions as are then
reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being
given.

37. GUARANTOR.

    37.1 FORM OF GUARANTY. If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per
Paragraph 1.11, the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor
shall be in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real
Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as
Lessee under this lease, including but not limited to the obligation to provide
the Tenancy Statement and information required in Paragraph 16.

    37.2 ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR. It shall constitute a Default of
the Lessee under this Lease if any such Guarantor fails or refuses, upon
reasonable request by Lessor to give: (a) evidence of the due execution of the
guaranty called for by this Lease, including the authority of the Guarantor (and
of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said
guaranty, and resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of
such guaranty, together with a certificate of incumbency showing the signatures
of the persons authorized to sign on its behalf, (b) current financial
statements of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor, (c) a
Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in
effect.

    38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises
and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on
Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have
quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of
the provisions of this Lease.

                                                               /s/ KP
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/ TM
MULTI-TENANT--MODIFIED NET
(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

39.   OPTIONS.

    39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this Lease, the word "OPTION" has the following
meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease
or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b)
the right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to
lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other property of
Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other property of Lessor; (c) the
right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to purchase the
Premises, or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or the right to
purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to purchase
other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other property
of Lessor.

    39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to Lessee in
this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and
cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or
entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee is in full and
actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter
assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Lessee are not
assignable, either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or
apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner,
by reservation or otherwise.

    39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to
extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior
Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

    39.4 EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.

         (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time
any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to
whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in
Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three
(3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve
(12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option, whether or
not the Defaults are cured.

         (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a)

         (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any
necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to
Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1
during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or
(iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessee agrees that it will abide by, and keep and
observe all reasonable rules and regulations ("Rules and Regulations") which
Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and
cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the
preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or
tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee,
its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves the right, from time to time, to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility
raceways, and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the
recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights
of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably
interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any
documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement
rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of
said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that THERE was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or
any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it WAS not legally required to pay under the provisions of this
Lease.

44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or
limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and
deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or
partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions.

46. OFFER, PREPARATION of this Lease by either Lessor or Lessee or Lessor's
agent or Lessee's agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be
deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until
executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend
this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the
Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not
materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably
required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property
of which the Premises are a part.

48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more
than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, the
obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

See attached Addendum #49 through 58

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET
(C)American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE
AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

      IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY'S
      REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE
      CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY FOR THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS,
      UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR
      RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
      OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS
      TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE
      OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON
      THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
      THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA,
      AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE
      CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates
specified above their respective signatures.

Executed at:                        .     Executed at:                         .
            -------------------------                 --------------------------
on:                                 .     on:                                  .
   ----------------------------------        -----------------------------------


BY LESSOR:                                BY LESSEE:

ROSARIO LLC                               NORTH COAST BANK
- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

By:  /s/ Thomas McCormack                 By:  /s/ Kathy Pinkard
   ----------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Name Printed:  THOMAS McCORMACK           Name Printed:  KATHY PINKARD
             ------------------------                  -------------------------

Title:  President                         Title:  President/CEO
      -------------------------------           --------------------------------

By:                                       By:
   ----------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Name Printed:                             Name Printed:
             ------------------------                  -------------------------

Title:                                    Title:
      -------------------------------           --------------------------------

Address:                                  Address:
        -----------------------------             ------------------------------

- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

Telephone:  (707) 374-5586                Telephone: (707) 838-8200
         ----------------------------               ----------------------------

Facsimile:  (707) 374-2766                Facsimile: (707) 838-8225
          ---------------------------               ----------------------------



BROKER:                                   BROKER:

Executed at:                              Executed at:
            -------------------------                 --------------------------

on:                                       on:
   ----------------------------------        -----------------------------------

By:                                       By:
   ----------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Name Printed:                             Name Printed:
             ------------------------                  -------------------------

Title:                                    Title:
      -------------------------------           --------------------------------

Address:                                  Address:
        -----------------------------             ------------------------------

- -------------------------------------     --------------------------------------

Telephone:(   )                          Telephone:(   )
          ----------------------------             ----------------------------

Facsimile:(   )                         Facsimile: (   )
          ---------------------------              ----------------------------

NOTES:  These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
        needs of the Industry. Always write or call to make sure you are
        utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE
        ASSOCIATION, 700 South Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017.
        (213) 687-8777.


MULTI-TENANT--MODIFIED NET

                                                               /s/ KP
                                                                  --------------
                                                               /s/ TM

                                      -11-

<PAGE>
                                   ADDENDUM TO
                            STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE

DATED:        SEPTEMBER 1 1998
       -----------------------
BY AND BETWEEN:   ROSARIO LLC (LESSOR) AND NORTH COAST BANK (LESSEE)
                ---------------------------------------------------------------
ADDRESS:     50 SANTA ROSA AVENUE, SANTA ROSA, CALIFORNIA
         ------------------------------------------------------

49. RENT  ESCALATIONS

(a)   On THE FIRST ANNIVERSARY OF THIS LEASE AND EVERY ANNIVERSARY THEREAFTER,
      the monthly rent payable under Paragraph 1.5 and Paragraph 4 of the
      attached lease shall be adjusted by the increase, if any, from the date
      this lease commenced, in the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau of Labor
      Statistics of the U. S. Department of Labor for all Urban Consumers, San
      Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, California (1982-1984 base period) "All
      Items", herein referred to as "C.P.I."

(b)   The monthly rent payable in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Addendum
      shall be calculated as follows: the rent payable for the first month of
      the term of this lease, as set forth in Paragraph 4 of the attached lease,
      shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
      C.P.I. of the calendar month during which the adjustment is to take
      effect, and the denominator of which shall be the C.P.I. for the calendar
      month in which the original lease term commences. The sum so calculated
      shall constitute the new monthly rent hereunder, but in no event shall
      such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the month
      immediately preceding the date for rent adjustment.

(c)   Pending receipt of the required C.P.I. and determination of the actual
      adjustment, Lessee shall pay an estimated adjusted rental, as reasonably
      determined by Lessor by reference to the then available C.P.I.
      information. Upon notification of the actual adjustment after publication
      of the required C.P.I., any overpayment shall be credited against the next
      installment of rent due, and any underpayment shall be immediately due and
      payable by Lessee. Lessor's failure to request payment of an estimated or
      actual rent adjustment shall not constitute a waiver of the right to any
      adjustment provide for in the lease or this addendum.


<PAGE>

(d)   In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
      transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or
      shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I.
      shall be used to make such calculation. In the event that Lessor and
      Lessee cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be
      submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in
      accordance with the then rules of said association and the decision of the
      arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties. The cost of said
      Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

(e)   In no event however, will Lessee's annual base rent CPI increase be less
      than 2% nor more than 4% per year.

INITIALS:/s/ KP                                                 INITIALS:
         -----                                                           -----
         /s/ TM
         -----                                                           -----
<PAGE>


                       STANDARD LEASE CONDITIONS ADDENDUM

                 To Lease dated SEPTEMBER 1, 1998 by and between
                 Lessor ROSARIO LLC and Lessee NORTH COAST BANK

50:   TENANT IMPROVEMENT SCOPE:
      Lessor shall grant Lessee a tenant improvement allowance equal to $94,150
      to be applied towards Lessee's desired interior improvement alterations
      and additions. Lessor shall make four (4) equal installment payments to
      Lessee upon receipt by Lessee of invoices and charges to date by the
      project architect and general contractor. These payments to Lessee should
      mirror in some fashion Lessee's contract with the general contractor.

      Lessee's architect shall prepare all necessary architectural plans, and
      Lessee shall be responsible to hire the approved general contractor and
      perform the agreed upon tenant improvement work. If requested by either
      Lessor or Lessee, Lessee will competitively bid the scope of work by at
      least 3 general contractors acceptable to both parties.

      Said tenant improvement allowance shall include all construction labor and
      supplies, all architects costs, fee and permit costs associated with these
      alterations, and any code compliance alterations required by a
      governmental authority for any and all existing building components,
      restroom, HVAC equipment, etc.

      Should the cost of the overall scope of work exceed the stipulated
      allowance, Lessee shall have the option to pay directly to the Landlord
      for the additional costs prior to occupancy, or Lessee may elect to borrow
      and finance from the Landlord up to an additional $35,360.00. If Lessee
      elects to borrow said additional tenant improvement money from Lessor, the
      Lessee shall repay the total amount to Lessor through monthly installments
      along with the base rent, to be known as "additional rent." Said
      "additional rent" shall carry an interest rate of 10% and shall be
      amortized over the initial 10 year term. By way of example only: if Lessee
      financed an additional $35,360, then the monthly "additional rent" due to
      Landlord would be: $467.28.

      Lessor and Lessee to approve plans, specifications and costs covering the
      layout of the premises and the scope of responsibility of the Tenant
      Improvements between Lessor and Lessee as stipulated in the lease, and in
      Exhibit C the Work Letter, Exhibit A-1 the floor plan, and to be finalized
      in Architect's actual construction drawings. Said approval of the plans
      and the overall cost of the improvement work shall be forthcoming within
      fifteen (15) days of mutual acceptance hereof.

      Lessee to commence Tenant Improvement work in a quality, good workmanlike
      manner in accordance with approved plans and specifications immediately
      upon receipt of all applicable building permits.

      Lessor and Lessee shall inspect said premises within three (3) days of
      completion to ascertain that Tenant

<PAGE>

      Improvements have been installed in accordance with plans and
      specifications. Lessee shall provide to the general contractor a "punch
      list" of items not in accordance with plans and specifications or not
      installed in a good workmanlike manner.

      When Lessee installs any portion of the tenant improvements, he or she
      shall have the full responsibility as indicated above and additionally
      Lessee shall remove all mechanic's liens, to satisfy all claims and meet
      all contract requirements with suppliers, contractors and employees
      arising out of said installation of improvements. Lessee to have workman
      compensation and liability insurance with a minimum $500,000 per
      occurrence for said installation and to name Lessor additional insured.
      Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor for all claims of
      employees, invitees, materialmen, supplier arising out of said
      installation.

51.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION
      Lessor shall have ten (10) days from mutual execution to review and
      approve financial statements and credit reports of Lessee.

      Lessor may deliver such financial information in Lessor's possession to
      lending institutions, mortgage brokers, investors in the project or
      prospective purchasers.

      Keegan & Coppin is authorized to release funds to Lessor upon full
      execution of Lease.

52.   PERMITS
      Lessee will be responsible to obtain in a timely fashion all necessary
      building permits and Lessee will obtain a use permit and a wastewater
      discharge permit if required from the appropriate municipality within
      thirty (30) days of acceptance hereof. Lessee shall use due diligence in
      pursuing such permits and pay all costs associated with them. Lessee shall
      have the responsibility to maintain any use permits and to comply with all
      terms and conditions of said use permits during the term of this Lease. If
      Lessee's application for a use permit is denied, Lessor or Lessee may
      declare this lease void, in which event all deposits and prepaid rent
      shall be returned to Lessee.

                                                            /s/ TM  /s/ KP
<PAGE>

53.    HAZARDOUS WASTE
       "If Lessee uses, stores, or becomes aware of any hazardous waste or
       substances as listed by Proposition 65, he will advise Lessor within
       three (3) days of such existence and either obtain approval from Lessor
       and the appropriate governing agencies within thirty (30) days from
       notice or remove and clean up said hazardous waste to standards required
       by the Lessor and the appropriate governing agencies within sixty (60)
       days
       from notice."

       "If Lessee, his invitees, employees, agents or associates cause or allow
       a spill, or contamination of the premises, common area, soil or
       surrounding area, then it will be the responsibility of Lessee to clean
       up said hazard to the degree required and within the time frame set by
       any public entity which has jurisdiction and
       particularly in response to the Super Fund Act and Proposition 65."

54.    AREA MEASUREMENT:
       Lessee has reviewed and approved the system of measurement and the
       useable and/or rentable area of the subject premises within.

55.    Lessor and Lessee are advised to have legal review of the Lease.

AGREED BY: Lessee:  /s/ Kathy Pinkard                   Date: 8/27/98
          --------------------------------------             -------------------
AGREED BY: Lessor:  /s/ Thomas McCormack                Date: 8/31/98
          --------------------------------------             -------------------

56.    SIGNAGE:
       Lessor to provide Lessee with suite entrance signage and lobby directory
       signage as per building standards. Lessee at their cost may install their
       name on the existing monument sign and on the exterior facade of the
       building and shall meet all applicable codes and requirements. Lessee
       shall satisfy themselves as to the quantity and type of exterior signage
       available, and if necessary meet with city officials, and/or submit all
       necessary applications and receive any necessary approvals within 15 days
       of mutual acceptance hereof.

57.    SEE ATTACHED OPTION TO EXTEND ADDENDUM.

58.    SEE ATTACHED STANDARD/LEASE DISCLOSURE ADDENDUM.

<PAGE>
                            ADDENDUM TO OFFICE LEASE

         Dated September 1, 1998

         By and Between ROSARIO LLC (LESSOR) AND NORTH COAST BANK (LESSEE)

57. OPTION TO EXTEND

A.    Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of this
Lease for TWO PERIODS OF 5 YEARS EACH when the prior term expires upon each and
all of the following terms and conditions:

      (i) Tenant gives to Landlord, and Landlord actually receives, on a date
which is prior to the date that the option period would commence (if exercised)
by at least six (6) and not more than nine (9) months, a written notice of the
exercise of the option to extend this lease for said additional term, time being
of the essence. If said notification of the exercise of said option is not so
given and received, this option shall automatically expire;

      (ii) The provisions relating to default of Tenant set forth in paragraph
21 of this Lease are conditions of this Option;

      (iii) All of the terms and conditions of this Lease except where
specifically modified by this option shall apply;

      (iv) The monthly rent for each month of the option period shall be
calculated as follows:

      (a) As used herein, the term "C.P.I." shall mean the Consumer Price Index
of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor for all Urban
Consumers, San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, California (1982-1984=100 base
period) "All Items", herein referred to as "C.P.I.".

      (b) The rent payable for the first month of the initial term of this
Lease, as set forth in paragraph 4 of the attached lease, shall be multiplied by
a fraction the numerator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month
during which the option period commences and the denominator of which shall be
the C.P.I. for the month in which the original Lease term commenced. The sum
calculated shall constitute the new monthly rent during the option period, but,
in no event, shall such new monthly rent be less than the rent payable for the
month immediately preceding the commencement of the option period.

      (c) Pending receipt of the required C.P.I. and determination of the actual
adjustment, Tenant shall pay an estimated adjusted rental, as reasonably
determined by Landlord by reference to the then available C.P.I. information.
Upon notification of the actual adjustment after publication of the required
C.P.I., any overpayment shall be credited against the next installment of rent
due, and any underpayment shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant.
Landlord's failure to request payment of an estimated or actual rent adjustment
shall not constitute a waiver of the right to any

<PAGE>

adjustment provided for in the Lease or this addendum.

      (d) In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I. shall be
transferred to any other governmental department or bureau or agency or shall be
discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to
make such calculation. In the event that Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on
such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the
American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then rules of said
association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the
parties. The cost of said Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Landlord and
Tenant.

      (e) In no event however will Lessee's annual base rent increase be less
than 2%, nor more than
      4% per year.

INITIALS:/s/ KP                                                 INITIALS:
         -----                                                           -----
         /s/ TM
         -----                                                           -----
<PAGE>

      58.   STANDARD LEASE DISCLOSURE ADDENDUM

NOTICE TO OWNERS, BUYERS AND TENANTS REGARDING HAZARDOUS WASTES OR SUBSTANCES
AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS

Comprehensive federal and state laws and regulations have been enacted in the
last few years in an effort to develop controls over the use, storage, handling,
cleanup, removal and disposal of hazardous wastes or substances. Some of these
laws and regulations, such as, for example, the so-called "Super Fund Act",
provide for broad liability schemes wherein an owner, tenant or other user of
the property may be liable for cleanup costs and damages regardless of fault.
Other laws and regulations set standards for tire handling of asbestos or
establish requirements for the use, modification, abandonment, or closing of
underground storage tanks.

It is not practical or possible to list all such laws and regulations in this
Notice. Therefore, lessors and lessees are urged to consult legal counsel to
determine their respective rights and liabilities with respect to the issues
described in this Notice as well as other aspects of the proposed transaction.
If various materials that have been or may be in the future determined to be
toxic, hazardous or undesirable, or are going to be used, stored, handled or
disposed of on the property, or if the property has or may have underground
storage tanks for storage of such hazardous materials, or that such materials
may be in tire equipment, improvements or soil, it is essential that legal and
technical advice be obtained to determine, among other things, what permits and
approvals have been or may be required, if any, the estimated costs and expenses
associated with the use, storage, handling, cleanup, removal or disposal of the
hazardous wastes or substances and what contractual provisions and protection
are necessary or desirable. It may also be important to obtain expert assistance
for site investigations and building inspections. The past uses of the property
may provide valuable information as to the likelihood of hazardous wastes or
substances, or underground storage tanks being on the property.

The term "hazardous wastes or substances" is used in this Notice in its very
broadest sense and includes, but is not limited to, all those listed under
Proposition 65, petroleum base products, paints and solvents, lead, cyanide,
DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonium compounds, asbestos, PCBs and
other chemical products. Hazardous wastes or substances and underground storage
tanks may be present on all types of real property. This Notice is, therefore,
meant to apply to any transaction involving any type of real property, whether
improved or unimproved.

Although Keegan & Coppin Co., Inc. or its salespeople, will disclose any
knowledge it actually possesses with respect to the existence of hazardous
wastes or substances, or underground storage tanks on the property, Keegan &
Coppin Co., Inc. has not made investigations or obtained reports regarding the
subject matter of this Notice, except as may be described in a separate written
document, studies or investigation by experts. Therefore, unless there are
additional documents or studies attached to this notice, lease or contract, this
will serve as notification that Keegan & Coppin Co., Inc. or its salespeople
make no representation regarding the existence or non-existence of hazardous
wastes or substances, or underground storage tanks on the property. You should
contact a professional, such as a civil engineer, geologist, industrial
hygienist or other persons with experience in these matters to advise you
concerning the property.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)

On July 26, 1991, the federal legislation known as the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) was signed into law by President Bush. The purpose of the
(ADA)is to integrate persons with disabilities into the economic and social
mainstream of American life. Title III of the ADA applies to Lessors and Lessees
of "places of public accommodation" and "commercial facilities", and requires
that places of public accommodation undertake "readily achievable" removal of
communication and access barriers to the disabled. This requirement of Title III
of

<PAGE>

the ADA is effective January 26, 1992.

It is important that building owners identify and undertake "readily achievable"
removal of any such barriers in the common areas, sidewalks, parking lots and
other areas of the building under their control.

The lessor and lessee is responsible for compliance with ADA relating to removal
of barriers within the workplace i.e., arrangement of interior furnishings and
access within the premises, and any improvements installed by lessor and lessee.

Keegan & Coppin Company, Inc. recommends that both parties seek expert advice
regarding the implications of the Act as it affects this agreement.

ALQUIST-PRIOLO:

The property which is the subject of this contract may be situated in a Special
Study Zone as designated under the Alquist-Priolo Geologic Hazard Act, Sections
2621-2625, inclusive, of the California Public Resources Code; and, as such, the
construction or development on this property of any structure for human
occupancy may be subject to the findings of a geologic report prepared by a
geologist registered in the State of California, unless such report is waived by
the City or County under the terms of that act. No representations on the
subject are made by the lessor or agent, and the lessee should make his own
inquiry or investigation".

FLOOD HAZARD AREA DISCLOSURE:

The subject properly may be situated in a "Special Flood Hazard Area" as set
forth on a Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) "Flood Insurance Rate Map"
(FIRM) or "Flood Hazard Boundary Map" (FHBM). The law provides that, as a
condition of obtaining financing on most structures located in a "Special Floods
Hazard Area", lender requires flood insurance where the property or its
attachments are security for a loan. Lessee should consult with experts
concerning the possible risk of flooding.

 Lessee:  /s/ Kathy Pinkard                   Date: 8/27/98
        ------------------------------             -------------------
 Lessor:  /s/ Thomas McCormack                Date: 8/31/98
        ------------------------------             -------------------

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                            FIRST FLOOR - FLOOR PLAN

                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]


                                                            INITIALS:/s/ KP
                                                                     ------
                                                                     /s/ TM
                                                                     ------


<PAGE>

                             STANDARD OFFICE LEASE
                                   FLOOR PLAN        TO BE REPLACED WITH FINAL
                                                     FLOOR PLAN AGREED UPON
                                     [LOGO]          BETWEEN THE PARTIES


                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                               FULL-SERVICE GROSS
                              50 Santa Rosa Avenue

                                                            INITIALS:/s/ KP
                                                                     ------
                                                                     /s/ TM
                                                                     ------


<PAGE>


                            RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
                              STANDARD OFFICE LEASE
                                       AIR
DATED: September 1, 1998
       ---------------------------
By and Between    ROSARIO LLC (LESSOR) AND NORTH COAST BANK (LESSEE)
               -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                  GENERAL RULES

      1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas,
including driveways, walkways and stairways.
      2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in
good faith judges to be a threat to the safety, reputation, or property of the
Office Building Project and its occupants.
      3. Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or
interfere with other lessees or persons having business within the Office
Building Project.
      4. Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Office Building
Project, and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas
not designated as authorized for same.
      5. Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit litter except in appropriate
receptacles for that purpose.
      6. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or
bolts.
      7. Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet
rooms, plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be
inserted therein.
      8. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the
premises or Office Building Project.
      9. Lessee shall not Suffer or permit any thing in or around the Premises
or Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the
Office Building Project.
      10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or
out of the building only with the Lessor's knowledge and consent, and subject
< > ch reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as
may be designated by Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the
Office ,ding Project arising from any such activity
      11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work
to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.
      12. Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays,
Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of ____"P.M."
and ____ "A.M." of the following day If Lessee uses the Premises during such
periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely locking any doors it may have
opened for entry.
      13. Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and
shall be responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.
      14. No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by
Lessee.
      15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.
      16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted
cigars or cigarettes in areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable
governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.
      17. Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other
than as provided by Lessor.
      18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines
upon the Premises without Lessor's written consent.
      19. The Premises Shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, cooking
or food preparation.
      20. Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation
regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency
      21. Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or
regulations, and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not
constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent
application thereof to such Lessee.
      22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep
its Premises locked as may be required.
      23. Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and
regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate
operation and safety of the Office Building Project and its occupants. Lessee
agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

                                  PARKING RULES

<PAGE>
[THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 1-12 HAVE BEEN DELETED FROM ORIGINAL]

      1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than
full size, passenger automobiles heroin called "Permitted Size Vehicles."
Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as "Oversized
Vehicles?
      2. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are
controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,
invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated
by Lessor for such activities.
      3. Parking stickers or identification devices shall be the property of
Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the
holder's parking privilegeso Lessee will pay such replacement charge as is
reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.
      4. Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification
devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the
applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.
      5. Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces
from floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite
location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard size
spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances and
regulations.
      6. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in
the areas designated for vehicle parking.
      7. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is
required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for
any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which
risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.
      8. Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or
methods as Lessor and/or its licensee may establish at rates generally
applicable to visitor parking.
      9. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking
structure or Common Areas is prohibited.
      10 Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees,
agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws
and agreements.
      11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such
other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem
necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.
      12. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license
only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

(c) 1984 American Industrial Real Estate Association FULL SERVICE-GROSS

                                    EXHIBIT B

                                PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES


                                                                 INITIALS:/s/ KP
                                                                           -----
                                                                          /s/ TM
                                                                           -----
<PAGE>


                      WORK LETTER TO STANDARD OFFICE LEASE


     Dated:    SEPTEMBER 1, 1998
           -----------------------------------------
     By and between: ROSARIO, LLC (LESSOR) AND NORTH COAST BANK (LESSEE)
                     ----------------------------------------------------------

The Premises shall be constructed in accordance with Lessor's Standard
Improvements, as follows: those certain architectural drawings and
specifications to be created by the project architect and mutually agreed upon
between Lessee and Lessor.

Lessee shall be responsible to hire the project architect, who shall be legally
certified.

Lessee shall also be responsible to hire the project general contractor who
shall be licensed and bonded, and together/Lessee and the general contractor
shall post the necessary notices of < > non-responsibility for the landlord,
secure the necessary insurance for the work to be performed, and shall relieve
Lessor from the obligation and responsibility to perform any aspect of the
improvement work. The general contractor shall use good quality, standard
commercial grade materials for the improvement work.

See Addendum #50 for continuation.

     1. Petitions

     2. Wall Surface

     3. Draperies

     4. Carpeting

     5. Doors

     6. Electrical and Telephone Outlets

     7. Ceiling

     8. Lighting

     9. Heating and Air Conditioning Ducts

     10. Sound Proofing

     11. Plumbing


(Copyright)1984 American Industrial Real Estate Association  FULL SERVICE-NET

                                                                 EXHIBIT C

                                                             PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

                                                                 INITIALS:/s/ KP
                                                                           -----
                                                                          /s/ TM
                                                                           -----
<PAGE>

12.   Entrance Doors

13.  Completion of Improvements
     Lessor shall construct and complete the Premises substantially in
accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by________________________
_______________________________________________________________________ , dated
T.B.D.__________________________________________________________________________
consisting of sheets_______________________________

14    Preparation of Plans and Specifications
      Within _____ days after the date of this Lease Lessor shall prepare at its
cost and deliver to Lessee for its approval_____ copies of preliminary plans and
specifications for the completion of the Premises, which plans and
specifications shall itemize the work to be done by each party, including a cost
estimate of any work required of Lessor in excess of Lessor's Standard
Improvements. Lessee shall approve said preliminary plans and specifications and
preliminary cost estimate or specify with particularity its objection thereto
within days ______ following receipt thereof Failure to so approve or disapprove
within said period o[ time shall constitute approval thereof. If Lessee shall
reject said preliminary plans and specifications either partially or totally,
and they cannot in good faith be modified within ten (10) days after such
rejection to be acceptable to Lessor and Lessee, this Lease shall terminate and
neither party shall thereafter be obligated to the other party for any reason
whatsoever having to do with this Lease, except that Lessee shall be refunded
any security deposit or prepaid rent The plans and specifications, when approved
by Lessee, shall supersede any prior agreement concerning the improvements.

15.  Construction
     If Lessor's cost of constructing the Improvements in the Premises exceeds
Lessor's Standard Improvements, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash before the
commencement of such construction a sum equal to such excess.
     If the final plans and specifications are approved by Lessor and Lessee and
Lessee pays Lessor for such excess, then Lessor shall, at its sole cost and
expense, construct the Improvements substantially in accordance with said
approved final plans and specifications and all applicable rules, regulations,
laws or ordinances.

16.   Completion.
      16.1 Lessor shall obtain a building permit to construct the Improvements
as soon as possible.
      16.2 Lessor shall complete the construction of the Improvements as soon as
reasonably possible after the obtaining of necessary building permits.
      16.3 The term "Completion" as used in this Work Letter, is hereby defined
to mean the date tile building department of the municipality having
jurisdiction of the Premises shall have made a final inspection of tile
Improvements and authorized a final release of restrictions on the use of public
utilities in connection therewith and the same are in a broom clean condition
      16.4 Lessor shall use its best efforts to achieve Completion of the
Improvements on or before the Commencement Date set forth in paragraph 15 of the
Basic Lease Provisions or within one hundred eighty (180) days after Lessor
obtains the building permit from the applicable building department, whichever
is later.
      16.5 In the event that the improvements or any portion there of have not
reached Completion by the Commencement Date, this Lease shall not be invalid,
but rather Lessor shall complete the same as soon thereafter as is possible and
Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee for damages in any respect whatsoever.
      16.6 If Lessor shall be delayed at any trine in the progress of the
construction of [he improvements or any portion thereof by extra work, changes
in construction ordered by Lessee, or by strikes, lockouts, fire, delay in
transportation, unavoidable casualties, rain or weather conditions, governmental
procedures or delay, or by any other cause beyond Lessor's control, then the
Commencement Date established in paragraph 1.5 of the Lease shall be extended by
the period of such delay

17.  Term
      Upon Completion of the improvements as defined in paragraph 16 3. above,
Lessor and Lessee shall execute an amendment to the Lease setting forth the date
of tender of possession as defined in paragraph 3.2.1 of the Lease or of actual
taking of possession, whichever first occurs, as the Commencement Date of this
Lease

18.  Work Done by Lessee
     Any work done by Lessee shall be done only with Lessor's prior written
consent and in conformity

<PAGE>

with a valid building permit and all applicable rules, regulations, laws and
ordinances, and be done in a good and workmanlike manner of good and sufficient
materials All work shall be done only with union labor and only by contractors
approved by Lessor. it being understood that all plumbing, mechanical,
electrical wiring and ceiling work are to be done only by contractors
disengagement by Lessor.

19.  Taking of Possession of Premises
     Lessor shall notify Lessee of the Estimated Completion Date at least ten
(10) days before said date Lessee shall thereafter have the right to enter the
Premises to commence construction of any Improvements Lessee is to construct and
to equip and fixturize the Premises. as long as such entry does not interfere
with Lessor's work Lessee shall take possession of the Premises upon the tender
thereof as provided in paragraph 3.2.1 of the Lease to which this Work Letter is
attached. Any entry by Lessee of the Premises under this paragraph shall be
under all of the terms and provisions of the Lease to which this Work Letter is
attached.

20.  Acceptance of Premises

     Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of any items that Lessee deems
incomplete or incorrect in order for the Premises to be acceptable to Lessee
within ten (10) days following Tender of Possession as set forth in paragraph
3.2.1 of the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached. Lessee shall be deemed
to have accepted the Premises and approved construction if Lessee does not
deliver such a list to Lessor within said number of days.

                                                                 INITIALS:/s/ KP
                                                                           -----
                                                                          /s/ TM
                                                                           -----
(c) 1984 American Industrial Real Estate Association SERVICE-NET

                                FULL SERVICE-NET

                                                          EXHIBIT C

                                PAGE 2 OF 2 PAGES

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
needs of the industry Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 345 So. Figueroa
St., M-1, Los Angeles. CA 90071. (213) 687-8777



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission